CounterSpin – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Fri, 01 Aug 2025 15:54:18 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png CounterSpin – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 Ari Paul on Genocide in Gaza, Scout Katovich on Forced Institutionalization https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/ari-paul-on-genocide-in-gaza-scout-katovich-on-forced-institutionalization/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/ari-paul-on-genocide-in-gaza-scout-katovich-on-forced-institutionalization/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 15:54:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046776  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: No, Israel Is Not Committing Genocide in Gaza

New York Times (7/22/25)

This week on CounterSpin: The mainstream US media debate on the starvation and violence and war crimes in Gaza still, in July 2025, makes room for Bret Stephens, who explains in the country’s paper of record that Israel can’t be committing genocide as rights groups claim, because if they were, they’d be much better at it. Says Stephens:

It may seem harsh to say, but there is a glaring dissonance to the charge that Israel is committing genocide in Gaza. To wit: If the Israeli government’s intentions and actions are truly genocidal—if it is so malevolent that it is committed to the annihilation of Gazans—why hasn’t it been more methodical and vastly more deadly?

“It may seem harsh to say” is a time-honored line from those who want to note but justify human suffering, or excuse the crimes of the powerful. It looks bad to you, is the message, because you’re stupid. If you were smart, like me, you’d understand that your empathy is misplaced; these people suffering need to suffer in order to…. Well, they don’t seem to feel a need to fully explain that part. Something about democracy and freeing the world from, like, suffering.

It’s true that corporate media are now gesturing toward engaging questions of Israeli war crimes against Palestinians. But what does that amount to at this late date? We’ll talk about corporate media’s Gaza coverage with independent reporter and frequent FAIR.org contributor Ari Paul.

 

Disability Scoop: Trump Order Sparks Concerns About Forced Institutionalization

Disability Scoop (8/1/25)

Also on the show: The Americans with Disabilities Act is generally acknowledged in July, with a lot of anodyne “come a long way, still a long way to go” type of reporting. There’s an opening for a different sort of coverage this month, as the Trump administration is actively taking apart laws that protect disabled people in the workplace, and cutting off healthcare benefits, and disabled kids’ educational rights, and rescinding an order that would have moved disabled workers to at least the federal minimum wage; and, with a recent executive order, calling on localities to forcibly institutionalize any unhoused people someone decides is mentally ill or drug-addicted or just living on the street.

Does that serve the hedge funds pricing homes out of reach of even full-time workers? Yes. Does it undercut years of evidence-based work about moving people into homes and services? Absolutely. Does it aim to rocket us back to a dark era of criminalizing illness and disability and poverty? Of course. But Trump calls it “ending crime and disorder,” so you can bet elite media will honor that viewpoint in their reporting. We’ll get a different view from Scout Katovich, senior staff attorney with the ACLU’s Trone Center for Justice and Equality.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/ari-paul-on-genocide-in-gaza-scout-katovich-on-forced-institutionalization/feed/ 0 547301
Thom Hartmann on Epstein & MAGA, Han Shan (2009) on Ken Saro-Wiwa https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/thom-hartmann-on-epstein-maga-han-shan-2009-on-ken-saro-wiwa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/thom-hartmann-on-epstein-maga-han-shan-2009-on-ken-saro-wiwa/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 16:06:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046678  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

PBS NewsHour: Trump on defensive as MAGA base questions his Epstein connections and investigation

PBS NewsHour (7/18/25)

This week on CounterSpin: The Trump administration is funding a genocide in Gaza—never mind headlines like July 24’s Washington Post: “Mass Starvation Stalks Gaza as Deaths From Hunger Rise.” (No, it’s actual human beings stalking Gaza, who could right now choose to act differently.)

The White House is deploying masked men to disappear people out of job sites and courtrooms, and offering them salaries orders of magnitude more than those paid teachers or nurses. They’re daylight-robbing hard-earned benefits from everyone, with the most vulnerable first; operating wild grifts for Trump himself; and shutting down any openings for dissent.

None of this, while we acknowledge individual regretters, has radically shaken the MAGA base. But now that group, we’re told, may be fracturing, around the Epstein files.

To tell this as a tale about two uniquely bad men, one of whom mysteriously died in prison while the other mysteriously became president, is a terrible disservice to a story of thinly veiled institutional, professional machinery employed in the systemic criminal victimization of women. But how can we expect elite news media to tell that story when they’re busy wasting ink on Trump denials as though they were something other than nonsense?

There’s a lot going on here; we’ll talk about just some of it with Thom Hartmann, radio host and author of, most recently, The Last American President: A Broken Man, a Corrupt Party and a World on the Brink.

 

Ken Saro-Wiwa

Ken Saro-Wiwa

Also on the show: Nigerian President Bola Tinubu has just announced a posthumous pardon for Nigerian writer, teacher and environmental activist Ken Saro-Wiwa, who was hanged in November 1995, along with eight of his comrades in the Movement for the Survival of the Ogoni People. Their crime was nonviolent protest against the exploitation of their land and their people by oil industry giant Royal Dutch Shell. CounterSpin covered it at the time—and then in 2009, we caught up on still-ongoing efforts to bring some measure of accountability for those killings, and Shell’s unceasing human rights and environmental violations, with Han Shan, working with what was then called the ShellGuilty campaign, a coalitional effort from Oil Change International, Friends of the Earth and Platform/Remember Saro-Wiwa.

In light of this pardon, which is being acknowledged as necessary but insufficient, we’re going to hear that conversation with Han Shan again this week.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/thom-hartmann-on-epstein-maga-han-shan-2009-on-ken-saro-wiwa/feed/ 0 546168
Iman Abid on the Economy of Genocide, Victor Pickard on Paramount Settlement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/iman-abid-on-the-economy-of-genocide-victor-pickard-on-paramount-settlement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/iman-abid-on-the-economy-of-genocide-victor-pickard-on-paramount-settlement/#respond Fri, 18 Jul 2025 15:11:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046570  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Palestinian Youth Movement and Jewish Voice for Peace protesters at the headquarters of Maersk, a shipping firm that helps support the Gaza genocide.

Truthout (6/11/25)

This week on CounterSpin: The US official stance about the UN is, basically, they’re not the boss of us. But: If it looks like they can make hay with it, then sure. That’s why Secretary of State Marco Rubio is declaring “sanctions” against Francesca Albanese, the UN special rapporteur for the West Bank and Gaza, following an unsuccessful pressure campaign to force the UN to remove her from her post. Albanese has long been clear in calling on the international community to halt Israel’s genocide of Palestinians—but the thing that broke US warmongers was her naming in a recent report of corporations that are profiting from that genocide. We’ll talk about why talking about profiteering is so key with Iman Abid, director of advocacy and organizing at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights.

 

CBS News covering the 2024 Republican convention

New York Times (7/2/25)

Also on the show, and to the point: Victor Pickard will join us to talk about corporate actions that make sense as business deals—but, because this country has chosen to run the democratic lifeblood of journalism as just another business, affect everyone relying on news media to tell us about the world. Victor Pickard is professor of media policy and political economy at the University of Pennsylvania’s Annenberg School for Communication, where he codirects the Media, Inequality & Change Center. He’s the author, most recently, of Democracy Without Journalism? from Oxford University press.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/iman-abid-on-the-economy-of-genocide-victor-pickard-on-paramount-settlement/feed/ 0 545037
Silky Shah on Mass Deportation https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/silky-shah-on-mass-deportation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/silky-shah-on-mass-deportation/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 15:04:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046441  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Intercept: ICE Said They Were Being Flown to Louisiana. Their Flight Landed in Africa.

Intercept (7/8/25)

This week on CounterSpin: Along with many other hate-driven harms, the budget bill puts Stephen Miller’s cruel and bizarre mass deportation plan on steroids. $45 billion for building new immigration detention centers; that’s a 62% larger budget than the entire federal prison system.

The goons hiding their faces and IDs while they snatch people off the street? ICE’s “enforcement and deportation operations” get $30 billion. $46 billion for a “border wall,” because that’s evidently not a cartoon. And in a lesser-noticed piece: While courts are backlogged with immigrants complying with legal processes to access citizenship, the bill caps the number of immigration judges to 800, ensuring more people will be kept in vulnerable legal status.

The Economic Policy Institute tells us that increases in immigration enforcement will cause widespread job losses for both immigrant and US-born workers, particularly in construction and childcare: “While Trump and other conservatives claim that increased deportations will somehow magically create jobs for US-born workers, the existing evidence shows that the opposite is true: They will cause immense harm to workers and families, shrink the economy, and weaken the labor market for everyone.”

That’s without mentioning how ICE is telling people they’re being moved from Texas to Louisiana and then dumping them in South Sudan, as the Intercept’s Nick Turse reports. Or the puerile delight Republicans find in holding people in an alligator swamp, and forbidding journalists and public officials from seeing what goes on there.

It’s important to see that Donald Trump, while especially craven, is using tools he was given, in terms of the apparatus for mass deportations, including in the acceptance of prisons as economic boons for struggling localities. So the fight can’t be just anti-Trump, but must be rooted in policy and practice and law—and most of all, in community and shared humanity.

We’ll talk about standing up for human beings because they’re human beings with Silky Shah, executive director of Detention Watch Network.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the Texas floods.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/silky-shah-on-mass-deportation/feed/ 0 543940
Jeff Cohen and Norman Solomon on Mamdani and the Democrats https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/jeff-cohen-and-norman-solomon-on-mamdani-and-the-democrats/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/jeff-cohen-and-norman-solomon-on-mamdani-and-the-democrats/#respond Fri, 04 Jul 2025 14:22:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046346  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Zohran for Mayor posters in Manhattan's Alphabet City

(photo: Jim Naureckas)

This week on CounterSpin: White supremacy, Islamophobia and antisemitism are irreducible dangers in themselves. They are also tools that powerful, wealthy people take up to protect their power and wealth, and to deflect everyone’s attention from who is, actually, day to day, threatening all of our well-being. That brazenness (everything is in peril!)—and that skullduggery (you know who’s the problem? your different-looking neighbor!)—are both in evidence in corporate media’s hellbent, throw-it-all-at-the-wall campaign against democratic socialist New York City mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani.

We’ll talk about how elite news media are Trojan-horsing their hatred for any ideas that threaten their ill-gotten gains, via very deep, very serious “concerns” about Mamdani as a person, with Jeff Cohen and Norman Solomon, longtime political activists, writers and co-founders of the emphatically nonpartisan group RootsAction.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Gaza massacres.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/jeff-cohen-and-norman-solomon-on-mamdani-and-the-democrats/feed/ 0 542890
Adam Johnson on Media in War Mode https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/adam-johnson-on-media-in-war-mode/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/adam-johnson-on-media-in-war-mode/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 15:28:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046241 Column: Lawmakers and Pundits Speed Run Iraq WMDs-Level Lies About Iran

Column (6/22/25)

This week on CounterSpin: Prosecutors at the 1946 International Military Tribunal at Nuremberg declared:

War is essentially an evil thing. Its consequences are not confined to the belligerent states alone, but affect the whole world. To initiate a war of aggression, therefore, is not only an international crime; it is the supreme international crime differing only from other war crimes in that it contains within itself the accumulated evil of the whole.

After the Trump administration dropped bombs on Iran last weekend, without congressional approval, the media debate wasn’t about legality, much less humanity. The Wall Street Journal offered a video series on The Massive Ordnance Penetrator, “The 30,000-Pound US Bomb That Could Destroy Iran’s Nuclear Bunkers.” But it’s not just boys excited by toys; the very important Wall Street Journal is “examining military innovation and tactics emerging around the world, breaking down the tech behind the weaponry and its potential impact.”

Most big media are consumed right now with whether those bunker busters did their bunker busting or maybe the US needs to buy bigger, better bombs to…do what, exactly? Well, now you’re asking too many questions.

Things you should not question? Statements like that of Sen. John Fetterman that Iran is the world’s No. 1 state sponsor of terror.

US corporate media in war mode are a force to reckon with. We do some reckoning with media analyst Adam Johnson, co-host of the podcast Citations Needed, Substack author at the Column, and co-author, with In These Times contributing editor Sarah Lazare, of some relevant pieces at InTheseTimes.com.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/adam-johnson-on-media-in-war-mode/feed/ 0 541520
Michael Galant on Sanctions & Immigration, LaToya Parker on Budget’s Racial Impacts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/michael-galant-on-sanctions-immigration-latoya-parker-on-budgets-racial-impacts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/michael-galant-on-sanctions-immigration-latoya-parker-on-budgets-racial-impacts/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 15:43:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046112  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

CEPR: Economic Sanctions: A Root Cause of Migration

CEPR (3/3/25)

This week on CounterSpin: We’ve always heard that racists hate quotas, yet Stephen Miller’s “3000 a day however which way” mandate is terrorizing immigrant communities—brown immigrant communities—around the country. The response from people of conscience can look many ways: linking arms around people in danger, absolutely; vigorously disputing misinformation about immigrants, whether hateful or patronizing, also. But another piece is gaining a deeper, broader understanding of migration. News media could help answer one implied question—“Why is anyone trying to come to the US anyway?”—by grappling with the role of conditions the US has largely created in the places people are driven from. We’ll talk about that largely missing piece from elite media’s immigration coverage with Michael Galant, senior research and outreach associate at the Center for Economic and Policy Research.

 

Inequality: This Federal Budget Will Be a Disaster for Black Workers

Inequality.org (5/29/25)

Also on the show: Anyone who pays attention and cares can see that the Trump budget bill is a brazen transfer of resources from those that are trying to meet basic needs to those that can’t remember how many houses they own. But corporate reporting rarely breaks out economic policy in terms of how it affects different people—especially how it affects communities for whom they show no consistent concern. Economic policy is itself racialized, gendered, regionalized, targeted. Humanistic journalism would help us see that.

LaToya Parker is a senior researcher at the Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies, and co-author, with Joint Center president Dedrick Asante-Muhammad, of the recent piece “This Federal Budget Will Be a Disaster for Black Workers.”

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/michael-galant-on-sanctions-immigration-latoya-parker-on-budgets-racial-impacts/feed/ 0 540100
Chip Gibbons on Freeing Mahmoud Khalil, Farrah Hassen on Criminalizing Homelessness https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/chip-gibbons-on-freeing-mahmoud-khalil-farrah-hassen-on-criminalizing-homelessness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/chip-gibbons-on-freeing-mahmoud-khalil-farrah-hassen-on-criminalizing-homelessness/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 15:38:00 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045986  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Protest for Mahmoud Khalil at ICE headquarters: "Protect Free Speech: Free Mahmoud Khalil" "Free Gaza, Free DC, Free Mahmoud" (photo: Diane Krauthamer)

(Creative Commons photo: Diane Krauthamer)

This week on CounterSpin: Media are focused on public protests in LA, but seem less interested in what’s making people angry. That’s in part about the federal government’s stated bid to capture and eject anyone they determine “opposes US foreign policy.” Protesters and witnesses and journalists in LA aren’t being shot at and thrown around and sent to the hospital because they disagree with US policy, we’re told, but because they’re interfering with the federal agents carrying out that policy. See how that works? If you don’t, and it worries you, you’re far from alone.

We hear from Chip Gibbons, policy director at Defending Rights and Dissent, about the critical case of Columbia University student activist Mahmoud Khalil, held without warrant in a detention facility in Louisiana since March, for voicing support for Palestinian lives. There’s an important legal development, but how meaningfully Khalil’s case ultimately translates—just like with ICE sweeps around the country—will have to do with us.

Other Words: Criminalizing Homelessness Doesn’t Work. Housing People Does.

Other Words (6/4/25)

Also on the show: If the problem were to “get rid of” unhoused people, the answer would be to house them. It’s cheaper than jailing people for being homeless, so if it’s those “taxpayer dollars” you care about, this would be plan A. Why isn’t it? We hear from Farrah Hassen, policy analyst, writer and adjunct professor in the Department of Political Science at Cal Poly Pomona.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/chip-gibbons-on-freeing-mahmoud-khalil-farrah-hassen-on-criminalizing-homelessness/feed/ 0 538592
Jeff Hauser on DOGE After Musk, Katya Schwenk on Boeing Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/jeff-hauser-on-doge-after-musk-katya-schwenk-on-boeing-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/jeff-hauser-on-doge-after-musk-katya-schwenk-on-boeing-deal/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 15:18:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045894  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

White House photo of Elon Musk's farewell press conference with Donald Trump.

White House photo (5/30/25) of Elon Musk’s farewell press conference with President Donald Trump.

This week on CounterSpin: An email we got this week tells us: “The radical left is up in arms about DOGE. Just think about it—DOGE has exposed BILLIONS in wasteful spending, and is rooting out fraud and corruption at every turn. They’re making the government work for the people of this great nation once again, as the founders intended, and that is why the left simply can’t stand DOGE.” The ask is that we fill out a survey that represents “our once-in-a-lifetime chance to slash the bloated, woke and wasteful policies in the federal government. Thank you, and God Bless, Speaker Mike Johnson. (Paid for by the NRCC and not authorized by any candidate or candidate’s committee.)”

Reports are that Elon Musk is leaving government, going back to make Tesla great again or something. But if that’s true, why did we get this weird, sad email? We’ll talk about how to miss Musk when he won’t go away with Jeff Hauser, executive director of the Revolving Door Project.

 

Lever: Could These Fraud Allegations Land Boeing In A Criminal Trial?

Lever (5/17/24)

Also on the show: The New York Times has its stories on the Boeing “non-prosecution agreement” in the “Business” section, suggesting that whether planes drop out of the sky is mostly a concern for investors. A huge corporation paying money to dodge criminal charges is evidently not a general interest story. And the families and friends of the hundreds of people dead because of Boeing’s admittedly knowing malfeasance? They’re just another county heard from. If you want reporting that calls crimes “crimes,” even if they’re committed by corporations, you need to look outside of corporate media. We’ll hear about Boeing from independent journalist Katya Schwenk.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of trans youth in sports and gender-affirming care.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/jeff-hauser-on-doge-after-musk-katya-schwenk-on-boeing-deal/feed/ 0 537009
Tom Morello on Music as Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 15:32:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045716  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Tom Morello

Tom Morello at Occupy Wall Street (CC photo: David Shankbone)

This week on CounterSpin: Taylor Swift, Bruce Springsteen, Beyoncé and…Oprah? They’re among the entertainers in Trump’s ALLCAPS sights for, it would seem, endorsing Kamala Harris in the election? And/or maybe saying something unflattering about him or his  actions—which, in his brain, and that of the minions who’ve chosen to share that brain, constitutes an illegal political contribution to his opponents, wherever they may lurk.

At a moment when politicians who swore actual oaths are throwing over even the pretense of democracy, or public service—or basic human decency—many of us are looking to artists to be truth-tellers and spirit lifters; to convey, maybe, not so much information as energy: the fearless, collective, forward-looking joy that can sustain a beleaguered people in a threatening time.

There’s a deep history of protest music and music as protest, and our guest is very intentionally a part of it. Tom Morello is a guitarist; part of Rage Against The Machine, Audioslave, Prophets of Rage and The Nightwatchman, among many other projects. His music has always been intertwined with his activism and advocacy for social, racial, economic justice; so we talk about the work of artists in Trumpian times with Tom Morello, this week on CounterSpin.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the embassy shootings, a lawmaker’s arrest and commencement protests.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest/feed/ 0 535696
Tom Morello on Music as Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest-2/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 15:32:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045716  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Tom Morello

Tom Morello at Occupy Wall Street (CC photo: David Shankbone)

This week on CounterSpin: Taylor Swift, Bruce Springsteen, Beyoncé and…Oprah? They’re among the entertainers in Trump’s ALLCAPS sights for, it would seem, endorsing Kamala Harris in the election? And/or maybe saying something unflattering about him or his  actions—which, in his brain, and that of the minions who’ve chosen to share that brain, constitutes an illegal political contribution to his opponents, wherever they may lurk.

At a moment when politicians who swore actual oaths are throwing over even the pretense of democracy, or public service—or basic human decency—many of us are looking to artists to be truth-tellers and spirit lifters; to convey, maybe, not so much information as energy: the fearless, collective, forward-looking joy that can sustain a beleaguered people in a threatening time.

There’s a deep history of protest music and music as protest, and our guest is very intentionally a part of it. Tom Morello is a guitarist; part of Rage Against The Machine, Audioslave, Prophets of Rage and The Nightwatchman, among many other projects. His music has always been intertwined with his activism and advocacy for social, racial, economic justice; so we talk about the work of artists in Trumpian times with Tom Morello, this week on CounterSpin.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the embassy shootings, a lawmaker’s arrest and commencement protests.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/tom-morello-on-music-as-protest-2/feed/ 0 535697
Bryce Covert on Work Requirements, Erin Reed on Trans Care ‘Questions’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/bryce-covert-on-work-requirements-erin-reed-on-trans-care-questions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/bryce-covert-on-work-requirements-erin-reed-on-trans-care-questions/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 15:38:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045615  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Common Dreams: Trump Cabinet Members Regurgitate Lies About Work Requirements

Common Dreams (5/14/25)

This week on CounterSpin: On a Sunday night, not when officials do things they’re most proud of, House Republicans passed a plan to give more money to rich people by taking it from the non-rich. Call it what you will, that’s what’s ultimately happening with the plan to cut more than $700 billion from Medicaid in order to “offset,” as elite media have it, the expense of relieving millionaires from contributing to public coffers. Even the feint they’re using—we’re not cutting aid, just forcing recipients to work, like they should—is obvious, age-old and long-disproven, if evidence is what you care about. Thing is, of the millions of people at the sharp end of the plan, most are children, who have no voice corporate media feel obliged to listen to. We’ll nevertheless talk about them with independent journalist Bryce Covert.

 

WaPo: Good questions about transgender care

Washington Post (5/11/25)

Also on the show: You may have seen an editorial in the Washington Post indicating that, despite what you have heard for years, from trans people and from doctors and medical associations that work with trans people, maybe it’s OK for you to still entertain the notion that, weirdly, on this occasion, it’s not science but talkshow hosts who have it right, and trans kids are just actually mentally ill. We’ll talk about that with journalist and trans rights activist Erin Reed, of Erin in the Morning.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/bryce-covert-on-work-requirements-erin-reed-on-trans-care-questions/feed/ 0 534574
Mara Kronenfeld on Israel’s Aid Blockade https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/mara-kronenfeld-on-israels-aid-blockade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/mara-kronenfeld-on-israels-aid-blockade/#respond Fri, 16 May 2025 16:00:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045565  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Reuters: Activist aid ship hit by drones on way to Gaza, NGO says

Reuters (5/2/25)

This week on CounterSpin: As part of its deadly denial of food, water and medicine to Palestinian people, Israel attacked a civilian aid ship endeavoring to bring humanitarian aid to Gaza, setting it on fire, injuring crewmembers, cutting off communications. The ship was called the Conscience. Millions around the world ask every day what it will take to awaken the conscience of leaders to stop the genocide of Palestinians, instead of trying to silence the outcry.

Corporate media are complicit, with please-don’t-think-about-it headlines like NBC News‘ “Aid Groups Describe Dire Conditions in Gaza as Israel Says There Is No Shortage of Aid.”

We talk about attacks on aid delivery and media’s role with Mara Kronenfeld, executive director at UNRWA USA (UNRWA being the UN Relief & Works Agency for Palestine Refugees, UNRWA USA being the partner group amplifying and grounding that work).

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of Gaza’s starvation and the MOVE bombing.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/mara-kronenfeld-on-israels-aid-blockade/feed/ 0 533422
Bartlett Naylor on Meme Coin Grift, Ashley Nunes on Public Land Selloff https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff/#respond Fri, 09 May 2025 16:02:36 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045458  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Marketing Trump's $Trump meme coin: Donald Trump; Fight Fight Fight; Join Trump's Special Community

$Trump marketing website.

This week on CounterSpin: They say ignorance is bliss, but I know that, for myself and others, our lack of knowledge of Bitcoin and cryptocurrency will only hurt us in our response to the effects that the dealings around that stuff are having on our lives. Bartlett Naylor breaks it down for us; he works at Public Citizen, as a financial policy advocate at their project Congress Watch.

 

Landscape of Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (photo: Judith Slein)

Also on the show: Billionaires don’t need tax cuts; they already have a system designed to appease them. But it’s not enough! Part of the budget bill to give more to those who have everything is an effort to sell off public land for exploitation for fossil fuel companies, who are determined to die taking the last penny from our fingers. Pulling up the covers and waiting for better times isn’t the way; if we stay focused, we can save critical elements of, in this case, unspoiled wild places in this country. Ashley Nunes is public lands policy specialist at the Center for Biological Diversity. We hear from her this week about that.

 

Plus Janine Jackson looks back on an interview with the late Robert McChesney.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff/feed/ 0 532107
Bartlett Naylor on Meme Coin Grift, Ashley Nunes on Public Land Selloff https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff-2/#respond Fri, 09 May 2025 16:02:36 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045458  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Marketing Trump's $Trump meme coin: Donald Trump; Fight Fight Fight; Join Trump's Special Community

$Trump marketing website.

This week on CounterSpin: They say ignorance is bliss, but I know that, for myself and others, our lack of knowledge of Bitcoin and cryptocurrency will only hurt us in our response to the effects that the dealings around that stuff are having on our lives. Bartlett Naylor breaks it down for us; he works at Public Citizen, as a financial policy advocate at their project Congress Watch.

 

Landscape of Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (photo: Judith Slein)

Also on the show: Billionaires don’t need tax cuts; they already have a system designed to appease them. But it’s not enough! Part of the budget bill to give more to those who have everything is an effort to sell off public land for exploitation for fossil fuel companies, who are determined to die taking the last penny from our fingers. Pulling up the covers and waiting for better times isn’t the way; if we stay focused, we can save critical elements of, in this case, unspoiled wild places in this country. Ashley Nunes is public lands policy specialist at the Center for Biological Diversity. We hear from her this week about that.

 

Plus Janine Jackson looks back on an interview with the late Robert McChesney.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/bartlett-naylor-on-meme-coin-grift-ashley-nunes-on-public-land-selloff-2/feed/ 0 532108
Tanya Clay House on Freedom to Learn, Danaka Katovich on Attacks on Activists https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/tanya-clay-house-on-freedom-to-learn-danaka-katovich-on-attacks-on-activists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/tanya-clay-house-on-freedom-to-learn-danaka-katovich-on-attacks-on-activists/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 15:46:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045371  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Ruby Bridges. the first Black child to attend an all-white school in New Orleans.

Ruby Bridges challenged US segregation in 1960.

This week on CounterSpin: You can say someone ‘supports the rights’ of people of color to vote, or to have our experience and history recognized—as though that were a passive descriptor; she ‘supports the rights’ of people of color to be seen and heard. The website of the Kairos Democracy Project has a quote from John Lewis, reminding us: “Democracy is not a state. It is an act.”

Tanya Clay House is board chair at Kairos and a longtime advocate for the multiracial democracy that the Trump White House seeks to denounce and derail—in part by erasing the history of Black people in this country. As part of that, she’s part of an ongoing project called Freedom to Learn and its present campaign, called #HandsOffOurHistory. We hear from Tanya Clay House about that work this week.

 

Arrest of Code Pink's Medea Benjamin

Code Pink’s Medea Benjamin

Also on the show:  Corporate news media evince lofty principles about the First Amendment, but when people actually use it, the response is more telling. When USA Today covered activism in Seattle around the WTO, it reported: “Little noticed by the public, the upcoming World Trade Organization summit has energized protesters around the world.” You see how that works: If you’re the little-noticing “public,” you’re cool; but if you band together with other people and speak out, well, now you’re a “protester,” and that’s different—and marginal. Whatever they say in their Martin Luther King Day editorials, elite media’s day-to-day message is: ‘Normal people don’t protest.’ In 2025, there’s an ominous addendum: ‘Or else.’

Danaka Katovich is co-director of the feminist grassroots anti-war organization CODEPINK, currently but not for the first time at the sharp end of state efforts to silence activists and activism. We hear from her this week.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/tanya-clay-house-on-freedom-to-learn-danaka-katovich-on-attacks-on-activists/feed/ 0 530782
Jeff Hauser on DOGE, Karen Thompson on ‘Fetal Personhood’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/jeff-hauser-on-doge-karen-thompson-on-fetal-personhood/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/jeff-hauser-on-doge-karen-thompson-on-fetal-personhood/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 15:51:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045234  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

This week on CounterSpin: Elon Musk reportedly told Tesla investors that he’ll be amping down his role with the Department of Government Efficiency to, one guesses, bring his big brain back into their service. Like the “War on Terror,” “DOGE” is a thing that was in part spoken into normalcy by the corporate press. Media seem ready to, if not embrace, to make respectful space for whatever hot nonsense is proffered—if it fits within their political template. In this case, it’s a thing—not officially a new Cabinet-level department, but acting like one—wildly powerful, yet utterly opaque and run by an unelected billionaire. DOGE sparked lawsuits about its legality from day one, but today’s news is about, legal or not, what it’s doing and how we can respond. The Revolving Door Project is tracking all of that; we hear from executive director Jeff Hauser.

 

Also on the show: There’s no reason you need to know that Selena Chandler-Scott is a 24-year-old woman from Georgia who had a miscarriage last month; pregnant people lose those pregnancies routinely. You should know that Chandler-Scott was sent to jail for her miscarriage, and though later released, she won’t be the last. “Fetal personhood” may sound abstract or legalistic; but this case brings home vividly how granting legal rights to embryos and fetuses doesn’t “potentially” “open the door to,” but concretely, today, means undermining the rights of people who carry pregnancies, leaving them open to surveillance, suspicion and prosecution.

US media seem uninterested in Chandler-Scott’s story and its implications, but we hear from Karen Thompson, legal director at Pregnancy Justice.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of Pope Francis.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/jeff-hauser-on-doge-karen-thompson-on-fetal-personhood/feed/ 0 529485
Khury Petersen-Smith on Yemen Distortions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/khury-petersen-smith-on-yemen-distortions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/khury-petersen-smith-on-yemen-distortions/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 16:04:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045177  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Nation: Bombing Yemen: Signalgate Deserves to Be a Major Scandal

The Nation (3/27/25)

This week on CounterSpin: CBS News on April 14 said:

We’re following new violence in the Middle East. Israeli strikes hit a major hospital in northern Gaza. At least 21 people were reportedly killed. The emergency room is badly damaged. Israel accused Hamas of using the hospital to hide its fighters.

Meanwhile, Houthi militants in Yemen said they fired two ballistic missiles at Israel. The Israeli military initially said two missiles were launched and one was intercepted, but later said only one missile had been fired.

There’s information in there, if you can parse it; but the takeaway for most will be that framing: “violence in the Middle East,” which suggests that whatever happened today is just the latest round in a perennial battle between warring parties, where you and I have no role except that of sad bystander.

When it comes to Yemen, elite media’s repeated reference to “Iran-backed Houthi rebels” not only obscures the current fighting’s political origins and recent timeline, it erases the Yemeni people, who are paying the price both for the fighting and for the distortions around it, from political elites and their media amplifiers.

We get some grounding from Khury Petersen-Smith; he’s the Michael Ratner Middle East fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a look back at some recent press coverage of fossil fuel companies and climate change.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/khury-petersen-smith-on-yemen-distortions/feed/ 0 527268
Dara Lind on Criminalizing Immigrants https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/dara-lind-on-criminalizing-immigrants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/dara-lind-on-criminalizing-immigrants/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 15:40:20 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045090  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Intercept: Support Us Search for: Politics Justice War on Gaza Technology Environment Immigration Support Us Special Investigations Voices Podcasts Videos Documents About Contact Us More Ways to Donate Impact & Reports Join Newsletter Jobs Become a Source © THE INTERCEPT ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Terms of Use Privacy Politics Justice War on Gaza Technology Environment Immigration About Support Us Trump Appears to Be Targeting Muslim and “Non-White” Students for Deportation

Intercept (4/8/25)

This week on CounterSpin: We’re learning from Jonah Valdez at the Intercept that the Trump administration is now revoking visas and immigration statuses of hundreds of international students under the Student Exchange and Visitor Program—not just those active in pro-Palestinian advocacy, or those with criminal records of any sort. It is, says one immigration attorney, “a concerted effort to go after people who are from countries and religions that the Trump administration wants to get out of the country.”

It is disheartening to see a report like one in Newsweek, about how Trump “loves the idea” of sending US citizens to prisons outside of US jurisdiction, that feels it has to start by explaining “Why It Matters.” But things as they are, we have to be grateful for what straight reporting we get—at a time when some outlets are signing on to shut up if it buys them a moment of peace, which it won’t—and a moment in which staying informed, paying attention, learning what’s happening and how we can stop it, is what we have to work with.

Dara Lind is senior fellow at the American Immigration Council. She joins us this week on the show.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of the Hands Off! protests.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/dara-lind-on-criminalizing-immigrants/feed/ 0 525177
Paul Offit on RFK Jr. and Measles, Jessica González on Trump’s FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/paul-offit-on-rfk-jr-and-measles-jessica-gonzalez-on-trumps-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/paul-offit-on-rfk-jr-and-measles-jessica-gonzalez-on-trumps-fcc/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 15:50:54 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044970  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: Trump Picks R.F.K. Jr. to Be Head of Health and Human Services Dept.

New York Times (11/14/24)

This week on CounterSpin: If “some people believe it” were the criterion, our daily news would be full of respectful consideration of the Earth’s flatness, the relationship of intelligence to the bumps on your head, and how stepping on a crack might break your mother’s back. News media don’t, in fact, use “some people think it’s true” as the threshold for whether a notion gets talked about seriously, gets “balanced” alongside what “data suggest.” It’s about power.

Look no further than Robert Kennedy Jr. When he was just a famously named man about town, we heard about how he dumped a bear carcass in Central Park for fun, believes that children’s gender is shaped by chemicals in the water, and asserts that Covid-19 was “targeted to attack Caucasians and Black people,” while leaving “Ashkenazi Jews and Chinese” immune.

But once you become RFK Jr., secretary of health and human services in a White House whose anger must not be drawn, those previously unacceptable ideas become, as a recent New York Times piece has it, “unorthodox.”

Kennedy’s unorthodox ideas may get us all killed while media whistle. We hear from Dr. Paul Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, about that.

 

Free Press: How FCC Chairman Carr Has Fueled Trump's Authoritarian Takeover

Free Press (3/18/25)

Also on the show: For many years, social justice advocates rather discounted the Federal Communications Commission. Unlike the Federal Trade Commission or the Food and Drug Administration, whose actions had visible impacts on your life, the FCC didn’t seem like a player.

That changed over recent years, as we’ve seen the role the federal government plays in regulating the power of media corporations to control the flow of information. As the late, great media scholar Bob McChesney explained, “When the government grants free monopoly rights to TV spectrum…it is not setting the terms of competition; it is picking the winner.”

We’ll talk about the FCC under Trump with Jessica González, co-CEO of the group McChesney co-founded, Free Press.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/paul-offit-on-rfk-jr-and-measles-jessica-gonzalez-on-trumps-fcc/feed/ 0 523790
Michael Arria on Gaza Pushback https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/michael-arria-on-gaza-pushback/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/michael-arria-on-gaza-pushback/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 15:50:47 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044883  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Mondoweiss: Power & Pushback: ‘Nobody can protect you’

Mondoweiss (3/18/25)

This week on CounterSpin: Israel has abandoned the ceasefire agreement and restarted its genocidal war against Palestinians in Gaza, a war that has destroyed the region and killed tens of thousands of human beings. The ceasefire, as Gaza-based writer Hassan Abo Qamar among others reminds, still allowed Israel to deprive Palestinians in Gaza of “food, water, medical care, education and freedom of movement.” But it wasn’t enough and, as Belén Fernández writes for FAIR.org, Israel’s US-endorsed resumption of all-out genocide killed at least 404 Palestinians right off the bat, but was reported in, for instance, the New York Times as “Israel Tries to Pressure Hamas to Free More Hostages.”

We know that elite media will tell us someday that the whole world was horrified by the genocide of Palestinians, and that journalists decried it. But someday is not today. We need reporters who aren’t not afraid they will be targeted, but who may be afraid and are nevertheless bearing witness. Reporters like Hossam Shabat, 23-year-old Palestinian correspondent for Al Jazeera and Drop Site News, targeted and killed March 24, and not even the first Israeli journalist assassination for the day: Hours earlier, Palestine Today reporter Mohammad Mansour was killed in an Israeli strike on his home in southern Gaza.

The genocide of Palestinians is a human rights emergency, and also a journalism emergency. US reporters who don’t treat it as such are showing their allegiance to something other than journalism. A key part of their disservice is their ignoring, obscuring, marginalizing, demeaning and endangering the many people who are standing up and speaking out. Pretending protest isn’t happening is aiding and abetting the work of the silencers; it’s telling lies about who we are and what we can do. We build action by telling the stories powerful media don’t want told.

We’ll talk about that with reporter Michael Arria, US correspondent for Mondoweiss and the force behind their new feature called “Power & Pushback.”

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of transphobia, and remembers FAIR board member Robert McChesney.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/michael-arria-on-gaza-pushback/feed/ 0 522260
Nancy Altman on Social Security Attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/nancy-altman-on-social-security-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/nancy-altman-on-social-security-attacks/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 15:49:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044741  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Public Information: Memo details Trump plan to sabotage the Social Security Administration

Public Information (3/17/25)

This week on CounterSpin: News site Popular Information alerted us to new Social Security Administration policy effectively requiring tens of thousands of recipients, by the agency’s own estimation, to travel to a field office to verify their ID. An internal memo predicts the shift will create “service disruption,” “operational strain” and “budget shortfalls” – unsurprising, given concurrent staffing cuts and field office closures. The inevitable harms will no doubt be declared part of a necessary attempt to purge “fraud” from the system that has disbursed earned benefits to elderly and disabled people for generations.

Journalists have choices. They can, as did the Record-Journal of Meriden, Connecticut, report that the cuts derive from repeated claims of fraud from Elon Musk that are “without evidence,” that Trump echoes Musk’s “unfounded statements,” quote a retiree advocate noting that accusations of loads of dead folks collecting benefits are “baseless, ” and put the words “fact sheet” in appropriate irony quotes when describing a missive from the White House.

Or you can go the route of the Arizona Republic, and lead with the notion that the interference in Social Security is most importantly part of Musk’s “implementing…measures to trim costs throughout the government.” Mention that the actions have “stirred a range of emotions, from cautious hope that the federal government might finally bring its deficit spending under control, to frantic fears that benefit cuts could undermine the financial or health security of millions of Americans,” go on to ask earnestly, “Where does Trump stand on Social Security and other benefits?” and begin with a White House statement “reiterating that the president supports these programs.” In paragraph 19, you might throw in that public polling shows that “most Americans would favor revenue increases rather than benefit cuts to Social Security,” which would include “requiring high-income individuals to pay taxes on more of their earnings.”

In short, easily verified facts, along with “most Americans,” can be centered  or tangential in your reporting on the drastic, opaque changes aimed at the program that keeps the wolf from the door for millions of people, but for Musk/Trump represents yet another pile of money they feel belongs to them and theirs. All that’s in the balance are human lives and health, and the ability of working people to plan for our futures.

We’ll talk about the new, yet also old, attacks on Social Security with Nancy Altman, president of Social Security Works.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of Mahmoud Khalil, deportations and the FTC.

 

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/nancy-altman-on-social-security-attacks/feed/ 0 520667
David Perry on MAGA & Disability, Kehsi Iman Wilson (2023) on ADA https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/david-perry-on-maga-disability-kehsi-iman-wilson-2023-on-ada/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/david-perry-on-maga-disability-kehsi-iman-wilson-2023-on-ada/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 14:53:57 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044565  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

This week on CounterSpin: In early February, when Rep. Maxwell Frost tweeted that he and Rep. Maxine Waters were denied access to the Department of Education, Elon Musk responded on the platform he owns: “What is this ‘Department of Education’ you keep talking about? I just checked and it doesn’t exist.” That, we understand, was the shadow president skating where the puck’s gonna be, as they say—because a month later, we learned that indeed newly appointed Education Secretary Linda McMahon is tasked not with running but with erasing the department.

Elite media have talked about the political machinations, how this was expected, how it fits with Trump/Musk’s grand schemes. When it comes to what will happen to the under-resourced schools, and the students with disabilities for whom the DoE supported access and recourse for discrimination? Media seem happy with McMahon’s handwaving about how that stuff might be better off in a different agency.

The impacts of policy on people with disabilities are overwhelmingly an afterthought for corporate media, even though it’s a large community, and one anyone can join at any moment. We talked, on March 5, with journalist and historian David Perry about the threats McMahon and MAGA pose to people—including students—with disabilities.

 

Also on the show: You wouldn’t know it from what comes out of the mouths of today’s “leaders,” but there has long been a widely shared view in this country that people with disabilities deserve full human rights, but don’t have them. July 2023 marked the 33rd anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act. And, as happens every year, a dismaying amount of the anniversary coverage was about buildings or spaces coming into compliance with the ADA—as though complying with a decades-old law was a feel-good story, and despite the relative absence of feel-bad stories about decades of noncompliance.

CounterSpin spoke at the time with Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder of New Disabled South, about what’s lost when the public conversation around disability justice revolves around abiding by a baseline law, rather than a bigger vision of a world we can all live in. We revisit that conversation this week on CounterSpin.

 

Featured Image: A protester at a disability rights protest in May 2022 in new York City. Credit: FollowingNYC from Pexels


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/david-perry-on-maga-disability-kehsi-iman-wilson-2023-on-ada/feed/ 0 519083
Eric Blanc on Worker-to-Worker Organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/eric-blanc-on-worker-to-worker-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/eric-blanc-on-worker-to-worker-organizing/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 14:55:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044557  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Reuters: US federal workers hit back at Trump mass firings with class action complaints

Reuters (3/6/25)

This week on CounterSpin: A NASA official warned workers to maybe think about not wearing their badges in public, to protect themselves from harassment against people identifiable as federal workers by MAGA randos who feel deputized by Trump and Musk to do…well, whatever it is Trump and Musk suggest.

It’s early days of the Trump/Musk federal smash and grab, and the harms are already piling up. But so too is the resistance. And federal workers, presumed to be easy targets—based in part on years of corporate media coverage telling us government is fat and lazy and the private sector does everything better—are also on the front lines of the fightback.

We talk about the power of workers—with or without a union—with labor activist and organizer Eric Blanc. He’s assistant professor of labor studies at Rutgers University, and author of the new book We Are the Union: How Worker-to-Worker Organizing Is Revitalizing Labor and Winning Big.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Trump’s congressional speech, “DOGE” and town hall repression.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/eric-blanc-on-worker-to-worker-organizing/feed/ 0 517226
Kirk Herbertson on Big Oil’s Lawsuit Against Environmentalism https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/kirk-herbertson-on-big-oils-lawsuit-against-environmentalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/kirk-herbertson-on-big-oils-lawsuit-against-environmentalism/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2025 16:11:56 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044458  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

EarthRights: Greenpeace is Facing a Dangerous Legal Tactic Often Used by Wealthy Interests to Silence Free Speech

EarthRights (2/20/25)

This week on CounterSpin: Just because we might witness the daylight robbery of the social benefits we’ve been paying for and counting on for the entirety of our working lives, and just because Black people are no longer officially allowed to even mentor Black people coming in to fields they’ve been historically excluded from, and just because any program receiving public funding will now have to pretend there are “two genders”—doesn’t mean the environment isn’t still in immediate peril. It is.

But the lawsuits of deep-pocketed fossil fuel corporations against any and everyone who dares challenge their profiteering destruction are really also about our ability as non-billionaires to use our voice to speak out about anything. Not speaking out is increasingly a non-option. So where are we? We’ll learn about a case that is “weaponizing the legal system” against anyone who wants a livable future from Kirk Herbertson, US director for advocacy and campaigns at EarthRights International.

 

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the FCC, the Washington Post and Medicaid.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/kirk-herbertson-on-big-oils-lawsuit-against-environmentalism/feed/ 0 515640
Gregory Shupak on Palestine Ethnic Cleansing, Portia Allen-Kyle on Tax Unfairness https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing-portia-allen-kyle-on-tax-unfairness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing-portia-allen-kyle-on-tax-unfairness/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 17:00:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044359  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

CNN: Arab leaders to gather for postwar Gaza proposal to counter Trump’s ‘Riviera’ plan

CNN (2/21/25)

This week on CounterSpin: Donald Trump has declared that the US is going to “take over” the Gaza Strip, that the Palestinians who live there will be “permanently” exiled. Asked whether Palestinians would have the right to return to Gaza under his scheme, Trump said “no.” But even those corporate media who aren’t actually endorsing this illegal, inhumane plan still can’t seem to find it in themselves to call it what it is: ethnic cleansing.

Media critic, activist and teacher Gregory Shupak has been looking into big media’s systematic refusal to use appropriate language about the human rights crimes unfolding before our eyes in Palestine. He teaches English and media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and he’s author of the book The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media, from OR Books.

 

A couple does their taxes, in an image from the report Preying Preparers.

Color of Change/Better IRS (3/24)

Also on the show: There is a deep, if muddled, sense that the US tax system is unfair. The little guy pays too much and rich folks and corporations find loopholes and offshore accounts. And then, on a different page, there’s a story about how “we” as a country just don’t have “enough resources” to allow school kids to eat lunch, because that would mean the dreaded higher taxes! But we will shell out another billion for a fighter plane, and shut up about that.

Media outlets that fail to make meaningful connections—between those clever offshore accounts and the supposed inability to fund school lunch; between cutting funding for the IRS and doubling down on people who use the Earned Income Tax Credit—are certainly not the ones to look to for an understanding of the racial impacts of supposedly neutral tax policy and practices, however demonstrable those impacts may be.  We’ll talk about that with Portia Allen-Kyle, interim executive director at Color of Change and author of the report Preying Preparers.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/gregory-shupak-on-palestine-ethnic-cleansing-portia-allen-kyle-on-tax-unfairness/feed/ 0 514716
Luke Charles Harris on Critical Race Theory (2021) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/luke-charles-harris-on-critical-race-theory-2021/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/luke-charles-harris-on-critical-race-theory-2021/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 16:03:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044223  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: Defense Agency Pauses Celebrations of Martin Luther King’s Birthday, Women’s History Month and Others

New York Times (1/29/25)

This week on CounterSpin: A number of federal agencies rushed to make clear they would be scrubbing activities and events that “celebrate cultural awareness” in an effort to stay on the good side of the weird new White House. Trump and his abettors’ anti-anti-discrimination agenda is as subtle as a sledgehammer. “DEI hire,” for instance, is super-complicated code for the idea that if a person who isn’t white, cis and male got a job, that can only mean a better qualified white cis man was unfairly denied it. That’s just, Trump says, “common sense.”

The irony is not lost that history itself is seen as being manipulated for political purpose when it comes to Black History Month—because we know that history is constantly invoked, if implicitly, as a way of justifying present-day unfairness. White supremacy can be presented as natural if  white people invented everything, discovered everything, created all the wealth, and defined civilization. That lies back of many public and media conversations…so just saying Charles Drew invented blood banks is disruptive! What if Black people aren’t subhuman?

What people try to silence tells us what they fear. So what is so scary about everyone, not just Black people, acknowledging the particular circumstances and responses to those circumstances of Black people in these United States—our experience, challenges, accomplishments? Is it that history—real history, and not comforting tall tales—connects the past with the present in ways that are powerful, grounding and inspiring?

In March 2021, a hitherto no-name right-wing activist openly declared an intention to mislead around racism and to vilify any questioning of enduring racial inequities: “The goal,” wrote Manhattan Institute’s Christopher Rufo,  “is to have the public read something crazy in the newspaper and immediately think ‘critical race theory.’” He bragged that he had “successfully frozen” the “brand” of critical race theory, and was “steadily driving up negative perceptions. We will eventually turn it toxic as we put all of the various cultural insanities under that brand category.”

A self-respecting press corps would have taken that as a shot across the bow. The corporate news media we have dutifully signed on to present a campaign openly defined as uninterested in truth or humanity and concerned only with rolling back the clock on racial equity as a totally valid, “grassroots” perspective, deserving respectful inclusion in national conversation.

That was a jumping-off point for our conversation with law professor Luke Charles Harris, co-founder with Kimberle Crenshaw of the African American Policy Forum. We’ll hear that important conversation again this week.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Venezuela, Elon Musk and ICE.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/luke-charles-harris-on-critical-race-theory-2021/feed/ 0 513750
Ezra Young on Trans Rights Law, Anne Sosin on RFK Jr. and Rural Health https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/ezra-young-on-trans-rights-law-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/ezra-young-on-trans-rights-law-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 16:36:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044110  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Signs at protest: "Trans People Are Not a Distraction"; "Trans Rights Are Human Rights"

(CC photo: Ted Eytan)

This week on CounterSpin: We know that once corporate news label something “controversial,” we’re in for reporting with a static “some say/others differ” frame—even if one “side” of the “controversy” is a relatively small group of people who don’t believe in science or human rights or democracy. So as the Trump White House comes out fast and furious against transgender people, their weird hatefulness lands in a public arena that generally rejects discrimination, but also in an elite media climate in which the very lives of transgender people have long been deemed “subject to debate.” We’ll hear about the current state of things from civil rights attorney Ezra Young.

 

New York Times: R.F.K. Jr. Says Doctors Found a Dead Worm in His Brain

New York Times (5/8/24)

Also on the show: When the New York Times reported Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s revelation that parasites have eaten part of his brain, Kennedy, running for president at the time, offered to “eat five more brain worms and still beat President Trump and President Biden in a debate.” We’re reminded of such “jokes” now, as Kennedy looks likely to be head of Health and Human Services, along with his claims that vaccines cause autism and chicken soup cures measles. But to resist Kennedy, we need to understand what fuels those who, even if they don’t like him, believe he might be a force for good in their lives. Anne Sosin is a public health researcher and practitioner based at Dartmouth College, who encourages looking around RFK Jr. to the communities that imagine he’s speaking for them.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/ezra-young-on-trans-rights-law-anne-sosin-on-rfk-jr-and-rural-health/feed/ 0 512799
David Kass on Billionaire Election-Buying https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/david-kass-on-billionaire-election-buying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/david-kass-on-billionaire-election-buying/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 16:47:26 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044003  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Tech billionaires at Trump's second inauguration: Amazon's Jeff Bezos, Google's Sundar Pichai and Tesla's Elon Musk

Tech billionaires at Trump’s second inauguration: Amazon‘s Jeff Bezos, Google’s Sundar Pichai and X‘s Elon Musk (image: C-SPAN)

This week on CounterSpin: You may remember the testimony: former Starbucks CEO Howard Schultz pouting to a Senate hearing on the company’s union-busting in which he was referred to as a billionaire that using that “moniker constantly is unfair”: “Yes, I have billions of dollars—I earned it. No one gave it to me. And I’ve shared it constantly with the people of Starbucks.”

The delusion that a billionaire “earned” every penny of it, or that it is shared equitably with workers, may be special to billionaires, but the broader notion—that “the government only helps some people; other people do it on their own” is conveyed throughout corporate media’s narrative, even as it’s corrosive to an understanding of democracy, much less the fight for it. The increasing influence of not merely the rich, but the super rich, on the politics and policy we all have to live with is an urgent story, if not a new one. Yet somehow, elite media seem less and less interested in it.

We’ll talk with David Kass, executive director of the Americans for Tax Fairness campaign, about that on this week’s show.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at some recent press coverage of Trump’s illegal funding freeze, immigration raids and the Gaza death toll.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/david-kass-on-billionaire-election-buying/feed/ 0 511783
Silky Shah on the Attack on Immigrants https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/silky-shah-on-the-attack-on-immigrants/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/silky-shah-on-the-attack-on-immigrants/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 17:04:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043915  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

This week on CounterSpin: Those with a beating heart can see the horror of Trump’s plans to deputize wannabe vigilantes to denounce community members they suspect “don’t belong here,” to send ICE into schools and churches to round folks up—police records or no—and ship them to detention centers, to ride roughshod over time-honored concepts of sanctuary. But on immigration, as on other things, corporate news media have shaped their narrative around right-wing frames, such that immigration itself is now not a human rights story, or even an economic one, but yet another story about “their” crimes and “our” safety. Sure, it serves racist xenophobes and will harm all of us, but: horrible crimes attachable to brown and Black people? You don’t have to ask the press corps twice! It was bad enough when the narrative was about distinguishing “good” immigrants from “bad” immigrants; we’ve now gone beyond that to “all immigrants” vs. “everyone else”—and if MAGA is now driving that train, elite media have been fueling it up for years.

We’ll talk about the attack on immigrants—and about the resistance to it—with Silky Shah, executive director at Detention Watch Network.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of oligarchs and the Washington Post‘s new mission statement.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/silky-shah-on-the-attack-on-immigrants/feed/ 0 510963
Derek Seidman on Insurance and Climate (2024); Ariel Adelman on Disability Civil Rights (2024) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-2024-ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-2024-ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights-2024/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2025 16:56:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043844  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: How Outlets on the Left and Right Have Covered the Los Angeles Wildfires

New York Times (1/9/25)

This week on CounterSpin: While the New York Times rolls out claptrap about how both “the left and the right” have ideas about causes behind the devastating Los Angeles wildfires—the right blame DEI hires, while the left blame climate change—many people have moved beyond that sort of stultifying nonsense to work that directly confronts the fossil fuel companies, and their political enablers, for the obvious role that fossil fuels play in climate disruption, and that climate disruption plays in extreme weather events. Many are also now calling out insurance companies that take folks’ money, but then hinder their ability to come out from under when these predictable and predicted crises occur.

Would you be surprised to hear that these powerful industries—fossil fuels and insurers—are intertwined? We talked about it last year with writer and historian Derek Seidman. We’ll hear that conversation on this week’s show.

 

19th News: Disability advocates breathe a sigh of relief at Supreme Court’s Acheson decision

19th (12/6/23)

Also on the show: Did you see the coverage of how people with disabilities are dealing with the California fires’ impact? Probably not, given that the place of people with disabilities in elite media coverage ranges roughly from afterthought to absent. We talked about that last year with disability rights advocate and policy analyst Ariel Adelman, in the wake of a Supreme Court case that considered dismantling civil rights protections for people with disabilities, by criminalizing the ways that we learn about whether those protections are actually real. We’ll hear that too.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-2024-ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights-2024/feed/ 0 510095
Dean Baker on China Trade Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/dean-baker-on-china-trade-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/dean-baker-on-china-trade-policy/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2025 16:58:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043706  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

How Elon Musk and Taylor Swift Can Resolve U.S.-China Relations

New York Times (12/17/24)

This week on CounterSpin: New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman’s December 17 piece, headlined “How Elon Musk and Taylor Swift Can Resolve US-China Relations,” contained some choice Friedmanisms, like:  “More Americans might get a better feel for what is going on there if they simply went and ordered room service at their hotel.” (Later followed quaintly by: “A lot of Chinese have grown out of touch with how China is perceived in the world.”)

But the big idea is that China has taken a “great leap forward in high-tech manufacturing” because of Donald Trump, who a source says “woke them up to the fact that they needed an all-hands-on-deck effort.” And if the US doesn’t respond to China’s “Sputnik” moment the way we did to the Soviet Union, “we will be toast.”

The response has to do with using tariffs on China to “buy time to lift up more Elon Musks” (described as a “homegrown” manufacturer), and for China to “let in more Taylor Swifts”—i.e., chances for its youth to spend money on entertainment made abroad. Secretary of State Tony Blinken evidently “show[ed] China the way forward” last April, when he bought a Swift record on his way to the airport.

OK, it’s Thomas Friedman, but how different is it from US media coverage of China and trade policy generally? We’ll talk about China trade policy with Dean Baker, co-founder and senior economist at the Center for Economic and Policy Research.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at press coverage of Luigi Mangione.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/dean-baker-on-china-trade-policy/feed/ 0 509134
‘Media Institutions Have Played a Direct Role in Undermining Democracy’: Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/media-institutions-have-played-a-direct-role-in-undermining-democracy-transcript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/media-institutions-have-played-a-direct-role-in-undermining-democracy-transcript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2024/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 16:58:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043663  

 

Janine Jackson: Welcome to The Best of CounterSpin 2024. I’m Janine Jackson.

This is the time of year when we take a listen back to some of the conversations that have helped us clarify the events that bombard us, in part, by showing how elite news media are clouding them. It’s not to say big media always get the facts wrong, but that what facts they point us toward day after day, whose interpretation of those facts they suggest we credit, what responses we’re told are worth pursuing—all of that serves media’s corporate owners and sponsors, at the expense of the rest of our lives and our futures.

An important part of the work we do as producers and as listeners is to help create and support different ways to inform ourselves and to stay in conversation. As always, we are deeply thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. You’re listening to CounterSpin, brought to you each week by the mediawatch group FAIR.

***

2024 included many reasons for public protest, which our guest reminded is both a fundamental right and a core tool for achieving other rights. Journalist and activist Chip Gibbons is policy director at Defending Rights and Dissent.

Chip Gibbons

Chip Gibbons: “There’s always been what’s called a Palestine exception to free speech.”

Chip Gibbons: And I think it’s hard to talk about the future of dissent in this country this year without talking about what’s happening in Gaza, because that looms over everything. And we’re seeing a real outburst of protest around the ceasefire, around the occupation, around apartheid. And we’re also seeing a real heavy-handed attempt to demonize and repress these movements.

There’s always been what’s called a Palestine exception to free speech. Palestine supporters have been censored, jailed, spied on for decades. So this isn’t entirely new, but the level of public vitriol, where you have Congress passing resolutions condemning student groups, Congress passing resolutions that condemn university presidents, Congress calling on the FBI (this isn’t a resolution, these are just letters from individual members of the Congress) to investigate media outlets for these conspiracy theories that they had freelancers who—and mainstream ones, like New York Times; they’re not talking about small left-wing publications—were somehow involved in October 7.

It’s a really dark time, and I know a lot of people I talk to feel very strongly that the repression will backfire, because the movement is so strong, and people are so disgusted by what our government is complicit in. And I think that’s potentially true.

But I do have to caution: Before World War I, the left was very powerful in this country. The Socialist Party had members of Congress, they had mayors. And the repression of that war completely decimated them.

In the run-up to the Cold War, the FBI had all these internal files about how powerful they think the Communist Party is, that people are taking them seriously, that liberals work with them, that the 1930s were a pink decade or a red decade, and the FBI security apparatus is going to be like penicillin to the spread of the pink decade.

So a lot of the periods of repression have followed the left when it was at its strongest, not when it was at its weakest. And I’m not saying we’re going to be decimated, like we were during World War I or during McCarthyism, but I do think we should be cautious, that repression does have an impact, and it does follow popular movement successes.

And I do think part of the reason why we see this unhinged level of repression around the Gaza War—if you want to call it war; it’s more of a genocide—is because the atrocities that are being committed are so horrifying that, even if you’re someone who doesn’t think Israel’s an apartheid state, even if you’re a centrist, it’s hard to watch and hear about hospitals being targeted, to hear about refugee camps being blown up, and not be morally repulsed by what you’re seeing.

And I do think that people know that, and that’s why they’re escalating the ratcheting up of oppression around the ceasefire protest. Because there’s no defense of bombing a refugee camp. There’s no defense of having snipers outside a Catholic church and shooting church women who are going to use the restroom. There’s not really a strong defense of this. You can either deny it, or try to shut everyone up.

***

JJ: Svante Myrick is president of People for the American Way, and former mayor of Ithaca, New York. We spoke with him about voting rights and roadblocks.

Svante Myrick

Svante Myrick: “They’re not trying to take away everyone’s right to vote. They’re trying to take away certain people’s right to vote.”

Svante Myrick: Especially after the 2020 election, led by Donald Trump, state legislators—people who are not household names, folks that you won’t often see on CNN or MSNBC—state legislators are taking their cues from Donald Trump and passing dozens and dozens…. I just came from Utah, where yet another law was passed that makes it harder to vote.

Utah used to have very good voting laws. Everybody got a ballot in the mail. You could just fill it out, send it back in. You had weeks and weeks to do it. They just repealed that. Why? Is it because Donald Trump lost Utah? No, it’s because the state legislators are trying to curry favor with a president that just, frankly, does not want everyone’s vote to count.

And if it’s OK, if I just say what probably is obvious to many of your listeners, but I think it deserves to be said: They’re not trying to take away everyone’s right to vote. They’re trying to take away certain people’s right to vote. I’m a Black American, and I just know for a fact that this Trump-led faction of the Republican Party would love for Black Americans’ votes not to be counted. And I know that because they are moving with almost surgical precision to disenfranchise people like me and my family.

JJ: I am surprised when people are surprised that people don’t vote. While I lament it, I see the fact that some people just don’t see a connection between this lever they pull, and the policies and laws governing their lives. I see that as an indictment of the system, and not of the people.

And so I wanted to ask you to talk about what we’ve seen labeled “low-propensity voters,” and different responses, like what People For is talking about, responses that are better than saying, “These people are so dumb, they don’t even know how to vote their own interests.”

SM: And that’s so well said. Certainly our system has failed in many ways. But extreme right-wingers have also been waging an 80-year war, maybe longer, to convince Americans that government does nothing for them, that their representatives don’t improve their lives. And so when they do things like starve schools and school budgets, starve road budgets so that there are potholes in the street, and try to shrink government down to a size where you can drown it in a bathtub, they make sure it is dysfunctional, from Reagan to George W. Bush to Donald Trump, they break the system, and then say, “Hey, see, government, it can’t work at all. Why bother? Why bother to vote at all?”

***

JJ: Though it’s dropped from many outlets’ radar, police violence continued in 2024, but so did efforts to reimagine public safety without cops at the center. Monifa Bandele is an activist with Movement for Black Lives, as well as senior vice president and chief strategy officer at MomsRising. She talked about a new report mapping police violence.

Monifa Bandele

Monifa Bandele: “We actually know what keeps us safe. We know that people need care and not punishment.”

Monifa Bandele: Black people are just like any other people, right, all over the world. And so, for a long time, people had no idea what options there could be, what alternatives there could be, for community safety other than policing.

It’s not just presented in our policies and what we see on the streets, we’re fed a daily dose of it in our larger popular culture. The police shows, the true crime series. All of your favorite actors at some point have been on the policing shows, or even if it’s shows about “gangsters” or “criminals,” it really has what we call this copaganda—which is police propaganda—storyline, which ultimately says, you need police, you need vigilantes, you need this tough-on-crime entity in order to have some semblance of safety in your community.

So I’m actually really proud and impressed in the Black community, because what our report shows is that, even though we are really bombarded, millions and millions of dollars are spent to convince people that this is the only way that you can get safety, and people have lived their entire lives only experiencing this one model, that large portions of our community are really questioning that, and are really listening to folks who are saying: “Hey, we actually know what keeps us safe. We know that people need care and not punishment.”

And this is something that, while we do it sometimes in our buildings and in our tenant associations or in our families, this could be scaled up community-wide. This could be scaled up citywide, statewide, nationally, where we actually figure out and get to the root of violence. You prevent most of it from happening, because you have the right mechanisms in place. And then when people are in crisis, and may cause harm to themselves or others, we combat that by giving them what they need to not be in crisis in that moment.

***

JJ: Immigration stayed critical in 2024, but we didn’t hear much from folks particularly on the US southern border who don’t support aggressive unto lethal state responses. Aron Thorn joined us from the Rio Grande Valley. He’s senior staff attorney at the Beyond Borders program of the Texas Civil Rights Project.

Aron Thorn

Aron Thorn: “The very vast majority of folks who are showing up to the US/Mexico border are folks who are in need of protection.”

Aron Thorn: I think one angle of this story that we don’t always see, it’s been heartbreaking to see, for example, the state’s rhetoric of “come and cut it,” be very aggressive, “we have a right to defend ourselves,” etc., etc. The, in my opinion, overblown claims about just how many cartel members are among people, just how many drugs they’re finding on people, for example.

The very vast majority of folks who are showing up to the US/Mexico border are folks who are in need of protection, they’re in need of safety, they’re in need of stability. That is the very vast majority of people.

And so something that does not often show up in these stories, that is particularly pertinent right now, is, let’s be clear, Texas is fighting for its right to lay concertina wire so that people can get caught in it for hours, and get injured and languish there as punishment for trying to seek safety.

And what they want to do is push people back into Mexico where they are kidnapped, assaulted, raped, worse, as punishment for wanting to seek safety. That is what Texas is asserting its right to do. That’s what the Trump administration’s primary goal was on the US/Mexico border. That’s what Greg Abbott’s primary goal is at the US/Mexico border. And we don’t talk about that, as a country, of what that actually looks like every day, what that looks like on the ground.

What we talk about are US communities, we talk about people “taking our jobs,” we talk about the fentanyl that’s coming in—all real issues that are not touched, not controlled, by people who are desperate and are trying to seek safety. So to me, that is one of the biggest holes that I always see in these stories, that we don’t really take: our right to defend our border, but from what?

As a Texan, I don’t think what Texas is doing on the border day-to-day will actually improve the lives of Texans. We are spending billions of dollars of our own tax money for this political ploy that we are improving the lives of Texans, while we are stripping Texans off of Medicaid faster than any other state in the country. Texans are very strapped in an economy where inflation is still an issue, and nothing that we’re doing at our border is going to affect that.

***

JJ: Media Matters took a look at coverage of climate disruption, finding that, where there were some improvements, they just didn’t match the severity of the crisis. Evlondo Cooper is a senior writer with the Climate and Energy Program at Media Matters.

Evlondo Cooper

Evlondo Cooper: “Even the best coverage we see…there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis.”

Evlondo Cooper: We look at coverage of, broadly, climate justice. I think a lot of people believe it’s representation for representation’s sake, but I think when people most impacted by climate change—and we’re talking about communities of color, we’re talking about low-income communities, we’re talking about low-wealth rural communities—when these folks are left out of the conversation, you’re missing important context about how climate change is impacting them, in many cases, first and worse. And you’re missing important context about the solutions that these communities are trying to employ to deal with it. And I think you’re missing an opportunity to humanize and broaden support for climate solutions at the public policy level.

So these aren’t communities where these random acts of God are occurring; these are policy decisions, or indecisions, that have created an environment where these communities are being most harmed, but least talked about, and they’re receiving the least redress to their challenges. And so those voices are necessary to tell those stories to a broad audience on the corporate broadcast networks.

JJ: Yes, absolutely.

Another finding that I thought was very interesting was that extreme weather seemed to be the biggest driver of climate coverage, and that, to me, suggests that the way corporate broadcast media are coming at climate disruption is reactive: “Look at what happened.”

EC: Totally.

JJ:  And even when they say, “Look at what’s happening,” and you know what, folks pretty much agree that this is due to climate disruption, these houses sliding into the river, it’s still not saying, “While you look at this disaster, know that this is preventable, and here is who is keeping us from acting on it and why.”

EC: Yeah, that is so insightful, because that’s a core critique of even the best coverage we see, that there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis. And then there’s no real—solutions are mentioned in about 20% of climate segments this year. But the solutions are siloed, like there are solution “segments.”

But to your point, when we’re talking about extreme weather, when you have the most eyeballs hearing about climate change, to me, it would be very impactful to connect what’s happening in that moment—these wildfires, these droughts, these heat waves, these hurricanes and storms and flooding—to connect that to a key driver, fossil fuel industry, and talk about some potential solutions to mitigate these impacts while people are actually paying the most attention.

***

JJ: The oft-heard phrase “crisis of journalism” means different things to different people. This year, the Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science ran an article, “Repairing Journalism’s History of Anti-Black Harm.” It was co-authored by our guests, Collette Watson, co-founder of the group Black River Life, and Joe Torres, senior advisor at the group Free Press. The two are co-founders of the Media 2070 project.

Colette Watson

Colette Watson: “What’s missing is an acknowledgement of our media system’s history of harm.”

Collette Watson: What’s missing is an acknowledgement of our media system’s history of harm. And when we talk about that—Joe and I are both co-creators of the Media 2070 project—when Media 2070 talks about this, we often say that, similar to our education system and our legal system, which so many people understand as oppressive, our media system is rooted in anti-Blackness, and in racism and racial hierarchy, since the very beginning.

When you look at the earliest colonial newspapers, which stayed afloat on the revenues that they were gaining from serving as brokers in the trafficking of enslaved African people, by not only posting ads, paid ads, for people who had emancipated themselves and run away, but also in the sales of enslaved folks and serving as a broker for those transactions.

We know that from that earliest root, right on through till now, our system of news, information, journalism—even entertainment media, book publishing—all of those are interconnected, and have been rooted in upholding a myth of Black inferiority, and have actually perpetuated white supremacy and even white nationalism. So you have to have that in mind, whenever you are thinking about journalism and the role it has played in society, and the role that we want it to play in the safe, just, multiracial democracy we want in the future. We can’t achieve that without acknowledging the history of harm.

Joseph Torres

Joseph Torres: “We’re asking the question: When hasn’t journalism been in crisis for Black people, and when hasn’t democracy?”

Joseph Torres: There is this big debate happening right now about the future of journalism, and how it goes, is mostly a white-led space. And the way the discussion has taken place is, the democracy is in crisis and so is journalism, and we need to save local journalism to save democracy. But as Collette is describing, what that does not acknowledge is the role of local news organizations and in local journalism in undermining democracy for Black people and people of color.

At the Media 2070 project, we’re asking the question: When hasn’t journalism been in crisis for Black people, and when hasn’t democracy? And these media institutions have played a direct role in undermining democracy.

And in recent years, we have the Los Angeles Times apologizing for it being the paper of white supremacy for at least its first 80-plus years. We have the Oregonian saying that it was a paper, when it began, to try to ensure that Oregon remained a white state. The Baltimore Sun apologizing for its role in upholding the housing segregation in its editorials in the newspaper in support of it in Baltimore; and the Kansas City Star did much the same. The Philadelphia Inquirer apologized.

These are all just within recent years, and within the future of journalism debate, there isn’t even acknowledgement that this actually happened, that these papers have actually apologized. What are we creating that’s different?

***

JJ: Throughout the year, more and more entities declared Israel’s violent assaults on Palestinians a genocide. But how did elite US media talk about it? Greg Shupak of the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and author of The Wrong Story: Palestine Israel and the Media, talked with CounterSpin.

Gregory Shupak

Gregory Shupak: “Genocide can and should never be just a normal story, but that is very much what it’s being treated like.”

Gregory Shupak: First of all, genocide can and should never be just a normal story, but that is very much what it’s being treated like. And second of all, it’s also: Yes, brutal, violent oppression of Palestinians has been the case since Israel came into existence in 1948, and, in fact, in the years leading up to it, there were certainly steps taken to create the conditions for Israel. So it is a decades-old story. But there is a kind of hand-waving that creeps into public discourse, and I think does underlie some of this lack of attention to what continues to happen in Gaza and the West Bank.

In reality, this is a very modern conflict, right? It’s a US-brokered, settler-colonial insurgency/counterinsurgency. It’s got very little to do with religion and everything to do with geopolitics and capitalism and colonialism. But it’s easier to just treat it as, “Oh, well, these backwards, savage barbarian and their ancient, inscrutable blood feuds are just doing what they have always done and always will. So that’s not worthy of our attention.” But that, aside from being wildly inaccurate, just enables the slaughter and dispossession, as well as resistance to it, to continue.

***

JJ: As we all reeled from the presidential election results, I talked with FAIR’s own editor, Jim Naureckas, and senior analyst Julie Hollar, for some thoughts about how we got here.

Jim Naureckas

Jim Naureckas: “Trump was able to piggyback on a picture that had already been painted for him by corporate media, that these immigrants are something you should be afraid of.”

Jim Naureckas: I think that there’s an interesting parallel between the Trump campaign strategy and the business strategy of corporate media; there was kind of a synergy there. I don’t think that MAGA Republicans and corporate media have the same goals, necessarily, but I think they share a strategy, which is “fear sells.”

And that is also the strategy that Donald Trump has hit on. His campaign ads were all about fear, all about the danger of Democrats and the Biden/Harris administration. And he played on a lot of issues that corporate media have used to sell their papers, to sell their TV programs.

Immigration is one of the most obvious ones: Corporate media have treated immigration as, “Here’s something that you should be afraid about. There’s this flood of immigrants coming over the border. It’s a border crisis.” Particularly since the beginning of the Biden administration, this has been a drumbeat.

And there’s been a lot of distortions of numbers, of presenting this as some kind of unprecedented wave of migrants, that is not true. But by presenting it as this brand new threat, they’re able to sell more papers than they would otherwise have done—or sell clicks, I guess is what they’re in the business of now.

And so Trump was able to piggyback on a picture that had already been painted for him by corporate media, that these immigrants are something you should be afraid of. And he was the person who was promising to do something about them.

Julie Hollar

Julie Hollar: “Journalism is absolutely critical for democracy, and we have to remember that moving forward.”

Julie Hollar: I was thinking about how the corporate media, to me, bear such responsibility on both the issues of immigration and trans rights, because those two issues are miscovered by the corporate media in a very similar way. They’re both this beleaguered, very small minority—although the right wing, of course, is trying to make everyone believe that they are not a small minority, either of them—but both are very small minorities who are the target of these really punitive campaigns, whose bottom-line goal really is eliminating them from our society, which is classic fascism.

So you would expect journalists in a democratic society to take as the central story here that targeting of these minority groups. For the past many years, they should have been reporting these issues from the perspective of immigrants, from the perspective of trans people, humanizing them, providing us with this understanding of who’s really being harmed here, which is the opposite story of what the right wing is trying to tell.

And by not doing that at all—and I should also interrupt to say that not every corporate media outlet has been doing that on trans issues; the New York Times does really stand out, in terms of being bad about this. On immigration, it’s pretty much across the board bad in corporate media.

But instead of doing the kind of democratic journalism that you need in a moment like this, you have them really just feeding into the same narrative that the right-wing movement is putting out there. So when they then turn around—well, I’m getting ahead of myself—and then blame the left for these losses, it’s very angering.

Journalism is absolutely critical for democracy, and we have to remember that moving forward. And I think we can’t just ignore the big corporate outlets and let them off the hook and say, “Well, write them off because they’re never going to get better.” I mean, there are structural issues that are going to always limit them, and we have to keep demanding better, always.

And at the same time, I think it’s really important that everybody dig deep and support tough, strong, independent journalism that exists all over this country. Local outlets, wherever you are, that are doing really important work in your city or in your neighborhood, all of the independent media that are working nationwide as well, all the media critics; everyone is going to need so much support for the coming years to help defend this democracy, and we all really need to step up and support them.

***

JJ: That was FAIR’s Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas. Before them, you heard Greg Shupak, Collette Watson and Joe Torres, Evlondo Cooper, Aron Thorn, Monifa Bandele, Svante Myrick and Chip Gibbons, just some of the voices it’s been our pleasure to bring you this past year.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/media-institutions-have-played-a-direct-role-in-undermining-democracy-transcript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2024/feed/ 0 508873
Sonali Kolhatkar & Laura Flanders on Independent Media and the Year Ahead https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/sonali-kolhatkar-laura-flanders-on-independent-media-and-the-year-ahead/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/sonali-kolhatkar-laura-flanders-on-independent-media-and-the-year-ahead/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 16:53:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043584  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

Sonali Kolhatkar and Laura Flanders on Laura Flanders and Friends

Sonali Kolhatkar and Laura Flanders on Laura Flanders and Friends (10/20/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Among many other things,  2024 was a series of reminders that corporate news media, tasked primarily with enriching the rich and shoring up entrenched institutions, will not, today or ever, do the liberatory, illuminating work of independent journalism—that boldly speaks truth to power, that stands up for the societally voiceless, that provides space for the debates and discussions we need to move society forward—for those of us who believe that US society needs to change.

New calendar years are symbolic, sure, but they can also offer a fresh start. Why not see 2025 as a much needed opportunity to acknowledge, support, create and grow independent journalism?

We talk about that this week with two people who are and have been doing not just critical, dissident, uplifting journalism, but the thinking and advocating around why we need it: Sonali Kolhatkar, from Rising Up! With Sonali, and Laura Flanders from Laura Flanders and Friends.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/sonali-kolhatkar-laura-flanders-on-independent-media-and-the-year-ahead/feed/ 0 508312
‘That Amnesty Is Claiming This Is Genocide Is Profound and Necessary’:  CounterSpin interview with Iman Abid on Israeli genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/that-amnesty-is-claiming-this-is-genocide-is-profound-and-necessary-counterspin-interview-with-iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/that-amnesty-is-claiming-this-is-genocide-is-profound-and-necessary-counterspin-interview-with-iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/#respond Fri, 27 Dec 2024 20:13:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043558  

Janine Jackson interviewed the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights’ Iman Abid about Israeli genocide for the December 13, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

CBS: World Amnesty International accuses Israel of genocide; Israeli official calls claim "entirely false and based on lies"

CBS News (12/5/24)

Janine Jackson: “Amnesty International’s report demonstrates that Israel has carried out acts prohibited under the Genocide Convention, with the specific intent to destroy Palestinians in Gaza.” So says Agnès Callamard, secretary general of that human rights group. She says research shows that “Israel has persisted in committing genocidal acts, fully aware of the irreparable harm it was inflicting.”

Amnesty’s statement invokes an “international community” that will hopefully be roused to action. But there are questions about what levers of power that community has access to, and what it means that many or most of that community receive our understanding from elite news media—not just about what’s happening, but about possible responses, and about what the law even means in this context.

Iman Abid is the director of advocacy and organizing at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Iman Abid.

Iman Abid: Thank you so much.

JJ: Genocide isn’t a slur, or an accusation that you just throw at people that you don’t like. There are definitions, and what Amnesty is saying is that those criteria are being met. So can you talk us through how this report—and it’s not the first report—but how and why does it arrive at the conclusion of genocide?

FIDH: The unfolding genocide against the Palestinians must stop immediately

International Federation for Human Rights (12/12/23)

IA: Yeah, I want to acknowledge the fact that we are 14 months into this genocide, and have heard the word genocide being used to describe the situation in Gaza, not just by human rights organizations but the people themselves in Palestine, and many elected officials and different international institutions, such as the International Criminal Court, that have been using the word genocide to help describe the situation. So the fact that we are at this position now, where this internationally renowned human rights organization like Amnesty International is also now joining the ranks, and claiming this as genocide, is hugely profound and necessary.

I think one of the things that they do a profound job at in this report, particularly is highlighting the fact that this thing that’s going on right now is something that meets the entire set of criteria to describe genocide within the Genocide Convention, whether it be genocidal intent, whether it be the deliberate killing of a certain ethnic and cultural population, whether it be the prevention of placement of children. Whatever it is that’s going on, is happening here in Gaza. And the report does a profound job in helping construct just why they are making this claim, and that this is [not] a one-time sort of thing, but rather this has been continuing. This has continued for 14 months, and will continue if no one chooses to stop it.

Throughout the entire report, they do a beautiful job to help folks understand just why this is happening, what specific intent is behind the Israeli government and this military plan that they have on Gaza, as well as the personal harm that has been committed against thousands and thousands of Palestinians over the course of these last 14 months.

Reuters: UN agency says Israel still preventing aid from reaching northern Gaza

Reuters (10/21/24)

And it goes so detailed into describing the personal and bodily harm to people, the amount of deaths that have been committed, the destruction of the infrastructure that people use to stay alive, the prevention of aid, and specifically lifesaving aid to keep people alive. Israel is doing everything in its ability to prevent people from actually living in Gaza.

And Amnesty is trying to build a case that because of those things, and because of the criteria it meets within the Genocide Convention, this is in fact genocide, and it is not disputable, but rather it is time to acknowledge what is going on, look at the facts and the findings of what we’ve seen—and in many cases, actually, Israel has almost presented to the public itself—and to look at everything that’s been livestreamed over the course of these last 14 months, and do everything in our power to try to stop it.

So I think, again, 200 pages of findings and documentation that I think many folks can actually look back on and say, “My God, I actually saw this on social media at one point or another,” or, “I heard this specifically come from the Israeli government’s testaments and testimonials,” and recognize that this is, in fact, something that we have been undergoing now for the last 14 months.

JJ: And the ongoing commission of the crime is part of what’s being talked about. Often when we think of crime, and the way that crime is covered in the media, it’s a one-time act, and so you can think, “Well, the perpetrator, what was in their mind when this one-time act occurred?”

This is not that. This is a different kind of conversation, and I think that’s an important distinction for folks who are just reading about it in the paper as, like, a bad thing that’s happening.

IA: Exactly. I think that’s something that Amnesty has been trying to do, and I want to acknowledge as well, many other human rights experts have been trying to do in this moment. It’s to show that this isn’t something that just happened after October 7, but this has deliberately been extended to happen, and continue to happen, until all Palestinians are annihilated across Gaza.

JJ: And the report, it answers a lot of questions that you might just have in a conversation, you know, with your uncle or with a stranger: Is this just callous disregard? Israel has a goal, they want to destroy Hamas, and they’re not paying enough attention to civilians that are harmed in their carrying out of that process. And this engages that and says, no, this is genocidal intent. It’s not just recklessness.

Iman Abid

Iman Abid: They’re trying to do everything in their ability to try to legitimize these killings, and dehumanize Palestinians, as though they are military targets, not actually dignified as everyday people.
(photo: Thomas Morrisey, Rochester Democrat & Chronicle)

IA: Exactly. I think that’s the thing, is that what we’ve seen happen is that Israel is trying to prove to the rest of the world that this is, in fact, not genocide, that this is out of self-defense. But the reality is that so many of the comments have been outlined here in the report and, again, have been available to us just on an everyday basis, the reality is that Israel itself has actually built the case for us in arguing that this is, in fact, genocide. They have used statements to try to dehumanize Palestinians—and all Palestinians, not just those that have been involved in anything—but the fact that all Palestinians, in some way or another, just due to who they are, should be dehumanized. And I think that that is an argument that they’ve been trying to make to help legitimize the mass killings of Palestinians.

There are statements that have been made to completely disregard all human life in Palestine, all across Gaza and even the West Bank, to be able to, again, legitimize this forcible displacement, to legitimize the prevention of lifesaving aid, to legitimize the bombings of residential buildings, to legitimize why they’re bombing hospitals, and claiming that Hamas, for instance, has tunneled underneath hospital grounds.

They’re trying to do everything in their ability to try to legitimize these killings, and dehumanize Palestinians, as though they are military targets, not actually dignified as everyday people, just so that the rest of the world is convinced of why Israel has the right to do this.

And, again, going back to the Amnesty report, it highlights just how this is beyond a military operation, it’s been intentionalized to try to use this moment, and leverage this moment, as a way to continue killing as many Palestinians as possible.

JJ: Well, and I wish it didn’t need saying, but I’ll say it. This report, as with other reports, acknowledges crimes committed by Hamas on October 7, 2023. To say that those crimes are being ignored or being devalued is simply false. It’s just about the conversation of whether they justify what came after, and whether they should be seen in a context of what came before.

When media talk about the US and Israel and their “mutually beneficial relationship,” I always think, well, which US citizens, which even Israeli people are you telling me are individually benefiting?

Media treat nations like kaiju, like Godzilla, like there are monsters that represent countries and fight one another. And to me, that’s a big failing, in terms of representing what the US people believe and want and are capable of, and also what Israeli people want and are capable of. And that’s before we talk about ignoring the voice of Palestinians. There’s just a crudeness of the media coverage that is harmful, I think.

Intercept: Netanyahu’s War on Truth

Intercept (2/7/24)

IA: Absolutely. Again, the fact is that for the last 14 months, we as Palestinians, even as a Palestinian-led organization here at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights, have been trying to do our best to ensure that people do hold to account the Palestinian narrative, and the framing around what is happening.

Israel’s propaganda system is enormous, and it’s very effective. And I think we’ve seen just how media outlets go around saying the same exact thing that has now been used to legitimize this genocide. Rather than arguing the fact that it is genocide, we’re now trying to defend ourselves against the thought that this isn’t genocide, defend ourselves against the people who are saying this isn’t genocide.

And I think that it’s because of the fact that media has done such an incredible job at passing along statements that this is warranted, because of the October 7 attacks, that it’s as if the Palestinian people deserve this because of the October 7 attacks. But in reality, it’s long before October 7, and continues to happen after October 7, that this level of detriment to Palestinian civil society has existed, and Israel has done everything in its power to make these things happen.

I acknowledge the fact that in this moment, we, I think, are seeing a shift in the way that people are actually talking about this. I think that Western news outlets have been forced now to at least acknowledge that there is this mass atrocity happening. Whether or not they choose to use the word “genocide” is still a question, to some degree. But I think that when reports like this get publicized, going back to the Amnesty International report, the hope is here, we can then acknowledge the fact that this report has used, that has even the word “genocide” in its title, to the point that it has to be referenced, it has to be acknowledged.

Now, we know that there are people who go so far as still choosing to refute the 200 pages of evidence and documentation, but we know that that can only go so far.

Al Jazeera: Palestinians are being dehumanised to justify occupation and genocide

Al Jazeera (8/20/24)

So I think that 14 months in, we’re starting to see a small shift, but I think the reality is there’s lots more work to do around it. And my hope is that reports like this can be used as a way to justify why we’re calling it as it is, and choosing not to actually try to continue using statements or saying statements that can continue legitimizing just what’s happening. Because the rhetoric we use, and especially that journalists use here in the West, is extremely harmful.

And it’s not just dehumanizing to the people in Gaza; it’s actually dehumanizing the Palestinians here in the West as well, so much so that a lot of what’s been heard on media has been used as a way to warrant hate crimes against Palestinians here in the US. And I think we saw that happen over the course of the last year. A young 6-year-old boy killed in the Chicago area, a young girl was slashed in the throat. That language is extremely violent, and can be used to justify this level of hate against a certain group of people. Again, not just in Palestine, but here across the West, for Palestinians as well.

JJ: Israel’s official response, as I see it so far in US media, is really not to address the substance, but to say Amnesty International is “deplorable and fanatical.” So then the way that we know that media choose to use a binary framing—us versus them, he said, she said—so it’s not even, “Let’s look at the substance here.” It’s just, “Oh, consider the source. Some people think Amnesty is a fanatical organization.” But I hear you saying that there are hopeful spaces in terms of media coverage, and in terms of this report pushing through in the narrative.

IA: Absolutely. I mean, even trying to debate whether or not Amnesty is legitimate or not still forces the conversation on genocide to happen. What Israel is doing right now is forcing this conversation, and even using the word “genocide,” and creating this battle out of it, that starts to make more people start to question, “Well, just why is it that this international human rights organization has put out such a report right at this moment?”

And it’s been used as a vehicle to try to prevent these things from continuing to Gaza, right? Amnesty is trying to do, in their best ability, to try to actually put something out there that can be used as a way to help us stop sending weapons to Israel, to stop sending military funding to Israel, to stop us from being complicit in this genocide here in the US, and to encourage even more elected officials to take that stance, as well as to use this as a vehicle to help explain to the American public audience, for those that are still on the fence around what is happening, that there is clear documentation, evidence, proof, whatever you want to call it, to help describe the situation, that they can then use to convince more people.

CNN: Amnesty accuses Israel of apartheid over treatment of Palestinians, prompting angry response

CNN (2/2/22)

I think the American public has actually been shifted dramatically over the course of this last year. We saw 70% of American voters are in agreement with the fact that this genocide does need to end, and the fact is that we know that that number continues to grow, as people have seen things escalate. And I think we want to continue seeing that happen. We want to continue educating people, and doing all of that.

This is not the first time Israel has tried to delegitimize a human rights organization. Let’s not forget the fact that there are a number of other organizations. Amnesty has already been counteracted by the Israeli government in the past. And I think that the reality is, every time Israel sees this level of documentation and evidence being put out there, they’re going to refute it.

And so, for me, it’s like if Israel has to go out of its way, especially if the Israeli government has to go out of its way, to try to delegitimize a report like this—recognize the legitimacy of the actual reporting at this point, and use that as a way to encourage yourself to learn more about the situation, and see just why these organizations are really putting this information out there.

JJ: I’ll just ask you, finally, we know that the political system in this country, the corporate media, atomize us and tell us that, really, there isn’t anything that we can do. We can just watch the horror on TV.

You have a Stop Gaza Genocide toolkit. You have information on your site to help folks actually go beyond being horrified and depressed, and get engaged. And I just wonder what—you’ve started to say it—but what would you say to folks who want to take a next step?

Al Jazeera: Israel pounds Gaza as Katz says there is a ‘chance’ for a deal

Al Jazeera (12/11/24)

IA: Yeah, and thank you for these types of questions. I want to first acknowledge the fact that, even as we were speaking today, only a couple of hours ago, a residential building in Beit Lahiya was struck, and over 30 people were killed, right? And this is right next to a hospital that has already been deprived of receiving lifesaving aid to keep people alive. It doesn’t have enough units in the hospital to keep newborn babies alive.

The reality is that this report and everything we’ve just spoken of on the segment today isn’t a part of the past. It’s a part of what is continuing. It’s also a reminder to us that this matter is urgent, and needs to be addressed immediately. And I think that folks, as we’re entering the holidays, as we’re entering the end of the year, people just want to turn a blind eye and forget the fact that this is continuing. But it is continuing, and it will intensify the more we look away.

And so for anyone, recognize the fact that even your US tax dollars are being paid to invest in this genocide. So what are you going to do about it? We have toolkits and resources to help make people more aware as to how that money is being invested in this genocide. And there are opportunities and avenues to actually divest from this money, from continuing to fund this genocide. There are avenues out there, and I really hope folks can check out our website to figure out ways in which you can get involved in that divestment piece.

If you are someone who cares enough about changing the stance the US Congress has on this, as we know that they have continued to send military aid, even as President Biden closes his legacy out, he is choosing to still send weapons and funding to Israel, to continue committing the genocide. What are you going to do about it?

Middle East Eye: Why the Gaza genocide is an American one

Middle East Eye (9/9/24)

So we ask both people that are part of the civil society here in the US to ask their elected officials to stop sending weapons, and to be public around choosing not to continue sending weapons. Even into the Trump administration, we ask folks to continue doing that.

There are so many avenues in which we can actually play a role as to stopping this from happening, whether it’s even putting this report out in front of your families across the holidays. We really encourage folks to use this as an opportunity to convince even more people in their surroundings to acknowledge just what’s going on, and to remind ourselves that Gaza in particular, right now in this moment, really does need the help to stop this from continuing to happen. And we in the US play a huge role in making sure that we’re not complicit in the genocide.

So people have a positionality that they can take, and there’s a moral choice here still. And we really hope that folks can continue doing everything that they can to get this to stop, because there is an opportunity for us to really make this stop.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Iman Abid from the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. You can find their work and their resources online at USCPR.org.

Thank you so much, Iman Abid, for joining us this week on CounterSpin. Thank you so much.

IA:  Thank you.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/that-amnesty-is-claiming-this-is-genocide-is-profound-and-necessary-counterspin-interview-with-iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/feed/ 0 507701
The Best of CounterSpin 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/the-best-of-counterspin-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/the-best-of-counterspin-2024/#respond Fri, 27 Dec 2024 16:44:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043540  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Janine Jackson (Creative Commons photo: Jim Naureckas

CounterSpin host Janine Jackson

CounterSpin is your weekly look behind the headlines of the mainstream news. This is the time of year when we take a listen back to some of the conversations from the past year that have helped us clarify the events that bombard us—in part by showing how elite media are clouding them.

It’s not to say Big Media always get the facts wrong; but that what facts they point us toward, day after day, whose interpretation of those facts they suggest we credit, what responses we’re told are worth pursuing—all of that serves media’s corporate owners’ and sponsors’ bottom line, at the expense of all of our lives and our futures. An important part of the work we do—as producers and as listeners—is to help create and support different ways to inform ourselves and stay in conversation.

Guests featured on this year’s Best of CounterSpin include Chip GibbonsSvante Myrick, Monifa Bandele, Aron Thorn, Evlondo Cooper, Joe Torres, Colette Watson, Greg Shupak and FAIR’s Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas.

As always, we are deeply thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/the-best-of-counterspin-2024/feed/ 0 507686
Yanni Chen on TikTok Ban, Richard Mendel on Youth and Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/yanni-chen-on-tiktok-ban-richard-mendel-on-youth-and-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/yanni-chen-on-tiktok-ban-richard-mendel-on-youth-and-crime/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 16:44:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043469  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

TikTok: Appeals Court Upholds Federal TikTok Ban

Free Press (12/6/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Writing for a DC court of appeals, Douglas Ginsburg said yes, banning the wildly popular platform TikTok does raise concerns about First Amendment freedoms; but it’s still good, because in pushing for the ban, the US government “acted solely to protect that freedom from a foreign adversary nation.” If that’s clear as mud to you, join the club. We’ll get an update on the proposed ban on TikTok—in the service of free speech, doncha know—from Yanni Chen, policy counsel at the group Free Press.

 

Share of Baltimore Crime Stories That Focused on People Under 18

Sentencing Project (12/11/24)

Also on the show: We’re all familiar with the “if it bleeds, it leads” credo of, especially but not only, local TV news. But just because we’re aware of it, doesn’t mean the phenomenon isn’t still impacting our lives in negative ways. Richard Mendel is senior research fellow for youth justice at the Sentencing Project. He joins us to talk about new research showing how news media coverage actively harms young people of color, yes, but also all of our understanding and policy-making around youth and crime.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/yanni-chen-on-tiktok-ban-richard-mendel-on-youth-and-crime/feed/ 0 506884
Iman Abid on Israeli Genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide-2/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 17:06:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043394  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: Amnesty International Accuses Israel of Genocide in Gaza

New York Times (12/5/24)

This week on CounterSpin: The New York Times says that Amnesty International recently became “the first major international human rights organization to accuse Israel of carrying out genocide in Gaza.” That makes sense if you ignore the other human rights groups and international bodies that have said Israel’s actions in the wake of Hamas attacks on October 7, 2023, meet that definition.

The Times account notes that genocide is hard to prove because it involves showing the specific intent to destroy a group, “in whole or in part”—something that, they say, Israeli leaders have persistently denied is their intent in Gaza. Declarations like that by Israeli President Isaac Herzog that “it is an entire nation out there that is responsible” appear nowhere in the piece.

The Times tells readers that Amnesty’s “contention” and “similar allegations” have been “at the heart of difficult debates about the war around the world.” So far, 14 countries have joined or signaled they will join South Africa’s genocide case against Israel in the World Court.

Gallup polling from March found the majority of the US public—55%, up from 45% last November—saying they disapprove of Israel’s siege of Gaza. And that support for Israel is dropping among all political affiliations.

A May survey from a private Israeli think tank says nearly a third of Jewish people in the US agree with the charge of “genocide,” and 34% view college campus protests as anti-war and pro-peace, compared with 28% who see them as primarily “anti-Israel.” More recently, the Israel Democracy Institute reports its survey from late November, finding that the majority of Jews in Israel—52%—oppose settlement in Gaza, vs. 42% in support.

There is absolutely debate around the world about Israel’s actions; outlets like the Times make that debate more “difficult” by misrepresenting it.

While not the first to ask us to see the assault on Palestinians as genocide, Amnesty’s report offers an opening, for those journalists who are interested, to ask why some are so invested in saying it isn’t. Iman Abid is the director of advocacy and organizing at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights (USCPR). We’ll talk with her today.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the minimum wage.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide-2/feed/ 0 505977
Iman Abid on Israeli Genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 16:54:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043383  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

NYT: Amnesty International Accuses Israel of Genocide in Gaza

New York Times (12/5/24)

This week on CounterSpin: The New York Times says that Amnesty International recently became “the first major international human rights organization to accuse Israel of carrying out genocide in Gaza.” That makes sense if you ignore the other human rights groups and international bodies that have said Israel’s actions in the wake of Hamas attacks on October 7, 2023, meet that definition.

The Times account notes that genocide is hard to prove because it involves showing the specific intent to destroy a group, “in whole or in part”—something that, they say, Israeli leaders have persistently denied is their intent in Gaza. Declarations like that by Israeli President Isaac Herzog that “it is an entire nation out there that is responsible” appear nowhere in the piece.

The Times tells readers that Amnesty’s “contention” and “similar allegations” have been “at the heart of difficult debates about the war around the world.” So far, 14 countries have joined or signaled they will join South Africa’s genocide case against Israel in the World Court.

Gallup polling from March found the majority of the US public—55%, up from 45% last November—saying they disapprove of Israel’s siege of Gaza. And that support for Israel is dropping among all political affiliations.

A May survey from a private Israeli think tank says nearly a third of Jewish people in the US agree with the charge of “genocide,” and 34% view college campus protests as anti-war and pro-peace, compared with 28% who see them as primarily “anti-Israel.” More recently, the Israel Democracy Institute reports its survey from late November, finding that the majority of Jews in Israel—52%—oppose settlement in Gaza, vs. 42% in support.

There is absolutely debate around the world about Israel’s actions; outlets like the Times make that debate more “difficult” by misrepresenting it.

While not the first to ask us to see the assault on Palestinians as genocide, Amnesty’s report offers an opening, for those journalists who are interested, to ask why some are so invested in saying it isn’t. Iman Abid is the director of advocacy and organizing at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights (USCPR). We’ll talk with her today.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the minimum wage.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/iman-abid-on-israeli-genocide/feed/ 0 505927
Arlene Martinez on Amazon Misconduct, Neil deMause (2019) on Amazon HQ Fight https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct-neil-demause-2019-on-amazon-hq-fight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct-neil-demause-2019-on-amazon-hq-fight/#respond Fri, 06 Dec 2024 16:24:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043278  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Workers protesting their treatment by Amazon, with a sign reading "Jeff Bezos Go Back."

Progressive International (11/25/22)

This week on CounterSpin:  Few corporations have changed the US business and consumer model more than Amazon. So when that corporate behemoth buys one of the country’s national newspapers—it’s a conflict writ large as can or should be. But things as they are, reporting on Amazon has in general looked more like representing that conflict than confronting it.

Good Jobs First monitors megacompanies like Amazon and their impact on our lives. Their database, Violation Tracker Global, notes more than $2.4 billion in misconduct penalties for Amazon since 2010. The most expensive of those fines have been connected to the company’s anti-competitive practices; the most frequent offenses are related to cheating workers out of wages and jeopardizing workers’ health and safety. Arlene Martinez is deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First. We’ll talk to her about the effort to #MakeAmazonPay.

 

Amazon Spheres

Amazon Seattle HQ (cc photo: kiewic)

Also: A few years back, Amazon, like it does, dangled the prospect of locating a headquarters in New York City. And the city, like it does, eagerly offered some $3 billion in tax breaks and subsidies to entice the wildly profitable company to bring its anti-union, environmentally exploitative self to town. The deal fell through for reasons, one of which was informed community pushback. We talked about it with journalist Neil deMause, co-author of the book Field of Schemes. We’ll hear just a little of that conversation today.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/arlene-martinez-on-amazon-misconduct-neil-demause-2019-on-amazon-hq-fight/feed/ 0 505072
Katherine Gallagher on Abu Ghraib Verdict https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/katherine-gallagher-on-abu-ghraib-verdict/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/katherine-gallagher-on-abu-ghraib-verdict/#respond Fri, 29 Nov 2024 16:56:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043183  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Intercept: Abu Ghraib Detainees Awarded $42 Million in Torture Trial Against U.S. Defense Contractor

Intercept (11/12/24)

This week on CounterSpin: It wasn’t the horrific abuse of Iraqi detainees at Abu Ghraib prison, but the pictures of it, that forced public and official acknowledgement. The Defense Department vehemently resisted the pictures’ release, with good reason. Yet when, after the initial round, Australian TV put out new images, Washington Post executive editor Len Downie said they were “so shocking and in such bad taste, especially the extensive nudity, that they are not publishable in our newspaper.” The notion that acts of torture by the US military and its privately contracted cat’s paws are, above all, distasteful may help explain corporate media’s inattentiveness to the efforts of victims of Abu Ghraib to find some measure of justice.

But a federal jury has just found defense contractor CACI responsible for its part in that abuse, in a ruling being called “exceptional in every sense of the term.” The Center for Constitutional Rights has been behind the case, Al Shimari v. CACI, through its long rollercoaster ride through the courts—which isn’t over yet. We hear about it from CCR senior staff attorney Katherine Gallagher.

 

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the ICC’s Israel warrants.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/katherine-gallagher-on-abu-ghraib-verdict/feed/ 0 504051
Amos Barshad on Legalized Sports Betting https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/amos-barshad-on-legalized-sports-betting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/amos-barshad-on-legalized-sports-betting/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 17:25:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043115  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Lever: The Gambling Industry’s Cynical Play For Your Vote

Lever (10/24/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Passed by a whisker in Missouri on November 5, legal sports gambling is the apple of the eye of many corporate and private state actors—but how does it affect states, communities, people? Our guest wrote in-depth on the question ahead of the election. Journalist Amos Barshad is senior enterprise reporter for the Lever, and author of the book No One Man Should Have All That Power: How Rasputins Manipulate the World, from Abrams Press. We hear from him on this week’s show.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Trump’s nominees and a Nazi march.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/amos-barshad-on-legalized-sports-betting/feed/ 0 503154
Adam Johnson on Charlottesville March (2017), Jacinta Gonzalez on Criminalizing Immigration (2018) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/adam-johnson-on-charlottesville-march-2017-jacinta-gonzalez-on-criminalizing-immigration-2018/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/adam-johnson-on-charlottesville-march-2017-jacinta-gonzalez-on-criminalizing-immigration-2018/#respond Fri, 15 Nov 2024 16:57:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043055  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Fascists march in Charlottesville 'Unite the Right' rally (cc photo: Tony Crider)

Fascists march in Charlottesville, 2017 (cc photo: Tony Crider)

This week on CounterSpin: We revisit the conversation we had in August 2017 in the wake of the Unite the Right march in Charlottesville, Virginia. Writer and podcaster Adam Johnson had thoughts about the way so-called “mainstream” news media responded to a straight-up celebration of white supremacy.

 

Abolish ICE Now! (cc photo: Sasha Patkin)

(cc photo: Sasha Patkin)

Also on the show: If we’re to believe the chest-thumping, high on Trump’s agenda will be the enforced criminalization of immigration. We talked about that in July 2018 with Jacinta Gonzalez, senior campaign organizer at Mijente.

 

The past is never dead, it’s not even past: This week on CounterSpin.

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at some recent press about Chris Matthews’ “morning after,” the New York Timespromoting white resentment, and Israel’s assassination of journalists.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/adam-johnson-on-charlottesville-march-2017-jacinta-gonzalez-on-criminalizing-immigration-2018/feed/ 0 502163
Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas on Placing Blame for Trump https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-placing-blame-for-trump/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-placing-blame-for-trump/#respond Fri, 08 Nov 2024 16:53:57 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042969  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

This week on CounterSpin: We talk about what just happened, and corporate media’s role in it,Election Focus 2024 with Julie Hollar, senior analyst at the media watch group FAIR, and FAIR’s editor Jim Naureckas.

 

Washington Post depiction of January 6 Capitol Hill riot

Washington Post (7/25/21)

We also hear some of an important conversation we had with political scientist Dorothee Benz the day after the January 6 attack on the Capitol.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at non-presidential election results.


Featured image: Women’s March to the White House, November 2, 2024 (Creative Commons photo: Amaury Laporte)

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-placing-blame-for-trump/feed/ 0 501075
‘You See Just How Many Immigrants Are Dying on the Job’:  CounterSpin interview with Nicole Foy on immigration and labor https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/you-see-just-how-many-immigrants-are-dying-on-the-job-counterspin-interview-with-nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/you-see-just-how-many-immigrants-are-dying-on-the-job-counterspin-interview-with-nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/#respond Tue, 05 Nov 2024 20:30:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042922  

 

Janine Jackson interviewed ProPublica‘s Nicole Foy about immigration and labor for the November 1, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Election Focus 2024Janine Jackson: One of the weirdest and most harmful things so-called mainstream news media do is to take concerns, social problems, experiences, hardships—and reduce them to “electoral issues,” meaningful solely to the extent that candidates talk about them, and defined in terms of what they say—rather than starting with people, and our lives, and judging candidates based on whether their proposed responses are grounded and humane.

Immigration would have to be near the top of the list of phenomena that exists, has existed, worldwide forever, but that corporate news media seem comfortable larding with whatever ignorant hearsay and disinformation politicians of the moment care to spout. Anyone interested in just, human-centered immigration policy has to keep their eyes on the prize through the fog of horserace coverage.

Journalist Nicole Foy reports on immigration and labor at ProPublica, where she’s Ancil Payne Fellow. She joins us now by phone from here in town. Welcome to CounterSpin, Nicole Foy.

Nicole Foy: Thank you so much for having me.

ProPublica: An Immigrant Died Building a Ship for the U.S. Government. His Family Got Nothing.

ProPublica (10/22/24)

JJ: I want to talk about your recent piece that gets at a lot of things, but it really is a story of a person. And so, before anything else, please just tell us, if you would, about Elmer De León Pérez, and what happened in January of this year.

NF: Yeah, so Elmer was a young, only 20 years old, Guatemalan immigrant who was living in Houma, Louisiana, which is a little bit southwest of New Orleans, one of the areas that’s quite frequently threatened by hurricanes. He was working at a shipyard in the Houma area. He was a welder, pretty skilled welder. He made a decent amount of money, and was called upon to do some pretty difficult tasks, including helping build a ship for NOAA, which people may know for weather forecasting and hurricane forecasting. This shipyard that he was working at had a number of government contracts for ships.

He was building this ship for NOAA on that morning in January, when, essentially, his coworkers realized that he didn’t show up for lunch that day. And by the time he was found in the tank of the ship where he was welding, he was already unconscious, unresponsive, and, later, first responders did not continue trying to resuscitate him because he was already showing signs of rigor mortis, meaning that he had likely died some time ago.

And in the aftermath of all of that, his family, which, even though he was only 20, he had a young son with another immigrant who also lives in Houma, and he has an extended family, from Louisiana to all the way back in Guatemala, who cared quite a bit about him. They not only struggled to get answers about what happened to him for a long time, but they’ve yet to receive any sort of compensation, or even really acknowledgement, from the company he was working for, and even though he died on the job.

JJ: So this is a person who dies on the job, working for a government contract. So what is it that made you want to report this out? It can’t be because you thought this is an anomalous case.

NF: Yeah. The way this story started is kind of interesting, actually, because my editor and I were initially very interested in finding a story that explained what happens when immigrant workers die on the job. I had been telling him how often you see families raising money, whether through GoFundMe, or asking for help on Facebook, often because they’re trying to get their loved ones’ bodies home to their home country, whether they’ve been here for years and years, and they really would prefer to be buried in their hometown, or because they had only been here for a couple of years, and they’re just trying to get their bodies home.

We were really interested in that concept, because it struck us as something really, I think, indicative of, I don’t know—I think it spoke to a number of things about how immigrant workers exist in the United States. We rely on them so heavily now, and have always, and yet their families are often left in really difficult financial straits just to do what they would consider, I am assuming, is the bare minimum, which is get them home, get them buried in the land that they may have wanted to return to, or that they came from. And we were really struck by that.

So I was looking into a number of different cases. I was poring through GoFundMe and Facebook and through OSHA fatality-on-the-job records and pulling different cases, and there’s so many. You spend a lot of time doing this, and you see just how many immigrants are dying on the job, everywhere from California to Louisiana to Texas. And reading the GoFundMe pleas or the Facebook pleas of their family asking for help, to try to have a funeral, send the body home.

Elmer De Leon Perez (right) with his father, Erick De Leon

Elmer De León Pérez (right) with his father, Erick De Pérez (family photo)

And we were really interested in his case, because as we were doing reporting, not only was I able to find all of the different, just really moving videos that his family had posted on Facebook, of trying to raise money, and then eventually they filmed his body arriving back home to his hometown in Guatemala. And the way the community really came together in a common way was really moving. And also then we, as I looked into his employer and where he died, realized that this was a company that has a number of government contracts, to build and repair ships for the Navy, for the Coast Guard, Army Corps of Engineers—you name it, there’s a government agency that needs a ship.

And so that’s kind of how we got started there, is we were interested in what happens to immigrant workers, to their families, when they die on the job, what kind of care is taken for them. And then we discovered this really truly heartbreaking case of someone who was building a ship for our country, and still his family couldn’t get the help that they say they need.

JJ: This is where journalism connects the human story with a data story, with a broader story, a policy story. The story about immigrant workers and the workforce, it’s like the worst kept secret in the country, the idea that farmworkers, and shipbuilders as you’re talking about, that these industries rely on, they couldn’t operate without, immigrant labor. And yet we’re still supposed to accept this weird capitalist story about only Americans can work here, and immigrants are actually stealing jobs. And it’s such a weird disconnect between what a lot of folks know is actually happening, and the storyline that people are being told.

And I think that’s what’s so important about this story: Organizations, companies, rely on immigrant labor, but they rely on them in a particular way. And that has to do with the contratista, the idea of the legal designation that is given to these workers. And that, of course, is important in Pérez’s story.

Nicole Foy

Nicole Foy:

NF: Yeah, I think, too, what I found really telling, reporting this story, is that it really is such a common story for immigrants who don’t currently have the legal authority to work in the US, the ways that they still have to pursue in order to support their families. And it was really interesting to see that playing out in an industry that you don’t really see as part of the immigration debate, shipbuilding, and particularly shipbuilding for government ships.

This particular shipyard, they don’t have contracts to build nuclear submarines or even battleships or anything, but they’re building support vessels or research ships for NOAA, for so many different branches of the military and for the government, that are pretty essential to our country’s defenses, and also just to keep our country running properly. And that’s not really something that you see in the immigration debate, is that we also need workers desperately for those types of jobs.

I think people still think of welding in a shipyard as a job that should pay so well, and does pay so well, that everybody is competing with each other for them. But the economic facts of our country right now are very different. We don’t have as many blue collar workers as we used to, and we have quite a lot of work that needs to be done. So that’s why you see immigrants in these jobs that, again, I think there’s often this narrative of “they’re taking these jobs from workers,” but the shipbuilding industry in particular is suffering greatly from a really dramatic lack of workers to do the jobs that they need, whether it’s welding or another job in a shipyard.

I just thought that was another good example of his life and the work that he was doing. It’s another good example of how, if you’re commonly thinking of immigrant workers, you may be thinking of agriculture, you may be thinking of maybe restaurants or construction. And certainly there are many, many immigrant workers sustaining those industries.

Brookings: The immigrant workforce supports millions of US jobs

Brookings (10/17/22)

But they’ve become very essential to the fabric of our entire economy. It’s not very easy to disentangle them from the work that we need to do as a country. And that’s something that I don’t think a lot of our current rhetoric accounts for, is how many different jobs and how many different types of jobs around the country that these workers are fulfilling, that we’d miss them quite a lot if they weren’t there.

JJ: Let me just ask you, you tried to get responses from employers and from folks to say, “What’s going on here? What happened here? Why are you not accountable for this?” What happened with that exercise in trying to say: A person died, a person died, his family deserves compensation. What happened there?

NF: I did my absolute best. ProPublica takes it very seriously that we want everyone to have a chance to tell their side of the story. And so I did everything possible. It wasn’t just phone calls and emails. I came by the shipyard several times. I hand-delivered, actually, a letter with a list of questions to one of the shipyard executives several weeks before the story published, just in an attempt to try to get some answers.

I also spoke very briefly with the contractor that actually employed Elmer. I talked to him briefly, but he declined a comment on the advice of his lawyers.

I don’t know why Thoma-Sea, the shipyard where he was working, didn’t want to comment, because they told me very little. I did my best to reach out to them.

But I think it was really important to try to get their side of the story, especially since we also looked into the campaign finance records, and saw that, even though there are so many immigrants like Elmer, he was not the only one working at the shipyard, the company’s main managing director, top executive, has donated fairly heavily to many Louisiana politicians who have been vocal about their desire to either close the border, restrict immigration, and, honestly, what they think about immigrants in their own state.

JJ: I was struck, as I’ve said, throughout the piece, by how many powerful people and company representatives said they just had no comment. And it reminds me, it takes me back to independent reporting. It’s the families of the immigrant workers who are killed and then ignored and not given compensation; they look to the press, they need to speak, they want to get their voice out. And the powerful people, what’s in it for them? They don’t need to speak or justify or explain themselves. And it makes me mad, because I think Journalism 101 would send you back to those powerful people and demand some sort of answer from them.

The other thing is that you show up at this person’s home, and they’re like, “Oh, it’s really disrespectful to show up at the home of a company CEO where a worker has died on the job. It’s really disrespectful of journalists to bother us at home.” And I just think, there are people who need a press, an independent press, and there are people who don’t need it. It drives me angry. So I just want to say, the difference between getting access to people who are harmed and people who are harming, as a reporter, that’s a very different thing.

NF: Yeah, I appreciate you saying that. I just wanted to make sure that everyone gets to tell their side of the story. As a reporter, I try not to approach something speaking as if I know everything, but want folks to share their side.

And genuinely, too, I think a lot of people, including Elmer’s family, are still seeking answers. I was trying my best to get answers as well.

JJ: There are very particular legal regulations that folks hide behind, in a way, in terms of delivering protections. You’re not an employee, you’re a contracted worker, or you’re a subcontracted worker, and that allows them some degree of cover.

NF: And also, too, at the same time that it allows them some degree of cover when it comes to liability in an accident, it’s also what makes it possible for many of these companies to hire immigrant workers who do not have authorization to work. So it’s one of those things where it’s sometimes the only way that an immigrant worker can get a job, as they’re trying to maybe support their family, support themselves.

But it can leave them very vulnerable, because these layers of contractors can make it much harder for them, or their families if they pass away, to claim any type of support or resources. They still can, but the workers’ compensation system is pretty difficult to navigate without a lawyer in a straightforward case. And when you add on different barriers that contractors may face, and then certainly folks who don’t speak English as their first language, and then also you have legal status mixed in there, and folks being really worried that coming forward could endanger them.

All of that does tend to make it easier for the company to have these systems in place, and certainly disincentivizes many folks who need these resources, need benefits, need some type of financial compensation. It disincentivizes them from stepping forward, or just fighting through what can be a pretty difficult process.

JJ: And, not for nothing, incentivizes the companies themselves to set up this system in which their workers don’t have access to this kind of compensation.

NF: Yeah, I would imagine that—I can’t speak for anybody’s motives, but I do think they’re going to get the workers that they need, one way or the other, and some ways leave their workers with much more limited protections.

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, if you have thoughts about the way that immigration and immigrants are covered, what would you have to say in terms of…. I had kind of a rant at the beginning about how I really am unhappy when immigrants are reduced to an electoral issue, when they’re human people and they have a story. And I feel like that’s what reporters should be doing.

But do you have thoughts in terms of the way that big media cover immigration, or just thoughts about something you’d like to see more or less of in terms of, big picture, the way the story is covered?

PBS: Despite Trump’s claims, data shows migrants aren’t taking jobs from Black or Hispanic people

AP via PBS (10/12/24)

NF: Yeah, I think there are a lot of really wonderful immigration reporters out there who are doing their best to bring facts to a pretty charged conversation, honestly, a recurring conversation. I mean, I have not been in the industry for decades and decades and decades, but this is definitely the third election cycle that I’ve covered where immigration has been a pretty significant issue, whether because candidates have made it so, or people are concerned about folks arriving at the border. And I can say, as a journalist who is trying to present facts, it can sometimes be distressing to see the same misrepresentation of the facts repeated, sometimes without pushback or factchecking.

But the truth is, and I think the Elmer story shows this, is that candidates can say as much as they want that immigrants are stealing jobs, and the actual reality on the ground just does not really reflect that. And, at the same time, there’s a pretty significant narrative about, maybe, people who believe that immigrant workers get more than they do. I think you can see, in this case, that not only are many not getting more than a citizen worker, their families are often left abandoned and without any resources when something tragic happens.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with reporter Nicole Foy. Her article, “An Immigrant Died Building a Ship for the US Government. His Family Got Nothing,” can be found at ProPublica.org. Thank you so much, Nicole Foy, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

NF: Thank you for having me.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/you-see-just-how-many-immigrants-are-dying-on-the-job-counterspin-interview-with-nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/feed/ 0 500586
Nicole Foy on Immigration and Labor https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/#respond Fri, 01 Nov 2024 15:29:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042852  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

ProPublica: An Immigrant Died Building a Ship for the U.S. Government. His Family Got Nothing.

ProPublica (10/22/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Reading the news today, you might not believe it, but there was a time, not long ago, in which it was acceptable to say out loud that immigration is a boon to this country, and immigrants should be welcomed and supported. Now, news media start with the premise of immigration itself as a “crisis,” with the only debate around how to “stem” or “control” it. That the conversation is premised on disinformation about crime and wages and the reasons US workers are struggling is lost in a fog of political posturing. But immigration isn’t going away, no matter who gains the White House. And children torn from parents, families sent back to dangerous places, workers’ rights denied based on status, won’t be any prettier a legacy, no matter who it’s attached to.

Journalist Nicole Foy reports on immigration and labor at ProPublica. She wrote recently about the life and death of one man, Elmer De Leon Perez, as a sort of emblem of this country’s fraught, dishonest and obscured treatment of people who come here to work and make a life.

We hear that story this week on CounterSpin.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a look back at recent press coverage of NPR‘s overseers and the Washington Post‘s non-endorsement.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/nicole-foy-on-immigration-and-labor/feed/ 0 499984
Shawn Musgrave, Orion Danjuma on Vote Fraud Hoax as Voter Suppression https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/25/shawn-musgrave-orion-danjuma-on-vote-fraud-hoax-as-voter-suppression/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/25/shawn-musgrave-orion-danjuma-on-vote-fraud-hoax-as-voter-suppression/#respond Fri, 25 Oct 2024 15:55:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042729  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Intercept: Trump’s Big Lie Attorneys Are Back

Intercept (10/17/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Dropped by her law firm—or, excuse me, resigning from her law firm—after being exposed as an advisor on the post–2020 election call where Donald Trump told Georgia officials to “find” him some votes, Cleta Mitchell has leaned in on the brand of “election integrity.” Platformed on right-wing talk radio, she’s now saying that Democrats are “literally getting people to lie” to exploit laws that allow overseas citizens to vote, so she’s bringing lawsuits. Does she have evidence? No. Is evidence the point? Also no. We speak this week with media law attorney and reporter Shawn Musgrave, who serves as counsel to the Intercept, about how Trump’s “Big Lie” attorneys are not so much returning to the field, but actually never left.

 

CounterSpin: ‘They Don’t Want Certain Voters to Participate in the Political Process’

CounterSpin (3/16/18)

Also on the show: In 2018, elite media had apparently moved beyond the kneejerk reportorial pairing of documentation of voter suppression with hypothetical claims of voter fraud. But they were still doing faux-naive reporting of those fraud claims as something other than themselves a deliberate suppression campaign. Then, the shiny object was Kansas Secretary of State Kris Kobach trying to change registration laws in the state. We talked then with Orion Danjuma, staff attorney with the ACLU’s Racial Justice Program.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/25/shawn-musgrave-orion-danjuma-on-vote-fraud-hoax-as-voter-suppression/feed/ 0 499167
‘We’re Witnessing This Global Tidal Wave of Repression’:  CounterSpin interview with Chip Gibbons on Gaza First Amendment Alert https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/24/were-witnessing-this-global-tidal-wave-of-repression-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/24/were-witnessing-this-global-tidal-wave-of-repression-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/#respond Thu, 24 Oct 2024 19:47:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042684  

Janine Jackson interviewed Defending Rights & Dissent’s Chip Gibbons about the Gaza First Amendment Alert  for the October 18, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Janine Jackson: There is other news, of course, but we cannot avert our eyes from the genocide of the Palestinian people, and the spreading effects of that murderous effort—including the silencing of criticism or concerns from US citizens on US soil about actions being carried out in our name.

Chip Gibbons is policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent, a journalist, researcher and a longtime activist. He’ll join us to talk about the things we’re not supposed to say and the lives we’re told not to care about—and why we must never stop saying and caring.

***

Democracy Now!: Israel Is Routinely Shooting Children in the Head in Gaza: U.S. Surgeon & Palestinian Nurse

Democracy Now! (10/16/24)

The official death toll in Gaza is now roughly 43,000 people, very conservatively. As the Lancet and others remind, armed conflicts have indirect health implications beyond the direct harm from violence, including deaths from causes such as reproductive, communicable and non-communicable diseases.

In Palestine, the death toll is exacerbated by displacement; destroyed healthcare infrastructure; severe shortages of food, water and shelter; the inability to flee to safe places; and the loss of funding to the UN Relief and Works Agency, one of very few humanitarian organizations working still in the region. A real accounting would also include, not just those that we don’t yet know are dead, but the maimed, the orphaned, the starved, the homeless.

Democracy Now! recently spoke with a doctor from Gaza who said that he wishes that

Americans could see more of what it looks like when a child is shot in the head. When a child is flayed open by bombs. I think it would make us think a little bit more about what we do in the world.

The New York Times has deemed such images too graphic to print—too horrific, in other words, to run alongside reporting that suggests, implies or outright states that those deaths are justified, they make sense or, minimally, they’re not worth stopping eating your buttered toast about.

As media critics, we look to Palestinians to represent Palestinian views, but it’s crucial that we not see the present moment as something happening to other people somewhere else. The repression of simple anti-genocide calls, the censorship, the firings, the disinformation, the malforming of concepts like antisemitism—these are problems for all of us, about all of us, that will influence all of us forever.

Gaza First Amendment Alert

Gaza First Amendment Alert (10/16/24)

Defending Rights & Dissent, online at RightsAndDissent.org, have started a project called the Gaza First Amendment Alert, which is going to come out every other Wednesday. Chip Gibbons is policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent. He’s a journalist, researcher and a longtime activist. He joins us now by phone.

Welcome back to CounterSpin, Chip Gibbons.

Chip Gibbons: Thank you for having me back. I always say CounterSpin is one of my favorite shows to do, and it is so vital, with the sorry state of corporate media in this country, that we have outlets like yours, because we would never get our message out. Occasionally, occasionally, we break through, and BBC or the Guardian or whoever will call us up, but it’s pretty bleak out there.

Like everyone else, every day I see the horrible images and news coming out of Gaza, now Lebanon and, who knows, maybe Iran next. Pictures of people being burned alive while they’re hooked to an IV. Stories about people being forced to flee or be bombed, then bombed while they flee, then corralled into a refugee center, and then bombed some more. It’s really, really horrific.

And in the midst of this horror show, this genocide that is quickly spiraling into a regional war, with obviously Israel as the aggressor and our government as the financier of it, we’re witnessing this global tidal wave of repression against people who are saying, “Hey, wait a moment. Let’s not drop bombs on children.” Journalists who show us what it looks like to drop a bomb on children are being assassinated.

Defending Rights & Dissent: McCarthyism is back, and it’s coming for the peace movement

Defending Rights & Dissent (8/10/23)

The young people on college campuses who want to simply peacefully raise their voice are hit with police batons, or have false charges against them. Journalists who report on the ground are killed by snipers and drones in their house. They get text messages telling them that their families will be killed.

And every day, our Congress votes to spend more money to fuel this, and sends these ridiculous letters to the IRS or the DoJ or the FBI, whomever else, telling them to crack down.

And I do want to note that this is a global problem. On October 17, 2024, the United Nations special rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Irene Khan, presented to the UN General Assembly her new report on the impact of the conflict in Gaza on freedom of expression globally. And Defending Rights & Dissent submitted testimony, and is cited in it. So this is a global problem, and you wouldn’t really know it from much of the corporate media.

Chip Gibbons

Chip Gibbons: “”We cannot say we are for press freedom when we are giving Israel the guns it assassinates Palestinian journalists with.”

We started the Gaza First Amendment Alert as a project to compile together in one place—I won’t say all of the political repression in the US, because there’s so much it’s impossible to include it all, but the vast majority of it. So attacks on press freedoms, attacks on protest rights, attacks on civil society and attacks on transparency, we are documenting in one place in a biweekly newsletter.

Every congressional office on the Hill received an invitation to subscribe to this letter. I think the only thing more dismal in this country than our corporate media is our Congress offices. I’m sorry, I’m laughing out of despair. And we sent it out to journalists to receive. But there’s also been a really strong outpouring of support from people who work on these issues, from activists who have signed up to receive this newsletter, and have talked about how valuable it is.

And, for the most part, it is focused on the repression in the US. The one exception is we are—because Israel uses US weapons to do so—continuing to monitor Israel’s killing, detention, maiming of Palestinian journalists and international journalists.

Nation: More Than 100 Journalists Come Together With Their Fellow Journalists in Palestine and Against US Complicity in Their Killing

The Nation (8/16/24)

And as you know, Janine, because FAIR endorsed this project this summer, Defending Rights & Dissent led a call of over 100 journalists, including four Pulitzer Prize winners, to call on [Secretary of State Antony] Blinken to impose an arms embargo on Israel, because we cannot say we are for press freedom when we are giving Israel the guns it assassinates Palestinian journalists with.

So the bulk of this newsletter focuses on domestic oppression in the US, but we will, every biweekly period, for as long as that happens, monitor the killing of journalists. I would love to have an issue that doesn’t have that in there because no journalists were killed. But in working on the first issue, I had to keep going back and updating the section on the killing of journalists, again and again, because Israel just keeps doing it.

We have seen college students engaging in protests. One of the big things we intended to cover on the inaugural issue was what took place on the anniversary of the war. On October 7, many college students and others who wanted to show their sympathy for the Palestinian victims, their opposition to the war, wanted to hold a protest or vigils. And there was a coordinated effort, that we show in the newsletter, to suppress this.

Campus Crisis Alert: Anti-Zionist Sukkahs Removed on Campuses.

Campus Crisis Alert (10/23/24)

I get the Anti-Defamation League Campus Crisis Alert newsletter, which is a great resource on political repression in the US. They don’t intend it as such, but I use it as such. And police departments get that. I know, thanks to a FOIA request filed by Iain Carlos at Noir News, that the Chicago Police Department gets this newsletter.

And like every day for a month, they encourage you to call colleges and send them letters and tell them, “We know colleges love free expression”—I’m not sure we know that anymore—but “even protected expression can create a hostile environment. Even permitted protests can create a hostile environment.”

And they are abusing civil rights law, which is very important. Abusing antisemitism to claim they have to clamp down on political speech, and then telling them you need to put in place a policy for October 7 on how or if—”if” was a big one—you permit protest. And then, of course, encouraging them to cooperate with law enforcement when campus policies are broken about expression.

And many of these campuses have put in very draconian anti-speech policies, policies that would be unconstitutional in any other context, and, if they are public schools, are unconstitutional.

Guardian: University of Maryland sued over cancellation of 7 October vigil for Gaza

Guardian (9/18/24)

And I think one of the big victories the ADL got was they got the University of Maryland to try to prohibit an interfaith vigil of Students for Justice in Palestine and Jewish Voices for Peace, an interfaith vigil mourning the Palestinian victims of this genocide. And the school initially approved it, there was mass public pressure against it, and then the school put together a policy that stated that you could only have “expressive events”—this is a new phrase that we hear a lot: “Expressive events.” “Expression policy…”

JJ: Right—what?

CG: Yes, events where people are expressing themselves. And some people have noted, some of these policies, when you start talking about expression, could be really rather broad.

But you couldn’t have any “expressive events” that were not initiated by the school. And, of course, that is unconstitutional. And Palestine Legal and CAIR took them to court, and the court allowed the vigil to take place. I saw pictures of it. I read news reports that there were a hundred or so students having an interfaith vigil, recognizing people who were slaughtered in a genocide.

An the interesting thing to me was that same day, there was a pro-Israel vigil as well, to mark the Israeli victims and civilians killed on October 7. And there was a member of Congress speaking at it, Steny Hoyer. And we hear again and again about outside agitators on the college campuses, Hillary Clinton, and I think Mike Johnson, basically in agreement that these kids wouldn’t be upset about people being burnt to death in tents with US weapons if it wasn’t for outside agitators, or nefarious Iranian influence. Or one place I saw was Cuban influence. You really are bringing out all of the bad guys.

WSJ: How Cuba Fuels the Campus Protests

Wall Street Journal (5/12/24)

JJ: Castro from the grave.

CG: Castro’s ghost, Iran, Hezbollah, Hamas, Putin, China. Really, all of the evil-doers, maybe, are behind it, apparently.

And yet, when I looked at the vigil, it looked like—I didn’t do an investigation of everyone’s identity, but it looked like University of Maryland students. Whereas the counter vigil seemed to have a lot of pro-Israel advocates and a member of Congress at it.

So I don’t like the idea of outside agitators. You are allowed to invite prominent figures to your school to speak in solidarity with you. But if there’s outside agitators on the campus, who are they, right? Is it the college kids, or is it the members of Congress coming to call for their repression and champion a genocide? I think I know the answer to that.

And so, again, we’ve seen schools like Cornell suspend international students, and put them at risk of being deported. Right before we were about to go to print—not print, it’s an email newsletter; I’m using print in the figurative sense—that decision was reversed, and the student had a victory. But another student at the University of South Florida had to return to Colombia, because they were suspended for political speech.

So that’s where we’re at as a country. And, unfortunately, I don’t think we’re going to have any shortage of news two weeks from now. In fact, we already have multiple stories that we are considering for the next issue, including the fact that—you’ll love this—the Heritage Foundation yesterday announced Project Esther, named after Queen Esther from the Bible, to allegedly combat antisemitism. But when you read the opening section of it, they’re talking about a network of “anti-Zionist,” “anti-American” Hamas supporters. So they really mean, as you know—I think most listeners know—they mean pro-Palestinian speech.

Intercept: How the ADL’s Anti-Palestinian Advocacy Helped Shape U.S. Terror Laws

Intercept (2/21/24)

And we have members of Congress calling for—I mean, every week in Congress they send a new letter to a new agency, proposing some new bonkers act that they should take against Students for Justice in Palestine. This week, they want them to register under FARA, the Foreign Agent Registration Act, which is, I mean, FARA is a very broad law. It’s a law I’ve thought a lot about, but it makes zero sense in this context. SJP are not agents of a foreign power. And if you’re claiming that they’re agents of Hamas, which is what this letter claims, from Chuck Grassley and Ted Cruz, they’ve got a lot bigger problems than the FARA statute.

So if someone were an unregistered agent of Hamas, which no one we’re talking about is, they would not even be indicted under FARA, or asked to register to FARA. They would be charged under the Material Support statute, under the Office of Foreign Assets Control sanction.

Earlier this week, we saw a Palestinian prisoner-support NGO sanctioned under OFAC, which has for decades been used to punish people for giving humanitarian aid in the Occupied Territory, to criminalize pro-Palestinian activism; has not been used in many cases against actual terrorism, but against people who have views the government doesn’t like, cases like Holy Land Foundation, Sami Al-Arian; Muhammad Salah, the grocer from Illinois who was tortured by the Israelis when he was giving aid, and then became the first person ever sanctioned by the US as a terrorist within the US, a US citizen, he had all his assets frozen.

You’ll like this, Janine. Judith Miller participated in his interrogation, and talked about it in one of her books, because the Clinton administration denied the Israeli government’s claims that Hamas was essentially based in Chicago, and she believed Israel. So in order to help them out, she went and met with this American citizen they were torturing, and she gave the interrogator questions. And then the interrogator asked them And then she later testified at his trial that he wasn’t tortured by the Israelis, because she was there, and Judith Miller would have noticed the torture.

JJ: She understood.

Well, listen, as I get older, I recognize that there is a value in simply collecting the harms. You think that everybody knows and everyone will remember, and it’s just not true. There is a value in collecting the harms that are being done, and in showing their coherence and their purposiveness. It’s not random, it’s targeted and it’s principled, in a way that we understand that term.

And there is also tremendous value in lifting up the dissent, the resistance, so that we can never think, later or right now, that everyone is complicit, that no one is speaking out, even if not everyone feels really comfortably placed to do so. Propaganda is weakened when we have other avenues of information and communication. And that seems to be what your work, and particularly this new project, is about.

FAIR: ‘The Sense That Everybody Thought They Had WMDs Is a Total Fantasy’

CounterSpin (2/26/16)

CG: And the flip side of the “everyone is complicit” argument is, people use it later to evade accountability. I mean, how many times can people say, “Oh, that or this politician or journalists supported the Iraq War, but there was no one against the Iraq War.”

I went to my first protest against the Iraq War in September 2005. I was a sophomore in high school. There were hundreds of thousands of people there. And we were all more right than the New York Times and MSNBC and Hillary Clinton and Dick Cheney. Well, I think Dick Cheney knew what he was doing, but you know what I mean?

JJ: Yes. I was there too. Yeah…

CG: I know you were, I know you were. That’s, as I mentioned before, I first started reading FAIR back during the Bush years. Which we’re back in.

JJ: But the point is that some folks might say, “Oh, you’re doing a newsletter and you’re collecting instances of censorship and firing and repression, and that’s useful,” but it’s not just a collection, it’s also a tool. It’s also a way of speaking, yeah?

CG: Yes. And we’re definitely trying to get this newsletter to be a tool for journalists, to be a tool for congressional staff, to be a tool for other advocates. I mean, anyone can subscribe to it, and I think everyone can benefit from it. But we are doing extremely hard work behind the scenes to try to put it in front of people in the press, to try to put it in front of congressional offices, so they can’t say, “We didn’t know.”

Or they can use it as a resource. Because I know they’re getting the ADL stuff. I know they’re getting the Heritage Foundation stuff. We know police departments get that sort of stuff.

Al Jazeera: Operation Cast Lead five years on: ‘We are still demanding justice’

Al Jazeera (1/19/14)

And the other side is extremely well organized. I’ll never forget when I was in college, after the 2009 massacre/bombing/war in Gaza. I mean, I went and met with my congressman’s office, with just a staffer, with some other pro-Palestine activists. And the very first thing he says is, “We hear from AIPAC all the time. We never hear from you guys.”

JJ: Wow. That’s incredible. And that speaks to the need for organization and activism in this case.

And at the same time, we know that when we get organized, when we speak out, elite media will not necessarily hear that voice, or platform that voice.

And I’ll just ask you a specific question: FAIR and CounterSpin, we’ve noted a lot that corporate media cover election issues as though elections were something that happened to politicians, and not something that happens to all of the people that were affected. And with Gaza, with Palestine, with the genocide, the stakes can’t be higher. But how are you seeing Palestine covered as a campaign issue, and what would you do different there? What would you see differently there?

CG: I had to tune out most of the corporate media about a year ago, when I was watching CNN, and they ran this ad about Jake Tapper speaking truth to power. He says, “I have the greatest job in the world. I have powerful people on and ask them questions.” And then he came back from commercial break, he had a member of Congress on, and he goes, I don’t remember what member of Congress. He goes, “Oh, congressman so-and-so, students at Harvard just posted this on Instagram. Do you condemn it?” And I was like, “oh…”

JJ: And that’s news. Yeah.

CG: Speaking truth to power: When you have a member of Congress on, “will you condemn college students at Harvard?”

So it is interesting, because the way the media covers elections in its own right is its own problem. It’s just constantly pushing the candidates to be more warmongering. Maybe you saw that debate where the first question was, “Will you support a preemptive strike on Iran?”—a war crime. Will you support a war of aggression? Not a candidate answered it, I don’t believe. I believe they both gave nonsensical answers, because they had prepared opening remarks and they gave them.

Washington Post: A wake-up call for Kamala Harris from Muslim and Arab Americans

Washington Post (10/22/24)

But again, there’s a real chance, and I say this because I’ve worked for a nonpartisan organization, but with that caveat, there’s real questions about how Biden’s blanket support for Israel will impact Harris’s electability. At the end of the day, the murder of Palestinian children is not merely an electoral calculation for the Democratic Party.

And I’ve seen some people in liberal and left circles sort of talk about this, it’s like, “Oh no, Biden’s making a bad electoral calculation,” and had zero humanity towards the Palestinian people, when the murder of the children should be stopped because we shouldn’t be murdering children. It’s not this sort of horse race. The horse race approach to genocide is just something I can’t stomach.

JJ: When I talk to people, they almost offer a Hail Mary, like: The students, the children will save us all; but who’s looking out for the students? Who’s looking out for the kids that somehow are going to save us from this war nightmare that we’re in? There are laws, there are policies, there are things that we can do besides saying, “Well, gee, I hope those kids aren’t too scared of going to jail. I wish ’em well.” Thoughts on that?

CG: Yeah, it is troubling. And if the students are all suspended and arrested and beaten up, they won’t be there to save us. So the student protestors need our solidarity, even if we don’t always agree with the choice of words, or always the choice of tactics. I mean, I was a college student once. I didn’t always make the best decisions.

But they’re out there trying to stop a genocide, in a society where 9/10ths of our Congress, 9/10ths of our local politicians and like 9.9/10ths of our media are all on board and fueling the flames. And they are getting beaten with batons. They’re getting arrested, they’re getting suspended, they’re getting deported. They don’t need our armchair expert analysis, they need our solidarity and our support, and they need us to get out on the streets too.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Chip Gibbons. He’s policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent. They’re online at RightsAndDissent.org, and that’s the place where you can get their Gaza First Amendment Alert. Chip Gibbons, thank you so much for joining us once again on CounterSpin.

CG: Thank you for having me.

 

 

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/24/were-witnessing-this-global-tidal-wave-of-repression-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/feed/ 0 499015
Chip Gibbons on Gaza First Amendment Alert https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/#respond Fri, 18 Oct 2024 15:50:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042588  

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

Gaza First Amendment Alert

Gaza First Amendment Alert (10/16/24)

The official death toll in Gaza is now roughly 43,000 people, very conservatively. As the Lancet and others remind, armed conflicts have indirect health implications beyond the direct harm from violence, including deaths from causes such as reproductive, communicable and non-communicable diseases. In Palestine, the death toll is exacerbated by displacement; destroyed healthcare infrastructure; severe shortages of food, water and shelter; the inability to flee to safe places; and the loss of funding to the UN Relief and Works Agency (UNWRWA), one of very few humanitarian organizations working in the region.

A real accounting will also include not just those we don’t yet know are dead, but the maimed, the orphaned, the starved, the homeless.  Democracy Now! recently spoke with a doctor from Gaza who said that he wishes that “Americans could see more of what it looks like when a child is shot in the head, when a child is flayed open by bombs. I think it would make us think a little bit more about what we do in the world.”

The New York Times has deemed such images too graphic to print. Too horrific, in other words, to run alongside reporting that suggests, implies or outright states that those deaths are justified, make sense or, minimally, are not worth stopping eating your buttered toast about.

As media critics, we look to Palestinians to represent Palestinian views, but it’s crucial that we not see the present moment as something happening to Other People, Somewhere Else. The repression of simple anti-genocide calls, the censorship, the firings, the disinformation, the malforming of concepts like “antisemitism”—these are problems for all of us, about all of us, that will influence all of us forever.

Defending Rights & Dissent has started a project called the Gaza First Amendment Alert, which is going to come out every other Wednesday. Chip Gibbons is policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent, a journalist, a researcher and a longtime activist.  He led a successful campaign to defeat a proposed unconstitutional anti-boycott bill in Maryland.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/18/chip-gibbons-on-gaza-first-amendment-alert/feed/ 0 498244
‘Americans Understand That Immigration Is a Fundamental Part of Our Society’:  CounterSpin interview with Insha Rahman on immigration conversation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/americans-understand-that-immigration-is-a-fundamental-part-of-our-society-counterspin-interview-with-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/americans-understand-that-immigration-is-a-fundamental-part-of-our-society-counterspin-interview-with-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/#respond Fri, 11 Oct 2024 21:07:33 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042552 Janine Jackson interviewed the Vera Institute of Justice’s Insha Rahman about the immigration conversation for the October 4, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Election Focus 2024Janine Jackson: Unfortunately, we can assume listeners know the popular right-wing lines: Immigrants—that’s shorthand for Black and brown immigrants—are criminals, violent drug criminals especially, but also they’re stealing jobs, draining social services and, in election season, we hear they’re voting illegally in large numbers, because they are, in some way, props for the Democratic Party.

Anyone who wants to dispute those noxious tropes can do so with a search engine. Harder to combat is the overarching and bipartisan framing of immigration and immigrants as a “problem.” How do we replace batting away the latest slur with the reality-based humane conversation we need to move us to the 21st century immigration and asylum policies we could have?

Insha Rahman is vice president of advocacy and partnerships at the Vera Institute of Justice and the director of Vera Action. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Insha Rahman.

Insha Rahman: Thanks for having me, Janine.

Guardian: JD Vance admits he is willing to ‘create stories’ to get media attention

Guardian (9/15/24)

JJ: Rather than ask you to engage intentionally misleading anti-immigrant talking points, I wonder if you would talk a little about the impacts. What is the fallout of myths and misinformation that might sound laughable or dismissable to many of us—what’s the fallout in the lives of the communities that you work with?

IR: First of all, the Willie Horton playbook of exploiting voters’ fears about crime, and frankly the dog whistles about race and criminality, it’s nothing new. When I say Willie Horton, everybody knows the 1988 ad that was run and allegedly sunk Michael Dukakis’ Democratic bid for president, and it’s a playbook that is old, well worn. We’ve seen it every election cycle.

And so this year, in 2024, if you feel like you’re hearing about immigration and migrants and cats and dogs nonstop, it isn’t anything new. It is really just another page of the Willie Horton playbook.

And it’s not really about immigration or immigration policies. Every poll that we have done, that we have seen, has found that Americans, by and large, understand that immigration is a fundamental part of our society, of our economy, of our communities. We are a country of immigrants. But, when it is wrapped up in a fear of crime, and playing upon racist tropes about crime and criminality, that’s where it has political impact.

And the fallout, we can see: One of the most depressing and staggering polls that I’ve seen recently is that overall support for immigration, which used to be a majority of Americans, including independents and moderate voters, supported immigration to this country. They fundamentally believed immigration is a good thing for our communities, our families, our economy. Now that support has dipped, for the first time, to below 50%. And so there’s a real fallout in terms of support for policy that’s actually smart and sensible.

CSM: The rumors targeted Haitians. All of Springfield is paying the price.

Christian Science Monitor (9/19/24)

And then we see it in very real ways in places like Springfield, Ohio, where there has been a lot of legal—I should say, legal—immigration of Haitian migrants to this country, who are fleeing really devastating circumstances in Haiti. We’re watching bomb threats in local schools, immigrant residents of Springfield feeling afraid. In fact, all residents of Springfield feeling afraid, because suddenly the city, that nobody had heard of until September 10 and the presidential debate, is literally in the Klieg lights, and everyday Americans and a lot of politicians are talking about Springfield. So much so that even the Republican governor of Ohio said, “Stop the fearmongering, stop the misinformation. We are just fine. What Springfield needs is our support and help, and not fearmongering and rhetoric about us.”

JJ: I think that media give inadequate attention to the carryover or bleed-through effects. It’s not to say that people who fall for anti-immigrant misinformation, they’re not asking folks before they harass them, “To be clear, you’re Haitian, right? You’re not Dominican. I don’t want to get my hatred wrong.” It’s treated as though these are targeted attacks, and as though they end when one particular incident is resolved, or when the cameras go away. But, of course, the impact on communities goes on and on.

IR: Yeah.

JJ: Changing facts on the ground with law, with policy, with institutional culture can save and can change lives. It does also work to shift the dialogue about what’s possible, about what life looks like after you change that law, for example. What are some of the legal or policy changes that you think could be important right now, that could shift the ground on immigration and asylum?

Washington Monthly: Trump’s Plans for Mass Deportation Would Be an Economic Disaster

Washington Monthly (5/21/24)

IR: One of the things that we have seen there’s widespread support for, and that can be done, is just: when there are new immigrants to our cities, to our communities, we make sure that they have the ability to work. Work, employment, is life-changing for everybody, including US citizens and other members of the community, who benefit from more labor. Right now, in many parts of this country, we have more jobs than we have people to fill them, and immigration is a necessary thing; it’s why economists across the country, across the political spectrum, say we actually need immigration. We can’t build a wall and mass-deport people and shut down the borders, because we literally will have an economic crisis in this country. So employment is a really basic thing we can do.

Another thing is, sometimes people hear, folks who are coming to our cities, especially people who are bused up from Texas and other border states, Florida—people resent housing and services and making sure basic needs are met. Well, in fact, that is cheaper than the alternative. And it is good for all of us.

And it’s not for forever: If you help somebody get on their feet with some temporary housing for three to six months, they have a work permit in hand, they have a job, they will not need to be dependent on government services and resources. It is actually better for us to set people up for a small period of time for future success.

And we’ve watched some cities do that really well. For example, Boston did not engage in the kind of fear-mongering about “all these newly arrived migrants, it’s going to be the end of the city, it’s going to destroy us,” which is what we heard from a certain elected mayor in New York City. That wasn’t the approach that Boston took. And, in fact, they’ve had a lot of newly arrived migrants as well, and they’ve managed it. And you’ll see they have really good outcomes, and there’s generally a sense of positivity towards new arrivals there in a way that there simply isn’t in New York City.

Insha Rahman

Insha Rahman: “There’s some really clear policy things we can do for folks who have just come here, like work permits, like making sure there is transitional housing and support and services.”

And so, again, there’s some really clear policy things we can do for folks who have just come here, like work permits, like making sure there is transitional housing and support and services. All of that is a better investment in our communities and our economy than the alternative.

And then we see there’s always been and always will be widespread support for a path to citizenship and legalization for folks who have been here, who are part of the fabric of our communities. And so those are some of the things we could do literally immediately, but at the local level, in terms of cities and states.

And then what we need to see Congress do—and 10 years ago there was, in fact, bipartisan support for more paths to citizenship. And we need to bring the Overton window and shift it back to there, because that’s actually good for all of us.

And one other thing I’ll just mention as a policy point is, even under the law as it is—and I would say we need to update the immigration laws so that there’s more legal paths to citizenship for folks. But even with the laws that we have, making sure people have lawyers, they have some basic due process before they’re facing deportation, means many more people access the asylum laws, other forms of relief under current immigration law, which means it keeps people and families together, it keeps people in jobs.

My organization, the Vera Institute of Justice, we run a national program where we’re helping folks who are facing deportation have access to counsel, and literally people are 10 times more likely to win their case and be able to stay in the country, stay with their families, be in their jobs and in their communities, than if they have to go through deportation proceedings without a lawyer. And there’s no right to a lawyer in those proceedings. And that’s a really big problem for keeping families and communities together.

JJ: Just finally, what would you be looking for in a healthy public conversation about the changes we need to get from where we’re at to where we could be, and maybe who would be in that conversation that isn’t being heard from so much now?

IR: Too often, the conversation about immigration is dominated by politicians who are looking to score cheap political points. And if you listen to their rhetoric, they don’t have a single solution. Mass deportation is not a solution. Building a wall is not a solution.

NYT: An Ohio Businessman Faces Death Threats for Praising His Haitian Workers

New York Times (9/30/24)

And you know who actually has, and maybe they’re unlikely players in this, but folks who actually have very clear solutions for how we have a real and thoughtful conversation about immigration, that’s business owners and chambers of commerce. And, again, I made the point earlier that economists are like, “If we just shut down immigration, if we deport everybody, our economy will collapse.” Nobody understands that better than businesses and business owners, and they’re actually a really important voice in this conversation that often gets overlooked.

Just to go back to Springfield, Ohio, that we talked about, you actually saw the local chamber of commerce, and a number of different business owners, go out and speak publicly on the record, on the nighttime news and the newspaper and city council hearings, to say, “We need our immigrant workers and family members and community members, because they’re a vital part of our economy.”

So I actually think that’s a missing voice in this conversation that could help to bring the poles together, because the right likes business. I think the left can live with business, if business is coming at the issues in the right way. And I think there’s an opportunity to really actually bring people together, and have a more reasoned, thoughtful conversation about what the path forward is.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Insha Rahman, vice president of advocacy and partnerships at the Vera Institute of Justice, and the director of Vera Action. Find their work online at Vera.org. Thank you so much, Insha Rahman, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

IR: Thanks for having me, Janine.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/americans-understand-that-immigration-is-a-fundamental-part-of-our-society-counterspin-interview-with-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/feed/ 0 497711
George Lipsitz on the Impacts of Housing Discrimination https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/george-lipsitz-on-the-impacts-of-housing-discrimination/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/george-lipsitz-on-the-impacts-of-housing-discrimination/#respond Fri, 11 Oct 2024 13:16:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042518  


 

Right-click here to download this episode (“Save link as…”).

 

The Danger Zone Is Everywhere, by George Lipsitz

UC Press (2024)

This week on CounterSpin: For many people and for media, the idea of “racial discrimination in housing” invokes an image of individual landlords refusing to rent or sell homes to Black and brown people. But that understanding is so incomplete as to be harmful. A new book doesn’t just illuminate the thicket of effects of systemic racism as it affects where people live; it reframes the understanding of the role of housing—connecting housing injustice with health inequities and wealth disparities, as well as lifting up work that connects those “mutually constitutive” elements of what the author calls an “unjust, destructive and even deadly racial order.”

George Lipsitz is research professor emeritus of Black studies and sociology at the University of California, Santa Barbara. He’s author of The Possessive Investment in Whiteness and How Racism Takes Place, among other titles. He joins us to talk about his new book: The Danger Zone Is Everywhere: How Housing Discrimination Harms Health and Steals Wealth.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the port strike.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/george-lipsitz-on-the-impacts-of-housing-discrimination/feed/ 0 497235
Derek Seidman on Insurance and Climate, Insha Rahman on Immigration Conversation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/04/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/04/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/#respond Fri, 04 Oct 2024 15:57:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042365  

 

Newsweek: How Hurricane Helene Could Impact Florida's Home Insurance Crisis

Newsweek (9/27/24)

This week on CounterSpin: “How Hurricane Helene Could Impact Florida’s Home Insurance Crisis” was a recent Newsweek headline, on a story with a source saying smaller insurers were “especially in danger.” A layperson might wonder why events we pay insurance for should present a crisis for the industry we pay it to. The unceasing effects of climate disruption will only throw that question into more relief.

Writer and historian Derek Seidman joins us to help understand what’s happening and how folks are resisting.

 

Person holding a sign: "I AM AN IMMIGRANT"

Vera Institute (3/21/24)

Also on the show: If it comes to issues that many unaffected people are told to care strongly about, immigration from the southern border is high on the list. But how seriously should we attend to a public conversation where believing that your Haitian neighbors want to eat your pets is not a bar to entry? We’ll talk about building a humane dialog on immigration and asylum policy with Insha Rahman,  vice president of advocacy and partnerships at the Vera Institute of Justice and the director of Vera Action.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at media coverage of the TikTok ban.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/04/derek-seidman-on-insurance-and-climate-insha-rahman-on-immigration-conversation/feed/ 0 496440
Mohamad Bazzi on Israeli Terror Attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/mohamad-bazzi-on-israeli-terror-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/mohamad-bazzi-on-israeli-terror-attacks/#respond Fri, 27 Sep 2024 15:58:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042277  

 

Al Jazeera: Hundreds of pagers belonging to Hezbollah have cost them a hand, an eye, even their lives.

Al Jazeera (9/20/24)

This week on CounterSpin: On September 17, thousands of handheld pagers exploded simultaneously across Lebanon and Syria. The next day, it was hundreds of walkie-talkies—part of an Israeli attack, intended for Hezbollah, that Israel’s defense minister called “the start of a new phase in the war.” Media dutifully reported the emerging toll of dead and wounded, including many civilians, including children. Harder to capture is the life-altering impact of such a terror attack on those it doesn’t kill.

As every day brings news of new carnage, US citizens have a duty not to look away, given our government’s critical role in arming Israel and ignoring its crimes, and in misleading us about what they know and intend. Mohamad Bazzi is director of the Hagop Kevorkian Center for Near Eastern Studies and journalism professor at New York University, and former Middle East bureau chief at Newsday. He joins us to talk about the latest events and media response.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Rashida Tlaib, banned books and deportation.

 

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/mohamad-bazzi-on-israeli-terror-attacks/feed/ 0 495480
Jen Senko on The Brainwashing of My Dad https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/jen-senko-on-the-brainwashing-of-my-dad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/jen-senko-on-the-brainwashing-of-my-dad/#respond Fri, 20 Sep 2024 13:00:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042146  

 

The Brainwashing of My Dad

The Brainwashing of My Dad (2016)

This week on CounterSpin: Springfield, Ohio, schools are facing bomb threats because some people believe that Haitian immigrants are stealing and eating dogs and cats. According to candidates for the country’s highest offices, and the KKK flyers showing up around town, this means that these legal immigrants should be pushed out of the country—or, no doubt, in the minds of inspired vigilantes, much worse.

We spoke with filmmaker, activist and author Jen Senko in April 2023. The Brainwashing of My Dad—Jen Senko’s film and the book based on it—are an effort to engage the effects of that yelling, punching down, reactionary media. We’ll hear our conversation with her this week on CounterSpin.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of Donald Trump’s threat to democracy.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/jen-senko-on-the-brainwashing-of-my-dad/feed/ 0 494345
Gregory Shupak on Palestinian Genocide, Robert Spitzer on Gun Rights and Rules https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/gregory-shupak-on-palestinian-genocide-robert-spitzer-on-gun-rights-and-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/gregory-shupak-on-palestinian-genocide-robert-spitzer-on-gun-rights-and-rules/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 15:40:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9042021  

 

NYT: Israeli Bombing in Gaza Humanitarian Zone Kills at Least 19, Officials Say

New York Times (9/10/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate US news media continue to report things like Israel’s recent strike on the Gaza Strip that killed at least 19 people in an area designated a “refuge” for Palestinians, and to include warnings of a possible wider war in the region—but there’s little sense of urgency, of something horrible happening that US citizens could have a role in preventing. We’ll talk about that with media critic, activist and teacher Gregory Shupak.

 

Apalachee School Shooting: Funeral Plans for Victims

Fox 5 Atlanta (9/12/24)

Also on the show: US corporate media have a similar “another day, another tragedy” outlook on gun violence. It happens, we’re told, but all reporters need to do is quote people saying it’s bad yet oddly unavoidable, and they’re done. We’ll hear from Robert Spitzer, a historian of gun regulation and gun rights, about some spurious reasons behind the impasse on gun violence.

 

 

That studied lack of urgent concern about human life—is that journalism? Why do the press corps need a constitutional amendment to protect their ability to speak if all they’re going to say is, “oh well”?


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/gregory-shupak-on-palestinian-genocide-robert-spitzer-on-gun-rights-and-rules/feed/ 0 493215
Dedrick Asante-Muhammad & Algernon Austin on the Black Economy https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/dedrick-asante-muhammad-algernon-austin-on-the-black-economy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/dedrick-asante-muhammad-algernon-austin-on-the-black-economy/#respond Fri, 06 Sep 2024 15:40:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041942  

 

CEPR: The Best Black Economy in Generations – And Why It Isn’t Enough

CEPR (8/26/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate economic news can be so abstract that it’s disinforming even when it’s true. The big idea is that there’s something called “the US economy” that can be doing well or poorly, which obscures the reality that we are differently situated, and good news for the stock market, say, may mean nothing, or worse, for me. A people-centered press corps would spell out the meaning of economic “indicators,” not just in terms of their impact on different communities, but in relation to where we want to go as a society that has yet to address deep historical and structural harms.

A new report on the current state of the Black economy takes up these questions. We’ll hear from its co-authors: Dedrick Asante-Muhammad is president of the Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies; and Algernon Austin is director of the Race and Economic Justice program at the Center for Economic and Policy Research.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/dedrick-asante-muhammad-algernon-austin-on-the-black-economy/feed/ 0 492135
‘This Was Not Caused by God, But Caused by Climate Change’:  CounterSpin interview with Victoria St. Martin on suing Big Oil   https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/this-was-not-caused-by-god-but-caused-by-climate-change-counterspin-interview-with-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-big-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/this-was-not-caused-by-god-but-caused-by-climate-change-counterspin-interview-with-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-big-oil/#respond Fri, 23 Aug 2024 22:09:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041645  

Janine Jackson interviewed Inside Climate News‘ Victoria St. Martin about suing Big Oil for the August 16, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Janine Jackson: A lot of us have started seeing local weather forecasts with numbers unfamiliar to us for this time of year. As reporters, you could treat that as, “Oh, isn’t that curious? How are folks on the street dealing with this? Are sales of sunscreen going up?” Or, as a reporter, you can seriously engage the predicted, disastrous effects of fossil fuel production as predicted and disastrous—not, though, in terms of what, in other contexts, we would call criminal.

So what does it look like when business as usual is called out as an actual crime? Our next guest is reporting on an important case in a county in Oregon.

Veteran journalist and educator Victoria St. Martin covers health and environmental justice at Inside Climate News. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Victoria St. Martin.

Victoria St. Martin: Thank you so much. I’m so honored to be here.

Inside Climate News: ‘Not Caused by an Act of God’: In a Rare Court Action, an Oregon County Seeks to Hold Fossil Fuel Companies Accountable for Extreme Temperatures

Inside Climate News (7/8/24)

JJ: So what happened in summer 2021 in northwest Oregon, such that it became the subject of scientific study? What happened there? What were the harms?

VSM: The county called this a “heat dome disaster,” but basically there was a heat dome over three days in June of ’21 that recorded highs of 108°, 112°, 116°  Fahrenheit. During that time, 69 people died from heat stroke, and most of them were in their homes.

Typically, in this part of Oregon, they have very gentle summers. The highs top out at about 81°. But this was unprecedented.

And one of the attorneys that is working with the county says this was not an act of God. This was not caused by God, but caused by climate change.

JJ: And that’s exactly the point. Oftentimes, folks might be surprised to hear, but environmental impacts were legitimately, legally written off, if you will, as acts of God. This is just nature, this is just what’s happening. So this is actually something new.

VSM: Yes. The attorney that I was speaking about, his name’s Jeffrey B. Simon; he is a lawyer for the county. He talks about this idea of how, no, this is not an act of God. This catastrophe was caused by “several of the world’s largest energy companies playing God with the lives of innocent and vulnerable people, by selling as much oil and gas as they could.”

JJ: What is a heat dome, just for folks who might not know?

VSM: Let’s see, how would I describe it? I would call it the atmosphere creating an intense umbrella of heat, and especially in areas where they don’t typically see this type of heat, like northwest Oregon. We’ve had heat domes this summer already, all across the nation, in places that typically don’t have this type of high heat.

JJ: So it’s a thing we all need to get familiar with. If you don’t know what it means today, you need to figure it out for tomorrow.

VSM: Yeah, some scientists, they say it’s like the atmosphere traps hot air, and, yeah, I said an umbrella, but like a lid or a cap being put on a bottle, and trapping that hot air for days like it did in northwest Oregon.

JJ: We’ve had issues with news media who want to separate the stories. It’s not that they don’t cover things, it’s that they don’t connect dots. They separate a story from: Here was a heat emergency, in this particular case, and it was horrible, and people suffered from it. And then on another page, or on another day, they’ll have a story about fossil fuel companies lobbyists influencing laws. But part of the problem with news media is they don’t connect these things.

And so I wonder, as a person who, besides being a journalist, a person who thinks about journalism, where are the gaps or the omissions or the missing dots that you think that media could be doing on this could-not-be-more-important story of climate disruption?

Victoria St. Martin

Victoria St. Martin: “To connect the dots of the health harms and the climate disasters that are happening, we need to do more.”

VSM: Yes. One of my editors says that covering climate, it’s one of the greatest stories of the century, right, the greatest story of our lifetime, that we are covering. And I think one thing that we did well, journalism-wise, in the past 10 or so years, is we’ve pushed this idea that journalists have to be multidimensional, that they have to know how to edit photo and video and create a graphic and write a story.

But what I think was lost in that, and what is important here and what is missing in these heat dome stories, these stories that are very, very plainly, as you can see, climate change stories, but what is missing here is journalists aren’t necessarily trained to be multidimensional in subject matter.

And while there are environmental desks growing in newsrooms throughout the nation, newsrooms aren’t allowing the journalists interdisciplinary roles, to be able to cover a weather event and talk about climate. And we need to do more of that.  I think in order to connect those dots, to connect the dots of the health harms and the climate disasters that are happening, we need to do more of that.

I love how last summer, I think I really saw it come to a head, because the Canadian wildfires came to the East Coast and turned the skies orange in New York. And it was this story you could not ignore anymore. And it forced newsrooms to really start talking about wildfires, and is it safe to breathe the air? And what is the air pollution from a wildfire, and what causes wildfires? I think we need to do more of that.

While I don’t want climate disasters like wildfires to continue to happen, I do want journalists to think on their toes, think on their feet, think multidimensional, and be able to tell stories in a full and nuanced way, because we are not servicing our readers, our viewers, our listeners, if we aren’t. Our viewers, our listeners and our readers are here to get the full story, and we need to give them the full story and the full picture.

JJ: And just finally, in terms of journalistic framework, what I think is so interesting with the Multnomah County story is we’re moving the actions of fossil fuel companies into the category of crime. You knew this was going to cause harm, and you still did it, and it caused harm, and that’s a crime. And I feel like that’s, for journalism, for media, that’s a framework shift. Lobbying is a story, and legislative influence is a story. And then crime is a whole different story, and a whole other page. But if we’re talking about actions that cause people to die, that cause people to be harmed, well, then, a lot of things that fossil fuels companies are doing are crimes, and that’s what’s paradigm-breaking with this Multnomah County story.

VSM: I think also what’s different here is the attorneys reaching out once the county filed suit, once the attorneys filed suit, letting us know what’s happening, making sure that the story is amplified and gets out there. I think I appreciate it always, as a journalist, when there’s an open dialogue, and that I’m able to share the story with readers, viewers and listeners, because I had access to information, I had access to the lawsuit.

I think, what is that saying? When a tree falls in the forest….  I’m so thankful that somebody called me up and said, “Hey, this is what’s happening.” So I think everybody does their part, and I think in this case, it was a moment of allowing journalists to be a part of that process, and to be able to see behind the curtain and see what’s actually happening. Sometimes law can be…

JJ: Opaque.

VSM: …slow and boring and monotonous, and I think, just like anything, like science…. But I think when you allow journalists to have a front-row seat, it helps to tell the story.

JJ: Absolutely.

Well, any final thoughts in terms of what you would like folks to take away from this piece that you wrote about the effort to call fossil fuel companies out for the harms that they’re causing? Any tips for other journalists who might be looking at the same story?

VSM: I think one thing I constantly thought about when I was reporting this story, and something I did not see, is there’s a great database looking at lawsuits that have been filed by states and counties and cities that are seeking damages from oil and gas companies for the harms caused by climate change.

Again, there are about three dozen lawsuits out there right now, but this is one of the only lawsuits that is focused on a heat dome. And so this is what makes that case unique. This is what sets this case apart from the rest. And, for me, that was important to report.

So I’m thankful that you got to read it, and that others have gotten to read it, and I hope more people read about it. I think that was key here, and that was something I did not see before.  There are other lawsuits, but this one, a lot of law experts think, could really change the game here, because it’s focusing on a specific disaster, and how this county is going to pay for the costs that they’ve incurred from the effects of the heat dome.

I think for journalists, when we’re reporting on these things, think of ways to get ahead of the pack, think of what makes the story unique, what sets the story apart from other weather event stories, or other climate change stories, and how to really help paint a picture about how important this story is.

Sixty-nine people died over the course of three days. That is huge, and it is something that, for me, needed to be at the top of the story. The fact that this was one of the only cases that looked at heat dome disasters, that was something that needed to be at the top of the story for me. And I hope to keep reporting on this, so I can’t wait to see what happens next.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with journalist Victoria St. Martin. You can find her work on this and other stories at InsideClimateNews.org. Victoria St. Martin, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

VSM: Thank you so much.

 

 

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/this-was-not-caused-by-god-but-caused-by-climate-change-counterspin-interview-with-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-big-oil/feed/ 0 490270
Steve Macek on Dark Money https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/steve-macek-on-dark-money/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/steve-macek-on-dark-money/#respond Fri, 23 Aug 2024 12:42:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041563  

 

Election Focus 2024This week on CounterSpin: One of many things wrong with corporate news media is the way they hammer home the idea that the current system is the only system. If you don’t see yourself and your interests reflected in either of the two dominant parties, the problem is you. Part of the value of independent media is that the people they listen to give us new questions to ask. For example: How do we acknowledge the fact that many people’s opinions are shaped by messages that are created and paid for by folks who work hard to hide their identity and their interests? If we’re in an open debate about what’s best for all of us, why can’t we see who pays you? We’ll talk about “dark money” with Steve Macek. He’s professor and chair of communication and media studies at North Central College in Illinois. His recent piece, “Dark Money Uncovered,” appeared on TheProgressive.org.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Phil Donahue.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/23/steve-macek-on-dark-money/feed/ 0 490122
‘This Is a Push to Pass Laws Criminalizing Protest of Fossil Fuel Infrastructure’:  CounterSpin interview with Emily Sanders on criminalizing pipeline protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/this-is-a-push-to-pass-laws-criminalizing-protest-of-fossil-fuel-infrastructure-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/this-is-a-push-to-pass-laws-criminalizing-protest-of-fossil-fuel-infrastructure-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest/#respond Wed, 21 Aug 2024 21:27:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041476  

Janine Jackson interviewed ExxonKnews‘ Emily Sanders about criminalizing pipeline protests for the August 16, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

FAIR: ‘Nothing to See Here’ Headlines Conceal Police Violence at Dakota Access

FAIR.org (11/22/16)

Janine Jackson: We have not forgotten the years of protest by the people of Standing Rock in resistance to the Dakota Access Pipeline. The cause could not have been more fundamental. The news and images were dramatic, and the support was global and cross-community.

Fossil fuel makers, who would like to keep making money from the destruction of the planet’s capacity for life, along with their ally enablers in law and law enforcement, want nothing like that to ever happen again, and certainly not for you to see it and take inspiration.

Pursuant to that are new efforts reported by our guest.

Emily Sanders is senior reporter for ExxonKnews, a project of the Center for Climate Integrity. This story was co-published with the Lever. She joins us now by phone from Queens. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Emily Sanders.

Emily Sanders: Hi. Thanks so much for having me again.

JJ We’re talking, to start, about congressional actions. What is the context behind this new rulemaking authorization process that you’re writing about, and how did laws around pipeline protest get into this conversation?

HuffPost: The Gassing Of Satartia

HuffPost (8/26/21)

ES: Congress is currently working to reauthorize the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, or PHMSA, which would set the agency’s funding and mandates for safety rulemaking on pipelines over the next few years. And that’s at the same time as the agency sets out to make new rules for carbon dioxide pipelines.

And both these processes are especially crucial right now, as the oil and gas industry plans to build out tens of thousands of additional miles of pipeline for carbon capture projects. And CO2 is an asphyxiant. It can travel long distances, it can shut down vehicles, and sicken, suffocate or even kill people and wildlife.

So these pipelines can be incredibly dangerous if and when they leak, as was the case in Satartia, Mississippi, in 2020, when a Denbury pipeline, now owned by ExxonMobil, ruptured and stalled emergency vehicles, sent nearly 50 people to the hospital with reportedly zombie-like symptoms.

So, after that, and now in the wake of yet another leak in Sulphur, Louisiana, earlier this year, advocates and community members have really been pushing the agency to take a hard look at these pipelines, and provide more transparent information to communities and first responders, who are often just underfunded, or volunteer fire departments tasked with dealing with these leaks at the last minute. And they’re asking the agency to implement real rules and oversight for the companies that, in these cases of leaks, were not appropriately monitoring their sites.

So back in April, I reported on how the oil industry was lobbying to limit the scope of those rules, and dictate its own safety standards, so that it can build out CO2 pipeline infrastructure as quickly as possible, since it stands to benefit from huge tax incentives for CCS passed under the Biden administration.

Emily Sanders of the Center for Climate Integrity

Emily Sanders: “This rulemaking process is supposed to be about protecting community members and making sure pipelines are safe, not about preventing protests.”

And what I found, as I dug further into those lobbying records, is that oil companies and their trade groups are now trying to pressure lawmakers to use this PHMSA reauthorization process to push through measures that could further criminalize pipeline protests at the federal level.

The federal penalty for damaging or destroying pipelines is already a felony charge of up to 20 years in prison. But in hearing testimony that I found, and policy briefs posted online, oil industry trade group executives were basically pushing lawmakers to expand the definition of so-called “attacks” on pipelines that can be punished under felony charges to include vague language like “disruptions of service” or “attacks on construction sites.”

And that could implicate a much broader set of activities that are used to protest fossil fuel infrastructure. So something like “disruption of service,” or interfering at a construction site, that could implicate anything from planting corn in the path of a pipeline construction, to a march, or a sit-in at a site. And it’s really hard to say what that actually means, which is why it’s so concerning.

And we’re now already seeing this language show up in committee bills. So the House Energy and Commerce Committee’s draft reauthorization bill, which was one of two committee bills being negotiated before the legislation goes to the Senate, would add impairing the operation of pipelines, damaging or destroying such a facility under construction, and even attempting or conspiring to do so as felony activities punishable by up to 20 years in prison.

So this is something industry lobby groups have tried before, back in 2019, to use this reauthorization process towards this purpose. They say it’s about preventing damage or destruction of pipelines that could create a harmful situation for communities on the ground. But, again, that’s already a felony under federal law. This rulemaking process is supposed to be about protecting community members and making sure pipelines are safe, not about preventing protests.

JJ: Well, you’ve hit all the points, but let me just draw some out, because the perversity here—it’s not irony—this is coming at the center of legislative work about rules for industry due to devastating harms, like breaches in a carbon dioxide pipeline, things that have actively harmed the community.

So in the process of legislating rules around that, fossil fuel makers have said, “Oh, well, while we’re talking about safety of pipelines, let’s also wiggle in this idea that protesters might be endangering pipelines.”

And then here’s where it gets to peak irony, the idea that protesters might cause harm to human beings by protesting pipelines, when the context is we’re talking about the harm that these pipelines themselves have caused. I mean, it’s kind of off the chart.

ES: Exactly. And this is as these same companies are continuing to invest in more and more fossil fuel infrastructure, while every scientific body is telling us that we have to do the opposite to avoid cataclysmic climate impacts. So they’re really using this growing pushback against their own operations to take this opportunity to silence that opposition.

JJ: And then, of course, the vagueness of the language, which you point to in the piece, that is part of it, that you’re not supposed to quite understand, well, what counts as “protest,” what counts as “impairing the operation” of the pipeline. It’s very much suppressive of free speech and action.

FAIR: It’s Only the Future of the Planet

Extra! (4/13)

ES: Exactly. There’s precedent for this, as you alluded to in your opening; this is part of a larger push to pass laws criminalizing protest of fossil fuel infrastructure since the protest against Keystone XL and Dakota Access, which brought together enormous coalitions of people that cross cultural and political boundaries to oppose those pipelines.

And much of the legislation we’ve seen since then, which has been lobbied for by companies like Exxon and Marathon, Koch and Enbridge—much of that legislation was primarily based on a model bill crafted by the oil- and gas-funded American Legislative and Exchange Council, or ALEC, which made it a felony to trespass on the industry’s so-called critical infrastructure.

And those critical infrastructure bills use a lot of the same, very vague types of language to describe trespass, which can make it incredibly dangerous, not just for protesters, many of whom are Indigenous people and farmers and other landowners just trying to protect their land and water rights, but also journalists and the press, who go to report on these protests on the ground. And, again, it’s just especially concerning when the cost to the planet and people’s safety are so high.

JJ: I just want to ask, finally, it’s kind of open-ended, but I mean, it’s just not plausible to think that people are going to stop resisting or stop protesting or stop speaking out against the harms climate disruption is inflicting, that are evident much more every single day. And I just wonder—obviously, these fossil fuel companies are hoping that news media will use their age-old frames about criminality and law-breaking to push people back into the idea of, “Oh, it’s OK to want what you want”—like, not to see the capacity for human life on the planet destroyed—”it’s OK for you to want that, but just do it through proper channels. Don’t do it by protesting, because now that’s illegal in a new way.” And I just wonder, media have to do something different, big media have to do something different to actually rise to this occasion.

ExxonKnews: Big Oil wants to increase federal criminal penalties for pipeline protests

ExxonKnews (6/17/24)

ES: I think it’s all about talking to the actual people on the ground who are doing the protesting. Like you said, it’s so easy to paint people as criminals, when the definition of a criminal is defined or written by the same industry trying to protect the product that those people are protesting. So I think it’s just so important to get their perspective, find out why they’re there. A lot of the time these are regular people, not just activists who are there because of the climate, but also just people who are there trying to protect their water, protect their land and their homes and livelihoods, or journalists who are trying to report on what’s going on. And I just think getting their voice heard from a source is the most important thing.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Emily Sanders, senior reporter for ExxonKnews. You can find the piece, “Big Oil Wants to Increase Federal Criminal Penalties for Pipeline Protests,” online at ExxonKnews.org, as well as LeverNews.com. Thank you so much, Emily Sanders, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

ES: Thanks again for having me.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/this-is-a-push-to-pass-laws-criminalizing-protest-of-fossil-fuel-infrastructure-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest/feed/ 0 489875
Emily Sanders on Criminalizing Pipeline Protest, Victoria St. Martin on Suing Fossil Fuel Companies https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-fossil-fuel-companies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-fossil-fuel-companies/#respond Fri, 16 Aug 2024 15:57:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041402  

 

ExxonKnews: Big Oil wants to increase federal criminal penalties for pipeline protests

ExxonKnews (6/17/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Climate disruption is outpacing many scientists’ understanding of it, and it’s undeniably driving many harms we are facing: extreme heat, extreme cold, devastating hurricanes and tornadoes. News media are giving up pretending that these extreme weather events are just weird, and not provably driven by the continued use of fossil fuels. But fossil fuel companies are among the most powerful players in terms of telling lawmakers how to make the laws they want to see, public interest be damned. So the crickets you’re hearing about efforts to eviscerate the right to protest the impacts of climate disruption? That’s all intentional.  We’ll hear about what you are very definitely not supposed to hear from reporter Emily Sanders from ExxonKnews.

 

Inside Climate News: ‘Not Caused by an Act of God’: In a Rare Court Action, an Oregon County Seeks to Hold Fossil Fuel Companies Accountable for Extreme Temperatures

Inside Climate News (7/8/24)

Also and related: Not everyone is lying down and accepting that, OK, we’re going to die from a climate crisis that is avoidable, but since companies don’t want to talk about it, let’s not. A county in Oregon is saying, deaths from high heat are in fact directly connected to conscious corporate decision-making, and we’ll address it that way. We’ll hear about that potentially emblematic story from Victoria St. Martin, longtime journalist and journalism educator, now reporting on health and environmental justice at Inside Climate News.

 

Employing the law to silence dissent on life or death concerns, or using the law to engage those concerns head on—that’s this week on CounterSpin!


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/16/emily-sanders-on-criminalizing-pipeline-protest-victoria-st-martin-on-suing-fossil-fuel-companies/feed/ 0 489031
‘Trying to Pull the Strings on a Prosecutor’s Judgment Is a Serious Problem’:  CounterSpin interview with Shayana Kadidal on Guantánamo plea deal https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/trying-to-pull-the-strings-on-a-prosecutors-judgment-is-a-serious-problem-counterspin-interview-with-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/trying-to-pull-the-strings-on-a-prosecutors-judgment-is-a-serious-problem-counterspin-interview-with-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/#respond Wed, 14 Aug 2024 20:28:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041344  

Janine Jackson interviewed the Center for Constitutional Rights’ Shayana Kadidal about the Guantánamo plea deal for the August 9, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

PBS: Defense Secretary overrides plea agreement for 9/11 defendants, reinstates as death penalty cases

AP (via PBS, 8/2/24)

Janine Jackson: Years of negotiations led to the recently announced pretrial agreements for Khalid Sheikh Mohammed and two other defendants accused of directing the September 11, 2001, attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, that would’ve meant their pleading guilty to charges, including murder and conspiracy, and receiving lifelong prison sentences.

As AP put it:

The torture that the defendants underwent while in CIA custody has slowed the cases and left the prospect of full trials and verdicts still uncertain, in part because of the inadmissibility of evidence linked to the torture.

But at the 11th hour, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin stepped in to override the agreements, claiming to do so in the name of victim’s families, the US military and the American public, who, he says, “deserve the opportunity” to see a military commission trial play out.

Here to help us understand what happened and what happens now is Shayana Kadidal, senior managing attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights. Welcome to CounterSpin, Shayana Kadidal.

Shayana Kadidal: Thanks for having me.

JJ: Media attention to Guantánamo Bay, and what happens to those held there, has been spotty and, in recent years, largely absent. So listeners may have forgotten that men were held there for years without charge, much less conviction. Some have been approved for transfer, meaning they’ve been determined not to be a threat, yet have remained there. And, of course, it’s undisputed that many have been tortured and abused at this extralegal military prison.

So these plea agreements came with all of that context, all of that history, and they weren’t seen as a victory for anyone; those aren’t the terms to think in. But they were seen as a meaningful and overdue step, yes?

Shayana Kadidal

Shayana Kadidal: “They’ve taken the most significant criminal trial of the century, the 9/11 case, and put it into a system where everything is being invented from scratch.” (image: TRT World, 3/3/17)

SK: Yeah, I think any plea bargain is a compromise, right? I’ve seen these described as kind of the least-worst solution, given the history of these cases. And, basically, they’ve been presented as trading off the death penalty in exchange for a guilty plea.

But I think the thing listeners need to really know is that prosecutors, the military prosecutors, really badly wanted this deal done, because they think, like everyone else who is observing these cases, they recognize that the death penalty was never, as a practical matter, going to happen in these cases, for a bunch of different reasons, right?

First of all, the military commission system is incredibly slow. They’ve taken the most significant criminal trial of the century, the 9/11 case, and put it into a system where everything is being invented from scratch. So things that have been well-established for two centuries in the federal criminal system have to be reasoned out from the beginning in the military commissions.

And then, on top of that, there are these issues around the use of torture evidence that have really slowed things down. That’s not to say that torture evidence is the main problem standing in the way of a conviction. There is plenty of evidence against these particular defendants that isn’t contaminated by torture, including interviews they did with media before they were ever captured.

But the bottom line is that this process is going along really slowly. The defendants are in their mid-50s, the two older ones, already.

And then there are a bunch of other questions. Even if they got a guilty verdict, then there would be a sentencing phase, where a military jury gets to decide between death and probably life imprisonment. And we know that the CIA is very reluctant to produce its own officials as witnesses in that kind of phase or proceedings. They basically refused to do it in another case that we had involving a plea bargain. So that may end up being something that stands in the way of a death penalty verdict.

Then, on top of that, there’s a way that military juries will do what some civilian juries have done, and react to the torture at Guantánamo with clemency, that they’ll want to punish the government by issuing a life sentence instead of death.

So, bottom line, the prosecutors really wanted this deal badly.

JJ: That might surprise some folks, I think, on the face of it. And then, on the other hand, some people might imagine that any kind of plea deal would be opposed by the families and friends of those killed, the nearly 3,000 people killed on September 11, but that wasn’t really the case, was it?

Fox: Loved ones of 9/11 victims react to terror defendant plea deal: 'Lifetime of pain and suffering'

Fox News (8/2/24)

SK: Yeah, it’s a very mixed bag, I must say. The family members—there are a small group of family members who are very heavily engaged in the details of these cases, including the politics of it, and they fall all over the spectrum, just like regular Americans. We’ve got 9/11 families who have been out there saying that they were strongly in favor of this deal, because it offered some semblance of finality, and because part of the deal, apparently, was the ability to pose questions, I believe, in writing to the defendants, and have them answered within 45 days. And those questions would go to, not just things like their motivations for carrying out the attacks, but also some detailed things that we don’t have a lot of information about, even from their interrogation, things like the financing of the attacks, right? So the families wanted answers to these questions, and this is really the only way they were going to be able to get it.

On the other side, you’ve got folks who have been on Fox News a lot, talking about how the commissions are much tougher than the civilian criminal system—which, really, I think at this point in history, we can say is definitively not true—but have been very actively organized in favor of keeping these cases in the military system, right?

I suppose it’s probably worth noting that if these cases had been brought to the civilian system, they probably would’ve been over a long, long time ago. Eric Holder had made the decision in 2009 to bring these cases to New York and try them in front of a civilian jury. If that had been the case, as he said last week, these guys would’ve been a memory. The cases would’ve gone to trial in a year or two, the appeals would’ve been over in a year or two, and they probably would’ve received pretty severe sentences, maybe even death, and the cases would have been over. As Holder said, it was “political hacks” who stopped the cases from being brought to New York, where they would’ve been disposed of much more quickly than in the commissions.

PBS: Congress OKs bill banning Guantanamo detainees from U.S.

PBS (11/10/15)

But, again, that’s political water under the bridge. Congress has banned bringing men to the United States for trial from Guantánamo. So, again, this is kind of the least-worst solution, plea bargain in the military trial system.

JJ: When people hear that Defense Secretary Austin revoked the pretrial agreements because there ought to be trials, I think a lot of people might be misled about what is meant by a “trial” in this situation, a military commission trial. What should we know about that?

SK: The first thing is that it’s going to take years to get there. These charges originally were brought in February 2008, and so it’s been, what is that, 15, 16 years of pretrial motions, and they’re nowhere close to being done with that. Then once you get to a trial, there are going to be all sorts of issues about, again, the CIA producing witnesses, to what they did to these men, not just in the merit phase, but also in the sentencing phase.

And then, also, where it took place. We have a lot of sensitive diplomatic concerns around where the secret prisons the CIA held these men in were located, right? So that may stand in the way of actually conducting a trial.

And after that, we’ve got appeals, into a military appeal system, and then from there into the appellate courts and the federal system, and then to the Supreme Court.

So, again, the oldest of these defendants is 56 years old. They are de facto already serving life sentences, if you think that these cases are never going to come to a resolution after a trial and appeals. And so, again, it made perfect sense for the prosecutors to pursue this.

NYT: How the 9/11 Plea Deal Came Undone

New York Times (8/4/24)

The real question is, what was Lloyd Austin thinking? He had to have been aware that these negotiations were underway and were pretty close to being resolved. The New York Times even reported over the weekend that DoD officials knew about the progress of the negotiations. So why the reversal? I think there’s no explanation other than politics and the election.

JJ: That’s what I was going to ask, because Austin says he’s long believed that military trials were the only way forward. So that rings a little weird, given the timing.

SK: When you see people like Tom Cotton coming out and saying that this is Biden being soft on the terrorists with the plea bargain deal, you can understand why it might’ve been everybody’s preferred timing on the political end for this to happen after November.

But what comes next looks like it’s going to be legal challenges. There are very narrow circumstances where an assigned pretrial agreement like this, a plea bargain agreement, can be withdrawn. So I think the defendants are first probably going to challenge whether or not what Austin tried to do in voiding the agreements was even effective, whether he has power to void them.

And on top of that, military prosecutors are supposed to be relatively independent of the people above them in the chain of command. In the federal civilian criminal system, everybody knows that President Trump can relieve the attorney general if he doesn’t like some prosecution that he’s undertaking. But there are some norms about how the AG is supposed to be relatively independent in making judgment calls, right?

Well, on the military system, those aren’t norms; they’re actually written into the two major statutes, the Military Commissions Act and the Uniform Code of Military Justice. So when you have civilian officials like Lloyd Austin, political appointee, trying to pull the strings on a prosecutor’s judgment, it’s a serious problem, and dismissal of the case is the usual remedy for that. So, again, something that could add years and years more delay to a system that wasn’t exactly moving along quickly.

JJ: All right, then; we’ll end on that note.

We’ve been speaking with Shayana Kadidal, senior managing attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights. You can track their work on Guantánamo cases and others at CCRJustice.org. Shayana Kadidal, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SK: Thanks for having me.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/trying-to-pull-the-strings-on-a-prosecutors-judgment-is-a-serious-problem-counterspin-interview-with-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/feed/ 0 488774
‘Google Is Able to Profit Extraordinarily Off of Not Having Competition’:  CounterSpin interview with Lee Hepner on Google monopoly https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/13/google-is-able-to-profit-extraordinarily-off-of-not-having-competition-counterspin-interview-with-lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/13/google-is-able-to-profit-extraordinarily-off-of-not-having-competition-counterspin-interview-with-lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly/#respond Tue, 13 Aug 2024 17:51:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041286  

Janine Jackson interviewed the American Economic Liberties Project’s Lee Hepner about the Google monopoly for the August 9, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Slate: Google Is Officially a Monopoly. Here’s What That Really Means.

Slate (8/6/24)

Janine Jackson: “Google is a monopolist, and it has acted as one to maintain its monopoly.” So ruled district court Judge Amit Mehta in United States v. Google, being called a “landmark” antitrust case that will affect not just Google, but potentially all tech giants in the current landscape. The point was, Google pays billions every year to companies like Apple and Samsung that distribute search engines, to ensure that it’s the only search engine anyone would see, by making sure it’s the preset default on devices.

If your supermarket only had one brand of milk on the shelf, even if it had some others in the back, you would recognize that as unfair. But for many of us, the internet is still a mystery miracle, and we’re not used to bringing the same sorts of questions to bear. If it did nothing else, this ruling changes that.

So what happened? Lee Hepner is an antitrust lawyer and senior legal counsel for the American Economic Liberties Project. He joins us now by phone; welcome to CounterSpin, Lee Hepner.

Lee Hepner: Thanks so much for having me.

JJ: The Sherman Antitrust Act sounds like a history lesson. It’s from 1890, but it’s living, meaningful law. How or why exactly did the judge determine that Google was in violation of it?

LH: You said it right there. This law that dates back to the 19th century, that used to be used against railroad barons, has now been applied to this new tech industry. It’s really proof of the durability of one of the foundational laws for ensuring fair markets and competition across our economy.

And Google is ripe for being addressed by this law. The judge found that Google was essentially without competition in the market for search engines, and truth be told, I mean, 80% of overall searches are conducted via Google; on mobile devices, that’s 95%. And Google is able to profit extraordinarily off of not having competition, and by blocking out rivals who threatened to create new and innovative products that actually benefit consumers and move this technology forward. So that was really at the crux of the judge’s decision in this case.

National Post: Matt Stoller: Landmark decision means Google’s control of the web is ending

National Post (8/9/24)

JJ: So it isn’t just that Google is the default search engine; it’s that they are doing things, including paying money, to maintain that, and to prevent other companies from being that.

LH: That’s exactly right, and the judge really eloquently, in his opinion, describes how Google maintains its power through that circular system. It pays for exclusive agreements across Apple, Samsung, Mozilla, other device manufacturers, and by virtue of those exclusive agreements, it achieves scale that it then sells to advertisers for extraordinary revenue, and then it reinvests that revenue back at the beginning, in securing those exclusive agreements. So you really see how this is a self-reinforcing monopoly that Google has been able to maintain through anti-competitive conduct.

JJ: And we know it’s not by accident, if anyone were to believe that. There are internal messages, I just read in a piece by Matt Stoller, where Google is saying, “Inertia is the path of least resistance.” They know what they’re doing.

LH: Oh, absolutely. It’s a clear monopoly strategy. And, just to be clear, those are the communications that we were able to see. Google was also criticized by this judge for deleting untold number of records that were relevant to the litigation. And that was a big part of this case, too: what Google didn’t say, because they were training employees to move communications to secret servers and auto-deleted chats. So even in the absence of a smoking gun, there was a very clear sense that Google was intentionally perpetuating an illegal scheme to maintain its market power.

JJ: It’s worth noting that this isn’t just a meta-issue, or inconsequential. There is an impact of the quality of searches. Not everyone’s just looking for “Thai restaurant near me.” It matters if searches are not the best that they could be, yeah?

Lee Hepner

Lee Hepner: “Google has maintained its monopoly position, not necessarily by having a superior product, but by blocking out rivals.”

LH: Yeah. We’ve all heard stories about Google search becoming worse over time. It’s harder to find that thing that you were looking for, because they’re not necessarily investing in the rank of search results, or they’re prioritizing paid ads that look like organic search results. So Google has maintained its monopoly position, not necessarily by having a superior product, but by blocking out rivals. And that’s just the core characteristic of monopolies that is as old as time, and we see across a lot of industries.

JJ: Yeah, I was just going to say, Google is not being punished for building a better mousetrap. And news media, I think, play a role here for the anthropomorphizing of, especially, tech companies as scrappy, as game changers: They’re not AT&T.  We’ve been trained to think, these guys–and they are guys–break the rules, but on behalf of all of us. And that’s not what’s happening here.

LH: Sure, and it’s just a radically different industry than it was, say, in the early 2000s, after we broke up the last big monopoly, Microsoft. That was a quarter century ago since the last decision on a case brought by the government against a big monopoly.

And then we were seeing that kind of scrappy innovation. Google was a startup at that point, and I think that right there really lends to the potential of this case, and of this decision, to unlock a new era of innovation, where small tech innovators are able to have a chance at entering the market, and creating something new and cool that maybe we can’t imagine today, but wouldn’t be possible without breaking up Google‘s hold on this industry.

JJ: I was going to ask you, what do you think happens now? We can’t necessarily predict it, but in terms of the case, what do you think will happen as we look to the remedy stage of things?

LH: Just to be clear, this is a case that was bifurcated. We just concluded the liability phase, and now the judge has to decide what to do about it. And what’s good about this stage is that the court has broad latitude, and must be deferential to the government’s request for remedies after that really difficult finding of liability.

And there’s a lot of tools on the table. Certainly we can expect an end to some of the exclusive agreements that have tied up this market for Google. But we also might see structural remedies that deprive Google of some of its ill-gotten gains, and divest certain business lines, or allow other search engines to have access to properties like Google‘s web indexer, or even their large language model.

The future of search is really in artificial intelligence, and the ability of chatbots to really revolutionize how people get information off the internet. And so I think that we’re going to be really clued in to how this court crafts remedies that ensure that that next era of AI innovation is not being controlled by Google, or any other dominant player in this market.

The Nation: The FTC Lawsuit Against Amazon Is the Biggest Antitrust Fight of Our Time

The Nation (11/10/23)

JJ: And then, finally, do you see knock-on effects? It does seem like a paradigm shift in terms of antitrust and the way we think about big companies. Do you see knock-on effects on, not just tech companies, but other big businesses?

LH: I do. And I think that when you have a case of this magnitude, there is going to be a bit of a culture shift. So if I’m a big law firm advising my clients, I’m going to tell them, “Hey, if you are entering into these types of exclusive agreements that are intended to maintain your market power, maybe you shouldn’t do that anymore, because the court is looking at these agreements with fresh eyes, and they’re not passing muster.”

I also think this decision builds momentum behind some of the other cases that the government has brought. There are parallels to the case against Live Nation, which also uses Ticketmaster to enter into exclusive agreements with venues. There are other parallels to the case against Apple or Amazon, which also lock consumers into a single-product ecosystem. So there’s going to be knock-on effects outside of this case, outside of this industry, and also for other pending cases that we’re watching closely.

JJ: All right then; we’ll end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Lee Hepner, senior legal counsel at the American Economic Liberties Project. They’re online at EconomicLiberties.us. Thank you so much, Lee Hepner, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

LH: My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/13/google-is-able-to-profit-extraordinarily-off-of-not-having-competition-counterspin-interview-with-lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly/feed/ 0 488478
Lee Hepner on Google Monopoly, Shayana Kadidal on Guantanamo Plea Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/#respond Fri, 09 Aug 2024 15:00:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041237  

 

This week on CounterSpin: You don’t hear the phrase “free market capitalism” so much anymore, but the idea still tacitly undergirds much of what you do hear about why products and services are the way they are. We all know about corruption and cronyism, but we still accept that the company that “wins,” that “corners the market,” does so because people simply prefer what they sell. The anti-monopoly ruling against Google challenges that idea of how things work. We’ll hear about it from Lee Hepner, senior legal counsel at the American Economic Liberties Project.

 

Prisoners at Guantanamo Bay

Prisoners at Guantánamo Bay

Also on the show: A recent news report offered the familiar construction that the attacks of September 11, 2001, “plunged the US” into decades of war. Of course that’s not right; choices were made, unpopular choices, about how to respond to the attacks. Choices were made to not bring assailants to trial for the crime, but instead to detain people without charge and hold them indefinitely in a prison designed to be outside US law. None of it was inevitable. Now the Defense secretary has stepped in to overturn plea agreements that, while they wouldn’t have closed Guantánamo, would’ve brought some measure of closure to the cases against the alleged directors of the September 11 attacks. We’ll get an update from Shayana Kadidal, senior managing attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a look at recent press coverage of Sinclair Broadcasting.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/09/lee-hepner-on-google-monopoly-shayana-kadidal-on-guantanamo-plea-deal/feed/ 0 487905
Tim Wise on ‘DEI Hires,’ Keith McHenry on Criminalizing the Unhoused https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/tim-wise-on-dei-hires-keith-mchenry-on-criminalizing-the-unhoused/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/tim-wise-on-dei-hires-keith-mchenry-on-criminalizing-the-unhoused/#respond Fri, 02 Aug 2024 11:54:34 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9041099  

 

This week on CounterSpin: Dog whistles are supposed to be silent except for those they’re intended to reach. But as listeners know, the right wing has gotten much more overt and loud and yes, weird, about their intention to defeat the prospect of multiracial democracy. We unpack the latest weaponized trope—the “DEI hire”—with anti-racism educator and author Tim Wise.

 

National Park Police evict homeless encampment for McPherson Square Park, February 15, 2023 (photo: Elvert Barnes)

(photo: Elvert Barnes)

Also on the show: Trying to help unhoused people and trying to make them invisible are different things. Keith McHenry, cofounder of Food Not Bombs, joins us to talk about the recent Supreme Court ruling that gave state authorities more power to dismantle the encampments in which many people live, with no guarantee that they will land anywhere more safe.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/tim-wise-on-dei-hires-keith-mchenry-on-criminalizing-the-unhoused/feed/ 0 486907
Ari Berman on Minority Rule https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/26/ari-berman-on-minority-rule/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/26/ari-berman-on-minority-rule/#respond Fri, 26 Jul 2024 15:35:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040940  

 

Minority Rule: The Right-Wing Attack on the Will of the People―and the Fight to Resist It

Farrar, Straus and Giroux (2024)

This week on CounterSpin: Donald Trump said, on Fox & Friends in 2020, that if voting access were expanded, meaning easing of barriers to voting for disabled people, poor people, rural people, working people…. If voting were made easier, Trump said, “You’d never have a Republican elected in this country again.” Why wouldn’t news media label that stance anti-democratic, and shelve any so-called good-faith partisan debate? And call for the multiracial democracy we need? And illuminate the history that shows why we aren’t there yet?

Ari Berman has been tracking voter rights, and why “one person, one vote” is not the thing to memorize as a definition of US democracy, for many years now. He’s national voting rights correspondent for Mother Jones, and his new book is called Minority Rule: The Right-Wing Attack on the Will of the People—and the Fight to Resist It. We’ll talk about that with him today.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/26/ari-berman-on-minority-rule/feed/ 0 485902
Phyllis Bennis on Israel’s War on Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/phyllis-bennis-on-israels-war-on-palestinians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/phyllis-bennis-on-israels-war-on-palestinians/#respond Fri, 19 Jul 2024 15:21:56 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040803  

 

Electronic Intifada: Gaza Genocide Denial (with photo of protester holding sign, "Stop the Genocide")

Electronic Intifada (7/15/24)

This week on CounterSpin: In March, the UN’s special rapporteur on human rights in the Palestinian territories concluded that “there are reasonable grounds to believe that the threshold indicating Israel’s commission of genocide is met.”

But as Greg Shupak writes, even as evidence accumulates, denial is becoming socially and journalistically acceptable. Soon after the UN special rapporteur on the right to food asserted that Israel’s forced starvation of Palestinians in Gaza was genocidal, Jonah Goldberg took to the LA Times to assure readers that Israel’s actions do not “amount to genocide,” and such claims are based on “Soviet propaganda” and Holocaust denial.

Years from now, we’ll hear about how everyone saw the nightmare and everyone opposed it. But history is now, and the world is watching. We’ll talk about real-time efforts to address the Israeli war on Palestinians with Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the shooting of Donald Trump.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/phyllis-bennis-on-israels-war-on-palestinians/feed/ 0 484708
Shelby Green & Selah Goodson Bell on Utility Profiteering, Jane McAlevey on #MeToo & Labor https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/shelby-green-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-profiteering-jane-mcalevey-on-metoo-labor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/shelby-green-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-profiteering-jane-mcalevey-on-metoo-labor/#respond Fri, 12 Jul 2024 16:08:20 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040660  

 

CNN temperature chart for June 6

CNN (6/6/24)

This week on CounterSpin: At some point, we will get tired of hearing news reports on “record heat”—because the “records” will continue to be broken,  and “heat” will have stopped meaning what it once may have meant. Media play a role in moving us from questions about where to buy a good air conditioner to what stands in the way of addressing a public health catastrophe? One obstacle is utility companies. In February of last year, we spoke with Shelby Green at Energy and Policy Institute and Selah Goodson Bell at the Center for Biological Diversity, about their research on the topic.

 

Chicago Teachers Union members on strike

In These Times (12/27/17)

Also on the show: Some listeners will know that veteran labor organizer and author Jane McAlevey died recently. The tributes are coming in, but I have little doubt in saying that McAlevey would care less for attention to her life in particular than to those of people she worked for, inside and outside of unions. CounterSpin spoke with her in 2018, when the #metoo campaign was coming to fore. We’ll hear some of that conversation this week on the show.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/shelby-green-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-profiteering-jane-mcalevey-on-metoo-labor/feed/ 0 483588
Hatim Rahman on Algorithms’ ‘Invisible Cage’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/hatim-rahman-on-algorithms-invisible-cage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/hatim-rahman-on-algorithms-invisible-cage/#respond Fri, 05 Jul 2024 15:49:54 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040589  

 

Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers

University of California Press (2024)

This week on CounterSpin: The power of the algorithm is ever clearer in our lives, even if we don’t understand it. You might see it as deciding what you see on social media sites, where maybe they get it wrong: You don’t actually want to see a lot of horror movies, or buy an air fryer; you just clicked on that once.

But algorithms don’t only just guess at what you might like to buy; sometimes they’re determining whether you get a job, or keep it. Some 40 million people in the US use online platforms to find work, to find livelihood. The algorithms these platforms use create an environment where organizations enact rules for workers’ behavior, reward and sanction them based on that, but never allow workers to see these accountancies that make their lives unpredictable, much less work with them to develop measurements that would be meaningful.

Hatim Rahman has been working on this question; he’s assistant professor of management and organizations at the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. And he’s author of a new book about it: Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers, forthcoming in August from University of California Press.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of climate disruption.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/05/hatim-rahman-on-algorithms-invisible-cage/feed/ 0 482640
David Himmelstein on Medicare Dis-Advantage, Tauhid Chappell on Cannabis Equity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/28/david-himmelstein-on-medicare-dis-advantage-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-equity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/28/david-himmelstein-on-medicare-dis-advantage-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-equity/#respond Fri, 28 Jun 2024 15:43:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040517

 

Common Dreams: A $600 Billion Swindle: Study Makes Case to 'Abolish' Medicare Advantage

Common Dreams (6/10/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Headlined “The Cash Monster Was Insatiable,” a 2022 New York Times piece reported insurance companies gaming Medicare Advantage, presented as a “low-cost” alternative to traditional Medicare. One company pressed doctors to add additional illnesses to the records of patients they hadn’t seen for weeks: Dig up enough new diagnoses, and you could win a bottle of champagne. Some companies cherry-picked healthier seniors for enrollment with cynical tricks like locating their offices up flights of stairs.

Such maneuvers don’t lead to good health outcomes, but they serve the real goal: netting private insurers more money. There is now new research on the problem, and the response. We hear from David Himmelstein, co-founder of Physicians for a National Health Program and co-author of this new analysis of Medicare Advantage.

 

Recreational Plus Cannabis Dispensary, unlicensed weed store in New York's East Village

(CC photo: Jim Naureckas)

Also on the show: You may get the impression from media that marijuana is legal everywhere now, that it’s moved from blight to business, if you will. It’s not as simple as that, and many people harmed by decades of criminalization have yet to see any benefit from decriminalization. Tauhid Chappell has tracked the issue for years now; he teaches the country’s first graduate-level course on equity movements in the cannabis industry, at Thomas Jefferson University. We’ll get an update from him.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Julian Assange.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/28/david-himmelstein-on-medicare-dis-advantage-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-equity/feed/ 0 481627
Saru Jayaraman on Tipped Wages https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/21/saru-jayaraman-on-tipped-wages/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/21/saru-jayaraman-on-tipped-wages/#respond Fri, 21 Jun 2024 13:13:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040159  

 

Chicago Sun-Times article

Chicago Sun-Times (4/8/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Donald Trump told a Las Vegas crowd earlier this month that, if elected, the “first thing” he would do would be to end the IRS practice of taxing tips as part of workers’ regular income. “For those hotel workers and people that get tips, you’re going to be very happy,” he said.  Labor advocates were quick to call it out as unserious pandering, particularly in the light of hostility toward efforts to provide those workers a livable basic wage.

Unfortunately, Trump can count on a general haziness in the public mind on the impact of “tipped wages,” more helpfully labeled subminimum wages. And that’s partly due to a corporate press corps who, through the decades-long fight on the issue, always give pride of place to the industry narrative that, as a Chicago Sun-Times headline said, “Getting Rid of Tipped Wages in Illinois Would Be the Final Blow to Many Restaurants.” And often lead with customers, like one cited in a recent piece in Bon Appetit, who proudly states that he only tips 10%, half today’s norm, because it’s what he’s always done, and “if servers want more, then they should put the same effort in that I took to earn that money.”

As president of the group One Fair Wage, Saru Jayaraman is a leading mythbuster on the history, practice and impact of tipping. CounterSpin talked with her in November 2015. We’ll hear that conversation again today, when much of what she shares is still widely unexplored and misunderstood.

Transcript: ‘A Woman’s Ability to Pay Her Bills Should Not Be Dependent on the Whims of Customers’

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of child labor.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/21/saru-jayaraman-on-tipped-wages/feed/ 0 480682
Jim Naureckas on Secret Alito Tape, Kennedy Smith on Dollar Store Invasion https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/jim-naureckas-on-secret-alito-tape-kennedy-smith-on-dollar-store-invasion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/jim-naureckas-on-secret-alito-tape-kennedy-smith-on-dollar-store-invasion/#respond Fri, 14 Jun 2024 15:56:34 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040140  

 

Rolling Stone: Justice Alito Caught on Tape Discussing How Battle for America ‘Can’t Be Compromised’

Rolling Stone (6/10/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Supreme Court Justice Samuel Alito wrote dozens of pages justifying his decision in Dobbs v. Jackson, stating the Constitution does not confer the right to determine whether or when to give birth. None of those pages mention his intention to make the United States “a place of godliness,” or his belief that there can be no compromise on such concerns, because “one side or the other is going to win.” Yet those are thoughts Alito freely expressed with a woman he thought was just a stranger at a public event. So: Will elite news media now suggest we just go back to considering the Supreme Court a neutral body, deserving of life terms because they’re above the fray of politics? How long until we see news media take on this pretend naivete, and how much it’s costing us? Jim Naureckas is editor of FAIR.org and the newsletter Extra!. We talk to him about that.

 

Boycott Dollar General: protest sign

Institute for Local Self-Reliance (2/28/24)

Also on the show: The news that “the economy” is doing great on paper doesn’t square with the tone-deaf messaging from food companies about mysteriously stubborn high prices: Kellogg’s says, sure, cereal’s weirdly expensive, so why not eat it for dinner! Chipotle’s head honcho says you are not, in fact, getting a smaller portion for the same price—but, you know, if you are, just nod your head a certain way. None of this indicates a media universe that takes seriously the widespread struggle to meet basic needs. Which may explain the failure to find the story in the upsurge in dollar stores, supposedly filling a void for low-income people, but actually just another avenue for ripping them off. We talk about that with Kennedy Smith from the Institute for Local Self-Reliance.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/jim-naureckas-on-secret-alito-tape-kennedy-smith-on-dollar-store-invasion/feed/ 0 479589
Matt Gertz on Trump Trial Verdict, Kandi Mossett on Dakota Access Struggle https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/matt-gertz-on-trump-trial-verdict-kandi-mossett-on-dakota-access-struggle/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/matt-gertz-on-trump-trial-verdict-kandi-mossett-on-dakota-access-struggle/#respond Fri, 07 Jun 2024 15:34:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039963  

 

Yahoo: Donald Trump Blasts Judge As A “Devil” And Justice System As “Rigged” In Speech After Guilty Verdict

Yahoo (5/31/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Surprising no one, Donald Trump and his sycophants responded to his 34-count conviction on charges of lying in business records by claiming that the trial was “rigged,” the judge and jury corrupt, that it was somehow Joe Biden’s doing, and “you know who else was persecuted? Jesus Christ.” Trump publicly calling the judge a “devil,” and Bible-thumping House Speaker Mike Johnson and others showing up at the courthouse in Trump cosplay, were just some of the irregular, shall we say, elements of this trial. It is a moment to examine the right-wing media that have fomented this scary nonsense, but also to look to reporting from the so-called “mainstream” to go beyond the “some say, others differ” pablum we often see. We’ll talk with Matt Gertz, senior fellow at Media Matters, about press response to the trial and the verdict.

 

 

 

New York Times photo of tear gas at Standing Rock (photo: Stephanie Keith/Reuters)

New York Times (11/21/16)

Also on the show: For some people the violent police crackdown on peaceful college students protesting their schools’ investments in Israel’s war on Palestinians has been eye-opening. For others, it’s one more example of the employment of law enforcement to brutally enforce corporate power. The fight led by Indigenous women against the Dakota Access pipeline is not long enough ago to have been forgotten. We’ll hear a bit from an August 2017 interview with North Dakota organizer Kandi Mossett.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/matt-gertz-on-trump-trial-verdict-kandi-mossett-on-dakota-access-struggle/feed/ 0 478587
Katherine Li on Corporations’ First Amendment Dodge https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/katherine-li-on-corporations-first-amendment-dodge/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/katherine-li-on-corporations-first-amendment-dodge/#respond Fri, 31 May 2024 15:45:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039875  

 

The Lever: Corporations Are Weaponizing Free Speech To Wreck The World

The Lever (5/23/24)

This week on CounterSpin: In 2023, the California legislature passed legislation that said that big corporations doing business in the state have to tell the public, investors, how much pollution they’re emitting throughout their supply chain. It’s knowable information, and people have a right to know it, right? The same way restaurants here in New York City have to tell potential customers how they did on their last health inspection; you can eat there or not, but at least you’re making an informed decision.

But no! This past January, the US Chamber of Commerce and a bunch of other industry groups challenged those laws, because, they said, making companies disclose the impact of their actions—in this case, their emissions—would force them to publicly express a “speculative, noncommercial, controversial and politically charged message.” That, they said, makes the laws a “pressure campaign” aimed at shaping company behavior.

Unfortunately, some courts are indulging this bizarre notion that regulation should be illegal, essentially, because it forces companies to say stuff they’d rather not say. Fortunately, other courts are calling this self-serving nonsense self-serving nonsense. But it’s not just a legal matter; public information, our right to know, is also on the line here, so we should know what’s going on.

Katherine Li addresses this issue in a recent piece for the Lever, where she is an editorial fellow. We hear from her this week on CounterSpin.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/31/katherine-li-on-corporations-first-amendment-dodge/feed/ 0 477416
Ellen Schrecker on the Attack on Academic Freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-attack-on-academic-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-attack-on-academic-freedom/#respond Fri, 24 May 2024 15:47:53 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039787  

 

Law enforcement at UCLA looks on as student protesters are attacked by a right-wing mob.

Law enforcement at UCLA looks on as student peace protesters are attacked by a right-wing mob (CNN, 5/16/24).

This week on CounterSpin: As an historic catastrophe, the deep and myriad impacts of Israel’s assault on Palestinians will not be fully understood until years from now, if then. That only adds urgency to present-day resistance to the collateral assault—on the ability to witness, to record and to remember. And of course to protest. The violent, state-sponsored attacks on college students and faculty across the country, who are standing in solidarity with Palestinians and opposed to colleges’ investment in the war and occupation, are showcasing many things—among them the abandonment by many educational institutions of their responsibility to protect not only students, but the space in which they can speak and learn freely.

When we spoke with historian Ellen Schrecker in 2017, she noted that the power of the movement associated with Joseph McCarthy was not the man himself, but the “collaboration of the employers, of the mainstream media, of the legal system, you name it, to go along with this anti-Communist purge.” And while many people feel comforted that McCarthy the man was eventually censured by the Senate, the truth is “the American political spectrum narrowed [and] a whole bunch of ideas and causes kind of disappeared from American political discourse and American political life.”

We hear again today from historian and author Ellen Schrecker, co-editor of the new book The Right to Learn: Resisting the Ring-Wing Attack on Academic Freedom, from Beacon Press.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Amazon.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-attack-on-academic-freedom/feed/ 0 476237
Steven Rosenfeld on Election Transparency, Ian Vandewalker on Small Donors https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/17/steven-rosenfeld-on-election-transparency-ian-vandewalker-on-small-donors/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/17/steven-rosenfeld-on-election-transparency-ian-vandewalker-on-small-donors/#respond Fri, 17 May 2024 16:10:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039708 The 2020 election was not stolen from Donald Trump through skullduggery--but many people who vote do believe that.

The post Steven Rosenfeld on Election Transparency, Ian Vandewalker on Small Donors appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Woman counting election ballots

(image: Voting Booth)

This week on CounterSpin: You and I may know that the 2020 election was not stolen from Donald Trump through various mysterious sorts of skullduggery. That does not mean that we can whistle past the fact that many people who vote do believe that. Many of those people are activated in a way that goes beyond easily ignorable segments on OAN, and has meaning for November. Steven Rosenfeld reports on transparency, among other electoral issues, for Voting Booth.  We’ll hear from him about kinds of election interference we ignore at our peril.

 

Also on the show: You and I may believe that democracy means, at its core, something like “one person, one vote.” That doesn’t mean we can whistle past the fact that many voting people do not believe that. Indeed, some elite media–designated smart people have determined: “Citizens United, what? It’s folks who give ten bucks to a candidate that are really messing up the system.” We’ll explore that notion with Ian Vandewalker, senior counsel for the Elections & Government Program at the Brennan Center for Justice.

 

The post Steven Rosenfeld on Election Transparency, Ian Vandewalker on Small Donors appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/17/steven-rosenfeld-on-election-transparency-ian-vandewalker-on-small-donors/feed/ 0 475107
Ahmad Abuznaid on Rafah Invasion https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/10/ahmad-abuznaid-on-rafah-invasion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/10/ahmad-abuznaid-on-rafah-invasion/#respond Fri, 10 May 2024 15:38:47 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039575 US press are so used to driving the narrative they don’t know what to do except yell “shut up shut up shut up” and send in the cops.

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Rafah Invasion appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

This week on CounterSpin: CNN’s Jake Tapper is mad about college students protesting their institutions’ and their government’s support for Israel’s horrific attacks on Palestinians in Gaza—because they’re preventing him, by his account, from covering Israel’s horrific attacks on Palestinians in Gaza. Tapper whined recently: “We’re covering these protests and covering free speech versus security on campus. This is taking room from my show that I would normally be spending covering what is going on in Gaza, or what is going on with the International Criminal Court.”

Tapper and CNN, we’re to understand, are powerless to decide what they cover, and incapable of understanding that the clear, core demand of students protesting is that government (and media) not just chat about, but act to change, US enabling of Israel’s genocidal assault.

Free Palestine: demonstration in Union Square, Manhattan (photo: Jim Naureckas)

(photo: Jim Naureckas)

“I don’t know that the protesters are, from a media perspective, accomplishing what they want to accomplish,” Tapper said. If you listen closely, you can hear him say, “We, as media, don’t want them to accomplish anything, except to be presented, as protestors have throughout US history, as a nuisance and an interference with grownup conversation. And we, as media, will use our actual power to sell that idea.”

People, in media and elsewhere, who are used to unequivocal US support for Israel’s actions, used to summarily reducing any criticism of Israel to antisemitism, even when it comes from Jewish people, are seeing the ground shift, and they’re shook. What happens now is critical—first for Palestinians and Israelis, of course, but also for the US press and their handlers, who are so used to driving the narrative they don’t know what to do except yell “shut up shut up shut up” and send in the cops. In the name of, you know, principled debate.

We talk about latest developments in Gaza with Ahmad Abuznaid, executive director of the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at protester/press relations, “outside agitators” and TikTok censorship.

 

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Rafah Invasion appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/10/ahmad-abuznaid-on-rafah-invasion/feed/ 0 473930
Joseph Torres & Collette Watson on Media for Social Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/03/joseph-torres-collette-watson-on-media-for-social-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/03/joseph-torres-collette-watson-on-media-for-social-justice/#respond Fri, 03 May 2024 15:28:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039491 Different media, telling different stories, can change our understanding of our past, our present and our future.

The post Joseph Torres & Collette Watson on Media for Social Justice appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

We’re now seeing the impacts of the reality that corporate media, as well as corporate-funded universities, will always side with official power—as they present students sitting quietly in tents in protest of genocide as violent terrorists. But the fact is, we’ve been seeing it for decades, as corporate media spin narratives about people of color as both violent and lazy, and the socio-economic status quo as the best possible option, even as millions of people increasingly recognize that it means a terrible life for them.

Many people, at the same time, are deeply interested in how different media, telling different stories, can change our understanding of our past, our present and our future. Joseph Torres is currently senior advisor for reparative policy and programs at the group Free Press, and co-author with Juan Gonzalez of News for All the People. Writer, musician and communications strategist Collette Watson is with Black River Life. They both are part of the project Media 2070, which aims to highlight how media can serve as a lever for racial justice, and how that includes changing entrenched media narratives about Black people.

Their co-authored article, “Repairing Journalism’s History of Anti-Black Harm,” appears in the Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science (5/23).

 

The post Joseph Torres & Collette Watson on Media for Social Justice appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/03/joseph-torres-collette-watson-on-media-for-social-justice/feed/ 0 472871
Sam on Students for Justice in Palestine, Sally Dworak-Fisher on Delivery Workers https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/26/sam-on-students-for-justice-in-palestine-sally-dworak-fisher-on-delivery-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/26/sam-on-students-for-justice-in-palestine-sally-dworak-fisher-on-delivery-workers/#respond Fri, 26 Apr 2024 15:48:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039351 Colleges’ official responses to protests are gutting the notion that elite higher education entails respect for the free expression of ideas.

The post Sam on Students for Justice in Palestine, Sally Dworak-Fisher on Delivery Workers appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

Palestinian flag at Columbia encampment

Columbia encampment (CC photo: Pamela Drew)

This week on CounterSpin: Lots of college students, it would appear, think that learning about the world means not just gaining knowledge, but acting on it. Yale students went on a hunger strike, students at Washington University in St. Louis disrupted admitted students day, students and faculty are expressing outrage at USC’s Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism (emphasis added) canceling their valedictorian’s commencement speech out of professed concerns for “safety.” A Vanderbilt student is on TikTok noting that their chancellor has run away from offers to engage them, despite his claim to the New York Times that it’s protestors who are “not interested in dialogue”—and Columbia University students have set up an encampment seen around the world, holding steady as we record April 25, despite the college siccing the NYPD on them.

Campuses across the country—Rutgers, MIT, Ohio State, Boston University, Emerson, Tufts, and on and on—are erupting in protest over their institutions’ material support for Israel’s war on Palestinians, and for the companies making the weapons. And the colleges’ official responses are gutting the notion that elite higher education entails respect for the free expression of ideas. Students for Justice in Palestine is working with many of these students. We’ll hear from Sam from National SJP about unfolding events.

 

Delivery worker in Manhattan's East Village

(CC photo: Edenpictures)

Also on the show: App-based companies, including Uber and DoorDash, are adding new service fees, and telling customers they have to, because of new rules calling on them to improve wages and conditions for workers. The rather transparent hope is that, with a lift from lazy media, happy to typey-type about the worry of more expensive coffee, folks will get mad and blame those greedy…bicycle deliverers. We asked Sally Dworak-Fisher, senior staff attorney at National Employment Law Project, to break that story down.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at the TikTok ban.

 

The post Sam on Students for Justice in Palestine, Sally Dworak-Fisher on Delivery Workers appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/26/sam-on-students-for-justice-in-palestine-sally-dworak-fisher-on-delivery-workers/feed/ 0 471732
Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Lawsuit, Dave Lindorff on Spy for No Country https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit-dave-lindorff-on-spy-for-no-country/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit-dave-lindorff-on-spy-for-no-country/#respond Fri, 19 Apr 2024 16:06:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039232 The long-fought effort to get legal acknowledgement of the abuse of Iraqi detainees in the Iraq War is coming to a federal court in Virginia.

The post Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Lawsuit, Dave Lindorff on <i>Spy for No Country</i> appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Time: Abu Ghraib Military Contractor Trial Set to Start 20 Years After Shocking Images of Abuse

Time (4/14/24)

This week on CounterSpin: The long-fought effort to get legal acknowledgement of the abuse of Iraqi detainees during the Iraq War is coming to a federal court in Virginia, with Al-Shimari v. CACI. Since the case was first filed in 2008, military contractor CACI has pushed some 20 times to have it dismissed.

Time magazine unwittingly told the tale with the recent headline: “Abu Ghraib Military Contractor Trial Set to Start 20 Years after Shocking Images of Abuse.” That’s the thing, people had been reporting the horrific treatment of Iraqi detainees at the Baghdad-area prison and elsewhere, but it was only when those photos were released—photos the Defense Department tried hard to suppress—that it was so undeniable it had to be acknowledged.

But still: When Australian TV later broadcast new unseen images, the Washington Post officially sighed that they weren’t worth running because they did not depict “previously unknown” abuse. Post executive editor Len Downie had a different answer, saying in an online chat that the images were “so shocking and in such bad taste, especially the extensive nudity, that they are not publishable in our newspaper.” Because that what officially sanctioned torture is, above all, right? Distasteful.

We got a reading on the case last year from Baher Azmy, legal director at the Center for Constitutional Rights.

Transcript: ‘CACI Aided and Abetted the Torture of Our Clients’

 

Spy for No Country, from Prometheus Books

Prometheus Books (2024)

Also on the show: Historians tell us that the Cold War is over, but the framing persists in news media that love a simple good guy vs. bad guy story, even as who the good and the bad guys are shifts over time. Telling history through actual human beings makes it harder to come up with slam-dunk answers, but can raise questions that are ultimately more useful for those seeking a peaceful planet. A new book provides a sort of case study; it’s about Ted Hall, who, as a young man, shared nuclear secrets from Los Alamos with the then–Soviet Union. Veteran investigative journalist Dave Lindorff has reported for numerous outlets and is author of Marketplace Medicine and This Can’t Be Happening, among other titles. We talked with him about his latest, Spy for No Country: The Story of Ted Hall, the Teenage Atomic Spy Who May Have Saved the World, which is out now from Prometheus Books.

 

The post Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Lawsuit, Dave Lindorff on <i>Spy for No Country</i> appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit-dave-lindorff-on-spy-for-no-country/feed/ 0 470627
Chris Bernadel on Haiti https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/chris-bernadel-on-haiti/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/chris-bernadel-on-haiti/#respond Fri, 12 Apr 2024 15:47:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039101 What needs to change in Haiti includes Western media presentations that ignore or erase even recent history.

The post Chris Bernadel on Haiti appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

WaPo: The United States will have to intervene in Haiti

Washington Post (3/25/24)

This week on CounterSpin: US corporate media’s story about Haiti is familiar. Haiti, according to various recent reports, has “whipped from one calamity to another.” The country is a “cataclysm of hunger and terror,” “teetering on the brink of collapse,” “spiraling deeper into chaos” or else “descending into gang-fueled anarchistic chaos.” It’s “become a dangerously rudderless country.” According to one Florida paper’s editorial: “Haiti’s unrest” is now “becoming our problem,” as Floridians and the US “struggle to help people in Haiti, although history suggests there are no answers.”

Or, well, there is one answer: The Washington Post made space for a former ambassador to explain that 20 years ago in Haiti, “the worst outcomes were avoided through decisive American intervention. Today’s crisis might require it as well.”

At this point, the Austin American-Statesman’s “Haiti Cannibalism Claims Unfounded” might pass for refreshing.

AP had a piece that actually talked to Haitians amid what is indeed a deep and deepening crisis. A grandmother told the wire service, “We’re living day-by-day and hoping that something will change.”

We talk about what has to change—including, importantly, Western media presentations that ignore or erase even recent history—with Chris Bernadel, from the Black Alliance for Peace‘s Haiti/Americas Team and Haitian grassroots group Moleghaf.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Elon Musk vs. Brazil.

The post Chris Bernadel on Haiti appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/12/chris-bernadel-on-haiti/feed/ 0 469573
Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation, Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/#respond Fri, 05 Apr 2024 14:58:04 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039021 Corporate profit margins are at a level not seen since the 1950s, as abject greed was whistled past by the press corps.

The post Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation, Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Corporate profits after tax

Popular Information (4/4/24)

This week on CounterSpin:  In the final quarter of 2023, after-tax corporate profits reached an all-time high of $2.8 trillion. As reported by Popular Information, corporate profit margins were at a level not seen since the 1950s, as increases in prices have outpaced increases in costs—which Capitalism 101 says shouldn’t happen, because competing companies are supposed to step in with lower prices and grab some market share, right? What’s different now? Well, abject greed, abetted by policy and whistled past by the press corps. As one economist put it, “If people are paying $3 for a dozen eggs last week, they’ll pay $3 this week. And firms take advantage of that.” One reason we have details on “greedflation” is the work of the Groundwork Collaborative. We spoke with their economist and managing director of policy and research, Rakeen Mabud, a few months back. We hear some of that conversation again this week.

Transcript: ‘It’s Important to Focus on Big Companies Using the Cover of Inflation to Jack Up Prices’

 

Also on the show: While much else is happening, we can’t lose sight of the ongoing assault on reproductive freedom, in other words basic human rights, being given tailwind by the Supreme Court. Advocates warned that overturning Roe v. Wade would not be the end, and it wasn’t. The court is now entertaining challenge to the legality of the abortion medication mifepristone, used safely and effectively for decades, including invoking the 1873 Comstock Act, about sending “obscene materials” through the mail. The Washington Post has described it as a “confusing legal battle,” but CounterSpin got clarity from the Guttmacher Institute’s Rachel K. Jones last year. We hear that this week as well.

Transcript: ‘People Who Don’t Support Abortion Ignore the Science and the Safety’

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at NBC’s unhiring of Ronna McDaniel.

 

The post Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation, Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/05/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/feed/ 0 468296
‘This Is About What Has to Happen to Stop This Genocide’:  CounterSpin interview with Phyllis Bennis on Gaza ceasefire resolution https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/this-is-about-what-has-to-happen-to-stop-this-genocide-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/this-is-about-what-has-to-happen-to-stop-this-genocide-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2024 20:49:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9039006   Janine Jackson interviewed IPS’s Phyllis Bennis about the Gaza ceasefire resolution for the March 29, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Reuters reported on March 22 that the United Nations Security Council had rejected a resolution, proposed by the US, calling for a ceasefire in Gaza, and […]

The post ‘This Is About What Has to Happen to Stop This Genocide’:  <br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Phyllis Bennis on Gaza ceasefire resolution appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed IPS’s Phyllis Bennis about the Gaza ceasefire resolution for the March 29, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Reuters: Russia, China veto US-led UN resolution on Gaza ceasefire

Reuters (3/22/24)

Janine Jackson: Reuters reported on March 22 that the United Nations Security Council had rejected a resolution, proposed by the US, calling for a ceasefire in Gaza, and a hostage deal between the Israeli government and Hamas. Russia and China vetoed the measure, readers were told, while Algeria also voted no and Guyana abstained on a measure that “called for an immediate and sustained ceasefire lasting roughly six weeks that would protect civilians and allow for the delivery of humanitarian assistance.”

US ambassador to the UN Linda Thomas-Greenfield, cited in AP, said that the US had been “working on a hostage deal for months” that would call for a “six-week period of calm,” from which, she said, “we could then take the time and the steps to build a more enduring peace.” Well, what does that wording mean, and what do UN resolutions generally mean, if politicians and news media interpret them variously?

So helping us to sift through these attempts to respond to the violence of Israel’s ongoing war on Palestinians in Gaza is Phyllis Bennis; she’s senior fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies and international advisor to Jewish Voice for Peace, as well as author of, among other titles, Understanding the Palestinian/Israeli Conflict: A Primer.

She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Phyllis Bennis.

Phyllis Bennis: Great to be with you, Janine.

JJ: So the US introduced a resolution at the UN, nominally calling for a ceasefire, but also vetoed another resolution calling for a ceasefire, because, Thomas-Greenfield said, it would interfere with negotiations around freeing Israeli hostages. And then there’s this effort to portray the current decision as non-binding. It’s very confusing, especially for laypeople. Does the US want a real ceasefire or not? What’s happening here?

Al Jazeera: A history of the US blocking UN resolutions against Israel

Al Jazeera (5/19/21)

PB: You raise all the right questions, Janine. The real issue has to do with the US view of the United Nations, which is that it’s annoying at best and a threat to US domination at worst, from Washington’s vantage point. So that earlier veto by Russia and China and opposition by Algeria, the abstention by Guyana, of the US resolution came after a history, a long history that goes back years, in fact, of the US vetoing calls for a ceasefire in situations when Israel is attacking, mostly Gaza, on occasion Lebanon, and the Security Council calls for a ceasefire, and the US says, “No, we don’t need a ceasefire yet.” Always meaning, “We haven’t killed enough people yet.” So there’s a long history of that. We don’t really have time to go into that.

But the US did it twice in a row on the Gaza question, where there were proposals for a ceasefire that the US vetoed, which would’ve passed. The US refused. Then the US comes up with its own resolution, which was a very, very sneaky one, because that quote that you read about what it says, those words were indeed in the resolution, but it did not call for them. The resolution did not call for an immediate ceasefire. There was a recognition by the Security Council, according to this resolution, that a ceasefire would be a good idea, and then went on to say and  therefore the Security Council should go on cheerleading—they didn’t use that word—but saying should support the US-controlled negotiations that are already underway in Qatar.

So it was a fake resolution. That’s why others did not like it, and weren’t willing to accept it as if it were an actual call. In international law, which is very complicated in a lot of ways, but certain parts of it are pretty clear. One of the parts that’s pretty clear, Article 25 of the UN Charter, says that all decisions, all resolutions, passed by the Security Council are international law. They’re all binding. That’s what the real world of international law says.

So when a resolution is passed, it needs to say the Security Council demands a ceasefire, period, full stop. If it talks about how the Security Council recognizes that such and such would be a good idea, that’s nothing to be binding on, right? That’s just a statement of what we think is nice.

Common Dreams: UN Security Council's Gaza Cease-Fire Resolution Is Not Enough—But It's a Start

Common Dreams (3/25/24)

So that’s what was distinctive, the new resolution that was passed just a few days ago that the United States was willing to allow to be passed, 14-to-0, with one abstention—the US abstained rather than vetoing it; that was a great step forward. And that one, crucially, did call for an immediate ceasefire, and it also called for release of all the hostages and compliance with international law in the treatment of all those detained by all sides, which is a clear reference to the Palestinian prisoners that Israel is holding. And it also, crucially, demanded lifting all barriers to the massive amount of humanitarian assistance that’s desperately needed as famine is moving across Gaza. So that was a huge shift.

At the same time, the US had weakened it in many ways. It removed the word “permanent” from the description of the ceasefire it was demanding, and said, “We just want a ‘lasting’ ceasefire”; nobody knows what that means. And, crucially, the other weakness was that the ceasefire is only called for for two weeks. It said that the ceasefire should last for the month of Ramadan, but it was passed two weeks into Ramadan, so there’s only about two weeks left, so that’s way too short. And there’s other limitations as well. But it was a very significant shift in the US position, and it really speaks to how the Biden administration is hearing, if not yet fully responding to, but feeling like they have to answer, the demands of this rising movement that is so powerful across the United States and now globally, saying we need a ceasefire now, and we need access for massive amounts of humanitarian aid, without any of the barriers that Israel is putting up.

Those things are desperately needed, and what we’re looking at now is a question of how that movement is rising, what the impact could be on the elections, that’s one of the biggest pressure points for the Biden administration. If they want to win this election, they have to be seeing that the only way to do it is to change their policy on what has been, up until now, unconditional support for Israel.

With all the language about criticisms of Netanyahu, and the massive amount of press  about how there’s this big divide between Biden and Netanyahu, between the US and Israel, that’s true only on the level of talking. On the level of acting, the US hasn’t changed a thing. $4 billion a year as a starting point of military aid; all the additional weapons that Israel wants, Israel gets.

Al Jazeera: Minnesota’s ‘stunning’ uncommitted vote reveals enduring problem for Biden

Al Jazeera (3/6/24)

There’s just been no shift in the reality that the US is arming and financing a genocide, and as long as that’s underway, there’s people across this country that are mobilizing this “uncommitted” campaign, in places like Michigan and Minnesota, where those votes really matter, and it’s spreading. It’s about to happen in Wisconsin.

And at the end of the day, this isn’t just about the election, this is about what has to happen to stop this genocide. And I think what has to happen is that there has to be a way of convincing Joe Biden personally, not just others in his administration.

And right now, the pressure is rising, and the issue is going to be, how much longer can he keep up the political credibility, when he has people in his own administration resigning in protest of his policies? He has the staff of his own Biden/Harris campaign committee coming out with a public letter saying, “Mr. President, we can’t do our job. We can’t get you reelected with this policy.”

You have the White House interns. This is my personal favorite of all these protests. These are the most ambitious kids in the country. They all want to be president, right? And yet they’re willing to come out and say, “Mr. President, we are not leaders today, but we aspire to lead in the future, and we can’t do it with this kind of a model, when there is a genocide underway.”

So the US can do all it wants to say that this is a non-binding resolution, but that’s just not true. They can go out of their way to say that the South African initiative at the International Court of Justice, that led to a finding that Israel is plausibly committing genocide right now, or is moving towards a genocide, that that extraordinary brief prepared by the South African legal team somehow is “meritless.” They can claim that, but the rest of the world isn’t buying it, and increasingly US voters aren’t buying it.

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, I do see also just a lot of regular folks reading things like US Deputy Ambassador Robert Wood calling for a “lengthy pause to this conflict” and saying, “Well, we’re not calling for a pause to the conflict. We’re calling for a resolution. We’re calling for a way forward.” And then you see with concerns about a wider war, we have folks like John Kirby, White House National Security Council, on the Today Show saying, “Well, we don’t want a wider war in the region, but we got to do what we have to do.”

This is terrifying, but I also feel like folks are seeing through it. And so maybe let’s end on that note, that folks are figuring out that this politics-speak, they’re seeing it for what it is—and, more importantly, for what it isn’t.

Phyllis Bennis

Phyllis Bennis: “What we need is a real ceasefire. That doesn’t mean two weeks to release all the hostages, and then we go back to war.”

PB: That’s exactly right, Janine, and I think the good news, if there is any in this extraordinarily devastating time of real genocide in real time in front of our eyes on an hourly basis, the good news is exactly as you say: More and more people in this country and globally are seeing through those false claims.

It’s a false claim that the UN resolution calling for an immediate ceasefire is not binding. It is binding. It’s a false claim that the South African charges at the International Court of Justice were meritless. They had all the merit in the world.

All of these claims are designed to distract us. It’s all a distraction. The change in language is a distraction.

What we need is a real ceasefire. That doesn’t mean two weeks to release all the hostages, and then we go back to war. That’s not the point here. The point is to stop the fighting, stop the slaughter, stop the denial of food and water and medicine, which is deliberately causing massive starvation on a level that all of the experts in international humanitarian crises admit is the worst they have ever seen—not in terms of ultimate numbers, because the population in Gaza is not very big, but in terms of the percentage of people. Never have we seen 100% of a population facing extreme hunger, with 55% facing immediate famine. This has never happened before, as long as the international humanitarian organizations have been tracking famines. It’s shocking.

And the fact that it is going on while we watch, with weapons we provide, that we pay for with our tax money, is finally reaching everybody in this country. More and more people are saying no, not in our name, not with our tax money, not anymore.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Phyllis Bennis. You can find her recent work on UN resolutions on Gaza on CommonDreams.org, as well as ips-dc.org.

Phyllis Bennis, we have to end it here for today, but of course we’ll stay in conversation. Thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

PB: Thank you, Janine.

 

The post ‘This Is About What Has to Happen to Stop This Genocide’:  <br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Phyllis Bennis on Gaza ceasefire resolution appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/this-is-about-what-has-to-happen-to-stop-this-genocide-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution/feed/ 0 467765
Phyllis Bennis on Gaza Ceasefire Resolution, Robert Weissman on Boeing Scandal https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-robert-weissman-on-boeing-scandal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-robert-weissman-on-boeing-scandal/#respond Fri, 29 Mar 2024 15:50:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038948 A senior UN human rights official says there is a "plausible" case that Israel is using starvation as a weapon of war in Gaza, a war crime.

The post Phyllis Bennis on Gaza Ceasefire Resolution, Robert Weissman on Boeing Scandal appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

BBC: Gaza starvation could amount to war crime, UN human rights chief tells BBC

BBC (3/28/24)

This week on CounterSpin: A senior UN human rights official told the BBC that there is a “plausible” case that Israel is using starvation as a weapon of war in Gaza, a war crime. Meanwhile, US citizens struggle to make sense of White House policy that seems to call for getting aid to Palestinians while pursuing a course of action that makes that aid necessary, if insufficient.

Phyllis Bennis is senior fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies, an international advisor with Jewish Voice for Peace and a longtime UN-watcher. She joins us with thoughts on the evolving situation.

 

Prospect: Boeing Is Basically a State-Funded Company

American Prospect (10/31/19)

Also on the show: As reporter Alex Sammon outlined five years ago in the American Prospect, the Boeing scandal is an exemplar of the corporate crisis of our age. Putting resources that should’ve been put into safety into shareholder dividends and stock buybacks, selling warning indicators that alert pilots to problems with flight-control software as optional extras, and outsourcing engineering to coders in India making $9 an hour—these weren’t accidents; they were choices, made consciously, over time. So why are media so excited about Boeing’s CEO stepping down, as though his “taking one for the team” means changing the playbook? We hear from Robert Weissman, president of Public Citizen.

 

The post Phyllis Bennis on Gaza Ceasefire Resolution, Robert Weissman on Boeing Scandal appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/29/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza-ceasefire-resolution-robert-weissman-on-boeing-scandal/feed/ 0 466996
Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/#respond Fri, 22 Mar 2024 16:17:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038844 Elite media still can’t quite connect images of floods or fires to the triumphant shareholder meetings of the fossil fuel companies.

The post Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

KXAS: Earth on the brink of key warming threshold after year of ‘chart-busting' extremes, researchers say

KXAS (3/19/24)

This week on CounterSpin: 2023 was the warmest year on record. The World Meteorological Organization announced records once again broken, “in some cases smashed” (their words), for greenhouse gas levels, surface temperatures, ocean heat and acidification, sea-level rise, Antarctic sea ice and glacier retreat.

Climate disruption is the prime mover of a cascade of interrelated crises. At the same time, we’re told that basic journalism says that when it comes to problems that people need solved, yet somehow aren’t solved, rule No. 1 is “follow the money.” Yet even as elite media talk about the climate crisis they still…can’t… quite…connect images of floods or fires to the triumphant shareholder meetings of the fossil fuel companies.

Narrating the nightmare is not enough. We’ll talk about the latest research on climate coverage with Evlondo Cooper, senior writer at Media Matters.

 

Stripped for PartsAlso on the show: Part of what FAIR’s been saying since our start in 1986—when it was a fringe idea, that meant you were either alarmist or benighted or both—is that there is an inescapable conflict between media as a business and journalism as a public service. For a while, it was mainly about “fear and favor”—the ways corporate owners and sponsors influence the content of coverage.  It’s more bare-knuckled now: Mass layoffs and takeovers force us to see how what you may think of as your local newspaper is really just an “asset” in a megacorporation’s portfolio, and will be treated that way—with zero evidence that a source of vital news and information is any different from a soap factory.

Rick Goldsmith’s new film is called Stripped for Parts: American Journalism on the Brink. We’ll hear from him about the film and the change it hopes to part of.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of Israel’s flour massacre.

The post Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/feed/ 0 465765
Gay Gordon-Byrne on Right to Repair, Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Ex-President Conviction https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/gay-gordon-byrne-on-right-to-repair-suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-ex-president-conviction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/gay-gordon-byrne-on-right-to-repair-suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-ex-president-conviction/#respond Fri, 15 Mar 2024 15:52:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038683 Industry still argues that that cellphone isn't really "yours," in the sense that you can't fix it if it breaks.

The post Gay Gordon-Byrne on Right to Repair, Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Ex-President Conviction appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

Person exercising the right to repair

(image: Repair.org)

This week on CounterSpin: About this time seven years ago, John Deere was arguing, with a straight face, that farmers shouldn’t really “own” their tractors, because if they had access to the software involved, they might pirate Taylor Swift music. Things have changed since then, though industry still gets up and goes to court to say that even though you bought a tractor or a washing machine or a cellphone, it’s not really “yours,” in the sense that you can’t fix it if it breaks. Even if you know how, even if you, frankly, can’t afford to buy a new one. More and more people, including lawmakers, are thinking that’s some anti-consumer, and anti-environment, nonsense. We get an update from Gay Gordon-Byrne, executive director of the Repair Association.

 

Juan Orlando Hernández

Juan Orlando Hernández
(photo: Alan SantosPR)

Also on the show: “Former President of Honduras Convicted in US of Aiding Drug Traffickers” is the current headline. You’d never guess from the reporting that Juan Orlando Hernández was a US ally, that the US supported the 2009 coup that went a long way toward creating Honduras’ current political landscape. Instead, you’ll read US Attorney Jacob Gutwillig telling the jury that a corrupt Hernández “paved a cocaine superhighway to the United States.” Because Americans, you see, don’t want to use cocaine; they’re forced to by the wiles and witchery of Honduran kingpins—and, thankfully, one of them has been brought to justice by the US’s moral, as reflected in its judicial, superiority. That’s the narrative you get from a press corps uninterested in anything other than a rose-colored depiction of the US role in geopolitical history. We hear more from Suyapa Portillo Villeda, advocate, organizer and associate professor of Chicana/o–Latina/o transnational studies at Pitzer College, as well as author of Roots of Resistance: A Story of Gender, Race and Labor on the North Coast of Honduras.

The post Gay Gordon-Byrne on Right to Repair, Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Ex-President Conviction appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/15/gay-gordon-byrne-on-right-to-repair-suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-ex-president-conviction/feed/ 0 464226
Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Trump Protection, Alfredo Lopez on Radical Elders https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/08/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-trump-protection-alfredo-lopez-on-radical-elders/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/08/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-trump-protection-alfredo-lopez-on-radical-elders/#respond Fri, 08 Mar 2024 16:40:34 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038547 Donald Trump could declare himself above the law—and that’s just been enabled by a recent Supreme Court ruling.

The post Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Trump Protection, Alfredo Lopez on Radical Elders appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

Vox: The Supreme Court just crushed any hope that Trump could be removed from the ballot

Vox (3/4/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Among the multitude of harms that could rain on this country should Donald Trump become president again, he could order the Department of Justice to drop any charges against him stemming from his fomenting of an insurrection aimed at overturning by violence the results of the 2020 election. Not to put too fine a point on it, Trump could declare himself above the law—and that’s just been enabled by the Supreme Court, which put off until April the legal case wherein Trump declares himself immune to criminal prosecution. The Court can move quickly; they hopped right to the decision that Trump can’t be removed from presidential ballots in the states. But this, we’re to understand, will take, huh, maybe until after the election, to mull. Vox Court-watcher Ian Millhiser says he tries to reserve his “this is an exceptionally alarming decision” voice, but this occasion calls for it. We hear from him this week.

 

Also on the show: Corporate news media have an anti-elder narrative that’s as stupid as it is cruel. “Keep up or you’re in the way,” the line goes, “if you aren’t working 40 to 60 hours a week, you’re a societal drain.” It’s a weird position, erasing and marginalizing elderly people, given that the elderly are a sizable portion of the population, and a community we all get to join if we’re lucky. Alfredo Lopez is a longtime organizer and activist, and a founder of the new group Radical Elders. We talk with him about the space the group seeks to fill.

 

The post Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Trump Protection, Alfredo Lopez on Radical Elders appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/08/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-trump-protection-alfredo-lopez-on-radical-elders/feed/ 0 462886
Victor Pickard on the Crisis of Journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/victor-pickard-on-the-crisis-of-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/victor-pickard-on-the-crisis-of-journalism/#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 15:49:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038441 If we don’t ask different questions about what we need from journalism, we will arrive at the same old unsatisfactory responses.

The post Victor Pickard on the Crisis of Journalism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

This week on CounterSpin: Years ago when media critics called attention to ways corporate media’s profit-driven nature negatively impacts the news, lots of people would say, “But what about the internet?” Nowadays, folks seem to see more clearly that constraints on a news outlet’s content have little to do with whether it’s on paper or online, but on who owns it, who resources it, to whom is it accountable. You’ll see the phrase “crisis of journalism” newly circulating these days, but one thing hasn’t changed: If we don’t ask different questions about what we need from journalism, we will arrive at the same old unsatisfactory responses.

Victor Pickard is a professor at the University of Pennsylvania’s Annenberg School for Communication, and author, most recently, of Democracy Without Journalism? Confronting the Misinformation Society, from Oxford University Press. We talk to him about the crisis of journalism and its future.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of criminalizing journalism, gag rules and diversity data.

The post Victor Pickard on the Crisis of Journalism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/victor-pickard-on-the-crisis-of-journalism/feed/ 0 461546
Gregory Shupak and Trita Parsi on Gaza Assault https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/gregory-shupak-and-trita-parsi-on-gaza-assault/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/gregory-shupak-and-trita-parsi-on-gaza-assault/#respond Fri, 23 Feb 2024 17:02:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038398   This week on CounterSpin: International human rights lawyer Craig Mokhiber told Electronic Intifada recently that the International Court of Justice hearings on the legality of Israel’s 56-year occupation of Palestinian land are the largest case in history—more than 50 countries are taking part in this, and the US is virtually alone…in defending the legality […]

The post Gregory Shupak and Trita Parsi on Gaza Assault appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

Reuters: US blocks ceasefire call with third UN veto in Israel-Hamas war

Reuters (2/20/24)

This week on CounterSpin: International human rights lawyer Craig Mokhiber told Electronic Intifada recently that the International Court of Justice hearings on the legality of Israel’s 56-year occupation of Palestinian land are

the largest case in history—more than 50 countries are taking part in this, and the US is virtually alone…in defending the legality of Israel’s occupation. Most states are affirming its illegality and cataloging Israeli war crimes, crimes against humanity, and other gross violations of international law.

Every day the US falls more out of step with the world in its support for Israel’s violent assault on Gaza. As Mokhiber said, US vetoes of ceasefires in the UN Security Council, after which thousands more were killed, mean the US is directly responsible for those deaths: “Complicity is a crime.” Many in the US press seem divorced from the idea of US responsibility, and somehow we’re seeing more of the opinions of random TV actors than of groups on the ground in Palestine, and international human rights and legal bodies.

We get some update on this unfolding nightmare from author and activist Gregory Shupak, from the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and from Trita Parsi, co-founder and executive vice president at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

 

 

The post Gregory Shupak and Trita Parsi on Gaza Assault appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/23/gregory-shupak-and-trita-parsi-on-gaza-assault/feed/ 0 460256
Ariel Adelman on Disability Civil Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/16/ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/16/ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights/#respond Fri, 16 Feb 2024 16:14:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037348 Acheson v. Laufer is another example of “weaponizing the courts to dismantle labor protections, housing rights and health guidelines.”

The post Ariel Adelman on Disability Civil Rights appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240216.mp3

 

CEPR: Disability Justice and Civil Rights: The Fight Isn’t Over After Acheson v. Laufer

CEPR (1/31/24)

This week on CounterSpin: There’s an announcement on the New York City subway where a voice chirps: “Attention, everyone! There are 150 accessible subway stations!” One can imagine an alternate world where we’d hear, “Only 150 of New York City’s 472 subway stations are accessible, and that’s a problem!”

But people with disabilities are meant to be grateful, excited even, for whatever access or accommodation is made available for them to participate in daily life. There’s often an implied corollary suggestion that any violation of the rights of disabled people is an individual matter, to be fought over in the courts, rather than something to be acknowledged and addressed societally.

The overarching law we have, the Americans with Disabilities Act, is meant to be proactive; it is, the government website tells us, a law, “not a benefits program.” In reality, though, the ADA still meets resistance, confusion and various combinations thereof, 33 years after its passage. And news media, as a rule, don’t help.

The Supreme Court recently dismissed, but did not do away with, a case that gets at the heart of enforcement of civil rights laws for people with disabilities—though not them alone. Acheson v. Laufer is an under-the-radar case that, our guest says, is “part of a pattern of far-right reactionaries weaponizing the courts to dismantle labor protections, housing rights and health guidelines.”

Ariel Adelman is a disability rights advocate and policy analyst. Her piece, with Hayley Brown, appeared recently on CEPR.net, the website of the Center for Economic and Policy Research. She’ll tell us what’s going on and what’s at stake.

      CounterSpin240216Adelman.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of the racist Charles Stuart murder hoax.

      CounterSpin240216Banter.mp3

 

The post Ariel Adelman on Disability Civil Rights appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/16/ariel-adelman-on-disability-civil-rights/feed/ 0 459052
‘It’s Important to Focus on Big Companies Using the Cover of Inflation to Jack Up Prices’ – CounterSpin interview with Rakeen Mabud on greedflation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/14/its-important-to-focus-on-big-companies-using-the-cover-of-inflation-to-jack-up-prices-counterspin-interview-with-rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/14/its-important-to-focus-on-big-companies-using-the-cover-of-inflation-to-jack-up-prices-counterspin-interview-with-rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/#respond Wed, 14 Feb 2024 22:58:26 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037327 "The truth of the matter is there are vested interests for folks to want to vilify workers, to want to vilify big public investments."

The post ‘It’s Important to Focus on Big Companies Using the Cover of Inflation to Jack Up Prices’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed Groundwork Collaborative’s Rakeen Mabud about greedflation for the February 9, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240209Mabud.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: If you buy groceries, you know that prices are high. And if you read the paper, you’ve probably heard that prices are high because of, well, “inflation,” and “shocks to the supply chain,” and other language you understand, but don’t quite understand.

One article told me that

economists see pandemic-related spending meant to stabilize the economy as a factor, along with war-impacted supply chains and steps taken by the Federal Reserve to raise interest rates

—all of which may be true, but still doesn’t really help me see why four sticks of butter now cost $8.

Not to mention that the same piece talks matter of factly about “upward pressure on wages,” which sounds like people who need to buy butter are getting paid more, but I’m pretty sure the language is telling me I’m supposed to be against it.

How do we interpret corporate news media’s coverage of prices? What aren’t they talking about?

Rakeen Mabud is chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Rakeen Mabud.

Rakeen Mabud: Thank you so much for having me. It’s great to be back.

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette: Sen. Bob Casey asks congressional investigators to look at 'greedflation'

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette (1/19/24)

JJ: I want to say, the piece that I’m citing in the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette isn’t a bad piece. It’s just what passes for media explanation of what is a truly meaningful reality. People are really having trouble buying diapers, and buying food. And so to have journalists saying, “Well, it’s because of the blahdy blahdy blahdy blah that you couldn’t possibly understand”—the unclarity of it is galling to me, and it’s politically stultifying. I’m supposed to get mad at inflation, per se?

That’s the kind of informational void that Groundwork Collaborative’s work is intervening in. So let me just ask you to talk about what you find when you look into, for example, high grocery store prices right now.

RM: Yeah, this is a great question, and I love the fact that you’re focusing on the experiences of people, because that’s how we all experience the economy and, frankly, that’s how the economy is made, right, through our actions, through our demand, through our spending. And so it is really important to hone in on what’s going on to people on the ground, as we’re thinking about these big, amorphous concepts like inflation.

And the reality is, as you point out, prices are sky high for people around the country, and folks are really struggling. Grocery prices, obviously, are particularly worth digging into, because there’s a real salience of food prices in everybody’s lives. We all go to the grocery store on a weekly or maybe biweekly basis, and buy groceries to feed ourselves, and feed our families.

And my colleagues at the Groundwork Collaborative, Liz Pancotti, Bharat Ramamurti and Clara Wilson, recently authored a report that really digs into what’s going on with grocery prices. And what they find is that grocery price increases have outpaced overall inflation, and families are now paying 25% more for groceries than they were prior to this pandemic, compared to 19% of overall inflation. So there’s this gap between what folks are paying at the till, and what inflation would suggest.

And this is particularly hitting folks who are on the lower income end of the income distribution harder. In 2022, people in the bottom quintile of the income spectrum spent 25% of their income on groceries, while those in the highest quintile spent just under 3.5%.

And this is a trend that we see across the board with essentials. Because if something is essential, you have to buy it. If you earn less money, a bigger proportion of your income is going to go towards those essentials. And so that means that when you see inflation and, frankly, corporate profiteering, which I’ll get into in a second, showing up in spaces for essential goods, it’s always the people who are most vulnerable who are hit the hardest.

It’s wonderful that you’re really focusing in on groceries. And I think one thing to note, just to zoom out a little bit from grocery prices in particular, is that an underexplored topic still, I think, in the discussions around inflation is the role of corporate profit margins. Because the fact remains that corporate profit margins have remained high and even grown, even as labor costs have stabilized, input costs—the costs of things that are used to produce goods—have come down, and supply chain snarls have started to ease.

And in a different paper by two other of my colleagues, Lindsay Owens and Liz Pancotti, they find that from April to September of 2023, so that’s very recently, corporate profits drove 53% of inflation. When you compare that to the 40 years prior to the pandemic, profits drove just 11% of price growth.

There are a lot of explanations out there of what’s causing inflation, but it’s very important to focus on the role of big companies using the cover of inflation to jack up prices. And they continue to do that, even as their own costs are coming down.

JJ: And I want to say, you can illustrate that point with just data, as these works from Groundwork Collaborative do, but at the same time, you also have, as the kids say, receipts—in other words, earnings calls where CEOs are saying it out loud: Their situation in terms of supply chain, in terms of Covid and whatever, they’re using that as an opportunity to keep prices high.

Other Words: It’s Not ‘Inflation’ — We’re Just Getting Ripped Off. Here’s Proof.

Other Words (1/31/24)

RM: Yes, absolutely. So let’s talk about another essential good, which is diapers. And I think diapers are really a good example, because it illustrates what’s going on right now, and ties together the idea of corporate profiteering, but also this idea that, as scholars Isabella Weber and Evan Wasner put out there, about tacit collusion and implicit collusion. So let’s unpack that. What does that all mean?

So what they write about is that inflationary environments, when prices are rising across the board, it means that companies, especially those that are in a really concentrated market, can raise their prices, precisely because they know that their competitor is going to do the exact same thing. So if you are one of three big companies, and you know that your competitors are also going to raise prices, there’s no reason for you not to raise prices.

And that logic also applies in the reverse. So when costs are coming down, if you know that your competitors are going to keep their prices high, you’re also going to keep your prices high, which is I think why we’re seeing, even as input costs come down, prices are staying high, and people are still paying more than they should be, given the cost of input.

So diapers, right? Diapers, I think, is the perfect example for this. It’s a super, super concentrated market. Proctor & Gamble and Kimberly-Clark control about 70% of the domestic market, and diaper prices have increased by more than 30% since 2019, from about $16–$17 to nearly $22.

The main thing that goes into producing diapers is wood pulp. It’s also the main input into toilet paper, paper towels, basically paper products that we use around the house. The wholesale wood pulp prices really skyrocketed, by 87% between January 2021 and January 2023.

But in 2023, between January and December of 2023, [wood pulp] prices declined by 25%, but diaper prices have remained high. So what’s going on here?

And to your point, the executives at Kimberly-Clark and Procter & Gamble are not hiding the ball. P&G CFO said on their October 2023 earnings call that high prices were a big driver of the reason that they could expand their profit margins, and that 33% of their profits in the previous quarter were driven by lower input costs. And during their July 2023 earnings call, the company predicted $800 million in windfall profits because of declining input costs.

Same thing on the other side, on Kimberly-Clark’s side; their CEO said in October that the company “finally saw inflection in the cost environment.” And he admitted that he believes the company has a lot of opportunity to “expand margins over time,” despite what they’re “doing on the revenue side and also on the cost side.” So despite large input cost decline, the CEO thinks that the company has priced appropriately, and didn’t anticipate a new price deflation.

So diapers, I think, is a really clear example of how these big corporations are exercising their corporate power in a moment where things are a little murky for consumers. We don’t know, necessarily; we don’t have all the data at our fingertips, or the time, frankly, to figure out: Is the box of diapers more expensive for sensible reasons or not? And these big companies are taking advantage of both the information asymmetry, and the particular inflationary environment we’re living in.

JJ: And you don’t have a choice. You’ve got to buy the diapers. You can try to puzzle out why it costs more than it cost a year ago, or six months ago, but you still have to buy them. And that’s the thing.

I want to draw you out on something, because I see articles—it’s not that media are not ever saying “greedflation,” or that they’re completely ignoring the idea that corporations might be keeping prices high to profit, although it’s still not shaping the dialogue in the way that you would hope. But I do see articles that put “corporate profiteering” in scare quotes, as if it’s not a real thing; it’s just an accusation. And I wonder, what do we call “profiteering,” and how does it differ from capitalism doing its capitalism thing?

Rakeen Mabud

Rakeen Mabud: “The truth of the matter is there are vested interests for folks to want to vilify workers, to want to vilify big public investments.”

RM: This is a question that I’ve gotten over the years, as we’ve done this work. It is not necessarily a bad thing for companies to be making a profit. That’s OK. Companies exist to make a profit. What we’re talking about here is really profits above and beyond what they should be making: excess profits, windfall profits, and companies making these profits on the backs of consumers.

The example that I always go back to is just the classic price-gouging example. If you are in the middle of a hurricane or a disaster relief situation, and you are a person who sells bottles of water, or gallon jugs of water—if you jack the prices up because you know that people are going to need that water, because there’s no safe tap water to drink, that’s price-gouging, and that is illegal.

And yet that happens across our economy all the time. And we’ve seen that in particular over the last couple of years, as we’ve experienced the pandemic and have gone through these series of crises. And yet we don’t point it out.

And I think part of the reason this idea is not taken seriously, again, there’s a couple of reasons. The first is that it doesn’t accord with the traditional story of where inflation comes from. The traditional story of where inflation comes from is, workers are super greedy, they’re asking for higher wages. And so we end up with higher wages, which push up prices, which force people to ask for higher wages. And you end up with what economists call a wage-price spiral.

The other factor in the traditional story about where inflation comes from is, too much public investment flooding the economy is just going to jack up prices.

And the reality of the situation is that wasn’t the case here. We have seen historic public investment, and inflation’s come down. We have seen a strong labor market. We haven’t had to put millions of people out of work in order to bring prices down.

And so the textbook story of how inflation works is not really holding water in the moment. It’s not according with literally the reality that we’re seeing in the data.

And the truth of the matter is there are vested interests for folks to want to vilify workers, to want to vilify big public investments, and to continue to perpetuate an environment where big corporations can hold power and hold money and earn windfall profits on the backs of consumers. So I think it’s really important to know that this is a narrative that’s new, and it’s a narrative that is challenging for the dominant stories about how inflation works.

WSJ: Outsize Profits Helped Drive Inflation. Now Consumers Are Pushing Back.

Wall Street Journal (12/2/23)

But the reason it has made a toehold, and I think more than a toehold at this point—I mean, even the Wall Street Journal in December had a headline that said, “Outsize Profits Help Drive Inflation. Now Consumers Are Pushing Back.” The reason it’s gotten its feet on the ground is because of the experience of people across the economy, this is exactly how people are experiencing the economy, and it’s the truth of the matter.

And I think that is really what certainly my work is always trying to do, is let’s get to how people are experiencing the economy and speak to their concerns, because people know what’s up. You don’t need to tell them that big companies are exploiting them. They are very willing to believe it, because it’s how they’ve interacted with the economy for years.

JJ: I have to say, the idea that there’s an abstraction that I’m supposed to pay obeisance to, and it’s going to keep wages down and public investment down, but somehow I’m still supposed to be for it, is kind of strange to me, the idea that I’m supposed to be so opposed to inflation that I’m supposed to be against higher wages for workers, and I’m supposed to be against more public investment. It just shows how far we’ve gone in fealty to an abstraction, essentially, in terms of economic understanding. I find it very odd to have folks saying, “Oh, I don’t want upward pressure on wages, because somehow that’s going to be bad for me ultimately down the road.” It seems to me a kind of distortion of our understanding of the way an economy should work, and who it should serve.

RM: Right, I mean, we are the economy. That’s what we’re always saying at Groundwork, that we are the people, the regular people are the people who are the economy, and it’s our wellbeing that reflects whether the economy is doing well.

And I also think it’s important in conversations about inflation, I think; we pay attention to prices and cost of living and affordability in a moment of crisis. But the truth of the matter is that the high prices that people have been feeling in their household budget long predate this particular inflationary moment: the cost of childcare, the cost of healthcare, the cost of housing, the cost of education. All of these things go beyond what we’re experiencing in this particular moment. They have been burdens on people for decades.

And there are also structural factors that are perpetuating these burdens. So I think housing costs are a really good example. Housing costs are up about 21%, and we have this longstanding shortage of affordable and high-quality housing in this country. There have been instances, over the course of the last couple of years, where we’ve seen big home builders and landlords celebrating inflation as a way to restrict housing supply. Literally had a home builder say, “We could build a thousand more houses, but we’re not going to, because it’s going to help us restrict supply, and therefore jack up the prices of the homes we can build.” We’ve also seen landlords really celebrating inflation as a way to skim a little bit more off the top by raising rent a little bit higher.

So all of that is certainly happening, but we also need to pay attention to broader macroeconomic forces in perpetuating this housing crisis. So one of the best ways, kind of a no-brainer, of addressing a housing supply shortage is to build more houses. But the Federal Reserve, since we last spoke, has embarked on an interest rate–hiking rampage. What does that do? Sky-high interest rates crush new housing construction, because it stymies private investment, and it pushes potential buyers, because of high mortgage rates, back into the rental market, which pushes rents up.

So the Federal Reserve says, “We’re raising interest rates through this theory and this channel that we think works,” which, by the way doesn’t, because again, as I mentioned, we haven’t necessarily seen mass unemployment in order to bring down prices. But they’re saying, we’re trying to bring down prices, guys; we’re trying to bring down prices by raising interest rates. But really what they’re doing is making the problem worse, and they’re perpetuating this cost-of-living crisis that long predates the pandemic.

And so it’s really important, I think, to also call out big institutional actors, like Chair Powell, to lower rates immediately, given that it’s clear from the data that his rate hikes hadn’t had the intended effect, and are actually making the problem worse.

Groundwork Collaborative: What's Driving the Rise in Grocery Prices--and What the Government Can Do About It

Groundwork Collaborative (2/24)

JJ: One of the latest reports from Groundwork is called “What’s Driving the Rise in Grocery Prices–and What the Government Can Do About It.” So let me ask you, finally, and it’s a lot, but what can government do about the problems that we’re talking about?

RM: I think, actually, we’re living in an exciting time when it comes to an expansiveness in the policy tools that folks are thinking about and using in order to bring down prices. We’re not in your 1970s inflationary world, where we’re just hoping that the Federal Reserve does its job and hoping for the best. They’ve sort of been discredited, and, again, time to bring down interest rates.

But we’ve seen President Biden and his administration really taking the issue of profiteering seriously. I mean, just last month, he said to any corporation that has not brought their prices back down, even as inflation has come down, even as supply chains have been rebuilt, it’s time to stop the price-gouging. To have that come from the president, to call out the big corporate actors who are taking advantage of people and lining their coffers, is remarkable.

And I think it’s not just words, right? The administration has taken some really early actions promoting competition in really concentrated markets—like meat packing, a sector that is really driving grocery-price inflation right now.

Agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau are going hard after junk fees. Those are the sort of, when you check into a hotel, it says resort fee, this fee, that fee, and you never really know what you’re paying for. And the truth is, you’re just paying for these companies to get richer, right? So that in banking, overdraft fees, the CFPB has been going hard after junk fees.

The FTC and the DoJ are aggressively using their authority to crack down on the concentration that allows these companies to get away with jacking prices up on consumers.

And so I think what we need to see is a continuation of that. Look at anti-competitive mergers, especially throughout the food industry, but other industries where they’re producing essentials, to make sure that these environments that facilitate and breed both profiteering and tacit collusion are not allowed to be created.  Finalize regulations that improve fairness, competition and resiliency in supply chains.

And then the last policy idea here was—it feels a little bit unrelated, but it’s actually one and the same—we have a big opportunity to tackle the full problem of high prices coming up, because many of the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the 2017 Trump tax cuts, are expiring at the end of 2025. And one of the best ways to tax excess profits is simply to raise the corporate tax rate. That’s it. It’s a pretty easy policy, and one that people understand and can get behind.

JJ: Thank you very much. We’ve been speaking with Rakeen Mabud, chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative, online at GroundworkCollaborative.org. Thank you so much, Rakeen Mabud, for speaking with us this week on CounterSpin.

RM: Thank you so much for having me. It was such a pleasure.

 

The post ‘It’s Important to Focus on Big Companies Using the Cover of Inflation to Jack Up Prices’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/14/its-important-to-focus-on-big-companies-using-the-cover-of-inflation-to-jack-up-prices-counterspin-interview-with-rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/feed/ 0 458751
Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/#respond Fri, 09 Feb 2024 16:17:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037253 The same people who earn wages also buy groceries, and pretending that we’re pitted against one another is not just mis- but disinformation.

The post Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240209.mp3

 

Other Words: It’s Not ‘Inflation’ — We’re Just Getting Ripped Off. Here’s Proof.

Other Words (1/31/24)

This week on CounterSpin: CNN host Dana Bash asked a question in the Republican presidential debate (1/10/24) in Des Moines, Iowa:

The rate of inflation is down. Prices, though, are still high, and Americans are struggling to afford food, cars and housing. What is the single most important policy that you would implement as president to make the essentials in Americans’ lives more [affordable]?

Unfortunately, she asked the question of South Carolina Gov. Nikki Haley, who answered with word salad involving “wasteful spending on a Covid stimulus bill that expanded welfare, that’s now left us with 80 million Americans on Medicaid, 42 million Americans on food stamps.” Haley concluded with the admonition “quit borrowing. Cut up the credit cards.”

“Cut up the credit cards” is interesting advice for people who are having trouble affording diapers, but it’s the sort of advice politicians and pundits dole out, and that corporate news media present as a respectable worldview, worthy of our attention.

There is another view, that acknowledges that the same people who earn wages also buy groceries, and pretending that we’re pitted against one another is not just mis- but disinformation.

Rakeen Mabud is chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative. They have new work on what’s driving grocery prices, that doesn’t involve getting mad at people using food stamps. We’ll hear from her today on the show.

      CounterSpin240209Mabud.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at analogies that encourage genocide.

      CounterSpin240209Banter.mp3

 

The post Rakeen Mabud on Greedflation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/09/rakeen-mabud-on-greedflation/feed/ 0 457832
‘Texas Is Fighting for Its Right to Lay Concertina Wire’ – CounterSpin interview with Aron Thorn on Texas border standoff https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/texas-is-fighting-for-its-right-to-lay-concertina-wire-counterspin-interview-with-aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/texas-is-fighting-for-its-right-to-lay-concertina-wire-counterspin-interview-with-aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 23:01:33 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037232 "We will continue down this really ugly road of, how violent are we willing to get with people? That's the question we're at in 2024."

The post ‘Texas Is Fighting for Its Right to Lay Concertina Wire’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Texas Civil Rights Project’s Aron Thorn about the Texas border standoff for the February 2, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240202Thorn.mp3

NYT: Gov. Abbott’s Policing of Texas Border Pushes Limits of State Power

New York Times (7/26/23)

Janine Jackson: Many see a looming constitutional crisis in Texas, where, as the New York Times put it, Gov. Greg Abbott has been “testing the legal limits of what a state can do to enforce immigration law,” with things like installing razor wire along the banks of the Rio Grande, and physically barring border patrol agents from responding to reports of migrants in distress—in one case, two weeks ago, of a woman and two children who subsequently drowned.

The tone of much corporate news reporting, outside of gleefully racist outlets like Fox, is critical of Texas’ defiance of federal law, but conveys an idea that, yes, there’s a crisis at the border, but this isn’t the way to handle it.

But what if their definition of crisis employs some of the same assumptions and frameworks that drive Abbott’s actions? Precisely how big a leap is it from Biden’s promise that, if he gets a deal for money to Ukraine, he would “shut down the border right now and fix it quickly,” to razor wire in the Rio Grande?

Defining a crisis shapes the ideas of appropriate response. So, is there a crisis at the US Southern border, and for whom?

We’re joined now by Aron Thorn. He’s senior staff attorney at the Beyond Borders program of the Texas Civil Rights Project. He joins us now by phone from the Rio Grande Valley. Welcome to CounterSpin, Aron Thorn.

Aron Thorn: Thank you.

JJ: I want to ask about US immigration policy broadly, but all eyes are on Texas now for a reason. And from a distance, it just looks wild. As an attorney, as a Texan, what are the legal stakes that you see here? It feels a little bit like uncharted territory, even if it has historical echoes, but how alarmed should we be, legally, about what’s happening right now?

Texas Tribune: What is Operation Lone Star? Gov. Greg Abbott’s controversial border mission, explained.

Texas Tribune (3/30/22)

AT: Yeah, I think that is the billion-dollar question for all of us seeing this issue bubble up from the ground, frankly, as a slow boil from a couple of years ago, when Governor Abbott began to establish the Operation Lone Star program, in which he spent billions of Texas taxpayer money to send troops, and put a ton of resources into this state hardening of the US/Mexico border.

We’ve seen an increasing, frankly, level of aggression of the state, towards not only migrants, who are the ones who are caught in the day-to-day violence of being caught up in the razor wire, being met with officers, things like that. But the aggression from the state to the federal government has increased intensely over the last year or so. It is difficult to say that this constitutional crisis, between what a state and the federal government can do, it’s hard to say that that is overblown.

I would say that Texas is absolutely challenging the limits of federalism, to see just how far it can go. And immigration is a perfect vehicle for this kind of test. How far can I push the federal government to act the way that I want the federal government to, on things like immigration, on any other sort of federal issue where the feds are the ones who are responsible under our system? How far can I go?

Immigration is controversial. It’s very sensitive to a lot of folks. A lot of folks do not know a lot about it, and so the images that come out, as you mentioned, they seem chaotic, but this has ramifications for something much beyond immigration.

So when I think of the constitutional crisis, I think about it in this larger sense of, what does this really mean for federalism in this country, right? If the federal government is not able to stand up and assert its dominion over anything—immigration is just the hot topic now—what does that say for the government of our country? And the next time another state doesn’t like what the United States does on, say, environmental regulations, or other things that are cross-border or national, how far can that state take their agenda?

These are questions baked into our political system, they don’t have any solid answers, and Texas is running into that gap to assert that the state, at the end of the day, can assert itself over the federal government when it wants to.

JJ: So it’s important to stay on top of, but for a lot of folks, it’s just kind of a story in the paper. It’s about feds versus states, and it’s kind of about red states and blue states, and I think it’s a little bit abstract—but it’s not abstract or potential or theoretical. There are communities of human beings, as you’ve pointed out, not just at the border, but elsewhere that are being impacted. And I just wonder, how would you maybe have us redefine the scope of impact, so that folks could understand that we’re not talking about a few border communities?

Texan: 'Come and Cut It': Texas Continues Setting Razor Wire Barrier at Southern Border Despite Supreme Court Ruling

Texan (1/24/24)

AT: Yeah, absolutely. I think one angle of this story that we don’t always see, it’s been heartbreaking to see, for example, the state’s rhetoric of “come and cut it,” be very aggressive, “we have a right to defend ourselves,” etc., etc. The, in my opinion, overblown claims about just how many cartel members are among people, just how many drugs they’re finding on people, for example.

The very vast majority of folks who are showing up to the US/Mexico border are folks who are in need of protection, they’re in need of safety, they’re in need of stability. That is the very vast majority of people.

And so something that does not often show up in these stories that is particularly pertinent right now is, let’s be clear, Texas is fighting for its right to lay concertina wire so that people can get caught in it for hours, and get injured and languish there as punishment for trying to seek safety.

And what they want to do is push people back into Mexico where they are kidnapped, assaulted, raped, worse, as punishment for wanting to seek safety. That is what Texas is asserting its right to do. That’s what the Trump administration’s primary goal was on the US/Mexico border. That’s what Greg Abbott’s primary goal is at the US/Mexico border. And we don’t talk about that, as a country, of what that actually looks like every day, what that looks like on the ground.

What we talk about are US communities, we talk about people “taking our jobs,” we talk about the fentanyl that’s coming in—all real issues that are not touched, not controlled, by people who are desperate and are trying to seek safety. So to me, that is one of the biggest holes that I always see in these stories, that we don’t really take: our right to defend our border, but from what?

As a Texan, I don’t think what Texas is doing on the border day-to-day will actually improve the lives of Texans. We are spending billions of dollars of our own tax money for this political ploy that we are improving the lives of Texans, while we are stripping Texans off of Medicaid faster than any other state in the country. Texans are very strapped in an economy where inflation is still an issue, and nothing that we’re doing at our border is going to affect that.

So we don’t talk about where the rubber meets the road for basically anybody in this story. It’s just simply in the political cacophony.

ABC: Record Crossings Amid Texas Border Battle

ABC News (12/19/23)

JJ: When you were on ABC News in December, talking about SB4, which you can talk about, the setup talked about a “tidal wave” of people coming over the southern border—let’s be clear, we’re talking about the southern border, right—the strain on US resources being “unprecedented,” and all of these people were crossing the border “illegally.” And that was the intro for you. And in media, generally, migration itself is sort of pre-framed as a problem, as a crisis; but we haven’t always seen it that way, and we don’t have to see it that way, do we? We kind of need a paradigm shift, it seems like here.

AT: I think you’re absolutely right, and one thing that I sometimes will tell people is, take a step back and really think about it. Migration is one of the most constant things in the entirety of human existence. This is one of the most fundamentally human things that someone can do. If you are suffering in one place for whatever reason, X number of reasons, throughout literal human history, you migrate to a place where you will do better.

Aron Thorn

Aron Thorn: “We will continue down this really ugly road of, how violent are we willing to get with people? That’s the question we’re at in 2024.” (image: ABC News)

Let’s not let the federal government get off the hook. The idea that you can law-enforce your way out of human instinct and human behavior is absurd, and it’s been very present in, obviously, Texas, but the federal government’s policies on the US/Mexico border, for at least 30 years, since at least the early ’90s. This idea that there is such a strain on resources, but yet we have a blank check for enforcement-only policies, that if we are just a little more violent and a little more aggressive towards people trying to come in to get more stability in their lives, then we can prevent something that is a fundamentally human behavior, is absurd.

And we need to have more of a discussion about why we’re sitting here, 30 years later, and we’re at a point where if we lay a hundred more yards of concertina wire, and we cut up a few more women and children, they will stop coming. That is the argument we’re having now, and it’s absurd.

So I absolutely agree that without this paradigm shift of: what are we doing? we will continue down this really ugly road of, how violent are we willing to get with people? That’s the question we’re at in 2024.

JJ: Yeah, I harbor hatred for corporate media for many reasons, but one of them is this PBS NewsHour, real politic for the smart people, that I saw recently, which basically said, calm down, Biden is just “seeking to disarm criticism of his handling of migration at the border as immigration becomes an increasing matter of concern to Americans in the lead up to the presidential election.”

So we’re supposed to just think of it as part of a chess game, and I guess ignore the actual human impact of what these moves are going to be. But I just really resent this media coverage that says, “This is just shadows on the cave wall; it’s really about the election, you don’t really need to worry about it.” I just wonder what you would like to see news media, well, I guess I’m saying do less of, but what could they do more of that would move this issue forward in a humane way?

PBS NewsHour: Share on Facebook
Share on Twitter
President Biden says he’ll shut the U.S.-Mexico border if given the ability. What does that mean?
Politics Jan 29, 2024 6:56 PM EST

WASHINGTON (AP) — President Joe Biden has made some strong claims over the past few days about shutting down the U.S.-Mexico border as he tries to salvage a border deal in Congress that would also unlock money for Ukraine.

The deal had been in the works for months and seemed to be nearing completion in the Senate before it began to fall apart, largely because Republican presidential front-runner Donald Trump doesn’t want it to happen.

READ MORE: Biden says he would shut down U.S.-Mexico border ‘right now’ if Congress sends him a deal

“A bipartisan bill would be good for America and help fix our broken immigration system and allow speedy access for those who deserve to be here, and Congress needs to get it done,” Biden said over the weekend. “It’ll also give me as president, the emergency authority to shut down the border until it could get back under control. If that bill were the law today, I’d shut down the border right now and fix it quickly.”

A look at what Biden meant, and the political and policy considerations at play:
Where is Biden’s tough talk coming from?

Biden wants continued funding for Ukraine in the face of Russia’s invasion. Senate Republicans had initially said they would not consider more money for Kyiv unless it was combined with a deal to manage the border.

As the talks have progressed, Biden has come to embrace efforts to reach a bipartisan border security deal after years of gridlock on overhauling the immigration system. But his statement that he would shut down the border “right now” if Congress passed the proposed deal is more about politics than policy.

He is seeking to disarm criticism of his handling of migration at the border as immigration becomes an increasing matter of concern to Americans in the leadup to the presidential election.
Would the border really shut down under the deal?

No. Trade would continue, people who are citizens and legal residents could continue to go back and forth.

Biden is referencing an expulsion authority being negotiated by the lawmakers that would automatically kick in on days when illegal border crossings reached more than 5,000 over a five-day average across the Southern border, which is currently seeing as many as 10,000 crossings per day. The authority shuts down asylum screenings for those who cross illegally. Migrants could still apply at ports of entry until crossings dipped below 3,750 per day. But these are estimates, the final tally hasn’t been ironed out.

There’s also an effort to change how asylum cases are processed. Right now, it takes several years for a case to be resolved and in the meantime, many migrants are released into the country to wait. Republicans see that as one reason that additional migrants are motivated to come to the U.S.

The goal would be to shrink the resolution time to six months. It would also raise the standards for which migrants can apply for asylum in the first place. The standard right now is broad by design so that potential asylum seekers aren’t left out, but critics argue the system is being abused.
Didn’t Trump also threaten to shut down the border?

Yes. Trump vowed to “shut down” the U.S-Mexico border entirely — including to trade and traffic — in an effort to force Mexico to do more to stem the flow of migrants. He didn’t follow through, though. But the talk was heavily criticized by Democrats who said it was draconian and xenophobic. The closest Trump came was during the pandemic, when he used emergency authorities to severely limit asylum. But trade and traffic still continued.

WATCH: Trump deploys racist tactics as Biden rematch appears likely

The recent echoes of the former president by Biden, who had long argued that Trump’s border policies were inhumane, reflect the growing public concern about illegal migration. But Biden’s stance threatens to alienate progressives who already believe he has shifted too far right on border policies.
Does Biden already have authority to shut down the border?

House Speaker Mike Johnson, a Trump ally and critic of the proposed deal, has argued that presidents already have enough authority to stop illegal border crossings. Biden could, in theory, strongly limit asylum claims and restrict crossings, but the effort would be almost certainly be challenged in court and would be far more likely to be blocked or curtailed dramatically without a congressional law backing the new changes.

“Congress needs to act,” White House Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre said. “They must act. Speaker Johnson and House Republicans should provide the administration with the policy changes and funding needed.”
What is the outlook for the proposed deal?

Prospects are dim.

A core group of senators negotiating the deal had hoped to release detailed text this week, but conservatives already say the measures do not go far enough to limit immigration.

Johnson, R-La., on Friday sent a letter to colleagues that aligns him with hardline conservatives determined to sink the compromise. The speaker said the legislation would have been “dead on arrival in the House” if leaked reports about it were true.

As top Senate negotiator, James Lankford, R-Okla, said on “Fox News Sunday,” that after months of pushing on border security and clamoring for a deal tied to Ukraine aid, “when we’re finally getting to the end,” Republicans seem to be saying; “‘Oh, just kidding, I actually don’t want a change in law because of the presidential election year.'”

Trump is loath to give a win to Biden on an issue that animated the Republican’s successful 2016 campaign and that he wants to use as he seeks to return to the White House.

He said Saturday: “I’ll fight it all the way. A lot of the senators are trying to say, respectfully, they’re blaming it on me. I say, that’s okay. Please blame it on me. Please.”
What happened to Biden’s border efforts so far?

Biden’s embrace of the congressional framework points to how the administration’s efforts to enact a broader immigration overhaul have been stymied.

On his first day in office, Biden sent a comprehensive immigration proposal to Congress and signed more executive orders than Trump. Since then, he has taken more than 500 executive actions, according to a tally by the nonpartisan Migration Policy Institute.

His administration’s approach has been to pair new humanitarian pathways for migrants with a crackdown at the border in an effort to discourage migrants from making the dangerous journey to the U.S.-Mexico border on foot and instead travel by plane with a sponsor. Some policies have been successful, but the number of crossings has continued to rise. He’s also sought to make the issue more regional, using his foreign policy experience to broker agreements with other nations.

Biden’s aides and allies see the asylum changes as part of the crackdown effort and that’s in part why they have been receptive to the proposals. But they have resisted efforts to take away the president’s ability to grant “humanitarian parole” — to allow migrants into the U.S. for special cases during emergencies or global unrest.

Associated Press writer Stephen Groves contributed to this report.

Left: U.S. President Joe Biden delivers remarks during a visit to Dutch Creek Farms in Northfield, Minnesota, U.S., November 1, 2023. Photo by Leah Millis/Reuters
Related

    Biden says he would shut down U.S.-Mexico border ‘right now’ if Congress sends him a deal

    By Zeke Miller, Colleen Long, Meg Kinnard, Associated Press
    Speaker Johnson warns Senate’s bipartisan border deal will be ‘dead on arrival’ in House

    By Stephen Groves, Associated Press

PBS NewsHour (1/29/24)

AT: Yeah, I mean, hearkening back to the last question about a paradigm shift, I think as somebody who has done this work on the ground for many years, started doing this in the middle of the Trump administration, now has seen this through the Biden administration, something that we often remark to each other on the ground is that so much of the Biden administration’s policies have the exact same effect as what the Trump administration was doing, just in a less visceral way.

And so when that is raised to folks—he’s having the same exact effect on the daily lives of migrants—people who would be outraged and out in the streets to protest against Donald Trump, look at the Biden administration having the exact same effect, saying, “Well, he’s trying his best.”

So the idea that it still boils down to the politics of it all: “I just don’t like this person who’s in office, and so anything that he does, if he breathes wrong, I’m going to criticize him,” but yet somebody who has the same effect… It really brings to bear how many folks in this country, this is a theoretical issue for them. When the rubber meets the road, we don’t have a great track record of being truly empathetic and truly smart on migration. “It’s a political football in the right hands, and so I’m going to just agree with whatever the administration does, and I’m certainly not going to critique him,” is not the way that we really get to actual solutions on immigration in this country.

JJ: Are there any policies that are in the works, or about to be in the works? Is there anything that folks can be pulling for, either in Texas or nationally?

AT: That is also a really complicated answer. But one thing I will say, I always raise for folks to think about the guest worker program in this country, and it’s complicated to say in a soundbite type of answer, because labor has its own issues, right? Labor is very exploited in the United States, and so sometimes I don’t want to have this discussion about bringing migrants here just to be exploited by abusive employers, right? That’s not the answer.

However, it is true that economics is one of the biggest drivers of migration trends over the last couple of centuries that we can see, right? Bad economies in other parts of the world encourage people to migrate to the US, and a bad economy in the US actually encourages people to go home. The numbers are there.

And so that is actually true, that a lot of people are coming to seek stability in their lives, or in the lives of people who are still at home. And yet the United States has done everything in its power to either gum up the works of its guest worker program—slashing visas, making things more difficult for whatever reasons—and we are still sitting here with the reality that a significant slice of people would love to come to the United States, make money and go home.

To me, that seems like a no-brainer that both parties could get behind, of “let’s confront that reality,” and if we do not want to absorb these people into our society, let’s allow people to come in, benefit us, benefit themselves, and then return.

There is a significant slice of people who would like to do that, and we do have a guest worker visa program, but every year we make it more difficult, or we don’t want to expand it. An expanded guest worker program, I think, is a step in the right direction, if we don’t want so many people showing up at the US/Mexico border saying, “OK, I have no other viable options. Let me take the way that I need to to protect myself and my family.”

NYT: NYT Invents a Bipartisan Anti-Immigrant Consensus

FAIR.org (1/9/24)

JJ: Ari Paul wrote for FAIR.org recently about how news media—he was writing about the New York Times, but they weren’t alone—make this fake consensus. They had a front-page piece that said, “Biden Faces Pressure on Immigration, and Not Just From Republicans.” And it was the idea that even Democratic mayors and leaders are agreeing: Too many South Americans are trying to get into this land of milk and honey. And what that reporting involves is manipulating statements of local officials who are saying, “We want to welcome immigrants, but we don’t have the resources,” and turning that into, “Nobody wants immigrants in their community.”

And I guess my big beef, among others, with that is that media do us a disservice, confusing people about what we believe and what we are capable of and what we really think. And it just kind of breaks my heart, because it tells people their neighbors think differently than they do. It misleads us about public opinion about the welcoming of immigrants.

And I guess I should have put a question on that, but I can’t think of one, except to say that when communities say, “We need more resources to address this,” that is not the same as them saying, “Migrants out.”

AT: Having worked in immigration now for many years, immigration is such a difficult topic, because underneath the banner of immigration are so many other debates, about US society and culture and race, class, our place in the world, right, foreign policy—the list goes on and on and on. Immigration hits on so many of those realities.

And it hearkens back to, many other different types of groups of folks can tell you about—people of color, for example—having white colleagues who say prejudiced things until they know a person of color, or they say xenophobic things until they know an immigrant.

And I think that this is so deeply challenging because people are stepping to this without having any actual access, easy access, to folks who have gone through this process, and specifically on class, and also on the way that the United States government works, right? I don’t know the exact figure, but DHS’s budget is colossal, and Texas is spending billions of dollars with its own money.

And so everybody’s stepping to this debate of whether this person should “have not broken the law.” But we have gotten to this place by spending all of this money we could use welcoming people, putting welcoming infrastructure in place, we’re using it on enforcement. No wonder we don’t have any money to welcome people into our communities, and that’s frustrating and hurtful to you. And then also you’re stepping with all of these biases, because that’s a real challenge we have in our society.

Yeah, no wonder, it’s very easy to point fingers at that person. It is the culmination of all of these other real societal ills that we grapple with every single day. No other issue hits on so many at the same time.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Aron Thorn; he’s senior staff attorney at the Beyond Borders program at the Texas Civil Rights Project. Aron Thorn, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AT: Yes, thank you.

 

The post ‘Texas Is Fighting for Its Right to Lay Concertina Wire’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/texas-is-fighting-for-its-right-to-lay-concertina-wire-counterspin-interview-with-aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/feed/ 0 457466
Aron Thorn on Texas Border Standoff https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/02/aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/02/aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/#respond Fri, 02 Feb 2024 16:32:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037187 What if there isn’t a "border crisis" so much as an absence of historical understanding, of empathy, of community resourcing?

The post Aron Thorn on Texas Border Standoff appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240202.mp3

 

Texas Tribune: U.S. Supreme Court says Texas can’t block federal agents from the border

Texas Tribune (1/22/24)

This week on CounterSpin: The Supreme Court ruled that federal agents can remove the razor wire that Texas state officials have set up along parts of the US/Mexico border. Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton said that “allows Biden to continue his illegal effort to aid the foreign invasion of America.” Elite news media, for their part, suggest we seek a hallowed middle ground between those two worldviews.

Corporate media are filled with debate about the best way to handle the “border crisis.” But what if there isn’t a border crisis so much as an absence of historical understanding, of empathy, of community resourcing, and of critical challenge to media and political narratives—including that reflected in President Joe Biden’s call to allow access for “those who deserve to be here”?

We hear from Aron Thorn, senior staff attorney at the Beyond Borders program of the Texas Civil Rights Project.

      CounterSpin240202Thorn.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of Gaza protest and the New Hampshire primary.

      CounterSpin240202Banter.mp3

 

The post Aron Thorn on Texas Border Standoff appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/02/aron-thorn-on-texas-border-standoff/feed/ 0 456482
‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ – CounterSpin interview with Monifa Bandele on reimagining public safety https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/#respond Wed, 31 Jan 2024 23:28:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037142 "What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis,"

The post ‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Movement for Black Lives’ Monifa Bandele about reimagining public safety for the January 26, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240126Bandele.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Redirecting public resources away from punitive policing and toward community-centered mechanisms of public safety like housing, like healthcare, is the sort of idea that, years from now, everyone will say they always supported. Talking heads on TV will stroke their chins and recount the times when “it was believed” that police randomly harassing people of color on the street would decrease crime, and that neighborhoods would greet police as liberators.

The ongoing harms of racist police violence, and the misunderstanding of ideas about responses, are illustrated in new research from the Movement for Black Lives and GenForward.

And joining us now to talk about it is Monifa Bandele, activist with Movement for Black Lives, as well as senior vice president and chief strategy officer at MomsRising. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Monifa Bandele.

Monifa Bandele: Thank you for having me.

JJ: Let me ask you to start with the findings of the latest from Mapping Police Violence. I suspect some folks might be surprised, because we’re not seeing police killings on the front page so much anymore. But what did we learn, actually, about 2023?

MB: What we saw in 2023 was actually the highest number on record of police killing civilians in the United States since we’ve been documenting, which was higher than 2022, which 2022 was a record breaker. So police killings have actually been increasing year over year.

Contrary to what people believe about the activism of 2020—and while we have seen emerge very important and successful local initiatives to shift public safety away from police into community alternatives, and those things are working—overall, across the country, there’s been an increase in police budgets. So police budgets have gone up, these killings have gone up, and the data shows locally, in places like New York, which you can maybe say it’s happening all over the country, is death in incarceration is also increasing.

So just in January, here in New York City where I live, you’ve already seen two people die on Rikers Island, and the first month of the year isn’t even over.

JJ: Yeah. Let’s get into the new perspectives on community safety, because so often we see corporate news media’s defense of police violence presented as, “It’s just liberal elitists who oppose things like stop and frisk. The people in these communities actually support aggressive policing, because they’re the victims of crime.” So, it’s “you can pick safety over safety,” and it’s this false frame. And what’s interesting and exciting about this new report is the way it disengages that.

So tell us about this “Perspectives on Community Safety From Black America.” What was the listening process? And then, what do you think is most important in the findings?

M4BL: Perspectives on Community Safety From Black America

Movement for Black Lives (12/5/23)

MB: Absolutely. Black people are just like any other people, right, all over the world. And so, for a long time, people had no idea what options there could be, what alternatives there could be, for community safety other than policing.

It’s not just presented in our policies and what we see on the streets, we’re fed a daily dose of it in our larger popular culture. The police shows, the true crime series. All of your favorite actors at some point have been on the policing shows, or even if it’s shows about “gangsters” or “criminals,” it really has what we call this copaganda—which is police propaganda—storyline, which ultimately says, you need police, you need vigilantes, you need this tough-on-crime entity in order to have some semblance of safety in your community.

So I’m actually really proud and impressed in the Black community, because what our report shows is that, even though we are really bombarded, millions and millions of dollars are spent to convince people that this is the only way that you can get safety, and people have lived their entire lives only experiencing this one model, that large portions of our community are really questioning that, and are really listening to folks who are saying: “Hey, we actually know what keeps us safe. We know that people need care and not punishment.”

And this is something that, while we do it sometimes in our buildings and in our tenant associations or in our families, this could be scaled up community-wide. This could be scaled up citywide, statewide, nationally, where we actually figure out and get to the root of violence. You prevent most of it from happening, because you have the right mechanisms in place. And then when people are in crisis, and may cause harm to themselves or others, we combat that by giving them what they need to not be in crisis in that moment.

So the report is showing us, really, that 2020, where the discussion around “defund the police” really, really exploded, it’s not that we’re in a retreat of that, but that it launched a conversation, and that that conversation is growing year over year, and people are saying, you know what? I’m sick of people dying on Rikers Island who have yet to, one, be charged with anything, and even if they were, they shouldn’t be dying incarcerated. And I’m sick of feeling the fear of my loved ones when they interact with the police, and having to feel like that’s also the only way that we can be safe.

JJ: Well, to me, the fact that the report shows that support for alternative responses, for community-centered responses, goes up when specific solutions are named, solutions rooted in prevention, in things like mental health—when you name possible responses, folks can see them and believe in them. And, of course, the flip side is—and I’m a media critic—when those responses and alternatives are never named, or are presented as “not feasible” or marginal, then that’s a factor in whether or not people believe that they’re possible. So this report to me is really about possibilities, and how we need to see them.

Monifa Bandele

Monifa Bandele: “What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis.”

MB: Absolutely. And it also disrupts the myth that somehow people who believe in the abolition of police and policing aren’t concerned with public safety. When mass media report on, initially, the Vision for Black Lives, and the demand to defund the police, and take off the whole entire invest/divest framework that’s also presented in that same platform, they actually are misrepresenting the demand, and therefore causing people to look at it through a false prism.

What invest/divest demands is the investing in mental health support, the investing in first responders who actually know what to do in a crisis, depending on what the crisis is. People know that when all you have is a hammer, everything is a nail, and that that’s not effective.

And we also have to remember that, particularly around this mental health crisis piece, we are in a larger mental health crisis right now. We know the stories of Mohamed Bah and Daniel Prude and Walter Wallace, and these are recent cases where families called for help. They called for an ambulance, or they called to get some mental health support for someone having an emotional health episode, and the police come and kill them. These are real families, and communities and people recognize, “You know what? I’m actually being duped here. I’m left with a solution that’s not a solution. It doesn’t work. And no one is talking about the alternative, because I actually picked up the phone to call for help, I called for care, and instead what I got was cops.”

So the solutions are named by activists, and that is growing. It’s spreading, because it also just speaks to what people know. People know that in their heart. Sometimes even on my own block, I have a neighbor who has mental health episodes, and we send around an email to the block association saying, “Don’t dial 911, because they might come and kill her.”

JJ: Well, I thank you very much, and I just want to ask you, finally, there’s kind of a conversation happening about whether we’re “saving journalism,” or whether we’re serving people’s information needs. And I’m loving that paradigm shift, because it’s like, are we trying to stave up existing institutions, just because they’re existing institutions, or do we want to actually have a vision of things being different? And do we want to look at the needs those institutions say they’re serving, and talk about other ways to meet those needs? So there’s a conversation even about reporting that is about some of these same questions.

And I just wanted to ask you, journalism is a public service. Corporate media is a profit-driven business, but journalism can be a public service. And I wonder what you think reporting could do to help propel this forward-looking movement forward? What would good journalism on this set of issues look like to you?

Fox: Teenager Shot, Killed in Ferguson Apartment Complex

Fox‘s KTVI (8/9/14) reporting the police killing of Mike Brown.

MB: Good journalism would have to be brave journalism. Some of the things that we see when it comes to reporting on police violence, when it comes to reporting on death in prisons, or torture, solitary confinement, false imprisonment, is that all of a sudden, journalists lose—it’s almost like, did you take writing?

I mean, passive voice when it comes to state violence, it makes my skin crawl. It speaks to the anxiety and the fears of the individual reporter to not name a thing a thing. “Police kill 14-year-old” instead of “14-year-old dies”—that would be rejected by my English teacher if I wrote it. How are we all of a sudden not these brave truthtellers and storytellers?

So one of the things that we really do need is a level of integrity when it comes to state violence, and we find very few outlets and very few journalists stick to that, regardless of where they lean on the subject, or how they feel overall about prison and policing abolition, but just to say, this thing happens to this family, to this individual, and the perpetrator is this person, and they are in the police department.

And the reason why we were always taught not to use too passive a voice, because it does alter one’s feeling about what you’re saying about the incident, right? Someone just walks down the street and dies? That’s going to make me feel a lot different than if you articulate if they were killed, and this person was killed by this other person, or this entity or this institution.

And then we have to really figure out how to separate the money, because I think a lot of that fear, a lot of that lack of bravery of reporting, has to do with the fact that this is how we get paid, or this is how our institution, when we talk about corporate media, this is how we stay on the air, or this is how we keep the papers printed, is that we are owned by someone who’d be very upset if we were too truthful about this.

I’m also really excited about community-based reporting, some podcasts that I’ve seen emerge, where people are telling the stories of their communities, and the voices of members of the communities, like really reporting self-determination, so to speak, emerging that I’ve been listening to. I think these are all really important ways to counter what we’re seeing in corporate media, where it seems like the story is twisted in a pretzel to support the status quo.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Monifa Bandele, activist with the Movement for Black Lives. You can find the report that we’re talking about, “Perspectives on Community Safety from Black Americans,” at M4BL.org. Thank you so much, Monifa Bandele, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MB: Thank you.

 

The post ‘We Know What Keeps Us Safe: People Need Care and Not Punishment’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/31/we-know-what-keeps-us-safe-people-need-care-and-not-punishment-counterspin-interview-with-monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety/feed/ 0 456096
‘If You Can’t Choose Your Own Leaders, Nothing Else Matters’ – CounterSpin interview with Svante Myrick on roadblocks to voting https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/if-you-cant-choose-your-own-leaders-nothing-else-matters-counterspin-interview-with-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/if-you-cant-choose-your-own-leaders-nothing-else-matters-counterspin-interview-with-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/#respond Tue, 30 Jan 2024 22:52:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037117 "The Republicans have turned their entire apparatus, not into improving people's lives, but into taking away their right to vote."

The post ‘If You Can’t Choose Your Own Leaders, Nothing Else Matters’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed People For the American Way’s  Svante Myrick about roadblocks to voting for the January 26, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240126Myrick.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: We can argue that, with gerrymandering, Citizens United and the power of money—and even the Electoral College—“one person, one vote” is not the simple recipe for fully participatory democracy that we might wish. Still, voting—voting rights, voting access—is the definition of a keystone issue that shapes many, many other important issues.

So how and why have voting rights become a contested field in a country that, as I say, has democratic aspirations, and what can we do, what are we doing about it?

We’re joined now by Svante Myrick, president of People For the American Way, and former mayor of Ithaca, New York. Welcome to CounterSpin, Svante Myrick.

Svante Myrick: Thank you so much for having me on. Really appreciate it, and all of us here at People For the American Way appreciate the chance to talk about this issue.

Grio: Voting rights face more threats today than Jim Crow era, advocate says

Grio (8/6/23)

JJ: Wonderful. Well, let me just ask it simply: What are currently the chief impediments to voting rights that you see, that have led you to say, “It’s up to us to march again,” or that have led Sen. Raphael Warnock to talk about “democracy in reverse”? What are we up against?

SM: I wish I could tell you that, hey, there are simple, small fixes. There’s a challenge in a country of 360 million people making sure ballots arrive on time. I wish I could tell you that there was a bureaucratic or technocratic problem.

But the truth is, it’s something more akin to a war, in which one half of the American political spectrum, that half that is beholden to extreme MAGA Republicans, is set out to intentionally disenfranchise people of voting. And they really have not been more plain-spoken about this at any time since the ’60s, since George Wallace and since the KKK.

There was a time where both sides agreed that voting is good, and everybody should have a right to vote. Especially after the 2020 election, led by Donald Trump, state legislators—people who are not household names, folks that you won’t often see on CNN or MSNBC—state legislators are taking their cues from Donald Trump and passing dozens and dozens…. I just came from Utah, where yet another law was passed that makes it harder to vote. Utah used to have very good voting laws. Everybody got a ballot in the mail. You could just fill it out, send it back in. You had weeks and weeks to do it. They just repealed that. Why? Is it because Donald Trump lost Utah? No, it’s because the state legislators are trying to curry favor with a president that just, frankly, does not want everyone’s vote to count.

And if it’s OK, if I just say what probably is obvious to many of your listeners, but I think it deserves to be said: They’re not trying to take away everyone’s right to vote. They’re trying to take away certain people’s right to vote. I’m a Black American, and I just know for a fact that this Trump-led faction of the Republican Party would love for Black Americans’ votes not to be counted. And I know that because they are moving with almost surgical precision to disenfranchise people like me and my family.

JJ: And then we see it also, you’re talking about a kind of top-down motivation, and then we see it also at the Supreme Court, and listeners will know about Shelby County v. Holder in 2013, but there were serious impacts from that as well.

Guardian: Academic freedom is the loser when big donors hound US university presidents

Guardian (12/12/23)

SM: We here at People For the American Way, we are fighting really hard at every state legislature, at every level, to make sure people have a right to vote. Because we think if you can’t choose your own leaders, then nothing else matters. As they say, if you can’t choose from the menu, then you’re what’s for dinner, right?

And that is about voting rights. It’s about the voting laws. But, as you mentioned the Supreme Court, it’s also about money. It’s about money in politics. And if a few wealthy billionaires can throw their weight around, as we’re seeing now, and extort university presidents, and donate unlimited amounts of dark money to whatever shady person that they like because of whatever deal they’ve made behind closed doors, then we don’t live in a true democracy anyway.

And so when the Supreme Court made its Citizens United decision, it allowed that corporations were people, and money was speech, and that money and speech should be unlimited. They really put us on a dark path, one that we’re still living with today.

So we were also here, People For the American Way, fighting to get money out of politics, to overturn Citizens United, but also to pass things like matching funds for elections, and the stuff that would make it easier for people, frankly, like me—people who grew up without a lot of money, folks who are not the sons of senators, folks who are not in the pockets of big corporations—to run for office and to win.

JJ: Despite what we’ve just said, or in part because of it, I am surprised when people are surprised that people don’t vote. While I lament it, I see the fact that some people just don’t see a connection between this lever they pull, and the policies and laws governing their lives. I see that as an indictment of the system, and not of the people.

And so I wanted to ask you to talk about what we’ve seen labeled “low-propensity voters,” and different responses, like what People For is talking about, responses that are better than saying, “These people are so dumb, they don’t even know how to vote their own interests.”

SM: And that’s so well-said. Certainly our system has failed in many ways. But extreme right-wingers have also been waging an 80-year war, maybe longer, to convince Americans that government does nothing for them, that their representatives don’t improve their lives. And so when they do things like starve schools and school budgets, starve road budgets so that there are potholes in the street, and try to shrink government down to a size where you can drown it in a bathtub, they make sure it is dysfunctional, from Reagan to George W. Bush to Donald Trump, they break the system, and then say, “Hey, see, government, it can’t work at all. Why bother? Why bother to vote at all?”

And so I think it is good to remind yourself that, for the average American, who is not listening to CNN or MSNBC all day—first of all, they’re probably happier; their blood pressure’s lower—but that they’ve also been subject to generations of misinformation about the power of collective action and how much better their circumstances, their lives, the quality of their life, the health of their finances could be if we lived in a country that took more collective action, like we see, frankly, in some Scandinavian nations, where folks really trust that the power of their vote is going to lead to positive, progressive change.

JJ: Is there legislation, or are there moves afoot, that could be responsive or would be responsive to the suppressive efforts that we’re seeing? Are there things to pull for in terms of policy?

SM: Yes, absolutely. So if people go to PFAW.com, you could see all of the work that we’re doing at each state legislature.

Now, of course, fighting state by state is an inefficient way to do this. The best way to reclaim our own democratic power is to pass federal legislation, what we call the For the People Act, that would make it easier for people to run for office, easier for people to vote, easier for people to have their voices heard.

We’re also fighting at the federal level to overturn Citizens United. This is a complicated and lengthy process, to overturn a Supreme Court decision, but you can do it. We are well on our way, and we encourage people to join us.

JJ: Finally, let me ask you about journalism. Certainly we see all kinds of problems with election coverage, from ignoring down-ballot races that we know can be critical, to focusing on horse race and heavy-handed polling, almost everything but candidates’ actual plans for what they would do and how that would affect us. Coverage of voting rights is not the same as election coverage, but certainly, election coverage gives an opening to talk about those issues. Are there things that you’d like to see more or less of from media?

Svante Myrick

Svante Myrick: “The Republicans have turned their entire apparatus, not into improving people’s lives, but into taking away their right to vote.”

SM: For sure, and you’ve just listed a whole host of them. Honestly, the constant coverage of polling does have a suppressive effect on the vote, because people, when they just listen and follow the polls, they feel like the vote already happened. At least they feel like they know what’s going to happen, why bother, we’re down two, we’re up four, they don’t need my vote. It’s already done. So that’s one problem.

The media can help people understand that all this harping about elections and voter disenfranchisement is not dweeby and nerdy. It can seem it, a little bit. It’s like in my family, I was the one that always had the rule book for Monopoly, and I was like, “You can’t do that. The rules are important. Do not pass Go.” And other people are like: “I don’t want to talk about the rules for how we decide this stuff. I just want my streets to be better paved.”

I think if the media could help folks understand that he who makes the rules determines the outcome. Whatever it is you care about, whatever it is you’re voting for, if it’s for better healthcare, if it’s peace in the Middle East, if it’s for more money for you and your family, if it’s for a better quarterback for the New York Giants, finally—whoever sets up the rules of the game helps make sure that their outcome is more likely.

And Republicans know that, frankly, better than Democrats do. The Republicans have turned their entire apparatus, not into improving people’s lives, but into taking away their right to vote. So that as soon as they have total power, like they do in places like Tennessee, for example, they can start expelling lawmakers that they don’t like. They can cut corporate taxes basically to zero, and they can abandon the poor and the middle class. And they do all that by making it harder for people to vote first.

JJ: And we won’t know what we’ve got until it’s gone. Yeah.

We’ve been speaking with Svante Myrick. He’s president of People For the American Way. Svante Myrick, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SM: Absolutely my pleasure. Thank you.

 

The post ‘If You Can’t Choose Your Own Leaders, Nothing Else Matters’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/30/if-you-cant-choose-your-own-leaders-nothing-else-matters-counterspin-interview-with-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/feed/ 0 455857
Monifa Bandele on Reimagining Public Safety, Svante Myrick on Roadblocks to Voting https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/#respond Fri, 26 Jan 2024 16:51:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9037037 Communities are hard at work reimagining public safety without punitive policing. There’s new work on those possibilities.

The post Monifa Bandele on Reimagining Public Safety, Svante Myrick on Roadblocks to Voting appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240126.mp3

 

Guardian: 2023 saw record killings by US police. Who is most affected?

Guardian (1/8/24)

This week on CounterSpin: Elite media can give the impression that problems wax and wane along with their attention to them. And, not to put too fine a point on it, they’re done with police brutality.

So if you think news media show you the world, you’ll be surprised to hear that 2023 saw killings by law enforcement up from the previous year, which was up from the year before that. More than 1,200 people were killed, roughly three people every day, including not just those shot dead, but those fatally shocked by a stun gun, beaten or restrained to death. Thirty-six percent of those killed were fleeing, and, yes, they were disproportionately Black.

As far as corporate media are concerned, we’ve tried nothin’, and we’re all out of ideas. Communities, on the other hand, are hard at work reimagining public safety without punitive policing. There’s new work on those possibilities, and we hear about it from Monifa Bandele from the Movement for Black Lives.

      CounterSpin240126Bandele.mp3

 

FAIR: July 1, 2014Study Confirms Our Wealth-Controlled Politics

Extra! (7–8/14)

Also on the show: There is little research that is more important or less acknowledged than that from Princeton’s (now UCLA’s) Martin Gilens and Northwestern’s Benjamin Page in 2014 on the translation of public opinion into public policy. They looked at more than 1700 policies over 20 years and concluded that where economic elite views diverged from those of the public—as they would—the public had “zero estimated impact upon policy change, while economic elites are still estimated to have a very large, positive, independent impact.”

Awareness of that fundamental disconnect is always relevant—but maybe especially when it comes to election season, where corporate coverage suggests we have an array of choices, we’re able to vote for people to represent our interests and choose our way forward, and let the most popular candidate win! We know it’s not like this, but the reporting that could show us how and why elections don’t work the way we think they do, is just not there, in a vigorous, sustained way. Add that to amped-up efforts to impede voting, even in this imperfect system, and people get discouraged—they don’t vote at all, and problems are compounded. So how do we acknowledge flaws in the system while still encouraging people to participate, and to fight the roadblocks to voting that we’re seeing right now?

We get at that with Svante Myrick, president of People For the American Way, as well as former mayor of Ithaca, New York.

      CounterSpin240126Myrick.mp3

 

The post Monifa Bandele on Reimagining Public Safety, Svante Myrick on Roadblocks to Voting appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/monifa-bandele-on-reimagining-public-safety-svante-myrick-on-roadblocks-to-voting/feed/ 0 454975
‘When You’re in a Colonial Situation, the Colonial Power Initiates Violence’ – CounterSpin interview with Gregory Shupak on Gaza and genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-youre-in-a-colonial-situation-the-colonial-power-initiates-violence-counterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-youre-in-a-colonial-situation-the-colonial-power-initiates-violence-counterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/#respond Tue, 23 Jan 2024 23:00:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036973 "This notion that Israel is defending itself relies on the preposterous assumption that the violence began on October 7."

The post ‘When You’re in a Colonial Situation, the Colonial Power Initiates Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed University of Guelph-Humber‘s Gregory Shupak about Gaza and genocide for the January 19, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240119Shupak.mp3

 

NYT: Don’t Turn Away From the Charges of Genocide Against Israel

New York Times (1/12/24)

Janine Jackson: The New York Times has recently published an op-ed by journalist Megan Stack, who calls out US officials’ “glib dismissal” of the International Court of Justice case brought by South Africa against Israel. “Meritless,” she says, seems to be the agreed-upon term.

The paper also ran columnist Michelle Goldberg’s “America Must Face Up to Israel’s Extremism,” where she criticized attempts by the Biden administration to draw a bright line between statements from Israeli officials that their open goal is the ethnic cleansing of Gaza, and those of Prime Minister Netanyahu, to whom, she notes, America continues to give unconditional backing.

Better than a poke in the eye, do op-eds and critical comments below the fold represent meaningful change in US corporate news media’s approach to Israel/Palestine?

We’re joined now by Greg Shupak. He teaches English and media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and he’s author of the The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media, from OR Books. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Gregory Shupak.

Gregory Shupak: Hi, thanks for having me back.

JJ: I know that you have a long view of Western news media coverage of the occupation, of the human rights of Palestinians, so I wanted to start by asking your thoughts on the present—like, January 18 moment. It feels like the sheer scale of the horror in Gaza, plus the International Court of Justice case submitted by South Africa, are forcing something. Long-serving narratives are being strained. But maybe that’s me looking at social, people-to-people media, and I know better than to expect real epiphanies from corporate media. What is your sense of the adequacy of the relationship of news media to reality right now, and are you seeing any change?

WaPo: South Africa’s false charges of Israeli ‘genocide’ carry a heavy price

Washington Post (1/15/24)

GS: I’m not seeing much significant change. You mentioned, for example, the South African case, and if you go to, say, look through the Washington Post opinion/editorial pages, and just search “South Africa” and “genocide,” “Israel,” whatever key terms you want to string together, you’ll find that you basically get a range of opinion where the spectrum is from Max Boot, on one hand, really being frothing in rage about South Africa accusing Israel of genocide, and then, at the other end of the spectrum, you get Fareed Zakaria saying, “Well, it’s not genocide, but maybe it’s disproportionate.” So you don’t get a lot of admission of the fact that there’s really strong evidence for this genocide accusation.

That’s one example of how the most current events in Palestine and in the region, in fact, are being covered. There’s relatedly pretty strong endorsements in the Post, again, for instance, of the bombings of Yemen—ostensibly aimed at Ansar Allah, which are typically referred to as the Houthis—so an endorsement of broadening of US and its allies’ violence to even more theaters in the region.

I’d also point out that I feel like, and I don’t know, this may be more of a blessing than anything, but I feel like there’s less attention, in some ways, than there ought to be, given the scale and pace of the massacres in Gaza. So as far as I can tell, there’s nothing in the New York Times editorial relating substantively in any way to Gaza since December 8, and that might not be a bad thing, because it’s sparing us from having to be subjected to what the New York Times‘ editorial board has been saying about Gaza when they’ve written on it. But that’s quite a long gap, over a month, when you consider that we’re dealing with upward of 30,000 Palestinian deaths in just about four months now.

JJ: One thing that makes me think of is the way that US news media are so US-centric. It’s a joke. There can be an earthquake in Indonesia that kills 5,000 people, and the headline will be “Four Americans Killed.” I guess that’s different in Canada, but US citizens who rely on the news won’t know the history, not just of other countries, but of the US relationship to those countries. So events seem to come from nowhere, and narratives are easier to sell. The lack of history in the media is playing in here.

NYT: An Aid Package That Invests in American Security Goals

New York Times (12/8/23)

GS: Absolutely. That’s really been pretty central with the coverage as it regards to the Yemenis, who have been attempting to enforce the shipping blockade on Israel to stop the assault on Gaza. The coverage has really done little to mention at all, and even less to mention accurately, the role that the US and other allies, including Canada and the UK, have played in really obliterating Yemen from, well, since at least the Saudi/UAE attacks on the country, which went from 2014 until a sort of tentative truce just over a year ago.

That’s pretty crucial context to understand, not only the position that the movements in Yemen, specifically Ansar Allah, have taken with regard to the Western powers that are attacking them, but also in just making clear how obscene it is to reignite this war on Yemen, which killed—there’s a shortage of reliable figures, but tens, probably perhaps hundreds of thousands–brought cholera back into the country, really laid waste to it. So that’s a pretty glaring omission in the coverage.

With regard to Gaza, you’re right about the US-centric character of it. I mentioned the last New York Times op-ed dealing with it, and it was called “An Aid Package That Invests in US Security Goals.” And so that’s how US aid to Israel, military aid to Israel, is framed in this piece, as being part of “security goals.” It’s quite explicit in the first two paragraphs that the authors of the editorial think it’s “essential” that Congress approve $14.3 billion in arms assistance to Israel, and it calls that a US “security goal.”

I don’t know how this is supposedly related to US “security,” with security in scare quotes. Perhaps the editors are afraid that Americans are in danger of being treated by Palestinian doctors if Israel doesn’t murder enough of them. But this really speaks to what you said about the US-centric framing of it, that, among other things, the primary concern here has to be not stopping this genocidal slaughter, but some really nebulous, unspecified US “security goals” that supposedly are enhanced by slaughtering Palestinian children.

JJ: And I guess fitting with that US-centered frame is another damaging failing of corporate journalism, which is this crude “winners and losers” frame about international relations, that makes international courts, truth and reconciliation councils, even the UN, all of the structures and devices that folks have created to address international conflict with something other than bombs and bloodshed (and then the attendant economies that are centered on military spending)—in the news media, that’s all kind of silly and performative and tangential to real life. Those things are not taken seriously, and I feel like that’s going to come into play also with this International Court of Justice case.

GS: I think the two ways that international legal proceedings are portrayed, on the rare occasions, we do have to say, that they target US allies, primarily Israel or, in a couple of cases historically, the US itself, is either that they’re a joke to not be taken seriously, or some kind of unfair witch hunt, which is a big part of what we see in terms of the way that the South African case against Israel is being carried out.

The other side, the other related form of it, is that if it’s not a joke, it’s presented as equivalent to military warfare, right? As if that’s the real violence, or somehow that’s as bad as—I mean, it’s not bad at all. It’s the alternative to violence, but it’s presented as attacking Israel, as if prosecuting a state for severe human rights violations and violations of international law, or suing it, I should say, as if somehow that’s comparable to what Israel is doing, with its actual attacks, leveling hundreds of thousands of homes in Palestine, rendering the hospital system dysfunctional, blowing up every university in Gaza. These things are somehow used describing, the same language at best, when we’re lucky, as legal actions being pursued to try to stop those things.

FAIR: ‘Israel-Hamas War’ Label Obscures Israel’s War on Palestinians

FAIR.org (12/8/23)

JJ: Right, “diplomacy is weakness,” I think it’s fair to say, in corporate news media. That’s what you don’t want to do. But then if it happens, then, yeah, you portray it as singling out and attacking particular powers.

Part of being a media critic is attentiveness to language, not just for its own sake, but because we know that words and phrases have weight and freight, if you will. You wrote for FAIR.org about the work done by the words that we’re seeing: “A battle between Israel and Hamas,” “this is a war between Israel and Hamas.” What are you getting at there? And do you see other tropes or lazy language that trouble you?

GS: So to answer the first question, I would say what I’m getting at is that, essentially, when the media cover what’s happening as being an “Israel/Hamas war,” it really does Israel a favor by presenting its campaign as being much more narrowly targeted than it is in practice, because that sounds to, I think, most people’s ears like a war between a guerilla army and a state and its military, which is going to sound more legitimate than the much more accurate ways that one might describe what’s happening, such as “Israel’s war on Gaza,” for example.

I just simply don’t think that it’s at all reasonable to describe what’s happening as an “Israel/Hamas war” when journalists based in Gaza, Palestinian journalists, when schools in Gaza, when hospitals, when UN refugee centers, when all of these places, not to mention residential homes, power generators, water sanitation systems, etc., etc., when all these things are destroyed, I mean, that’s not a war against a guerilla army.

I think it packs a particular punch to the kind of American ear—or the Western ear; it certainly works the same way in Canada—to describe what’s happening as an “Israel/Hamas war,” because Hamas has been thoroughly demonized in the media since it has existed. It’s presented as nothing other than this irrational group of religious fanatics that’s dedicated to violence for its own sake, comparable to, say, ISIS or Al-Qaeda. And so for those reasons, it’s going to sound to a lot of people, and it does sound to a lot of people, like, well, Israel is doing what it has to do, because it has to take on these dangerous fundamentalists.

And so the fact is that the Israel/Hamas framing doesn’t exist in a vacuum. It has to be seen in terms of the way that Hamas has been covered quite simplistically over the course of its history. And in my estimation, in that context, the framing of “Israel/Hamas war” really helps legitimize the war to at least certain sections of the public in the US and Canada.

But as you pointed out, that’s far from the only linguistic problem that we’ve seen in media, and I can certainly give a couple examples of that if you’d like.

JJ: Sure, absolutely!

Gregory Shupak

Gregory Shupak: “This notion that Israel is defending itself relies on the preposterous assumption that the violence began on October 7.”

GS: To keep going, since the very beginning, in fact, of this escalation, since October 7, we’ve had the invocation of “self-defense” to describe what Israel’s doing, and that’s quite ridiculous because, for one thing, that would only make sense if Palestinians initiated the violence, which is a logical impossibility. When you’re in a colonial situation, the colonial power initiates violence. That’s how you establish colonial rule.

And so this notion that Israel is defending itself relies on the preposterous assumption that the violence began on October 7 when, as I wrote about for FAIR in the days after October 7, there was immediate Israeli violence in the days leading up to October 7: shooting protestors in Gaza, for example, pogroms across West Bank Palestinian towns, throughout 2023 up to that point. And certainly the siege that has been enacted for 16 to 17 years prior to October 7, depending on how you measure it.

So, I mean, a siege is an act of war, right? It’s enforced through military means, through land, sea and air. Israel can’t be “defending itself” when it was the party that was carrying out mass violence since long before October 7.

That framing, though, has a way of legitimizing, or at least making it sound legitimate, what Israel is doing, because to people who are not immersed in this subject, who maybe have things to do with their time other than study this or other international issues, it sounds reasonable, like, well, they were attacked, they have to defend themselves. But that really evacuates what has happened of context.

And it also leaves really crucial longer-term factors like, well, under international law, Israel is an occupying power, which means it does not have the right to defend itself against the population that it occupies. It only has responsibilities to ensure the well-being of that population and to end its occupation. So the notion that Israel has a right to defend itself against the people that it occupies is legally quite dubious.

LAT: Biden should balance support for Israel with pushing for peace in a volatile region

LA Times (10/18/23)

So this framing, which has been really central to the coverage, I think is ludicrously misleading, and frankly propagandistic. So take, say, the LA Times, which was the first major US paper to call for a ceasefire, but a couple weeks into the war, it still said, quite explicitly, “Israel has every right to use military force”—and that just isn’t true, for the reasons that I’ve described. It does not have every right to use military force. It has every obligation to end its colonization of Palestinian lands.

JJ: I did want to give you an opportunity for just any final thoughts. I was going to say, first of all, thank you very much. It seems like every generation sees a crisis that shakes their faith in news media. For some, it was Vietnam and the civil rights movement, and then they saw media vilification of protesters.

For some, it was the Iraq War. You march in the street with thousands of people, you go home. It’s not on the news.

Something on this scale, with people saying, “Don’t believe your lying eyes, and if you do, we’ll try to get you fired.” Media critics are being born today, is what I’m saying. And I just wondered, do you have any counsel, professor, for these people with these newly awakened concerns? Because we know that distrust in major news media doesn’t necessarily lead folks to independent critical media literacy; it can go a lot of different ways.

Electronic Intifada: Colleges serve genocide by punishing campaigners for Palestine

Electronic Intifada (1/22/24)

GS: No, that’s true, and sometimes in unhelpful directions. I would say, contribute to and consume independent media, like FAIR and many other sources; on the Palestinian issue, we can highlight Electronic Intifada or Mondoweiss.

Corporate media does not exist to provide the public with information to make democratic choices. It exists to make a profit for its shareholders and/or its owners. Independent media can actually fulfill the democratic mission of helping enable the populace to be exposed to a much wider range of ideas and interpretations, as well as a much wider range of information itself.

The short advice is—I don’t want to say, don’t read conventional media at all, but certainly don’t rely on it as the main source for your way of thinking about the world. I think you can find a lot of useful nuggets in there, if you bring a prior understanding of the issue. There can still be useful information when it comes to having journalists on the ground in some cases, albeit not Gaza, for instance. But I think that the opinion and analysis is overwhelmingly useless at best. And, frankly, the reporting is often so slanted that you need a scalpel and a magnifying glass to make sense of it.

But that can be done, if you are supplementing it heavily with independent media—or, reverse that, and say:  supplement your independent media consumption with little bits of the useful nuggets that can be found through careful readings of commercial media.

But I would say that I think that that’s what’s happening among younger people on Palestine. It’s quite stunning to see the way that my students, and other students on the campuses at which I teach, think about this issue, and compare it to 20 years ago when I was a student, and how Palestine/Israel was understood then. That makes me feel quite optimistic. And the more energy, time and money that can get put into that type of work, the better.

JJ: Let’s end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Gregory Shupak. He teaches English and media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto. The book The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media is available from OR Books. Greg Shupak, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

GS: Thanks for having me.

 

The post ‘When You’re in a Colonial Situation, the Colonial Power Initiates Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-youre-in-a-colonial-situation-the-colonial-power-initiates-violence-counterspin-interview-with-gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/feed/ 0 454408
Gregory Shupak on Gaza and Genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/#respond Fri, 19 Jan 2024 16:21:44 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036922 How does the New York Times’ assertion that “what Israel is fighting to defend is a society that values human life” stand up now?

The post Gregory Shupak on Gaza and Genocide appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240119.mp3

 

NYT: Israel Can Defend Itself and Uphold Its Values

New York Times (10/14/23)

This week on CounterSpin: US corporate news media’s initial response to Israel’s terror campaign against Palestinians, unleashed in the wake of the October 7 attack by Hamas, was characterized, broadly speaking, by legitimization, a rhetorical blank check for whatever Israel might do. Israel, the New York Times editorial board said, “is determined to break the power of Hamas, and in that effort it deserves the support of the United States and the rest of the world.”

We’re more than three months into that “effort.” The death toll for Palestinians is, conservatively, as we record on January 18, over 24,000 people. The UN secretary general calls Gaza a “graveyard for children.” So how does the Times’ assertion that “what Israel is fighting to defend is a society that values human life and the rule of law” stand up now?

We’re talking this week with media critic, activist and teacher Gregory Shupak. He teaches English and media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and is author of The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media, from OR Books.

      CounterSpin240119Shupak.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at some recent press coverage of immigration.

      CounterSpin240119Banter.mp3

 

The post Gregory Shupak on Gaza and Genocide appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/gregory-shupak-on-gaza-and-genocide/feed/ 0 453223
 ‘A Minimum-Wage Increase Can Benefit the Whole Economy’ – CounterSpin interview with Sebastian Martinez Hickey on minimum wage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/a-minimum-wage-increase-can-benefit-the-whole-economy-counterspin-interview-with-sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/a-minimum-wage-increase-can-benefit-the-whole-economy-counterspin-interview-with-sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage/#respond Wed, 17 Jan 2024 22:27:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036897 "Where you don't see progress on the minimum wage, it's because our politics or our institutions hold back the popular will."

The post  ‘A Minimum-Wage Increase Can Benefit the Whole Economy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed EPI’s Sebastian Martinez Hickey about the minimum wage for the January 12, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240112MartinezHickey.mp3

 

Wikipedia: State Minimum Wages

Chart: Wikipedia

Janine Jackson: It is partly due to corporate news media’s misleading, invidious presentation of the minimum wage as about individuals—“Who’s working these jobs, why don’t they get skills to move up to something better?”—that we have trouble seeing and asking societal questions instead.

Like, why should a country have jobs whose full-time workers don’t earn enough to not be impoverished? Why is a company whose waged employees require public assistance to keep their heads above water deemed a “successful” company? Why is it a fight to get wages higher than they were generations ago, when profits are not likewise constrained?

The story today is that despite the misinformation, many people do know what the minimum wage means—to individuals and families, certainly, but also to society as a whole. And they’re fighting through that often-skewed public debate to get, most recently, a raise in the minimum wage in some 22 states.

Sebastian Martinez Hickey has been tracking wage issues as a researcher for the Economic Analysis and Research Network team at the Economic Policy Institute. He joins us now by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome to CounterSpin, Sebastian Martinez Hickey.

Sebastian Martinez Hickey: Thank you so much. It’s a pleasure being here.

EPI: Twenty-two states will increase their minimum wages on January 1, raising pay for nearly 10 million workers

EPI (12/21/23)

JJ: Let’s start with the news that you just wrote about, on the minimum wage increases that went into effect January 1. For those asleep under rocks since the 1950s, that might sound like it means some fast food workers will get more pocket change to take home to mom. But that’s not an accurate or useful picture of who minimum wage workers are, or what the effects of a lift in that wage might mean.

So tell us about the scope of these new increases—who do they reach?—and then what does your analysis suggest that the various impacts of this could be?

SMH: As you mentioned, 22 states increased their minimum wage in January, in addition to 38 cities and counties that increased their minimum wages above and beyond their state minimum wages. And these increases are happening all over the country. It’s happening in big urban coastal states like New York and California, but also rural states like Nebraska and South Dakota.

According to our analysis, these increases are going to reach almost 10 million workers, and in total these workers are going to gain almost $7 billion in wages over the course of the next year.

You asked about who these workers are. We’re not just talking about workers that work at the federal minimum wage, which is still stuck at $7.25. We’re really talking about low-wage workers as a group.

So if you think about workers that are earning, for example, less than $15 an hour, there’s more than 17 million of those workers in the United States. More than 60% of those workers are older than 24, so most of these people are adults. They are most likely the primary breadwinners in their households. There’s also a misconception that these low-wage workers are just part-time workers, when in fact most of these workers are full-time workers.

In addition, in other ways, low-wage workers just represent ordinary working-class people in the United States. They tend to disproportionately be women. They also tend to disproportionately be Black and Hispanic workers, which means that when minimum wages are increased, it’s a force for gender and racial equity. They are also parents; more than a quarter of the people who are getting raises from the minimum-wage increases are parents, which means that their wages obviously have to cover the needs of their children as well.

People who are closer or below the poverty line; almost two-fifths of the people who are receiving increases are at 200% or less of the federal poverty line. And I use that benchmark because that includes people who are officially poor, but also a lot of people who we know are struggling to make ends meet, even if they are not technically poor.

JJ: Right. Maybe they don’t qualify as poor this month, but that’s because they’re short-changing their healthcare or something else.

SMH: Exactly.

JJ: I appreciate your pointing out that we’re not talking about the federal minimum wage, which is still $7.25 an hour. So it isn’t a blanket lift. It varies a lot, as you’ve said, from place to place. So, in other words, it’s not corporations saying, “Hey, we’re making profits, and so we’re going to lift all our wages.” It’s really a matter of local and state level political action and organizing that has got us to these raises.

Politico: Historic gains: Low-income workers scored in the Covid economy

Politico (5/29/23)

SMH: Yeah, in the last couple of years, low-wage workers have experienced historic wage growth compared to what has been the normal trend over the course of the last 50 years. And that’s a good thing. But it means it’s also really important that states and localities take action to increase their minimum wages, so that it locks in the benefit that workers are experiencing, I would argue, temporarily.

JJ: As I said, I think the presentation of the minimum wage as a thing that just faces some workers actively detracts from our understanding of society-wide impacts. And I guess I’d like to ask you, how is it good for me, even if I don’t work a minimum-wage job, how is it good for me to see the minimum wage lifted in states and communities? There’s a broader impact.

SMH: Yeah, there definitely is. I’ll make a couple points. One is that, what empirical research shows is that the minimum wage doesn’t just lift wages for people that are below the new minimum-wage threshold. It also has some spillover effects for workers who are above the new threshold. So this happens because employers are trying to keep their wage ladders consistent, as the entire wage distribution moves up a little bit. And it usually impacts people around 15% above the new threshold. So that isn’t affecting everyone, but it is an additional benefit that comes from the minimum wage.

But in terms of society at large and the economy at large, we know that low-wage workers spend a lot more of their money in their local economies compared to high-income earners. So when you put money in the pockets of low-wage workers through a minimum-wage increase, you get this beneficial effect where people are spending more money in the economy.

Critics of the minimum wage will say that when you increase the minimum wage, it’s going to either force businesses out of business or make them lay off lots of workers. And we don’t see that in the most high-end research that has been done on this topic, and it’s been studied a lot in economics. And one of the reasons is that there are channels like these by which the economy can adjust to becoming more equitable through a minimum-wage increase.

JJ: I’m going to bring you back to that, but I just wanted to take a little step here to say that listeners will know that we often hear about the importance of pegging wages to inflation. What’s important about that? What’s the role that inflation is playing here in relation to this wage increase?

SMH: Yes. So most of the states that have increases this year are doing so because their minimum-wage policies automatically make adjustments to price increases over the course of the last year. This is a really important step, because it keeps the minimum wage from eroding in terms of its purchasing power.

It’s particularly a good thing if you think that the alternative is simply allowing the minimum wage to stagnate indefinitely, which is basically what we’ve done with the federal minimum wage. The federal minimum wage has not been raised since 2009, and because of price increases over the intervening period, that means that the federal minimum wage is worth more than 30% less than it was in 2009.

CounterSpin: ‘A Woman’s Ability to Pay Her Bills Should Not Be Dependent on the Whims of Customers’

CounterSpin (11/27/15)

JJ: Listeners are going to hear today some of the years-ago but lamentably still-relevant conversation that I had with Saru Jayaraman on tipped wages, and I know that you think about that as well, but you recognize, in other words, these increases in the minimum wage come in a context. They’re not a golden ticket to an equitable economy, that there are other things that need to happen. So, broadly, how do you contextualize— it’s important, lives are going to change, but it’s not the end of the road.

SMH: Yeah, of course not. And you mentioned the tipped minimum wage, which at the federal level still sits at $2.13 an hour, which is insanely low. And we know that we can compare, for example, bartenders—a stereotypical tipped position—we can compare bartenders who live in states that use the federal tipped minimum to states that have gotten rid of the tipped minimum. And we know that the workers that have the lower tipped minimum wage experience more poverty. So it is a policy with very real consequences for working people.

But in terms of other important tools for creating a more equitable economy, I would mention paid sick leave. So universal paid sick leave, clearly a really important priority for making working people healthy and safe in their jobs.

We see advocates combining the minimum wage and paid sick leave in ballot measures in a couple of states. So this year, there are ballot measures in Alaska and Missouri which are combining minimum-wage increases and paid sick-leave access, because they know that these are two issues that are so important to working people.

The other really important thing I would raise is making sure that there is adequate enforcement of wage theft and other labor violations. Because even with a strong minimum-wage policy, if there are too many loopholes where employers can take money, exploit their workers, without fear of penalties or adequate enforcement, then it really undermines the success of a strong minimum-wage policy.

And related to that, it’s also really important to continue to pursue meaningful labor law reform, making sure that every worker has access to a union if they want it. It is a really important tool for making sure that our labor standards are enforced adequately.

JJ: One final question. I do blame news media, not just because it’s my job, but actually from my heart, because we are so relentlessly sold this idea of an economy and a society of “makers and takers,” and it’s such corrosive nonsense. But I know that when some folks hear the idea that “we” are going to give some workers a raise, that is going to lead pundits, whether they’re on TV or at your dinner table, to say, “Well, who are we taking it from? Someone must be getting less if some people are getting more.”

And I wonder sort of broadly how you, as an economist, grapple with or redirect that kind of framing. But then, also, are there things that you think that news reporters could do differently, that might make these issues more accessible and understandable to folks, around minimum wage?

Sebastian Martinez Hickey

Sebastian Martinez Hickey: “Where you don’t see progress on the minimum wage, it’s because our politics or our institutions hold back the popular will.”

SMH: Yes, that’s a great question. A couple of things to raise, as I mentioned earlier, what the economic research shows is that there are many channels by which a minimum-wage increase can benefit the whole economy, without being the zero-sum game that it is often depicted as being. It’s not simply a battle between small businesses and greedy workers on the two sides.

What economic research shows is that there are channels, in terms of small price increases, decreased profits for businesses, as well as productivity increases that come from when workers are paid more—they tend to have less turnover, they tend to be more invested in their job. And these are all things that, in total, have [been] shown to not have the negative consequences that are sometimes attributed to minimum-wage increases.

Another point I would like to make is that minimum wages continue to be a really popular policy throughout the country. I mentioned earlier how the increases this year are occurring in wealthy urban states, they’re happening in very rural states; it’s happening throughout the country. Basically, when ordinary people are given the chance to have their opinion on the minimum wage, they’re broadly supportive of it.

The places where you don’t see progress on the minimum wage, it’s because our politics or our institutions hold back the popular will of ordinary people. And, obviously, you see that most clearly in Congress, and the hold-up in terms of the federal minimum wage.

But another way that this is really important is in terms of states that preempt cities and counties from setting their own minimum wage. There are so many examples of cities and counties in the South and in the Midwest, mostly, that have tried to set their minimum wage to an adequate level, because they know that that’s what they want for their communities;  that’s what’s good for their economies. And then they’re preempted from doing so by state legislatures that don’t actually represent the communities that want the minimum-wage increase. So I think that talking about this issue in terms of who has the ability to set their own minimum wages is also really important.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Sebastian Martinez Hickey, researcher with EARN, the Economic Analysis and Research Network, at the Economic Policy Institute. They’re online at EPI.org. Sebastian Martinez Hickey, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SMH: Thank you, Janine.

 

The post  ‘A Minimum-Wage Increase Can Benefit the Whole Economy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/a-minimum-wage-increase-can-benefit-the-whole-economy-counterspin-interview-with-sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage/feed/ 0 452661
Sebastian Martinez Hickey on Minimum Wage, Saru Jayaraman on History of Tipping https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/12/sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage-saru-jayaraman-on-history-of-tipping/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/12/sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage-saru-jayaraman-on-history-of-tipping/#respond Fri, 12 Jan 2024 16:03:53 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036860 Elite reporters are so removed from daily reality that they assume a raise in wages means fast food employees have to lose their jobs.

The post Sebastian Martinez Hickey on Minimum Wage, Saru Jayaraman on History of Tipping appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin240112.mp3

 

Yahoo: McDonald's $18 Big Mac Meal Goes Viral Again As Fast Food Minimum Wage Hike To $20 Triggers Fears Of Skyrocketing Prices And Layoffs, Leaving People Questioning: 'Maybe This Went Up Way Too Fast'

Yahoo (1/4/24)

This week on CounterSpin: The journalists at Yahoo Finance tell us that a Connecticut McDonald’s charging $18 for a combo meal has “sparked a nationwide debate” on escalating prices in the fast food industry. The outrage, readers are told, is “partly attributed” to a recent raise in the minimum wage—which has not yet gone into effect. Spoiler: We never hear about any other “parts” “attributed.”  Businesses like McDonald’s, the story goes, “have already raised their prices in anticipation of the wage hike.”

Were there any other responses available to them? Don’t ask! We’re moving on—to how it isn’t just that poor working Joes will have to pay more for a Big Mac, but also there will be layoffs…of fast-food employees. We meet Jose and Jim, who say they thought higher wages would be good, “considering the decline in tipping and increasing living costs.” Alas no, Yahoo explains: “The reality was harsher. The wage increase, while beneficial for some, has resulted in job losses for others, leading to a complex mix of gratitude and resentment among affected workers.” The takeaway: “The debate over the appropriate balance between fair wages and sustainable business practices remains unresolved.”

The piece does go on to lament the mental stress associated with economic uncertainty—not for owners, evidently—and the wise counsel that those troubled might consider “establishing a substantial savings account and making smart investments.”

Elite reporters seem so far removed from the daily reality of the bulk of the country that this doesn’t even ring weird to them. A raise in wages for fast food employees means fast food employees have to lose their jobs—that’s just, you know, “economics.” Union, what? Profiteering, who? The only operative question is, which low-wage workers need to suffer more?

We get a different view on raising the minimum wage from Sebastian Martinez Hickey, researcher for the EARN (Economic Analysis and Research Network) team at the Economic Policy Institute.

      CounterSpin240112MartinezHickey.mp3

 

Restaurant worker (cc photo: Daveblog)

Tipped worker (cc photo: Daveblog)

Also on the show: A largely unspoken part of media’s wage conversation is the whole sector of workers whose pay rates are based in…enslavement. Yeah. In 2015, CounterSpin learned about tipped wages from Saru Jayaraman, co-founder of the Restaurant Opportunities Centers United and director of the Food Labor Research Center at the University of California, Berkeley. We hear part of that relevant conversation this week.

      CounterSpin240112Jayaraman.mp3

 

The post Sebastian Martinez Hickey on Minimum Wage, Saru Jayaraman on History of Tipping appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/12/sebastian-martinez-hickey-on-minimum-wage-saru-jayaraman-on-history-of-tipping/feed/ 0 451421
‘Protest Is the Tool by Which We Realize Our Democracy’ – CounterSpin interview with Chip Gibbons on the right to protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/11/protest-is-the-tool-by-which-we-realize-our-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/11/protest-is-the-tool-by-which-we-realize-our-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/#respond Thu, 11 Jan 2024 19:59:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036846 "Don't let them intimidate you. Don't be silenced. The First Amendment gives you the right to speak and act for your conscience."

The post ‘Protest Is the Tool by Which We Realize Our Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Defending Rights & Dissent’s Chip Gibbons about the right to protest for the January 5, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin240105Gibbons.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The last several years have provided ample reason for public protest, and many people have been doing just that, including some who never had before. This country has a much-vaunted history of vocal public dissent, but we know that that is intertwined with a sadder history of efforts by the powerful to silence those voices.

As we move into 2024, and reasons to speak up and out go unabated, what should we know about our right to protest? What should concern us, or give us hope?

Chip Gibbons is a journalist, researcher and activist, and policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent. He joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Chip Gibbons.

Chip Gibbons: Well, thank you for having me back, and I can think of no better way to start the new year than with CounterSpin. Obviously, not a day goes by that I’m not thankful for independent media, but the last few months, I think, have stressed the importance of programs like yours, given the low-quality reporting coming out of the corporate media at a time when courageous journalism is most needed.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, thank you very much, and I absolutely concur.

I wanted to ask you about the landscape in general, but first maybe a little basic education. On RightsAndDissent.org, folks can find a kind of guide on challenges to protest, and also the importance of protest. Because sometimes you do still hear people say that people marching or boycotting should just “use proper channels,” that society has mechanisms to resolve every conflict within the rules that protest seems to break. Can you talk about the rights that we do have to public protest, and why those rights are so important?

CG: Sure. So at Defending Rights & Dissent, we like to say that we defend your right to know and your freedom to act. We oppose government secrecy and the government attempts to hide its own crimes, and we also defend the rights of the people to take to the streets, to call their members of Congress, to engage in dissent.

Dissent is vital to our democracy, and, I believe I’ve commented in the past, protest is the tool by which we realize our democracy, that we realize the democratic ambitions of our country. The right to protest is both a fundamental right, and it is a core tool for achieving other fundamental rights. Without the right to protest, we wouldn’t have made as much progress as we have on civil rights (and I know there’s a lot more progress to be made); we wouldn’t have made as much progress on women’s rights, on LGBTQ rights, on peace and disarmament (although that cause feels very far from being realized these days).

But what progress we have made has been through grassroots, from-the-bottom social movement, not from benevolent elites being, like, well, let’s grant the people their rights today.

JJ: It’s interesting, the view towards protest—not just among the public, but also in news media—where once a protest is 10 or 20 years in the past, it can become acceptable, but the protests that are going on today are somehow categorically different, and we should be challenging them. And then of course, it matters very much who’s doing the protesting and why.

CounterSpin: ‘Misremembering King Rewrites the Press’s Own Role in History’

CounterSpin (1/20/17)

CG: The civil rights movement is the quintessential example of that. You look at the media coverage of Martin Luther King and his protests during his lifetime, I mean, they accused him of inciting violence, they accused him of rioting. All the things they say about protestors today, you heard the same claims about, “Why are you disrupting things, why are you alienating people?”

And at the end of his life, he was an extremely unpopular person, including with many Black Americans. He did not have high approval ratings. And now we have a Martin Luther King holiday, rightfully so. We have a Martin Luther King memorial.

People who are trying to shut down protests or advance racism cite him, as well as people who are doing the opposite. He has entered the lexicon of great historical figures that everybody, no matter how comical what they’re doing is, cites. So I think that’s a really great example.

Look at the Iraq War. John Pilger died recently, and I was watching some of the interviews he did with journalists in the run-up to the war, and the way they’re attacking him. And 20 years later, they’d like to pretend that they were doing what he was doing.

JJ: And all is perspective.

We’ve sort of transitioned, I guess, into the challenges, because anyone who has been on a march calling for ceasefire, end of occupation in Gaza; calling for voting rights, women’s rights, LBGTQ; people have been in the street, just in this past year, quite a lot.

It’s often very transformative, and it makes you feel good, and you see your community.

But there also can be an element of fear involved, when you see just lines and lines of police, armed police, that are kind of girding you in, or when you’re being shoved around by law enforcement, and you can stand there, but you can’t stand here. Protest is not without some elements of fear and of difficulty.

And we see that there are legislators who like it that way. And that’s part of where the fight is, too. It’s not just in the street, but it’s also in the courtrooms and the capitals, as you say.

CG: Absolutely. And I did want to comment that I do believe in the transformative power of protests. I remember the first protest I ever went to, in 2005, against the Iraq War, and just showing up at the New Carrollton Metro station on a Saturday, and having to park in the overflow lot, and wait in this long line of people with anti-war signs. And you remember, if you were opposed to the Iraq War, they made you feel demonized and isolated. And to see 300,000 to 600,000 people who believed the same thing I believed about the war was really, really powerful, and really inspiring.

And I also think that politicians, when they see—they’ll never admit this—tens or hundreds of thousands of people taking the streets, it scares them.

I mean, look at US support for Israel. For decades, it’s been entirely unchallenged. Everyone goes along with it, or they get kicked out of public life. And you’ve had protests before; I’ve been to many protests against massacres in Gaza over the last 15 years.

But now you have these huge protests, very youthful in many cases, very vibrant, very disruptive. And I think it’s very challenging to people who have been in Washington for 30 or 40 years, and every year rubber-stamp the sending of aid to Israel.

Defending Rights & Dissent: Israel-Gaza War Has Dissent Under Fire At Home

Defending Rights & Dissent (10/12/23)

And I think it’s hard to talk about the future of dissent in this country this year without talking about what’s happening in Gaza, because that looms over everything. And we’re seeing a real outburst of protest around the ceasefire, around the occupation, around apartheid. And we’re also seeing a real heavy-handed attempt to demonize and repress these movements.

There’s always been what’s called a Palestine exception to free speech. Palestine supporters have been censored, jailed, spied on for decades. So this isn’t entirely new, but the level of public vitriol, where you have Congress passing resolutions condemning student groups, Congress passing resolutions that condemn university presidents, Congress calling on the FBI (this isn’t a resolution, these are just letters from individual members of the Congress) to investigate media outlets for these conspiracy theories that they had freelancers who—and mainstream ones, like New York Times; they’re not talking about small left-wing publications—were somehow involved in October 7.

It’s a really dark time, and I know a lot of people I talk to feel very strongly that the repression will backfire, because the movement is so strong, and people are so disgusted by what our government is complicit in. And I think that’s potentially true.

But I do have to caution: Before World War I, the left was very powerful in this country. The Socialist Party had members of Congress, they had mayors. And the repression of that war completely decimated them.

In the run-up to the Cold War, the FBI had all these internal files about how powerful they think the Communist Party is, that people are taking them seriously, that liberals work with them, that the 1930s were a pink decade or a red decade, and the FBI security apparatus is going to be like penicillin to the spread of the pink decade.

So a lot of the periods of repression have followed the left when it was at its strongest, not when it was at its weakest. And I’m not saying we’re going to be decimated, like we were during World War I or during McCarthyism, but I do think we should be cautious, that repression does have an impact, and it does follow popular movement successes.

And I do think part of the reason why we see this unhinged level of repression around the Gaza War—if you want to call it war; it’s more of a genocide—is because the atrocities that are being committed are so horrifying that even if you’re someone who doesn’t think Israel’s an apartheid state, even if you’re a centrist, it’s hard to watch and hear about hospitals being targeted, to hear about refugee camps being blown up, and not be morally repulsed by what you’re seeing.

And I do think that people know that, and that’s why they’re escalating the ratcheting up of oppression around the ceasefire protest. Because there’s no defense of bombing a refugee camp. There’s no defense of having snipers outside a Catholic church and shooting church women who are going to use the restroom. There’s not really a strong defense of this. You can either deny it, or try to shut everyone up.

CNN Business: Harvard student groups issued an anti-Israel statement. CEOs want them blacklisted

CNN (1/10/24)

JJ: And I think you’re right to point out that, “well, we’ll all get through it because everyone’s feeling so strongly about it”—we do have to count up the losses.

And not everything is legislation. We had these business leaders saying, “I want a list of all of the student activists, so that I can make sure that no one ever hires them.” These are follow-on impacts that will absolutely affect some people’s lives. I agree that that’s important to keep in mind, and to be mindful of.

I’m going to switch you just a little bit, because I know it is something that you want to talk about. One of the tools of political imprisonment and silencing is forgetfulness: out of sight, out of mind. We have a deep problem in this country of once someone is behind bars, in one way or another, we don’t hear from them. Just materially, it’s difficult to get access to people. And then, also, there is kind of an acceptance that they must be guilty of something if they’re in prison, even if it is a political imprisonment.

And of course I’m talking about Julian Assange, and I know that many people think, oh, he’s not the only political prisoner, there’s a lot of other things going on. But there’s a reason that the Assange case is so important for people who are journalists, or people who care about journalism, as well as people who care about the public’s right to know. It’s not just any old case.

So let me ask you for a little update, because it seems like, oddly, things seem to be shifting, at least in terms of congressional support, maybe, for Assange’s case. What’s going on right now with him?

Intercept: Members of Congress Make New Push to Free Julian Assange

Intercept (10/24/23)

CG: So last year we saw the first congressional letter calling for the charges to be dropped against Julian Assange. It was led by Rashida Tlaib, and the entire expanded Squad signed on to it. It went to Merrick Garland. It was the first of its kind.

Later that year, a number of Australian parliamentarians visited the US, a real interesting cross section of the Australian political system, who had very different reasons for supporting freeing Assange–everything from, they felt like he was a political prisoner, to we work with the US national security state and our people are really angry about Assange, and you’re going to make it impossible for us to continue to help you. Full range of opinions.

And that spawned a second letter, a bipartisan letter, a bicameral letter, with both Republicans and Democrats on it, led by Thomas Massie and Jim McGovern. And that letter went to Biden, and there were both Republicans and Democrats on that one. All of the signatories of the original letter were on it. And you had a senator, Rand Paul, on it. And it’s really an interesting coalition, because there are libertarians I respect who have been very good on this issue. There are progressives who should be good on this issue and are getting better. And then there’s some of the MAGA people, who I don’t terribly care for, even a little bit, but they’re on the letters too.

So it’s a strange bedfellows moment, but it has really been pushed by the fact that you have every single civil liberties and press freedom group and major newspaper being like, “This is an existential threat to the future of press freedom.”

NYT: Major News Outlets Urge U.S. to Drop Its Charges Against Assange

New York Times (11/28/22)

And you have to keep going to these offices and telling them, you, Mr. Progressive, you care so much about press freedom. You hate the threat to democracy Donald Trump was. Here’s what the New York Times and Reporters Without Borders say about what we’re doing to Julian Assange. How can you have any credibility on those other issues when you ignore this horrifying assault on the First Amendment?

And, again, it is an existential issue to press freedom. And it’s particularly troubling right now because, remember, Assange is going to be on trial for exposing US war crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan. Look at the war crimes that are taking place in Gaza. And, of course, Assange was the last one they went for, the journalist, the publisher, and that was crossing a Rubicon. But they went after the whistleblowers and the sources first. They went after Chelsea Manning, Daniel Hale—the drone whistleblower is still in prison.

So I would say this has even greater urgency, because you have people in the government right now who are dissenting about the Gaza War. You have people in the press who I think want to challenge some of these narratives. And then you have, at the same time, a government whistleblower in prison for exposing lies about the US drone programs, and a publisher they’re trying to extradite for exposing lies to the Iraq and Afghanistan wars.

We’ve always talked about the chilling effect these types of policies have, these types of persecutions have—I’m not going to call them prosecutions; they’re persecutions. And in a moment where we have an outbreak of dissent within the public, within the government, about this horrible war our government is part of, similar to what happened with Dan Ellsberg around Vietnam, similar to what happened to the War on Terror and people like Snowden and John Kiriakou and Thomas Drake. And we are going to London, the US is, in February to try Julian Assange’s final appeal, to try to bring him here. And Daniel Hale is still being held in the communications management unit.

What message does it send to the whistleblowers of today? And if WikiLeaks hadn’t been so repressed, what role would they be playing right now in this Gaza War?

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, I’m reading through the stuff on Assange. Of course the Espionage Act comes up a lot. Are there changes, policy changes or legal changes, that could prevent future cases like we saw?

CG: Absolutely. And we’ve worked with a number of offices over the years, including Tulsi Gabbard, Rashida Tlaib, Ilhan Omar and Cori Bush (a range of offices, I know) around what we think is the best proposal to reforming the Espionage Act, was supported by the late Dan Ellsberg, who we lost and—

JJ: Much missed.

CG: I miss his counsel on this issue. That would raise the burden for what the government has to prove to get an Espionage Act conviction, as well as make sure the jury can hear about why the whistleblower or journalist did what they did, as well as allow a public interest defense, as well as limit the Espionage Act to people with a duty to protect classified information.

WaPo: U.S. had intelligence of detailed Ukrainian plan to attack Nord Stream pipeline

Washington Post (6/6/23)

So as the Espionage Act is written, if I read in the Washington Post that there’s classified documents that indicate Ukraine was involved in the Nord Stream Pipeline bombing, and I say, “Hey Janine, did you see that Washington Post article?”—I’ve technically broken the letter of the Espionage Act. Obviously, it would never be applied that way, but [the proposal would be] limiting it so it does not apply to journalists, publishers, members of the general public. And in those cases where it can be applied, it could only be applied to those who are engaged in harming the US deliberately, not whistleblowing.

And I don’t want to be counting my chickens before they hatch, but I do think it’s very likely—especially with Dan’s passing, and people wanting to commemorate that—we will see something put forward in the Congress this year that is similar to what has been proposed by Tlaib and Omar and Bush as amendments to the National Defense Authorization Act. Probably shouldn’t have said that, but I guess I did.

JJ: It’s out there now. Well, and then—I said finally, but finally finally—what about just fortifying the right to protest generally? We’re seeing the efforts to criminalize protest of various sorts, from boycotting to marching in particular places. There are efforts, though, to shore up that fundamental right as well. I mean, we can do it, I think, by protesting, first of all. But are there efforts going on to support us in that fundamental right to speak up?

CG: It’s really difficult, because so many of the efforts are reactionary, in that people put forward bad proposals and we fight them. For years, Defending Rights & Dissent has tried to put forward proactive legislation enshrining the right to protest. But that gets kind of complicated, because we don’t want this to be the limit. We don’t want to inadvertently give the police like, “Whoa, this wasn’t in the bill. You can’t do this.” And, also, people are more motivated to defend a right that’s being lost than to affirmatively protect it.

JJ:  I understand.

Chip Gibbons

Chip Gibbons: “Don’t let them intimidate you. Don’t be silenced. The First Amendment gives you the right to speak and act for your conscience.”

CG: But we have proposals at Rights & Dissent that you could pass in your local community, that would help to affirm the right to protest. It’s just, everyone is so focused on the defense, including us, that it’s difficult to be proactive. But if anyone is interested in that, get on the RightsAndDissent.org website and contact us.

JJ: Absolutely. And it’s at least a conversation. Part of the freedom just comes from the ability to talk about it, and to talk about what we want to do and what we should be able to do, and how we support one another in the various protests and dissenting actions that we’re taking, that we stay in communication with one another.

CG: Absolutely.

JJ: All right, any final thoughts, Chip Gibbons, as we go forward, bravely as we can muster, into 2024, asserting our right to protest and to dissent?

CG: Don’t be silent. Don’t let them intimidate you. Don’t be silenced. The First Amendment gives you the right to speak and act for your conscience. It gives you the right to come together with other Americans to collectively work to change the world, and make this a country that reflects our values. And we should never voluntarily surrender those rights.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Chip Gibbons, policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent. They’re online at RightsAndDissent.org. Chip Gibbons, thank you, as always, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CG: Thank you for having me.

 

 

 

The post ‘Protest Is the Tool by Which We Realize Our Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/11/protest-is-the-tool-by-which-we-realize-our-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/feed/ 0 451156
Chip Gibbons on the Right to Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/#respond Fri, 05 Jan 2024 16:57:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036762 US journalists invoke the First Amendment a lot, but not so much when it extends to regular folks saying NO to the US government.

The post Chip Gibbons on the Right to Protest appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin240105.mp3

 

Jewish Voice for Peace in Grand Central Terminal, protesting the Israeli assault on Gaza.

(image: Jewish Voice for Peace)

This week on CounterSpin: It was a big deal when Jewish Americans who oppose US support for Israel’s genocidal war on Gaza filled New York’s Grand Central Terminal. But not big enough to make the front page of the local paper, the New York Times. US journalists invoke the First Amendment a lot, but not so much when it extends to regular folks using their individual voices, sometimes at significant personal risk, to say NO to something the US government is doing in their name.

Some listeners may remember marching with thousands of others in advance of the US war on Iraq, only to come home and find the paper or TV station ignored them utterly, or distorted their effort and their message—as when NBC’s Tom Brokaw reported a Washington, DC, anti-war march of at least 100,000 people, met with a couple hundred pro-war counter-protesters, as: “Opponents and supporters of the war marched in cities across the nation on Saturday.”

“Protest is the voice of the people,” our guest’s organization states. Defending Rights & Dissent aims to invigorate the Bill of Rights and, crucially, to protect our right to political expression. We talk with Chip Gibbons, policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent, this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin240105Gibbons.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at the media’s role in the recent Republican primary debates.

      CounterSpin240105Banter.mp3

 

The post Chip Gibbons on the Right to Protest appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/chip-gibbons-on-the-right-to-protest/feed/ 0 449720
‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/#respond Wed, 03 Jan 2024 17:24:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036715 The best of CounterSpin for 2023 is only a sample of the valuable conversations it’s been our pleasure to host this year.

The post ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’<br></em><span style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 1em; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

This is a lightly edited transcript of “The Best of CounterSpin 2023,” originally aired on December 29, 2023.

      CounterSpin231229.mp3

 

 

Janine Jackson: Every week, CounterSpin tries to bring you a look behind the headlines of the mainstream news—not because headlines are false, necessarily, but because the full story is rarely reflected there. The voices, the communities, the ideas that are not front and center in the discourse of the powerful, but could help us move toward a more equitable, peaceful, healthy communal life.

Many—most—conversations we need to have, have to happen around corporate news media, while deconstructing and re-imagining the discourse that they’re pumping out day after day.

CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They all help us see the world and one another more clearly, give us tools to make a better future, and offer other resources once we understand that we can’t believe everything we read.

You’re listening to the Best of CounterSpin for 2023, brought to you by the media watch group FAIR.

***

Just about a year ago, lots of people were traveling, or trying to, on holiday and vacation trips. Thousands of them found themselves stranded in airports, their flights canceled, their luggage who knows where, and airlines utterly unresponsive to their complaints. Beyond chaotic, it was confusing in a country where the rhetoric is all about the customer being king, and getting what you pay for. In January 2023, CounterSpin spoke with Paul Hudson, president of FlyersRights, a nonprofit that organizes the consumer rights of airline passengers.

Paul Hudson

Paul Hudson: “The airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily, especially their executives, in the business of making money.”

Paul Hudson: The intention of the PPP programs and some other bailouts of the airlines, which altogether involved about $90 billion, was that you would keep the staff on the payroll so they would be ready when pandemic ended to restore traffic, and they wouldn’t have to go from a cold start.

But the airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily, especially their executives, in the business of making money. If that meant reducing their payroll through other means, that got around the intention of the law—and there was no real oversight by the federal government on money—that’s what they did.

And they continued to pay, in some cases, dividends. They paid large bonuses to CEOs and top executives. Some of them also did stock buybacks to keep their stock price up, while their profits, of course, were dwindling to nothing.

The reforms that we’ve been promoting pretty much have been ignored by DoT, which is the only regulator of the airline industry. And, as a result, things have gotten worse and worse.

For example, you would think there would be some requirement to have a certain level of backup or reserve capacity, for personnel as well as equipment. But there is none. There is no requirement, and some airlines actually have negative reserves. So even on their best day, they cancel 1 or 2 percent of their fights. It’s profitable to do that.

Another example is that there is no requirement that they maintain any level of customer service. Each airline sets their own goals about that, but there’s no enforcement. And they just say, “Well, I’m sorry.” They don’t answer your phones. They don’t have the personnel to do it.

And the area that’s most crucial, which is pilots: We have a shortage of pilots. Pretty much everyone agrees with that; except perhaps the pilot union, that wants to leverage the situation, says there is no shortage. But the airlines are simply not recruiting the pilots they need, and haven’t done so for years, especially for regional airlines. They don’t pay them nearly enough.

And the proposals that FlyersRights made, going back to June of this year, about 17 of them, have pretty much been ignored by DoT, at least until recently.

***

JJ: In a year that called for and saw a great deal of organized protest, one focal point was Cop City, a militarized police training complex being built on Atlanta’s South River Forest, over and against community opposition. An environmental activist known as Tortuguita was killed in a hail of police bullets, while, as an independently ordered autopsy revealed, they sat cross-legged with their hands up.

Kamau Franklin is founder of the national grassroots organization Community Movement Builders, and co-host of the podcast Renegade Culture. We talked about Cop City with him in March, starting with the history of the land itself.

Kamau Franklin

Kamau Franklin: “This is a city that doubled down on police violence and police militarization after these uprisings.”

Kamau Franklin: That land, in terms of it being a forest before the invention of Cop City, was promised to the adjacent community, which is 70% Black, as a recreational and park area, particularly as the land reforested itself over time. Park areas where there were supposed to be nature trails, hiking available, parks available.

And when the idea of Cop City arose, from the Atlanta Police Department, the City of Atlanta and the Atlanta Police Foundation, all of those plans were scrapped immediately, without any input from that adjoining community. And instead they decided to move forward with this idea of Cop City.

This is a perfect illustration of how the state, vis-a-vis the city, the state government and even, in some ways, the federal government, operate in tandem. And a lot of times, most of the time, it doesn’t matter what party they are, but operate in tandem at the whim of capital, and at the whim of a, relatively speaking, right-wing ideological outlook.

And, again, it doesn’t matter which party it is we’re talking about. It doesn’t matter whether or not those folks are Black or white, but an ideological outlook that says overpolicing in Black and brown communities is the answer to every problem.

And so here in particular, you talked about the process. This process of developing Cop City came after the 2020 uprisings against police violence, the 2020 uprisings that were national in scope, that started after Breonna Taylor, George Floyd and, here in Atlanta, Rayshard Brooks were killed by the police, and it caused a massive uprising and movement across the nation again.

The response by the authorities here in Atlanta was to push through their plans on building Cop City, to double down on their efforts, again, to continue the overpolicing of Black communities, particularly here in Atlanta.

Atlanta is a city that is gentrifying at an astronomical rate. It’s gone from a 60% Black city to one that’s less than 50% in only a matter of 20, 30 years, all of that under Black leadership.

It’s a city that, in terms of those who are arrested, 90% of those who are arrested in Atlanta by the police are Black people; its jails are filled with Black people.

And so this is a city that doubled down on police violence and police militarization after these uprisings.

***

JJ: If baristas on strike were surprising, Hollywood writers on strike were downright shocking for those who vaguely imagine that these are dream jobs for which the only appropriate response is  “thank you.” We got a window on a world of people who are, at the end of the day, workers, from Eric Thurm, campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. He wrote an informative piece on the historic writers and actors strike for GQ. One topic we touched on was AI—not the science-y, techno aspect of it, but the power part.

Eric Thurm

Eric Thurm: “Every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out.”

Eric Thurm: Technology has been a source of struggle for decades, in particularly the Writers Guild contracts. Because, essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out, which I suspect a lot of people will be intimately familiar with. This is the business model of some of the biggest companies and most worker-hostile companies in the world.

And that dates back to when home video emerged, or when DVD box sets emerged. And part of the reason that streaming pays so little is that it was new the last time that the writers went on strike in 2007, and they agreed to have it be covered by the minimum basic agreement, but not as fully as, like, a TV network.

And so, of course, the companies exploited that as much as possible. And on some level, it’s hard to blame them, at least in the sense that the purpose of the company is to take as much value out of the workers as it can.

And this is what people are referring to when they say that the studios are really trying, as much as possible, to turn writing, but also acting, and all of the other myriad jobs that go into making entertainment that people watch, into gig work, into stuff where you just have no say in your work, and are told by this unfeeling algorithm, or app or whatever it is, what you are and are not supposed to do.

And in the context of what people like to call AI, beyond the fact that the issue with a lot of these programs is that they are trained on a lot of other people’s work—I saw someone recently describe it as, “This is just a plagiarism machine,” which I think is a very accurate description. Even in cases where it does something interesting, you can use it as a smoke screen to avoid having to credit the people that created something.

I think that’s something that we are going to see the studios try more and more, even without necessarily having AI be involved.

***

JJ: Corporate journalists still invoke, and many people still believe in, a vision of an intrepid, independent press corps that is speaking truth to power. The sad extent to which that is not true was spotlighted painfully in June, when CNBC‘s Andrew Ross Sorkin hosted a chummy interview with Chevron CEO Mike Wirth. CounterSpin heard from Emily Sanders, editorial lead at the Center for Climate Integrity and founder of ExxonKnews, who saw it as emblematic of a larger—and, let’s acknowledge, historically environmentally devastating—media failure.

Emily Sanders of the Center for Climate Integrity

Emily Sanders: “The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas.”

Emily Sanders: Mainstream media have had a very hard time connecting climate change to oil companies, and their decades of pollution and deception about the harms caused by fossil fuels.

And when you see coverage of deadly heat waves and wildfire smoke, for instance, there’s often no mention of things like how the major oil companies are still spending millions every year lobbying to delay the transition to renewable energy, or how Chevron, the world’s most-polluting investor-owned oil company, is currently pouring even more money into increased fossil fuel extraction and production, after making record profits last year.

So it’s also not a coincidence that mainstream media is so far behind on this. The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas, what needs to be done about it and what the obstacles really are to addressing climate change.

And that goes back to at least the ’80s and ’90s, when oil companies began placing ads and advertorials, or ads disguised as news editorials, in major outlets like the New York Times and the Washington Post, that downplayed the reality of climate change.

And even today, as we learned from last year’s congressional investigations and hearings into the industry’s disinformation, companies like Exxon, Chevron, BP and Shell are still running advertisements that look like articles in the country’s biggest news outlets, promoting things like algae and so-called natural gas as climate solutions. So they’ve really used the veil of journalistic credibility to help disguise their misleading and deceptive advertising for quite a while.

And we’re seeing that, not just with advertising, but with some reporters themselves still failing to name the source of climate inaction, and still unable or unwilling to recognize and call out disinformation, sometimes even parroting fossil fuel industry framing about how we can’t move off oil too quickly, or how Big Oil is working on ways to solve climate change, despite that they’re causing it, without actually challenging those misconceptions.

***

JJ: August 2023 saw the 33rd anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act. And Joe Biden, while acknowledging that disabled people still face discrimination, led with the sort of rhetoric that politicians and news media generally use, claiming that it’s

hard for younger generations to imagine a world without the ADA, but before it existed, if you were disabled, stores could turn you away and employers could refuse to hire you. Transit was largely inaccessible.

That rang weirdly out of touch to many, including our guest, Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder and chief operating officer of New Disabled South.

Kehsi Iman Wilson

Kehsi Iman Wilson: “In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement.”

Kehsi Iman Wilson: In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement—or political movement, for that matter.

And when we’re talking about disability—disability rights, disability access, certainly disability justice—so much of the real, lived experience of disabled people contradicts a lot of President Biden’s opening statements.

For example, when you talk about “couldn’t imagine a world where there was inaccessible public transit”—there’s still inaccessible public transit for the majority of disabled people. And unless you’re in the privileged few who can afford paratransit services, where they’re accessible where you live, things even as basic as access to sidewalks is still a major issue.

We’re dealing with so many infrastructure issues in this country, and, as we know, any issue doubly or triply impacts disabled people.

We’ve seen, and we continue to see, a spate of laws being passed across counties, across states, making it more difficult to access the ballot box—for example, getting rid of drop boxes, ballot boxes. But when you do that, you are not only disenfranchising, effectively, large portions of people of color, of people who live in rural areas, but disabled people. And that’s not talked about.

***

JJ: Media like the Washington Post got the positive vapors this year about the scourge of “organized retail crime.” The Post called for an aggressive federal crackdown on people stealing from grocery stores, etc., even after the National Retail Federation acknowledged that the data they had put out about the impact of such theft was bogus.

If elite media cared about theft, of course, they’d be tracking a different story: companies stealing straight out of the paychecks of employees struggling to make ends meet. We talked about wage theft this fall with Rodrigo Camarena, director of Justicia Lab and Co-creator of ¡Reclamo!, a tech-enabled initiative to combat the problem.

Rodrigo Camarena:

Rodrigo Camarena: “In some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage.”

Rodrigo Camarena: Wage theft is so common and so ubiquitous that we don’t really consider it in our day-to-day lives. But, like you mentioned, it’s this huge problem. It’s actually the largest form of theft, when you compare it to burglaries, armed robberies, motor vehicle thefts combined.

And it happens whenever a worker is deprived of the wages that they’re owed lawfully. So that could mean not being paid a minimum wage, not being paid overtime, having deductions from someone’s paycheck made, or just not paying someone; they show up at the job one day and the person that hired them isn’t there anymore. Failing to honor sick leave or other benefits is another form of wage theft.

In some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage. And it’s a problem that disproportionately impacts low-wage workers, women and immigrants, and in particular undocumented immigrants, who often don’t feel like they can stand up for themselves, or request what they’re owed lawfully, because of their status.

So I think there’s a lot of misinformation about your rights as a worker that might prevent people from standing up for themselves and defending these rights, but this is part of the challenge in addressing this problem.

***

JJ: You might not guess it from coverage, but Covid-19 did not magically disappear in 2023. People continued to get sick and to die in the US and around the world. And drug companies like Pfizer continued to make hay from that sickness and death. Peter Maybarduk brought us an update in October. He’s director of Public Citizen’s Access to Medicines Group.

Peter Maybarduk

Peter Maybarduk: “Drug corporations have really been in the driver’s seat, working privately, secretly, on their own logic’s terms, of where they can make the most money.”

Peter Maybarduk: Pfizer has more than doubled the price of its Covid-19 treatment Paxlovid—nirmatrelvir plus ritonavir—to the US government from around $530 a course up to $1,390 for a list price now. And that despite the fact that Pfizer’s already made $18 billion off this drug in global sales. And they’re raising the price right at a time when it hurts most, because will, obviously, to fight and to fund pandemic response has diminished greatly, and the US government is transitioning its response to the commercial market.

So there’s very limited public resources now, in the United States and around the world, to ensure continuity of treatment. And in order to make up for the loss of volume, Pfizer has decided to increase prices, but that’s going to suppress demand further; that’s going to make it harder worldwide to access Covid treatment for people that need it.

In many ways, Covid-19 is a pandemic where prescription drug corporations have determined who receives what treatment or vaccine when, at least at a population level, at a sort of country-by-country level. And health agencies have been on the receiving end of that; they haven’t always known what price another country’s paying, they haven’t known what’s their place in line, the terms and conditions.

And, of course, global health authorities haven’t been able to effectively prioritize and indicate that we must prioritize population A, B and C, in these ratios, in order to end the pandemic as quickly as possible. Instead, drug corporations have really been in the driver’s seat, working privately, secretly, on their own logic’s terms, of where they can make the most money, or what public relations and pandemic concessions they want to make. And, unfortunately, that’s continuing here in this case.

***

JJ: Many people’s worst fears when they learned of Hamas’ October 7 attack in Israel have been borne out and beyond in subsequent weeks. The moment called for context— historical, social and human. But that has been largely missing, at least in most major US media. We talked about how an absence of understanding of the present impairs our ability to move forward with Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies

Phyllis Bennis

Phyllis Bennis: “If we’re serious about preventing acts of violence in the future…we have to be prepared to do the hard work of looking at context.”

Phyllis Bennis: Resistance, including resistance violence, never just happens out of thin air. It happens in response to something. It happens in the context of something.

And if we’re serious about preventing acts of violence in the future, understanding the acts of violence that have already occurred, we have to be prepared to do the hard work of looking at context, looking at root causes, something that at moments of crisis— which, for Israelis, this is clearly a moment of unexpected crisis, but for people in this country as well—it’s crucial that we take those hard steps to figure out what gives rise to this. Because otherwise we’re simply mouthing platitudes of condemnation.

Condemnation of violent attacks on civilians is completely appropriate. Some of the acts of some of the Hamas militants were in complete violation of international law, and should be condemned.

And it’s also true that they didn’t just happen. They happened in the context of 75 years of oppression of Palestinians, decades of an apartheid system. The lives of the people in Gaza, the 2.2 million people who live in that enclosed, open-air prison, if you will, one of the most crowded places on the face of the Earth, have lived under a state of siege that was imposed by Israel in 2007.

So all of those things have to be taken into account to understand—not to justify, not to ever justify—the killings of civilians, the killings of children and old people; unacceptable, should be condemned; and we have to understand from where that comes, why these things happen. Otherwise, we have no basis to figure out a strategy to stop the violence on all sides.

***

JJ: And as Israel’s siege of Gaza goes on, to the increasing horror and outrage in this country and around the world, some powerful figures in politics and the press have turned their sights on those who would protest the bloodshed. The New York Times columnist Bret Stephens told readers that opposition to Israel’s violence was evidence that US progressives are, at bottom, antisemitic. Because if Jewish people oppose racist policing, for example, Black people should “trade back” uncritical support for the State of Israel.

It’s a cynical view of coalitional social movements, but there’s no reason to believe it’s going to be the vision that wins the day. CounterSpin heard a very different story from Sonya Meyerson-Knox, communications director at Jewish Voice for Peace.

Sonya Meyerson-Knox of Jewish Voice for Peace

Sonya Meyerson-Knox: “As long as there’s been the concept of a State of Israel, there have been Jews that have been leading opposition to it.” (image: Zero Hour)

Sonya Meyerson-Knox: The belief that none of us are free unless all of us are free, it’s not just a slogan. It’s absolutely, I think, the only way that any of us are going to have the future that we’re trying to build.

Look at all the polls, including the ones that are coming out right now. A majority of US voters, and the vast majority of Democratic voters, are all demanding a lasting ceasefire, and most of them want to see US military aid to the Israeli government conditioned, if not stopped entirely.

And yet none of that actually appears on the pages of the New York Times. It treats the Palestine movement, and those of us who stand for Palestinian freedom and liberation, as though we are somehow an anomaly, when in fact we are the vastly growing majority.

As long as there’s been the concept of a State of Israel, there have been Jews that have been leading opposition to it. The American Jewish population, let alone the global Jewish population, is not a monolith, and it never was and it never will be.

And that’s one of the things I think that makes the Jewish community so strong, is our long cultural and historical understanding of ourselves as a place that values debate and introspection and proving your sources, and then doubting them and challenging them and researching them, and coming back to the discussion and teasing things out, over and over again, along with, and this is especially important to the younger generation, I would argue, that are coming up now as young adults, the idea of social justice, of tikkun olam, repairing the world.

When I was growing up, as a kid, I thought being Jewish meant that my grandparents were union supporters and Communist activists, and I thought that’s what being Jewish was. And not everyone has that particular background, but so many of us have absolutely been raised to the idea that part of what it means to be a Jew and to practice Judaism, not just once a week or twice a week, but every day, constantly, is this commitment to trying to make the world a better place. And increasingly, like we’re seeing right now, that has to include Palestine, that has to include what’s happening to Palestinians.

***

JJ: That was Sonya Meyerson-Knox. Before her you heard Phyllis Bennis, Peter Maybarduk, Rodrigo Camarena, Kehsi Iman Wilson, Emily Sanders, Kamau Franklin and Paul Hudson.

And that’s it for The best of CounterSpin for 2023 is only a sample of the valuable conversations it’s been our pleasure to host this year.CounterSpin is produced by the media watch group FAIR, and you can find decades of CounterSpin shows and transcripts at FAIR.org. The show is engineered by Reilly Bair and the one and only Alex Noyes. I’m Janine Jackson. Thank you for listening to CounterSpin.

 

The post ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’<br></em><span style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 1em; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/feed/ 0 449233
‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/#respond Wed, 03 Jan 2024 17:24:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036715 The best of CounterSpin for 2023 is only a sample of the valuable conversations it’s been our pleasure to host this year.

The post ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’<br></em><span style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 1em; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

This is a lightly edited transcript of “The Best of CounterSpin 2023,” originally aired on December 29, 2023.

      CounterSpin231229.mp3

 

 

Janine Jackson: Every week, CounterSpin tries to bring you a look behind the headlines of the mainstream news—not because headlines are false, necessarily, but because the full story is rarely reflected there. The voices, the communities, the ideas that are not front and center in the discourse of the powerful, but could help us move toward a more equitable, peaceful, healthy communal life.

Many—most—conversations we need to have, have to happen around corporate news media, while deconstructing and re-imagining the discourse that they’re pumping out day after day.

CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They all help us see the world and one another more clearly, give us tools to make a better future, and offer other resources once we understand that we can’t believe everything we read.

You’re listening to the Best of CounterSpin for 2023, brought to you by the media watch group FAIR.

***

Just about a year ago, lots of people were traveling, or trying to, on holiday and vacation trips. Thousands of them found themselves stranded in airports, their flights canceled, their luggage who knows where, and airlines utterly unresponsive to their complaints. Beyond chaotic, it was confusing in a country where the rhetoric is all about the customer being king, and getting what you pay for. In January 2023, CounterSpin spoke with Paul Hudson, president of FlyersRights, a nonprofit that organizes the consumer rights of airline passengers.

Paul Hudson

Paul Hudson: “The airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily, especially their executives, in the business of making money.”

Paul Hudson: The intention of the PPP programs and some other bailouts of the airlines, which altogether involved about $90 billion, was that you would keep the staff on the payroll so they would be ready when pandemic ended to restore traffic, and they wouldn’t have to go from a cold start.

But the airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily, especially their executives, in the business of making money. If that meant reducing their payroll through other means, that got around the intention of the law—and there was no real oversight by the federal government on money—that’s what they did.

And they continued to pay, in some cases, dividends. They paid large bonuses to CEOs and top executives. Some of them also did stock buybacks to keep their stock price up, while their profits, of course, were dwindling to nothing.

The reforms that we’ve been promoting pretty much have been ignored by DoT, which is the only regulator of the airline industry. And, as a result, things have gotten worse and worse.

For example, you would think there would be some requirement to have a certain level of backup or reserve capacity, for personnel as well as equipment. But there is none. There is no requirement, and some airlines actually have negative reserves. So even on their best day, they cancel 1 or 2 percent of their fights. It’s profitable to do that.

Another example is that there is no requirement that they maintain any level of customer service. Each airline sets their own goals about that, but there’s no enforcement. And they just say, “Well, I’m sorry.” They don’t answer your phones. They don’t have the personnel to do it.

And the area that’s most crucial, which is pilots: We have a shortage of pilots. Pretty much everyone agrees with that; except perhaps the pilot union, that wants to leverage the situation, says there is no shortage. But the airlines are simply not recruiting the pilots they need, and haven’t done so for years, especially for regional airlines. They don’t pay them nearly enough.

And the proposals that FlyersRights made, going back to June of this year, about 17 of them, have pretty much been ignored by DoT, at least until recently.

***

JJ: In a year that called for and saw a great deal of organized protest, one focal point was Cop City, a militarized police training complex being built on Atlanta’s South River Forest, over and against community opposition. An environmental activist known as Tortuguita was killed in a hail of police bullets, while, as an independently ordered autopsy revealed, they sat cross-legged with their hands up.

Kamau Franklin is founder of the national grassroots organization Community Movement Builders, and co-host of the podcast Renegade Culture. We talked about Cop City with him in March, starting with the history of the land itself.

Kamau Franklin

Kamau Franklin: “This is a city that doubled down on police violence and police militarization after these uprisings.”

Kamau Franklin: That land, in terms of it being a forest before the invention of Cop City, was promised to the adjacent community, which is 70% Black, as a recreational and park area, particularly as the land reforested itself over time. Park areas where there were supposed to be nature trails, hiking available, parks available.

And when the idea of Cop City arose, from the Atlanta Police Department, the City of Atlanta and the Atlanta Police Foundation, all of those plans were scrapped immediately, without any input from that adjoining community. And instead they decided to move forward with this idea of Cop City.

This is a perfect illustration of how the state, vis-a-vis the city, the state government and even, in some ways, the federal government, operate in tandem. And a lot of times, most of the time, it doesn’t matter what party they are, but operate in tandem at the whim of capital, and at the whim of a, relatively speaking, right-wing ideological outlook.

And, again, it doesn’t matter which party it is we’re talking about. It doesn’t matter whether or not those folks are Black or white, but an ideological outlook that says overpolicing in Black and brown communities is the answer to every problem.

And so here in particular, you talked about the process. This process of developing Cop City came after the 2020 uprisings against police violence, the 2020 uprisings that were national in scope, that started after Breonna Taylor, George Floyd and, here in Atlanta, Rayshard Brooks were killed by the police, and it caused a massive uprising and movement across the nation again.

The response by the authorities here in Atlanta was to push through their plans on building Cop City, to double down on their efforts, again, to continue the overpolicing of Black communities, particularly here in Atlanta.

Atlanta is a city that is gentrifying at an astronomical rate. It’s gone from a 60% Black city to one that’s less than 50% in only a matter of 20, 30 years, all of that under Black leadership.

It’s a city that, in terms of those who are arrested, 90% of those who are arrested in Atlanta by the police are Black people; its jails are filled with Black people.

And so this is a city that doubled down on police violence and police militarization after these uprisings.

***

JJ: If baristas on strike were surprising, Hollywood writers on strike were downright shocking for those who vaguely imagine that these are dream jobs for which the only appropriate response is  “thank you.” We got a window on a world of people who are, at the end of the day, workers, from Eric Thurm, campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. He wrote an informative piece on the historic writers and actors strike for GQ. One topic we touched on was AI—not the science-y, techno aspect of it, but the power part.

Eric Thurm

Eric Thurm: “Every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out.”

Eric Thurm: Technology has been a source of struggle for decades, in particularly the Writers Guild contracts. Because, essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out, which I suspect a lot of people will be intimately familiar with. This is the business model of some of the biggest companies and most worker-hostile companies in the world.

And that dates back to when home video emerged, or when DVD box sets emerged. And part of the reason that streaming pays so little is that it was new the last time that the writers went on strike in 2007, and they agreed to have it be covered by the minimum basic agreement, but not as fully as, like, a TV network.

And so, of course, the companies exploited that as much as possible. And on some level, it’s hard to blame them, at least in the sense that the purpose of the company is to take as much value out of the workers as it can.

And this is what people are referring to when they say that the studios are really trying, as much as possible, to turn writing, but also acting, and all of the other myriad jobs that go into making entertainment that people watch, into gig work, into stuff where you just have no say in your work, and are told by this unfeeling algorithm, or app or whatever it is, what you are and are not supposed to do.

And in the context of what people like to call AI, beyond the fact that the issue with a lot of these programs is that they are trained on a lot of other people’s work—I saw someone recently describe it as, “This is just a plagiarism machine,” which I think is a very accurate description. Even in cases where it does something interesting, you can use it as a smoke screen to avoid having to credit the people that created something.

I think that’s something that we are going to see the studios try more and more, even without necessarily having AI be involved.

***

JJ: Corporate journalists still invoke, and many people still believe in, a vision of an intrepid, independent press corps that is speaking truth to power. The sad extent to which that is not true was spotlighted painfully in June, when CNBC‘s Andrew Ross Sorkin hosted a chummy interview with Chevron CEO Mike Wirth. CounterSpin heard from Emily Sanders, editorial lead at the Center for Climate Integrity and founder of ExxonKnews, who saw it as emblematic of a larger—and, let’s acknowledge, historically environmentally devastating—media failure.

Emily Sanders of the Center for Climate Integrity

Emily Sanders: “The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas.”

Emily Sanders: Mainstream media have had a very hard time connecting climate change to oil companies, and their decades of pollution and deception about the harms caused by fossil fuels.

And when you see coverage of deadly heat waves and wildfire smoke, for instance, there’s often no mention of things like how the major oil companies are still spending millions every year lobbying to delay the transition to renewable energy, or how Chevron, the world’s most-polluting investor-owned oil company, is currently pouring even more money into increased fossil fuel extraction and production, after making record profits last year.

So it’s also not a coincidence that mainstream media is so far behind on this. The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas, what needs to be done about it and what the obstacles really are to addressing climate change.

And that goes back to at least the ’80s and ’90s, when oil companies began placing ads and advertorials, or ads disguised as news editorials, in major outlets like the New York Times and the Washington Post, that downplayed the reality of climate change.

And even today, as we learned from last year’s congressional investigations and hearings into the industry’s disinformation, companies like Exxon, Chevron, BP and Shell are still running advertisements that look like articles in the country’s biggest news outlets, promoting things like algae and so-called natural gas as climate solutions. So they’ve really used the veil of journalistic credibility to help disguise their misleading and deceptive advertising for quite a while.

And we’re seeing that, not just with advertising, but with some reporters themselves still failing to name the source of climate inaction, and still unable or unwilling to recognize and call out disinformation, sometimes even parroting fossil fuel industry framing about how we can’t move off oil too quickly, or how Big Oil is working on ways to solve climate change, despite that they’re causing it, without actually challenging those misconceptions.

***

JJ: August 2023 saw the 33rd anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act. And Joe Biden, while acknowledging that disabled people still face discrimination, led with the sort of rhetoric that politicians and news media generally use, claiming that it’s

hard for younger generations to imagine a world without the ADA, but before it existed, if you were disabled, stores could turn you away and employers could refuse to hire you. Transit was largely inaccessible.

That rang weirdly out of touch to many, including our guest, Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder and chief operating officer of New Disabled South.

Kehsi Iman Wilson

Kehsi Iman Wilson: “In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement.”

Kehsi Iman Wilson: In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement—or political movement, for that matter.

And when we’re talking about disability—disability rights, disability access, certainly disability justice—so much of the real, lived experience of disabled people contradicts a lot of President Biden’s opening statements.

For example, when you talk about “couldn’t imagine a world where there was inaccessible public transit”—there’s still inaccessible public transit for the majority of disabled people. And unless you’re in the privileged few who can afford paratransit services, where they’re accessible where you live, things even as basic as access to sidewalks is still a major issue.

We’re dealing with so many infrastructure issues in this country, and, as we know, any issue doubly or triply impacts disabled people.

We’ve seen, and we continue to see, a spate of laws being passed across counties, across states, making it more difficult to access the ballot box—for example, getting rid of drop boxes, ballot boxes. But when you do that, you are not only disenfranchising, effectively, large portions of people of color, of people who live in rural areas, but disabled people. And that’s not talked about.

***

JJ: Media like the Washington Post got the positive vapors this year about the scourge of “organized retail crime.” The Post called for an aggressive federal crackdown on people stealing from grocery stores, etc., even after the National Retail Federation acknowledged that the data they had put out about the impact of such theft was bogus.

If elite media cared about theft, of course, they’d be tracking a different story: companies stealing straight out of the paychecks of employees struggling to make ends meet. We talked about wage theft this fall with Rodrigo Camarena, director of Justicia Lab and Co-creator of ¡Reclamo!, a tech-enabled initiative to combat the problem.

Rodrigo Camarena:

Rodrigo Camarena: “In some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage.”

Rodrigo Camarena: Wage theft is so common and so ubiquitous that we don’t really consider it in our day-to-day lives. But, like you mentioned, it’s this huge problem. It’s actually the largest form of theft, when you compare it to burglaries, armed robberies, motor vehicle thefts combined.

And it happens whenever a worker is deprived of the wages that they’re owed lawfully. So that could mean not being paid a minimum wage, not being paid overtime, having deductions from someone’s paycheck made, or just not paying someone; they show up at the job one day and the person that hired them isn’t there anymore. Failing to honor sick leave or other benefits is another form of wage theft.

In some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage. And it’s a problem that disproportionately impacts low-wage workers, women and immigrants, and in particular undocumented immigrants, who often don’t feel like they can stand up for themselves, or request what they’re owed lawfully, because of their status.

So I think there’s a lot of misinformation about your rights as a worker that might prevent people from standing up for themselves and defending these rights, but this is part of the challenge in addressing this problem.

***

JJ: You might not guess it from coverage, but Covid-19 did not magically disappear in 2023. People continued to get sick and to die in the US and around the world. And drug companies like Pfizer continued to make hay from that sickness and death. Peter Maybarduk brought us an update in October. He’s director of Public Citizen’s Access to Medicines Group.

Peter Maybarduk

Peter Maybarduk: “Drug corporations have really been in the driver’s seat, working privately, secretly, on their own logic’s terms, of where they can make the most money.”

Peter Maybarduk: Pfizer has more than doubled the price of its Covid-19 treatment Paxlovid—nirmatrelvir plus ritonavir—to the US government from around $530 a course up to $1,390 for a list price now. And that despite the fact that Pfizer’s already made $18 billion off this drug in global sales. And they’re raising the price right at a time when it hurts most, because will, obviously, to fight and to fund pandemic response has diminished greatly, and the US government is transitioning its response to the commercial market.

So there’s very limited public resources now, in the United States and around the world, to ensure continuity of treatment. And in order to make up for the loss of volume, Pfizer has decided to increase prices, but that’s going to suppress demand further; that’s going to make it harder worldwide to access Covid treatment for people that need it.

In many ways, Covid-19 is a pandemic where prescription drug corporations have determined who receives what treatment or vaccine when, at least at a population level, at a sort of country-by-country level. And health agencies have been on the receiving end of that; they haven’t always known what price another country’s paying, they haven’t known what’s their place in line, the terms and conditions.

And, of course, global health authorities haven’t been able to effectively prioritize and indicate that we must prioritize population A, B and C, in these ratios, in order to end the pandemic as quickly as possible. Instead, drug corporations have really been in the driver’s seat, working privately, secretly, on their own logic’s terms, of where they can make the most money, or what public relations and pandemic concessions they want to make. And, unfortunately, that’s continuing here in this case.

***

JJ: Many people’s worst fears when they learned of Hamas’ October 7 attack in Israel have been borne out and beyond in subsequent weeks. The moment called for context— historical, social and human. But that has been largely missing, at least in most major US media. We talked about how an absence of understanding of the present impairs our ability to move forward with Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies

Phyllis Bennis

Phyllis Bennis: “If we’re serious about preventing acts of violence in the future…we have to be prepared to do the hard work of looking at context.”

Phyllis Bennis: Resistance, including resistance violence, never just happens out of thin air. It happens in response to something. It happens in the context of something.

And if we’re serious about preventing acts of violence in the future, understanding the acts of violence that have already occurred, we have to be prepared to do the hard work of looking at context, looking at root causes, something that at moments of crisis— which, for Israelis, this is clearly a moment of unexpected crisis, but for people in this country as well—it’s crucial that we take those hard steps to figure out what gives rise to this. Because otherwise we’re simply mouthing platitudes of condemnation.

Condemnation of violent attacks on civilians is completely appropriate. Some of the acts of some of the Hamas militants were in complete violation of international law, and should be condemned.

And it’s also true that they didn’t just happen. They happened in the context of 75 years of oppression of Palestinians, decades of an apartheid system. The lives of the people in Gaza, the 2.2 million people who live in that enclosed, open-air prison, if you will, one of the most crowded places on the face of the Earth, have lived under a state of siege that was imposed by Israel in 2007.

So all of those things have to be taken into account to understand—not to justify, not to ever justify—the killings of civilians, the killings of children and old people; unacceptable, should be condemned; and we have to understand from where that comes, why these things happen. Otherwise, we have no basis to figure out a strategy to stop the violence on all sides.

***

JJ: And as Israel’s siege of Gaza goes on, to the increasing horror and outrage in this country and around the world, some powerful figures in politics and the press have turned their sights on those who would protest the bloodshed. The New York Times columnist Bret Stephens told readers that opposition to Israel’s violence was evidence that US progressives are, at bottom, antisemitic. Because if Jewish people oppose racist policing, for example, Black people should “trade back” uncritical support for the State of Israel.

It’s a cynical view of coalitional social movements, but there’s no reason to believe it’s going to be the vision that wins the day. CounterSpin heard a very different story from Sonya Meyerson-Knox, communications director at Jewish Voice for Peace.

Sonya Meyerson-Knox of Jewish Voice for Peace

Sonya Meyerson-Knox: “As long as there’s been the concept of a State of Israel, there have been Jews that have been leading opposition to it.” (image: Zero Hour)

Sonya Meyerson-Knox: The belief that none of us are free unless all of us are free, it’s not just a slogan. It’s absolutely, I think, the only way that any of us are going to have the future that we’re trying to build.

Look at all the polls, including the ones that are coming out right now. A majority of US voters, and the vast majority of Democratic voters, are all demanding a lasting ceasefire, and most of them want to see US military aid to the Israeli government conditioned, if not stopped entirely.

And yet none of that actually appears on the pages of the New York Times. It treats the Palestine movement, and those of us who stand for Palestinian freedom and liberation, as though we are somehow an anomaly, when in fact we are the vastly growing majority.

As long as there’s been the concept of a State of Israel, there have been Jews that have been leading opposition to it. The American Jewish population, let alone the global Jewish population, is not a monolith, and it never was and it never will be.

And that’s one of the things I think that makes the Jewish community so strong, is our long cultural and historical understanding of ourselves as a place that values debate and introspection and proving your sources, and then doubting them and challenging them and researching them, and coming back to the discussion and teasing things out, over and over again, along with, and this is especially important to the younger generation, I would argue, that are coming up now as young adults, the idea of social justice, of tikkun olam, repairing the world.

When I was growing up, as a kid, I thought being Jewish meant that my grandparents were union supporters and Communist activists, and I thought that’s what being Jewish was. And not everyone has that particular background, but so many of us have absolutely been raised to the idea that part of what it means to be a Jew and to practice Judaism, not just once a week or twice a week, but every day, constantly, is this commitment to trying to make the world a better place. And increasingly, like we’re seeing right now, that has to include Palestine, that has to include what’s happening to Palestinians.

***

JJ: That was Sonya Meyerson-Knox. Before her you heard Phyllis Bennis, Peter Maybarduk, Rodrigo Camarena, Kehsi Iman Wilson, Emily Sanders, Kamau Franklin and Paul Hudson.

And that’s it for The best of CounterSpin for 2023 is only a sample of the valuable conversations it’s been our pleasure to host this year.CounterSpin is produced by the media watch group FAIR, and you can find decades of CounterSpin shows and transcripts at FAIR.org. The show is engineered by Reilly Bair and the one and only Alex Noyes. I’m Janine Jackson. Thank you for listening to CounterSpin.

 

The post ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’<br></em><span style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 1em; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>Transcript of The Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/03/we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-contexttranscript-of-the-best-of-counterspin-2023/feed/ 0 449234
Best of CounterSpin 2023 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/best-of-counterspin-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/best-of-counterspin-2023/#respond Fri, 29 Dec 2023 16:27:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036681 CounterSpin is thankful to all the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show to help us see the world more clearly.

The post Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin231229.mp3

 

Janine Jackson on the Wonder Wheel at Coney Island.

Janine Jackson

Every week, CounterSpin tries to bring you a look “behind the headlines” of the mainstream news. Not because headlines are false, necessarily, but because the full story is rarely reflected there—the voices, the communities and ideas that are not front and center in the discourse of the powerful, but could help us move toward a more equitable, peaceful, healthy communal life. Many—most—conversations we need to have, have to happen around corporate news media, while deconstructing and re-imagining the discourse that they’re pumping out day after day.

Guests featured in this special “best of” episode include:

CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They help us see the world more clearly, as well as the role we can play in changing it. This is just a small selection of some of them.

The post Best of CounterSpin 2023 appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/29/best-of-counterspin-2023/feed/ 0 448453
Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/#respond Fri, 22 Dec 2023 15:22:47 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036624 Powerful institutions, including the media, combine a selective understanding of free expression with a vehement desire to enforce it.

The post Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231222.mp3

 

Middle East Eye: US House Foreign Affairs Committee advances expansive anti-boycott legislation

Middle East Eye (12/14/23)

This week on CounterSpin: People in the US, the story goes, value few things more than individual freedom and money. So you’d think the way an individual uses their money would be sacrosanct. It’s a sign of where we’re at that there are currently congressional efforts to put people in prison, fine them millions of dollars, for choosing not to buy products from countries that are not declared “official enemies” by, well, presumably whoever’s in the White House at the moment. The anti-boycott measure the House Foreign Affairs Committee is pushing may never see daylight, of course, but it indicates a willingness by some in elected office to use state power to silence and sanction anyone using their voice in dissent of official actions—in this one case, lest it be confused, of people critical of Israel’s ongoing mass murder and displacement of Palestinians.

The work to shut down opposition to the siege of Gaza, and US facilitation of it, is reminding Americans of what it means when powerful institutions, including in the media, combine a decidedly selective understanding of free expression with a vehement desire to enforce it.

We talked about that with Wadie Said, professor of law at the University of Colorado Law School, and author of the book Crimes of Terror: The Legal and Political Implications of Federal Terrorism Prosecutions, from Oxford University Press.

      CounterSpin231222Said.mp3

 

The post Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/feed/ 0 447432
Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/#respond Fri, 22 Dec 2023 15:22:47 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036624 Powerful institutions, including the media, combine a selective understanding of free expression with a vehement desire to enforce it.

The post Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231222.mp3

 

Middle East Eye: US House Foreign Affairs Committee advances expansive anti-boycott legislation

Middle East Eye (12/14/23)

This week on CounterSpin: People in the US, the story goes, value few things more than individual freedom and money. So you’d think the way an individual uses their money would be sacrosanct. It’s a sign of where we’re at that there are currently congressional efforts to put people in prison, fine them millions of dollars, for choosing not to buy products from countries that are not declared “official enemies” by, well, presumably whoever’s in the White House at the moment. The anti-boycott measure the House Foreign Affairs Committee is pushing may never see daylight, of course, but it indicates a willingness by some in elected office to use state power to silence and sanction anyone using their voice in dissent of official actions—in this one case, lest it be confused, of people critical of Israel’s ongoing mass murder and displacement of Palestinians.

The work to shut down opposition to the siege of Gaza, and US facilitation of it, is reminding Americans of what it means when powerful institutions, including in the media, combine a decidedly selective understanding of free expression with a vehement desire to enforce it.

We talked about that with Wadie Said, professor of law at the University of Colorado Law School, and author of the book Crimes of Terror: The Legal and Political Implications of Federal Terrorism Prosecutions, from Oxford University Press.

      CounterSpin231222Said.mp3

 

The post Wadie Said on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/wadie-said-on-the-new-mccarthyism/feed/ 0 447433
Richard Wiles & Matthew Cunningham-Cook on Climate Disruption Filtered Through Corporate Media https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/richard-wiles-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-climate-disruption-filtered-through-corporate-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/richard-wiles-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-climate-disruption-filtered-through-corporate-media/#respond Fri, 15 Dec 2023 16:57:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036532 We can't have a public conversation about how fossil fuels cause climate disruption in a corporate media moneyed by fossil fuel companies.

The post Richard Wiles & Matthew Cunningham-Cook on Climate Disruption Filtered Through Corporate Media appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin231215.mp3

 

NYT: U.N. Climate Summit Strikes Deal to Transition Away from Fossil Fuels

New York Times (12/13/23)

This week on CounterSpin: UN Climate talks have ended with an agreement that, most importantly—New York Times headlines would suggest—”Strikes Deal to Transition Away From Fossil Fuels.” Headlines, all that many people read, are often misleading, and sometimes they aggressively deflect from the point of the story, which in this case is that everyone who wasn’t a polluting corporate entity came away from COP28 angry, worried and frustrated at the way that fossil fuel companies have been able to endanger everyone with their actions, but also hornswoggle their way into media debate such that we’re all supposed to consider how to balance the life of humanity on the planet with the profit margins of a handful of billionaires.

Corporate news media have a lot to answer for here, in terms of public understanding of climate disruption, what needs to happen, why isn’t it happening? Few things call more for an open public conversation about how to best protect all of us. Why can’t we have it? Well, mystery solved: The entities that are to blame for the problem have their hands in the means we would use to debate and conceivably address it.

Put simply: We cannot have a public conversation about how fossil fuels cause climate disruption within a corporate media moneyed by fossil fuel companies. We know that, and they know that, which is why one of the biggest outputs of polluting corporations is PR—is management of our understanding of what’s going on.

CounterSpin discussed fossil fuel corporations’ brazen lie factory almost precisely a year ago with Richard Wiles, director of the Center for Climate Integrity. We hear some of that conversation again this week.

      CounterSpin231215Wiles.mp3

 

Also: When you talk about climate, a lot of folks go in their head to a picture of clouds, butterflies and wolves. Climate policy is about money and profit and the meaninglessness of all those beautiful vistas you might imagine—at least, that’s how many politicians think of it. We addressed that with Matthew Cunningham-Cook from the Lever in August of this year. And we hear some of that this week as well.

      CounterSpin231215Cunningham-Cook.mp3

 

Climate disruption reality as filtrated through corporate media, this week on CounterSpin.


Featured image:  Extinction Rebellion climate protest. Photo: VladimirMorozov/AKXmedia

The post Richard Wiles & Matthew Cunningham-Cook on Climate Disruption Filtered Through Corporate Media appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/richard-wiles-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-climate-disruption-filtered-through-corporate-media/feed/ 0 445978
Sonya Meyerson-Knox on Jewish Voice for Peace https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/08/sonya-meyerson-knox-on-jewish-voice-for-peace/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/08/sonya-meyerson-knox-on-jewish-voice-for-peace/#respond Fri, 08 Dec 2023 16:36:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036438 The devastation of Gaza, and the vehement efforts to silence anyone who wants to challenge it, is the story for today.

The post Sonya Meyerson-Knox on Jewish Voice for Peace appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin231208.mp3

 

Jewish Voice for Peace protest in Seattle against the Gaza siege, December 2, 2023

(CC image: Jewish Voice for Peace)

This week on CounterSpin: As we record on December 7, the news from Gaza continues horrific: The Washington Post is reporting, citing Gaza Health Ministry reports, that Israel’s continued assault throughout the region has killed at least 350 people in the past 24 hours, which brings the death toll of the Israeli military campaign, launched after the October 7 attack by Hamas that killed a reported 1,200 people, to more than 17,000.

In this country, Columbia University has suspended two student groups protesting in support of Palestinian human rights and human beings, though the official message couldn’t specify which policies, exactly, had been violated.

There are many important and terrible things happening in the world right now—from fossil fuel companies working to undo any democratic restraints on their ability to profit from planetary destruction; to drugmakers who’ve devastated the lives of millions using the legal system to say money, actually, can substitute for accountability; to an upcoming election that is almost too much to think about, and the Beltway press corps acting like it’s just another day.

But the devastation of Gaza and the vehement efforts to silence anyone who wants to challenge it—and the failure of those efforts, as people nevertheless keep speaking up, keep protesting—is the story for today.

Sonya Meyerson-Knox is communications director of Jewish Voice for Peace. We talk with her this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin231208Meyerson-Knox.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of climate change.

      CounterSpin231208Banter.mp3

 

The post Sonya Meyerson-Knox on Jewish Voice for Peace appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/08/sonya-meyerson-knox-on-jewish-voice-for-peace/feed/ 0 444501
Melissa Gira Grant on Abortion Rights & Politics https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/01/melissa-gira-grant-on-abortion-rights-politics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/01/melissa-gira-grant-on-abortion-rights-politics/#respond Fri, 01 Dec 2023 17:03:57 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036366 Too many outlets seem to have trouble shaking the framing of abortion as a "controversy," or as posing problems for this or that politician.

The post Melissa Gira Grant on Abortion Rights & Politics appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231201.mp3

 

This week on CounterSpin: “Abortion Politics Reveal Concerns” was the headline one paper gave a recent Associated Press story, language so bland it almost discourages reading the piece, which reports how right-wing politicians and anti-abortion activists are seeking to undermine or undo democratic processes when those processes accurately reflect the public desire to protect reproductive rights. Methods include “challenging election results, refusing to bring state laws into line with voter-backed changes, moving to strip state courts of their power to consider abortion-related laws, and challenging the citizen-led ballot initiative process itself.”

So there is a way to cover abortion access as a political issue without reducing it to one. But too many outlets seem to have trouble shaking the framing of abortion as a “controversy,” or as posing problems for this or that politician, rather than presenting it as a matter of basic human rights that majorities in this country have long supported, and centering in their coverage the people who are being affected by its creeping criminalization.

Melissa Gira Grant is a staff writer at the New Republic, and the author of Playing the Whore: The Work of Sex Work and of the forthcoming A Woman Is Against the Law: Sex, Race and the Limits of Justice in America. She’s been reporting on abortion for years, and joins us this week to talk about it.

      CounterSpin231201Grant.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of marriage and ideology.

      CounterSpin231201banter.mp3

 

The post Melissa Gira Grant on Abortion Rights & Politics appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/01/melissa-gira-grant-on-abortion-rights-politics/feed/ 0 443067
Mark Weisbrot on Argentina’s Javier Milei https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/mark-weisbrot-on-argentinas-javier-milei/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/mark-weisbrot-on-argentinas-javier-milei/#respond Fri, 24 Nov 2023 15:46:21 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036280 Argentina's new president questions the death toll of the country's military dictatorship and calls climate change a “lie of socialism.”

The post Mark Weisbrot on Argentina’s Javier Milei appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231124.mp3

 

WaPo: Argentina set for sharp right turn as Trump-like radical wins presidency

Washington Post (11/19/23)

This week on CounterSpin: The new president of Argentina opposes abortion rights, casts doubt on the death toll of the country’s military dictatorship, would like it to be easier to access handguns and calls climate change a “lie of socialism.” Many were worried about what Javier Milei would bring, but, the Washington Post explained: “Anger won over fear. For many Argentines, the bigger risk was more of the same.”

But if you want to dig down into the roots of that “same,” the economic and historic conditions that drove that deep dissatisfaction, US news media will be less helpful to you there. Milei is not a landslide popular president, and thoughtful, critical information and conversation could help clarify peoples’ problems and their sources, such that voters—in Argentina and elsewhere—might not be left to believe that the only way forward is a man wielding a literal chainsaw.

We’ll learn about Javier Milei and what led to his election from Mark Weisbrot, co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research and author of the book Failed: What the “Experts” Got Wrong About the Global Economy.

      CounterSpin231124Weisbrot.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at FAIR’s recent study on the Sunday shows’ Gaza guests.

      CounterSpin231124Banter.mp3

 

The post Mark Weisbrot on Argentina’s Javier Milei appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/24/mark-weisbrot-on-argentinas-javier-milei/feed/ 0 441537
‘You Cannot Preach on Human Rights When You Are Not Doing Enough at Home’ – CounterSpin interview with Jamil Dakwar on the US and human rights https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/you-cannot-preach-on-human-rights-when-you-are-not-doing-enough-at-home-counterspin-interview-with-jamil-dakwar-on-the-us-and-human-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/you-cannot-preach-on-human-rights-when-you-are-not-doing-enough-at-home-counterspin-interview-with-jamil-dakwar-on-the-us-and-human-rights/#respond Fri, 17 Nov 2023 21:45:19 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036187   Janine Jackson interviewed the ACLU’s Jamil Dakwar about human rights and the United States for the November 10, 2023,  episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: As US officials and pundits appear to consider which babies are really civilians and which interpretation of law allows for their murder, you […]

The post ‘You Cannot Preach on Human Rights When You Are Not Doing Enough at Home’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the ACLU’s Jamil Dakwar about human rights and the United States for the November 10, 2023,  episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231110Dakwar.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: As US officials and pundits appear to consider which babies are really civilians and which interpretation of law allows for their murder, you can almost imagine them thinking that the world is watching, waiting to learn: What do these smart people think about geopolitics? What will they decide?”

When certainly, what a huge number of people are thinking, around the world and in this country, is: Where do they get off? What allows so many US professional talking–type people, in 2023, to imagine that they are the city on the hill?

The belief in US exceptionalism—the idea that this country alone can and should serve as international arbiter, not because of a massive military and a readiness to use it, but because of the impenetrable moral high ground earned by a commitment to democratic principles—well, that belief is price of admission to the “serious people” foreign policy conversations in the US press.

So something like the recent report from the UN Human Rights Committee, that assesses the US the same way it would assess any other country on human rights issues, lands in corporate US news media like a message from Mars.

Joining us now with a differing context is Jamil Dakwar, director of the Human Rights Program at the ACLU. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Jamil Dakwar.

Jamil Dakwar: Thank you for having me on.

JJ: This assessment from the UN Human Rights Committee can be read as particularly meaningful at the moment, as the United States asserts, both openly and covertly, its power in the Middle East. But the report is about

many things, both international and here in the United States. I know that people are not going to see a lot—if any—of media coverage on this report. So what is the report, and then what’s in it that we should acknowledge?

JD: The report that was released last Friday, November 3, is the result or outcome of a review that happened last month, on the 17 and 18 of October, by the UN Human Rights Committee. This is a committee of independent experts, of about 18 members, that come from different parts of the world, and they are in charge of monitoring the implementation of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.

This treaty, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights—or the ICCPR, as it’s commonly referred to—was one of the first international human rights treaties that the United States ratified in the early 1990s, right after the end of the Cold War, when the United States was showing that, look, we are, as you said, we are the city on the hill. We are the beacon of freedom of democracy and human rights for all other countries, and we are going to be committed to these things by signing on and ratifying this treaty.

The ratification of the ICCPR, 12/11/1978. UN Audiovisual Library of International Law.

However, that was 30 years ago, and we have this report, which was issued by the independent experts of the UN Human Rights Committee, based on reviewing the United States Periodic Report that was submitted in 2021, that essentially concluded that the US has so much more work to do. It has fallen behind, and it’s actually an outlier in many areas when it comes to civil and political rights, and particularly with regard to marginalized communities.

This is a really damning report. This is a report that—a review happens every eight or nine years. The last time this happened was in 2014, during the Obama administration. The United States’ report itself, to the committee, was submitted in the last five days of the Trump administration, and the Biden administration showed up before the committee.

Although they attempted to show some of the work and some of the important steps that they took in order to address some of the backsliding on human rights that happened in the last eight years, the committee was not convinced. And in specific terms, it went one by one, and in the report, which I hope you can post it also on your website, is a very long document that covers a massive amount of issues, from Indigenous rights to reproductive rights, to voting rights, to issues related to free speech and assembly rights, use of force. The criminal legal system was also analyzed in the report, looking at specific extreme sentences and punishment, like death by incarceration, for example, and many, many other issues that, really, it’s hard to enumerate in just a short interview.

But the bottom line is, this was another wake-up call for the United States, that you really cannot claim the moral high ground. You cannot preach to other countries on human rights when you are not doing enough here at home in your own backyard.

And I think civil society organizations that participated in the review—and we had over 140 of them from the United States, all the way from the colonial territories of Guam to Puerto Rico, to Alaska, Hawaii, to different parts of the United States—and the civil society organizations have made it clear that they are not going to accept the same talking points or the same formulations that government officials from the State Department, from the White House, from the Justice Department have put forward to the committee.

They are inadequate. More needs to be done. And that’s something that I think was echoed by the recommendations that were made in the report of the Human Rights Committee.

JJ: I do think that a lot of folks will actually find it jarring to hear the term “human rights” applied in a US domestic context. Human rights is something that other countries have violations of, and the idea of looking at missing and murdered Indigenous girls, at the death penalty, at asylum policy, at solitary confinement, looking at those as human rights issues, I think is just difficult for many people.

And I don’t want it to get lost; there is a call to action. There are calls to action suggested by the report. So what are they saying should actually happen right now?

JD: First, the committee said, we are not happy and we’re not satisfied with the way that the United States has been implementing—or rather, failing to implement—the treaty at the state, local and federal level. So they first expressed that concern, and they also said that we don’t accept the reservations that the United States has entered when the US ratified it.

But more importantly, they said the United States doesn’t have a human rights infrastructure to implement international human rights obligations. And they called, as a matter of a priority, to establish a national human rights institution—which many countries around the world, including the closest US Western allies, have—where this body would be in charge of implementing and monitoring and helping the United States uphold its international human rights obligations and commitments at the federal, state and local level.

We don’t have such a body. In fact, we don’t have any monitoring body which relates to human rights, and therefore this was one of the first and, I think, a prominent recommendation that is in the report.

The committee also made significant detailed recommendations, going through the list from, as you said, Indigenous rights issues related to sacred sites and tribal lands, or land where there was not adequate consultations with Indigenous communities—and asked them to uphold the principle of free prior and informed consent, which is a universal principle accepted by many countries around the world when it comes to intrusion and violating the rights of Indigenous peoples, particularly in the extraction and development industry.

The other area that was very prominent was in the area of gender equality and reproductive rights, where the committee also noted and called for significant changes in the way that the United States government is upholding its international human rights obligations with relation to protecting women’s right to choose and women’s right to their own body, to domestic violence, and the fact that this is an endemic that has really reached the highest proportion.

ACLU (Photo by Bryan Olin Dozier/NurPhoto via AP)

It also addressed the issue of migration and rights of immigrants, including in immigration detention facilities, the fact that many people are losing their right to seek asylum, something that we’ve seen deteriorating even under the Biden administration.

It called on the United States to look at the impact of the climate crisis on human rights in the United States, something that usually is not looked at as a matter of human rights, rather as a matter of environmental rights, or only as a matter of a climate crisis separate from human rights.

It also called on the US to address voting rights as a really urgent issue, where we know, and the committee noted, the gerrymandering and redistricting that was happening around the country, the suppression of voter rights, particularly of minority and marginalized communities.

So all of those are in the report. They are calling on the United States within three years to submit a progress report on what [steps] will be taken in order to address issues of immigration, reproductive rights and voting rights. And then, in eight years, the US will be up for another review.

Of course, the US shouldn’t be waiting for eight years to start working on its own record. I think that’s where our role as civil society organizations, to hold our government accountable, to make sure that they are doing what they should do, what they should have done yesterday or years ago and in an urgent manner.

Jamil Dakwar (image: Witness to Guantanamo)

Jamil Dakwar: “There is an organized, orchestrated attack to delegitimize the human rights movement in different ways… The lack of concerted effort to do human rights education in the United States is clear.” (image: Witness to Guantanamo)

Because it’s really impacted not only people in the United States. Some of the policies impact millions of people who reside outside the United States, particularly with regard to US massive surveillance policies. The impact of the United States’ policies of foreign assistance, as we know, impacts the rights of people who live outside the United States, including people who are still held at places like Guantánamo Bay, where the committee expressed deep concern that the Guantánamo Bay detention facility is still open and the kangaroo courts of military commissions are still hearing accusations and capital charges against some of the individuals held there.

So the call for action is clear. I think now it’s up to the US government at all levels to take that seriously, and I think for us as civil society organizations and the media to hold the government accountable as to the progress that should be made in the next few years, in terms of where the US will find itself. Is it going to really live up to this self-defined title of a global leader on human rights and champion of universal human rights? Or it’s going to continue to be only talk, and no action that will follow.

JJ: I just did want to add, finally, that just because corporate news media deal in crudeness doesn’t mean that people aren’t capable of holding ambiguity, of both seeing that their government has undeserved power and also caring about the way that that power is deployed.

And I guess one of the things I’m maddest about is the way that corporate media conflate what they call “US interests” with those of the American people. And I know that people are deeper than that, are smarter than that. And so media are not just underserving us, but erasing many of us, and the complexity and the depth of understanding that we’re capable of having when it comes to the US role in the world.

JD: Absolutely. I think that is an important distinction to be made. And I think that based on polling, most people in the United States understand the importance of human rights, actually understand also the importance of the role of international human rights bodies, including the bodies like the UN Human Rights Committee and the role of the United Nations.

And yet there is an organized, orchestrated attack to delegitimize the human rights movement in different ways. The lack of any concerted effort to do human rights education in the United States is clear, and there’s the whole movement to do censorship in the classroom, to block the ability of students to learn about history such as slavery or genocide of Indigenous peoples, or about the rights of the LGBTQ community, and so on.

So there’s a serious organized, ideologically driven movement against any progress that this country has made over the years, and I think that there is a responsibility for all people in this country to take that seriously, meaning to push back against those efforts.

And I think the UN human rights bodies really can do much in order to really flag the concerns and the urgency and the disparities and the gaps between international human rights norms and standards and US policies and practices. And it’s really up to the people to organize and to do what they need to do in order to hold their government officials accountable.

And there is some work happening at the state and local level. When we were in Geneva last month, we had the head of the Missouri Human Rights Commission, Alisa Warren, who is also the president of IAOHRA, the International Association of Official Human Rights Agencies, that is coordinating the work of state and local human rights commissions. These agencies told the US government, “You should support us, you should provide incentives and guide us and help us do this work on the state and local level.”

And so there’s so much energy, there’s so much out there that needs to be done, and I think there’s only a hope that there should be the right political capital spent on this, rather than spent on other issues, or distorting the ideals of human rights and the notion that these really start at the very local community level.

And if we don’t do that now, it will be too late, because this is going to impact the way our future generation of people living in this country will be having a much worse situation, in terms of their ability to enjoy all of their human rights, not just civil and political rights, as this particular treaty was on, but also social, economic, cultural rights, which are the other part where the United States is falling behind in recognizing and respecting as a matter of constitutional framework, as a matter of law, as a matter of  decent treatment of all human beings.

JJ: Thank you very much. We’ve been speaking with Jamil Dakwar. He’s director of the Human Rights Program at the ACLU. Thank you again, Jamil Dakwar, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JD: Thank you for this opportunity.

 

The post ‘You Cannot Preach on Human Rights When You Are Not Doing Enough at Home’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/you-cannot-preach-on-human-rights-when-you-are-not-doing-enough-at-home-counterspin-interview-with-jamil-dakwar-on-the-us-and-human-rights/feed/ 0 439605
Scott Burris on US v. Rahimi https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/scott-burris-on-us-v-rahimi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/scott-burris-on-us-v-rahimi/#respond Fri, 17 Nov 2023 15:36:19 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036173 The question is whether the Court’s conservative majority can use its special brand of backwards-looking to determine this country’s future.

The post Scott Burris on US v. Rahimi appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231117.mp3

 

Time: Supreme Court to Decide Whether Some Domestic Abusers Can Have Guns

Time (11/6/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Coverage of what is quite possibly not the most recent mass shooting, as we record the show, but the recent one in Lewiston, Maine, leaned heavily on a narrative of the assailant as a “textbook case” of a shooter, because he had some history of mental illness. FAIR’s Olivia Riggio wrote about how that storyline not only gets the relationship wrong—mental illness is not a predictor of gun violence, except in terms of suicide, but also underserves and even endangers those with mental illness, with at least one presidential candidate calling for a return to involuntary commitment.  What isn’t served is the public conversation around reducing gun violence.

The Supreme Court has just heard the case US v. Rahimi, which is specifically about whether those under domestic violence restraining orders should have access to guns. Most media did better than Time magazine’s thumbnail of Rahimi as pitting “the safety of domestic violence victims against the nation’s broad Second Amendment rights”—because, as our guest explains, Rahimi is much more about whether this Court’s conservative majority will be able to use their special brand of backwards-looking to determine this country’s future.

Scott Burris is a professor at Temple Law School and the School of Public Health, and he directs Temple’s Center for Public Health Law Research. We hear from him this week on the case.

      CounterSpin231117Burris.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of the Gaza crisis, and at McCarthyism.

      CounterSpin231117Banter.mp3

 

The post Scott Burris on US v. Rahimi appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/17/scott-burris-on-us-v-rahimi/feed/ 0 439489
‘A True Believer in Heinous Ideas’ – CounterSpin interview with Matt Gertz on Mike Johnson https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/a-true-believer-in-heinous-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/a-true-believer-in-heinous-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/#respond Thu, 16 Nov 2023 22:47:33 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036161 "Steve Bannon...describes Mike Johnson as....'by far the most conservative speaker in the history of the country.'"

The post ‘A True Believer in Heinous Ideas’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Matt Gertz about new House Speaker Mike Johnson for the November 10, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231110Gertz.mp3

 

Medium: Mr. Speaker, There’s No Such Thing as a “Bible-Believing” Christian

Medium (11/4/23)

Janine Jackson: The new Speaker of the House, Mike Johnson, describes himself as a “Bible-believing Christian,” though theologians are coming forward to say “go pick up a Bible” is not really a coherent spiritual worldview. Johnson claims he has zero assets and no bank account because he’s “a man of modest means,” though financial analysts are saying that actually suggests something rather shadier. And then there’s when he said new US funding for Israel would be balanced out by “pay-fors” in the budget.

There are a number of questions about Mike Johnson, which is not at all the same as calling the person third in line for the presidency, as did CNN, a “blank slate.”

Our next guest has been tracking the right and its influence for many years now. Matt Gertz is senior fellow at Media Matters for America. He joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Matt Gertz.

Matt Gertz: Thanks for having me.

JJ: I want to ask you about this “offset Israel aid with IRS cuts” thing, but first, Mike Johnson himself: He’s not a babe in the woods with no defining characteristics. What should we know about where he’s been and what he’s done?

MG: I think Mike Johnson is a sort of House back-bencher who’s been promoted quite swiftly to one of the most powerful positions in Washington. And so I think everyone has been struggling to figure out what he’s all about and how to define him.

Rolling Stone: Inside the Alliance Defending Freedom, the Anti-LGBTQ Org Where Mike Johnson Spent Almost a Decade

Rolling Stone (10/29/23)

That said, I think it’s quite clear that he comes out of the social conservative part of the GOP. He was, for a long time, an attorney for Alliance Defending Freedom, which is an anti-LGTBQ hate group. He is a fierce opponent of abortion rights, and his legislative record reflects both of those.

In addition, I think we might want to consider him as the sort of “dog who caught the car” here. He became speaker after a long struggle in which Republicans found themselves unable to find someone who could unite the party. Everyone basically got exhausted and put him forward and made him the speaker.

But Mike Johnson is someone who has never done any of the functions that the job requires. He has never served as the chief communicator for House Republicans. He has never needed to count votes to pass bills. He has never raised large sums of money, as the position also requires. He’s never run a large staff.

And so I think what we’ve been seeing, certainly in the early going here, is that he is really struggling to handle the core functions of the job. We’re seeing budget bills that are getting pulled from the floor, votes that the Republicans are losing that they’re not supposed to…. He’s really just not managing the party in the way you would expect from someone in that position.

CNN: New speaker of the House Mike Johnson once wrote in support of the criminalization of gay sex

CNN (10/27/23)

JJ: And then if we look at what he has actually said and stood for—I mean, his ability to do the job, such as it is, is one thing, but he is a person. He has a record, and part of his record is homophobia, as you’ve said, but it’s not just garden variety. He calls same-sex marriage equality a “dark harbinger of chaos and sexual anarchy.” That’s not normal language. “It’s a bizarre choice,” he says, “to be gay.” But media talk about that as though it’s his eye color. That’s like a thing that he thinks: He hates gay people. Isn’t that actually a disqualification from making laws for the US public?

And then, also, he’s an election 2020 denier. He’s a climate change denier. There are things that we do know about him that should inform our understanding of his actions.

MG: That’s exactly right. He is very much a creature of the far-right fringe of the Republican Party, and someone who, if he gets his way and is able to pass legislation that he has previously supported—things like a national version of Florida’s “don’t say gay” law, nationwide abortion bans—would be extremely dangerous.

And I don’t think the mainstream press has done quite a good enough job of making that clear to the public. Now, on the one hand, they’re struggling just to figure out what this is all about, but you really need to do your job and get those basic details out into the public.

JJ: Yeah, I just saw a headline that was something like, “Most US Voters Don’t Have an Opinion on Mike Johnson.” I’m like, well, yeah, they don’t know him. And that would be where reporting would come in. And for CNN to call him a “blank slate,” I think that’s very telling. There’s work for journalists to do there, and to not do it doesn’t mean that it doesn’t need to be done.

Media Matters: Steve Bannon: Rep. Mike Johnson was “one of the intellectual architects of pushing back on the stolen election”

Media Matters (10/25/23)

MG: I don’t usually quote Steve Bannon, but I think it’s worth pointing out here that he describes Mike Johnson as “one of the intellectual architects of pushing back on the stolen election,” and “by far the most conservative speaker in the history of the country.”

I think with January 6, his role there is very telling. He was the architect of the brief that congressional Republicans filed in support of Texas’s bid to throw out electoral votes in key states, and basically have Trump declared president. He was doing that at Trump’s request, he has said.

And of course that lawsuit went nowhere, which did not keep him from continuing to say that he was going to fight against the “stolen election” through January 6, and then vote to not count electoral votes after the insurrection happened. So he’s clearly a true believer in these heinous ideas.

But there was an initial push from reporters to get him on the record on January 6. In his first press conference, he was asked about it, and the result was the Republicans around him booed, and he simply moved on to the next question. The next reporter in line did not say, “You should just answer the question you were just asked,” but moved on to something else. And he’s basically been able to dodge that ever since.

JJ: I did want to give a little time here to talk about this offset thing, not just because of what it tells us about Mike Johnson, but because so many media seemed to swallow and regurgitate what was a fairly obviously nonsensical idea. And just like with the election denial, it’s like you can say, “Well, it came to naught, so let’s not consider it,” but you have to consider it, because it’s important to tell us the way these people are thinking.

So tell us about this idea that Johnson put forward, that we’re going to speed forward aid for Israel, but it’s not going to cost taxpayers anything, because we’re going to balance it out.

Media Matters: Major national outlets adopt House GOP spin to protect rich tax cheats

Media Matters (10/31/23)

MG: His claim was that there would be pay-fors in the budget to pay for this aid; we’re not just printing money to send it overseas. He said to Sean Hannity, “We’re going to find the cuts elsewhere to do that.” But when House Republicans released their bill, it paired $14.3 billion for Israel with $14.3 billion in cuts for the IRS, from the IRS funding that was passed last year in the Inflation Reduction Act.

The problem, of course, is that the money used to increase the budget of the IRS is actually beneficial to the budget, because it gets more money out of wealthy taxpayers who have been cheating on their taxes. So the Congressional Budget Office ends up looking into it and finds that actually it’s going to blow a huge hole in the deficit, rather than paying for it.

Unfortunately, a lot of journalists swallowed this altogether, and just reported that the aid would be paid for by cutting from the IRS. Some of them did a little bit better and pointed out, deep in the article, that actually the offset, so to speak, was going to be worse for the deficits. And some did, to their credit, actually explain that this wasn’t the case.

It was an early test whether the press would be willing to regurgitate false claims from Mike Johnson, and I don’t think we could say by any means that they passed it.

JJ: All right, we’ll end it there, but not forever. We’ve been speaking with Matt Gertz; he’s a senior fellow at Media Matters. Thank you so much, Matt Gertz, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MG: Thank you.

 

 

The post ‘A True Believer in Heinous Ideas’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/16/a-true-believer-in-heinous-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/feed/ 0 439308
Jamil Dakwar on US & Human Rights, Matt Gertz on Mike Johnson https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/10/jamil-dakwar-on-us-human-rights-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/10/jamil-dakwar-on-us-human-rights-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/#respond Fri, 10 Nov 2023 14:40:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036032 Shouldn't the press corps be actively involved in informing us about the person third in line for the presidency?

The post Jamil Dakwar on US & Human Rights, Matt Gertz on Mike Johnson appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231110.mp3

 

Truthout: UN Report Details Rampant US Human Rights Violations at Home and Abroad

Truthout (11/9/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate media use at least a couple of largely unexplored lenses through which to present US human rights violations. One is: The US does not commit human rights violations, except by accident, or as unavoidable collateral for an ultimately net-gain mission, be that international or domestic.

The other is: They aren’t violations if the US does them, because we’re in a civilization war, a fight of good over evil, so all battles are holy, and you can’t commit human rights violations against non-humans, after all, so where’s the problem? Again, the narrative covers global and at-home violations.

Elite media have trouble navigating the place of the US in a global context, and the media-consuming public suffers as a result. There’s a new report from the UN about this country and human rights. We’ll hear about it from Jamil Dakwar, director of the Human Rights Program at the ACLU.

      CounterSpin231110Dakwar.mp3

 

Rep. Mike Johnson

House Speaker Mike Johnson (CC photo: Gage Skidmore)

Also on the show: Headlines tell us that the US public don’t know a lot about Mike Johnson, the new speaker of the House of Representatives. That’s true as far as it goes, but isn’t it also a kind of admission of failure for a press corps that really should be actively involved in informing us about the person third in line for the presidency—like maybe his idea that some of the people he’s nominally representing should just burn in Hell?

Matt Gertz, senior fellow at Media Matters, will give us some things to consider as we see coverage of Mike Johnson unfold.

      CounterSpin231110Gertz.mp3

 

The post Jamil Dakwar on US & Human Rights, Matt Gertz on Mike Johnson appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/10/jamil-dakwar-on-us-human-rights-matt-gertz-on-mike-johnson/feed/ 0 438296
‘Movement Media Has Really Emerged in Its Own Right’ – CounterSpin interview with Maya Schenwar on grassroots journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/06/movement-media-has-really-emerged-in-its-own-right-counterspin-interview-with-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/06/movement-media-has-really-emerged-in-its-own-right-counterspin-interview-with-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/#respond Mon, 06 Nov 2023 17:03:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9036003 "We want to have this vibrant ecosystem of different publications that are helping enrich people's understanding of the world."

The post ‘Movement Media Has Really Emerged in Its Own Right’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Truthout‘s Maya Schenwar about grassroots journalism for the October 27, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231027Schenwar.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The future of journalism—how to grow and sustain independent reporting—has been a front-burner concern for decades now as we recognize the structural constraints of corporate news reporting, its top-down bias that favors the powerful, and how it can never challenge the social-economic status quo in a serious or ongoing way.

Because, of course, the need for strong journalism is not for journalism’s sake, but for the health of communities that need information to make choices, to see political possibilities, to communicate and participate. The search for models that support people’s information needs and reporters’ livelihoods is a work in progress, shall we say, but one that could hardly be more key.

Maya Schenwar is editor-at-large for Truthout and director of the Truthout Center for Grassroots Journalism. She’s author of the book Locked Down, Locked Out: Why Prison Doesn’t Work and How We Can Do Better, and co-author, with Victoria Law, of Prison by Any Other Name: The Harmful Consequences of Popular Reforms. And she co-edited the book Who Do You Serve? Who Do You Protect?: Police, Violence and Resistance in the United States, from Haymarket. She joins us now by phone from Chicago. Welcome to CounterSpin, Maya Schenwar.

Maya Schenwar: Thank you so much, Janine.

JJ: There was a time that some of us can recall when news media really weren’t seen as an activist concern. Media were meta-phenomena; you wanted to get media attention for your action or for your work, but media themselves weren’t the object of critical concern, weren’t problematized, if you will. I think that’s changed for good, hasn’t it? You don’t have to sell activists or organizers anymore on the importance of having an analysis of media, or on the importance of independent media.

Truthout: Truthout’s Union: New Media and the Labor Movement

Truthout (8/13/10)

MS: I think both of those are really phenomena that have shifted in the last couple of years. I think, one, we’ve got this situation where journalism as a field is in crisis, just financially, just in terms of, how do we get our word out? We see social media algorithms crashing entire outlets within a few months when they change. We see organizations scrambling to completely change their financial models when their corporate sponsors pull out, or when the one foundation sustaining them pulls out. And then we’ve seen a rise in unionization, particularly at online media. And, actually, Truthout was the first digital media to unionize, in 2009.

So we’ve seen this tremendous rise, which I think corresponds to seeing media organizations in a certain activist light as well. People in this sector are workers, journalists are workers, editors are workers. So that, I think, has also highlighted an aspect of media as part of an activist phenomenon.

And then, beyond that, I think movement media as a field has really emerged in its own right. It’s always been there, but I think it’s being recognized, particularly among the left, but even beyond, as a valid component of journalism. And, actually, this is the journalism we need, right?

JJ: Right. And I think we as media consumers, as people, are recognizing that “you give us 18 minutes, we give you the world” is not really the proper relationship to information. You know, the idea that it just kind of washes over you, and if you watch 28 minutes at six o’clock, you’re going to learn everything and know everything that you need to know about what’s happening around the world, or even in your neighborhood.

Truthout: Israel’s Violence Will Never Bring “Safety” to Anyone, Including Jews

Truthout (10/18/23)

MS: Yes, exactly. And I think the expansion of all of these different types of online media has both introduced this increasingly vicious phenomenon of disinformation, but also has exposed people to more of this reality that has always been true, that, depending on your source, you can be getting a completely different version of the news. You can be absorbing those 18 minutes as the truth. But not only is it too short, not only is it too brief, but depending on which channel you’re watching, those 18 minutes will look completely different.

I think this is the exact right moment to be discussing this, because right now we’re witnessing Israel perpetrating this rapid genocide in Gaza with US complicity. And meanwhile, much of the dominant media is still completely misrepresenting the situation, removing the context of 75 years of colonization and occupation, apartheid and ethnic cleansing, and representing the current situation as a “both sides” war. And so I think, increasingly, even people who haven’t realized this before, but are tuned into that issue, are recognizing, oh, media is such a political force.

JJ: Right. And I would point out, you have a piece up on Truthout right now, with Sarah Lazare, about the siege in Gaza, which I found hopeful, ultimately, in the awareness that safety can only come through collective liberation. I found it a useful exploration of ideas, and folks should check that out.

But listeners will know Truthout.org as a publication, as a news source on a range of movement issues. But you see yourselves as part of an ecosystem, and it’s that understanding that led to this new project, to the Truthout Center for Grassroots Journalism. Tell us about that. What is the need that you’re looking to address? What kinds of work are you hoping to lift up with that project?

Maya Schenwar

Maya Schenwar: “We want to have this vibrant ecosystem of different publications that are helping enrich people’s understanding of the world.”

MS: So we’re in this moment that’s pretty tough for truly independent journalism, and particularly movement journalism. We have seen outlets shut down. We’ve seen some shrink. We’ve seen a lot hovering on the edge of precarity.

And part of it has been because of repressive changes in social media. Some of it has been economic disruptions, and so on.

But also, in some ways, we’ve been seeing less collaboration among those media organizations nationally. There’s certainly been some great collaborative regional projects, but on a national scale, we’re seeing a little bit less of the collaboration than we did years ago, when there used to be organizations, particularly the Media Consortium, which brought together movement media around the country. And that type of collaboration can help the field grow stronger, can help movements grow stronger.

And at Truthout, we’ve been thinking a lot about, OK, we want to exist as a publication, but we can’t do it alone. We don’t want to be anyone’s sole news source. We want to have this vibrant ecosystem of different publications that are helping enrich people’s understanding of the world, and propel them toward action on all these different fronts.

So the Truthout Center for Grassroots Journalism is a little corner of Truthout which is focused on supporting and assisting smaller movement media organizations, using the lessons that we’ve learned at Truthout over the last 22 years, of sustaining ourselves primarily based on small reader donations, of figuring out how to broaden our reach and bring in new audiences, and figuring out how to build a news organization that is able to approach even issues in which there’s a lot of controversy, and uplift particularly what social movements are doing.

So in addition to that support and assistance and mentoring, we’re also focused on bringing together movement media and social justice news organizations of all sizes around the country. This is aspirational, but we’re working on it now, since we recognize that’s what’s going to allow us to survive. And when I say “us,” it’s not just Truthout, it’s all publications that have social justice at their heart, who rejects this idea of “objectivity,” and are looking to make media that are going to ultimately help the human race survive, and support each other in ways that are going to uplift the movements that get us there.

CounterSpin: ‘We Don’t Need to Get to Standing Rock to Be Part of the Front Line’

CounterSpin (12/9/16)

JJ: Finally, one of my favorite interviews on CounterSpin was with Kelly Hayes, direct action trainer, writer—including for Truthout—and she was talking about the imperfection of social justice organizing, the anti-elitism. She said, “I want a movement, not a clubhouse of people who think they know how it works.” So much media, including social media, is about polish. It’s about easy answers and shiny surfaces and confidence. And the work of social change is the opposite of hot takes.

So just to underscore that the media that we need, that feed us, it’s really a different animal. It has different intentions. It’s not just a cleverer or even a more diverse version of what you’re getting from corporate media. It’s something different.

MS: Yeah, absolutely. And I think one of the things that’s most exciting to me about the Center, and the broader project, is that I think the media we need are embracing the idea of asking questions—not in that interrogating way that you think of the traditional mainstream investigative journalist asking questions. But asking questions that are at the heart of changing the world for the better. That’s both in terms of what our media is about, and also what stories we are writing.

So one thing that we do at Truthout, that I think a lot of the publications that we’re working with have in common, is we think about: What is this story going to do in the world? Are there ways that it could cause harm? What is it intended to uplift? What impact do we hope it will have? Why is this topic necessary in the world? Why is this focus necessary? Who do we hope to reach? All of those things that tie into questions of liberation, tie into questions of justice, but aren’t traditionally the type of questions you’re supposed to ask as a journalist.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Maya Schenwar. You can find out more about Truthout and the Center for Grassroots Journalism on the site Truthout.org. Maya Schenwar, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MS: Thanks for having me.

The post ‘Movement Media Has Really Emerged in Its Own Right’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/06/movement-media-has-really-emerged-in-its-own-right-counterspin-interview-with-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/feed/ 0 438470
‘Drug Corporations Have Really Been in the Driver’s Seat’ – CounterSpin interview with Peter Maybarduk on Paxlovid price-gouging https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/drug-corporations-have-really-been-in-the-drivers-seat-counterspin-interview-with-peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-price-gouging/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/drug-corporations-have-really-been-in-the-drivers-seat-counterspin-interview-with-peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-price-gouging/#respond Fri, 03 Nov 2023 20:51:38 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035987 "Pfizer has decided to charge high prices to the few, rather than affordable prices to the many, in order to meet its benchmarks."

The post ‘Drug Corporations Have Really Been in the Driver’s Seat’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed Public Citizen’s Peter Maybarduk about Paxlovid price-gouging for the October 27, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231027Maybarduk.mp3

 

NPR: A Decade Marked By Outrage Over Drug Prices

NPR (12/31/19)

Janine Jackson: There are a number of crises that the Covid pandemic did not create, but certainly threw into relief. It has always been disgusting, frankly, that pharmaceutical companies are permitted to sell necessary, life-improving and life-saving drugs at many times the cost of their development and production, keeping them out of the hands of those who can’t afford them, and leading some who can just about afford them to ration them dangerously. It’s a particularly callous aspect of the US profit-driven system—so out of keeping with basic tenets of public health that one kind of wonders how long it can be allowed to continue.

We’re looking at the latest example of this right now with a Covid-19 treatment. Here to tell us about it is Peter Maybarduk, director of Public Citizen’s Access to Medicines group. He joins us now by phone from DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Peter Maybarduk.

Peter Maybarduk: Great to be with you.

JJ: I’m sure that people won’t be shocked to hear that the company in question right now is Pfizer, though they’re hardly alone in these sort of practices. What is this most recent outrage that folks are concerned about?

PM: So Pfizer has more than doubled the price of its Covid-19 treatment Paxlovid—nirmatrelvir plus ritonavir—to the US government from around $530 a course up to $1,390 for a list price now. And that despite the fact that Pfizer’s already made $18 billion off this drug in global sales, and they’re raising the price right at a time when it hurts most, because will, obviously, to fight and to fund pandemic response has diminished greatly, and the US government is transitioning its response to the commercial market.

So there’s very limited public resources now, in the United States and around the world, to ensure continuity of treatment. And in order to make up for the loss of volume, Pfizer has decided to increase prices, but that’s going to suppress demand further; that’s going to make it harder worldwide to access Covid treatment for people that need it.

And it’s also been pointed out that the cost of production of this drug is a mere $13. And when you look at it that way, Pfizer is increasing prices to 100 times the cost of production for this drug.

JJ: I just take a pause there, and we’ll come back to it, but let’s just lay out there: Paxlovid is an important drug; it’s not an ancillary drug. It has been shown to be impactful, and then, globally, access to it has not been what it should have been.

Public Citizen: New Analysis Reveals Shocking Extent of Unmet Need for Paxlovid in LMICs During COVID-19 Emergency

Public Citizen (10/17/23)

PM: So we put out a study just last week finding that there’s been more than 8 million cases of unmet need in 2022 alone, looking in last year’s data; that basically more than 90% of need for Covid treatment, as measured by high-risk infections, was unmet in developing countries.

And this despite the fact that manufacturers have pointed to what they consider to be a supply glut; they say they’re making enough of the drug. But, again, the problem has been monopoly, single source of supply; opaque agreements about who is getting the drug and when; and very high prices have suppressed demand. So that if you look at high-risk infections in the Global South, if you look at even just people over 65—which is what we looked at, but it’s a significant undercount, because it doesn’t give you people with preexisting and ongoing conditions, and other vulnerabilities—you see that very, very, very few of those individuals received Paxlovid when they needed it.

JJ: It just seems, in a way, like there’s at least two different conversations going on, one of which is about: There’s a global health crisis, how do we address it? And then another one that’s like, well, we have these pharmaceutical companies, and they need to make money. And it’s almost as though there’s no overlap.

I mean, I just saw Pfizer’s CEO, a week ago, saying, “We remain proud that our scientific breakthroughs played a significant role in getting the global health crisis under control.” It sounds like, from what you’re saying, that, actually, they could have played a much different role in actually working towards getting the global health crisis under control.

Peter Maybarduk

Peter Maybarduk: “Pfizer has decided to charge high prices to the few, rather than affordable prices to the many, in order to meet its benchmarks.”

PM: It’s very frustrating to us that health authorities have relegated so much power to the pharmaceutical companies. In many ways, Covid-19 is a pandemic where prescription drug corporations have determined who receives what treatment or vaccine when, at least at a population level, at a sort of country-by-country level. And health agencies have been on the receiving end of that; they haven’t always known what price another country’s paying, they haven’t known what’s their place in line, the terms and conditions.

And, of course, global health authorities haven’t been able to effectively prioritize and indicate that we must prioritize population A, B and C, in these ratios, in order to end the pandemic as quickly as possible. Instead, drug corporations have really been in the driver’s seat, working privately, secretly, on their own logic’s terms, of where they can make the most money, or what public relations and pandemic concessions they want to make. And, unfortunately, that’s continuing here in this case.

Pfizer could choose to be a good partner at this stage, like set any sort of R&D ideas aside. They’ve made $18 billion off this drug. It’s a bonanza. And there’s an opportunity now to meet the funding shortfall with solidarity and with public health interest. Pfizer can afford to say, “We’re actually going to reduce the price of the drug, because there is a funding shortfall, so that more people can get it, so that we can make up the access gap.”

And you almost don’t hear about that anymore, because prices have been high enough, and funding limited enough, that the world has kind of given up. There was, if you roll the clock back a year or two, there was an ambitious call for a global test-treat programming. So all over the world, you could get a Covid test, and then have a straight path to the appropriate treatment that you needed.

And what materialized is a small pilot program in a dozen countries, instead of that great global ambition, and a very significant factor there has been that the treatments are too expensive for developing countries, or for the global effort, to pay for. And so, instead, we just have this shadow of an effort. We’re almost giving up on the idea that treatment can be available to everyone.

And if you walk around in public health circles, you’ll sometimes hear, well, there’s no demand; countries aren’t ordering the treatment. Then you have to think about why. And if you are a health ministry that’s squeezed for resources, you have to make tough decisions about, you know, hospital beds and available protocols against malaria. Do you shell out what was then $250, minimum, probably $250 to $500, I think, and probably now potentially going to be more, to Pfizer for this treatment? Or do you hold on that, not least given you don’t even know when you’ll receive it, because of those shortages.

And it might be different if the drug actually costs something like that. But knowing Pfizer’s production costs are far lower, $13, perhaps less, and the revenue they’ve made so far, it’s a conscious choice on Pfizer’s part to make it harder to prescribe Paxlovid, and to make up for that by charging a premium. Essentially, Pfizer has decided to charge high prices to the few, rather than affordable prices to the many, in order to meet its benchmarks.

Common Dreams: 'For Shame': Pfizer to Charge $1,390 for Lifesaving Covid Drug That Costs Just $13

Common Dreams (10/19/23)

JJ: And that’s a public health decision. It’s not a corporate—it is a corporate, capitalist decision, but it’s a public health decision in its impact. And I just want to say, finally, you’ve been quoted saying Pfizer is treating Paxlovid like a Prada handbag, a luxury for the few, rather than a treatment for the many. Meanwhile, Pfizer CEO took home $33 million last year, having been gifted a 36% raise from 2021. I think that folks can see that this is stomach-churning and confusing and weird and bad, but what Pfizer is doing is incentivized, or at least they’re not being prevented from doing it. So where are the checks, or where are the guardrails, on this sort of behavior? What do we do about it?

PM: Yeah, that’s part of the problem, is that we have insufficient guardrails. HHS recently negotiated a deal with Pfizer to keep people without insurance on treatment in coming years, and to contribute courses to a national stockpile. So HHS has taken some appropriate steps to ensure continuity of treatment here. But why did HHS have to pay the high prices that it paid? Could it have negotiated lower prices?

I think it is a significant concern, and undergirding it all is the patent monopoly that allows Pfizer to exclude competitors from the market; again, the drug is inexpensive to produce, and had we authorized generic competition, we probably could have an affordable supply by now, bringing these prices down to earth. We’re not paying for research and development here, we’re paying for a monopoly.

And we were among a number of organizations that called on the Biden administration early on to issue a compulsory license, or exercise certain rights it has under law, to authorize affordable generic competition with expensive patented Paxlovid, and bring alternatives online. And, of course, the government hasn’t acted on that proposal because of the lobbying power of the pharmaceutical industry.

So right now we’re kind of stuck, but there are reforms that we can make to prevent this sort of thing from happening again. And there’s going to be ongoing discussions about that. I mean, you saw this week, in the hearings for a new NIH director, we saw Senator Sanders taking a stand and saying we have to take responsibility for medicine pricing in our executive policies, and there will be an upcoming review by HHS and Commerce of government authority to act against drug monopolies in certain circumstances. So it’s an ongoing conversation, but our government has too few tools, and does not sufficiently use the tools that it has.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Peter Maybarduk, director of Public Citizen’s Access to Medicines group. You can learn more about their work online at Citizen.org. Thank you, Peter Maybarduk, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

PM: Thanks so much.

 

The post ‘Drug Corporations Have Really Been in the Driver’s Seat’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/drug-corporations-have-really-been-in-the-drivers-seat-counterspin-interview-with-peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-price-gouging/feed/ 0 438496
Raed Jarrar on Biden & Saudi Arabia, Joe Torres on Tulsa Massacre https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/raed-jarrar-on-biden-saudi-arabia-joe-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/raed-jarrar-on-biden-saudi-arabia-joe-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/#respond Fri, 03 Nov 2023 15:53:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035962 “The newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.”

The post Raed Jarrar on Biden & Saudi Arabia, Joe Torres on Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231103.mp3

 

NYT: Biden Has ‘Only Bad Options’ for Bringing Down Oil Prices

New York Times (6/5/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Elite media are fond of saying that the US is resetting its Middle East policy. During the 2020 campaign, the New York Times explained, Joe Biden pledged, if elected, to stop coddling Saudi Arabia, after the brutal murder of prominent dissident and Washington Post contributor Jamal Khashoggi. “We are not going to, in fact, sell more weapons to them,” Biden said. “We’re going to, in fact, make them pay the price and make them, in fact, the pariah that they are.”

When officials said Biden would visit the kingdom in July of last year and meet with Mohammed bin Salman, understood as the architect of Khashoggi’s murder, a New York Times headline explained that Biden had “‘only bad options’ for bringing down oil prices.”

We talked at the time with Raed Jarrar, advocacy director at DAWN, Democracy for the Arab World Now, an organization founded by Khashoggi. We’ll hear that conversation again today.

Transcript: ‘In the Middle East, We Are Hearing a New Set of Excuses to Justify the Same Old Policy’

      CounterSpin231103Jarrar.mp3

 

Aftermath of Tulsa Massacre

Aftermath of Tulsa Massacre (photo via bswise)

Also on the show:  “If you’re not careful,” Malcolm X famously warned, “the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” This is a problem of long standing, and in June 2021 we explored one case of it—the 1921 massacre in Tulsa, Oklahoma—with author and activist Joseph Torres. We hear that this week as well.

Transcript: Tulsa: ‘A Cover-Up Happens Because the Powers That Be Are Implicated’

      CounterSpin231103Torres.mp3

 

The post Raed Jarrar on Biden & Saudi Arabia, Joe Torres on Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/raed-jarrar-on-biden-saudi-arabia-joe-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/feed/ 0 438449
Peter Maybarduk on Paxlovid, Maya Schenwar on Grassroots Journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/#respond Fri, 27 Oct 2023 15:28:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035942 Paxlovid's "transition" to the commercial market entails hiking the cost of the treatment to 100 times the cost of production.

The post Peter Maybarduk on Paxlovid, Maya Schenwar on Grassroots Journalism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231027.mp3

 

Paxlovid tablets

Paxlovid tablets

This week on CounterSpin: Advertising critics have long noted that a company’s PR tells you, inadvertently but reliably, exactly what their problems are. The ad features salmon splashing in crystalline waters? That company is for sure a massive polluter.

That’s the lump of salt with which to take the recent announcement from the US Department of Health and Human Services that their new deal with Pfizer “extends patient access” to Covid treatment drug Paxlovid and “maximizes taxpayer investment”—as the HHS works with the drug company to “transition” Paxlovid “to the commercial market.” The announcement doesn’t note that this “transition” entails hiking the cost of the treatment to more than $1,300 for a five-day course, or 100 times the cost of production.

We discuss this outrage, and what allows it, with Peter Maybarduk, director of the Access to Medicines group at Public Citizen.

      CounterSpin231027Maybarduk.mp3

 

Circles symbolizing journalism and activism

(image: Truthout)

Also on the show: CounterSpin listeners, more than many, recognize news media as a keystone issue—important not simply in their own right but to all of the other issues we care about. The media lens—the points of view that they show us day after day, those they obscure or ridicule—affects the way we understand the world, our neighbors and what’s politically possible. That’s why we see the fight for a thriving media ecosystem as bound up completely with the fights for social, racial, economic and environmental justice. We talked about that nexus with Maya Schenwar, author and editor at large of Truthout, and director of a new project, the Truthout Center for Grassroots Journalism.

      CounterSpin231027Schenwar.mp3

 

The post Peter Maybarduk on Paxlovid, Maya Schenwar on Grassroots Journalism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/peter-maybarduk-on-paxlovid-maya-schenwar-on-grassroots-journalism/feed/ 0 436987
‘Poverty in America Has Strong Structural Roots That Some People Profit From’ – CounterSpin interview with Christopher Bosso on food assistance https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/poverty-in-america-has-strong-structural-roots-that-some-people-profit-from-counterspin-interview-with-christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/poverty-in-america-has-strong-structural-roots-that-some-people-profit-from-counterspin-interview-with-christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance/#respond Wed, 25 Oct 2023 21:28:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035930 "Most SNAP families have somebody who's working; they just don't make enough money."

The post ‘Poverty in America Has Strong Structural Roots That Some People Profit From’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Northeastern University’s Christopher Bosso about food assistance programs for the October 20, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231020Bosso.mp3

 

NYT: Dumped Milk, Smashed Eggs, Plowed Vegetables: Food Waste of the Pandemic

New York Times (4/11/20)

Janine Jackson: Listeners may remember the images from the spring of 2020: farmers dumping milk, smashing eggs and plowing produce under, even as people were lining up at food pantries.

CounterSpin spoke with scientist Ricardo Salvador, who explained that it wasn’t perversity so much as a result of the structure of our systems of food production and distribution, that don’t work exactly the way we might think.

While more complex than it first appears, that imagery still reflects a difficult reality: the paradox of want amidst plenty that is at the core of our next guest’s new book.

The book is called Why SNAP Works: A Political History—and Defense—of the Food Stamp Program. It’s out now from University of California Press. We’re joined by author Christopher Bosso, professor of public policy and politics at Northeastern University. He joins us now by phone; welcome to CounterSpin, Christopher Bosso.

Christopher Bosso: Glad to be here.

JJ: The reauthorization for the 2023 Farm Bill is underway, and every time the Farm Bill comes up, folks are puzzled to see that SNAP, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, is in there, alongside agricultural research and forestry. But this situation—this marriage, as you put it—has been central from the beginning.

Orange and Blue Food Stamps Redeemed Here; We Are Helping the Farmers of America Move Surplus Foods

(USDA, 1939)

CB: Yeah, and in two ways. First is the conceptual origins of SNAP, food stamps, and why they started in the first place, and that lies at the very intersection that you spoke about, this intersection of want amidst plenty, back in the Depression.

And, in fact, the original food stamp program was essentially a program designed to get rid of crop surpluses, or in some cases animal surpluses, as much as anything else. It really was designed initially that you would get, for every dollar in orange stamps you bought, if you were qualified to do so, you would get 50 cents in free blue stamps, and those blue stamps could be used at any retailer to buy any food declared in surplus by the US Department of Agriculture.

Now, this was during the Depression. When they’re brought back later on in the 1960s, that’s not as center, but it’s to boost food consumption for low-income households.

But then the politics of it takes over, that you still have SNAP food stamps, and then SNAP in the Farm Bill, first informally and now formally since the 1970s, to seal that deal between, essentially, the conservative rural representatives, who otherwise might not support what they might see as welfare for low-income residents, and for urban legislators, who would not otherwise vote for commodity program supports.

So that deal has been locked in since the 1970s, and lies at the heart of the Farm Bill Coalition, and especially for Democrats. That’s the reason that most Democrats will vote for the Farm Bill—not the only, but the primary reason.

JJ: To be clear, not being designed specifically as an anti-poverty program doesn’t mean that SNAP hasn’t had anti-poverty effects. But I just want to draw you out on the linking of it to farmer support, to commodity support.

You’ve just indicated this; it shielded it politically for years. So even though we know that these programs have been attacked—we see them being attacked all the time—they still survive, in some shape or form.

CB: They do. And in part because, and this is the part that a lot of people don’t want to really talk about, is that it’s essentially, before the pandemic, it was a $60 billion–a–year subsidy to the food system. That’s what it is. I mean, you’re basically priming low-income Americans to buy more food.

And that’s $60 billion, more now; since the pandemic, it doubled, and now it’s coming back down again, but still, pretty significant; I haven’t looked at the latest numbers. But at the end of the day, it’s as much a subsidy to Walmart as it is to low-income Americans, in a perverse sense.

JJ: Right. It’s interesting. It’s kind of a hidden aspect, in terms of the coverage. The coverage might be the farm aspects on one page, and then on another page, a story about SNAP. But it’s not connected, in the way that the policy itself is connected.

CB: That’s correct.

WSJ: The GOP’s Progress on Work and Welfare

Wall Street Journal (5/30/23)

JJ: While the linking with agricultural policy has allowed SNAP to survive multiple efforts to gut it, all of that politicking, and you indicated in the book, it has interfered—it has led to things like work requirements, for instance, situations where, as you put it, the programmatically suboptimal is the politically necessary.

And you ask what I think is often an overlooked question, which is, “Compared to what?” Because, for sure, this book is not saying that SNAP is perfect, and it’s not saying, even more deeply, that SNAP would necessarily have a place in a truly healthy, just society, but it’s, “What else are we going to do?”

CB: I guess my “what else” is the political reality part of me. Given our strong anti-welfare ethos in this country, at least at the abstract level, most of our social welfare system is in-kind support, not cash.

JJ: I’m going to ask you, finally, about media. We were talking about work requirements; the Wall Street Journal complained this past May that veterans and the homeless were being exempted from work requirements for food vouchers, because, they said, “These Americans could perhaps most benefit from the dignity and stability of work.” OK.

News media have often played a fairly inglorious role, punching down with the sensational shaming stories about people buying lobster with EBT, and then also just, if I could say, laziness.

In 1996, it seemed to us that a lot of reporters didn’t necessarily read the Personal Responsibility Act, because the preamble begins, “Marriage is the foundation of a successful society.” So it could have been obvious that this was going to be about behavior modification.

But then again, it was journalists, and writers like Michael Harrington, who have brought hunger to the foreground as a US issue, at a time when it wasn’t seen that way. Any thoughts, in general, about the role of the press, in the past or going forward on this set of issues?

Christopher Bosso

Christopher Bosso: “Most SNAP families have somebody who’s working; they just don’t make enough money.” (photo: Matthew Modoono)

CB: I think it’s been far too easy for some in the press to just repeat the lazy narratives about poor people being poor because it’s their own fault. Poverty in America has some strong structural roots that, in fact, some people profit from, and I think we don’t really look closely at the complicated lives of poor people. That would be my one thing I would like to see.

Now, obviously, there’s a fair number of people—Wall Street Journal being one of them—where their view of poor people is this undifferentiated mass of not very morally strong people who basically should be out there working more. Yeah, most SNAP families have somebody who’s working; they just don’t make enough money.

So I think there’s a real consideration in what we might call the mainstream media to look more closely at these dynamics, and not take these facile arguments about poor people not wanting to work at face value.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Christopher Bosso from Northeastern University. Why SNAP Works is out now from the University of California Press. Thanks, Christopher Bosso, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CB: Well, thank you for having me.

 

 

 

The post ‘Poverty in America Has Strong Structural Roots That Some People Profit From’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/25/poverty-in-america-has-strong-structural-roots-that-some-people-profit-from-counterspin-interview-with-christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance/feed/ 0 436627
Christopher Bosso on Food Assistance, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/20/christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/20/christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/#respond Fri, 20 Oct 2023 14:13:37 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035870 The primary food aid program, SNAP, while the constant target of the racist, drown-government-in-the-bathtub crowd, keeps on keeping on.

The post Christopher Bosso on Food Assistance, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231020.mp3

 

Orange and Blue Food Stamps Redeemed Here; We Are Helping the Farmers of America Move Surplus Foods

(USDA, 1939)

This week on CounterSpin: Government-supplied food assistance has been around in various forms since at least the Great Depression, but never with the straightforward goal of easing hunger. 1930s posters about food stamps declare, “We are helping the farmers of America move surplus foods”; that link between agriculture industry support and nutrition assistance continues to this day—which partly explains why the primary food aid program, SNAP, while the constant target of the anti-poor, racist, drown-government-in-the-bathtub crowd, keeps on keeping on. We talk with Christopher Bosso, professor of public policy and politics at Northeastern University, the author of a new book on that history, called Why SNAP Works: A Political History—and Defense—of the Food Stamp Program.

      CounterSpin231020Bosso.mp3

 

Triangle Shirtwaist Factory fire, 1911

Triangle Shirtwaist Fire, 1911

Also on the show: The Triangle Shirtwaist Factory Fire of 1911, in which 146 mainly immigrant women and girls died, many leaping from windows to escape the flames, horrified New Yorkers and galvanized the workers’ rights movement. The October 11 unveiling of a monument to those who didn’t just die, but were killed that day, put many in mind of how much still needs to change before we can think of things like Triangle Shirtwaist as relics of a crueler past.

In 2015, CounterSpin spoke with Barbara Briggs of the Institute for Global Labor and Human Rights about Rana Plaza, the 2013 catastrophe that killed more than a thousand workers in Bangladesh, in circumstances that in some ways echoed those of 102 years earlier. We’ll hear that interview again today.

Transcript: ‘Workers Are the Best Guarantors of Their Own Safety When They’re Organized’

      CounterSpin231020Briggs.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at some recent press coverage of Net Neutrality.

      CounterSpin231020Banter.mp3

 

The post Christopher Bosso on Food Assistance, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/20/christopher-bosso-on-food-assistance-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/feed/ 0 435691
In Gaza, ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’ – CounterSpin interview with Phyllis Bennis on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/in-gaza-we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-context-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/in-gaza-we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-context-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/#respond Tue, 17 Oct 2023 21:24:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035826 "We have to understand...why these things happen. Otherwise, we have no basis to figure out a strategy to stop the violence on all sides."

The post In Gaza, ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Institute for Policy Studies’ Phyllis Bennis about Gaza for the October 13, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231013Bennis.mp3

 

Al Jazeera: Israel announces ‘total’ blockade on Gaza

Al Jazeera (10/9/23)

Janine Jackson: As we record on October 11, headlines tell of horror and misery across Gaza as Israel rains airstrikes on hospitals, mosques and refugee camps; declares a complete siege blocking access to electricity, food and fuel; and musters for a possible ground offensive. An Israeli Defense Force spokesman is being quoted warning that scenes coming out of Gaza in coming days will be “difficult to understand and cope with.”

If the past is guide, scenes from Gaza will be especially difficult to understand if those presenting them avoid context—political, historical, human—in favor of storybook simplification and bloodthirsty cheerleading, followed by pronouncement by elites of rhetorical banalities endorsing injustice and indignity for millions.

With occasional exceptions, US corporate media’s distortions of Palestine/Israel make it harder to do what so many want, to see a way forward without violence, with justice.

Phyllis Bennis is Director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies, and author of a number of books including Understanding the Palestinian/Israeli Conflict: A Primer, now in its seventh updated edition. She joins us by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Phyllis Bennis.

Phyllis Bennis: Great to be with you, Janine.

JJ: I’m hearing it said that while the specific nature of Hamas’s October 7 attacks was surprising to some, it’s not entirely true or useful to call the attacks “unexpected” in the way that we understand that word. What do people mean by that?

PB: I think the reference is to the understanding that resistance, including resistance violence, never just happens out of thin air. It happens in response to something. It happens in the context of something.

And if we’re serious about preventing acts of violence in the future, understanding the acts of violence that have already occurred, we have to be prepared to do the hard work of looking at context, looking at root causes, something that at moments of crisis, which for Israelis, this is clearly a moment of unexpected crisis, but for people in this country as well, it’s crucial that we take those hard steps to figure out what gives rise to this. Because otherwise we’re simply mouthing platitudes of condemnation.

Condemnation of violent attacks on civilians is completely appropriate. Some of the acts of some of the Hamas militants were in complete violation of international law, and should be condemned. And it’s also true that they didn’t just happen. They happened in the context of 75 years of oppression of Palestinians, decades of an apartheid system.

And crucially, in Gaza, where Hamas was born in 1987—with, we should note, significant Israeli assistance at the time—the people in Gaza, the 2.2 million people who live in that enclosed, open-air prison, if you will, one of the most crowded places on the face of the earth, have lived under a state of siege that was imposed by Israel in 2007.

Ironically, when we heard this horrific call from the minister of defense from Israel yesterday—who said, we are going to impose such an incredibly tight siege, there will be nothing that gets in, no food, no fuel, no water, no electricity—this was a call to essentially commit genocide, knowing that with the sealing off of the last remnants of the siege that has already been in place, they are predicting that the impact of their policy will be mass starvation, mass thirst, mass death from injuries that the hospitals will be unable to treat, because the hospitals won’t have fuel for their generators, which they rely on because there’s already insufficient electricity available in Gaza.

Phyllis Bennis

Phyllis Bennis: “We have to understand…why these things happen. Otherwise, we have no basis to figure out a strategy to stop the violence on all sides.”

In an article I’m just writing, I quote a Gaza woman, 72-years-old, who said, “Years ago, we had electricity 24 hours a day and took that for granted. Now that seems like a dream.” And this was last June, before this new siege. So what they’re talking about with this new siege is almost like a quantitative escalation of what is already in place.

I found out today, and I’ve got to say, as familiar as I am with the human rights violations in Gaza, this one shocked me: As of May of this year, 20% of all children in Gaza are stunted by the age of two. I had no idea that was the case, and yet it is. And that’s before this level of punishment.

So all of those things have to be taken into account to understand—not to justify, not to ever justify—the killings of civilians, the killings of children and old people; unacceptable, should be condemned; and we have to understand from where that comes, why these things happen. Otherwise, we have no basis to figure out a strategy to stop the violence on all sides.

JJ: I do want to talk about stopping the violence, but just some definitions as we go forward. I have been surprised to read things like Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant, in announcing the siege, say, “We are fighting human animals and we are acting accordingly.” And then you might say, well, that’s just rhetoric. But then we also have IDF officials saying, according to Ha’aretz, out loud, that with Israeli airstrikes, “the emphasis is on damage and not on accuracy.”

Isn’t this unlawful collective punishment? Why does this become, in reporting, something that “some critics” say “might possibly” be “seen as” a war crime?

PB: These are clear war crimes. These are not potential, maybe, somehow war crimes. These are clear, unequivocal war crimes. This is the kind of crime for which the Geneva Conventions, of which Article 33 is a specific prohibition of collective punishment—it’s exactly these kinds of actions for which those articles were drafted. So, yes, these are violations of international law, period, full-stop.

It is not, however, surprising or new that international law is not taken into account when its violations are committed by close allies of the United States, and Israel is at the top of the list for that kind of protection.

This is an old story. International law is not imposed in the way that we hear it consistently imposed, appropriately, for Russian violations, for instance, in Ukraine. Those violations have been massive, and appropriately they’ve been called out. We can identify the hypocrisy of the US being the one to call them out, given US histories of violations of international law. But nonetheless, it’s accurate to call out those violations.

Times of Israel: Biden signs $1.7 trillion spending bill, including $3.8 billion for Israel, into law

Times of Israel (12/30/22)

The notion that somehow the Israeli actions, collective punishment, failure to distinguish between civilians and fighters—all these things are direct violations of international law. They are war crimes. And United States support for Israel goes far beyond the $3.8 billion a year that we give as a baseline to the Israeli military, but also includes the protection of Israel at the United Nations from ever being held accountable, the insurance at the International Criminal Court that Israeli officials, whether political or military officials, are never held accountable.

This is unconscionable, and makes the United States, and frankly us as taxpayers, makes us a component of that policy of apartheid and oppression. It makes us complicit. We are enabling. That $3.8 billion—which is a pittance of our military budget, which is approaching a trillion dollars this year, 53 cents of every federal discretionary dollar goes directly to our military—but aside from that, we are paying 20% of the entire Israeli military budget. We don’t do that with any other country.

JJ: I just read James Zogby saying that the State Department deleted two initial statements they had put out, urging restraint and protection of civilians, and changed them to offering Israel full US support. And a lot of the talk that we hear is about what Palestinians should do, or what Israel should do. And that kind of talk is a little bit abstract, and it’s maybe a little easier for US citizens to do, than to grapple with what we as US citizens should and could be doing. So I wanted to ask you just about that. Besides lamenting, besides condemning and looking on in horror, what place is there for us as US citizens?

PB: Ironically and perhaps somewhat sadly, given the depth of this crisis, what lays ahead, I’m afraid, both in numbers and in brutality, is going to be even worse than the brutal and high numbers of dead and injured on both sides that have happened already. What we’re going to see in Gaza, as the Israeli bombardment escalates, as I have no doubt it will in coming days, is going to be disastrous, and it means we have a real obligation.

What we need to be doing, I think, is to stop the US government, from doing what all of its institutional instincts—if I can coin a phrase like that, I’m not even sure that makes sense, but I think listeners will maybe understand what I mean. It’s as if the institution of Congress, the institution of the State Department, the institution of the White House react in certain ways when the perception is that Israel, for the first time, is facing the kind of horror that it has in fact inflicted on Palestinians so many times before. And that means that we have an obligation to escalate the pressure that we’ve already been calling for on our members of Congress to stop saying we should send more weapons.

There was something very interesting, in Biden’s speech on October 11, he said two things that I found very useful, ironically enough. In one of them, he said that he had just gotten off the phone with Prime Minister Netanyahu in Israel, and he said, “I told him if the United States experienced what Israel is experiencing, our response would be swift, decisive and overwhelming.” And I thought, you know, a lot of people are saying this is Israel’s 9/11. And we did experience that, and our response was swift and decisive and overwhelming. And it failed. Our response was war in Afghanistan and then war in Iraq, and they both failed.

He went on to say, “We also discussed how democracies like Israel and the United States are stronger and more secure when we act according to the rule of law.” He was right. They are. And we didn’t. And so it failed.

It was an extraordinary moment. And I don’t think anybody in the commentariat, if you will, of the mainstream press, caught that, to say that that’s exactly what we did in 9/11, and it failed. It failed to do any of the things we claimed it would do.

JJ: It’s remarkable, and really reflects the kind of funhouse mirror understanding of, really, the very recent history that we’ve all lived through. And it brings me to this final question, because, in many ways, in terms of media, I almost could have re-aired an interview that we did with you five years ago or 15 years ago, in terms of missing context, of dehumanization. But reality and opinion have changed, are changing, in this country. There’s a growing openness to criticism of Israel and the apartheid state. And I just want to ask you, do you think that this might redirect or weaken that growing openness, or what do you think?

PB: You know, Janine, I think you raise a really crucial point. And from the moment that this crisis, this particular crisis, erupted on Saturday morning, I’ve been worried about exactly that. I’ve been writing a lot, talking a lot about the success of our movement, the movement for Palestinian rights, how we have managed to change the discourse. It hasn’t been easy. It hasn’t been quick, but over the last 20, 25 years, we’ve seen an extraordinary shift, an enormous shift in the public discourse, a very significant shift in the media discourse—not as great as at the public level, but still—and the beginnings of a shift at the political/policy discourse level.

Ha'aretz: Israel ‘Is an Apartheid State,' a Quarter of U.S. Jews Say in New Poll

Ha’aretz (7/13/21)

It’s been huge. You have things like, if we look at the polls, in a recent poll, there was evidence that 25% of American Jews believe that Israel is an apartheid state. Thirty-eight percent of young Jews believe that, and 44% of Democrats said they think Israel is like apartheid. Those are huge shifts. They are huge changes. And I think that’s very key.

We see at the policy level, we saw in 2021 when Israel attacked Gaza, not even as bad as this, but in a horrific way that killed a number of people in Gaza in bombing, aside from the fact that several groupings of congresspeople and senators were demanding a ceasefire at a time when their own president, their own party was refusing to support a ceasefire.

More important than any of those, I thought, was a group of 500 former Democratic campaign staffers, the people who had actually put Biden in office, who headed up the statewide and citywide campaigns, 500 of them signed off on an incredible letter that talked about 75 years of oppression against Palestinians, etc., and called for a ceasefire.

And what it said, aside from the text of the letter itself, it meant that those 500 campaign workers, who have to find a new job every year in a new campaign, had come to the conclusion that criticizing Israel is no longer political suicide, that it was not going to stop them from getting a job. And I thought that was an incredible example of how this discourse shift has gone forward.

Now the danger is, of course, that with the emotional response to what has gone on in the last several days—and we should be clear, we saw this in earlier examples, in Syria and elsewhere, that televised and video versions of up-close and personal violence are far more passionately responding than what happens when a pilot drops a bomb, which probably kills far more people. Not surprisingly; it’s a very human response, but it’s a misleading response.

And when it keeps getting repeated, over and over again, not just in social media, but in mainstream media as well, some of which have been false videos as well, that are being circulated around and repeated in some mainstream outlets, there is a level of emotional response that’s much harder to engage with than the responses to the far greater wholesale killing, if you will, where far more people get killed, under US bombs or under Israeli missiles, than ever get killed by individual acts of violence that are so horrific to watch or to even contemplate.

So we’re up against a big new challenge right now, to at least not lose those advances that we’ve made in how the discourse goes forward. It’s not going to be easy, but it’s not going to happen by itself. It’s something that we’re going to have to work on. And organizations like FAIR play a huge role in reminding us of that, reminding us of how the media discourse shapes how we come to understand it.

The Hill: As Israel and Gaza erupt, the US must commit to ending the violence — all the violence

The Hill (10/8/23)

One of the things I’ve been talking about a lot in the last few days is this notion that our understanding of history and our understanding of reality is shaped by when we start the clock. If we started the clock on Saturday morning, we would have one version of what happened, when those hundreds of Hamas fighters invaded Israel, broke out of the walled prison that was Gaza, and began to attack, not only military installations and military officials, but unfortunately attacked civilians as well, in a horrific way. That’s one narrative.

The broader narrative, if we start the clock a week earlier, we would hear an entirely different thing of how things started. We could move the clock back. We could move back to the last attack on Gaza in 2021. We could move it back to the beginning of the siege of Gaza of 2006 and 2007. We could move it back to the beginning of the occupation of Gaza in 1967. So when we start the clock determines how we understand what we’re seeing in front of our own eyes.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Phyllis Bennis from the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies. You can find her recent piece, “As Israel and Gaza Erupt, the US Must Commit to Ending the Violence—All the Violence,” at TheHill.com. Phyllis Bennis, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

PB: Thank you, Janine. I’m glad to have been with you.

 

The post In Gaza, ‘We Have to Do the Hard Work of Looking at Context’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/in-gaza-we-have-to-do-the-hard-work-of-looking-at-context-counterspin-interview-with-phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/feed/ 0 435020
Phyllis Bennis on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/#respond Fri, 13 Oct 2023 15:24:47 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035782     This week on CounterSpin:  In the wake of the October 7 attacks by Hamas and the ensuing bombing campaign from Israel on the Gaza Strip, many people were surprised that CNN‘s Fareed Zakaria aired an interview with a Palestinian activist who frankly described the daily human rights violations in Gaza, the right of […]

The post Phyllis Bennis on Gaza appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231013.mp3

 

BBC drone footage of Gaza neighborhood destroyed by Israeli bombing.

BBC (10/11/23)

This week on CounterSpin:  In the wake of the October 7 attacks by Hamas and the ensuing bombing campaign from Israel on the Gaza Strip, many people were surprised that CNN‘s Fareed Zakaria aired an interview with a Palestinian activist who frankly described the daily human rights violations in Gaza, the right of Palestinians to resist occupation and apartheid, and how any tools of resistance they choose are deemed violent and punishable. Such statements aren’t controversial from an international law or human rights perspective, but they stand out a mile in elite US media suffused with assumptions listeners will know: Palestinians attack, Israel responds; periods of “calm” are when only Palestinians are dying; stone-throwing is terrorism, but cutting off water is not.

“War is not the time for context” still seems to be the mantra for many in the US press. But there is, around the edges, growing acknowledgement of the dead end this represents: showing hour after hour of shocking and heart-wrenching imagery, in a way that suggests violence is the only response to violence—when so many people are looking for another way forward.

We’ll talk with Phyllis Bennis from the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies.

      CounterSpin231013.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Saudi Arabia, Nicaragua, US political division and the Federal Reserve.

      CounterSpin231013.mp3

 

The post Phyllis Bennis on Gaza appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/13/phyllis-bennis-on-gaza/feed/ 0 434088
‘Wage Theft Is Built Into the Business Models of Many Industries’ – CounterSpin interview with Rodrigo Camarena on wage theft https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/12/wage-theft-is-built-into-the-business-models-of-many-industries-counterspin-interview-with-rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/12/wage-theft-is-built-into-the-business-models-of-many-industries-counterspin-interview-with-rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/#respond Thu, 12 Oct 2023 23:43:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035764 "In some sectors and industries, it's more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage."

The post ‘Wage Theft Is Built Into the Business Models of Many Industries’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Justicia Lab’s Rodrigo Camarena about wage theft for the October 6, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin231006Camarena.mp3

 

Retail Dive: Retail shrink, theft changed little in 2022

Retail Dive (9/27/23)

Janine Jackson: Investigation by the National Retail Federation found that the effect of store theft by shoplifters and by employees is largely on par with historical trends. But mere data don’t stand a chance against corporate media’s energetic interest in the smash-and-grab phenomenon, which they confidently explain is the reason that Target, for instance, is closing stores in what one news account called “a series of liberal cities.”

News media can make something a crisis, a thing you should worry about, when they want to. Video can be found; harmed people can be interviewed.

But what if there’s no CCTV? What if the harm isn’t being done erratically, sporadically, caught on camera—but every day, in documents, in tax filings, in one-on-one unrecorded conversations between employees who need their job, and bosses who want their profit rate?

News media interested in crime—its impact on human beings, on society, its cost to the economy—would be interested in wage theft, the more than $50 billion a year stolen from workers in this country. But when is the last time your nightly local news talked about that, or encouraged you to be outraged and concerned and moved to action about that? There are efforts to address this ongoing, mundane thievery, but so far it seems to be under the radar of news outlets that, in every other way, suggest they care very much about crime, all the time.

NPQ: How to End Wage Theft—And Advance Immigrant Justice

NonProfit Quarterly (9/6/23)

Rodrigo Camarena is director of Justicia Lab, and co-author, with Cristobal Gutierrez, of the article “How to End Wage Theft—and Advance Immigrant Justice” that appeared earlier this month on NonProfitQuarterly.org. He is also co-creator of ¡Reclamo!, a tech-enabled initiative to combat wage theft.

He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Rodrigo Camarena.

Rodrigo Camarena: Hi, Janine. Thank you so much for having me.

JJ: I don’t think it’s crazy to say that many people truly don’t know what wage theft is, how it happens, what it is. What would you have us know about, first of all, the scale and the impact of wage theft? What does it look like?

RC: Sure. Wage theft is so common and so ubiquitous that we don’t really consider it in our day-to-day lives. But, like you mentioned, it’s this huge problem. It’s actually the largest form of theft, when you compare it to burglaries, armed robberies, motor vehicle thefts combined. And it happens whenever a worker is deprived of the wages that they’re owed lawfully. So that could mean not being paid a minimum wage, not being paid overtime, having deductions from someone’s paycheck made, or just not paying someone; they show up at the job one day and the person that hired them isn’t there anymore. Failing to honor sick leave or other benefits is another form of wage theft.

So it’s very common. It’s a term that we use as advocates to underline what is happening here, which is that you’re being deprived of what you’re owed and it’s being taken from you, but it’s not a legal term per se.

JJ: Yeah, I always think of the older sibling that holds your hand and makes you hit yourself, and says, “Why are you hitting yourself?” It’s like, something is going on, but you’re not allowed to complain about it, because somehow it’s your fault. Somehow you didn’t take that pay stub home and say, oh wait, I’m owed this and I didn’t get this. It seems like it’s a very invisible kind of crime.

Rodrigo Camarena:

Rodrigo Camarena: “In some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage.”

RC: That’s right. It’s something that happens on a daily basis, actually, and in some sectors and industries, it’s more likely for you to be a victim of wage theft than to be paid your full wage. And it’s a problem that disproportionately impacts low-wage workers, women and immigrants, and in particular undocumented immigrants, who often don’t feel like they can stand up for themselves, or request what they’re owed lawfully, because of their status.

So I think there’s a lot of misinformation about your rights as a worker that might prevent people from standing up for themselves and defending these rights, but this is part of the challenge in addressing this problem.

JJ: I wanted to ask you, there does seem to be a particular impact on immigrants here, and it’s not to say that it doesn’t affect low-wage workers across the board, but immigrants are in a particularly precarious situation.

RC: That’s right. And in the state of New York, where I am, and I think this is probably the case in many other states, it’s twice as likely for you to experience wage theft if you’re foreign-born than if you’re native-born.

This makes complete sense, when you think about immigrant labor in this country. It’s often some of the toughest jobs, that a lot of people don’t want to do, but that immigrants are willing to do because they need income; they’re here to work and contribute. And that puts them in a precarious position, because it allows the employer to not only pay them very little, in many cases less than they’re lawfully owed, but also exposes them to other forms of exploitation and harassment.

We can talk about sexual harassment, we can talk about discrimination because of language, of country of origin, gender or sex, and these are overlapping issues that really do a lot of harm to people that we depend on for some of the most critical industries in our country.

JJ: And I know that victims often don’t even understand that they were supposed to be paid for overtime, or they were supposed to get sick leave. There’s an absence of education from the jump, so that workers don’t even know what they’re entitled to.

RC: That’s right. Very few people will tell you what the minimum wage is, both federally or at the state level. It’s difficult to know sometimes that there’s been a change to sick leave laws in the state, or wages. And so much of the problem is really about getting this information out there more proactively.

In the state of New York, again, where I am, it’s actually required that an employer communicate what your wage is and if that wage has changed, and they can be fined for not doing so. But this is not the case across the country, and it’s often not the case even when it is mandated by law.

Times Union: Wage theft is a serious crime. We're finally treating it that way.

Albany Times Union (9/12/23)

JJ: Well, that’s the thing. I mean, I’ve read about efforts to combat wage theft, and there is legislation in the works, and I hope to talk about it. Kathy Hochul, here in New York, is saying wage theft is now larceny under New York penal law, which means that prosecutors can seek stronger penalties.

But what are your thoughts in general, in terms of the legal—this is a crime, theft is a crime, but what are your thoughts on the state of the legal response to this problem?

RC: Absolutely. Theft is a crime, and I think we need to understand it. It’s not just a crime that impacts workers who have been victims of wage theft, but it’s a crime that impacts all of us.

Wage theft contributes to poverty; the Department of Labor study of California and New York, showed this a couple of years back. It contributes to people’s need to use public benefits or welfare, and it steals from city and state tax revenues.

So it’s a crime that doesn’t just hurt the most vulnerable amongst us, but it’s a crime that impacts all of us indirectly. We need to treat it as a societal crime. We need to treat it as the severe act of injustice that it is. And I think raising the cost for employers is certainly one approach. In some municipalities, businesses can lose their licenses if they are found to be repeat offenders. So there’s a lot of policy solutions.

But I think part of what we need to understand is that there’s also a cultural expectation at this point that if you are either a low-wage worker, a new worker, someone who has been marginalized by society, that you shouldn’t expect more than what you might be paid by an employer. And I think that’s wrong.

CBS: Wage theft often goes unpunished despite state systems meant to combat it

CBS News (6/30/23)

JJ: And I want to just pull you back, in terms of the problem, that sometimes folks will say, “Oh, they won this case,” but sometimes even when you win, workers don’t collect. I just wanted to just bring you back to the reality of it, that the law may say, yes, wage theft happened here, and it still might not be possible to make workers whole.

RC: That’s right. In many cases, even when an employer is found guilty of having committed wage theft, they might then declare bankruptcy, and in some cases start a new company where they go ahead and repeat these same offenses. There are some efforts to try to hold assets accountable and put them on liens, in the event that a business has declared bankruptcy.

But, you’re right, the problem is also structural. We punish businesses after the fact. There isn’t a lot of prevention that’s happening during the event of wage theft, right? Many folks report after they’ve had their wages stolen, or they’ve been fired by their employer.

So I think there needs to be a lot of work at the local and state level to encourage people to report wage theft, to encourage people to know and understand their rights, and find solutions while they’re being victimized.

JJ: Right, and then I want to ask: Why do workers, who are already so vulnerable, who already have their whole life hanging by the thread of this job, why do they have to be the one to bring the complaints? I know that that brings us back to how Justicia Lab worked with Make the Road New York to develop this ¡Reclamo! tool. And I want to ask you to talk about the need that you saw for that, and then talk a little bit about this ¡Reclamo! tool and what it does.

CPI: Ripping off workers without consequences

Center for Public Integrity (5/4/21)

RC: Sure. So the ¡Reclamo! app was a collaborative effort between us at Justicia Lab, which is a program of Pro Bono Net, and Make the Road New York, a worker center here in New York City and New York state.

And I think the need we saw was twofold. One, in the short term, there aren’t enough lawyers to help address every wage theft claim, or enough investigators at the state level to investigate these claims. So we said, how can we use technology that, one, helps someone identify if they’ve been a victim of wage theft and, two, file a wage theft claim in New York State, but also perform strategies that we know are effective at recovering stolen wages, like writing a demand letter, which is typically written by an attorney, or just calling the employer and having a structured conversation around how they can settle this matter.

So ¡Reclamo! does all those three things. It files a complaint with the state of New York. It produces a demand letter, which is something a lawyer might make, and it helps you have a conversation with an employer around what wages you’re owed and how they can settle the matter.

And I think in the long term, what we’re really trying to do with this tool is empower non-lawyers to feel comfortable navigating this very convoluted process, and also give advocates data that they can use to tackle the structural problem here, to inform enforcement.

In some cases, advocates like Make the Road have approached the Department of Labor and said: “Hey, we see a problem in the car wash industry. Can we approach this problem together, enforce this problem together?” And that’s been effective as a strategy as well.

So there’s a number of solutions that we’re trying to put forward with this initiative, and we’re very excited about the response so far.

Axios: Labor looks to Healey on wage theft

Axios Boston (1/12/23)

JJ: Do you see any role at the federal level for this? I mean, it seems such an across-the-board problem, and I read about Maura Healey, I read about people, and it sounds like people are saying, “We’re going to pass some legislation to make crime illegal”—wage theft should already be illegal, and so is it a matter of enforcement? And do you see any role at all at the federal level here?

RC: Definitely. I mean, the federal government can do a lot. One, they can start by raising the federal minimum wage, which has been $7.25 for decades, but they can invest more in enforcement. They can invest more in public education. They can increase the cost to employers that might commit wage theft, repeat offenders.

And they can help advocates by sharing data proactively, both federal data and state-level data around this problem. There’s a lot of information that we still don’t have about the scale of this problem, and I think if there’s better collaboration between advocates and government, we can really make a dent on this issue.

JJ: I can’t really see a more compelling story for news media. They’re reporting every day about people’s difficulties, and the idea that somehow they would not include the fact that their employers are systematically keeping their wages, while they’re out of the other side of their mouth fighting to make those wages lower, that they’re keeping some of the wages that these people have actually earned.

I don’t understand why that is not a meaningful story. It’s a story about crime and violence, frankly. People’s lives are being affected here. And so I just wanted to, finally, ask you, what do you make of media coverage of wage theft, but also just of the conditions around it that allow it, that support it? Is there anything that you would change about the way reporters approach the issue?

RC: I think we have to recognize that wage theft and worker exploitation is, in many cases, built into the business models of many industries. Our food is relatively inexpensive, given the amount of labor it takes to grow and pick it. Our restaurants and other services, domestic work, it’s severely undercompensated, and that’s by design, in many cases. But it’s also something that we don’t talk about.

We don’t talk about immigrant labor being the backbone of a number of industries; what we do talk about, I guess on the right, is immigrants stealing jobs and incurring more costs for society. But we don’t talk about the subsidy that they provide to many businesses and many industries.

We don’t talk about our dependence on low-wage work. And I think that’s the reality that many Americans and policymakers don’t want to address, because it’s complicated, and it forces a conversation around comprehensive immigration reform and workers’ rights more broadly, which I know is something that in many cases is just not popular to talk about.

JJ: Who would reporters talk to that might change the story that they tell?

RC: I think talking to large agricultural producers, talking to restaurant groups, talking to construction companies that, in many cases, employ immigrant workers to get the job done at a certain cost, I think would be valuable. We don’t scrutinize the cost of labor in many of these industries.

Even as consumers, we don’t want to know that our food was grown and picked by someone that was making $8 an hour, or was being paid by each piece of crop that they harvested. We don’t want to know that someone that is in the service industry isn’t getting paid an hourly minimum wage, or getting paid on tips, or not being paid at all in many cases, because they’re maybe earning their ability to one day perform that job.

So I think there’s a lot of different approaches that we can take to understanding this problem, but it does require understanding how businesses have built this into their business model, as well as the societal impact at large when it comes to how families are affected, and also how states are undercut when it comes to the collection of tax revenue.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Rodrigo Camarena. He’s director of Justicia Lab online at JusticiaLab.org, and you can learn about that ¡Reclamo! tool that we’re talking about at MakeTheRoadNY.org. Thank you so much, Rodrigo Camarena, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

RC: Thanks so much, Janine. Happy to be here.

The post ‘Wage Theft Is Built Into the Business Models of Many Industries’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/12/wage-theft-is-built-into-the-business-models-of-many-industries-counterspin-interview-with-rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/feed/ 0 433897
‘Most Americans Really Do Feel Pretty Strongly About Human Rights’ – CounterSpin interview with Stephen Zunes on Menendez indictment https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/most-americans-really-do-feel-pretty-strongly-about-human-rights-counterspin-interview-with-stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/most-americans-really-do-feel-pretty-strongly-about-human-rights-counterspin-interview-with-stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/#respond Fri, 06 Oct 2023 21:23:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035726 "Menendez...has been one of the most vocal supporters of US support for authoritarian right-wing governments."

The post ‘Most Americans Really Do Feel Pretty Strongly About Human Rights’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the University of San Francisco’s Stephen Zunes about the indictment of Sen. Robert Menendez for the September 29, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230929Zunes.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Major news media outlets have been putting out numerous stories on the federal indictment of Robert Menendez, Democratic senator from New Jersey and chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. Those stories are overwhelmingly on details of the charges of suspect dealings—interesting, important information—and on the support, or lack thereof, from other congressmembers, also undoubtedly meaningful information.

NYT: Booker Says Menendez Should Resign, Breaking Silence

New York Times (9/26/23)

The September 27 New York Times explained that

Mr. Menendez was charged on Friday with using his power as chairman of the Foreign Relations Committee to assist the government of Egypt and businessmen in New Jersey in exchange for bribes that included bars of gold bullion, a Mercedes-Benz convertible, exercise machines and more than $500,000 in cash.

That sentence says a little more than it says, in that it reflects US media’s evident prioritizing of details of the alleged corruption—What did he get? Gold, halal meat?—over interest in the impact on human beings who are not Robert Menendez or his wife or her friends, or any businesspeople who got cut a sweet deal—anyone who might be affected by this assistance to the government of Egypt.

We are still in the midst of it, of course, but so far, anyway, media seem more interested in what the Times called the “deepening crisis Mr. Menendez faces” than what it means for anybody else.

Stephen Zunes is a professor of politics at the University of San Francisco. His most recent book, co-authored with Jacob Mundy, is Western Sahara: War, Nationalism and Conflict Irresolution, out now in an updated, expanded edition from Syracuse University Press. He joins us now by phone from the Bay Area. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Stephen Zunes.

I am absolutely going to ask your thoughts about the indictment and its implications, but I wanted to do just a little history first, because it hasn’t been front and center in current coverage, and that context is important.

You wrote back in January of 2021, when Democrats selected Robert Menendez as chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, that that decision “rung alarm bells for advocates of peace, human rights and international law.” So why was that true already then, and were there particular issue areas that drew concern?

Stephen Zunes: There are quite a number. I mean, the brazenness, the jaw-dropping nature of the charges against Senator Menendez, as you noted, are great tabloid fodder. They’re quite extreme. This is not just the official corruption, legal corruption, we see, especially since the Citizens United decision at the Supreme Court, of influencing politicians. This is really old school, in terms of the cash, the gold bars and everything else.

And he’s had something of a reputation in New Jersey politics for the corruption. He was indicted some years ago on corruption charges, and it ended in mistrial with a hung jury. But despite this, the Democrats named him chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Frank Church

Sen. Frank Church (holding poison dart gun) with Sen. John Tower (Levin Center).

But my concern back then, as with a lot of us, was not on just the corruption per se, but he is one of the most hawkish, hard-line Democrats in the United States Senate. And he was put in the very powerful position of being head of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Now, historically, the Democratic heads of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee have actually tried to curb excesses and militarism, excesses in terms of supporting human rights violators and the like. We think back to J. William Fulbright, who was the leading critic, not just of Nixon, but of Lyndon Johnson, in terms of the war in Vietnam. We think of Frank Church in the 1970s, challenging the abuses by the CIA and other intelligence agencies. We think of Claiborne Pell and others, in terms of checks and balances, which unfortunately there are not a lot of in foreign policy, but at least to some degree, we could have it through the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, when the Democrats have been in charge.

But in choosing Menendez, Schumer and the Democrats went in the opposite direction—someone who has been to the right of even these centrist Democratic presidents.

So Menendez was one of only two senators, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer being the other one, to vote against the Iran nuclear agreement. He attacked Obama from the right, in terms of his attempts at normalization of relations with Cuba.

Stephen Zunes

Stephen Zunes: “Menendez…has been one of the most vocal supporters of US support for authoritarian right-wing governments.”

The latter is particularly ironic, because Menendez has been obsessed with the authoritarianism and human rights abuses under Cuba’s Communist government, but he has been one of the most vocal supporters of US support for authoritarian right-wing governments with far worse human rights abuses, including that of Egypt.

I think the big thing that the mainstream media are really missing here is not just that he apparently received bribes from a foreign government, but one that has a particularly nasty human rights record. And even without the apparent illegal activity, why in the hell is the United States supporting this government in the first place?

Let’s remember that Egypt gets more US foreign aid, more arms and ammunition and security assistance, than any country in the world, save for Ukraine and Israel.

And the government of Egypt is one of the absolute worst in terms of its human rights abuses. Since Sisi seized power nearly a decade ago, literally thousands of demonstrators have been slaughtered in the streets.

There are over 60,000 political prisoners, one of the highest, if not the highest, number of political prisoners anywhere in the world. And these aren’t just Islamist radicals or anything else, far from it. Many of these people are nonviolent, liberal, secular activists, the very people who led the nonviolent uprising in 2011 against the previous US-backed dictator, Hosni Mubarak.

We’re talking about torture on an administrative basis, not to mention corruption up the wazoo. This is a horrific government.

And yet, for years, we’ve had bipartisan support, both in Congress and in successive administrations, for supporting this regime. Now, there has been some growing concerns in some circles, particularly among progressive Democrats, but even among a handful of Republicans and others. But why the hell are we supporting this kind of regime?

And Menendez, as head of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, while occasionally giving lip service to human rights, has been steadfast in supporting this kind of aid. And, indeed, part of this indictment appears to be that in return for some of these lucrative gifts, he worked to lift a hold on $300 million worth of military aid that was being temporarily withheld on human rights grounds.

But the problem here, again, is not just the bribes and corruption by Menendez, but the very question that we really need to be asking is, why are we supporting this regime in the first place?

New York Times headlines about Egypt

New York Times (9/14/23, 7/26/18)

JJ: Absolutely. Well, let me just add to that, frankly, because I looked at a headline from September 14 of this year from the New York Times, “Choosing Security Over Rights, US Approves $235 Million in Egypt Aid.” And it was, “Secretary of State Blinken overruled congressional restrictions on US military aid tied to Egypt’s dismal human rights record.”

OK, that’s interesting. But then I see another headline, “Despite Egypt’s Dismal Human Rights Record, US Restores Military Aid,” and that headline is from 2018. So there’s been this kind of yes/no/but, and it still has added up to millions of dollars of aid.

SZ: This is all too familiar. Some of us can think back to the 1980s, when the Reagan administration would claim they were concerned about human rights, and were pushing for human rights reforms in various Latin American dictatorships that were promoting death squads and the like. This is the same kind of thing.

But the problem is, is that a lot of Democrats, even liberal Democrats, who have been willing to raise human rights concerns when Republicans are in the White House, seem to be rather quiet when there’s a Democrat in the White House. So there’s this feeling we see, and I certainly find this in online discussions and elsewhere, that so much of the criticism about the Biden administration from the right is so silly and outrageous, and given a very real threat of authoritarianism from the Republicans, people are so reluctant to say anything negative about Biden, that much of the left liberal wing of the spectrum of this country seems to be ignoring the kinds of abuses that would’ve mobilized people, were they being supported by Republicans.

And, again, it’s not just Egypt, and this is really important. Menendez, as head of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, has been a fanatically strong supporter of the Netanyahu government in Israel and the Israeli occupation. He has attacked the United Nations, Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, the International Court of Justice, the International Criminal Court, virtually anybody who dares document or investigate violations of human rights or international humanitarian law by the Israeli government.

And most Democrats at this point are starting to be, though very pro-Israel, more on the J Street end of the Zionist spectrum—that is, those that strongly support Israel as a Jewish state, but oppose the occupation and settlements. But Menendez is aligned with AIPAC and the Republicans, the right wing of the Zionist movement, in a totally unapologetic way, which is way, way to the right of average Democratic public opinion, in terms of the rank and file voters.

But it’s not just Israel. He supports the Moroccan occupation of Western Sahara. He is one of the few who’s openly supported Trump’s recognition of Morocco’s annexation of the entire nation of Western Sahara, along with Israel’s illegal annexation of the Golan Heights. And here’s a guy who talks about, “Oh, Russia cannot unilaterally change international borders. They cannot expand their territory by force,” in reference to Ukraine. That’s certainly true. But then he says, it’s OK if a US ally does it.

And just like his statements on human rights, criticizing them in Cuba and other left-leaning countries, but excusing them or even supporting them in terms of right-wing US allies, his attitude on international law is the same way. Violations of international legal standards, the UN charter, that’s a horrible thing if a country we don’t like, like Russia, does it. But if it’s an ally, like Israel and Morocco, it’s OK.

And this is not what most Americans, especially most Democrats, want. Again, if you look at the public opinion polls, a vast majority of Americans, particularly on the Democratic side, believe that international law should be enforced consistently.

Just as you would not want a Democratic attorney general to only prosecute Republicans, or a Republican attorney general to only prosecute Democrats, same thing with international law. Law is the law. You can’t pick and choose, depending on the political or geostrategic orientation of the offender.

JJ: Right. Well, against that backdrop, I think the fact that Menendez—who, as we’re recording on September 28, has pled not guilty; we’re still in medias res—but he says that the federal prosecutors are “misrepresenting routine congressional work.” And in the context of what you’ve just said, I feel like that should set off an alarm for an independent press corps, that he’s even comfortable saying, “Well, this is just what you do when you’re a congressperson.”

SZ: Yes. It is concerning that, even without this apparent illegal activity, even without its rather brazen nature, the fact is that it is really a scandal that the United States continues to support repressive regimes like Egypt, like Bahrain, like Saudi Arabia, like United Arab Emirates, like Morocco. They continue to support the Israeli/Moroccan occupations. We can go down the list.

There’s probably no single issue in foreign or domestic policy where public opinion and US policy is so widely differentiated. Most Americans really do feel pretty strongly about human rights.

Indeed, it’s what we hear all the time. It drives me crazy to hear the mainstream media, without irony, talking about how Biden is standing up for human rights, or standing up for international law, without mentioning that the United States arms 57% of the world’s dictatorships, 57% of the world’s authoritarian regimes receive US military aid or arm sales. And this doesn’t even count the countries that are nominally democracies, like Israel and India and others, which are also engaging in human rights abuses.

Western Sahara: War, Nationalism, and Conflict Irresolution

Syracuse University Press, 2023

So I think that the scandal, on the one hand, shows a failure of the mainstream media to recognize the larger structural problem. But on the other hand, I think it provides an opening for those of us who do care about human rights, who would like to see US foreign policy as actually more consistent with our stated values, to raise these issues and to challenge, not just these corrupt politicians like Menendez, but the whole system that ends up supporting these autocrats and occupiers, and the kind of system that would put a man like Menendez in charge of our foreign policy in Congress, the Democrats’ de facto foreign policy spokesperson, in that kind of position in the first place.

JJ: I’m going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Stephen Zunes, professor of politics at the University of San Francisco. His most recent book, co-authored with Jacob Mundy, is Western Sahara: War, Nationalism and Conflict Irresolution, out now from Syracuse University Press. Stephen Zunes, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SZ: My pleasure. Thank you.

 

 

The post ‘Most Americans Really Do Feel Pretty Strongly About Human Rights’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/most-americans-really-do-feel-pretty-strongly-about-human-rights-counterspin-interview-with-stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/feed/ 0 432583
Rodrigo Camarena on Wage Theft https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/#respond Fri, 06 Oct 2023 16:02:03 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035717 Corporate media tell us to be mad at the rando taking toilet paper from Walgreens, but not the executive who’s skimming your paycheck.

The post Rodrigo Camarena on Wage Theft appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin231006.mp3

 

Business executive pocketing hundred dollar bills.

This week on CounterSpin: The LA Times’ Michael Hiltzik is one of vanishingly few national reporters to suggest that if media care about crime, if they care about people having things stolen from them—maybe they could care less about toasters and more about lives? As in, the billions of dollars that are snatched from working people’s pockets every payday by companies, in the form of wage theft—paying less than legal wages, not paying for overtime, stealing tips, denying breaks, demanding people work off the clock before and after shifts, and defining workers as “independent contractors” to deny them benefits. Home Depot just settled a class action lawsuit for $72.5 million, while their CEO went on Fox Business to talk about how shoplifting means we’re becoming a “lawless society.”

There is legislative pushback; New York Gov. Kathy Hochul has added wage theft to the legal definition of larceny, allowing for stronger prosecutions. But such efforts face headwind from corporate media telling us to be mad about the rando taking toilet paper from the Walgreens, but not the executive who’s skimming your paycheck every two weeks. Not to be too poetic, but corporate thieves don’t need masks as long as corporate media provide them.

We talk about wage theft with Rodrigo Camarena. He’s the director of the immigrant justice group Justicia Lab, and co-author, with Cristobal Gutierrez of Make the Road New York, of the article “How to End Wage Theft—and Advance Immigrant Justice” that appeared earlier this month on NonProfitQuarterly.org. He is co-creator of Reclamo!, a tech-enabled initiative to combat wage theft.

      CounterSpin231006Camarena.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of climate protests.

      CounterSpin231006Banter.mp3

 

The post Rodrigo Camarena on Wage Theft appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/rodrigo-camarena-on-wage-theft/feed/ 0 432464
Stephen Zunes on Menendez Indictment https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/#respond Fri, 29 Sep 2023 16:06:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035603 The story is mostly about the political fortunes of an individual; the huge numbers of less powerful people impacted are, at best, backdrop.

The post Stephen Zunes on Menendez Indictment appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230929.mp3

 

NYT: As Menendez’s Star Rose, Fears of Corruption Cast a Persistent Shadow

New York Times (9/27/23)

This week on CounterSpin: You can’t say elite US news media aren’t on the story of the federal indictment of Robert Menendez, Democratic chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. But articles like the New York Times’ “As Menendez’s Star Rose, Fears of Corruption Cast a Persistent Shadow” represent media embrace of the “great man of history” theme: The story is mostly about the political fortunes of an individual; the huge numbers of less powerful people impacted by those compromised decisions are, at best, backdrop.

When they try to tighten it into a “takeaway,” it can get weirder still: That Times piece’s headline included the idea that “the New Jersey Democrat broke barriers for Latinos. But prosecutors circled for decades before charging him with an explosive new bribery plot.”

Come again?

If elite media’s takeaway from the Menendez indictment is that some people over-favor their friends and like gold bars—that’s a storyline that leads nowhere, calls nothing into question beyond the individual actors themselves. Is that the coverage we need? What does it even have to do with foreign policy?

Stephen Zunes is a professor of politics at the University of San Francisco. His most recent book, co-authored with Jacob Mundy, is Western Sahara: War, Nationalism and Conflict Irresolution, out now in a revised, updated edition from Syracuse University Press.

We talk with him about what’s at stake in the Menendez indictment beyond Menendez’s “political fortunes.”

      CounterSpin230929Zunes.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the FCC and the 1973 Chilean coup.

      CounterSpin230929Banter.mp3

 

The post Stephen Zunes on Menendez Indictment appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/29/stephen-zunes-on-menendez-indictment/feed/ 0 430807
‘There’s This Notion That the “War on Terror” Was Just Something That Happened Abroad’ – CounterSpin interview with Maha Hilal on Innocent Until Proven Muslim https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/19/theres-this-notion-that-the-war-on-terror-was-just-something-that-happened-abroad-counterspin-interview-with-maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/19/theres-this-notion-that-the-war-on-terror-was-just-something-that-happened-abroad-counterspin-interview-with-maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/#respond Tue, 19 Sep 2023 19:07:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035425 "When you use nebulous phrases like "War on Terror"...it opens the door for basically the US government to do whatever it wants."

The post ‘There’s This Notion That the “War on Terror” Was Just Something That Happened Abroad’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed the Muslim Counterpublics Lab‘s Maha Hilal about her book Innocent Until Proven Muslim for the September 15, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230915Hilal.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Islamophobia existed before September 11, 2001, but the response to that day’s attacks leveraged the power of the state in service to that discrimination in ways that continue to shape foreign and domestic policy, and everyday life.

And all along the way, corporate news media have not just platformed, but megaphoned the idea that Muslims, because they are Muslim, are dangerous and suspicious; that their humanity is, at best, contingent.

That media’s looks back on the day overwhelmingly failed to even acknowledge the so-called “War on Terror’s” ongoing impacts on Muslims is just testament to the mainstreaming of this particular brand of scapegoating.

Innocent Until Proven Muslim, by Maha Hilal

(Broadleaf Books, 2023)

Maha Hilal is the founding executive director of the Muslim Counterpublics Lab, and author of the book Innocent Until Proven Muslim: Islamophobia, the War on Terror and the Muslim Experience Since 9/11, from Broadleaf Books. She joins us now by phone from Arlington, Virginia. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Maha Hilal.

Maha Hilal: Thank you so much, Janine, for the invitation.

JJ: When we think about the wreckage from the attacks of September 11, 2001—not just the attacks themselves, but the actions in the wake of them—for a lot of people, our minds go to the wars on Afghanistan and on Iraq, with validity, right?

But it’s important for Americans not to see the “War on Terror” only as something that the US state is inflicting on others, elsewhere—particularly as the domestic facets, while maybe not front-page news, are still very much in effect, right? It’s not somewhere else, and it’s not in the past.

MH: Absolutely. So there’s been this notion, as you are describing, that the “War on Terror” was just something that happened abroad. And in fact, when we look at the trajectory of the “War on Terror,” immediately after the 9/11 attacks, Muslims and Arabs were targeted, were racially profiled, and were being scrutinized and surveilled domestically within the United States.

And it’s always been interesting to think about how the “War on Terror” has been constructed so narrowly, so that Americans think it’s abroad.

And there was a summer in which there was a lot of discourse around the 1033 Program, and the ways that the military was giving equipment to police offices around the country. And the narrative there was that now the “War on Terror” is “coming home”; whereas, as I write about in my book, the “War on Terror” started at home, and the “War on Terror” has been home.

And this speaks a lot to, who do we understand as being American? Who do we understand as being within the borders of this country? And who do we care about when it comes to state violence?

And we know that it’s obviously not just Muslims who are treated with little to no regard, but also other BIPOC communities. So it does raise this question of, who do we actually care about?

And so I think it’s important, as I outline in the book, to really look at the taxonomy of the “War on Terror.” What is the “War on Terror” in its totality? And it’s only by answering that question that I think we can ask the other question, which is, what do we need to do to abolish the “War on Terror”?

JJ: And you talk about the various aspects of it. It’s so in the ether that we almost don’t think about it, but things like registration, things like detaining people, there are multiple questions around immigration, so-called. There are multiple elements that reflect the domestic manifestation of the “War on Terror.”

Daily Beast: Ordinary U.S. Muslims Are Still Being Victimized by the ‘War on Terror'

Daily Beast (9/10/23)

MH: Absolutely. I just wrote an op-ed in the Daily Beast about the terrorism watch list, which turns 20 this week. And that has been a very systemic, systematic, pervasive policy that has impacted not just Muslims, but also Muslim Americans.

And this is a policy that has been in place to scrutinize and surveil Muslims, many of whom face extremely harsh interrogations at airports when they’re flying and when they’re traveling. And for a lot of others, it’s this process that needs to be done. Muslims are the enemy, so it’s OK. It’s normal to see them being singled out in places like airports, because that’s the sort of places of violence that we associate Muslims with.

But suffice it to say, there are so many ways that the “War on Terror”—I think on this point, it’s important to mention—has been so normalized. So not only is there a lack of knowledge and understanding that it has a very domestic front, but also we’re so accustomed, I think we’ve just sort of accepted everything that the “War on Terror” has entailed, to the point where there are so many tentacles of the “War on Terror” that we no longer see.

And that’s why, again, we think about the narrative around that 1033 Program, and the idea that the “War on Terror” was coming home, as opposed to the “War on Terror” has always been home.

That’s one of the problems that we come across when people aren’t informed about what’s happening domestically to people in their communities and their societies and their neighborhoods.

JJ: I think some people might actually be surprised to hear that what we used to call the “No-Fly List,” that that’s still a thing. That is an enduring impact. You may have read about it 20 years ago and thought that it disappeared, but, in fact, it’s still affecting people’s lives around this country and around the world.

MH: Absolutely. And I think with things like the No-Fly List, people can sort of brush it off as minor inconveniences, right, that it’s just additional scrutiny, and eventually the person is able to travel. As opposed to recognizing the complete humiliation that is repeated over and over again.

And the symbolic message that it sends to Americans and to people traveling that Muslims continue to be the enemy, and that when it comes to Muslims traveling and Muslims in general, there’s always this propensity of violence, because Muslims are inherently violent. And so these policies reiterate that over and over again.

JJ: You talk a bit about the power of language in the book, the work that language has done. I always thought that when news media took “War on Terror” out of quotation marks, that something really changed, once they started saying that this was an unironic term.

Because, of course, once we’re “at war,” well, media have a lot of imagery around that that takes over. But “War on Terror” itself is, at the same time, deeply evocative and also a total thought-stopper of a term. It just justifies endlessly, doesn’t it?

Maha Hilal

Maha Hilal: “When you use nebulous phrases like ‘War on Terror’…it opens the door for basically the US government to do whatever it wants.”

MH: Yeah, absolutely. And the first time that Bush used the phrase “War on Terror” was in his speech nine days after the 9/11 attack. And so the context in which he was using it was to actually say that, essentially, we’re going to wage an endless war. There’s no timelines. There’s no boundaries. We’re basically going to do whatever we want. And, in fact, he said that Americans should expect a “lengthy battle.”

And that’s what happens when you use nebulous phrases like “War on Terror,” is that it opens the door for basically the US government to do whatever it wants, because the phrase is unclear as it is. But also, you can always fit things into, what does terror look like? And this is our “War on Terror,” this is how we have to seek out revenge, this is how we have to intervene into the ways that we were victimized.

JJ: And media’s acceptance, journalists’ acceptance of that term, I really thought, all bets are off at this point. And a thing that I thought that media never acknowledged: I remember Ari Fleischer, the White House press secretary, telling Howard Kurtz, who was then at the Washington Post, talking about the “War on Terror”: “This is the most information-intensive war you can imagine…. We’re going to lie about things.”

And I always thought, a self-respecting press corps, that would’ve set them on just a categorically different course. And I wonder, can you talk about the role of media here, which of course is so important in propagating this idea and sustaining this idea of Muslims as the enemy?

MH: Yeah, absolutely. I think media in the “War on Terror” have often just basically operated as a mouthpiece for government. Not only have they reported very uncritically about what the government is doing, they’ve repeated a lot of the terminology and the phraseology and accepted, for example, what does “terrorism” mean, right, in the ways that the US government chooses to define it.

Or the idea, for example, that I write about in the book as well, that state violence is inherently more moral than non–state actor violence. And this is not to say that any violence should be condoned, but it is to say that there should be a critical lens in terms of what kind of violence is actually more destructive. But the government is able to continue to assert its violence as morally superior, in part because of the way that the media operates.

And another specific problem with the media, I think, is, in the last two decades-plus, whenever there is, for example, an attack or an act of violence by someone who’s not Muslim, the ways that it’s described is often in terms like “non-jihadist violence” or “non-Islamic extremism.” And that is to say that Muslim violence is essentially the gold standard, that we cannot conceive of violence as organic, included in this country, that it has to be in comparison to Muslim violence.

And that has been a particular construction that has been repeated over and over again. And obviously, the point of that is to entrench the idea that Muslims are inherently terroristic and violent.

JJ: Some of us may remember folks like Steve Emerson, who, right after the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing, said: “This was done with the attempt to inflict as many casualties as possible. That is a Middle Eastern trait.”

Now, of course, we know who was behind the Oklahoma City bombing. The point is Steve Emerson continued to appear as a terrorism expert on news media for years afterwards. So it’s just exactly what you were saying: You never lose in US news media and corporate news media by linking violence and Islam. Even if you’re wrong, even if you’re incredibly wrong, somehow it’s never points off.

MH: Yeah, and Steve Emerson belongs in the category of what we would refer to as a moral entrepreneur. And these are people that operate in the space between media and government. And their specific role is to present a particular problem, a social issue or political problem, and attach it to one particular group. That is to say, that that problem can be attributed to that group. And so they continue to forge those connections and repeat it over and over again.

And he’s one of many, right? There’s been Daniel Pipes, many others, and I don’t know if you’ve come across this term, but Daniel Pipes came up with this idea of “sudden Jihad syndrome,” which is basically about Muslims randomly erupting into violence. And that is obviously the trope that has been entrenched over and over again, that we’re inherently violent. So it’s not a matter of if they’re going to commit violence, it’s a matter of when, because they’re inherently predisposed to committing acts of violence.

JJ: And the point that you’re making, and that we’re underscoring, is that this isn’t just a cultural bias; this isn’t just Steve Emerson showing up on TV. US policy is shot through with this bias. US policy is reflecting this bias in terms of actions, in terms of policies and behaviors, and the way people are treated. It’s not just a wackadoo prejudice that’s sort of floating around. It’s actually institutionalized.

MH: Absolutely. And I think one of the ways that the US government tries to be evasive about this is, a lot of the laws and policies and bills that are passed, the language in them is neutral. It doesn’t specify you must target Muslims, or Muslims are the target of the specific policy. But when it comes to implementation, that’s when you can begin to understand exactly who the policy was intended to target.

And when you continue targeting a particular group, you’re also entrenching, again, a particular construction, and you’re positioning them as the problem.

And I think that in the “War on Terror,” what has been extremely frustrating, even in left and liberal spaces, is this idea that the targeting of Muslims was either unintentional or coincidental, as opposed to being extremely intentional, well-thought-out.

And you have to know that in order to inflict the amount of violence that the United States has inflicted on Muslim communities domestically and across the globe, there has to be such a deep level of dehumanization in place. And for that to happen, there has to be a robust narrative infrastructure. And that’s exactly what was developed in the aftermath of 9/11, as well as built on by successive administrations after Bush.

JJ: And let me just pick you up on that point, because if we think of this as a George W. Bush policy, we’re missing it, because it’s Obama and it’s Trump, and it’s Biden, too. You want to talk about that?

MH: Yeah, the “War on Terror” is bipartisan, and I think that tends to get ignored. I know under Obama, he sort of backed away from the use of the phrase “War on Terror,” but he didn’t change anything about what was happening, the violence that was being unleashed under the guise of the “War on Terror.” So it was basically just a semantic change.

And I just want to offer this, is that I use the term “War on Terror” specifically. Obviously, you can think about it in multiple ways, as to whether or not that’s helpful. But to me, when you take away that term “War on Terror,” especially two decades later, then it becomes harder to map out what this war has entailed, and the violence that has been waged under its scope. And if you do that, then what you see is disparate policies that are disconnected, when in reality they’re part of a robust infrastructure.

Now, when we think about Biden, Biden is also continuing the “War on Terror.” There is no president thus far who’s been willing to challenge the status quo on the “War on Terror,” and national security in particular.

And we know Democrats always fear being seen as too liberal on national security and counterterrorism. And so what often happens is that there’s overcompensation, as opposed to withdrawing from these problematic policies.

TomDispatch: 22 Years of Drone Warfare and No End in Sight

TomDispatch (9/5/23)

JJ: Your recent piece for TomDispatch focused on drone warfare in particular, and the particular role that that is playing in targeting Muslims. There’s little evidence, you say, that anybody is really thinking seriously about the failures of drone warfare at all. What is key for you in that issue, as a particular element of what we’re talking about?

MH: It’s the ease through which this form of violence is committed. And when I started writing this particular piece, I was focusing mostly on the Biden administration’s policies governing drone warfare, and then I started looking into the psychology of what it takes to enable people to kill so mercilessly.

So basically you have the policies, you have the rules governing drone warfare, and then you have the psychology of what makes it so easy. And when you put those two things together, it becomes exponentially more catastrophic.

And a lot of times the US government has said the “War on Terror” is over, and I always ask the question, “over for whom?” Because the “War on Terror” is not over for the countries that the US continues to drone strike. We know that, right?

And in the piece, I refer to a quote by a young Pakistani. It was said at a congressional hearing in 2013: “I no longer love blue skies. In fact, I now prefer gray skies. The drones do not fly when the skies are gray.”

And to me, that is a particular form of violence, when a young child looks up at the sky and associates its color with the probability of state violence. And until that is no longer the case, then the “War on Terror” is not over.

For Americans whose lives have pretty much resumed normalcy, right, since 9/11, they might think the “War on Terror” here is over, but it’s not. And I think when we talk about Muslims and people that are being targeted, right, by the “War on Terror,” and by US state violence in general, as “collateral damage” or other ways that dehumanize them, then they become inconsequential. It doesn’t even really matter.

Whenever there’s American deaths, there’s a specific number. It’s “13 service members died,” for example. When it’s Muslim deaths, it’s like, oh, well, there’s a lot of Muslim deaths. We don’t really know how many. We couldn’t even bother to count, because it doesn’t really matter anyway.

JJ: What, finally, has been the response to the book so far, and what would you like folks to use the book to do? What are you hoping for?

MH: The response to the book has been pretty positive, minus some Islamophobic backlash here and there, but I think it’s been pretty positive, especially because I tried to take such a broad approach, and also to really look at not just the way that external factors have impacted the Muslim community in the form of state violence, but also the Muslim community itself has played a part in its own demonization, because of internalized Islamophobia.

What I really want to impart in this book, and what I hope that readers really get out of it, is the understanding that in order to dismantle and abolish the “War on Terror,” we have to include a lens of Islamophobia. Islamophobia has to be mainstreamed into the analysis. Because unless we understand the targeting of Muslims as integral to the “War on Terror,” then it can’t truly be abolished.

And throughout the book, obviously, I repeat and illustrate, examine, criticize the ways in which the targeting of Muslims has been intentional, leaving the reader, hopefully, with no doubt that that has always been the case; it has always been the intention of the “War on Terror.” and that the US government continues to inflict violence, harm, destruction, humiliation on the Muslim community, with no end in sight.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Maha Hilal. The book is Innocent Until Proven Muslim: Islamophobia, the War on Terror and the Muslim Experience Since 9/11, out from Broadleaf Books.

You can find her recent piece “Ordinary US Muslims Still Victimized by War on Terror” at the Daily Beast, and “22 Years of Drone Warfare and No End in Sight” at TomDispatch.com. Thank you so much, Maha Hilal, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MH: Thank you so much, Janine.

 

 

The post ‘There’s This Notion That the “War on Terror” Was Just Something That Happened Abroad’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/19/theres-this-notion-that-the-war-on-terror-was-just-something-that-happened-abroad-counterspin-interview-with-maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/feed/ 0 428258
‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ – CounterSpin interview with Amanda Yee and Hyun Lee on Korea https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea/#respond Mon, 18 Sep 2023 22:04:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035403 "It's called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide."

The post ‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The September 8, 2023, episode of CounterSpin included a new interview with Liberation News‘ Amanda Yee on the Korean travel ban and an archival interview with Women Cross DMZ’s Hyun Lee on forgotten Korean history.  This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230908.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The White House has announced it’s extending the ban on people using US passports to go to North Korea. Corporate media seem to find it of little interest; who wants to go to North Korea? That fairly reflects media’s disinterest in the tens of thousands of Korean Americans who want to visit family in North Korea, along with media’s overarching, active disinterest in telling the story of the Korean Peninsula in anything other than static, cartoonish terms—North Korea is a murderous dictatorship; South Korea is a client state, lucky for our support—terms that conveniently sidestep the US’s historic and ongoing role in the crisis.

Amanda Yee is a writer and organizer, and an editor of Liberation News. We’ll talk with her about the role the travel ban plays in a bigger picture.

And we reference hidden history in that conversation. CounterSpin got some deeper understanding on that a couple years back from Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ, part of the coalition Korea Peace Now!. We’ll hear just a little bit from that conversation today as well.

***

      CounterSpin230908Yee.mp3

 

AP: State Department renews ban on use of US passports for travel to North Korea

AP (8/22/23)

JJ: “The Biden administration is extending for another year a ban on the use of US passports for travel to North Korea.” AP reported the decision as coming “as tensions with North Korea are rising over its nuclear and ballistic missile programs,” and concern about what’s happened to US servicemember Travis King, who entered the country in July, though there’s no indication that King made use of a passport when he suddenly ran across the border while on a civilian tour of a village.

North Korea is, for US news media, so much more an object lesson than a real place with real people that reports like AP’s make no mention of the effects of the ban on Korean Americans with family there—families that, incidentally, candidate Joe Biden promised to reunite.

Our next guest wrote recently about what many press accounts are leaving out. Amanda Yee is a writer and organizer, and an editor of Liberation News. She joins us now by phone from Brooklyn. Welcome to CounterSpin, Amanda Yee.

Amanda Yee: Thanks, Janine, for having me. It’s a pleasure.

JJ: As a quick point of information, given its official enemy status, people may feel that travel has been frozen between North Korea and the US forever, but this ban started with Donald Trump, right?

AY: Yes. This is a relatively recent travel ban that was set in place by Trump in 2017, and has been renewed annually ever since. Before 2017, people could actually travel to North Korea, and, actually, a lot of Korean organizations in the States would organize delegations to go there.

But the travel ban was set in place by Trump, and has been renewed every year since then. And, as you said, despite his own campaign promise in 2020 to reunite Korean Americans in Korea who’ve been separated for decades, Biden has renewed the ban every year he’s in office.

So the travel ban is extremely strict. While there are travel restrictions in place for places like Cuba for US passport holders, you can still go to Cuba as long as you meet certain requirements under a certain set of conditions.

In contrast, no US passport holder can go to North Korea. You have to apply for a special validation passport, and those are handed out by the State Department in very rare, exceptional circumstances, and they usually only go to professional journalists or people who work for the Red Cross.

So this ban separates as many as 100,000 Koreans in the US from visiting their families in North Korea. In late July of this year, a number of Korean peace organizations held a rally in Washington, DC, on the 70th anniversary of the signing of the armistice agreement, demanding that the US sign a peace treaty to officially end the Korean War.

These organizations delivered a thousand postcards, as well as an open letter calling for the lifting of the travel ban, to the State Department. So despite widespread opposition from Americans year after year, the administration in place still renews this travel ban every August.

Liberation: Korean War continues with Biden’s renewal of travel ban to North Korea

Liberation (9/3/23)

JJ: In your piece, you talk about one woman, but it’s representative or illustrative of what’s happening to a lot of families. And I wonder if you could just take a moment to talk about what this means.

This is about people not being able to see their grandmother; a one-year extension—well, people are aging, so that might mean losing that chance forever. There’s a human aspect that I feel like media are not talking about.

AY: Yeah, so the generation of Korean War survivors are aging well into their 80s now, and so lifting the travel ban is really a matter of urgency, so that they’re able to see their families in North Korea for what may be the last time.

I did a couple of interviews for the article; I talked to one activist with the women’s peace organization Korea Peace Now!. She was born in Korea, and she moved to the US at the age of 15. And before 2017, she was able to visit North Korea and visit her family members. After the travel ban went into place, she can no longer visit her cousins or close relatives there. She can no longer see family there.

And it’s not just her; as many as 100,000 Korean Americans in the US are barred from seeing their families.

And it’s not just Korean Americans who can’t travel there. Any US passport-holder is barred from visiting the country. So that effectively prohibits any kind of cultural exchange between Americans and North Koreans. And that kind of cultural exchange is really vital in challenging this huge disinformation propaganda campaign around North Korea, right?

FAIR.org: North Korea Law of Journalism Strikes Again as Envoy Rises From Dead

FAIR.org (6/10/19)

A lot of the stories about North Korea in corporate media that we see rely on these total caricatures of Kim Jong-un, as well as the depiction of North Koreans as brainwashed. And you can literally say anything about North Korea, the most absurd thing you could imagine, and people would believe it.

And a lot of these stories come from unverified sources, or they come from Radio Free Asia, which is a US-funded propaganda arm of the US government.

And a lot of the stories also come from North Korean defectors, who are incentivized and pressured to grossly exaggerate and even lie, because there is an industry in the US that pays for stories about the human rights abuses in North Korea, because the US government can use these to justify its inhumane sanctions against the country. So you have this industry of defectors who are incentivized to make up the most absurd stories to get an interview.

And that’s how you get people like Yeonmi Park, the most famous defector, who goes on Joe Rogan claiming that North Koreans have no food to eat, so they’re forced to eat rats, or that the trains never work in North Korea, so people have to manually push them in order to get to their destinations, or that North Koreans don’t have a word for “love.”

But this propaganda campaign against North Korea and the travel ban go hand in hand. They complement one another. The US government uses the propaganda to justify the travel ban, but the travel ban not only prevents Koreans from visiting their families, it bans travel of any kind, of any American, to North Korea to see the country for themselves.

And every person I talked to who has visited North Korea before 2017, before the travel ban, they would say that what they saw was totally unlike what they read about in corporate media. So if Americans were allowed to visit, they would see that North Koreans are just like you and me, and the entire corporate media narrative would just fall apart.

JJ: I want to say, AP, for instance, did say that activists were protesting the ban, but they said that the protest was from humanitarian groups who say that the ban will make it hard to get aid to North Korea, which is “one of the world’s neediest countries.”

So even that is painting things a certain way: North Korea is a scary basket case, and how can we help them while most importantly containing them?

And you’ve given a great summation of the basic US media presentation of North Korea. But I would also say that readers of US media would have less than zero understanding, if I can say it like that, of the history of the Korean Peninsula and US actions there. The very fact that you use the term “Korea”… because if you’re just a media consumer, there is no Korea. There’s North Korea and South Korea.

The idea of the history and the US actions there, there’s a reason that the Korean War is called the forgotten war. And media are playing a big role, and it’s a big question, but the role of media in erasing Korean history and setting us up for the present conflict is huge.

Amanda Yee

Amanda Yee: “It’s called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide.”

AY: Yeah, the Korean War is known as the forgotten war, but I think that’s a real outrage and a real tragedy. It’s not forgotten in Korea, and it’s not forgotten among the many Koreans in the US who have remained separated from their families in the North.

I think a lot of people are under the impression that the Korean War ended, but the signing of the armistice agreement in 1953, it brought an end to the fighting, but it did not end the war. An armistice is not a peace agreement, it’s only a ceasefire.

So the US, along with the South, they remain frozen in a state of war with the North. And to this day, the US still refuses to sign a peace treaty.

And it’s called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide. There’s no way around it. The US dropped over 600,000 tons of bombs over the Korean Peninsula in just three years of that war. And so they completely leveled the North. They destroyed 90% of its cities and villages, and they killed 20% of its population. And the fact that North Korea was even able to rebuild after that is a miracle in and of itself.

And in three years of fighting, the US just committed atrocity after atrocity on the Korean Peninsula. They massacred civilians, they massacred refugees who were trying to flee. And even after the armistice was signed, the South remained, and it still remains, occupied by the US.

So every year, South Korea hosts joint military exercises with the US military where they simulate invasion of the North, and it’s basically practice for regime change in North Korea. And so it’s the US that constantly ratchets up tensions between North and South.

So this travel ban, it may seem like a small thing in the grand scheme of things, but it’s really another weapon of war. It’s part of this broader strategy that’s meant to further isolate the North and turn Koreans against each other, and inflame tensions on both sides of the Korean Peninsula.

Reuters: Blinken says U.S. weighs pressure, diplomacy on North Korea over denuclearisation and rights abuses

Reuters (3/17/21)

JJ: When I spoke with Hyun Lee from Women Cross DMZ a couple of years ago, she said something that I found very compelling, which is that US policy, and consequently US media coverage, is shaped around this question of, how do we get North Korea to give up weapons, and specifically nuclear weapons.

The assumption is that North Korea’s weapons are the problem, and if “we” could get rid of them by squeezing the country, as Tony Blinken says, well then, problem solved. And what Hyun Lee said was, “How about if we ask the question, ‘How do we get to peace?’” And that sets up an entirely different conversation that involves acknowledging and addressing the US role in preventing peace, and that also brings different people to the table and into the conversation.

If we could think about a positive vision of what media coverage and a media conversation that was interested in peace in Korea would look like, what would that involve?

AY: A lot of the corporate media coverage in the US around North Korea, it’s framed a lot around its possession of nuclear weapons. And I would love a world without nuclear weapons, but in order for there to be a world without nuclear weapons, the US has to get rid of its nuclear weapons first, because it’s the US that presents the main challenge to world peace today.

And if you talk to North Koreans, they will tell you that they really believe if North Korea got rid of its nuclear weapons, they would’ve gone the way of Iraq. They would’ve been invaded by the US and totally destroyed.

JJ: The idea of the US setting aside its exceptionalism is not something that’s going to happen in news media, in terms of their overarching framing. But if we could hear from different people, then maybe folks could have a different understanding, or at least a recognition that there are human beings involved in what’s going on here. So media coverage could change in a way that would be helpful.

AY: Absolutely. As I said before, everyone I talked to who were lucky enough to travel to North Korea before 2017, they all said Koreans in the North are just like you and me. Just having the opportunity for Americans to see them as similar to themselves, that’s really the first step in countering this insane US propaganda that tries so hard to dehumanize these people in the service of its imperialist project.

Because the weapon of war against North Korea, or one of them, is sanctions. And these sanctions are really brutal, right? They cause malnutrition. They prevent medical supplies from coming in. And it’s a way of strangling the country and killing people without the spectacle of bombs.

Sanctions are a weapon of war, but that use of it is justified and held in place by the propaganda campaign, and also the travel ban. So the travel ban is just a really critical weapon of war in this Korean War that the US refuses to end.

JJ: I know I’ve kept you over time. I’m going to ask you one final question, which is just, speaking of hiding history and excavating history, your article can be found at LiberationNews.org, Globetrotter, PeoplesDispatch.org, CounterPunch.org, Eurasia Review, something called Scoop in New Zealand that I don’t know about, RadioFree.org. It just really speaks to the importance and the necessity of alternative information sources, particularly when US news media are so carrying the water for whatever US policy is. For folks to be able to get just alternative voices on that seems critical.

AY: I think we are heading straight into a major power conflict with China, and part of this broader strategy that includes the travel ban and ratcheting tensions between both halves of the Korean Peninsula, it’s part of this US strategy to corral South Korea into an alliance with the US against China.

And I think people in the US are just really, really tired of war, and they are really starting to question the US media narrative, which is constantly pushing for war, constantly supporting US imperialism, and they’re seeking out independent news outlets to maybe read a different opinion, something that challenges the predominant corporate media narrative.

So I think now, when we are really accelerating toward a war with China, it’s more urgent than ever to seek these alternative viewpoints.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Amanda Yee. You can find her piece, “The Korean War Continues With Biden’s Renewal of Travel Ban to North Korea,” at Liberation News and elsewhere, as I’ve indicated. Thank you so much, Amanda Yee, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AY: Thank you, Janine.

***

Janine Jackson: When CounterSpin spoke with Hyun Lee in February 2021, US news media were offering headlines like “North Korea Using Cyber Attacks to Update Nukes,” while the coalition that she works with, Korea Peace Now!, was issuing a report called “Path to Peace.”

We asked Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ, what makes what many US citizens have been given to understand as a perhaps unpleasant stalemate between North and South Korea, an actual crisis.

***

      CounterSpin230908Lee.mp3

 

Hyun Lee: Your audience may know that when the Korean War ended in 1953, it ended with an armistice, which is a temporary ceasefire that recommended, within 90 days of signing the agreement, there should be a political conference held to discuss the permanent settlement of the Korean War.

Well, to this day, 70 years later, that has not happened. And so the war is unresolved, which means that tens of thousands of troops on both sides have been in a constant state of readiness for war. And that’s been going on every day for almost 70 years. The US still has 28,000 troops there.

This is not a normal situation, is what we’re trying to say through the report. All sides have been pouring billions of dollars into a perpetual arms race that is about the destruction of the other side, and people live in constant fear of war. Now it’s potentially nuclear war.

So what we’re saying through this report is, let’s end this abnormal, outdated armistice situation. Let’s end the unresolved Korean War, which is the longest US overseas conflict. And replacing the armistice with a peace agreement is the best way to do that.

Truthout: US Must Commit to Arms Reduction If It Wants North Korea to Do So

Truthout (12/28/20)

JJ: In a piece that you wrote for Truthout in December, you say how US policymakers have spent decades asking—and, I would add, media have spent those decades echoing—”How do we get North Korea to give up nuclear weapons?” You know, that’s the question.

HL: Yeah.

JJ: And that what we’re hoping for, and we perhaps have an opening with a new administration, is to shift that to “How do we get to peace?”

HL: Yes.

JJ: How do we get to peace with North Korea? The current story is very much about fear and sanction and containment. And this report reflects a different vision of what’s possible. So tell us about the “peace first” approach that this report is talking about.

HL: Sure. So as you say, I do believe that for far too long, Washington has been asking the wrong question on how to resolve the conflict with North Korea. And that question has been, “How do we get rid of North Korea’s nuclear weapons?” Well, that assumes that the problem actually began with North Korea’s nuclear weapons, so the solution, naturally, is to get rid of them. This has been the approach for the last 25 years, and we have come up empty-handed.

Hyun Lee

Hyun Lee: “For far too long, Washington has been asking the wrong question on how to resolve the conflict with North Korea.”

What we’re saying with the report is, let’s step back and ask a different question: How do we actually get to peace, and prevent the risk of a nuclear war? And our solution is to get to the root of the problem, and that is the unresolved Korean War.

So I just want to stress the urgency of this issue. Secretary of State Tony Blinken has recently said that the US should “squeeze North Korea,” and cut off its access to resources, to get North Korea to the negotiating table. On the other hand, at North Korea’s Workers’ Party Congress last month, Kim Jong-un said they will continue to develop nuclear weapons unless there is a fundamental change in US policy.

So I believe that unless something shifts, the stage is actually set for another nuclear standoff. And I believe it’s not a question of if, it’s a question of when. But, as we know, we are currently grappling with multiple crises—the pandemic, climate change. We cannot afford another nuclear crisis, like what we saw in 2017.

So what we’re trying to say is, President Biden’s theme is to “build back better.” The best thing that he can do to reduce the threat of nuclear war with North Korea, and build back better on the Korean Peninsula: End the Korean War with a peace agreement.

JJ: I think for many people, the story is one about potential future conflict. And I think what this report, one of the things that it underscores, is that this is a crisis now, that the militarization, the literal separation of families, the absence of peace in the region, is a crisis now—although it could, of course, become a more encompassing, devastating beyond belief conflict. It already is a problem. I think that’s something missing from the US conversation about Korea.

HL: That’s right. And what our report also raises is a fundamental question about what makes us truly secure. We are spending close to a trillion dollars every year on military and defense. And we have to ask ourselves, has it made us safer? The multiple crises we face today cannot be resolved militarily.

So we’re also trying to say that we need to shift our priorities now, from war to human needs. And in the case of Korea, a peace agreement would actually allow all parties to do that, so that all sides can start to reduce their arms.

JJ: The coalition’s full name is Korea Peace Now! Women Mobilizing to End the War. It’s a global coalition of women’s peace organizations. And part of the message of the report is that women have to be part of the peace process. I take it, first of all, that that hasn’t been happening. Why is that so key?

HL: Yeah, because we believe that the human cost of the unresolved war has a gendered impact. And we talk about this in our report. There is a chapter dedicated to this issue– for example, the long history of state-sanctioned violence against women who work around US military bases in Korea. Also, the detrimental impact of sanctions on women in North Korea, that was the subject of another report we published two years ago.

And our feminist vision of peace raises a fundamental question about what actually makes women more secure. And war and militarization, we believe, are at the bottom of that list.

***

JJ: That was organizer Hyun Lee speaking with CounterSpin in 2021.

The post ‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea/feed/ 0 428038
‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ – CounterSpin interview with Amanda Yee and Hyun Lee on Korea https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea-2/#respond Mon, 18 Sep 2023 22:04:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035403 "It's called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide."

The post ‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The September 8, 2023, episode of CounterSpin included a new interview with Liberation News‘ Amanda Yee on the Korean travel ban and an archival interview with Women Cross DMZ’s Hyun Lee on forgotten Korean history.  This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230908.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The White House has announced it’s extending the ban on people using US passports to go to North Korea. Corporate media seem to find it of little interest; who wants to go to North Korea? That fairly reflects media’s disinterest in the tens of thousands of Korean Americans who want to visit family in North Korea, along with media’s overarching, active disinterest in telling the story of the Korean Peninsula in anything other than static, cartoonish terms—North Korea is a murderous dictatorship; South Korea is a client state, lucky for our support—terms that conveniently sidestep the US’s historic and ongoing role in the crisis.

Amanda Yee is a writer and organizer, and an editor of Liberation News. We’ll talk with her about the role the travel ban plays in a bigger picture.

And we reference hidden history in that conversation. CounterSpin got some deeper understanding on that a couple years back from Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ, part of the coalition Korea Peace Now!. We’ll hear just a little bit from that conversation today as well.

***

      CounterSpin230908Yee.mp3

 

AP: State Department renews ban on use of US passports for travel to North Korea

AP (8/22/23)

JJ: “The Biden administration is extending for another year a ban on the use of US passports for travel to North Korea.” AP reported the decision as coming “as tensions with North Korea are rising over its nuclear and ballistic missile programs,” and concern about what’s happened to US servicemember Travis King, who entered the country in July, though there’s no indication that King made use of a passport when he suddenly ran across the border while on a civilian tour of a village.

North Korea is, for US news media, so much more an object lesson than a real place with real people that reports like AP’s make no mention of the effects of the ban on Korean Americans with family there—families that, incidentally, candidate Joe Biden promised to reunite.

Our next guest wrote recently about what many press accounts are leaving out. Amanda Yee is a writer and organizer, and an editor of Liberation News. She joins us now by phone from Brooklyn. Welcome to CounterSpin, Amanda Yee.

Amanda Yee: Thanks, Janine, for having me. It’s a pleasure.

JJ: As a quick point of information, given its official enemy status, people may feel that travel has been frozen between North Korea and the US forever, but this ban started with Donald Trump, right?

AY: Yes. This is a relatively recent travel ban that was set in place by Trump in 2017, and has been renewed annually ever since. Before 2017, people could actually travel to North Korea, and, actually, a lot of Korean organizations in the States would organize delegations to go there.

But the travel ban was set in place by Trump, and has been renewed every year since then. And, as you said, despite his own campaign promise in 2020 to reunite Korean Americans in Korea who’ve been separated for decades, Biden has renewed the ban every year he’s in office.

So the travel ban is extremely strict. While there are travel restrictions in place for places like Cuba for US passport holders, you can still go to Cuba as long as you meet certain requirements under a certain set of conditions.

In contrast, no US passport holder can go to North Korea. You have to apply for a special validation passport, and those are handed out by the State Department in very rare, exceptional circumstances, and they usually only go to professional journalists or people who work for the Red Cross.

So this ban separates as many as 100,000 Koreans in the US from visiting their families in North Korea. In late July of this year, a number of Korean peace organizations held a rally in Washington, DC, on the 70th anniversary of the signing of the armistice agreement, demanding that the US sign a peace treaty to officially end the Korean War.

These organizations delivered a thousand postcards, as well as an open letter calling for the lifting of the travel ban, to the State Department. So despite widespread opposition from Americans year after year, the administration in place still renews this travel ban every August.

Liberation: Korean War continues with Biden’s renewal of travel ban to North Korea

Liberation (9/3/23)

JJ: In your piece, you talk about one woman, but it’s representative or illustrative of what’s happening to a lot of families. And I wonder if you could just take a moment to talk about what this means.

This is about people not being able to see their grandmother; a one-year extension—well, people are aging, so that might mean losing that chance forever. There’s a human aspect that I feel like media are not talking about.

AY: Yeah, so the generation of Korean War survivors are aging well into their 80s now, and so lifting the travel ban is really a matter of urgency, so that they’re able to see their families in North Korea for what may be the last time.

I did a couple of interviews for the article; I talked to one activist with the women’s peace organization Korea Peace Now!. She was born in Korea, and she moved to the US at the age of 15. And before 2017, she was able to visit North Korea and visit her family members. After the travel ban went into place, she can no longer visit her cousins or close relatives there. She can no longer see family there.

And it’s not just her; as many as 100,000 Korean Americans in the US are barred from seeing their families.

And it’s not just Korean Americans who can’t travel there. Any US passport-holder is barred from visiting the country. So that effectively prohibits any kind of cultural exchange between Americans and North Koreans. And that kind of cultural exchange is really vital in challenging this huge disinformation propaganda campaign around North Korea, right?

FAIR.org: North Korea Law of Journalism Strikes Again as Envoy Rises From Dead

FAIR.org (6/10/19)

A lot of the stories about North Korea in corporate media that we see rely on these total caricatures of Kim Jong-un, as well as the depiction of North Koreans as brainwashed. And you can literally say anything about North Korea, the most absurd thing you could imagine, and people would believe it.

And a lot of these stories come from unverified sources, or they come from Radio Free Asia, which is a US-funded propaganda arm of the US government.

And a lot of the stories also come from North Korean defectors, who are incentivized and pressured to grossly exaggerate and even lie, because there is an industry in the US that pays for stories about the human rights abuses in North Korea, because the US government can use these to justify its inhumane sanctions against the country. So you have this industry of defectors who are incentivized to make up the most absurd stories to get an interview.

And that’s how you get people like Yeonmi Park, the most famous defector, who goes on Joe Rogan claiming that North Koreans have no food to eat, so they’re forced to eat rats, or that the trains never work in North Korea, so people have to manually push them in order to get to their destinations, or that North Koreans don’t have a word for “love.”

But this propaganda campaign against North Korea and the travel ban go hand in hand. They complement one another. The US government uses the propaganda to justify the travel ban, but the travel ban not only prevents Koreans from visiting their families, it bans travel of any kind, of any American, to North Korea to see the country for themselves.

And every person I talked to who has visited North Korea before 2017, before the travel ban, they would say that what they saw was totally unlike what they read about in corporate media. So if Americans were allowed to visit, they would see that North Koreans are just like you and me, and the entire corporate media narrative would just fall apart.

JJ: I want to say, AP, for instance, did say that activists were protesting the ban, but they said that the protest was from humanitarian groups who say that the ban will make it hard to get aid to North Korea, which is “one of the world’s neediest countries.”

So even that is painting things a certain way: North Korea is a scary basket case, and how can we help them while most importantly containing them?

And you’ve given a great summation of the basic US media presentation of North Korea. But I would also say that readers of US media would have less than zero understanding, if I can say it like that, of the history of the Korean Peninsula and US actions there. The very fact that you use the term “Korea”… because if you’re just a media consumer, there is no Korea. There’s North Korea and South Korea.

The idea of the history and the US actions there, there’s a reason that the Korean War is called the forgotten war. And media are playing a big role, and it’s a big question, but the role of media in erasing Korean history and setting us up for the present conflict is huge.

Amanda Yee

Amanda Yee: “It’s called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide.”

AY: Yeah, the Korean War is known as the forgotten war, but I think that’s a real outrage and a real tragedy. It’s not forgotten in Korea, and it’s not forgotten among the many Koreans in the US who have remained separated from their families in the North.

I think a lot of people are under the impression that the Korean War ended, but the signing of the armistice agreement in 1953, it brought an end to the fighting, but it did not end the war. An armistice is not a peace agreement, it’s only a ceasefire.

So the US, along with the South, they remain frozen in a state of war with the North. And to this day, the US still refuses to sign a peace treaty.

And it’s called the forgotten war, but I think the US would rather us forget it, because its involvement in that war was just genocide. There’s no way around it. The US dropped over 600,000 tons of bombs over the Korean Peninsula in just three years of that war. And so they completely leveled the North. They destroyed 90% of its cities and villages, and they killed 20% of its population. And the fact that North Korea was even able to rebuild after that is a miracle in and of itself.

And in three years of fighting, the US just committed atrocity after atrocity on the Korean Peninsula. They massacred civilians, they massacred refugees who were trying to flee. And even after the armistice was signed, the South remained, and it still remains, occupied by the US.

So every year, South Korea hosts joint military exercises with the US military where they simulate invasion of the North, and it’s basically practice for regime change in North Korea. And so it’s the US that constantly ratchets up tensions between North and South.

So this travel ban, it may seem like a small thing in the grand scheme of things, but it’s really another weapon of war. It’s part of this broader strategy that’s meant to further isolate the North and turn Koreans against each other, and inflame tensions on both sides of the Korean Peninsula.

Reuters: Blinken says U.S. weighs pressure, diplomacy on North Korea over denuclearisation and rights abuses

Reuters (3/17/21)

JJ: When I spoke with Hyun Lee from Women Cross DMZ a couple of years ago, she said something that I found very compelling, which is that US policy, and consequently US media coverage, is shaped around this question of, how do we get North Korea to give up weapons, and specifically nuclear weapons.

The assumption is that North Korea’s weapons are the problem, and if “we” could get rid of them by squeezing the country, as Tony Blinken says, well then, problem solved. And what Hyun Lee said was, “How about if we ask the question, ‘How do we get to peace?’” And that sets up an entirely different conversation that involves acknowledging and addressing the US role in preventing peace, and that also brings different people to the table and into the conversation.

If we could think about a positive vision of what media coverage and a media conversation that was interested in peace in Korea would look like, what would that involve?

AY: A lot of the corporate media coverage in the US around North Korea, it’s framed a lot around its possession of nuclear weapons. And I would love a world without nuclear weapons, but in order for there to be a world without nuclear weapons, the US has to get rid of its nuclear weapons first, because it’s the US that presents the main challenge to world peace today.

And if you talk to North Koreans, they will tell you that they really believe if North Korea got rid of its nuclear weapons, they would’ve gone the way of Iraq. They would’ve been invaded by the US and totally destroyed.

JJ: The idea of the US setting aside its exceptionalism is not something that’s going to happen in news media, in terms of their overarching framing. But if we could hear from different people, then maybe folks could have a different understanding, or at least a recognition that there are human beings involved in what’s going on here. So media coverage could change in a way that would be helpful.

AY: Absolutely. As I said before, everyone I talked to who were lucky enough to travel to North Korea before 2017, they all said Koreans in the North are just like you and me. Just having the opportunity for Americans to see them as similar to themselves, that’s really the first step in countering this insane US propaganda that tries so hard to dehumanize these people in the service of its imperialist project.

Because the weapon of war against North Korea, or one of them, is sanctions. And these sanctions are really brutal, right? They cause malnutrition. They prevent medical supplies from coming in. And it’s a way of strangling the country and killing people without the spectacle of bombs.

Sanctions are a weapon of war, but that use of it is justified and held in place by the propaganda campaign, and also the travel ban. So the travel ban is just a really critical weapon of war in this Korean War that the US refuses to end.

JJ: I know I’ve kept you over time. I’m going to ask you one final question, which is just, speaking of hiding history and excavating history, your article can be found at LiberationNews.org, Globetrotter, PeoplesDispatch.org, CounterPunch.org, Eurasia Review, something called Scoop in New Zealand that I don’t know about, RadioFree.org. It just really speaks to the importance and the necessity of alternative information sources, particularly when US news media are so carrying the water for whatever US policy is. For folks to be able to get just alternative voices on that seems critical.

AY: I think we are heading straight into a major power conflict with China, and part of this broader strategy that includes the travel ban and ratcheting tensions between both halves of the Korean Peninsula, it’s part of this US strategy to corral South Korea into an alliance with the US against China.

And I think people in the US are just really, really tired of war, and they are really starting to question the US media narrative, which is constantly pushing for war, constantly supporting US imperialism, and they’re seeking out independent news outlets to maybe read a different opinion, something that challenges the predominant corporate media narrative.

So I think now, when we are really accelerating toward a war with China, it’s more urgent than ever to seek these alternative viewpoints.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Amanda Yee. You can find her piece, “The Korean War Continues With Biden’s Renewal of Travel Ban to North Korea,” at Liberation News and elsewhere, as I’ve indicated. Thank you so much, Amanda Yee, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AY: Thank you, Janine.

***

Janine Jackson: When CounterSpin spoke with Hyun Lee in February 2021, US news media were offering headlines like “North Korea Using Cyber Attacks to Update Nukes,” while the coalition that she works with, Korea Peace Now!, was issuing a report called “Path to Peace.”

We asked Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ, what makes what many US citizens have been given to understand as a perhaps unpleasant stalemate between North and South Korea, an actual crisis.

***

      CounterSpin230908Lee.mp3

 

Hyun Lee: Your audience may know that when the Korean War ended in 1953, it ended with an armistice, which is a temporary ceasefire that recommended, within 90 days of signing the agreement, there should be a political conference held to discuss the permanent settlement of the Korean War.

Well, to this day, 70 years later, that has not happened. And so the war is unresolved, which means that tens of thousands of troops on both sides have been in a constant state of readiness for war. And that’s been going on every day for almost 70 years. The US still has 28,000 troops there.

This is not a normal situation, is what we’re trying to say through the report. All sides have been pouring billions of dollars into a perpetual arms race that is about the destruction of the other side, and people live in constant fear of war. Now it’s potentially nuclear war.

So what we’re saying through this report is, let’s end this abnormal, outdated armistice situation. Let’s end the unresolved Korean War, which is the longest US overseas conflict. And replacing the armistice with a peace agreement is the best way to do that.

Truthout: US Must Commit to Arms Reduction If It Wants North Korea to Do So

Truthout (12/28/20)

JJ: In a piece that you wrote for Truthout in December, you say how US policymakers have spent decades asking—and, I would add, media have spent those decades echoing—”How do we get North Korea to give up nuclear weapons?” You know, that’s the question.

HL: Yeah.

JJ: And that what we’re hoping for, and we perhaps have an opening with a new administration, is to shift that to “How do we get to peace?”

HL: Yes.

JJ: How do we get to peace with North Korea? The current story is very much about fear and sanction and containment. And this report reflects a different vision of what’s possible. So tell us about the “peace first” approach that this report is talking about.

HL: Sure. So as you say, I do believe that for far too long, Washington has been asking the wrong question on how to resolve the conflict with North Korea. And that question has been, “How do we get rid of North Korea’s nuclear weapons?” Well, that assumes that the problem actually began with North Korea’s nuclear weapons, so the solution, naturally, is to get rid of them. This has been the approach for the last 25 years, and we have come up empty-handed.

Hyun Lee

Hyun Lee: “For far too long, Washington has been asking the wrong question on how to resolve the conflict with North Korea.”

What we’re saying with the report is, let’s step back and ask a different question: How do we actually get to peace, and prevent the risk of a nuclear war? And our solution is to get to the root of the problem, and that is the unresolved Korean War.

So I just want to stress the urgency of this issue. Secretary of State Tony Blinken has recently said that the US should “squeeze North Korea,” and cut off its access to resources, to get North Korea to the negotiating table. On the other hand, at North Korea’s Workers’ Party Congress last month, Kim Jong-un said they will continue to develop nuclear weapons unless there is a fundamental change in US policy.

So I believe that unless something shifts, the stage is actually set for another nuclear standoff. And I believe it’s not a question of if, it’s a question of when. But, as we know, we are currently grappling with multiple crises—the pandemic, climate change. We cannot afford another nuclear crisis, like what we saw in 2017.

So what we’re trying to say is, President Biden’s theme is to “build back better.” The best thing that he can do to reduce the threat of nuclear war with North Korea, and build back better on the Korean Peninsula: End the Korean War with a peace agreement.

JJ: I think for many people, the story is one about potential future conflict. And I think what this report, one of the things that it underscores, is that this is a crisis now, that the militarization, the literal separation of families, the absence of peace in the region, is a crisis now—although it could, of course, become a more encompassing, devastating beyond belief conflict. It already is a problem. I think that’s something missing from the US conversation about Korea.

HL: That’s right. And what our report also raises is a fundamental question about what makes us truly secure. We are spending close to a trillion dollars every year on military and defense. And we have to ask ourselves, has it made us safer? The multiple crises we face today cannot be resolved militarily.

So we’re also trying to say that we need to shift our priorities now, from war to human needs. And in the case of Korea, a peace agreement would actually allow all parties to do that, so that all sides can start to reduce their arms.

JJ: The coalition’s full name is Korea Peace Now! Women Mobilizing to End the War. It’s a global coalition of women’s peace organizations. And part of the message of the report is that women have to be part of the peace process. I take it, first of all, that that hasn’t been happening. Why is that so key?

HL: Yeah, because we believe that the human cost of the unresolved war has a gendered impact. And we talk about this in our report. There is a chapter dedicated to this issue– for example, the long history of state-sanctioned violence against women who work around US military bases in Korea. Also, the detrimental impact of sanctions on women in North Korea, that was the subject of another report we published two years ago.

And our feminist vision of peace raises a fundamental question about what actually makes women more secure. And war and militarization, we believe, are at the bottom of that list.

***

JJ: That was organizer Hyun Lee speaking with CounterSpin in 2021.

The post ‘Propaganda Against North Korea and the Travel Ban Go Hand in Hand’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/propaganda-against-north-korea-and-the-travel-ban-go-hand-in-hand-counterspin-interview-with-amanda-yee-and-hyun-lee-on-korea-2/feed/ 0 430113
Maha Hilal on Innocent Until Proven Muslim https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/#respond Fri, 15 Sep 2023 15:34:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035353 September 11, 2001, is the exemplar of a past that isn’t dead, or even past, and for no one more particularly than Muslims.

The post Maha Hilal on Innocent Until Proven Muslim appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230915.mp3

 

Innocent Until Proven Muslim, by Maha Hilal

(Broadleaf Books, 2023)

This week on CounterSpin: New Yorkers who were here 22 years ago remember the proliferation of signs and stickers reading “our grief is not a cry for war”—and then the way that voice was shouted over by corporate news media, calling for war crimes with US flags on their lapels. Hosting old general after old general, as peace and human rights activists and the overall public begged for an answer to violence that wasn’t just more violence, for a conversation that would allow us to see one another as human beings.

Pretend-neutral news media have done crucial work in selling Islamophobia, in weaponizing centuries of misinformation and demonization for wartime purposes, with the war being the undefined, unending “war on terror.” Media’s job has involved lying to us about many things—but, crucially, about what we believed, what we were capable of, and what we wanted to see as the way forward. Key to that campaign has been the idea that Muslims are the enemy—violent, dangerous, irrational—if not now, soon; if not your friend, his friend.

September 11, 2001, is the exemplar of a past that isn’t dead, or even past, and for no one more particularly than Muslims. We talk about that with Maha Hilal, author of the book Innocent Until Proven Muslim: Islamophobia, the War on Terror and the Muslim Experience Since 9/11.

      CounterSpin230915Hilal.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Ukraine, the UAW strike and Biden’s trip to Vietnam.

      CounterSpin230915Banter.mp3

 

Featured Image: Texas Muslim Capitol Day, Austin, Texas, January 28, 2015 (Creative Commons photo: Manuel Garza)

The post Maha Hilal on Innocent Until Proven Muslim appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/maha-hilal-on-innocent-until-proven-muslim/feed/ 0 427475
Amanda Yee on Korean Travel Ban, Hyun Lee on Korea History https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/amanda-yee-on-korean-travel-ban-hyun-lee-on-korea-history/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/amanda-yee-on-korean-travel-ban-hyun-lee-on-korea-history/#respond Fri, 08 Sep 2023 16:01:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035266 Media have an active disinterest in telling the story of the Korean peninsula in anything other than static, cartoonish terms.

The post Amanda Yee on Korean Travel Ban, Hyun Lee on Korea History appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230908.mp3

 

Liberation: Korean War continues with Biden’s renewal of travel ban to North Korea

Liberation (9/3/23)

This week on CounterSpin: The White House has announced it’s extending the ban on people using US passports to go to North Korea. Corporate media seem to find it of little interest; who wants to go to North Korea? Which fairly reflects media’s disinterest in the tens of thousands of Korean Americans who might want to visit family in North Korea, along with their overarching, active disinterest in telling the story of the Korean peninsula in anything other than static, cartoonish terms—North Korea is a murderous dictatorship; South Korea is a client state, lucky for our support—terms that conveniently sidestep the US’s historic and ongoing role in the crisis.

Amanda Yee is a writer and organizer, and an editor of Liberation News. We’ll talk with her about the role the travel ban plays in a bigger picture.

      CounterSpin230908Yee.mp3

 

We reference hidden history in that conversation. CounterSpin got some deeper understanding on that a couple years back from Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ, part of the coalition Korea Peace Now!. We’ll hear a little from that today as well.

      CounterSpin230908Lee.mp3

 

The post Amanda Yee on Korean Travel Ban, Hyun Lee on Korea History appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/amanda-yee-on-korean-travel-ban-hyun-lee-on-korea-history/feed/ 0 425900
‘Schools Have Always Been the Site of Struggle’ – CounterSpin archival interviews with Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro on Education https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/schools-have-always-been-the-site-of-struggle-counterspin-archival-interviews-with-alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/schools-have-always-been-the-site-of-struggle-counterspin-archival-interviews-with-alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/#respond Thu, 07 Sep 2023 21:59:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035253 "What they’re interested in is cutting the cost of education, and the most expensive aspect of public education is teachers."

The post ‘Schools Have Always Been the Site of Struggle’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The September 1, 2023, episode of CounterSpin was an archival show, featuring interviews with Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro on education and media. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

      CounterSpin230901.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: It’s back to school week here in the US. Schools—pre-K to college—have been on media’s front burner for at least a year now, but education has always been a contested field in this country: Who has access? What does it teach? What is its purpose? Do my kids have to go to school with those kids?

So while what’s happening right now is new, it has roots. And it does no disservice to the battles of the current day to connect them to previous battles and conversations, and that’s what we’re going to do today on the show.

We will hear from three of the many education experts it’s been our pleasure to speak with: Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro.

***

Today’s media debates about education always include politicians politicking; often include right-wing parents, who watched a video and now say their kids are being indoctrinated because queer people…exist; and they sometimes include teachers who say they are underpaid and beleaguered.

You know what they rarely include? Kids: the ones going to school and dealing with the daily fallout of arguments had about them, but without them. What children are, mainly, is fodder, proof of this or that argument. They’re stupid, they’re entitled, they’re, frankly, whatever a pundit needs them to be.

No one wants reporters to shove a microphone in a 10-year-old’s face, but if you’re doing a story about children, shouldn’t you be at least a little bit interested in children?

***

CounterSpin has talked many times with one of the researchers genuinely interested in kids, and the way they are treated and portrayed, Alfie Kohn. He is author of many books, including The Myth of the Spoiled Child: Challenging the Conventional Wisdom About Children and Parenting.

CounterSpin’s Peter Hart spoke with Alfie Kohn in April of 2014. Let’s start with Peter’s introduction for some context.

***

      CounterSpin230901Kohn.mp3

 

Alfie Kohn

Alfie Kohn: “There must always be losers: That’s built into the American concept of excellence and success.”

Peter Hart: Kids these days. They think they’ve got it all figured out. Their self-esteem, for no good reason, is through the roof, and they get trophies just for showing up.

You hear this stuff almost everywhere, from casual conversations to the newspaper op-ed pages.

A new book argues that this conventional wisdom about kids and parenting isn’t just misguided or inaccurate; it forms a worldview that is not only deeply conservative in many ways, but it is one that reinforces and recommends a specific political ideology.

Alfie Kohn is the author of the new book The Myth of the Spoiled Child: Challenging the Conventional Wisdom About Children and Parenting. It’s out now. Alfie Kohn, welcome back to CounterSpin.

Alfie Kohn: Thank you.

PH: Now, I used to keep a file of these “Every kid gets a trophy these days” newspaper columns, and I was always surprised that there wasn’t much of a political pattern to it. The right wingers and the liberals both had the same complaints.

And it seems that this is part of what inspires the book, that a set of very conservative ideas about parenting and about children, these ideas have become a kind of conventional wisdom.

AK: Yes, that’s quite right. And interestingly, the charges hurled at kids and parents sometimes are hard to reconcile with each other.

On the one hand, we’re told that parents are too permissive, that they don’t set limits for kids, and in the next breath, we hear that parents are overprotective, that they’re being helicopter parents. They don’t let kids experience frustration and failure and so on.

And there are these charges that kids get things too easily: We praise them when they haven’t earned it. We give them stickers and A’s and trophies without their having shown adequate accomplishments, and kids are growing up narcissistic and entitled and so on.

And the truly extraordinary thing is how, as you say, regardless of where people are on the political spectrum on most issues, they tend uncritically to accept this deeply conservative set of beliefs about kids and parenting.

The Myth of the Spoiled Child, by Alfie Kohn

(Da Capo Books, 2014)

PH: Teaching kids to be tough, and to expect or maybe anticipate failure, and to really put their nose to the grindstone, all of this—this just seems like good advice. Part of the book is arguing that there isn’t a lot of research that suggests that kids are better off as a result of these lessons we’re teaching them.

AK: That’s right. But what’s fascinating is the kind of defenses that are argued of this notion that kids have to be rewarded when they accomplish something impressive, and conspicuously go unrewarded when they don’t.

And, in fact, it’s not enough to accomplish something impressive; they have to defeat other people. There’s this notion that scarcity defines the very idea of excellence. If everyone is celebrated, that means we’re endorsing mediocrity. There must always be losers: That’s built into the American concept of excellence and success.

And I think underlying a lot of this is the notion, something I call BGUTI, which stands for “Better Get Used To It,” which basically says it’s a tough world out there, it’s very unpleasant, kids are going to experience a lot of unpleasantness when they’re older, and the best way to prepare them is to make them miserable while they’re small.

And when you show the illogic of this, and the fact that evidence, psychologically, shows exactly the opposite, they quickly pivot and reveal the ideological underpinning of this argument: Well, they lost! They’re not supposed to get a trophy, for Pete’s sake! You know?

And it’s very clear that it’s really a moral conviction underlying this, that you can’t get anything, including love and appreciation, or feel good about yourself, until you’ve earned it.

And so in the book I say, this is where the law of the marketplace meets sermons about what you have to do to earn your way into heaven. It’s an awful hybrid of neoclassical economics and theology, and it’s been accepted, even by liberals.

PH: And so many of these stories have a distinct media component. You kind of pull them all together in the book. A school wants to get rid of dodgeball, and suddenly that’s a national news story, because it teaches us some fundamental lesson about how soft kids are these days, and how they’re not taught to take their abuse from, I guess, the stronger kids. The self-esteem movement in the mid- to late ’90s—suddenly we’re teaching kids self esteem, and it’s a big waste of time. Why do you think media latch onto these stories?

AK: I think there’s a softer, more ideological idea that’s just in the water in this culture, and that has achieved the status of received truth.

Just like you can smear a political candidate with untruths and political ads to the point that people start to see the candidate that way, regardless of whether it’s accurate, or you hear this claim that self-esteem isn’t earned, that kids feel too good about themselves. And very few reporters or social commentators take a step back and ask, “Well, wait a minute, what does the psychological research say?”

Actually, what it says is that unconditional self-esteem, where you have a core of faith in yourself, your own competence and value, is tantamount to psychological health. Where people get screwed up is precisely where they’re taught as children, “I’m only good to the extent that I….”

That conditionality is what’s psychologically disturbing, and that’s at the core of this conservative notion that hasn’t been identified as conservative.

The amusing thing is that when you read yet another article in the vi or the Atlantic, or hear yet another radio commentator on this, what’s amazing is that all these writers and commentators congratulate themselves on their courage for having the nerve to say exactly what everyone else is saying.

***

JJ: That was Alfie Kohn, interviewed by CounterSpin’s Peter Hart back in 2014.

Alfie Kohn mentioned charter schools and the attacks on teachers unions in that conversation. We talked about that with education historian and author Diane Ravitch in May of 2020, in the midst of the Covid lockdown, when politicians couldn’t fix their face to say whether people needed to be in the workplace, or needed to be remote, or which people or why.

And some of them somehow landed on the side of, “You know who we don’t need to show up? Teachers.”

I asked Diane Ravitch, co-founder and president of the Network for Public Education, why billionaires like Bill Gates, who dabble in life-or-death issues, call themselves, with media accolade, “reformers” when it comes to education.

***

      CounterSpin230901Ravitch.mp3

 

Diane Ravitch

Diane Ravitch: “What they’re interested in is cutting the cost of education, and the most expensive aspect of public education is teachers.”

Diane Ravitch: In my book Slaying Goliath, I refer to Bill Gates and Mark Zuckerberg, and all these tech titans, and Wall Street and on and on, as “disruptors.” They have lots of ideas about how to reinvent and reimagine American education. It always involves privatization. It always attacks public control, and democratic control, of schools. And it very frequently involves technology, because what they’re interested in is cutting the cost of education, and the most expensive aspect of public education is teachers.

And also, from a different point of view, the most important part of education is teachers, because I think that we’ve learned during this pandemic that sitting in front of a screen is not the same as being in a classroom with a human being.

What frightens me is that if these people get their way—and we have a very conservative Supreme Court, that’s on the cusp of ruling that states are not allowed to deny funding to religious schools—we will see this country go backwards educationally, because having a strong public school system is a pillar of democracy.

A public school system that’s open to all kids, that doesn’t push out kids because they can’t speak English, that doesn’t exclude the kids because they have disabilities, and that has a full program, and doesn’t indoctrinate kids into a religious point of view: This is what made America great, and because of the people like DeVos and Trump, and the Bill Gateses and other billionaires in the world who are funding all this privatization stuff, we can see our country go backwards. And that’s what’s frightening.

JJ: Finally, it’s galling to see the Gates Foundation issuing a response to complaints about this New York initiative, saying, “We believe that teachers have an important perspective that needs to be heard,” as though that were a gracious concession. But then, media and others still hanging on to this notion that riches equal expertise, and pretending that we don’t know what actually works. If I see another report about, “Hey, there was a study that said kids do better in smaller-sized classes”—we know this. It’s just about who they listen to. What would you like to see more of, or less of, in terms of education reporting?

DR: The scary thing about the pandemic is that every school system in the country is going to be faced with dramatic budget cuts. And what I would like to see reporters focused on is the funding. And the funding should be, not following the child—I mean, this is what Betsy DeVos wants, and what all the right-wingers want, is to see the funding diverted to wherever the child goes. If they go to religious schools, the money goes there. If they homeschool, the money goes there. This is public money; this is our taxpayer dollars—and it should go to public institutions.

I would like to see reporters understand that children learn best when they have human teachers, and when they have interaction with their peers.

And I would like to see them follow the money. Who is funding the charter movement? I know who’s funding it, read my book: It’s mainly the Walton Foundation, which hates unions, and which is responsible for one out of every four charter schools in the country. I would like to see them follow the money to the extent of saying, “What really matters is that kids have small enough classes”—and the research on small class size is overwhelming. And I would like to see them expose this hoax that somehow promoting privatization benefits the neediest children, when, in fact, privatization hurts the neediest children.

And they need to look at the research, the research on increased segregation and the defunding of the schools where the poorest kids attend. This has now grown overwhelming.

And when Betsy DeVos publicly urges the states to split the money between low-income public schools and high-income private schools, this is sick, and it should be reported as a disgrace. And so many disgraceful things are happening in education, and the reporters need to be all over it.

***

JJ: That was Diane Ravitch on CounterSpin in 2020.

And, finally, we see that many of the most visible attacks right now are on teachers themselves, or on teachers unions. But it’s also become clear that the heart of many of these attacks is actually on education itself, on the very notion that anyone from any walk of life could be exposed to critical thinking, basically.

This is not new. The decisions about who gets to learn what have been part of this country since before it was a country. So if we’re going to have this conversation around education now, well, let’s have it.

That was the message from Kevin Kumashiro, former dean of the School of Education at the University of San Francisco, and author of, among other titles, Bad Teacher!: How Blaming Teachers Distorts the Bigger Picture, when we spoke with him in June of 2019. We started out on the issue of student debt.

***

      CounterSpin230901Kumashiro.mp3

 

Kevin Kumashiro

Kevin Kumashiro: “We need to be changing the system of education, not simply individual access.”

JJ: When you’re watching corporate media debate on an issue you care about, it’s hard to know whether to spend time combating the particular myths and misinformation in the conversation as it is, or to simply have a different conversation, with different premises and, frankly, participants.

If people are saying they oppose “government handouts,” for instance, you may feel a need to say, “Well, what about handouts to corporations?” But then you’re still stuck in this frame of seeing government as a separate force, apart from people, that’s giving things and taking them away, rather than a system that’s meant to be working to serve the common good.

Can we begin, though, with your overall take on the plans put forth by Sanders and Ilhan Omar, by Warren and Julián Castro, among others, as compared to the status quo? And then, what do you make of the arguments, those that we are hearing, against those plans?

Kevin Kumashiro: I think it’s really exciting that student debt relief is being elevated to the level that it is. It’s about time that we’re having this conversation. As you’ve mentioned, we know that there is over $1.6 trillion in student debt currently; that affects about 45 million people in this country. And this is a number, this is an amount, that has actually ballooned over the past couple of decades.

So one of the things that I think the proposals force us to think about is, what are our priorities right now, and how should that be reflected in our national budgets? Budgets reflect priorities, and if we were to fairly tax the rich and the corporations, and if we were to invest in education rather than in instruments of violence and repression, like prisons and war and so on, I think we would be able to create a budget that reflects that. This is absolutely affordable.

One of the things that I like to argue, however, is that as ambitious, as controversial as some people think that these proposals are, I actually would say that they don’t quite go far enough, in the way that we’re talking about it still.

And what I mean by that is, right now, the debate seems to be, how do we make education more affordable?—as if education is a commodity, where those who have the wealth can afford to buy the best.

And what I would say is, “Yeah, we could engage in that debate, but maybe the bigger debate is, should education be seen and treated as a commodity in the first place?” Right?

Education, I think many of us would argue, is so fundamentally important, not only to individual wellness and livelihood and success, but also to the health and well-being of the community and the society, right? It strengthens democracy, it strengthens participation, social relations, global health.

And so one of the things we should be thinking about is how education should be a fundamental human right for everyone. And what does it mean to invest in that? Where pre-K through college, you have the right to get the level of education that you need to be successful and happy in the world. And I think that’s where I would like to see the conversation going. And, hopefully, that’s a reframing that we are heading towards.

USA Today: VOICESI worked as a janitor to keep my student loans low. Wiping debt punishes students like me.

USA Today (6/26/19)

JJ: I have seen sympathetic portrayals of people trapped in student loan debt. USA Today, on June 26, had an article evoking how people can get caught up, and how they are left open to predations from scam debt-consolidation companies, for instance. And then, on another tack of the issue, the Washington Post had a data-driven piece about the negative impacts on the overall economy of student loan debt, which is something that I know that you’ve thought about, and that noted that the $1.6 trillion in debt that US families are carrying has doubled since the mid-2000s, which you also just said, and which a lot of newspaper articles leave out.

I would also say that media are doing a pretty good job of leaving most of the moralizing to the op-eds—you know, things like “I Worked as a Janitor to Keep My Student Loans Low. Wiping Debt Punishes Students Like Me,” which was in USA Today.

But what I’m not getting is what you’re talking about, which is the idea that, in reality, this is a bigger question about the role of education in society. I wonder how you see us moving the conversation from this specific conversation about Warren, about Sanders, and those plans: How do we push it to that bigger dialogue that you’re looking for?

KK: Yeah, it’s a great question, because overlapping with the ballooning of student debt over the last two decades is something that’s fueled that ballooning, which is the disinvestment by the public sector in public education.

Atlantic: American Higher Education Hits a Dangerous Milestone

Atlantic (5/3/18)

So higher education is a great example, where it’s hard to call public universities public universities, because such a small percentage of their budget actually comes from the public sector. So what we’ve seen in the past 20 years is a massive decline, in some cases half, maybe even more than half, lost—in terms of what the states used to be contributing to, for example, state-run universities.

And where does that shortfall now get taken up? Well, some of it gets taken up in fundraising. And some of it gets taken up in corporate sponsorships. But the vast majority of budget shortfalls gets taken up by tuition increases. So there’s a direct connection between disinvesting in public institutions—in other words, making them less public—and seeing the students take on the burden.

And when we talk about the difference between public and private education, I think it’s also important to think about who these universities serve. Right? Public universities serve a far more racially diverse population, they have more first-generation students, more working-class students, more immigrant students; it’s actually serving the students most in need.

And I think for many public universities, that was the vision, right, is that they would actually be the universities for the people; they were a counter to the elite private universities.

And so when we see public universities less able to serve their mission of reaching this much more diverse, underserved population, because we’re disinvesting in them, why are we now surprised, then, that the people with the least resources are now shouldering the greatest burden, in terms of trying to get education?

So, yeah, I think pushing the conversation, in terms of saying, well, what is the responsibility of society to educate its next generation? And how do we build up institutions where everyone can really benefit from that?

And let me just say one more thing, to even push the conversation a little further. One of the things that I like to argue is that we should not be debating, how do we give equal access to higher education as it currently exists? That actually isn’t what we should be debating.

Because the reality is that higher education is not equitable right now. The current state of higher education is that it’s sort of like public schools—you have a handful of very elite institutions that serve the more elite population. And then you have a vast number of underfunded, under-resourced institutions that are serving the masses.

We don’t want to give equal access to that. What we actually want to do is level the playing field, by saying that the institutions themselves need to be more equitable.

So when I talk about reforming education, and thinking about the funding of education, I don’t argue that we simply need to equalize how individuals finance their education. I actually argue that we need to be thinking more equitably about the funding of the system, and how that then changes the hierarchy that currently exists between educational institutions. We need to be changing the system of education, not simply individual access.

NY Post: Elizabeth Warren’s loony college-giveaway plan

(New York Post, 4/23/19)

JJ: And some of the opponents, on this particular issue of debt forgiveness, I think have a more comprehensive vision, because some of them are the same people who are also fighting affirmative action—in higher education, in particular; some of them are the same who are against the very idea of public education that you’re talking about.

And I feel like latent in a lot of debate is the idea that education is supposed to be unobtainable for many, because otherwise, it’s not as valuable as a stratifier, as a screen. And among other things, to pick up on what you just said, that’s not the historical vision of education in this country, is it? I mean, if you look back at the history, education had a democratizing impulse behind it.

KK: So that’s such a great reminder, is that the history of education in this country is a very complicated and contested one. And when we look throughout the last century and a half, for example, what we can see is that different groups have argued for competing purposes of education. They’ve put forth different arguments of what education should be about.

So what I like to argue is that, let’s start with public schools, K–12, elementary, secondary schools. When we first created public schools in this country, we didn’t create them for everyone; we created them for only the most elite. And as we were forced to integrate more and more, we just came up with more and more ways to divide and sort them, such as through segregated schools, or tracked classrooms, or labeling, discipline and disenfranchisement.

And so, when we think about the achievement gap, or this gap in performance among students, many people say that that’s a sign that schools are failing. I like those who make the slightly more provocative argument, that actually the achievement gap is a sign, in some ways, that schools are succeeding, that they were doing exactly what they were set up to do.

So one of the things that we need to be arguing is not that we simply need to tinker with the system because it’s not really working well. What we actually need to recognize is that the system was built on really problematic assumptions, ideologies and exclusions from its very beginning. And our job is not to wish them away; our job is actually to dive into that contradiction and that messiness, and to say, “Well, how do we work in institutions that maybe were never intended for us, but still make them into the liberatory, revolutionary, democratizing institutions that they have the potential for?” Right?

Alongside the history of sorting and stratifying, you have an equally long history of people arguing that schools can play a democratizing force, and have been very forceful and persuasive at changing policies and institutions to move us in that direction. Schools have always been the site of struggle.

And this is another moment when we need to dive in and say, “Yes, we need to struggle, and we need to put forward a much bolder vision than we’re currently pursuing.”

***

JJ: That was author and advocate Kevin Kumashiro, talking with CounterSpin in 2019.

 

 

 

The post ‘Schools Have Always Been the Site of Struggle’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/07/schools-have-always-been-the-site-of-struggle-counterspin-archival-interviews-with-alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/feed/ 0 425573
Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro on Education https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/01/alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/01/alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/#respond Fri, 01 Sep 2023 15:00:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035201 It does no disservice to the education battles of the current day to connect them to previous battles and conversations.

The post Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro on Education appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230901.mp3

 

Student raising her hand in a classroom

(CC photo: Paul Hart)

This week on CounterSpin: It is back to school week in the US.  Schools—pre-K to college—have been on the front burner for at least a year now, but education has always been a contested field in this country: Who has access? What does it teach? What is its purpose? Do my kids have to go to school with those kids? So while what’s happening right now is new, it has roots. And it does no disservice to the battles of the current day to connect them to previous battles and conversations, and that’s what we’re going to do this week on the show.

We hear from three of the many education experts that have been our pleasure to speak with: Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro.

      CounterSpin230901Kohn.mp3

 

      CounterSpin230901Ravitch.mp3

 

      CounterSpin230901Kumashiro.mp3

 

The post Alfie Kohn, Diane Ravitch and Kevin Kumashiro on Education appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/01/alfie-kohn-diane-ravitch-and-kevin-kumashiro-on-education/feed/ 0 424436
‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ – CounterSpin interview with Kehsi Iman Wilson on the ADA https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 21:03:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035146 "If you're talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice."

The post ‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed New Disabled South’s Kehsi Iman Wilson about the Americans with Disabilities Act for the August 25, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230825Wilson.mp3

 

WaPo: Florida kept disabled kids in institutions. A judge is sending them home.

Washington Post (8/19/23)

Janine Jackson: July 26 marked the 33rd anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The 1990 law intended “to provide clear, strong, consistent, enforceable standards addressing discrimination” against individuals with disabilities.

The occasion connected with some serious, multi-layered stories, including news of a critical ruling that the state of Florida has been violating the rights of children with complex medical needs by keeping them institutionalized when they could be living in community.

A sizable admixture of stories, though, were reports on buildings or spaces coming into compliance with the ADA—as though complying with a 33-year-old law was a feel-good story, and despite a relative absence of feel-bad stories about decades of noncompliance.

But more, what is lost when the public conversation around disability justice revolves around the ins and outs of abiding by law, rather than a bigger, deeper vision of a world we can all live in?

Kehsi Iman Wilson is co-founder and chief operating officer of New Disabled South. She joins us now by phone from Tampa, Florida. Welcome to CounterSpin, Kehsi Iman Wilson.

Kehsi Iman Wilson: Thanks so much for having me, Janine.

JJ: In his official proclamation around the ADA’s anniversary, Joe Biden said the sort of thing politicians say:

It is hard for younger generations to imagine a world without the ADA, but before it existed, if you were disabled, stores could turn you away and employers could refuse to hire you. Transit was largely inaccessible.

Now, he goes on to note ways that disabled people are still discriminated against, but that lead, that opening, reflects the way many media, certainly, talk about the ADA, that it was sort of night-to-day, and now we just need to incrementally build on it.

ITT: The ADA is the Floor, Not the Ceiling—We Need More

In These Times (7/28/23)

But it doesn’t require undermining the work that went into the ADA to suggest, as you do in a recent piece for In These Times, that that is maybe just not the most useful way of thinking about that act.

KIW: It’s the same to me, it‘s as ridiculous as the frame we hear, like, “Oh, because we had a Black president in Barack Obama, somehow we’re in a post-racial society,” or “racism is over.”

In no social movement is a victory, whether minor or major, an indicator that there need be no additional social movement—or political movement, for that matter.

And when we’re talking about disability—disability rights, disability access, certainly disability justice—so much of the real, lived experience of disabled people contradicts a lot of President Biden’s opening statements.

For example, when you talk about “couldn’t imagine a world where there was inaccessible public transit”—there’s still inaccessible public transit for the majority of disabled people. And unless you can afford, you’re in the privileged few who can afford, paratransit services where they’re accessible, where you live, things even as basic as access to sidewalks is still a major issue.

We’re dealing with so many infrastructure issues in this country, and as we know, any issue doubly or triply impacts disabled people.

JJ: Well, what did the ADA do?

KIW: I’ll attempt my best brief answer of that, but as the title of my piece for In These Times stated, the ADA is the floor, not the ceiling. Similar to the Civil Rights Act, similar to the Voting Rights Act, it got the issue on the map, whereas before—one thing that’s a little bit more accurate in President Biden’s remarks—yes, it was not codified in law, anti-discrimination.

But as most regular citizens, I think, and certainly those of us who are directly impacted by any of the laws I just named, or any law for that matter, law has to be enforced, right? Law is only as good as the enforcement of the law, as the awareness of the law.

Truthout: Lawsuit Uncovers Chicago’s Failure to Provide Disability Protections in Housing

Truthout (2/20/23)

We’re still fighting battles across this country as it relates to the physical accessibility of buildings and spaces. So to answer the question briefly, again, it’s a starting point. It’s a good step, a huge step—not to discredit any of the work that went into getting this law passed—but it’s a starting point.

And the hope and dream was never that that be the end of the road, but that we would continue working as a country on materially improving the lives of disabled people day to day. And, unfortunately, a lot of that work is just not happening.

JJ: In terms of one of the many things that exist to be changed, that the law has not changed, I was shocked to learn that something as—I mean, I guess I wasn’t surprised—but that polling places, which are often in schools or older buildings, but the idea that the inaccessibility of places to vote was not a major issue, that that was sort of an afterthought for media.

And it’s kind of like, “Yeah, sure, you have the right to vote. You just can’t exercise it.” That seems to be one of the many undercovered or underexplored aspects here.

KIW: Oh my gosh, we could talk for hours about this. And my partner and co-founder Dom, he is really an expert when it comes to navigating the political realities and inaccessibility of voting.

But because of what you’ve named, this is a key part of our work at New Disabled South and New Disabled South Rising. Our (c)(4) arm is working to change media narratives around disabled people: Disabled people want to vote, have a right to vote and should be allowed to vote.

NYT: New Voting Laws Add Difficulties for People With Disabilities

New York Times (11/8/22)

We’ve seen, and we continue to see, a spate of laws being passed across counties, across states, making it more difficult to access the ballot box. And we know things like—for example, getting rid of drop boxes, ballot boxes. I could spew off some statistics, but I’ll save that for another time. But when you do that, you are not only disenfranchising, effectively, large portions of people of color, of people who live in rural areas, but disabled people. And that’s not talked about.

And so for this reason, one of the key bodies of work that we are focusing on is passing  disabled voter bills of rights in five states over the next five years. We want things like a guaranteed minimum number of accessible voting machines at every polling place. We want things like the right to turn in a completed absentee ballot at any polling location, or to be able to mail it in without having to purchase a stamp.

These things sound very basic in conversation, like the one you and I are having, but when you have laws that have been passed to criminalize some of these things, literally making it a felony, it effectively continues to disenfranchise disabled people.

And we’re not even yet talking about the very real barriers of transportation, being able to read materials and make sure they’re in a plain language and in a way that we can understand. So things like the right to assistance with voting, and more.

JJ: And it always is shocking to me that, even to the extent that journalists might say, “Oh yes, these polling places are inaccessible,” I don’t see the corollary piece where they say: “What happens when we don’t have the voices of disabled people in the vote? What does it mean to disenfranchise an entire community?” Which, as you are saying, is an intersectional community.

So it’s almost like it’s just a story about access, about curb cuts, and not about the political and social and economic and all of the impacts that come from cutting off the franchise.

KIW: Absolutely. And that’s why we can’t stop at conversations like law, or the ADA. We have to expand the conversation to address the intersecting realities and the intersecting barriers that disabled people are facing across this country.

Going into this next election year, we are poised to do some very powerful work. And first among that is letting people know, and this goes for progressive media outlets, progressive organizations, and of course folks on the other side alike, that disabled people are a voting bloc. We are engaged in politics and the issues that directly affect us.

And part of our work at New Disabled South is making sure that our community is educated about the policies, the laws, all of the things that are impacting us in our lived experiences day-to-day, and sharing information, power and resources so that we can continue to organize ourselves in increasingly effective ways, so that our voices can be heard and we can start to see real change.

JJ: I’m going to bring you back to media coverage in just a second, but I just wanted to say, the group is New Disabled South. The South is home to not just decades’ worth, but much present-day critical, deep, important organizing. And I wonder if you could speak for a moment about the particular meaning of the regionality of what you’re doing.

Center for Budget and Policy Priorities

States that haven’t expanded Medicaid (Center for Budget and Policy Priorities, 3/3/23)

KIW: We know that many of this country’s disabled people are concentrated in the South, but we also know that the reality, when we talk about policies, laws, culture that is harmful to disabled people, a lot of that is concentrated in the South. A majority of states that have yet to expand Medicaid coverage, for example, are in the South.

And so the South has this unfortunate stigma, stereotype and reality of being a place that’s less progressive, less quick to move.

But I want to be clear, this is not because of the people in the South, right, that we are any less committed to progressive change. On the contrary, we know, with the South being the cradle of the civil rights movement, the birthplace of civil rights, and so much of the change we’ve seen in this country originating in the South, we have to do a better job of changing the narrative, and also the accountability piece.

And that is why we’re doing our work. We decided we’re all from the South, of the South, and this is a home for us. Dom and I both have concentrated our political work, organizing work, advocacy work on Southern communities.

Kehsi Iman Wilson

Kehsi Iman Wilson: “If you’re talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice.”

And we know that there’s immense power here. And part of what we’re working to do is eliminate the barriers to mobilizing people who are equally as passionate about these issues, so that, again, as I said, we can start to see real change.

And we’re not willing to wait another 10 years for it. We want that change in our lifetime. We need that change now. People are literally perishing every day in the face of these laws and policies.

As you mentioned at the introduction, kids are languishing in nursing homes, in institutions. These are real live issues that are happening across the South every single day, and we are here to help mobilize our community, policymakers, change makers, especially those in progressive space, to know if you’re talking about social justice issues, progressive issues, political issues, you need to be centering disability justice as part of that conversation.

JJ: And we know that, first of all, it’s not just a matter, in terms of journalists, of media doing more stories that are centered on disabled people; it’s about finding the disabled people who are already in every story that you’re doing, right?

KIW: Love that.

JJ: You’re talking about police violence, you’re talking about voting, you’re talking about housing. All of that is a disability rights story. So thoughts about media coverage?

KIW: Yeah, I think you’ve said some great things, it’s a real call to action. One of our funders is New Media Ventures, and early on, we spoke about centering a focus to change media narratives.

So much of what is covered, when it comes to disabled people, the frame is one of fear or pity, which is also why we focus on disability justice and not simply disability rights, or even advocacy, which often centers a medical model, and what we call inspiration porn.

CAP: Understanding the Policing of Black, Disabled Bodies

American Progress (2/10/21)

Disabled people are whole people, and we need to see the media focusing on stories that address that reality. And like you said, and I’ve never heard it said that way before, so I’m going to steal it, but it’s a matter of finding the disabled people who are already in the stories.

Nearly half of people killed by police in the United States have a disability. When you talk about the reform of the criminal/industrial complex, the prison/industrial complex, how often are we centering the lived experiences of the reality of the disabled people in those stories? Very rarely.

Which is why when I name statistics like that, or the fact that 55% of Black disabled men have been arrested at least once by the time they’re 28, people ooh and aw, like, “Wow, I had no idea.”

And I could go on, of course, right? And so it’s a matter of, again, shining a light on the fact that disabled people are people, and we exist as part of every community that is at discussion in any story that needs to be covered.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, I also wanted to say, as we both know so many stories, for example, are about the difficulties of complying with the ADA, and then there’s the whole other layer of stories about the greedy lawyers who are fighting for compliance just to shake down small business owners.

And we do see stories about the harms of inaccessibility, but what I want to say is, I feel like we virtually never hear about the beauty of universal access, the positive vision of what a world could look like.

It’s all like a fight between disabled people who want access and businesses, “Oh my god, it costs a lot to provide access.”

Where’s the vision? Where’s the vision of a world that could include all of us, if that’s not too big a question for you?

Mother Jones: Walmart Is Trying to Block Workers’ Disability Benefits

Mother Jones (11/4/13)

KIW: Oh, gosh, that’s a big question. But yeah, what you speak to is a lack of imagination that plagues the effectiveness of many of our movements. We create these false dichotomies, these binaries, these either/ors, and we don’t come to the table with the view of collective liberation, quite frankly, of what is possible.

And the reality’s that if it’s good for disabled people, it’s good for everybody. Not commodifying human bodies and extracting labor and disabling people in warehouse conditions—to avoid naming any particular companies that are some of the largest employers in America—that is beneficial for everybody.

And it speaks, also, to the type of work that you all do at FAIR.org; we know that we need reform, for lack of a better word, in terms of the media, because so much of what is covered is the negative, is the fight, is the drama, instead of shining a light on the progress, and, like you said, how is this beneficial for everybody?

And that is how we create buy-in. So getting the media and progressive media outlets, folks who have the power to tell the story, to shift the narrative, to focus more on the ways in which accessibility is beneficial for all of us, not just disabled people, not coming from a framework of pity or inspiration, or even from a moral or ethical, you know, the hearts-and-minds approach.

It’s common-sense good policy, and it’s the foundation of democracy. And I think we need to be talking more about those things.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder and COO of New Disabled South, online at NewDisabledSouth.org. Her piece, “The ADA Is the Floor, Not the Ceiling—We Need More” can also be found at InTheseTimes.com. Thank you so much, Kehsi Iman Wilson, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KIW: Thank you, Janine. It’s been an honor.

The post ‘Disabled People Are Whole People; We Need to See Media Address That Reality’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/disabled-people-are-whole-people-we-need-to-see-media-address-that-reality-counterspin-interview-with-kehsi-iman-wilson-on-the-ada/feed/ 0 423658
Kehsi Iman Wilson on Americans with Disability Act https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/kehsi-iman-wilson-on-americans-with-disability-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/kehsi-iman-wilson-on-americans-with-disability-act/#respond Fri, 25 Aug 2023 15:07:04 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035114 The ADA demands all kinds of attention, every day—not a once a year pat on the back about "how far we’ve come."

The post Kehsi Iman Wilson on Americans with Disability Act appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230825.mp3

 

This week on CounterSpin: “We’ve come a long way but there’s a long way to go” is a familiar, facile framing that robs urgency from fights for justice. It’s the frame that tends to dominate annual journalistic acknowledgement of the Americans with Disabilities Act, passed 33 years ago in late July.

Like Black history month, the ADA anniversary is a peg—an opportunity for journalists to offer information and insight on issues they might not have felt there was space for throughout the year. As depressing as that is, media coverage of the date often doesn’t even rise to the occasion. You wouldn’t guess from elite media’s afterthought approach that some 1 in 4 people in this country have some type of disability, or that it’s one group that any of us could join at any moment.

Likewise, you might not understand that the ADA didn’t call for curb cuts at every corner, but for an end to “persistent discrimination in such critical areas as: employment, housing, public accommodations, education, transportation, communication, recreation, institutionalization, health services, voting and access to public services.” Nothing less than the maximal integration of disabled people into community and political life—you know, like people.

And if that’s the story, it’s clear that it demands all kinds of attention, every day—not a once a year pat on the back about “how far we’ve come.”

We talk about some of all of that with Kehsi Iman Wilson, co-founder and chief operating officer of New Disabled South.

      CounterSpin230825Wilson.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of the Maui fires and the climate crisis.

      CounterSpin230825Banter.mp3

 

The post Kehsi Iman Wilson on Americans with Disability Act appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/kehsi-iman-wilson-on-americans-with-disability-act/feed/ 0 422288
‘CACI Aided and Abetted the Torture of Our Clients’ – CounterSpin interview with Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib lawsuit https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/24/caci-aided-and-abetted-the-torture-of-our-clients-counterspin-interview-with-baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/24/caci-aided-and-abetted-the-torture-of-our-clients-counterspin-interview-with-baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit/#respond Thu, 24 Aug 2023 15:06:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035098 "The problem with not holding high-level officials to account is these abuses get replicated and indeed escalated."

The post ‘CACI Aided and Abetted the Torture of Our Clients’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Center for Constitutional Rights’ Baher Azmy about the Abu Ghraib lawsuit for the August 18, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230818Germain.mp3

 

NYT: Soldier Who Called Out Torture in Iraq Is Laid to Rest at Arlington

New York Times (8/8/23)

Janine Jackson: Earlier this month, the New York Times ran a report on the Arlington National Cemetery burial of Ian Fishback, a former Special Forces officer who, as the Times said, “dared to challenge the Army on its soldiers’ sustained abuse of Iraqi and Afghan men in their custody.”

Fishback’s testimony “unequivocally characterizing the soldiers’ behavior as torture,” the paper explained, “shattered the Pentagon’s insistence that the torture in [Abu Ghraib] was an isolated case,” but it did lead to personal harm and hardship for Fishback.

Of course, the actions that Fishback was moved to denounce had horrific and enduring impacts on many other people, starting with the victims of the torture.

The Times has unfortunately been not particularly interested in the stubborn insistence of those people in having their case heard. One piece in March noted that opponents of the Iraq War say that “the shame of the American abuses of prisoners at Abu Ghraib…have not been forgotten by history,” but it’s disheartening that that sentence appeared within a piece centered on how George W. Bush “doesn’t second-guess himself on Iraq.”

The ongoing case against military contractor CACI Premier Technology, Inc., hired to provide interrogation services at Abu Ghraib, is a chance for reporters to prevent our forgetting.

The Center for Constitutional Rights has been leading that case, which a federal judge has just said can move forward, since June 2008. We’re joined now by phone by Baher Azmy, legal director of the Center for Constitutional Rights. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Baher Azmy.

Baher Azmy: Thank you for having me.

JJ: If you would ground us, first of all, with some context: This case is against a military contractor, not against the US government per se, and it’s about just a handful of plaintiffs. It’s not the be-all, end-all on the horrors of Abu Ghraib, much less the invasion and the war, but it is the last case standing, and it carries meaning, within itself and beyond itself, would you say?

BA: Yeah, that’s right. This is actually the third of three cases we brought on behalf of Iraqi victims of torture by the US government and private military contractors in Iraq and Abu Ghraib.

One case was thrown out by the DC Federal Court of Appeals, led by Kavanaugh, with a dissent from then-Judge Garland; a second case on behalf of 71 individuals brought against a translation company, L-3 Services, that settled favorably; and this, the third, is brought on behalf of three remaining plaintiffs, three victims of torture at the so-called “hard site” at Abu Ghraib, where all of the depictions of torture we have seen were revealed.

And it’s very challenging to sue the US military for torture, but US generals did an investigation of the torture at Abu Ghraib and identified that private military contractors, including CACI, had a preeminent role.

CACI sent a number of untrained individuals to serve as interrogators, under a very profitable $35 million contract. And as the reports and the evidence revealed, in the command vacuum that occurred at Abu Ghraib, it was CACI interrogators who were telling military police, including people you might recognize if you’re old enough—Lynndie England, Ivan Frederick and Charles Graner—to “soften up” detainees via torture for later interrogation by CACI.

So this seeks accountability against the private military contractor for actions that US service members spent considerable time in a military brig for, and it seeks to close that accountability gap, and hold this profit-making enterprise accountable for its clear role in contributing to the torture and abuse of our plaintiffs.

JJ: I don’t know if it matters to say at this point that prisoners in Abu Ghraib were not criminals—these were not people who were charged and convicted—but maybe that’s worth mentioning here.

BA: Correct. And there are clear, clear duties under the laws of war with respect [to] what is called cruel, inhuman, degrading treatment. And, notably, the judge in this case has found sufficient evidence that CACI was a direct conspirator, aided and abetted the actual torture of our clients, so enough evidence that a jury could find them liable, and that’s what we’re hoping will be the next step in front of a United States jury.

CounterSpin: 'Has Our Country Just Gone Mad?'

CounterSpin (5/27/16)

JJ: CACI says, as I understand it, that since the United States would have immunity in this case, well, then, we were working for them, so we also have immunity. What do you have to say? I remember an interview with deeply missed CCR president Michael Ratner, explaining in 2004, that this idea that torture isn’t torture came in with US Attorney General Alberto Gonzales, and things went south at that point.

But that’s CACI’s line, that since we’re acting as the government, we therefore have immunity against these charges?

BA: Yeah, it’s interesting. The subtext of this is a really disturbing pattern among all private military contractors, which I think is seeking precisely this: Even though they act for profit, have no sovereign responsibilities, are in no way politically accountable, democratically accountable, they want to assume the same benefits as the government, as if CACI was a sovereign entity rather than a profit-making entity. That seems like a terrifying notion for me.

And the subtext is, I think, ultimately, from a range of private military contractors, to get the law and the police to fulfill a kind of Erik Prince–ian vision, where private military contractors can go into war spaces and enjoy the same immunity as the United States government.

And so far, the courts have plainly resisted that: You’re not allowed to assume the immunity of the United States government if you yourself have broken the law, even as a contractor.

And the courts have rejected CACI’s argument, building on what John Yoo and Dick Cheney have said—that these are not legal questions, they’re political questions, that they’re out of the jurisdiction of the courts, what we choose to do with prisoners during wartime. And the court flatly rejected that, and said they can be accountable for torture, even if they were participating with the military.

JJ: All right, then. Well, for many people, Abu Ghraib is a series of horrific photographs, and maybe the government’s efforts to suppress them, the media’s release of them, and then a kind of collective gasp—”shocking the conscience,” we heard.

But then we got the sense, vaguely speaking, that since we’ve had our conscience shocked, we’ve addressed it, and so let’s all move on from that difficult time.

But if no real deep-going, up-to-the-top accountability happens, aren’t we just setting ourselves up for the next, “Oh my gosh, that’s terrible” that’s carried out in our name?

Baher Azmy

Baher Azmy: “The problem with not holding high-level officials to account is these abuses get replicated and indeed escalated.” (image: Democracy Now!, 8/8/23)

BA: I really quite agree, as someone who’s been heavily involved and early involved in the responses to the human rights crisis created by the Bush administration and the lawlessness there. I draw a connection between the kind of soft authoritarianism of the Bush administration, and the sanctioned lawlessness and demand for impunity and subverting US institutions and constraints on executive power, to the kind of hard authoritarianism that the Trump administration embraced.

I mean, should we really be surprised by the Muslim ban that Trump escalated, given what the Bush administration tried and largely got away with? Should we be surprised with lawyers, like John Yoo in the torture context and John Eastman in the insurrection context, trying to sanction or legitimize, under law, subverting American institutions?

I think precisely the problem with not holding high-level officials to account is these abuses get replicated and indeed escalated.

JJ: Well, we’re going to end on that important note. We’ve been speaking with Baher Azmy, legal director at the Center for Constitutional Rights. You can track their work, including on this case, which is not closed but is going forward, at CCRJustice.org. Baher Azmy, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin

BA: Thank you very much.

 

The post ‘CACI Aided and Abetted the Torture of Our Clients’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/24/caci-aided-and-abetted-the-torture-of-our-clients-counterspin-interview-with-baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-lawsuit/feed/ 0 421719
‘Erasure of Content Can Be a Problem for the Public and for History’ – CounterSpin interview with Thomas Germain on online history destruction https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/erasure-of-content-can-be-a-problem-for-the-public-and-for-history-counterspin-interview-with-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/erasure-of-content-can-be-a-problem-for-the-public-and-for-history-counterspin-interview-with-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/#respond Tue, 22 Aug 2023 20:24:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035081 "If...you need to add a new revenue stream and you don't have any great ideas, the obvious one is to add more ads to your platform."

The post ‘Erasure of Content Can Be a Problem for the Public and for History’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Gizmodo‘s Thomas Germain about the destruction of online history for the August 18, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230818Germain.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: In the 1980s, when we at FAIR would talk about how the goals of journalism as a public service, and of information as a public good, were in conflict with those of media as a profit-driven business, we were often met with the contention that the internet was going to make that conflict meaningless, by democratizing access to information and somehow sidelining that profit motive with—technology!

Well, now we’re here, and much of our lives are online. It’s where many get news and information, how we communicate and learn. But power is still power, and the advertising model that drives so much fear and favor in traditional journalism is still in effect.

So, while much is different, there are still core questions to consider when you’re trying to figure out why some kinds of news or “content” is in your face, like it or not, and why some perspectives are very hard to find, and why there’s so much garbage to get through to get to any of it.

Our next guest’s job is to report on life online. Thomas Germain is a senior reporter at Gizmodo. He joins us now by phone from here in town. Welcome to CounterSpin, Thomas Germain.

Thomas Germain: Happy to be here.

JJ: There are internet rules that are not visible to all users, particularly those of us who aren’t looking into the gears of the thing, you know? We just want to read articles, or look at cats falling off chairs.

But as “offline” media have unseen rules—like if a sponsor can’t be found to buy ads on a show, well, that show’s not going to air, no matter how much people might like it—there are also behind-the-scenes factors for internet content that are not journalistic factors, if you will.

I wonder if you would talk us through what CNET—which many listeners will know is a longstanding website dedicated to tech news—is currently doing, and what do you think it means or portends?

Gizmodo: CNET Deletes Thousands of Old Articles to Game Google Search

Gizmodo (8/9/23)

TG: Yeah, so CNET is one of the oldest technology news sites on the internet. It’s been around since 1995, and they have tens of thousands, maybe hundreds of thousands, of articles that they’ve put up over the years.

But I got a tip that CNET had started deleting its old content, because of the theory about improving the site’s performance on Google. And I went and I checked it out, and what I found was the company has been deleting thousands of its own articles.

Now, there’s a lot of complicated reasons that this is happening, but the No. 1 thing that people need to understand is a lot of the writing that happens on the internet is aimed as much at robots as it is at humans. And what I mean here is the algorithms that run Google search, right? Almost all internet traffic is driven by how high you show up in the search results on Google.

And there’s an entire industry called “search engine optimization” that is essentially a kind of gamified effort to get your content and your website and individual pages to perform better on Google.

And this is actually a huge thing that drives the journalism business. It’s the reason that you look at articles and you see the same keyword repeated over and over. It’s basically one of the things that dictates what subjects journalists write about, what’s covered and how it’s written.

SERoundtable: Google Advice On Old Content On News Sites: Remove, Noindex Or Leave It

Search Engine Roundtable (4/30/20)

And the performance of your entire site dictates how your individual pages will do. And Google issued some guidance last year which suggested that if you’ve got some content on your site that’s not performing well, it might help if you take it down. It didn’t say this explicitly, but a lot of companies, CNET included, have been going through and looking at pages that aren’t performing well, which tends to be older content.

And some of that content, they’re redirecting the URL of that page to other articles that they want to promote. And in some cases, they’re taking it down altogether.

So the effect of this is this kind of ironic thing, right? Google‘s entire reason for being is to make information easier to find, but in effect, because of the design of their algorithms, they’re actually encouraging companies, indirectly, to take some information off the internet altogether.

JJ: Because if folks are not “engaging”—that’s the word we’ve all learned to use—with a particular piece that a website might have up, then that’s dragging down the SEO of the site generally, is what you’re saying? Like if you have a lot of content that folks are not actively engaging with, then maybe your new stuff might not show up so high up on Google. Is that, vaguely, somewhere in the ballpark of what’s happening?

Gizmodo: Google Sure Screws Around With Search Results a Lot, Investigation Finds

Gizmodo (11/15/19)

TG: That’s basically it. It’s really complicated. And also, we don’t really know exactly what’s going on here. Google isn’t super transparent about the way that its algorithms function, and search engine optimization, or SEO, is as much a guessing game as it is based on actual data. There’s some information that journalists and content publishers have access to, about how certain things are performing, but in other cases, it’s just best practices, and people crossing their fingers, essentially.

So the one thing we know for sure is the more content that’s on your website, the longer it takes Google‘s robots, they call them “crawlers,” to go through every page, which is how the company determines how certain pages will rank for search results.

So what they’ve said is, you’ve got a giant, old site like CNET, and there’s some content that’s not performing well, shrinking that down, they call it “content pruning,” can help you increase the performance of the content that you want to promote. So in effect, it could be an advantage to you, if you’ve got a giant site, to take some of that content down.

JJ: I think listeners will already understand the harm that that does to public information and to journalism, because obviously we think of the internet, dumbly perhaps, as an archive, and there is a severe loss implied in sites like CNET, and others if they follow their lead, in deleting old material.

TG: Yeah. Journalism, they say that it’s the first draft of history, right? And if you’re doing any kind of archival research, if you want to know what people were talking about in 1997, it helps to be able to have a record of all these old articles, even if no one’s reading them, even if they’re about topics that don’t have any obvious importance now. CNET used the example of old articles that talk about the prices of AOL, which is a thing that you can’t even get anymore.

But this stuff can be important for reasons that aren’t immediately obvious. And the loss of this information can really have a serious detrimental effect on the public record.

There are some companies that are working to preserve this stuff. The most well-known one is the Internet Archive. It’s got this tool called the Wayback Machine, which goes and preserves copies of webpages.

And CNET says that before it deletes content, it lets the Internet Archive know to make a copy of it, so it’s not gone forever. And they say they preserve their own copy, but they’re relying on a third-party service that’s a nonprofit to maintain this content, and who knows whether it’s going to be around in the long term.

But there’s an effect on the journalists, right? Because you want a record of your work in order to just keep track of what you’ve done, but also to have stuff to put in your portfolio to get new jobs. So the erasure of this content can be a problem, for just the general public and for history, but also for the people who are tasked with writing this stuff in the first place.

JJ: Absolutely. And, of course, who knows what’s going to be interesting from the past to look back on, because, who knows, you can’t predict what you might want to go back and look through. You know, maybe AOL will come up in the future, and we’ll want to know what was said about it at the time. So it seems like a loss.

Futurama: Well sure, but not in our dreams!

Futurama (4/27/99)

Well, I’m going to ask you to switch gears just for a second. I have been recently thinking about a line in the show Futurama, when Fry, who has been transported to the far future, is shocked because a commercial appears in his dream. And Leela says, “Didn’t you have ads in the 21st century?” And Fry says:

Well, sure, but not in our dreams. Only on TV and radio and in magazines and movies and at ball games and on buses and milk cartons and T-shirts and bananas and written on the sky. But not in dreams! No siree.

I think of that every time my phone beeps at 2:00 AM and it’s Spotify saying, “Hey, uh, there’s a playlist that you might like,” that’s not anything I signed up for. What is up with what definitely feels like an increase in ads, and in intrusive ads, in all of the online spaces that we see? What’s going on there?

TG: Yeah, I think this is something that everybody experiences, you’re aware of it, we all know that we’re seeing more ads, but I think people don’t quite recognize how prevalent it is and how dramatically it’s changed.

And it’s actually a recent change. So over the last year, we’ve seen a massive increase in the amount of advertising. We’re seeing it in places we’ve never seen before; Uber, I think, is an example, where we’re getting pop-up notifications that have ads in them, but just about every context you can think of: I saw an ad in a fortune cookie the other day. If there’s a space where there’s people’s eyes, it’s being turned into a space for advertising.

And there are two, I think, counterintuitive reasons that this is happening. And the first one’s actually because there are increasingly regulations and restrictions about privacy, right? There’s laws, more so in Europe than in the United States, that are restricting the ways that companies can collect and use your data.

And simultaneously, Google and Apple, who control all of the phones, understand that the writing is on the wall here, and they’re trying to get out in front of regulation before it happens, by putting their own limits on how companies collect data on their platforms.

Now what this does is it makes advertising less profitable, right, because targeted ads make more money than regular ads. But those targeted ads need lots of data. And if the data’s harder to find, it’s harder to make money if you’re a company that makes its cash on ads.

So what do you do in that situation? You just increase the number of ads that you’re showing people.

Thomas Germain

Thomas Germain: “If…you need to add a new revenue stream and you don’t have any great ideas, the obvious one is to add more ads to your platform.”

Simultaneously, there’s this other thing that’s happening in the technology industry, which is the economy, right? The federal government has raised interest rates; that makes it more expensive to borrow money. And all of this endless runway that the technology companies had for the better part of the decade is suddenly drying up.

And there’s been this shift where investors have started to understand that the technology industry isn’t some kind of magic money printing machine, and people are expecting more return on their investment.

So if you’re a company, and you need to add a new revenue stream and you don’t have any great ideas, the obvious one is to add more ads to your platform, or put them in places where they’ve never been before.

So there’s these two competing forces, right, privacy and the economy, that are pushing companies to inundate us with ads. And it’s really grown to an astonishing level.

I saw a study—and this is from a couple years ago, it’s gotten worse—where in the ’70s, we saw on average between 500 to 1,000 ads a day. Now the number is somewhere between 5,000 to 10,000 ads that everyone is seeing on average in a single day, which seems like a lot, but we become blind to it.

If you add up the ads you’re seeing on TV, all the sponsored posts, all the videos on TikTok where someone’s been paid to promote a product, the ads we’re seeing on bus stops and, you know, the little TVs at the grocery station…. There’s just constant advertising being blasted at us.

And we don’t know, for example, among other potential problems, how this might affect people’s psyche. It’s kind of a mass experiment that we’re all going through at the same time, and we don’t know what the effects are going to be.

JJ: We did have laws at some point about that, but it certainly seems that laws and regulation are, let’s just say, not keeping up.

TG: Yeah, absolutely. You know, most of the laws that govern the internet are laws that were adapted from other purposes, from the ’90s. For example, health privacy rules are based on a law that was written in 1996 in the United States.

Part of the problem here is regulators don’t really understand what’s going on, and that’s to say nothing about our aging population of politicians. People don’t really understand how the internet works in the first place, let alone the ability to come to a consensus on what we should do.

So the internet, more or less, is a place that is unregulated. It’s getting a little better, but we’ve got a lot of catching up to do.

JJ: We’re going to end on that note, which is not an end note, but a question about moving forward. We’ve been speaking with Thomas Germain, senior reporter at Gizmodo, online at Gizmodo.com. Thomas Germain, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

TG: Thank you. Great to talk to you.

 

The post ‘Erasure of Content Can Be a Problem for the Public and for History’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/erasure-of-content-can-be-a-problem-for-the-public-and-for-history-counterspin-interview-with-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/feed/ 0 420981
Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Torture Lawsuit, Thomas Germain on Online History Destruction https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/18/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-torture-lawsuit-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/18/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-torture-lawsuit-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/#respond Fri, 18 Aug 2023 14:55:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035020 Unlike elite media’s misty memories, the lawsuit is a stubborn indication that those responsible for Abu Ghraib haven't been called to account.

The post Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Torture Lawsuit, Thomas Germain on Online History Destruction appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230818.mp3

 

Victim of US torture at Abu Ghraib

Victim of US torture at Abu Ghraib, 2003

This week on CounterSpin: For corporate news media, every mention of the Iraq War is a chance to fuzz up or rewrite history a little more. This year, the New York Times honored the war’s anniversary with a friendly piece about how George W. Bush “doesn’t second guess himself on Iraq,” despite pesky people mentioning things like the torture of innocent prisoners at the Abu Ghraib prison.

Federal Judge Leonie Brinkema has just refused to dismiss a long standing case brought against Abu Ghraib torturers for hire, the company known as CACI.  Unlike elite media’s misty memories, the case is a real-world, stubborn indication that what happened happened and those responsible have yet to be called to account. We can call the case, abstractly, “anti-torture” or “anti-war machine,” as though it were a litmus test on those things; but we can’t forget that it’s pro–Suhail al-Shimari, pro–Salah al-Ejaili,   pro– all the other human beings horrifically abused in that prison in our name.  We get an update on the still-ongoing case—despite some 18 attempts to dismiss it—from Baher Azmy, legal director at the Center for Constitutional Rights.

      CounterSpin230818Azmy.mp3

 

Gizmodo: CNET Deletes Thousands of Old Articles to Game Google Search

Gizmodo (8/9/23)

Also on the show: The internet? Am i right? Thomas Germain is senior reporter at Gizmodo; he fills us in on some new developments in the online world most of us, like it or not, live in and rely on. Developments to do with ads, ads and still more ads, and also with the disappearing and potential disappearing of decades of archived information and reporting.

      CounterSpin230818Germain.mp3

The post Baher Azmy on Abu Ghraib Torture Lawsuit, Thomas Germain on Online History Destruction appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/18/baher-azmy-on-abu-ghraib-torture-lawsuit-thomas-germain-on-online-history-destruction/feed/ 0 420213
‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ – CounterSpin interview with Matthew Cunningham-Cook on GOP climate sabotage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 18:49:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034761 "That we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct...is a cornerstone of the Republican Party's agenda."

The post ‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s Matthew Cunningham-Cook about Republican Party climate sabotage for the August 4, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230804Cunningham-Cook.mp3

 

Mural of rabbit holding a sign: “The Earth is not dying, it is being killed, and those who are killing it have names and addresses.”Janine Jackson: Listeners may have encountered some variant of the statement attributed to labor organizer and folk singer Utah Phillips that says, “The Earth is not dying, it is being killed, and those who are killing it have names and addresses.”

It’s cited because it’s powerful, and its power derives in part from the fact that it goes against the pervasive discourse, certainly of corporate news media, that things are bad, even scary bad, even unprecedentedly, hard-to-imagine bad. But the point is, you know, progress happens, and getting angry doesn’t help, and disrupting things, well, that’s criminal as well as misguided. And then, what’s that? Things are getting worse? Well, that’s another story for another day.

There are myriad things that account for climate disruption and for its devastating and disparate effects. But the top-down resistance to naming the obstacles to a safer world is an important one, and one in which news media play a big role.

Our guest is one of those working to fill that void. Matthew Cunningham-Cook covers a range of issues for the Lever. He’s also written for Labor Notes, Public Employee Press and Al Jazeera America, among other outlets. He joins us now by phone from Costa Rica. Welcome to CounterSpin, Matthew Cunningham-Cook.

Matthew Cunningham-Cook: Thanks so much for having me on, Janine. I appreciate it.

JJ: The latest, the last I checked, is that a crucial Atlantic Ocean circulation system, that’s a cornerstone of global climate, may collapse as quickly as two years from now. Though as Julie Hollar wrote for FAIR.org, that wasn’t enough to get it on everybody’s front page.

But truly, there is no need to cite any indicators here. Anybody who believes in science and their sensory organs knows that bad things are happening and more are on the horizon, and that there are things that we can do besides throwing up our hands and saying, it is what it is.

Lever: Amid Heat Wave, GOP Adds Climate Denial To Spending Bills

Lever (7/25/23)

So tell us about your recent story that tells us that there are things stepping between what people want and what is reflected in policy.

MCC: We just took a look at the latest funding bills that are winding their way through the House right now, and the different insane aspects that Republicans have added.

There’s one particular component that’s extremely egregious, that bans research on climate change’s impact on fisheries. And this is while traditionally Republican states like Alaska are dealing with the collapse of their fisheries, currently.

There’s requiring that the Biden administration issue these offshore oil/gas leases, that slows down wind power leases, and that defunds the US’s very limited responsibilities under the Paris Climate Accords.

It’s a full-on assault on basic reason, and how we respond to the climate crisis. And what we do at the Lever that is not typically replicated in the corporate media is we just line up the policy with the campaign contributions from the oil and gas industry. So the members of Congress who are championing these draconian assaults on basic climate science receive hundreds of thousands of dollars in campaign contributions from the oil and gas industry.

And you really don’t see this in the New York Times or the Washington Post. If they do report on these types of developments, it’s usually separated from basic questions like campaign finance, which is clearly what drives these proposed changes more than anything else.

So that’s what we did, and it’s a depressing story, for sure. What we’re hoping to do is ultimately shame the corporate media into doing more reporting like this that directly lines up policy with campaign contributions. Because if you’re reporting these two issues separately, the public is just not getting the full picture.

JJ: Absolutely. And folks are misunderstanding the disconnect, because media will do a story about the way the public feels about climate disruption, or about just the horrors of climate disruption. But, as you say, it’s going to be on a separate page than a story about campaign finance, as though it’s not a direct line from A to B.

And I want to point out: Part of what’s key about the piece that you wrote is these are not things that Republicans are putting forward, this idea of supporting bad things and also preventing responsive things; they aren’t introducing them as legislation that people can look at and think about. They’re sneaking them in, right?

Lever: Study: Manchin’s Pipeline Bill Would Be A Climate Nightmare

Lever (9/27/22)

MCC: Yeah. It’s just these small components of appropriations bills that nobody is paying attention to that, yeah, have very meaningful consequences.

One of the most important actions that the Biden administration has started to take is this Climate Disclosure Rule, which just seems so basic, which is that publicly traded companies have these massive climate risks. They should disclose those risks to their investors. And it hasn’t happened yet, and it’s been attacked by both Republicans and so-called Democrats like Joe Manchin alike.

But this is a critical step forward for the public to be able to get information about how the nation’s largest corporations are poisoning our environment, and how it not only hurts the public, but also their own investors, which includes the pension funds and retirement accounts of tens of millions of Americans.

It’s not like they’re trying to say, “Oh, let’s pass an independent piece of legislation that bars the SEC from issuing this climate rule,” because it would never pass. Instead, they’re inserting it into the appropriations process.

And it also underscores just how much more ideologically committed Republicans are than Democrats. You very rarely see Democrats, when they control Congress, trying to use the appropriations process to expand the federal government’s ability to respond to climate change, or expand labor rights. No, it’s something that Republicans do, the opposite, foreclosing actions on the environment or on labor rights.

JJ: And then elite media come in and say, “Can’t we all just be civil,” and introduce the idea that there should be kind of a peacemaking between an overtly ideological and rule-bending (to be generous) party, and another that says, “Oh, well no, that’s not a thing that we would do.” It’s like bringing a knife to a gunfight.

And I guess the least that we would ask of media is that they at least just call it that way. At least describe it that way, instead of making it seem like it’s a balance.

Matthew Cunningham-Cook

Matthew Cunningham-Cook: “”That we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct…is a cornerstone of the Republican Party’s agenda.”

MCC: And, to be clear, Democrats like Henry Cuellar receive hundreds of thousands of dollars from the oil and gas industry. He’s on the Appropriations Committee, and I’m sure he is enabling Republicans left and right.

There is bipartisan commitment to letting the planet burn, but it’s not a cornerstone of the Democratic Party’s ideology that we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct. That is a cornerstone of the Republican Party’s agenda, and we’re not seeing that reported.

JJ: Thank you. And let me just say, that’s where I see the Lever and Popular Information and a bunch of other outlets coming in, just to say to folks, at a baseline level, that, yes, there actually is a disconnect between what the public wants and is calling for, and what we see coming out of Congress, that there actually are obstacles there. I think we would like all journalism to play that role, but it’s good that independent journalism is stepping up.

MCC: Yeah, I agree. Yes. That’s why we started. That’s why we do the work we do, is we saw this gaping hole, and we’re working at it. Sometimes it’s not easy, but we’re just trying to get the message out there.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with reporter Matthew Cunningham-Cook. You can find his recent piece, “The GOP Is Quietly Adding Climate Denial to Government Spending Bills,” co-authored with David Sirota, online at LeverNews.com. Thank you so much, Matthew Cunningham-Cook for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MCC: Thanks so much, Janine. I appreciate it.

 

The post ‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/feed/ 0 418710
‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ – CounterSpin interview with Matthew Cunningham-Cook on GOP climate sabotage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 18:49:32 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034761 "That we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct...is a cornerstone of the Republican Party's agenda."

The post ‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s Matthew Cunningham-Cook about Republican Party climate sabotage for the August 4, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230804Cunningham-Cook.mp3

 

Mural of rabbit holding a sign: “The Earth is not dying, it is being killed, and those who are killing it have names and addresses.”Janine Jackson: Listeners may have encountered some variant of the statement attributed to labor organizer and folk singer Utah Phillips that says, “The Earth is not dying, it is being killed, and those who are killing it have names and addresses.”

It’s cited because it’s powerful, and its power derives in part from the fact that it goes against the pervasive discourse, certainly of corporate news media, that things are bad, even scary bad, even unprecedentedly, hard-to-imagine bad. But the point is, you know, progress happens, and getting angry doesn’t help, and disrupting things, well, that’s criminal as well as misguided. And then, what’s that? Things are getting worse? Well, that’s another story for another day.

There are myriad things that account for climate disruption and for its devastating and disparate effects. But the top-down resistance to naming the obstacles to a safer world is an important one, and one in which news media play a big role.

Our guest is one of those working to fill that void. Matthew Cunningham-Cook covers a range of issues for the Lever. He’s also written for Labor Notes, Public Employee Press and Al Jazeera America, among other outlets. He joins us now by phone from Costa Rica. Welcome to CounterSpin, Matthew Cunningham-Cook.

Matthew Cunningham-Cook: Thanks so much for having me on, Janine. I appreciate it.

JJ: The latest, the last I checked, is that a crucial Atlantic Ocean circulation system, that’s a cornerstone of global climate, may collapse as quickly as two years from now. Though as Julie Hollar wrote for FAIR.org, that wasn’t enough to get it on everybody’s front page.

But truly, there is no need to cite any indicators here. Anybody who believes in science and their sensory organs knows that bad things are happening and more are on the horizon, and that there are things that we can do besides throwing up our hands and saying, it is what it is.

Lever: Amid Heat Wave, GOP Adds Climate Denial To Spending Bills

Lever (7/25/23)

So tell us about your recent story that tells us that there are things stepping between what people want and what is reflected in policy.

MCC: We just took a look at the latest funding bills that are winding their way through the House right now, and the different insane aspects that Republicans have added.

There’s one particular component that’s extremely egregious, that bans research on climate change’s impact on fisheries. And this is while traditionally Republican states like Alaska are dealing with the collapse of their fisheries, currently.

There’s requiring that the Biden administration issue these offshore oil/gas leases, that slows down wind power leases, and that defunds the US’s very limited responsibilities under the Paris Climate Accords.

It’s a full-on assault on basic reason, and how we respond to the climate crisis. And what we do at the Lever that is not typically replicated in the corporate media is we just line up the policy with the campaign contributions from the oil and gas industry. So the members of Congress who are championing these draconian assaults on basic climate science receive hundreds of thousands of dollars in campaign contributions from the oil and gas industry.

And you really don’t see this in the New York Times or the Washington Post. If they do report on these types of developments, it’s usually separated from basic questions like campaign finance, which is clearly what drives these proposed changes more than anything else.

So that’s what we did, and it’s a depressing story, for sure. What we’re hoping to do is ultimately shame the corporate media into doing more reporting like this that directly lines up policy with campaign contributions. Because if you’re reporting these two issues separately, the public is just not getting the full picture.

JJ: Absolutely. And folks are misunderstanding the disconnect, because media will do a story about the way the public feels about climate disruption, or about just the horrors of climate disruption. But, as you say, it’s going to be on a separate page than a story about campaign finance, as though it’s not a direct line from A to B.

And I want to point out: Part of what’s key about the piece that you wrote is these are not things that Republicans are putting forward, this idea of supporting bad things and also preventing responsive things; they aren’t introducing them as legislation that people can look at and think about. They’re sneaking them in, right?

Lever: Study: Manchin’s Pipeline Bill Would Be A Climate Nightmare

Lever (9/27/22)

MCC: Yeah. It’s just these small components of appropriations bills that nobody is paying attention to that, yeah, have very meaningful consequences.

One of the most important actions that the Biden administration has started to take is this Climate Disclosure Rule, which just seems so basic, which is that publicly traded companies have these massive climate risks. They should disclose those risks to their investors. And it hasn’t happened yet, and it’s been attacked by both Republicans and so-called Democrats like Joe Manchin alike.

But this is a critical step forward for the public to be able to get information about how the nation’s largest corporations are poisoning our environment, and how it not only hurts the public, but also their own investors, which includes the pension funds and retirement accounts of tens of millions of Americans.

It’s not like they’re trying to say, “Oh, let’s pass an independent piece of legislation that bars the SEC from issuing this climate rule,” because it would never pass. Instead, they’re inserting it into the appropriations process.

And it also underscores just how much more ideologically committed Republicans are than Democrats. You very rarely see Democrats, when they control Congress, trying to use the appropriations process to expand the federal government’s ability to respond to climate change, or expand labor rights. No, it’s something that Republicans do, the opposite, foreclosing actions on the environment or on labor rights.

JJ: And then elite media come in and say, “Can’t we all just be civil,” and introduce the idea that there should be kind of a peacemaking between an overtly ideological and rule-bending (to be generous) party, and another that says, “Oh, well no, that’s not a thing that we would do.” It’s like bringing a knife to a gunfight.

And I guess the least that we would ask of media is that they at least just call it that way. At least describe it that way, instead of making it seem like it’s a balance.

Matthew Cunningham-Cook

Matthew Cunningham-Cook: “”That we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct…is a cornerstone of the Republican Party’s agenda.”

MCC: And, to be clear, Democrats like Henry Cuellar receive hundreds of thousands of dollars from the oil and gas industry. He’s on the Appropriations Committee, and I’m sure he is enabling Republicans left and right.

There is bipartisan commitment to letting the planet burn, but it’s not a cornerstone of the Democratic Party’s ideology that we should let climate change go unaddressed until the human race goes extinct. That is a cornerstone of the Republican Party’s agenda, and we’re not seeing that reported.

JJ: Thank you. And let me just say, that’s where I see the Lever and Popular Information and a bunch of other outlets coming in, just to say to folks, at a baseline level, that, yes, there actually is a disconnect between what the public wants and is calling for, and what we see coming out of Congress, that there actually are obstacles there. I think we would like all journalism to play that role, but it’s good that independent journalism is stepping up.

MCC: Yeah, I agree. Yes. That’s why we started. That’s why we do the work we do, is we saw this gaping hole, and we’re working at it. Sometimes it’s not easy, but we’re just trying to get the message out there.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with reporter Matthew Cunningham-Cook. You can find his recent piece, “The GOP Is Quietly Adding Climate Denial to Government Spending Bills,” co-authored with David Sirota, online at LeverNews.com. Thank you so much, Matthew Cunningham-Cook for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MCC: Thanks so much, Janine. I appreciate it.

 

The post ‘We Line Up Policy With Campaign Contributions From Oil and Gas’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/we-line-up-policy-with-campaign-contributions-from-oil-and-gas-counterspin-interview-with-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/feed/ 0 418711
Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 15:48:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034769 Facial recognition, a technology that has been proven wrong, has been deemed harmful, in principle and in practice, for years now.

The post Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230811.mp3

 

NYT: Eight Months Pregnant and Arrested After False Facial Recognition Match (with photo of Porcha Woodruff)

New York Times (8/6/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Why was Detroit mother Porcha Woodruff, eight months pregnant, arrested and held 11 hours by police accusing her of robbery and carjacking? Because Woodruff was identified as a suspect based on facial recognition technology. The Wayne County prosecutor still contends that Woodruff’s charges—dismissed a month later—were “appropriate based upon the facts.” Those “facts” increasingly involve the use of technology that has been proven wrong; the New York Times report on Woodruff helpfully links to articles like “Another Arrest and Jail Time, Due to a Bad Facial Recognition Match,” and “Wrongfully Accused by an Algorithm.” And it’s especially wrong when it comes to—get ready to be surprised—Black people.

Facial recognition has been deemed harmful, in principle and in practice, for years now. We talked in February 2019 with Shankar Narayan, director of the Technology and Liberty Project at the ACLU of Washington state.  We hear that conversation this week.

Transcript:  ‘Face Surveillance Is a Uniquely Dangerous Technology’

      CounterSpin230811Narayan.mp3

 

Newsweek: President Joe Biden's plan to cancel $39bn in student loans for hundreds of thousands of Americans

Newsweek (8/7/23)

Also on the show: Listeners may know a federal court has at least for now blocked Biden administration efforts to forgive the debt of student borrowers whose colleges lied to them or suddenly disappeared. The White House seems to be looking for ways to ease student loan debt more broadly, but not really presenting an unapologetic, coherent picture of why, and what the impacts would be. We talked about that with Braxton Brewington of the Debt Collective in March 2022. We’ll revisit that conversation today as well.

Transcript: ‘Student Debt Hurts the Economy and Cancellation Will Improve Lives’

      CounterSpin230811Brewington.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Trumpism.

The post Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition/feed/ 0 418640
Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition-2/#respond Fri, 11 Aug 2023 15:48:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034769 Facial recognition, a technology that has been proven wrong, has been deemed harmful, in principle and in practice, for years now.

The post Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230811.mp3

 

NYT: Eight Months Pregnant and Arrested After False Facial Recognition Match (with photo of Porcha Woodruff)

New York Times (8/6/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Why was Detroit mother Porcha Woodruff, eight months pregnant, arrested and held 11 hours by police accusing her of robbery and carjacking? Because Woodruff was identified as a suspect based on facial recognition technology. The Wayne County prosecutor still contends that Woodruff’s charges—dismissed a month later—were “appropriate based upon the facts.” Those “facts” increasingly involve the use of technology that has been proven wrong; the New York Times report on Woodruff helpfully links to articles like “Another Arrest and Jail Time, Due to a Bad Facial Recognition Match,” and “Wrongfully Accused by an Algorithm.” And it’s especially wrong when it comes to—get ready to be surprised—Black people.

Facial recognition has been deemed harmful, in principle and in practice, for years now. We talked in February 2019 with Shankar Narayan, director of the Technology and Liberty Project at the ACLU of Washington state.  We hear that conversation this week.

Transcript:  ‘Face Surveillance Is a Uniquely Dangerous Technology’

      CounterSpin230811Narayan.mp3

 

Newsweek: President Joe Biden's plan to cancel $39bn in student loans for hundreds of thousands of Americans

Newsweek (8/7/23)

Also on the show: Listeners may know a federal court has at least for now blocked Biden administration efforts to forgive the debt of student borrowers whose colleges lied to them or suddenly disappeared. The White House seems to be looking for ways to ease student loan debt more broadly, but not really presenting an unapologetic, coherent picture of why, and what the impacts would be. We talked about that with Braxton Brewington of the Debt Collective in March 2022. We’ll revisit that conversation today as well.

Transcript: ‘Student Debt Hurts the Economy and Cancellation Will Improve Lives’

      CounterSpin230811Brewington.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Trumpism.

The post Shankar Narayan on Facial Misrecognition, Braxton Brewington on Student Debt Abolition appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/11/shankar-narayan-on-facial-misrecognition-braxton-brewington-on-student-debt-abolition-2/feed/ 0 418641
‘The Narrative Here Is That Workers Fought and They Won’ – CounterSpin interview with Teddy Ostrow on UPS/Teamsters agreement https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/10/the-narrative-here-is-that-workers-fought-and-they-won-counterspin-interview-with-teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/10/the-narrative-here-is-that-workers-fought-and-they-won-counterspin-interview-with-teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement/#respond Thu, 10 Aug 2023 15:32:56 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034737 "Something's happening in the United States for workers. They're seeing through the pleading-poverty of the corporations."

The post ‘The Narrative Here Is That Workers Fought and They Won’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Upsurge‘s Teddy Ostrow about the UPS/Teamsters agreement for the August 4, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230804Ostrow.mp3

 

NYT: The Avoidable Mistake of a UPS Strike

New York Times (7/7/23)

Janine Jackson: In early July, the New York Times ran an article that said, “The world is watching what happens at the UPS/Teamsters negotiating table because a strike would cause real problems.”

It’s true that many eyes were on the working out of an agreement between UPS, which handles roughly a quarter of packages shipped in this country, and the Teamsters, representing some 340,000 workers in this critical sector.

But it’s funny how corporate news media choose to define labor’s power in terms of destructiveness. Somehow it’s “it’d be rotten if they stopped working,” and not “they and their work are very important.”

That said, the agreement reached, the success and solidarity in getting to it—that’s very much a story worth telling. Our guest has been telling it. Teddy Ostrow reports on labor and economics. He’s host and lead producer of the podcast the Upsurge, as well as a former FAIR intern. He joins us now by phone from Brooklyn. Welcome to CounterSpin, Teddy Ostrow.

Teddy Ostrow: Pleasure to be here, Janine.

JJ: Part of the loss from corporate media’s general failure to report regularly and inclusively on labor is that people who haven’t been in a union or in a union family may be, frankly, unfamiliar with how things happen in contract negotiations, for example.

So I want to talk about the content of the agreement, but first of all, we’re recording on Wednesday, August 2; what should we know about the state of play right now?

TO: So there was a tentative agreement that was reached on July 25. That’s not a done deal, right? This is tentative, meaning that the workers, in a democratic fashion, are going to be voting between August 3 and August 22 about whether or not this is good enough for them.

Basically, if they vote it down, the union leadership will go back to the table and try to get something better. And if they can’t work out a deal, the strike is still potential, right? 340,000 workers, one of the largest potential strikes in decades, still really could happen.

Politico: UPS strike averted, sparing Biden another economic disaster

Politico (7/25/23)

JJ: So the headlines that sort of give you the impression that a strike has been averted, it’s true, but it really means “averted for now,” and there’s not a contract that’s signed yet, just to be clear.

TO: Yes,  we are seeing in headlines right now, some corporate media headlines are being a little bit clearer, you can see that they actually are revising the headlines; perhaps business reporters who are assigned to these stories actually understand what’s going on.

But yeah, this is not a done deal. Nothing was averted, prevented, headed off quite yet, and we can talk about some of the issues of that framing in itself. But yeah, this is not over yet. We are still waiting on the democratic process of voting on this.

JJ: I do believe that people are learning that strikes and labor actions are not only about higher pay—though that is often central—but people can see the economy shifting, they know that more things are being bought online and delivered; it’s even sort of culturally acknowledged, you know, “Get to know your UPS person.” So what were the central issues in dispute here?

TO: One of the main issues certainly was pay, but in particular for the part-time workforce at UPS, which comprised 60% of the Teamsters who work at UPS. And these folks are making as low as $15.50 an hour, which is completely unlivable, and a lot of these people were living in poverty.

But beyond even just the economics, we’re looking at the case of forced and excessive overtime really making people’s lives harder, working up to 14 hours a day, up to six days a week, in the case of package delivery car drivers.

Labor Notes: In Heat and Smoke, Workers Fight Negligent Bosses

Labor Notes (7/12/23)

And we’re also talking about the real, serious risks of even death and heat stroke and other weather-related hazards in the warehouse, in the package car, as we’re dealing with the climate crisis.

And there’s a number of other issues, and in this TA, it does seem like the Teamsters have made a number of gains. It’s up to the membership to decide whether those gains are sufficient. There is certainly devil-in-the-details in certain cases, and some folks are speaking up and saying, “We’re going to vote no,” “We’re going to vote yes.” We’ll have to wait and see.

But the story here is that workers fought really hard over the past year, 340,000 Teamsters at this company. They, for the past year, have been doing a contract campaign, which is really just about making sure that the membership is educated, making sure that they are organized and mobilized and building a credible strike threat.

And that’s the narrative here. It’s not that anything was averted, that the economy was saved, but that workers fought and they won. And perhaps the workers will decide that they could have fought and won for more.

But all of the news we’ve been seeing about practice picket lines, about rallies, about educating the workforce: This is why the workers have achieved what they have so far, and whether it’s part-time pay, whether it’s gaining air conditioning in the delivery car, whether it’s tamping down on some of that forced overtime, workers fought and they certainly did win.

FAIR: UPS Workers Might Revitalize Labor—if Corporate Media Skip the Script

FAIR.org (4/13/22)

JJ: We know that you are a media observer, and understand the importance of press coverage, here as elsewhere. You’ve started to tip it, but what have you made of the reporting of, first of all, the circumstances and conditions that led to the action and the forces involved, but then of the goings on themselves: What stands out for you?

TO: Well, of course we’re seeing most media jump on the story at the 11th hour. So there wasn’t a lot of work done necessarily to explain the history leading up to this, the struggles for years of these workers, and the organizing done to make sure that there was a credible strike threat, and that the workers could win concessions from the company.

But what we’re looking at is this sort of sigh of relief coming from media that the strike has been averted, it’s been prevented, this looming strike that would’ve crippled or devastated the economy—that is stripped of context. It’s almost like an asteroid decided to not hit the Earth, right? We’re seeing a lot of peddling in catastrophism.

And what this does is it sort of invokes “the economy.” That’s what we’ve been hearing, “the economy” as the potential victim or victor in the case of an averted strike, which is really just framing us as the consumer, framing us as in alliance with corporations.

Truthout: Railroad Workers Slam Biden for Siding With Bosses to Avoid Strike

Truthout (12/3/22)

Because when they say “the economy,” which is what we’ve been hearing in the case of the preemptively broken rail strike last year, in this case as well, they are talking about the flow of capital. They are talking about the flow of profits.

And as the consumer audience, framed as the consumer, we’re supposed to identify with that. And we hear “the economy could be harmed,” and we’re supposed to think that I or my family or my friends will be harmed by this. We will be inconvenienced by our packages perhaps not coming on time.

And what this does, it completely overshadows the stakes for the workers, the problems that these workers have been dealing with, which include death, harassment, sickness, not being able to see your kids in the morning or at night because you are being forced to work all day, living in shelters, living on the streets because you don’t have enough money to live and pay for necessities.

It papers [over] all of that, and it overlooks that the audience the corporate media is catering to, well, they’re workers themselves! And the knowledge of the benefit of a better agreement of a potential strike is lost on corporate or on the audience of corporate media.

Because as workers, when other workers do better, when the 340,000 UPS workers get better benefits, get better pay, they have better working conditions—that can have reverberations in the effective standards in the industry. And it can also have demonstration effects that workers in other industries, all around the country, can maybe use the leverage that they have, the principal leverage against their employers, which is the threat of a strike, to get what they deserve, to get what they want.

NBC: Customers want instant gratification. Workers say it's pushing them to the brink

AP via NBC (7/31/23)

We are just seeing all of that context stripped out by this singular framing of, “Phew, the strike was averted. Good thing for consumers, good thing for corporations. And, of course, you media consumers.”

JJ: We talk about this all the time, the way that when it comes to labor actions, corporate media try to split customers or consumers and workers, as though workers weren’t consumers and consumers weren’t workers.

And AP, in this instance, ran a piece that was headlined, I tracked it through Nexis:  Hawaii, a newspaper ran it, and they headlined it, “Customers Want Instant Gratification. Workers Say It’s Pushing Them to the Brink.”

Then in Rhode Island, the headline was, “Consumer Demand for Speed and Convenience Driving Labor Unrest.” And then in Vancouver, Washington, “Labor Unrest Driven by Consumers’ Demands.”

And sometimes that’s easy for media to do, although it’s lazy and disingenuous. But with Sean O’Brien, the head of the Teamsters, and the head of UPS, Carol Tomé, both coming out saying this tentative agreement is a “win/win/win,” media can only do their worker vs. consumer shtick in a kind of counterfactual, “Well, it really would’ve been bad” sort of way. I think it complicates media’s tendency to try to square off consumers vs. workers in this case.

Teddy Ostrow (photo: Jim Naureckas)

Teddy Ostrow: “Something’s happening in the United States for workers. They’re seeing through the pleading-poverty of the corporations.”

TO: And we are seeing sort of desperate attempts to spin this, I think: “The rates are going to go up. UPS is going to lose their volumes to competition.” And it seems almost as if there’s still this reflexive framing to whatever happens in the case of a labor dispute, that the workers have somehow squeezed out the profitability, and therefore the service, of the corporation.

Thankfully, we are starting to see at least some acknowledgement. I think that things have probably changed over time, especially since UPS Teamsters obstructed the company last in 1997, where there was a pretty firm line that this is all about the inconvenience to the consumer.

But things are changing more broadly in the labor movement. I think that the corporate media have their feet to the fire, to start actually asking questions about inequality and corporate power.

We’re seeing it with the 160,000 actors out on strike. We’re seeing it with the 11,000 writers. LA seems to be a real powerhouse right now for the labor movement.

But more broadly, the story here they’re trying to bend themselves not to exactly tell, but are being forced to tell, is that something’s happening in the United States for workers. They’re seeing through the pleading-poverty of the corporations, whether it’s UPS or the AMPTP in Hollywood, and they’re saying, “Look, we deserve more.” And they’re starting to see unions, they’re starting to see collective action, as the avenue to take back what they create. Workers create wealth, and they are starting to recognize that.

So corporate media, as they did in 1997, temporarily, they’re starting to sort of bend to that. And we are seeing more labor reporters, for example, but even in the regular press, acknowledgement that a tentative deal, whether it’s this one or the next one, is going to raise the standard. And it is a part of a larger movement that we’re seeing that is hopefully resurgent, and is going to help working people for years to come.

JJ: All right then, let’s end on that note. We’ve been speaking with reporter Teddy Ostrow, from the podcast the Upsurge. Thank you so much, Teddy Ostrow, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

TO: Thanks for having me, Janine.

 

 

The post ‘The Narrative Here Is That Workers Fought and They Won’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/10/the-narrative-here-is-that-workers-fought-and-they-won-counterspin-interview-with-teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement/feed/ 0 418279
Teddy Ostrow on UPS/Teamsters Agreement, Matthew Cunningham-Cook on GOP Climate Sabotage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/04/teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/04/teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/#respond Fri, 04 Aug 2023 15:25:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034686 Elite media are deeply accustomed to calling any union action a harm, and any company acknowledgment of workers’ value a concession.

The post Teddy Ostrow on UPS/Teamsters Agreement, Matthew Cunningham-Cook on GOP Climate Sabotage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230804.mp3

 

WaPo: UPS and Teamsters reach agreement, averting Aug. 1 strike

Washington Post (7/25/23)

This week on CounterSpin: As contract negotiations went on between UPS and the Teamsters, against a backdrop of a country ever more reliant on package deliveries and the people who deliver them, the New York Times offered readers a lesson in almost-but-not-quite subtext, with a piece that included the priceless line: “By earning solid profits with a largely unionized workforce, UPS has proved that opposing unions isn’t the only path to financial success.” The tentative agreement that both the union and the company are calling a “win win win” presents a bit of a block for elite media, so deeply accustomed to calling any union action a harm, and any company acknowledgment of workers’ value a concession.

Teddy Ostrow will bring us up to speed on Teamsters and UPS. He reports on labor and economic issues, and is host and lead producer of the podcast the Upsurge.

      CounterSpin230804Ostrow.mp3

 

Lever: Amid Heat Wave, GOP Adds Climate Denial To Spending Bills

Lever (7/25/23)

Also on the show: Despite how it may feel, there’s no need for competition: You can be terribly worried about the devastating, galloping effects of climate disruption, and also be terribly confused and disturbed by the stubborn unwillingness of elected officials to react appropriately in the face of it. What are the obstacles between the global public’s dire needs, articulated wants, desperate demands—and the actual actions of so-called leaders supposedly positioned to represent and enforce those needs, wants and demands? Wouldn’t a free press in a democratic society be the place where we would see that conflict explained?

Independent media have always tried to step into the space abandoned by corporate media; the job only gets more critical. Matthew Cunningham-Cook covers a range of issues for the Lever, which has the piece we’ll be talking about: “The GOP Is Quietly Adding Climate Denial to Government Spending Bills.”

      CounterSpin230804Cunningham-Cook.mp3

 

The post Teddy Ostrow on UPS/Teamsters Agreement, Matthew Cunningham-Cook on GOP Climate Sabotage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/04/teddy-ostrow-on-ups-teamsters-agreement-matthew-cunningham-cook-on-gop-climate-sabotage/feed/ 0 417040
‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ – CounterSpin interview with Dave Zirin on NYT’s vanishing sports section https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/#respond Wed, 02 Aug 2023 20:12:40 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034670 "When you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important.... It's not all fun and games."

The post ‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed The Nation‘s Dave Zirin about the elimination of the New York Times‘ sports section for the July 28, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin3230728Zirin.mp3

 

NYT: Why The Athletic Wants to Pillage Newspapers

New York Times (10/23/17)

Janine Jackson: Earlier this month, the New York Times made an announcement: The paper has a plan, they said, to “become a global leader in sports journalism.” Weirdly, the statement accompanied the news that the Times is shutting down its sports page. Times sports coverage is now in the hands of something called the Athletic, a sports website and app that the Times purchased a year and a half ago.

Athletic co-founder Alex Mather explained his outfit’s aspirations in a 2017 interview with, as it happens, the New York Times:

We will wait every local paper out and let them continuously bleed until we are the last one standing. We will suck them dry of their best talent at every moment. We will make business extremely difficult for them.

An Athletic editor tweeted a week or so ago, “Don’t be fooled by the cranky ‘sports journalism is dying’ tweets. The future has never been brighter.” The future of what, exactly, you might ask.

Dave Zirin is sports editor at The Nation as well as host of the Edge of Sports podcast. He’s author of a number of books, most recently The Kaepernick Effect: Taking a Knee, Changing the World, and he’s a writer/producer of the new documentary Behind the Shield: The Power and Politics of the NFL. He joins us now by phone from Takoma Park, Maryland. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Dave Zirin.

Dave Zirin: Oh, it’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Nation: The End of the New York Times Sports Page Is a Tragedy

The Nation (7/14/23)

JJ: Let me ask you, I guess, to start with what you see being lost. Not everything is worth preserving, of course, and not everything new is bad, but this decision represents more than, well, you might want to look somewhere else for box scores, yeah?

DZ: Yeah. I mean, we’ve been losing local coverage all over the country in the world of sports. Now, what does that mean? It doesn’t just mean that your local high school doesn’t get the attention it deserves, although, frankly, that is something.

It also means that all of the local scandals that invariably arrive through sports, whether it’s the public funding of stadiums and all the skullduggery that goes on with that, whether it’s the cozy relationships between political officials and team owners, whether it’s bad behavior by players in a public setting that in some way, shape or form endangers the public: All of these things are a product of local reporting, in terms of informing the public who these people are that we’re cheering for and what these teams represent that we’re cheering for.

The ascension of the Athletic is the negation of that kind of local sports coverage. It’s basically, even though it has a lot of talented reporters, many of whom are my colleagues and friends, a hedge fund posing as a sports operation that aims to hurt local sports pages all over the country.

And the issue here: It’s not just about the quality of the New York Times sports page historically, it’s not just about its Pulitzer Prizes and assorted awards or names that I grew up with, the Dave Andersons, the Harvey Aratons, the Red Smiths, for goodness’ sake, the Bob Lipsytes, these legendary names—Selena Roberts, Sonja Steptoe. It’s not just about that.

It’s the fact that it’s the industry leader, the New York Times, it really signals how dire the situation is nationally.

JJ: And it sounds like there’s things to know, you’ve started to tell us, that we need to know about the Athletic in particular, and the kind of rules by which they run their operation.

DZ: Yeah, it’s a union-busting operation, and it’s about presenting itself as a possibility for outsourcing for your local media baron that is having union troubles. We just saw this in the New York Times, where the New York Times workers, they stood together strong. The journalists stood together. I believe it was a one-day strike. Correct me if I’m wrong.

JJ: I believe so.

Dave Zirin

Dave Zirin: “When you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important…. It’s not all fun and games.”

DZ: And what it did was, it put the Sulzbergers and company back on their heels. What do they do in response to that? Oh gee, by sheer coincidence, hey, we’re shutting down a section of the newspaper, of course populated by Guild workers, union workers, and we’re replacing it with this non-union operation that, frankly, we’re already paying for. And we’re going to put it under the guise of, as Sulzberger said, this is going to make us the leader in sports.

So these people live in Bizarro World, the Superman world where everything is opposite. So they say, “Hey, we’re going to have the best sports coverage in the world.” After you fire or reassign all your sports reporters? That’s how you make the step to have the best sports coverage in the world?

But no, they’ll say, we have the Athletic, it’s a national operation. But as I said earlier, especially when you’re talking about the city of New York, when you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important, because of the corruption so endemic to the business of organized sports. It’s not all fun and games.

JJ: Some of the conversation makes it seem as though people really just were looking for scores from last night’s games. If that’s all you think sports coverage is, well then maybe nothing’s being lost. But that isn’t what it can be, and that isn’t what it is at its best.

And then another thing that was noted in this 2017 New York Times piece, and it’s been noted elsewhere—I like the way it was described, so I’ll use that quote: “They don’t hew to traditional, they would say antiquated, norms” about editorial independence. They have deals with teams, they have ties to gambling apps, and that’s out of the same mouth that they’re talking about quality journalism.

DZ: Amazing. And the infestation of the gambling apps, which I have described on other occasions, is really nothing more than a regressive tax on sports fans, and preying on addiction issues that exist in the general populace, for the broader purpose of further filling the coffers of organized sports. I mean, this has been an economic boom for organized sports.

And it’s the similar mentality of the hedge fund that is really running the Athletic, it’s the hedge fund mentality that says, where is profit to be found? It’s not to be found in creating, it’s not to be found in jobs. Profit is to be found by picking the meat off the bones of what’s left. It’s declinism writ large.

So to fund the gambling that’s done by fans, which further funds sports, which makes the players and particularly ownership that much richer—like I said, a regressive tax—but yet one that goes into the pockets of ownership, not like the lottery, where it goes to state funding for schools or whatever. I mean, it’s like a privately run lottery system, and I mean, frankly, betting is basically a lottery system, as some of us have found out the hard way.

But the second part of that, too, is the connection with the teams themselves, the foregoing of editorial independence, has created—I mean, this is a crisis in sports journalism.

Daily Northwestern: Former NU football player details hazing allegations after coach suspension

Daily Northwestern (7/8/23)

And the quote you read by an editor at the Athletic named Stewart Mandel, about people like myself, “stop bellyaching and crying about the state of sports journalism”—he was using as an example the very inspiring story of the Northwestern sports journalists at Northwestern University.

They uncovered this terrible scandal involving hazing and brutality on the football team. It caused the head coach, who’d been there forever, to get fired. And so he’s saying, “look, sports journalism’s alive and well; look at the Northwestern paper.” But where are these people supposed to work? And how are they supposed to do similar journalism, even if they are lucky enough to get a job, if they work for somewhere like the Athletic that quashes their story?

And even if the Athletic wouldn’t spike a story like this, let’s be honest, anybody who’s worked in mainstream media will agree with what I’m about to say: There is something called the “invisible censor” in every mainstream newsroom, where sometimes you don’t need an editor to spike a story, but you just know, whoa, if I run afoul of the Northwestern football team, then that could somehow affect my prospects, because of the Athletic’s relationship with that powerful institution.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, of course, we at FAIR, and on this show, talk constantly about the conflicts between journalism as a public service and media as a business. This is an attenuation of that, hyped-up evidence of that.

But I always say, can we at least not fall for the same BS again and again? “If you let us merge, we’ll do double the good reporting. Bigness and market dominance is going to lead to quality.” You’ve said it really already, but this is codswallop, this argument.

DZ: It is codswallop. That’s a word I’m going to use in the near future. Thank you.

The part, though, that I want to accentuate before we finish up is something that you just said that I think is so important, which is this conflict between commerce and principled reporting exists in every newsroom, you have to say, under the umbrella of the mainstream media, of course.

And yet, at the very least, in the New York Times sports section case, it was a conflict. This feels so much more like a surrender.

JJ: All right, I’m going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Dave Zirin, sports editor at The Nation. You can find his piece, “The End of the New York Times Sports Page Is a Tragedy,” online at TheNation.com. Dave Zirin, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

DZ: Thank you for having me. I really support and respect the work that you do.

 

The post ‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/feed/ 0 416509
‘People Have to Be Able to Access the Asylum Process, Regardless of Manner of Entry’ – CounterSpin interview with Melissa Crow on asylum restrictions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/people-have-to-be-able-to-access-the-asylum-process-regardless-of-manner-of-entry-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/people-have-to-be-able-to-access-the-asylum-process-regardless-of-manner-of-entry-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions/#respond Wed, 02 Aug 2023 15:15:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034654 "It doesn't matter if you come in at a port of entry or between ports of entry, you are still entitled to apply for asylum in this country."

The post ‘People Have to Be Able to Access the Asylum Process, Regardless of Manner of Entry’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies‘ Melissa Crow about the Biden administration’s asylum restrictions for the July 28, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin3230728Crow.mp3

 

CBS: Judge rejects U.S. asylum restrictions, jeopardizing Biden policy aimed at deterring illegal border crossings

CBS News (7/26/23)

Janine Jackson: A typical headline, this one from CBS News, reads, “Judge Rejects US Asylum Restrictions, Jeopardizing Biden Policy Aimed at Deterring Illegal Border Crossings.” So something is “jeopardized” that was aimed at “deterring” something “illegal.” CBS Morning News announced that a federal judge

blocked a new Biden administration policy aimed at reducing illegal crossings at the US/Mexico border. The policy took effect in May and it seemed to be working. In June, the number of crossings plummeted.

Whether the goal is “deterring” or “reducing” may shift your vision a bit of what a policy “working” entails, though the unexamined nature of the word “illegal” remains constant.

And CNN echoed many others in labeling the ruling, most importantly, a “major blow” to the Biden administration.

What does the ruling from a California Northern District Court say, and what lives—besides Biden’s political one—are at stake? We’re joined now by Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Melissa Crow.

Melissa Crow: Thanks so much, Janine.

JJ: What policy is it that the district court judge ruled unlawful, and where did that policy come from?

MC: It is a rule promulgated by the Biden administration that is inaccurately termed “Circumvention of Lawful Pathways.” The rule essentially makes people ineligible for asylum if they transited through a third country on their way to the United States, unless they did one of three things: They applied for and were denied protection in a country of transit; unless they applied for and obtained parole under a certain DHS-designated program; or unless they obtained an appointment through the CBP One mobile app to present at a port of entry at a particular time.

There are some very narrow exceptions, but they generally don’t apply in practice.

Judge Jon S. Tigar

US District Court Judge Jon S. Tigar

JJ: So District Court Judge [Jon] Tigar ruled that that was unlawful, and on what grounds did he make that ruling?

MC: On three separate grounds. First, the judge found that the rule is contrary to law, for pretty much the same reason that both the District Court and the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals found that prior Trump-era restrictions that were very similar were also illegal.

The Immigration and Nationality Act provides that anyone who enters the United States, regardless of their immigration status and regardless of their manner of entry, should be able to apply for asylum. This rule flies in the face of that protection.

The second ground is that the rule is arbitrary and capricious. Essentially, Judge Tigar saw through the government’s smokescreen of all of these so-called lawful pathways, and he himself in the decision noted a number of situations where people wouldn’t be eligible for any of the alleged pathways that the rule supposedly provides.

And then the CBP One appointment requirement, it is just a condition that the Immigration and Nationality Act doesn’t include, and Congress never envisioned this kind of a barrier to applying for asylum in the US.

The third basis on which the judge found it to be illegal is that the government failed to comply with the required notice and comment procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act. They only provided 30 days for comment, as opposed to the usual 60 days.

And it’s a really complicated rule. I can vouch for the fact that many advocates didn’t sleep much during those 30 days, and certainly would’ve done an even more comprehensive job in commenting on the flaws in the rule if they’d had more time.

JJ: That’s very interesting. It’s almost as though it was kind of being pushed through.

CNN said, without elaboration, “Administration officials have rejected the comparison to Trump-era rules.” That’s true as a sentence; they have rejected those comparisons. But it sounds like, hmm, that doesn’t necessarily square with reality. There is a lot of similarity here.

MC: There is absolutely a lot of similarity. We’ve referred to it in the past as a mashup of the Trump-era entry ban and transit ban on asylum.

JJ: Let me just ask you, it sounds like you’ve answered it, but maybe just to tease it out: The phrase “illegal crossing” appears in every story. We’re trying to deter, we’re trying to reduce, we’re trying to curb “illegal crossings.” Is that a useful phrase?

Melissa Crow

Melissa Crow: “It doesn’t matter if you come in at a port of entry or between ports of entry, you are still entitled to apply for asylum in this country.”

MC: It is not a useful phrase. As I said, Section 1158 of the Immigration and Nationality Act provides a right to apply for asylum, regardless of an individual’s manner of entry. And that is why the initial Trump-era entry ban, and the entry ban implicit in this rule, are in violation of law. It doesn’t matter if you come in at a port of entry or between ports of entry, you are still entitled to apply for asylum in this country.

JJ: I wonder where Texas Republican Congressman Tony Gonzales got the factoid that he tossed off on Face the Nation, saying that, “Right now, nine out of ten people that come over illegally do not qualify for asylum.”

In context, he was saying that Texas troopers pushing children back into the Rio Grande is very terrible, but in general, attention there is sort of barking up the wrong tree, and we really ought to be talking about something else. But where does he get that nine out of ten number?

MC: I honestly don’t know where he gets that nine out of ten number. I’d be very curious to know. And I would emphasize that the asylum process is supposed to be based on case-by-case adjudication. So either an asylum office or an immigration judge would need to listen to the facts of the case of any of those children, or anyone else who’s seeking asylum in this country, before they can decide if the claim is meritorious.

JJ: Reporting evinces nowadays an implicit acceptance of the goal of border management, keeping things “under control,” keeping immigrants’ efforts to enter from “surging.” The way we’re to understand that the US is doing things right is if there are just fewer people trying to enter. It seems that a goal that we didn’t necessarily buy into is now implicitly in the background of everything we read and hear.

MC: That is not what the Immigration and Nationality Act says, and we seem to be prioritizing efficiency over the law, quite frankly.

JJ: You have suggested that instead of defending this policy, and it looks like the administration is going to appeal this ruling, the administration should instead be taking steps towards a fair and humane process. What would be some of the key elements of that fair and humane asylum process?

MC: It should of course be premised on case-by-case adjudication, as we just discussed, but it has to comply with the law. People have to be able to access the asylum process, regardless of manner of entry, regardless of status.

And one thing that I would note is that we know that the Department of Homeland Security can reallocate resources when they need to. We saw it in the family detention context—which was also illegal, I would argue. But we saw facilities where the government housed families pop up almost overnight.

We see it when they send more asylum officers to the border, or more immigration judges are assigned to hear border cases. Customs and Border Protection is one of the most well-resourced law enforcement agencies in the country. And if they want to process more asylum seekers at the border, they absolutely have the ability and the capacity to do that.

So I think a critical piece of good border policy has to be reallocation of resources in a way that enables them to comply with the law.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies. Thank you so much, Melissa Crow, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MC: Thanks so much for your interest in these critical issues.

 

The post ‘People Have to Be Able to Access the Asylum Process, Regardless of Manner of Entry’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/people-have-to-be-able-to-access-the-asylum-process-regardless-of-manner-of-entry-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions/feed/ 0 416392
Melissa Crow on Asylum Restrictions, Dave Zirin on NYT’s Vanishing Sports Section https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/#respond Fri, 28 Jul 2023 15:07:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034588 Advocates have long declared that Biden’s asylum restrictions are not just harmful but unlawful. And a federal judge has just agreed.

The post Melissa Crow on Asylum Restrictions, Dave Zirin on NYT’s Vanishing Sports Section appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230728.mp3

 

Razor wire deployed by Texas in the Rio Grande to injure migrants

Houston Chronicle (7/11/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Listeners may have heard that Texas Gov. Greg Abbott installed barrels wrapped in razor wire in some parts of the Rio Grande to block migrants from crossing and harm those that try. As revealed by the Houston Chronicle, Texas troopers have been ordered to push people back into the river, and to deny them water. The cruelty is obvious; the Department of Justice is talking about suing.

But there are other ways for immigration policy to be inhumane. Advocates have long declared that Biden’s asylum restrictions (which look a lot like Trump’s asylum restrictions) are not just harmful but unlawful. And a federal judge has just agreed. We learn about that from a participant in the case, Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies.

      CounterSpin230728Crow.mp3

 

NYT: Why The Athletic Wants to Pillage Newspapers

New York Times (10/23/17)

Also on the show: In October 2017, the New York Times ran a story headlined “Why the Athletic Wants to Pillage Newspapers,” that began, “By the time you finish reading this article, the upstart sports news outlet called the Athletic probably will have hired another well-known sportswriter from your local newspaper.” In January 2022, the Times bought the Athletic for $550 million, saying that “as a stand-alone product…the Athletic is a great complement to the Times.”

It’s now July 2023, and the New York Times has announced it’s shutting down its sports desk, outsourcing that reporting to…the Athletic. Dave Zirin joins us to talk about that; he’s sports editor at The Nation, host of the Edge of Sports podcast, and author of many books, including A People’s History of Sports in the United States.

      CounterSpin230728Zirin.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at some recent press coverage of Europe’s economy.

      CounterSpin230728Banter.mp3

 

 

The post Melissa Crow on Asylum Restrictions, Dave Zirin on NYT’s Vanishing Sports Section appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/28/melissa-crow-on-asylum-restrictions-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/feed/ 0 415387
‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ – CounterSpin interview with Kevin Minofu on Say Her Name https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/#respond Wed, 26 Jul 2023 15:54:37 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034540 "Not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help."

The post ‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed the African American Policy Forum’s Kevin Minofu about Say Her Name for the July 21, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230721Minofu.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Like most powerful exercises, it’s a simple one. Professor and legal scholar Kimberlé Crenshaw asks audience members to stand as she lists names of Black people killed by law enforcement in this country, and to sit when they hear a name that they don’t recognize.

#SayHerName Black Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence by Kimberlé Crenshaw

(Haymarket Books, 2023)

For Eric Garner, George Floyd, Michael Brown, most of the crowd—whatever crowd it is, students, academics, the general public—stay standing. But when it gets to Sandra Bland, Atatiana Jefferson, it thins and thins.  And by the time it gets to Rekia Boyd and Michelle Cusseaux, generally everyone is seated.

Is that because Black women’s deaths via the same state-sanctioned violence that kills Black boys and men are less compelling? Are the victims less worthy? Or do they somehow not matter?

It’s hard to tease out and to talk about what’s happening. But if we genuinely want to address racist police violence, and bring all of us into the imagined future, we have to have the conversation.

The Say Her Name project from the African American Policy Forum, on whose board I serve, has worked to lift up the names of women, trans women and girls killed by law enforcement on and off duty, and to talk about how their murders are the same as, and different from, police murders of Black men and boys.

That project is now reflected in a book, Say Her Name: Black Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence, out this week from Haymarket Books.

Joining us now is Kevin Minofu, senior researcher and writing fellow at the African American Policy Forum. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Kevin Minofu.

Kevin Minofu: Hi, Janine. It’s a pleasure to be on. I’m very grateful for you making the time and, yeah, great to be on the show.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, as you and I both know, the Say Her Name project encompasses activism, art, research and writing, and support for families. But the heart of it, the radiating center, is still this really simple thing: “Say her name.” Why is that so meaningful?

KM: I think in describing that, it’s kind of useful to go back to the origins of the movement, because people are always interested in how it developed. People have probably heard about it, but oftentimes may be confused about its history.

Atlantic: They Shouted 'I Can't Breathe'

Atlantic (12/4/14)

And so Say Her Name developed around December 2014, during the protests that were ignited in New York City after the acquittal of the police officer who had killed Eric Garner, at the march where thousands of protesters from across the country of all ages and all races joined together and were standing up against police violence against Black people, and mentioning the names of men who had been killed by police violence.

In the context of that protest, the African American Policy Forum were, at the protest, trying to uplift the names of women who had been killed by police violence. And so in the process of being part of that activity, we were saying the names of these women, saying their names out loud, and looking at the looks of lack of recognition, of confusion, from the other participants at this protest.

And I think that was emblematic of the erasure of these stories, and the ways in which by saying the names of these women, we were speaking them into existence in people’s minds, into people’s memories, and making them understand a problem that up until then they hadn’t been able to see.

JJ: There’s a thing that we talk about, the loss of the loss, which is, there’s a horror that happens, obviously, when somebody is killed by police, and where you understand that it’s emblematic of the worthlessness of Black lives, in terms of law enforcement in this country.

But when it’s a Black woman or a trans woman or a girl, and then it doesn’t get acknowledged, there’s a deeper level of loss there. And that’s kind of what this project is about.

Kevin Minofu of African American Policy Forum

Kevin Minofu: “Not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help.”

KM: Exactly. As we’ve always described it, there’s the immense loss of what it means for a person to lose a daughter, a mother, a sister, a friend, in their families. These are women who all had incredibly full lives, lots of them had children, were all loved by family members and their communities. So there’s that loss that everyone who’s been through grief or has lost someone unexpectedly will suffer.

And I think that loss is exacerbated by the fact that these are women who are killed by the same institutions that are designed to protect them. So the police officers that we entrust with the safety of our communities and in our neighborhoods and in our cities are the people who are responsible for taking away these lives.

And then once we understand that loss, there’s the secondary loss that the family members are burdened with, which is the loss of their loss. Their loss is not legible to people. People don’t recognize that this is something which is a tragedy. People don’t recognize that that’s something which is a problem.

People don’t recognize the injustice of being killed if you are, in the case of one of the women, Miriam Carey, who was killed while driving with her 18-month-old child by the Secret Service in front of the White House. If you were killed like India Kager, who was also driving with her son in Virginia Beach, and killed in a hail of bullets. If you were killed in the context of your own home, over what was an outstanding traffic violation, like Korryn Gaines.

So an inability for the general public to see the horror of these deaths, and the loss that those deaths mean for the family members that survive, is what we like to term the loss of the loss, and why this book is such a big intervention to try and publicize and get that loss into the public’s attention.

JJ: And to inform the conversation about state-sanctioned police violence against Black people.

But I just want to say, let me just intercede early: I want us to dispense early with the idea that Say Her Name is somehow an invidious project. And I think some listeners might be surprised to hear, but we know that this project has been met with the idea that if you are uplifting the names of Black women and girls who have been killed by police, that somehow that means you don’t think it matters that Black men and boys have been killed by police.

LA Times: Black women are the unseen victims of police brutality. Why aren’t we talking about it?

LA Times (7/21/23)

But I will say, having done a lot of looking into media coverage of the issue, very early on, we absolutely saw the question of state-sanctioned police violence as a question about police killing Black men and boys.

And to the extent that women were in the conversation, they were mothers and wives and sisters of Black men who were the victims of state violence. And so let’s just address the fact that this is not about saying that Black men and boys are not also [affected].

KM: I think that’s a very vital thing to add. Thanks for making that, Janine, because the whole impetus of this campaign is stating that we need to expand the scope of our politics, not just replace the names that we include. So we’re not just replacing Black women and Black men in the conversation, but understanding that we need to have a gender-inclusive understanding of police violence.

So of course we know that, across racial groups, that men are killed more often, Black men are killed more than any other race and gender group. But we do know that Black women represent about 10% of the female population in the United States, yet account for one-fifth of all women killed by the police. And more so, research suggests that three out of five Black women who are killed by police are unarmed.

So there’s a particular vulnerability to being a Black woman that exacerbates the chance of being in a deadly and a lethal police encounter that other women don’t face, and even a lot of men don’t face as well.

So being able to speak about that is able to make us understand how we should be able to hold the death of George Floyd in conversation with the death of Breonna Taylor, which happened only a couple months before George Floyd was killed. So that is the point and impetus of our project.

JJ: And also, a problem that is not named is not studied, is not addressed, and then it’s easier for people to say it’s not really a problem, because we don’t have any data on it. So part of this is just to actually collect some numbers and to say this is happening.

AAPF: Say Her Name: Towards aGender-Inclusiv Analysis of Rac e Violenceusive acializedowards a ender-Inclusive nalysis of Racialized tate ViolenceTowards a Gender-Inclusive Analysis of Racialized State Violence

AAPF (7/15)

KM: Absolutely. The kind of driving mantra of our work, and our broader work of the Policy Forum, is that we can’t fix the problem that we can’t see, that we can’t name.

And so maybe to give a bit of background, this book is building on work that we did in 2015, which was the inception of our Say Her Name report.

The Say Her Name report then looked at the ways in which Black women were killed. So, for example, driving while Black is something that we have a context for and understanding for, from looking at the history of how people commonly understand police violence.

But looking at, for example, how often Black women who are in a mental health crisis are killed, that expanded the scope of how we understood police violence, because not a lot of people would understand that Black women are often killed by the police when they actually ask for help.

So giving ourselves these frames for understanding the ways in which this problem occurs, both gave us a comparison to link it back to the ways in which we commonly understand it, and also expanded the scope for how we want to respond to the crisis.

JJ: Yeah, absolutely. There is a narrative, which maybe some listeners are not privy to or don’t understand, but there is a dominant narrative in which Black men who are killed by police are victims of state violence, but Black women who are killed, eh, what did they do to get themselves killed?

And so introducing both the mental health vector, but just, there’s meaning in saying that it’s both the same—racist police violence is similar—and then there are also distinctions. And if we don’t pay attention to them, then we can’t address them.

News 5: 'Tanisha's Law' Steps Closer to Reality

News 5 Cleveland (11/11/22)

KM: I think part of that work has been, there’s a policy intervention that is required, of course, there’s legislation both across the country and in certain states that needs to be effected to change this, but a big part of this is also just a narrative shift.

So it’s how the media report on the ways in which Black women are killed, or decline to report on them at all. And I think the Breonna Taylor example is indicative of that. The fact that Breonna Taylor was killed in March, and very little was made of the fact at the time, on a national scale, and then a few months later, that’s when her name joined that conversation.

The fact that Tanisha Anderson was killed only a few days before Tamir Rice was killed by the same police department.

The ways in which the media can, frankly, just do their job better, to make sure that we have a more capacious and broader frame of police violence, and are able to tell the stories of these women in a way that doesn’t show deference to the narratives that emanate from police sources, and shows the full beauty of their lives.

JJ: So important. To come back to the book, specifically, this book is not just a book. It’s meant to be a tool. It’s not meant to just sit on a shelf.

And Fran Garrett, who is the mother of Michelle Cusseaux, who was killed by law enforcement, she talks in the book about how things are actually different based on the work around Say Her Name, and how the mental health response in her community, which happens to be Phoenix, Arizona, but now mental health wellness orders are handled differently, and it’s not necessarily law enforcement that comes first to your door.

So the book is a way of also encouraging action. It’s not just documentation of sad things; it’s about how to make things different.

Say Her Name (Hell You Talmbout)

YouTube (9/24/21)

KM: Absolutely. At the heart of the book—and I would encourage all your listeners to go out and get it at a bookstore near you, and online—at the heart of the book is the Say Her Name Mothers Network. The Say Her Name Mothers Network was formed not long after the inception of the Say Her Name movement, and it represents mothers, daughters, sisters, family members who have lost women to police violence.

And that community has existed, and has existed as a source of advocacy, a source of community. It’s connected them to women across the country, from Virginia to California, from New York to Texas.

It shows that there is a community out there, and through this community, and then particularly through storytelling, artivism, using art to disrupt popular narratives, we released a song with Janelle Monáe, who also wrote the forward for the book, called “Say Her Name (Hell You Talmbout).”

And that’s designed to just—all of these narrative interventions are the seeds for what becomes policy and actually becomes change. It’s a historical project that Black people have been doing in this country since our arrival. And it’s the Black feminist legacy that brings this book into fruition.

JJ: And then, just on media, I think some listeners might think, well, media are covering police violence against Black women, and what they might be thinking about is these terrible, wrenching videos, or these just horrible images of Black women being abused by law enforcement.

And we want to be careful about this, because I think for a lot of people, that might look like witnessing, that might look like seeing what’s happening, but that can’t be the end of the story.

And certainly for journalists, the responsibility of reporters—but also for all of us—is to not just look at it, but to do something about it. And I wonder if you were talking to reporters or thinking about journalism generally, what would be your thoughts about what would be actually righteous response to what’s happening?

Salon: She was guilty of being a black girl: The mundane terror of police violence in American schools

Salon (10/28/15)

KM: Yeah, absolutely. I think that, of course, we live in an age of spectacle, and there is still a great spectacle to Black suffering. And the visibility of that, that has increased with the internet and social media, has been important in being able to document abuses and violence across the country.

But the story can’t end there. It can’t end there, just that particular moment. If this was a camera shot, the camera needs to be expanded to look at the dynamics of the communities, the relationship between police forces and these communities, and the patriarchal relationship between the male police officers and women, the racialized relationship between a police force which has been designed to serve white interests and Black communities.

And so to do the vital work of understanding what led to that situation, what led to the Black girl being violently dragged out of a classroom, or beaten for swimming, or killed in a part of the misguided war on drugs. To understand that broader story is the vital work of journalism that we need at the moment, and the vital work that is actually going to save lives.

JJ: Do you have any final thoughts, Kevin Minofu, about this importance and the place of this intervention in the public media conversation about Say Her Name, and about police violence against Black women?

KM: The Say Her Name book, as I said, features different interviews with members of the Say Her Name Network. And so just hearing those stories and actually getting behind a news story and learning about the lives that should have been is really important for everyone to be able to contextualize and humanize the women that form part of the network and this broader movement.

And looking at the ways in which the knowledge that is being lifted up here is vital to us understanding racism, sexism, and at the same time, being cognizant of the fact that that is the precise knowledge which at the moment a backlash to what is termed wokeness across the country is attempting to erase.

I can imagine that the content of the Say Her Name book would inflame the sensitivities of various conservatives and right-wing people that are attempting to silence our ability to speak about our circumstances, because they don’t want us to change it.

So in this context of that environment, reading this book, sharing it with your communities, letting people know about the problem, letting people know that to truly respond to structural racism, to racial injustice, we have to have a gender-expansive, gender-inclusive understanding of it…. I think that’s the work, that’s the mission of Say Her Name.

And we’ve been very grateful to be supported by the public so far. We’ve seen the movement grow, but there’s still so much work to be done, and that’s the work that we’re excited to continue.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kevin Minofu, senior research and writing fellow at the African American Policy Forum. You can learn more about this work on the website AAPF.org. Thank you so much, Kevin Minofu, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KM: Thanks, Janine.

 

The post ‘We Need a Gender-Inclusive Understanding of Police Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/26/we-need-a-gender-inclusive-understanding-of-police-violence-counterspin-interview-with-kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/feed/ 0 414763
‘You Are Exacerbating the Racial Wealth Gap Through the Use of Subsidies’ – CounterSpin interview with Arlene Martínez on corporate subsidies https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/24/you-are-exacerbating-the-racial-wealth-gap-through-the-use-of-subsidies-counterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/24/you-are-exacerbating-the-racial-wealth-gap-through-the-use-of-subsidies-counterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies/#respond Mon, 24 Jul 2023 20:46:45 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034525 "The scrutiny that we give every spending dollar that seems to come out of a city budget is not at all applied in the same way to companies."

The post ‘You Are Exacerbating the Racial Wealth Gap Through the Use of Subsidies’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Good Jobs First’s Arlene Martínez about corporate subsidies for the July 14, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230714Martinez.mp3

 

Good Jobs First: Power Outrage: Will Heavily Subsidized Battery Factories Generate Substandard Jobs?

Good Jobs First (7/6/23)

Janine Jackson: Under a provision of the Inflation Reduction Act, some factories making batteries for electric vehicles will each receive more than a billion dollars per year from the US government. That’s along with some $13 billion in state and local economic development incentives that factories making electronic vehicles and batteries are slated to receive.

But as Good Jobs First calls out in their new report on the subject, called Power Outrage, there are no requirements for the jobs promised—and considered key to this deal—to be permanent jobs, or even that they provide market-based wages or benefits.

We have a press corps that considers it due diligence to critically examine every dime the government offers to struggling people. But huge economic subsidies to profitable corporations are a no-comment given, no matter how not needy the grantee, and no matter how opaque the process.

There’s just little sense of any need to follow up on a government, or “taxpayer,” gift to those who we are told are the doers, the makers, the job creators. This crucial but under-examined economic phenomenon is Good Jobs First’s topic all the time. And a new report, the first in a series, takes an angle on the impact of subsidies that you pretty much never hear.

Good Jobs First: How Economic Development Subsidies Transfer Public Wealth to White Men

Good Jobs First (6/12/23)

Arlene Martínez is deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First, and author of the recent report “How Economic Development Subsidies Transfer Public Wealth to White Men.” She joins us now by phone; welcome to CounterSpin, Arlene Martínez.

Arlene Martínez: Hi, thanks for having me.

JJ: We see subsidies, or what you call “mega deals,” going to folks like Amazon, companies that don’t need a lift, they don’t need community support, and they don’t give back, necessarily, when they get it.

The racial unfairness is part and parcel of that. And yet I feel like, every day, we learn how irreducible white supremacy is, how it doesn’t stir into anything else and just disappear. So what did you find, and why do you think it matters?

AM: Yeah, Good Jobs First has a subsidy tracker, which looks at economic development subsidies that have gone to companies. And we have a special category called “mega deals,” as you mentioned. And those mega deals are the biggest of those deals, anything that’s $50 million or above. So I took a look at the top 50 of those, so we’re talking all billion-dollar deals and up, very extravagant packages that go to some of the biggest well-known companies in the world.

And what we saw is that most of those companies were run by white men. And in cases when they weren’t white men, they tended to be born outside of the United States, and then there were just two women, who were also white.

So we talk a lot about this transfer of wealth, and really what you’re doing is taking a community’s very precious, limited resources and directing it towards some of the biggest, most profitable companies in the world, which isn’t what subsidies were ever meant to do in the first place; they were supposed to incentivize development that wouldn’t have otherwise taken place. And that’s just not what we’re seeing here.

So what you’re really having is, you are exacerbating this racial wealth gap through the use of subsidies. We thought we should be explicit about who the winners were.

JJ: Right. You hear, well, OK, these are big companies and they provide a lot of jobs, and a lot of those jobs might go to people of color, or to women, so we can’t help that they’re big. What about that?

Boondoggle: Amazon Warehouses Kill Jobs and Wages

Boondoggle (6/16/22)

AM: That’s one of the very popular myths, we would say, we hear quite a bit: Well, these are big companies. They produce a lot of jobs.

But the truth is, that’s not what actual research shows, which is that these companies aren’t producing any type of special, extra amount of jobs. And, in fact, a lot of times they’re just simply taking jobs from smaller companies.

I think Amazon is a great example of this. Their online presence and their warehouse workers mean that a lot of the retail jobs that used to exist have been cannibalized. So it’s really just been a transfer of jobs, in a lot of cases.

And some of those times they’ve gone from good industries to really poorly paid warehouse workers, where Black and brown workers tend to be holding the poorest-paid, most dangerous jobs.

JJ: I remember talking with Dorothy Brown about tax policy, and just saying that there’s a way that, broadly, race can be related to economic outcomes, but somehow when we’re talking about policy-making, it’s not factored in.

And she was saying that people would say, race doesn’t affect tax policy, because we don’t have any data that connects that. So what you don’t study is invisible to you, but that doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist.

And, similarly, with the case of subsidies, if you don’t think the impacts of these big subsidies are race-related, or have impact that is meaningful in terms of race, well, then, I guess you don’t see it. But that doesn’t mean those impacts don’t exist.

ProPublica: The Secret IRS Files: Trove of Never-Before-Seen Records Reveal How the Wealthiest Avoid Income Tax

ProPublica (6/8/21)

AM: That’s right. And Dorothy Brown, we had a conversation, and one of the points that I’ve heard her make is ProPublica, which has done a series of really damning, amazing reporting around some of the tax returns of some of the wealthiest people in the world, and just how much they’re avoiding paying taxes.

And one of the points she makes is, look at the list. They’re all white people, and yet ProPublica doesn’t take that extra step to say, by the way, the people who are avoiding paying taxes, who aren’t paying what everyone else is paying, are the richest people in the world, who are white. So I think she does a good job of doing that.

JJ: Calling attention to that impact, which, if you don’t see it, you don’t have to see it, but there it is.

AM: And I was a reporter before I joined Good Jobs First, and I remember one of the stories I was writing about was, there was, of course, a budget shortfall, as there often are in these local communities that we cover; I was a local reporter.

And the first thing on the chopping block really was a boxing gym and a library and a community center in a very heavily Latino neighborhood in the city. And it was, of course, disproportionately used by, well, that city’s Latino population.

And it wasn’t these other things that were being cut; police and fire were being fully funded. Those are both professions that tend to have, again, high populations of white men who occupy those positions, and are being paid some of the highest salaries in a community.

So, yes, I think there is a need, and communities benefit from, really, that conversation becoming a lot more explicit than it’s been.

JJ: Absolutely. Part of, I guess, what galls me about news media’s sort of soft, blurry attention to subsidies is, and I said it to Greg LeRoy last year, we don’t look to corporate news media first for critical examinations of corporate capitalism, but they do present themselves as watchdogs of the public interest, and especially of public spending. We hear about the “cost to taxpayers” a lot.

And so, if that’s true, I feel like minimally, the secrecy around public subsidies to companies like Amazon ought to be compelling stuff, and yet somehow they don’t get broken open often, and the impact and the follow-up on communities just doesn’t seem to be the kind of catnip to reporters that you would think it would be.

Arlene Martinez

Arlene Martinez: “The scrutiny that we give every spending dollar that seems to come out of a city budget is not at all applied in the same way to companies.”

AM: Yeah, and it’s amazing how the scrutiny that we give every spending dollar that seems to come out of a city budget is not at all applied in the same way to companies, and company behaviors and company press releases. Their word is taken at face value, and as if somehow it’s more legitimate, when they’re questioning every nickel and dime that’s coming out of a community.

I remember covering a county museum that was looking to get some money, and there was city council meeting after city council after city council meeting about whether this museum should get a million dollars over five years, or whatever the case was, whereas other communities, and we write about these a lot, they will approve a $300 million subsidy behind closed doors, with no one knowing about it. And it’s touted as a good thing for the community.

So I think there increasingly is more scrutiny on things like these subsidies, and people really are starting to question more whether this is really the best way that communities should be spending that money. But there is something interesting about the way that corporations and companies are reported on with such a trust that isn’t given to government, for example.

JJ: And I just want to say finally, Good Jobs First is very much about involving everyone in the process. And you referenced subsidy trackers that you have. They’re accessible for folks who are reporters or not reporters. You try to make data or databases available to folks who want to follow the money.

AM: Yes, we have databases that we’ve purposely made fully accessible. We don’t even ask for your email, and you can look up a company. So if a company comes to your community and says, “We need some money to expand our operations,” or to even open, you can look to see where else has this company gotten money, and what did it deliver for the money that it’s gotten in other places.

Or you can look at a company in our violation tracker and say, “What’s its record on corporate conduct?” Because we have all types of misconduct records in there to say, if the company has a long track record of cheating workers or harming the environment or cheating consumers, you can say, “Is this the kind of company that this city should be investing in?”

So yes, we do try to make these databases very accessible and easy to use. We’re trying to do the research for you, for journalists.

JJ: Right? Well, if journalists won’t use it, then the public can use it and work around the press corps. I mean, the point is to get it done, right?

AM: That’s right. That’s right. And we are thrilled that every day we get some kind of outreach, whether it’s a grassroots community group, an individual who said, “I saw this, I can’t believe what I’m seeing.” So they go to their city council, then they can question what’s going on, or whoever their official might be. And so always thrilled when we see that.

I would just add, I made this point earlier, but communities have a certain amount of money, and the money that’s being spent is precious. And there are things that actually do lift up communities, and those are excellent public schools, and they’re communities with parks that take care of their natural resources, and safe communities.

And when communities invest in those types of things, people want to live in those kinds of communities. And the companies want to be where those people are, where those workers are.

So the real wins that we see that communities do, is when they invest in those things that truly lift up people from the bottom up, rather than showering a corporation with a billion dollars and hoping somebody at the very bottom of that funnel can use it to lift themselves to a better place.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Arlene Martínez. She’s deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First, online at GoodJobsFirst.org. Arlene Martínez, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AM: Thanks for having me.

 

The post ‘You Are Exacerbating the Racial Wealth Gap Through the Use of Subsidies’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/24/you-are-exacerbating-the-racial-wealth-gap-through-the-use-of-subsidies-counterspin-interview-with-arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies/feed/ 0 414201
‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ – CounterSpin interview with Florín Nájera-Uresti on preserving journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 20:37:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034480 "There is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists."

The post ‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Free Press Action’s Florín Nájera-Uresti about preserving journalism for the July 14, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230714Martinez.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Headlines suggest the California Journalism Preservation Act is a pretty good thing: “Help Democracy by Helping Newspapers” and “What Stories Go Unreported When a Local Newspaper Fades?” evoke concern with the very real loss of local news and of journalism jobs, and the societal harms that come with that.

LA Times: Making Google and Meta pay for news they profit from

LA Times (6/7/23)

And “Making Google and Meta Pay for News They Profit From,” “Your Local Newspaper Does the Work; Big Tech Reaps the Ad Dollars,” “Meta Threatens to Pull News Posts From Facebook, Instagram if California Bill Becomes Law,” and “California Lawmakers Advance Journalism Bill, Resist Big Tech Bullying.”

Well, they all suggest that the legislation found the right enemies. So why do advocates like our guest think that it’s good news, really, that the act in its current form has been shelved for the moment?

Florín Nájera-Uresti is California campaign organizer for the advocacy group Free Press Action. She joins us now by phone from the Bay Area. Welcome to CounterSpin, Florín Nájera-Uresti.

Florín Nájera-Uresti: Thank you, Janine. Happy to be here.

JJ: Let me just ask you, what did the California Journalism Preservation Act, also known as Assembly Bill or AB886, what did it say it would do, and why is it that, at least in its current form, you don’t think it would get us there, and might even take us somewhere worse?

Florín Nájera-Uresti

Florín Nájera-Uresti: “There is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists.”

FN: So the California Journalism Preservation Act is a bill that was designed to create a mechanism that would allow news outlets to extract payments from Big Tech companies, including search engines that feature content linking to their news sites. And so there was a lot of excitement around the bill for that reason.

Unfortunately, due to the mechanism of the bill as a link tax, the intended outcome was unlikely to be achieved, and there is no guarantee that any of the money funneled through this bill would go to supporting high-quality local content and journalists.

This bill was modeled in many respects after the Federal Journalism Competition Preservation Act, which was recently reintroduced in Congress after failing to pass in the last session. The CJPA, the California version of the bill, differs from the proposed federal bill in that it creates an even more explicit link tax, where payment is based directly on the number of online impressions of links to news sites on social networks and search engines.

And because of this current approach that rewards clicks, it creates more of an incentive for the production of clickbait and low-quality journalism, in addition to altering the way the open internet works.

So the bill as drafted fails to consider the news and information needs of Californians, and instead of uplifting the production of civic information as a public good, it creates a giveaway to the bill’s most vocal proponents, which include large corporate media outlets, conglomerates. And these are the folks who have actually stopped investing in local news, and are responsible for a majority of the mass layoffs in local newsrooms.

Neiman Lab: “An immediate drop in content”: A new study shows what happens when big companies take over local news

Neiman Lab (4/20/22)

JJ: So when you say “link tax,” I think that’s something that might be a new phrase to people. That really was going to be, if a search engine or if Facebook links to a local news story, they were going to be taxed on that? I mean, is it as direct as it sounds?

FN: Yeah, that’s right. So the bill, as it was written, would essentially tax the number of impressions, or the amount of times a link is shown on social media sites and search engines.

Now, this doesn’t mean that the content of the publisher’s website is available on the social media or search engine site, but simply that it is linked to it, perhaps with a short snippet or a headline.

JJ: And then what turned up in pretty much all of the articles that I read was, with this tax—and we can talk about in a second who is going to be considered a journalistic outlet that can even get in this process—but the big selling point, as far as news coverage, was the proceeds from this tax, 70% of them, were going to be spent on “news journalists…and maintaining or enhancing the production and distribution of news or information.”

Free Press: A California Bill Would Break the Open Internet & Harm Local News

Free Press (4/23/23)

That, on its face, sounds good. And 70% sounds like a good number, but it wasn’t clear how that was going to work.

FN: Yeah, it’s exactly like you said. It seems like a very attractive point of the bill, but unfortunately, this provision that at first seems to hold publishers accountable for hiring more journalists or increasing salaries—salaries to the journalists that they already employ, actually, through regular accounting practices—could easily result in an extremely difficult way to track where these funds are spent.

Policy initiatives such as these rarely have this desired impact, because money is fungible, and it’s extremely difficult to ensure that these funds are spent according to the purpose or intent of this legislation.

JJ: I think language is so formative here. Like, bigger picture, including with the federal legislation, there’s a difference between “Let’s shore up our existing newspapers” and “Let’s meet the information needs of the community.” Obviously, there can be overlap or confluence there, but those are really two different goals, aren’t they? And they entail different processes.

FN: Exactly. That’s exactly what we’re trying to get at. What we want to uplift in our communities, and what Californians really need, is community-centered, truly local and responsive journalism, not just propping up an industry that the ad-supported market is already not supporting.

So what we want to see is the increase of this public good, and that’s where policy intervention should come in.

JJ: We often hear—and particularly with, as you know, the very imperfect work of legislative politics—we often hear not to let the perfect be the enemy of the good. Sometimes something starts out not great, but you work with it, and it gets better.

But we also know that inadequate or wrongly directed reform efforts can make it harder, then, for better ones to advance. People sort of feel like, well, we already tried that, or they just get issue fatigue.

So it seems important to say, with regard to this, that this is not just saying no to this, it’s the fact that we actually have better alternatives, right?

El Timpano: ‘We want a seat at the table’: fast food workers fight for regulations

El Tímpano (6/2/23)

FN: Absolutely. And, fortunately, in our work partnering and working with local stakeholders and community newsrooms across the state, like El Tímpano, the coalition of local newsrooms known as LION Publishers, and other individuals, including local journalists, we know that there are much better alternatives to consider.

Our work in New Jersey and elsewhere has shown us that lawmakers can pass really innovative legislation that can actually lead to more informed communities, more reporters on the ground, and sustainable, independent and community-rooted locally.

JJ: And I always think, every time I talk about fighting privatization or making something public, making institutions more public or more accountable, it’s not just an outcome—it’s a process.

And I know that this is part of what you’ve been trying to say, is that it’s not like we’re going to make something for the community and then give it to them. People have to be involved in the earliest stages of creating something, so that it is accountable.

FN: Yeah. And we are in a position where lawmakers can really listen to the concerns of local news advocates and communities that have actually suffered due to the absence of this quality coverage.

So we really hope to work with both our communities and lawmakers in this next phase of the legislative process, to make sure that these folks are heard, and that this results in well-designed policy that actually achieves the goals we’re setting out to achieve.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Florín Nájera-Uresti, California campaign organizer for Free Press Action. You can track their work online at FreePress.net. Florín Nájera-Uresti, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

FN: Thank you for having me, Janine.

 

The post ‘What Californians Really Need Is Community-Centered, Truly Local and Responsive Journalism’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/what-californians-really-need-is-community-centered-truly-local-and-responsive-journalism-counterspin-interview-with-florin-najera-uresti-on-preserving-journalism/feed/ 0 413707
Kevin Minofu on Say Her Name https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/#respond Fri, 21 Jul 2023 15:19:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034453 Say Her Name is about adding Black women to our understanding of police violence—to help make our response more meaningful and impactful.

The post Kevin Minofu on Say Her Name appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230721.mp3

 

#SayHerNameBlack Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence by Kimberlé Crenshaw

(Haymarket Books, 2023)

This week on CounterSpin: If corporate news media didn’t matter, we wouldn’t talk about them.  But elite, moneyed outlets do, of course, direct public attention to some issues and not to others, and suggest the possibility of some social responses, but not others.  It’s that context that the African American Policy Forum hopes folks will bring to their new book, based on years of research, called Say Her Name: Black Women’s Stories of Police Violence and Public Silence. It’s not, of course, about excluding Black men and boys from public conversation about police violence, but about the value of adding Black women to our understanding of the phenomenon—as a way to help make our response more meaningful and impactful. If, along the way, we highlight that ignoring the specific, intersectional meaning that policies and practices have for women who are also Black—well, that would improve journalism too. We’ll talk about Say Her Name with one of the key workers on that ongoing project, Kevin Minofu, senior research and writing fellow at African American Policy Forum.

      CounterSpin230721Minofu.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of campaign town halls.

      CounterSpin230721Banter.mp3

 

The post Kevin Minofu on Say Her Name appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/21/kevin-minofu-on-say-her-name/feed/ 0 413581
Arlene Martínez on Corporate Subsidies, Florín Nájera-Uresti on Journalism Preservation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies-florin-najera-uresti-on-journalism-preservation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies-florin-najera-uresti-on-journalism-preservation/#respond Fri, 14 Jul 2023 15:55:44 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034385 White supremacy and economic policy are completely different stories for the press, but not for the people.

The post Arlene Martínez on Corporate Subsidies, Florín Nájera-Uresti on Journalism Preservation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230714.mp3

 

Good Jobs First: Power Outrage: Will Heavily Subsidized Battery Factories Generate Substandard Jobs?

Good Jobs First (7/6/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Media talk about “the economy” as though it were an abstraction, somehow clinically removed from daily life, instead of being ingrained & entwined in every minute of it. So white supremacy and economic policy are completely different stories for the press, but not for the people. Our guest’s recent work names a simple, obvious way development incentives exacerbate racialized inequality: by transferring wealth from the public to companies led by white male executives. Arlene Martínez is deputy executive director and communications director at Good Jobs First, which has issued a trenchant new report.

      CounterSpin230714Martinez.mp3

 

Also on the show: CounterSpin listeners are well aware of the gutting of state and local journalism, connected to the corporate takeover of newspapers and their sell-off to venture—or, as some would say it, vulture—capitalists. Florín Nájera-Uresti is California campaign organizer for the advocacy group Free Press Action. We talk to her about better and worse ways to meet local news media needs.

      CounterSpin230714Najera-Uresti.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Israel/Palestine and cluster bombs.

The post Arlene Martínez on Corporate Subsidies, Florín Nájera-Uresti on Journalism Preservation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/arlene-martinez-on-corporate-subsidies-florin-najera-uresti-on-journalism-preservation/feed/ 0 411866
‘The UN’s Report Laid Bare How Little Time Was Left’ – CounterSpin interviews on climate resistance https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/the-uns-report-laid-bare-how-little-time-was-left-counterspin-interviews-on-climate-resistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/the-uns-report-laid-bare-how-little-time-was-left-counterspin-interviews-on-climate-resistance/#respond Wed, 12 Jul 2023 20:37:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034344 "This is a huge opportunity...to create an energy system that’s rooted in climate justice, that’s rooted in the realities of the changing climate,"

The post ‘The UN’s Report Laid Bare How Little Time Was Left’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The July 7, 2023, episode of CounterSpin included portions of two archival interviews Janine Jackson conducted on resisting climate disrupters. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230707KaufmanBozuwa.mp3

 

HuffPost: After Championing Greener Building Codes, Local Governments Lose Right To Vote

HuffPost (3/4/21)

Janine Jackson: We think of pipelines and coal mines as arenas of the fight over climate policy, but another battlefield, rarely in the spotlight, is buildings. Buildings account for 40% of all energy consumed in the US, and about the same proportion of greenhouse gasses produced.

There’s an obvious social gain in adapting buildings to climate realities, making them not just energy efficient, but future-proofed against predictable weather events.

Many cities were working on building codes to reflect that need, until industry groups said, “Not so fast.”

CounterSpin heard about this largely under-the-radar story in March 2021 from Alexander Kaufman, senior reporter at HuffPost and co-founder of the nonprofit environmental news collaborative Floodlight.

After explaining that the International Code Council, or ICC, is a not-especially international consortium of industry and government groups that sets baseline model codes for different buildings, Kaufman moved on to what was going on in cities like Minneapolis.

Alexander Kaufman

Alexander Kaufman: “Once the votes were tallied and it became clear that these city officials had successfully improved on the climate-readiness of the code, industry groups pushed back.”

Alexander Kaufman: Every three years, there is a vote on what is known as a “model energy code,” the International Energy Conservation Code. And this is a broad set of requirements and mandates around how thick insulation needs to be in certain zones, and what kind of windows are best to preserve energy within the building. And every year, there was a relatively low turnout of government voters who would have the final say on what made it into that model code. It was a pretty wonky topic; few governments were fully aware of their ability to participate.

And what happened is that in 2018, two things converged: Both there was this growing frustration with the fact that the last two rounds of codes had made really meager improvements on energy efficiency overall, about 1% each time, and there was the UN’s IPCC report, which really laid bare just how little time was left to dramatically slash planet-heating emissions and keep climate change within a relatively safe range.

And, as a result, you had groups like the US Conference of Mayors, and other campaign organizations that try to push a lot of sustainability policies through cities, organize their members, which include virtually every city over 30,000 residents in the US, to get together and register eligible city officials to vote in the process that took place in late 2019, which would set the codes that are set to come into effect for 2021.

And it was a huge success; they had record voter turnout. They had hundreds of new government officials voting in the process, and overwhelmingly voting for more aggressive measures to increase energy efficiency. Some of the improvements, going up from that 1% improvement the last time around, went as high as 14% for some residential buildings.

Likewise, they approved new measures that would essentially bring this entire national building code in line with what many cities across the country are already doing to prepare for a low-carbon future: requiring the circuitry for electric appliances, or electric vehicle chargers, be included automatically in buildings, because it’s much more expensive to add those things after the fact.

What ended up happening, once the votes were tallied and it became clear that these city officials had successfully improved on the climate-readiness of the code, industry groups pushed back. And those industry groups include the National Association of Home Builders, one of the largest trade groups in the country, representing developers and construction companies, and the American Gas Association, which represents gas utilities, which has a lot at stake in the potential transition away from gas heating and cooking.

They rallied, and first questioned the eligibility of the voters to cast ballots in this election at all. And when it became clear that the voters who did vote were totally eligible under the ICC’s rules, they decided instead that they wanted to stem this from ever happening again, and proposed that, instead, this code, the energy code, is put through a separate process, known as a “standards” process, whereby there is no government vote at the end. It’s done entirely through these bureaucratic channels, where there’s no risk that government voters are going to buck with what the industry is comfortable with. And this is ultimately what they succeeded in making happen.

JJ: That was reporter Alexander Kaufman recounting an at once inspiring and very frustrating story of how far fossil fuel companies will go to thwart the public will in the effort to harm public health.

***

Of course, at the root, fights over responding to the climate emergency are fights over power, and accountability, and power. Resistance includes new visions, new models of how we run energy systems.

In the fall of 2019, the word “unlivable” was being used to describe California in the midst of wildfires and power outages. Our guest, and others, saw, at the core, not just climate crisis, but a private utility system that’s not incentivized to address it.

Johanna Bozuwa, co-manager of the Climate and Energy Program at the Democracy Collaborative, filled us in on some relevant history of Pacific Gas & Electric.

Johanna Bozuwa

Johanna Bozuwa: “This is a huge opportunity…to create an energy system that’s rooted in climate justice, that’s rooted in the realities of the changing climate.”

Johanna Bozuwa: There’s a lot of history that’s here, in terms of PG&E not investing in its grid for so many years, and really putting shareholder profits ahead of the infrastructure that we now have, which has created this concept of the “new normal.” But it also doesn’t have to be. I mean, having these power shutoffs come on again and again? Governor Newsom has even said, these are incredibly not surgical. They are doing blanket shut-offs, because they’re afraid of liability.

But they’re also not providing the infrastructure that communities need to actually make it through these. So their phone lines are off, you can’t get on to their website, and there’s only a generator station for every county. And so that’s just showing that this is not just them taking precautions, this is them severely mismanaging a situation in which people are losing their power, and losing access to maybe life-sustaining medical apparatuses as well.

JJ: And you point to history. They aren’t just any utility that is being forced to deal with climate disruption; there’s more that we should know about the role they’ve played vis-à-vis climate change, isn’t there?

JB: Oh, yes, definitely. And the Energy and Policy Institute had a really important exposé. We hear a lot about “Exxon knew” and “Shell knew” on the news. But utilities knew too; they were part and parcel to the climate disinformation campaigns that have happened in the past and have sowed disinformation. And PG&E was a part of that as well.

So PG&E is not a good actor in this situation; they are the ones that were able to make money off of fossil fuels for so many years, and stopping action on climate change for years as well. And now they are paying the price, with their own infrastructure that they failed to invest in, so that it was ready for the new climate that they had, in part, given us.

JJ: Alternatives are not just possible; they are, as you write, “waiting.” So let’s talk about that. Let’s talk about the idea of public utilities.

JB: Yeah, absolutely. So I advocate that PG&E should be transitioned into public ownership, because it can eliminate some of those warped incentives that are associated with monopoly, investor-owned utilities that operate our energy systems. And we can move towards a situation in which a public good is provided by a public service. So by moving to a public institution, we are going to have, hopefully, a more accountable utility, whose shareholders and stockholders are us. It is the people who are living in California, and not the shareholders who are hundreds of miles away.

You talk a lot about the media; it’s been really interesting for me to look at some of the coverage that’s been happening around the investors that are circling PG&E right now. They’re saying, “Oh, we’ll take it over,” these venture capitalists like Paul Singer, who has been in bed with the Koch brothers for years, investing in anti-climate sentiments. And we see the same thing with Berkshire Hathaway, which is another major utility company that has been trying to stop distributed solar across the United States, just the type of resiliency we need for California.

But there are other options that are on the table right now, and they’re in action. San Francisco just put in a bid to municipalize their area, so that they could take back the grid, so that they could be in charge of their own destiny.

And similarly, San Jose, one of the biggest cities that PG&E provides service to, is saying, actually, you know what we should do? We should create a cooperative utility so that it is beholden to the people of California, and we’re taking over PG&E at the statewide level.

CounterSpin: ‘Finance Can Be Something That Helps Rather Than Harms Our Communities’

CounterSpin (10/18/19)

JJ: As we discussed when we talked about public banks on this show with Trinity Tran a few weeks ago, the word “public” isn’t like pixie dust; it doesn’t automatically make things work in a better way. But public utilities would have certain criteria about being democratized, about being decentralized, about being equitable. It’s not just a goal, in other words, but a way to get there, and who is involved in the process.

JB: Absolutely. It’s not a silver bullet, but it does provide us this opportunity to have more recourse. There is a history of public ownership in the energy sector. But we have the ability to design into that institution things like decentralization, things like equity, things like a democratized system, and build upon what we’ve seen work in the past, and also where we’ve seen public utilities historically fail.

This is a huge opportunity for California to create an energy system that’s rooted in climate justice, that’s rooted in the realities of the changing climate, and how they’re going to ensure that they actually are creating a resilient California.

JJ: That was Johanna Bozuwa. We’ll end with that idea, of not only fighting climate disrupters, but visioning past them as well. We can call on news media to support that effort, but we can’t wait for them.

The post ‘The UN’s Report Laid Bare How Little Time Was Left’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/the-uns-report-laid-bare-how-little-time-was-left-counterspin-interviews-on-climate-resistance/feed/ 0 411294
‘It Felt Like a Wasted Opportunity to Hold Oil Executives to Account’ – CounterSpin interview with Emily Sanders on how not to interview an oil CEO https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/it-felt-like-a-wasted-opportunity-to-hold-oil-executives-to-account-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/it-felt-like-a-wasted-opportunity-to-hold-oil-executives-to-account-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo/#respond Mon, 10 Jul 2023 21:45:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034326 "The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation."

The post ‘It Felt Like a Wasted Opportunity to Hold Oil Executives to Account’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed ExxonKnews‘ Emily Sanders about how not to interview an oil CEO for the July 7, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230707Sanders.mp3

 

ExxonKnews: How (not) to interview an oil CEO

ExxonKnews (6/29/23)

Janine Jackson: A chummy interview of Chevron CEO Mike Wirth by CNBC‘s Andrew Ross Sorkin saw the goal of mitigating the devastating harms of climate disruption pitted against the evidently equally important goal of making Wirth more money.

Conceding that many people around the world are desperate for an end to the fossil fuels driving the catastrophe, including supposedly Wirth himself, Sorkin added, “At the same time, I think it would be impossible for you not to want your business to grow.”

So there’s your frame: the life and health of people and the planet on the one hand, endless corporate profiteering on the other. Only question is, how do we balance them?

Chevron has caused the most energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in the last several decades. They took in over $35 billion just last year. But when Sorkin gets its head honcho in a chair, he makes jokes about golf and asks the polluter what he “makes of” climate activists.

You won’t be surprised to hear that our next guest offered that conversation as exemplar in a recent piece titled “How (Not) to Interview an Oil CEO.” Emily Sanders is editorial lead at the Center for Climate Integrity and founder of ExxonKnews, where that piece appears. She joins us now by phone from Queens. Welcome to CounterSpin, Emily Sanders.

Emily Sanders: Hi, Janine. Thank you so much for having me.

JJ: While this friendly chat, at something called the Aspen Ideas Festival, was especially infuriating, it wasn’t unique. Some of the problems with it show up in other media, which is I guess what prompted you to write this piece.

Emily Sanders of the Center for Climate Integrity

Emily Sanders: “The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas, what needs to be done about it and what the obstacles really are to addressing climate change.”

ES: Yeah, mainstream media has had a very hard time connecting climate change to oil companies, and their decades of pollution and deception about the harms caused by fossil fuels.

And when you see coverage of deadly heat waves and wildfire smoke, for instance, there’s often no mention of things like how the major oil companies are still spending millions every year lobbying to delay the transition to renewable energy, or how Chevron, the world’s most polluting investor-owned oil company, is currently pouring even more money into increased fossil fuel extraction and production, after making record profits last year.

So it’s also not a coincidence that mainstream media is so far behind on this. The fossil fuel industry has a long history of investing in the media in order to manipulate the conversation about our reliance on oil and gas, what needs to be done about it and what the obstacles really are to addressing climate change.

And that goes back to at least the ’80s and ’90s, when oil companies began placing ads and advertorials, or ads disguised as news editorials, in major outlets like the New York Times and the Washington Post that downplayed the reality of climate change.

And even today, as we learned from last year’s congressional investigations and hearings into the industry’s disinformation, companies like Exxon, Chevron, BP and Shell are still running advertisements that look like articles in the country’s biggest news outlets, promoting things like algae and so-called natural gas as climate solutions. So they’ve really used the veil of journalistic credibility to help disguise their misleading and deceptive advertising for quite a while.

And we’re seeing that not just with advertising, but with some reporters themselves still failing to name the source of climate inaction, and still unable or unwilling to recognize and call out disinformation, sometimes even parroting fossil fuel industry framing about how we can’t move off oil too quickly, or how Big Oil is working on ways to solve climate change, despite that they’re causing it, without actually challenging those misconceptions.

NYT: Climate Confusion and Complicity at the New York Times

FAIR.org (11/18/22)

It’s not everyone, and some have gotten better, but it’s certainly still a major problem. And I think we saw that last week with this CNBC interview. And what was particularly disorienting about that interview, I think, was just how divorced from reality it felt at this current, increasingly dire moment of climate emergency.

We have all the evidence now of Chevron’s duplicity. And while this interview was happening, millions of the rest of us in the United States were trapped inside, because of extreme heat or toxic wildfire smoke. That somehow was just not mentioned at all in the interview.

There was no mention of the dozens of communities that are suing Chevron and other oil companies to hold them accountable, including one lawsuit filed just a week before the interview took place, by Multnomah County in Oregon, for a heat dome that killed 69 people a couple of years ago.

And last year’s House Oversight investigation into Big Oil’s ongoing disinformation campaigns and their efforts to delay climate action weren’t mentioned. So there was so much missing context and so many questions that didn’t get asked, so much misinformation that went just completely uncorrected.

And unfortunately that’s nothing new, but it’s really frustrating and infuriating when you have an actual CEO of one of the world’s most polluting and powerful companies sitting in the room, getting treated as if he were a legitimate “thought partner” who’s just trying to balance his business priorities with concerns about the climate. It felt like a real wasted opportunity to hold him and other oil executives to account.

Chevron CEO Mike Wirth

Chevron CEO Mike Wirth

JJ: And as you’ve outlined, we can understand reasons why that doesn’t happen. You point to advertising and that long history of advertorials, and then you go even further back, and there are interlocking directorates of fossil fuel and corporate media industries. They’re on one another’s boards.

So even though we might call for hard-hitting, tough, interrogative reporting, we do understand the pressures that make that unlikely to happen, and the pressures that make it so much more comfortable to have the kind of jokey, “aren’t we all in this together” conversation that we saw between Sorkin and Wirth.

I want to follow up on one point, which is that the least—the least and most, our standards have dropped so far—but you would hope that when the person you’re talking to straight-up lies…. We’re not talking about industry PR deception, but Wirth himself saying things that were false in this conversation and that Sorkin didn’t even follow up on.

ES: Yeah, we heard Wirth tell some flat-out whoppers, like he said the clean energy system is only about 1% built, but actually, last year, renewable energy made up 21.5% of total electricity generation in the US, and that number could be a lot higher if the oil companies got out of the way. But Sorkin just let that one slide.

There were so many other pieces of disinformation, and really actually great examples of the many different ways that oil companies lie and mislead in this interview. And all of those have been exposed in lawsuits, in congressional investigations, journalistic investigations and academic research.

So you would hope that Sorkin would’ve been prepared to challenge them, and that’s what we really need to see from more journalists going forward.

JJ: So you touched on this, but it seems like part of the obfuscation in media is suggesting that various weather events have such multiple complex causes that it’s just impossible to link them directly to fossil fuels.

And you talked about wildfires, which of course they’re much on the mind right now, and I know that fossil fuel lobbyists are working furiously to make sure that people do not associate those orange skies with fossil fuel emissions. And I can already see the memes, like, “Wildfires cause more pollution than fossil fuels, but you aren’t fighting trees!” You can already see the desire to have people disaggregate wildfires and particulates from fossil fuel emissions. So what should we be keeping in mind there?

Scientific American: Attribution Science Linking Warming to Disasters Is Rapidly Advancing

Scientific American (6/3/22)

ES: There’s actually a growing field of what’s called attribution science, or science that’s able to link specific companies’ emissions to worsening patterns of extreme weather, and even individual weather events.

And, actually, a recent study published by researchers at the Union of Concerned Scientists found that more than a third of recent wildfires in the Western US and Canada can be attributed to 88 specific fossil fuel and cement manufacturing companies.

So we’re even seeing more and more of the climate lawsuits against Big Oil citing this type of research as evidence of the damage these companies knowingly caused, like this last lawsuit in Multnomah County cited scientific studies that said the heat dome would’ve been virtually impossible without climate change.

So these companies can say it’s complicated, just like cigarette companies said you couldn’t prove smoking caused cancer, and that there were so many other potential factors involved, but I think the science overwhelmingly tells us a different story.

JJ: You head up the cleverly named ExxonKnews. I wonder if you could tell us, finally, what the goals of that project are. What would, as they say, put you out of business?

ES: I think the goals of that project are to look at the ongoing disinformation that’s coming out of the fossil fuel industry, especially so that other journalists and members of the media, and anybody else who has the opportunity to challenge an oil executive on a global stage or a national stage, can do so armed with the information they need to expose the oil industry for their continuing deception and contribution to the climate crisis.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Emily Sanders, editorial lead at the Center for Climate Integrity, and founder of ExxonKnews, online at ExxonKnews.org. Thank you so much, Emily Sanders, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

ES: Thanks so much for having me.

 

The post ‘It Felt Like a Wasted Opportunity to Hold Oil Executives to Account’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/it-felt-like-a-wasted-opportunity-to-hold-oil-executives-to-account-counterspin-interview-with-emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo/feed/ 0 410738
Emily Sanders on How Not to Interview an Oil CEO, Kaufman & Bozuwa on Fighting Climate Disrupters https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo-kaufman-bozuwa-on-fighting-climate-disrupters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo-kaufman-bozuwa-on-fighting-climate-disrupters/#respond Fri, 07 Jul 2023 15:37:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034281 There is no way to fight climate disruption without fighting climate disrupters.

The post Emily Sanders on How Not to Interview an Oil CEO, Kaufman & Bozuwa on Fighting Climate Disrupters appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230707.mp3

 

Common Dreams: Campaigners Demand End to Fossil Fuel Subsidies as Global Heat Records Shatter

Common Dreams (7/5/23)

This week on CounterSpin: The Earth recorded its hottest day ever July 3, with an average global temperature of 17.01°C. The record was broken the next day, with 17.18°C. Common Dreams‘ Jake Johnson (7/5/23) collected international responses, including a British scientist calling it a “death sentence for people and ecosystems”; and reported (7/5/23) IMF estimates that world governments dished out nearly $6 trillion in fossil fuel subsidies in 2020, and those giveaways are expected to grow. At Truthout (7/3/23), Victoria Law wrote about extreme heat’s impact on the incarcerated, including people in their 30s dropping dead in prisons with inadequate cooling systems. One source described his cell: “No air gets in and no air escapes.”

Public Citizen (6/16/23) points to House Appropriations Republicans, larding spending bills with “poison pill” riders that fuel the crisis and block alternatives. And a database from the new climate group F Minus reveals how many state lobbyists hired by environmental groups also lobby for fossil fuel companies, entrenching those influence peddlers in state capitols with a veneer of respectability, even as public opinion of fossil fuels plummets.

Orange skies burning over many parts of the US may not be the rockets’ red glare, but they’re signs of war nonetheless. The battle is less well understood as a fight between humans and climate change, as one between those who want to forcefully mitigate disastrous impacts and those who want them to continue, for the simple reason that it’s making them rich. There is no way to fight climate disruption without fighting climate disrupters—this week on the show.

Emily Sanders watched appalled as CNN‘s Andrew Ross Sorkin (6/26/23) “interviewed” Chevron’s Mike Wirth recently, leading her to write “How (Not) to Interview an Oil CEO” for ExxonKnews (6/29/23). She’s editorial lead at the Center for Climate Integrity; we’ll ask her about that.

      CounterSpin230707Sanders.mp3

 

And: When media illustrate pushback against the fossil fuel industry, it generally looks like activists with signs; but there are myriad points of resistance, at different levels of community, offering multiple ways forward—but all of them in the same direction. In 2021, HuffPost reporter Alexander Kaufman discussed attempts of local representatives to have a say in building codes, and industry’s reaction. Democracy Collaborative‘s Johanna Bozuwa joined us during 2019’s California wildfires and power outages, to explain the potential role of public utilities in the climate crisis.

      CounterSpin230707Kaufman&Bozuwa.mp3

 

The post Emily Sanders on How Not to Interview an Oil CEO, Kaufman & Bozuwa on Fighting Climate Disrupters appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/07/emily-sanders-on-how-not-to-interview-an-oil-ceo-kaufman-bozuwa-on-fighting-climate-disrupters/feed/ 0 410178
‘Huge Majorities Vote in Favor of Abortion Access and Reproductive Freedom’ – CounterSpin interview with Taryn Abbassian on Dobbs’ anniversary, with archival interviews on the forced-birth ruling https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/huge-majorities-vote-in-favor-of-abortion-access-and-reproductive-freedom-counterspin-interview-with-taryn-abbassian-on-dobbs-anniversary-with-archival-interviews-on-the-forced/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/huge-majorities-vote-in-favor-of-abortion-access-and-reproductive-freedom-counterspin-interview-with-taryn-abbassian-on-dobbs-anniversary-with-archival-interviews-on-the-forced/#respond Thu, 06 Jul 2023 21:57:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034284 "Abortion gets put in this hole of being a very political issue, and it's politicized unlike any kind of other medical care."

The post ‘Huge Majorities Vote in Favor of Abortion Access and Reproductive Freedom’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed NARAL’s Taryn Abbassian about one year post Dobbs for the June 30, 2023, episode of CounterSpin, which also included archival interviews on the forced-birth ruling. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin063023.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The Supreme Court has just, as we record, dismantled affirmative action in college admissions, part of a concerted right-wing campaign to sabotage multiracial democracy. We will certainly talk about that going forward.

The US public’s belief in and support for the Supreme Court has plummeted with the appointment of hyper-partisan justices whose unwillingness to answer basic questions, or answer them respectfully, would make them unqualified to work at many a Wendy’s, and the obviously outcome-determinative nature of their jurisprudence.

Key to that drop in public support was last year’s Dobbs ruling, overturning something Americans overwhelmingly support, and had come to see as a fundamental right: that of people to make their own decisions about when or whether to carry a pregnancy or to have a child. The impacts of that ruling are still reverberating, as is the organized pushback that we can learn about and support. We’ll hear from Taryn Abbassian, associate research director at NARAL.

Also on the show: Meaningful, lasting response to the Dobbs ruling requires more than “vote blue no matter who,” but actually understanding and addressing the differences and disparities of abortion rights and access before Dobbs, which requires an expansive understanding of reproductive justice. CounterSpin has listened many times over the years to advocates and authors working on this issue. We’ll hear a little today from FAIR’s Julie Hollar; from Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE: Unite for Reproductive and Gender Equity; and from URGE’s policy director, Preston Mitchum.

That’s coming up this week on CounterSpin, brought to you each week by the media watch group FAIR.

***

      CounterSpin063023Abbassian.mp3

 

It’s been a year since the Supreme Court overturned federal abortion protections, and the avalanche of consequences is still growing.

They include, of course, restricting people’s access to abortion—some 20 states have passed either bans or very restrictive policies—but also hampering the ability to access a range of pregnancy-related and general healthcare.

One professor of health law was quoted saying, “It’s like somebody dropped a nuclear bomb into public health.”

The ruling in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization was anticipated, but that doesn’t necessarily mean we were ready. So what have folks been doing, and what needs to be done to address its devastating effects? And what role can media play?

We’re joined now by Taryn Abbassian, associate research director at NARAL. Welcome to CounterSpin, Taryn Abbassian.

Taryn Abbassian: Thank you so much for having me.

JJ: Most people will have a general sense, but, as always, things look different depending where you are and who you are. So if you’re trying to explain the impacts of the Dobbs ruling—expected, unexpected—where do you even start?

TA: As you alluded to, a lot of this isn’t unexpected. We anticipated this happening, and unfortunately a lot of the things we were worried about, we are seeing play out.

You mentioned that 20 states have already eliminated and restricted access to abortion. Folks are being forced to travel hundreds of miles, in some cases, when they’re pushed completely out of their reach in their states.

And there’s just all kinds of instances in the news that we’re hearing about horrific situations that folks who are trying to access care are having to experience.

And again, it’s just like you said, it was not a surprise, but we are facing the realities of that every day, and countless stories about how pregnant people are being denied abortion access, and being denied lifesaving care in the case of miscarriages and all sorts of medical complications.

And it’s devastating, but we as always at NARAL are working really hard to push back and do what we can in the wake of the decision. And we’ve just had the one-year anniversary, and we haven’t stopped working since that decision was handed down last year, both in the states and at the federal level, and just doing what we can, organizing and trying to get folks tuned in and working together to hold the line and protect the access we can, and expand it in the places where we can expand it.

JJ: People are changing decisions about where they’re going to live, about where they’re going to go to college or where they’re going to practice medicine. I’m not sure that everyone really understood how deep and wide this was going to be.

TA: Yes, of course. We just saw some polling recently that tons of young people, and we know young people are with us more than ever, and young people are our strongest cohort of support, and they’re making these big decisions about where they’re going to live, where they’re going to study, where they’re going to take their lives as adults, and they’re having to think about these things that, a generation ago, they weren’t having to think about.

And it’s very disappointing, but it also, again, as you mentioned, it’s a bright spot, they’re making these considerations. Young folks are tuned in, they’re paying attention to this, they know about the impact that this is having on their lives, and they’re deciding accordingly.

We obviously wish they weren’t having to have these forced choices and difficult decisions around just access to basic medical care. But we know folks are engaged, and are doing what they can to mitigate the effects of the decision last year.

JJ: We know that a right is meaningless if you can’t exercise it, which is why we’ve always distinguished between the right to abortion and abortion access. And we know that there were problems even before Dobbs. People on public assistance, for example, Roe was not meaningful to them. So lifting up those disparities, including racial disparities, geographic, economic—it seems more important now than ever.

Taryn Abbassian

Taryn Abbassian: “When you put it to the voters, when you ask folks whether they want to protect reproductive freedom, they resoundingly say yes.”

TA: Yes. And, again, I think abortion gets put in this hole of being a very political issue, and it’s politicized unlike any kind of other medical care. And what we like to talk about at NARAL, and focus on in our work, is that we want to talk about the people. We want to talk about the human beings that are being affected by this lack of access.

We want to center the folks that are most impacted: Women of color and low-income women, and folks that already have a hard time accessing care, are the ones that are going to be disproportionately affected by this, and we want to center those voices and center those sorts of stories as we try to push back on what’s happening, and the harm that this decision is causing, day in and day out.

JJ: I want to talk about responsive federal policy, but let me just draw you out a little bit about the state level; what’s happening there? I saw a quote from a nurse practitioner in Pennsylvania, who said, “There’s always a temptation to go somewhere that’s going to be idyllic”—”idyllic,” but you know—but “Pennsylvania needs people like us who care enough to stay here and fight.” And there is pushback at the state level, isn’t there?

TA: Of course. And I think we saw that right out the gate after the Dobbs decision; we saw in Kansas an overwhelming show of support for abortion access, abortion rights, reproductive freedom.

And we’re seeing that, even though there’s a lot of states right now moving to restrict or eliminate access, there are a lot of states that are doing a lot of great, proactive work to try to make sure abortion access and reproductive freedom is accessible to folks.

And so what we’ve seen over and over again, in red states and purple states and obviously in blue states, that when voters are asked directly about abortion, how they feel about it, what they want to do in terms of protecting it, overwhelmingly, huge majorities vote in favor of abortion access and reproductive freedom.

We see that every time, almost every battle we’ve had since the Dobbs decision, when we’ve asked voters directly about where they stand on abortion, it’s in favor of more access, broader freedom.

So, unfortunately, our opposition knows this, and we see in a lot of places where we’re seeing ballot initiative thresholds changing, and things like that.

They know that when voters are being asked to give their input and voice their opinions about abortion, they know it’s popular. And so instead of just allowing the will of voters to stand, a lot of folks are pushing to change rules in some of these states. And we’re fighting back and fighting against those changes as well.

So it’s a lot of battles happening in a lot of different states, but we’ve seen time and time again, when you put it to the voters, when you ask folks whether they want to protect reproductive freedom, they resoundingly say yes.

JJ: And have for many years. That leads to the next question: Do we need a federal response, or what role could that play vis-a-vis state policy?

Vanity Fair: One Year After the Fall of Roe, Republicans Are Full Steam Ahead With National Abortion Ban

Vanity Fair (6/23/23)

TA: Certainly federal response would be great. We have great allies in President Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris. We endorsed them just last week, and they’ve been a huge ally to us and real fighters for reproductive freedom.

Of course, we’d love to see some sort of federal protection and codification of Roe, and we really need a pro–reproductive freedom Congress to do that.

And so again, a lot of the work we do is in organizing, it’s in getting out the vote, it’s in motivating young people and talking to folks about the stakes so that they know how important it is, and that their votes make a difference when it comes to this stuff. So certainly federal protections would be great.

We’ve already seen Republicans, they claim that they would leave this to be a state issue, they’re already working to put in place federal bans, and talking about that, and using that as a litmus test for their 2024 candidates.

So certainly that would be ideal. And we need to put in the work to build a Congress that can deliver that, because that ultimately is to make sure that it’s not going to be dependent on what state you live in, or what state you’re nearby, to be able to access care. We want folks around the country to have the medical care that they need.

JJ: Absolutely.

TA: The GOP is using all the tools at their disposal, and we need to do the same.

JJ: That brings me to the question about media, because I think reporting sometimes gives us a picture of a “divided country.” The New York Times last year said Dobbs was plunging the country “back into the contentious debate over abortion,” but as you’ve just said, it’s not like half the country supports abortion rights and half opposes it.

But media sometimes get into this kind of both-sidesing. And I wonder what you think would be—you’ve talked about centering human beings, which I think is the key, but are there other things or thoughts that you have about what media could stop doing, or could start doing?

Gallup: Broader Support for Abortion Rights Continues Post-Dobbs

Gallup (6/14/23)

TA: Yeah. As you’ve alluded to, the media play a really fundamental role in this discussion about abortion care, and we’re thrilled that more folks than ever are talking about it and engaging in this since the Dobbs decision.

But as you said, it’s not a 50/50 issue. I think unlike any other part of healthcare, medical care, it’s presented as this political, divisive, 50/50 issue, when we know it’s not the case. And we know over and over again, based on public research and polling and our own internal research, that the majority is with us.

Eight in ten Americans consistently show that they are supportive of reproductive freedom and abortion access. And we know this, and the anti-abortion movement can say whatever they want about the support that they have, or the fact that this is a really divisive issue, but we know it’s not.

We don’t want the coverage being driven by the politicians and the talking points of this side and that side divisiveness. It’s about the people that are being impacted by this.

And, ultimately, we want to remind people that this is a healthcare issue. It’s a medical issue. Folks should be free, no matter where they live, to make these really important decisions about pregnancy and about parenthood and all sorts of things with their loved ones and with their doctors.

It should not be this political battle where politicians get to weigh in on it, especially given how we see, over and over again, that it’s unpopular: Folks don’t want politicians making those decisions.

JJ: And I’ll just say, finally, I was talking to Jessica Mason Pieklo last July about Dobbs, and she was saying it’s a different kind of ruling in terms of reproductive rights, that it’s more outcome-determinative.

And so it requires a different kind of approach, in a way, that it needs really a full-force fight. It’s not necessarily—obviously, legal issues are important, but at the same time, we recognize something bigger happening here.

TA: Yeah, of course. And, again, like you said, the media play a huge role. We of course love that there’s a lot of discussion around this issue, and there’s more chatter about it than ever before. But we also know that some of this charged rhetoric is not helpful.

And what it really comes down to is that the voices of people being affected are what’s important, and not the opinions of politicians who are trying to divide us on this topic.

JJ: All right then. We’ve been speaking with Taryn Abbassian, associate research director at NARAL. Their work is online at ProChoiceAmerica.org. Taryn Abbassian, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

TA: Thank you so much. It was great to be with you.

***

      CounterSpin063023DobbsDecision.mp3

 

JJ: The overturn of Roe v. Wade was expected. Here’s a bit of our conversation with veteran reporter Jessica Mason Pieklo from Rewire News Group, July of last year.

Jessica Mason Pieklo

Jessica Mason Pieklo: “For the conservative legal movement…it doesn’t matter what the law says. They will find the outcome that they are looking for, and work the law backwards to make it fit.”

Jessica Mason Pieklo: Within the legal movement, both the conservative and progressive legal movements, prior to the Dobbs decision, really since Planned Parenthood v. Casey, there was, in the courts, a more honest debate over what the state could or could not do, in terms of regulating pregnancy and childbirth and those outcomes.

And that was under the Planned Parenthood v. Casey framework. That was the great abortion compromise that the Supreme Court came up with as a way to save Roe and settle this debate, so to speak, for the ages.

And what happened as a result of the political campaign to take over the courts, and to really move this issue away from the will of the people and into a minoritarian space, is that the Dobbs decision is a perfect reflection of that. It cherry-picks history, it cherry-picks the law, and it really just comes to a conclusion that was predetermined by Sam Alito and the other conservative justices on the court.

And I think that’s the one thing that I really hope folks understand, that is really different with this iteration of the Roberts Court, and what we will see amplified moving forward, is that for the conservative legal movement, it is outcome-determinative. So it doesn’t matter what the law says. They will find the outcome that they are looking for, and work the law backwards to make it fit.

JJ: Well, that seems seismic, and something that we would hope that journalism would recognize, and not simply try to stuff this new reality into an old framework. And I wonder what you as a reporter make of the way—and I know it’s all in medias res; they’re trying to figure it out, as we all are—but what do you make of the way media are addressing…. What you’re saying is, this is not the same. We have to address this differently. Are media rising to that challenge?

JMP: There are fits and starts. I think that, along with the general public, there is an understanding within more mainstream and Beltway media that the institutions are failing in this moment, whether it’s the political leadership, whether it’s our institutions like the Supreme Court, they are failing.

And our entire democratic experiment in this country is at risk right now. And my concern is that that realization is starting to dawn a little too late for folks who really have the ability to do something about it.

But I do remain hopeful that folks are seeing the moment for what it is. I think the shift that we saw in some of the conversation around the court when the Dobbs opinion was leaked in May—and then the follow-up opinion actually being released and not changing substantively at all—I think what’s been really interesting to see is how how the leak happened, and then the final opinion came out and there weren’t really any changes, even some of the most egregious parts of the opinion that media latched onto, about a steady domestic supply of infants, for example, that’s still in the final opinion, right?

So I think as the dust settles and truly how extreme the reality is, I do think they’re starting to latch onto it.

I worry, though, that media has ingrained habits. And that is one of the areas where, in three months from the Dobbs decision and in six months from the Dobbs decision, I’m concerned that journalists who don’t cover this issue and the Supreme Court on the regular will fall back into habits that they know, just because that’s what we all do as humans, right? We just fall into our old habits.

I’m concerned that we’ll see that in the media as well, and a return to treating abortion as a political issue to be resolved in statehouses and in Congress, as opposed to a human rights crisis that is unfolding in this country right now.

***

JJ: In May 2022, CounterSpin spoke with FAIR senior analyst and managing editor Julie Hollar in the wake of the advance leak of the Dobbs ruling, when elite media were evincing some strange priorities about the impact of this monumental change.

Julie Hollar

Julie Hollar: “When the right was ramping up state-level campaigns, and laws to restrict abortion access…we saw a sharp drop-off in national media coverage of abortion.”

Julie Hollar: I think you have to ask what’s the priority here for the corporate media in their coverage. And if you look, the day that this leak happens, it’s obviously front-page news. It’s at the top of the nightly newscasts. And, yes, they talk about what’s the impact going to be for people in this country, but the priority here, the top of the show, the first story that they tell, is about the leak itself, who might’ve done this, what is the impact on the Supreme Court, the relationships between the justices and their clerks. That’s story No. 1.

And then story No. 2 asks, what are the consequences for others? But even there, when you watch the nightly newscasts, it wasn’t exactly, “What’s the impact on people who might get pregnant?” It’s: “What is the impact on the clinics who serve them? What is the impact on the pro-choice and the anti-choice movements?” I didn’t see the people themselves who would be most impacted getting interviewed on these shows.

So I think, yes, there is some coverage of that impact. It is downplayed, and it is sandwiched in between all of these other stories that are distracting attention from what is really the heart of what’s going on here.

JJ: And then even a finding within a finding, I thought it was interesting in the piece that you wrote about the initial coverage of this leaked ruling, that one place when the question was asked, what’s going to happen to, they said to the women, many of them low-income, who every year get abortions in states like Mississippi, Texas, places like that—the one time that was asked, it was asked of the leader of an anti-choice group.

JH: Exactly, who gave a very reassuring answer: “Oh, we will step up our efforts to take care of those people, and make sure the outcomes are good.”

Well, you know what, that’s not a satisfactory answer, because that’s not what’s going to happen. You know, there could be some “stepping up,” and what’s really going to happen is, all of the research has shown, that there will be more people dying, there will be greater poverty. There will be worse health outcomes all across the board for people.

JJ: I think that we have seen news media acknowledging that an overturning of Roe v. Wade will launch myriad other efforts at the state level. They talk about these “trigger bills,” but at the same time, these things didn’t come out of nowhere, they’ve been building for years. And when you looked last year at coverage of these state campaigns, it seemed like media were not acknowledging them appropriately as they were brewing.

JH:  Not at all, not at all. The first four-and-a-half months of last year, there were hundreds of state-level restrictions introduced in state legislatures. Many of them passed, and the national media just simply ignored them, for the most part. You got a few mentions here or there, very short, nothing in depth. Nothing at all that gave a sense of the scale of what was going on.

And it’s not just last year. I feel like I’ve been writing this article since I started at FAIR, which was quite some time ago. I wrote this article 10 years ago, when the right was ramping up state-level campaigns, and laws to restrict abortion access. And we saw a sharp drop-off in national media coverage of abortion exactly when these things are happening.

So the media will pay attention when there’s a huge blockbuster story, like the Supreme Court leak. But during the steady drip-drip of what’s been happening for years, for decades, they’ve been just completely missing.

***

JJ: In January 2021, CounterSpin heard from Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE, Unite for Reproductive and Gender Equity.

Kimberly Inez McGuire

Kimberly Inez McGuire: “That’s the first piece, is just saying the word ‘abortion.’ It’s not a bad word. It’s a word that’s saved people’s lives and helped shape better futures.”

JJ: Framing is powerful, which is why I appreciate the way that you at URGE and others describe legal abortion as “the floor, not the ceiling,” as part of that expansive understanding of reproductive justice. Can you talk a little bit about how we talk about abortion, and why it matters? What are you trying to do with that “floor, not the ceiling” phrase?

Kimberly Inez McGuire: Absolutely. So I think there’s a few key pieces here. One is about how we show respect to people who have had abortions. And first and foremost, those who have had abortions deserve the dignity of recognition. We need to use the word “abortion.”  We need to talk about abortion as necessary healthcare and as a social good. Anything less, honestly, disregards and disrespects the one in four women in this country who have sought out this healthcare. So that’s the first piece, is just saying the word “abortion.” It’s not a bad word. It’s a word that’s saved people’s lives and helped shape better futures.

The other piece around “the floor, not the ceiling” is: For people with economic resources, what is a legal right on paper has so much more meaning than for people who are blocked because of economic barriers, because of racial barriers. So we look at something like abortion access: Even before Roe v. Wade, when abortion was illegal across large swaths of the country, the reality is that women of means have always been able to get abortions; that has always been the reality for people with money.

The vision for reproductive justice is not just, you have a theoretical right to abortion if you can fight your way through all of the muck and the restrictions. Reproductive justice means that if you’ve decided to end a pregnancy, you can do so safely, with dignity, without upending your family’s economic security, and without being subjected to, frankly, misogynist hate speech and stigma.

***

JJ: And finally, in May of 2021, we followed up with URGE’s policy director Preston Mitchum. Here he’s responding to my question about media coverage that presents abortion as a “cultural issue,” as though it were “soft,” as opposed to a “serious” issue like economics—though it’s hard to imagine anything more central to economic life than the ability to decide whether to have a child.

Preston Mitchum

Preston Mitchum: “We’re talking about the human right to maintain bodily autonomy, have children, not have children, and parent the children we have in safe and sustainable communities.”

Preston Mitchum: Exactly. And what it does is, it continues to drive a wedge that shouldn’t be a wedge. When we’re talking about abortion, we’re talking about life-saving treatment that people actually need: It’s medical care, it’s healthcare. And all statistics show that abortion care is in many ways safer than giving birth.

And so those are statistics and facts that many people, unfortunately, who are driving this “culture war” narrative don’t want people to believe or understand, but it’s true. And, unfortunately, what it does is undermine the necessary conversation we must have around reproductive health, rights and justice, especially reproductive justice, right?

So, of course, reproductive justice is more than abortion; it’s comprehensive. We’re talking about the human right to maintain bodily autonomy, have children, not have children, and parent the children we have in safe and sustainable communities. Abortion access is a critical part of maintaining reproductive justice for Black folks, for Indigenous folks, for Asian-American and Pacific Islander communities. And we must center it on the work where people can create a future for themselves, where every person can make their own decisions with dignity, with autonomy and with self-determination.

And you’re absolutely right: When media coverage and narrative is about “culture war,” it creates this idea that only some people should have abortion access, that the people who do want abortion access are the people who are against what is actually the moralistic framing of this country.

And it creates this divide of good and bad. Abortion is not about good or bad; abortion is about access and creating the families and the communities that we want, that we can see, and that can survive in the system that we have today.

JJ: That was Jessica Mason Pieklo from Rewire, Preston Mitchum and Kimberly Inez McGuire from URGE, as well as FAIR’s own Julie Hollar.

 

The post ‘Huge Majorities Vote in Favor of Abortion Access and Reproductive Freedom’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/06/huge-majorities-vote-in-favor-of-abortion-access-and-reproductive-freedom-counterspin-interview-with-taryn-abbassian-on-dobbs-anniversary-with-archival-interviews-on-the-forced/feed/ 0 409938
Taryn Abbassian and Others on Dobbs One Year Later https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/taryn-abbassian-and-others-on-dobbs-one-year-later/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/taryn-abbassian-and-others-on-dobbs-one-year-later/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 15:32:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034225 The impacts of the Dobbs ruling are still reverberating, as is the organized pushback that we can learn about and support.

The post Taryn Abbassian and Others on Dobbs One Year Later appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230630.mp3

 

Activists outside the Supreme Court protesting the Dobbs ruling (CC photo: Ted Eytan )

(CC photo: Ted Eytan )

This week on CounterSpin: The US public’s belief in and support for the Supreme Court has plummeted with the appointment of hyper-partisan justices whose unwillingness to answer basic questions, or answer them respectfully, would make them unqualified to work at many a Wendy’s, and the obviously outcome-determinative nature of their jurisprudence. Key to that drop in public support was last year’s Dobbs ruling, overturning something Americans overwhelmingly support and had come to see as a fundamental right—that of people to make their own decisions about when or whether to carry a pregnancy or to have a child. The impacts of that ruling are still reverberating, as is the organized pushback that we can learn about and support. We hear from Taryn Abbassian, associate research director at NARAL.

      CounterSpin230630Abbassian.mp3

 

Also on the show: Meaningful, lasting response to Dobbs requires more than “vote blue no matter who,” but actually understanding and addressing the differences and disparities of abortion rights and access before Dobbs, which requires an expansive understanding of reproductive justice. CounterSpin has listened many times over the years to advocates and authors working on this issue. We hear a little this week from FAIR’s Julie Hollar; from Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE: Unite for Reproductive and Gender Equity; and from URGE’s policy director, Preston Mitchum.

The post Taryn Abbassian and Others on Dobbs One Year Later appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/taryn-abbassian-and-others-on-dobbs-one-year-later/feed/ 0 408583
‘The One Part of Our Retirement Income System That Works Is Social Security’ – CounterSpin interview with Nancy Altman on GOP’s Social Security assault https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/the-one-part-of-our-retirement-income-system-that-works-is-social-security-counterspin-interview-with-nancy-altman-on-gops-social-security-assault/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/the-one-part-of-our-retirement-income-system-that-works-is-social-security-counterspin-interview-with-nancy-altman-on-gops-social-security-assault/#respond Thu, 29 Jun 2023 21:55:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034204 "The opponents of Social Security have latched onto this unsurprising, manageable shortfall, and talked about the building's on fire."

The post ‘The One Part of Our Retirement Income System That Works Is Social Security’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Social Security Works’ Nancy Altman about the latest Republican attack on Social Security, for the June 23, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230623Altman.mp3

 

NYT: The Geopolitics Of the Budget

New York Times (1/27/88)

Janine Jackson: A piece for FAIR cited a New York Times article describing the federal budget deficit as

overwhelmingly a consequence of  American military outlay and entitlement programs such as Social Security, together with the nation’s unwillingness to pay the taxes needed to finance the expenditures.

Here’s the thing: That scaremongering about the runaway cost and unmanageability of Social Security, the like of which you may have heard very recently, is how I introduced our next guest in 2018.

And here’s the other thing: The New York Times article cited in that piece, which was written for FAIR by veteran Times reporter John Hess, came out in 1988.

It isn’t just that corporate news media get things wrong about Social Security, it’s that they stubbornly get the same things wrong–maybe most importantly, presenting it as a contentious issue in this year’s budget battles, when in fact the fight over Social Security is an ideological one, with many on one side and few on the other, that’s been going on since the program began.

The budget blueprint released by the House Republican Study Committee last week provides a new opportunity to trot out misinformation, and a new chance to combat it.

The Truth About Social Security

Strong Arm Press (2018)

We’re joined now by Nancy Altman, president of Social Security Works and author of, among other titles, The Truth About Social Security: The Founder’s Words Refute Revisionist History, Zombie Lies, and Common Misunderstandings. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Nancy Altman.

Nancy Altman: Thank you so much, and what you just said, in your intro, is a zombie lie, is that Social Security is adding even a penny to the deficit. So I’m so glad we’re going to have this conversation.

JJ: Let’s start right there. I keep reading, “set to be insolvent in 2033,” right? As though Social Security is a building on fire.

So let’s leap right into those myths, because I know that some folks are going to say: “Oh, so you’re saying there’s no problem. You’re saying that Social Security doesn’t require any support.”

There’s so much misunderstanding about what the questions actually are, and then how we might respond to them. So have at it.

NA: I think you’re exactly right to talk about it: Is this a building on fire, or is it, down the road, you have to put your children through college, so you got to think about putting aside some money for their college education?

I think it’s much closer to the latter than the former. It’s not that nothing should be done. In fact, I think the program should be expanded. I think we’re facing a retirement income crisis, and the solution is expanding Social Security.

But just to put a few of the myths to rest–and you’re exactly right, the problem is that the media keeps misreporting this over and over again.

I smiled when you talked about the 1980s, because I started working on this program in the mid-1970s. I was involved with the so-called Greenspan Commission in 1982. At that time, I was told, oh, there’s a crisis, we can’t afford this program, and all these greedy old people. And you– I was young at the time–you’re not going to get your benefits.

Well, all that happened was I aged, and now my children and grandchildren are being told they’re not going to get their benefits because I’m greedy. And all that is is the passage of time.

So here are the facts. Social Security is a defined-benefit pension plan that provides life insurance, disability insurance and retirement annuities. And it does so extremely efficiently. It spends less than a penny of every dollar it spends on administration. More than 99 cents is returned in benefits. It’s extremely efficient.

It also is extremely responsibly managed. Every year, there are about 40 actuaries of the Social Security Administration. And just like any private insurance company, they are looking at longevity and birth rates and wage growth and all kinds of factors to make sure that Social Security can always pay its benefits.

Nancy Altman of Social Security Works

Nancy Altman: “The opponents of Social Security have latched onto this unsurprising, manageable shortfall, and talked about the building’s on fire.”

It doesn’t just project out 10 years or 20 years, but for three quarters of a century, 75 years. And whenever you project out so far, sometimes you’re going to show unintended surpluses. Sometimes you’re going to have unintended shortfalls.

And what the actuaries have been telling us is that there is a shortfall, quite manageable. It’s now about a decade away. So we’ve got plenty of time to bring in additional revenue.

If Congress were to do nothing, Social Security could still pay 75% of promised benefits, 75 cents on the dollar.

But of course, we want it to pay 100%, because these are earned benefits. And there are many proposals, including many in Congress, that restore Social Security to long-range balance.

But the opponents of Social Security have latched onto this unsurprising, manageable shortfall, and talked about the building’s on fire. And they’ve been talking this way since the program began, really.

JJ: And that’s what I want to get at, because it’s so funny the way that the proffered solution always turns out to be cuts, and yet that’s being presented as saving the program. There’s a perversity there that says, we need to burn the village to save it.

NA: Exactly. If Congress doesn’t act, there may be some cuts in the future. So let’s make the cuts now. It’s really like, wait, what? I thought we were trying to prevent the cuts.

I call it a solution in search of a problem. The solution is, we’ve got to cut benefits. But, people will say, everybody’s living longer. We’ve got to cut benefits by raising the retirement age.

And I’ll point out, well, certain people are in physically demanding jobs, certain minorities, they’re not living longer. In fact, their life expectancies are going down.

Oh well, then, we’ve got to cut benefits cause it’s unfair to them. It’s like, wait, what?

And really, what is behind this is that, from the beginning, there’s been people who have opposed Social Security. Republican President Dwight Eisenhower, in a private letter to his brother, which you can find online, said that they are a tiny splinter group, their numbers are negligible, but they are stupid, he says.

They tend to be the very wealthy, who think they can just self-insure and don’t want to pay any money towards the common good. Now, they used to be quite honest, and they’d call Social Security “socialism.” The problem is that the American people appreciate what Social Security provides. And so they always lost.

Then, starting somewhere in the ’70s, their tactics changed, unless they all disappeared, and it’s hard to believe that happened; they say, “No, we love Social Security, but we can’t afford it.” And they make it a point about affordability.

Let me put the affordability question in context. Social Security currently costs about 5% of gross domestic product. At the end of this century, year 2100, it’s going to cost about 6% of gross domestic product. That’s what we’re fighting about, this 1% increase in gross domestic product.

Now, when the Covid epidemic hit, we spent more than 1% on all the ways to combat that. After the 9/11 attacks, we spent more than 1% on increasing military spending.

And, in fact, if you even just look at the Baby Boom, and these costs are because the Baby Boom is moving into its retirement years, and there was a baby bust following up and so forth, that when the Baby Boomers hit kindergarten, we spent more than 1% of GDP on increased classrooms and hiring teachers and so forth.

And those three, the Covid, the 9/11 and even Baby Boomers entering kindergarten, were surprises to policy makers. This was not a surprise.

JJ: We’re hearing how we can’t afford this and we can’t afford that. And you have to ask, cui bono, because certainly even in this Republican Study Committee plan, not everyone is tightening their belt. Not everyone is rallying around and suffering together. There are some folks who are spared from what we’re being told is meant to be a shared social cost.

Common Dreams: House GOP Panel Releases Budget That Would 'Destroy Social Security as We Know It'

Common Dreams (6/15/23)

NA: And in fact, not even are they spared, they’re benefiting. The same Republican Study Committee budget, which calls for increasing the retirement age, slashing middle-class benefits, privatizing Medicare, transforming it into a premium support, which is just giving people a coupon and telling them to go out on the market–at the same time that they’re really hitting the middle class and working class, they’re giving tax cuts to billionaires. That makes no sense.

If you look at how people did during the worst part of the Covid pandemic, so many people lost income, lost jobs, lost their lives, but the billionaires increased their wealth substantially.

So there’s no question that there are ways and there are proposals out there that are not undue burdens to anyone. They require the very wealthiest, those earning millions and billions of dollars, to pay what I would consider their fair share, and at the same time expand benefits.

But what the Republican Study Committee, which makes up about 70% of the House Republicans, and what Republicans in the Senate also are calling for, is exactly what you’re saying: belt tightening for those who are middle class and working class, and big gifts to those who are the wealthiest.

And that makes absolutely no sense, and is not what the American people want. So there’s a real debate going on, but one side, 80% of the American people favor, which is no cuts and let’s expand and make the wealthy pay more.

And the other side, which is, let’s go behind closed doors and cut benefits, but not have our fingerprints on them. That’s what makes the debate so hard, because it’s got to be transparent for everyone to see.

JJ: I want to point out one thing, that you have also indicated, because media and many people often shorthand Social Security with “benefits for seniors” or “programs for the elderly.” And I just want us to tip the fact that Social Security deeply impacts the lives of many disabled people as well, and they’re often erased in media debates. But certainly if this budget were to go forward, disabled people would really feel the brunt.

NA: First of all, I’m so glad you raised that, because Social Security is also the nation’s largest children’s program; because of the survivor benefits and the family benefits, more children benefit from Social Security. The benefits are by no means generous, but they are extremely important when a breadwinner dies or becomes so disabled that they can no longer work.

And you’re exactly right that disability insurance is an extremely important part of the program. And the Republican Study Committee really goes after the disability insurance part, makes it harder to get benefits, makes it harder to keep getting those benefits. It is really hostile to that group. So I’m so glad you raised that.

And the point is that Social Security, one of the many reasons I think it’s so popular, it really embodies basic American values. And it is this idea of, we’re united, we all contribute. The idea is that it’s insurance against the loss of wages. You don’t get benefits unless there’s a work record. But if you’re 30 years old and you walk out in the street and get hit by a truck, God forbid, and can no longer work again, you get benefits for the remainder of your life.

If you have young children and instead of just becoming disabled, you are killed, your children will get benefits until age 18. Now they used to get them until 22, and many of us think that should be restored, or even higher. Normally parents will help their children finance their college educations, but if the parent is gone, though, then the rest of us step in.

So you’re exactly right that this is a program that benefits all of us, and even indirectly–many children receive benefits directly, but they also often live in families where they’re living with their grandparent, their grandparents, getting Social Security. It really is a family program, and I think that’s part of the reason it’s so well-supported.

Social Security Works for Everyone

New Press (2021)

JJ: Just finally, and briefly, “Social Security Works” is the name of the group. It’s the title of the book you co-authored with Eric Kingson. And I really like that verb there: It works. It works to do, as you’re just saying, real things for real people.

And it’s countering this idea that you get every time you pick up the paper, which is that it’s broken, that Social Security is broken or failing or struggling.

And I know it’s just words, but it seems so crucial, because in news media, Social Security is a problem, but actually Social Security is a program that works that we just need to keep working.

NA: Exactly. And in fact, I consider it even more than that. I consider it a solution. Private pensions have largely, in the private sector, disappeared. 401Ks have proven inadequate for most people, other than the very wealthy.

The one part of our retirement income system that does work is Social Security. It’s the most universal. It’s portable from job to job. It’s very fair in its distribution. It’s extremely efficient. Its one shortcoming is that its benefits are too low, which is why we need to expand it.

But you’re exactly right. There’s an elite media view that is very hard to shake. As you say, you could go back decades, and you’ll see the same articles. Somehow, it’s a problem, it’s a drain, it’s unaffordable, it’s this, it’s that. When, actually, it’s extremely efficient. It works extremely well. Indeed, it’s a solution. We should build on it, because it works so well.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Nancy Altman from Social Security Works. They’re online at SocialSecurityWorks.org. Nancy Altman, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

NA: Thank you so much for having me.

 

The post ‘The One Part of Our Retirement Income System That Works Is Social Security’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/the-one-part-of-our-retirement-income-system-that-works-is-social-security-counterspin-interview-with-nancy-altman-on-gops-social-security-assault/feed/ 0 408261
‘What the Government Permits You to Know—That’s Not a Democracy’ – CounterSpin revisits interviews with Daniel Ellsberg https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/what-the-government-permits-you-to-know-thats-not-a-democracy-counterspin-revisits-interviews-with-daniel-ellsberg/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/what-the-government-permits-you-to-know-thats-not-a-democracy-counterspin-revisits-interviews-with-daniel-ellsberg/#respond Tue, 27 Jun 2023 20:14:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034156 "The public [has] an extreme interest in protecting the ability of people inside the government to give information without authorization."

The post ‘What the Government Permits You to Know—That’s Not a Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

CounterSpin interviewed whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg many times over the years; in the wake of Ellsberg’s recent death, Janine Jackson revisited some of those interviews for the June 23, 2023, episode. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230623Ellsberg.mp3

 

NYT: Daniel Ellsberg, Who Leaked the Pentagon Papers, Is Dead at 92

New York Times (6/16/23)

Janine Jackson: Daniel Ellsberg died June 16, aged 92. The New York Times obituary, by Robert D. McFadden, used its first establishing sentence to reference Ellsberg’s “sobbing anti-war epiphany on a bathroom floor.” And it ended that lead with the statement that “the disclosure of the Pentagon Papers plunged a nation that was already wounded and divided by the war deeper into angry controversy.”

You don’t have to be a linguist to sense the suggestion that the disclosure did the plunging, and not the crimes themselves.

Elite media’s respectful obituaries of Ellsberg have had something just a bit off—allowing, if not encouraging, the idea that Ellsberg somehow, however well-intentioned, made a bad thing worse.

It’s anyone’s guess how elite media square their supposed honoring of Ellsberg with their hagiography of undying goblin Henry Kissinger, who called Ellsberg, based on the exact actions the press now suggest they salute, the “most dangerous man in America.”

And certainly don’t ask how their respect for Ellsberg relates to their collective sniffing at living whistleblowers like Chelsea Manning, Edward Snowden or Julian Assange.

Corporate media would like you to glide past their not-coherent stance on whistleblowers, how they can accept trophies for printing their revelations while consigning them to invisibility, and worse, for revealing them.

Daniel Ellsberg had questions about that, and we should keep those questions alive.

Here’s Daniel Ellsberg on CounterSpin in September 2009. Host Peter Hart asked if having decided to risk his career and his life, he had tried going through political channels, and was it the blockage there that sent him to the press?

Time: Pentagon Papers: The Secret War

Time (6/28/71)

Daniel Ellsberg: That is why I went to the press. That was a mistake on my part, in a way, because I should have done that right from the beginning.

But it seemed to me that congressional hearings were called for on this, in part because the Pentagon Papers don’t entirely speak for themselves, or don’t tell the whole story, in the sense that what’s written down, even in top-secret form and in eyes-only memos and so forth, doesn’t represent, by any means, the whole truth that’s in the minds of the people who signed those reports. You really have to have interviews, or you have to talk to these people.

A lot of it doesn’t get written down, precisely because it might leak—and I don’t mean leak to the public; it might leak to the other service, or to Congress, or to people who controlled your budget…the real enemies, in some ways. So a lot of that doesn’t get written down at all.

I’m very aware, in other words, of the limitations of documents, even when it’s as extensive as the Pentagon Papers.

What I didn’t realize was that Congress just wasn’t going to grab that issue, perhaps even then, unless the public created a fire there, and there was a public interest.

I think Neil Sheehan, for example, was nervous, as late as 1971, in the spring, that I would insist on getting this material out first through Congress. And he felt that wouldn’t be the most effective way to do it, and he was right about that. Now, I would’ve deferred to that if he’d made it clear at the point.

But as it was, when the Pentagon Papers came out, on June 13, ’71, I was still in the process of trying to encourage Senator Gravel, or before him, Pete McCloskey of the House, Senator Mathias. I’d finally given up on Senator McGovern at that point, and Senator Fulbright.

My advice right now, for people who feel that we’re heading toward an abyss, for example, in Afghanistan, and if they know—I feel sure people do know in the Pentagon—that the 45,000 we’ve heard as the upper limit of what General McChrystal may ask for is by no means the ceiling on the numbers that the president has heard.

That has not leaked to the public at all. No official, not even on anonymous sources, have said what I’m sure is being discussed right now in the Pentagon.

JJ: Let’s talk more about the current landscape, because certainly, for those who did not live through the history of the Vietnam War, I think they would be very struck by the press’s reaction at the time.

Seventeen papers picked up parts of the Pentagon Papers. It was featured on the evening newscasts for weeks. And I think, for many people, it would be almost impossible to imagine the media system of today reacting in quite the same way to a story of that magnitude. What do you think?

Attorney General John Mitchell with Richard Nixon

Attorney General John Mitchell with President Richard Nixon

DE: Nixon, of course, created what could be called a firestorm on that one, for about a month, by two unprecedented actions, mainly the first—it was the first injunction in our history. The First Amendment was actually written to prevent another Peter Zenger case, in the colonial administration, of prior restraint, of stopping a newspaper from actually printing news, for any grounds whatever.

And so no one had ever tried to do that before. In fact, when Nixon, on the tapes, we hear him asking John Mitchell, who wants an injunction, have we done this before? Mitchell says, oh, sure, lots of times. Which shows what you get when you make your campaign manager your attorney general. He was a bond lawyer, basically. So that was an incredible error on his part.

Well, by the injunction, challenging the press on this, that created the story.

Had I not had enough copies—which I’d made at my wife’s behest, actually, to get on with it, and to make enough copies so that the FBI couldn’t get all my copies away from me—that gave me extra copies, so that when there was one injunction after another, which actually I had not foreseen, I had extra copies to give other newspapers.

WaPo: Court Rules for Newspapers, 6-3

Washington Post (7/1/71)

So you then had an event, unprecedented, I think, not only in the press, but in any institution of any country, before or since: You had a wave of civil disobedience among major institutions, 19 newspapers, 17 after the Washington Post and the Times, defied the attorney general and the president, who were telling them that this wasn’t just an ordinary crime, they called it treason. They used the word “treason,” that it would damage our national security if they printed another page.

And publisher after publisher, following the lead of the New York Times and the Post, which gave them a strong feeling that they were on the right track here, but they followed their own judgment and said, we don’t think this will damage the national security, whatever the president says, and they defied him.

JJ: In 2005, CounterSpin‘s Steve Rendall talked to Ellsberg about Israeli whistleblower Mordechai Vanunu, but also about the core role of whistleblowers.

DE: To the extent that sources can be punished, as was attempted in my case—or which Vanunu experienced here—obviously the intent of that is to close down information from people who are not authorized to give it, which is to say real news, real information. Otherwise you’re left with handouts and an account of government decision-making that is simply what the government wants you to know, or permits you to know.

Daniel Ellsberg as depicted in New York Times obit

Daniel Ellsberg: “Journalists and the public have an extreme interest in protecting the ability of people inside the government to give information without authorization.”

And that’s not a democracy. That’s basically, you’ve got a monarchy or a dictatorship in that respect in foreign affairs. And that’s pretty much what we would have if we had the total control over sources.

So journalists and the public have an extreme interest in protecting the ability of people inside the government to give information without authorization. That is, information that their bosses would find embarrassing because it would reveal crimes or errors or misjudgments or lies.

That’s mainly the kind of thing that they’re above all interested in keeping secret. And it’s what the public needs to know in order to hold them accountable and to exert any real democratic control over foreign policy.

JJ: In an article for CounterPunch in 2006, Daniel Ellsberg said:

I would not have thought of copying the Pentagon Papers, risking a possible lifetime in prison, without the example of thousands of young Americans who were doing everything they could to oppose a wrongful, hopeless war. They showed civic courage.

And, Ellsberg added, “Courage is contagious.”

The post ‘What the Government Permits You to Know—That’s Not a Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/what-the-government-permits-you-to-know-thats-not-a-democracy-counterspin-revisits-interviews-with-daniel-ellsberg/feed/ 0 407603
Nancy Altman on GOP Social Security Attack, Daniel Ellsberg Revisited https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/nancy-altman-on-gop-social-security-attack-daniel-ellsberg-revisited/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/nancy-altman-on-gop-social-security-attack-daniel-ellsberg-revisited/#respond Fri, 23 Jun 2023 15:34:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034104 When Daniel Ellsberg died, media burnished their own reputation as truth-tellers while somehow dishonoring the practice of truth-telling.

The post Nancy Altman on GOP Social Security Attack, Daniel Ellsberg Revisited appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230623.mp3

 

Republicans

New Republic (6/14/23)

This week on CounterSpin: 70% of House Republicans belong to the Republican Study Committee, which just released a budget that calls for curtailing programs supporting racial equity and LGBTQ rights, natch—and also for increased cuts and access hurdles for Social Security and Medicare. It’s a tale as old as time, how some people want to take resources explicitly designated for seniors and disabled people and funnel them to rich people, in supposed service of “saving” those popular social programs. We’ve been asking for debunking of that storyline for years now from Nancy Altman, president of the group Social Security Works, and author of books, including The Battle for Social Security: From FDR’s Vision to Bush’s Gamble. We’ll get some more debunking this week, because when it comes to Social Security, it seems everything old will always be new again.

      CounterSpin230623Altman.mp3

 

Daniel Ellsberg

Daniel Ellsberg (CC photo: Christopher Michel)

Also on the show: Whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg died last week at the age of 92, and elite media did that thing they do, where they sort of honor someone they discredited in life, burnishing their own reputation as truth-tellers while still somehow dishonoring the practice of truth-telling—of the sort that afflicts the comfortable. CounterSpin spoke with Ellsberg many times over the years. We hear just some of those conversations this week on the show.

      CounterSpin230623Ellsberg.mp3

 

The post Nancy Altman on GOP Social Security Attack, Daniel Ellsberg Revisited appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/nancy-altman-on-gop-social-security-attack-daniel-ellsberg-revisited/feed/ 0 406493
‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ – CounterSpin interview with Sonali Kolhatkar on the power of narrative https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/#respond Tue, 20 Jun 2023 21:34:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034057 "I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy."

The post ‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Rising Up‘s Sonali Kolhatkar about the power of narrative for the June 16, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230616Kolhatkar.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Most of us have a memory about a time someone judged us based on things they heard about people “like us.” They couldn’t, if only for a moment, see us as an individual, because that view was clouded by hundreds of tales they’d heard about people with our skin color, or clothing, or physical ability.

Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice

(City Lights, 2023)

And most of us can also recognize that our vision of people we don’t know has been shaped by stories we’ve been told. It’s not a giant leap to see how that can affect our political choices and possibilities.

Narrative is a tricky and significant thing, and the subject of a lot of important new work, including that of our guest today.

Sonali Kolhatkar is the host and executive producer of the daily radio and TV program Rising Up With Sonali, and the racial justice and civil liberties editor at Yes! Magazine. Her new book, Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, will be published this month by City Lights, and she joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Sonali Kolhatkar.

Sonali Kolhatkar: It’s such an honor to be with you, Janine. Thank you for having me.

JJ: It’s my pleasure. I’ve been hearing about the importance of narrative in social justice spaces for a few years now, and I want to ask you to clarify, because it sounds “soft”; it sounds like meta-phenomena. You can think, well, let’s change facts on the ground, and then we’ll talk about what stories we tell about them.

So I want to ask you to just respond, how do we define narrative, and how do you situate that within what else needs to happen?

SK: Those are great questions, and it is a new front in organizing, and I’m really glad it is, because as a journalist for a few decades now, I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy.

We’d like to think, especially on the left, that if there is a wrong that needs to be righted, that all we have to do is make the case to the right people ardently enough, and it’ll happen. But unfortunately, it doesn’t happen that way. And we find ourselves, especially today, at a time when white supremacy is so resurgent, and so it really was important for me to explore this idea of how our narratives are shaped.

Sonali Kolhatkar (photo: Amanda McIntosh)

Sonali Kolhatkar: “I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy.” (photo: Amanda McIntosh)

And it’s kind of a simple thing, because it’s all around us. As human beings, it is extremely natural for us to have an idea of how our world works based on all of the things that we have been exposed to from childhood in storytelling, whether it’s through mass media, the TV shows we watch and the movies that we watch; whether it’s in the communities we live in, and so the people we interact with; classes we took in school, or the college courses we took—all of that shapes our view of the world.

And so narrative, this idea that intentional storytelling, which is how I define it, shapes our worldview, is a very important way in which we can fight for a better world.

And for journalists like me, that is where I am most comfortable, because I engage in narrative work every single day.

The mainstream media like to think that there’s this myth of objectivity, but what they’re doing is, they’re bringing in the narratives that they have internalized to every story that they write, instead of identifying the narrative, or even trying to change the narrative.

So we have had racist narratives, narratives promoting racist stereotypes, for so many years. In my book, I look through the history of Hollywood, I look at the right-wing shock jocks of the kind that FAIR has been analyzing for years, and how they perpetuated racist narratives, and kept the culture of the United States, a nation built on white supremacy, kept that ideology alive in the hearts of far too many Americans.

But our nation is changing demographically, and in order to fulfill the promise of democracy, people of color need to be seen as full human beings. And that’s where narrative work to upend racist narratives, and replace them with racial justice narratives, comes in.

So a lot of organizations are doing that work. A lot of storytellers are now doing that work.

I look at how independent media has offered a counterpoint to mainstream media for years, and changed narratives.

I look at how Hollywood is being infiltrated by new progressive, independent filmmakers of color, who are finally getting the space, albeit still not commensurate with population, to tell their own stories, and to tell the stories of people of color, so that we are seen as full, complex human beings.

I delve into critical race theory and college education, and upending narratives through storytelling in print, and even social media.

And finally, face-to-face conversations, how we can really come together as a country. And I don’t want to sound too idealistic. As someone who has been looking at social justice issues for many years, in fact, it’s been hard to not be too cynical.

But in doing the research and writing this book, I found myself really feeling more hopeful, because what’s happening is as the demographic shifts are happening in this country, people of color are finally starting to feel less marginalized by speaking up, speaking out and rising up—take a look at the title of the book!

So that’s what I think about as narrative, and I really hope your listeners, and Americans all around us, start to see narrative work as important work that is a critical part of social justice work.

JJ: It’s really just naming something that’s happening all the time. I think that it’s undeniable, how language and how framing can change opinions.

Years ago, when I was talking about affirmative action, there was research saying that when you talk to people about “affirmative action,” they’re for it. If you talk to people about “preferential treatment,” they’re against it.

On a very basic level, it’s about the words we use. It’s about the language we use to frame and set up situations that we’re talking about.

So if we can bring it up to the present day, when you talk to people—and you explore this in the book—about “diversity,” that’s one thing; when you talk about “equity”… It’s about what pictures those words call up in people’s brains, and the idea that that is actually important and worth paying attention to.

SK: Yeah, I mean, context matters so much, right?

Like, say, take the simple slogan “Black Lives Matter.” For the independent media, when we covered this movement when it first started 10 years ago, it was not something that our audiences were jarred by, because our audiences had already been conditioned to understand that Black lives have not mattered in American history. But to an audience that has been exposed only to Fox News, or, for that matter, even just CNN, “Black Lives Matter,” if they really didn’t want to accept that the country is white supremacist, sounded like Black folks asking for preferential treatment, as if that term meant Black lives matter more than everyone else’s.

So context matters, history matters, and that’s where the independent media comes in.

Race Forward: Why We Should Drop The I-Word

YouTube (10/28/15)

And words matter. So there was a campaign by ColorLines magazine, which I write about in the book, to pressure media outlets to stop using the word “illegal” when referring to undocumented immigrants.

In fact, so many outlets were, and some still do, refer to undocumented people as “illegals,” not even “illegal people,” but “illegals,” right, which is a dehumanizing term. And when you can dehumanize people, then it justifies treating them as second-class citizens, treating them as less than human.

And so changing that language, which at that time was not seen as a really important part of work, but that ColorLines pushed for, did help to change the narrative on seeing undocumented immigrants as people, as human beings.

And Associated Press changed their language, and you started to see that culture shifting. It doesn’t mean that we’ve won rights for undocumented folks, but it means that we are on our way to doing so, and we have to keep pushing.

So yeah, words matter, and I’m really glad you brought that up: the “I-word,” as it’s been called, right?

And there’s so many other words, you can look around, and one of the things I want to do with my book is help readers and listeners identify narrative around them.

When you are watching a movie, a Hollywood film, to be able to look at it with a critical mind and say, that’s a white supremacist narrative, that’s a white savior complex, a common trope. Wow, here’s a movie where the men have all the speaking parts, and women are props, or people of color are props.

And it’s telling the stories of white folks from white perspectives, because the writers are white, the executive producers are white, and people of color, women, who are marginalized in the stories are marginalized then in our culture as well. So we want people to be able to see those things more clearly for themselves, and then commit to changing them.

JJ: And to recognize that, as much as you might think words are words and reality is reality, there is a way that changing the conversation can actually change the facts on the ground.

It’s a dialectic, of course, but there is a back and forth between—if you’re comfortable calling people “illegals,” you’re going to have a certain kind of political conversation.

And just to remove that from the conversation does actually have a material effect. I think that’s important.

Independent: Copaganda: Why film and TV portrayals of the police are under fire

Independent (7/9/20)

SK: Absolutely. Content shapes culture and culture shapes content. They work hand in hand.

And one of the other things that I point out in my book, even though we may not think of it as a narrative around race, I have a whole chapter on it, because I feel so strongly about it. It’s called copaganda.

It’s not a phrase that I came up with, but it’s a phrase that racial justice activists have used for a long time, and that is: mass media narratives that portray police as the good guys. It’s something that we see in Hollywood all around us: The police are the good guys. When they do bad things, they are the exception rather than the rule.

And that’s the kind of pervasive, insidious cultural bedrock that then lays the foundations for pouring one-fourth to one-third of city budgets into police budgets.

When people say “defund the police,” what they really mean is take money out of police budgets and put them into the things that actually matter. And Hollywood is a huge obstacle to the defund movement, because Hollywood continually portrays police as noble, as do-gooders. And so it sounds jarring, to those who buy into that narrative, to hear “defund the police.” And if we start to change the culture on it, we can start to change the policy on the ground.

JJ: One of the things about the book that I appreciate is the naming of names. So often corporate media, or just the broader culture, seem to come to an idea and swallow it whole, as though they created it. And, sadly, writers sometimes too, act as though things sprang full-grown from their heads.

That ignores and erases all of the people, all of the organizations that have been working on those ideas forever. And in your book, you name a lot of people, you name a lot of groups, and it’s not just about giving credit where credit is due, it’s also about contributing to our understanding of how social change happens.

If you don’t support the roots, the tree is going to blow over. So naming groups that have been doing this work, naming media organizations, naming social justice organizations, it just seems so important, and it’s one of the things that I assume you’re doing as a choice in the book.

SK: Absolutely. Look, I’ve been a broadcast journalist, before a print journalist, for a long time. And so the way I did journalism was providing a platform for other people to tell their stories, in a way that furthered my agenda, which is social justice—and our common agenda, because the people that I interview with, by and large, are social justice warriors—and so helping to offer them a platform, helping to shape the conversation, to best showcase the important work that they’re doing.

So writing a book based on two decades of interviewing folks, I absolutely wanted to name the names and showcase and quote from the people that have taught me about this work.

It was important for me at the very end of the book to have a list of resources, of organizations like FAIR that are doing narrative work, organizations whose work I grew from in writing the book, and who I hope will get all of the love that they deserve from readers, who can walk away thinking, OK, these are the organizations that I want to look to for understanding narrative work, and maybe participating in narrative work.

So that is absolutely important, and I’m sure I’ve left out several, but there are so many, and they’re growing in number, which is what I’m really, really excited about, is that there are more and more organizations that are growing in number that are doing narrative work, that are actively incorporating, into their day-to-day activism, how they can shape the culture.

It’s not enough anymore to just have a press person or a communications department. So, for example, the Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights in LA made a film that showcases the work that they’re trying to do humanizing immigrants.

And I interviewed Angelica Salas on my show about that film, and I write about it. It’s called America’s Family. I write about it in the book, how organizations are incorporating narrative work into their actions so that they can change the culture, alongside the policy-shifting that they’re trying to achieve.

Yes! Magazine: Together With Earth

Yes! (Spring/15)

JJ: I want to talk about Yes! Magazine, which I’ve been reading for years. So much of the content of left or independent media is framed in conflict, and framed about the enemy: Here’s how the bad guy operates. We need to know this. Oh, here’s what the bad guy did today.

And it’s very important. It’s important to know. And at the same time, I so appreciate space given to talking about the people and the places that are day-to-day addressing and resolving the problems that plague us.

But what is sometimes called “solutions journalism” is considered soft or unserious somehow. And I’ve talked about this with my former colleague, Laura Flanders, whose show is about spotlighting people who are making things work, who are solving problems collectively.

And I just always think, what’s so funny about peace, love and understanding? I feel that more of media could be given to people who are making it work.

SK: Yeah, it’s one of the many reasons why I decided to join Yes! Magazine. It is very traumatizing, and feeding cynicism, to engage in crisis journalism, the disaster journalism.

It’s something that gets the attraction of people, which is why a lot of journalists do it. It’s easy to fuel fear and use fear-based journalism. And, indeed, there’s so much wrong in the world that you never run out of things to cover that are kind of depressing.

I found, as a journalist, I was experiencing sometimes secondary PTSD, because my job was to not look away. My job was to look at the injustices, examine them.

When I transitioned to Yes! Magazine a couple of years ago, it was with the intention of trying to focus on the things that people are doing that are very concrete and the challenges that they face, how they’re realizing the solutions to the problems of the world, because those solutions have always been there as well. They just haven’t gotten the attention they’re due, because they aren’t sexy, they don’t attract the right kind of attention.

And beyond peace, love and understanding, they are very, very concrete solutions. So, for example, I just returned from a three-day trip to Atlanta, where Yes! Magazine partnered with the Decolonizing Wealth Project on a conference focused on reparations.

Twenty years ago, reparations for Black folks was seen as a pipe dream, as an idea too radical to be taken seriously.

Randall Robinson wrote about it, and then eventually Ta-Nehisi Coates, many years later, wrote about it, and they helped shift the culture to where the idea of reparations now is not so far-fetched, or not seen as so radical. There’s congressional legislation around it.

And Yes! Magazine was there, because we were covering all of the people that are helping make reparations a reality. We were talking to the members of the California Task Force on Reparations. We were talking to folks who are doing narrative work to make reparations possible.

And to me, that’s not just hopeful, it’s essential. If we don’t know what we’re fighting for, then what are we doing fighting against something, right?

It’s so important for us to know the end goal that we can realize.… X, Y and Z are trying it out on this side of the country; maybe this other organization can try a version of that, to see the models of what’s working, so that we can realize our just world. That’s essential. And so that’s why I love working at Yes!.

JJ: And then, also, just internationally, which is something that US media often ignore. We are one world, but corporate news media hide that fact like it’s their job. And the world kind of looks like the board in a game of Risk in news media.

But if we’re looking at other examples, and other things that we can look to, and people we can be in community with, an international focus is also part of that.

SK: Absolutely. Unfortunately, our corporate journalists have internalized the narrative of national security officials. They’ve internalized the narrative that it’s America versus the rest of the world, instead of people in the United States, and how they can be similar to or different from or engage with people in other countries, and distancing themselves from the national security considerations of government officials is very, very difficult for corporate media to do.

But, yeah, for independent media, for media outlets like Yes! Magazine, it’s essential, because there’s so much more that unites us than divides us. Climate change affects all of us. Racism affects all of us. Misogyny and patriarchy affect all of us. The rights of children are important to all of us.

And so, yeah, learning from one another is absolutely essential to undermine the injustices perpetrated by power structures. And so that bottom-up journalism, and the bottom-up activism, is where we really need to keep reminding ourselves to focus.

JJ: And then, finally, it’s so important to have spaces where you can have this kind of conversation, where you don’t have to agree with everything that’s said, but you have to preserve a space to have the conversation, as imperfect as that space may be.

So I guess I’ll just, finally, ask you to do whatever shout-out you have for independent media, and what you hope the book will do in terms of how it lands with folks.

SK: Oh, thank you so much for that. Folks can check out my show, RisingUpWithSonali.com, where I do a weekly broadcast. If you go to RisingUpWithSonali.com, you can not only see the interviews I do every week, but also more information about the book, where you can get a copy of the book.

It’s really important. I really hope folks go out and support independent publishers and writers like myself. It’s a small, very readable book; it’s, I hope, quite inexpensive.

I’ll be doing a speaking tour throughout the country, with a book launch in Berkeley at the Berkeley Public Library on June 28, which I hope folks can come out to.

I have lots of events in Southern California, where I’m based, also some in Seattle and Houston coming up, and so I really hope people can come out, have a conversation with me, have a conversation with someone else, check out YesMagazine.org.

And I’m plugging FAIR. Check out FAIR’s work, please. It was such a resource for me, and it has been such a resource for me for 20 years. I rely on outlets like FAIR and, no, Janine did not pay me to say that.

So please do support your local, independent media as well, wherever you are, your local bookstores. It’s important that we do that.

JJ: We’re all in it together. We’ve been speaking with Sonali Kolhatkar, host and executive producer of the daily radio and TV program Rising Up With Sonali, and the racial justice and civil liberties editor at Yes! Magazine.

Her new book Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice is out this month from City Lights. Thank you so much, Sonali, for joining us this week on CountersSpin.

SK: Thank you.

The post ‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/feed/ 0 405480
‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ – CounterSpin interview with Sonali Kolhatkar on the power of narrative https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/#respond Tue, 20 Jun 2023 21:34:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034057 "I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy."

The post ‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Rising Up‘s Sonali Kolhatkar about the power of narrative for the June 16, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230616Kolhatkar.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Most of us have a memory about a time someone judged us based on things they heard about people “like us.” They couldn’t, if only for a moment, see us as an individual, because that view was clouded by hundreds of tales they’d heard about people with our skin color, or clothing, or physical ability.

Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice

(City Lights, 2023)

And most of us can also recognize that our vision of people we don’t know has been shaped by stories we’ve been told. It’s not a giant leap to see how that can affect our political choices and possibilities.

Narrative is a tricky and significant thing, and the subject of a lot of important new work, including that of our guest today.

Sonali Kolhatkar is the host and executive producer of the daily radio and TV program Rising Up With Sonali, and the racial justice and civil liberties editor at Yes! Magazine. Her new book, Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, will be published this month by City Lights, and she joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Sonali Kolhatkar.

Sonali Kolhatkar: It’s such an honor to be with you, Janine. Thank you for having me.

JJ: It’s my pleasure. I’ve been hearing about the importance of narrative in social justice spaces for a few years now, and I want to ask you to clarify, because it sounds “soft”; it sounds like meta-phenomena. You can think, well, let’s change facts on the ground, and then we’ll talk about what stories we tell about them.

So I want to ask you to just respond, how do we define narrative, and how do you situate that within what else needs to happen?

SK: Those are great questions, and it is a new front in organizing, and I’m really glad it is, because as a journalist for a few decades now, I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy.

We’d like to think, especially on the left, that if there is a wrong that needs to be righted, that all we have to do is make the case to the right people ardently enough, and it’ll happen. But unfortunately, it doesn’t happen that way. And we find ourselves, especially today, at a time when white supremacy is so resurgent, and so it really was important for me to explore this idea of how our narratives are shaped.

Sonali Kolhatkar (photo: Amanda McIntosh)

Sonali Kolhatkar: “I have seen the power of how narrative shifts culture, and how culture then shifts policy.” (photo: Amanda McIntosh)

And it’s kind of a simple thing, because it’s all around us. As human beings, it is extremely natural for us to have an idea of how our world works based on all of the things that we have been exposed to from childhood in storytelling, whether it’s through mass media, the TV shows we watch and the movies that we watch; whether it’s in the communities we live in, and so the people we interact with; classes we took in school, or the college courses we took—all of that shapes our view of the world.

And so narrative, this idea that intentional storytelling, which is how I define it, shapes our worldview, is a very important way in which we can fight for a better world.

And for journalists like me, that is where I am most comfortable, because I engage in narrative work every single day.

The mainstream media like to think that there’s this myth of objectivity, but what they’re doing is, they’re bringing in the narratives that they have internalized to every story that they write, instead of identifying the narrative, or even trying to change the narrative.

So we have had racist narratives, narratives promoting racist stereotypes, for so many years. In my book, I look through the history of Hollywood, I look at the right-wing shock jocks of the kind that FAIR has been analyzing for years, and how they perpetuated racist narratives, and kept the culture of the United States, a nation built on white supremacy, kept that ideology alive in the hearts of far too many Americans.

But our nation is changing demographically, and in order to fulfill the promise of democracy, people of color need to be seen as full human beings. And that’s where narrative work to upend racist narratives, and replace them with racial justice narratives, comes in.

So a lot of organizations are doing that work. A lot of storytellers are now doing that work.

I look at how independent media has offered a counterpoint to mainstream media for years, and changed narratives.

I look at how Hollywood is being infiltrated by new progressive, independent filmmakers of color, who are finally getting the space, albeit still not commensurate with population, to tell their own stories, and to tell the stories of people of color, so that we are seen as full, complex human beings.

I delve into critical race theory and college education, and upending narratives through storytelling in print, and even social media.

And finally, face-to-face conversations, how we can really come together as a country. And I don’t want to sound too idealistic. As someone who has been looking at social justice issues for many years, in fact, it’s been hard to not be too cynical.

But in doing the research and writing this book, I found myself really feeling more hopeful, because what’s happening is as the demographic shifts are happening in this country, people of color are finally starting to feel less marginalized by speaking up, speaking out and rising up—take a look at the title of the book!

So that’s what I think about as narrative, and I really hope your listeners, and Americans all around us, start to see narrative work as important work that is a critical part of social justice work.

JJ: It’s really just naming something that’s happening all the time. I think that it’s undeniable, how language and how framing can change opinions.

Years ago, when I was talking about affirmative action, there was research saying that when you talk to people about “affirmative action,” they’re for it. If you talk to people about “preferential treatment,” they’re against it.

On a very basic level, it’s about the words we use. It’s about the language we use to frame and set up situations that we’re talking about.

So if we can bring it up to the present day, when you talk to people—and you explore this in the book—about “diversity,” that’s one thing; when you talk about “equity”… It’s about what pictures those words call up in people’s brains, and the idea that that is actually important and worth paying attention to.

SK: Yeah, I mean, context matters so much, right?

Like, say, take the simple slogan “Black Lives Matter.” For the independent media, when we covered this movement when it first started 10 years ago, it was not something that our audiences were jarred by, because our audiences had already been conditioned to understand that Black lives have not mattered in American history. But to an audience that has been exposed only to Fox News, or, for that matter, even just CNN, “Black Lives Matter,” if they really didn’t want to accept that the country is white supremacist, sounded like Black folks asking for preferential treatment, as if that term meant Black lives matter more than everyone else’s.

So context matters, history matters, and that’s where the independent media comes in.

Race Forward: Why We Should Drop The I-Word

YouTube (10/28/15)

And words matter. So there was a campaign by ColorLines magazine, which I write about in the book, to pressure media outlets to stop using the word “illegal” when referring to undocumented immigrants.

In fact, so many outlets were, and some still do, refer to undocumented people as “illegals,” not even “illegal people,” but “illegals,” right, which is a dehumanizing term. And when you can dehumanize people, then it justifies treating them as second-class citizens, treating them as less than human.

And so changing that language, which at that time was not seen as a really important part of work, but that ColorLines pushed for, did help to change the narrative on seeing undocumented immigrants as people, as human beings.

And Associated Press changed their language, and you started to see that culture shifting. It doesn’t mean that we’ve won rights for undocumented folks, but it means that we are on our way to doing so, and we have to keep pushing.

So yeah, words matter, and I’m really glad you brought that up: the “I-word,” as it’s been called, right?

And there’s so many other words, you can look around, and one of the things I want to do with my book is help readers and listeners identify narrative around them.

When you are watching a movie, a Hollywood film, to be able to look at it with a critical mind and say, that’s a white supremacist narrative, that’s a white savior complex, a common trope. Wow, here’s a movie where the men have all the speaking parts, and women are props, or people of color are props.

And it’s telling the stories of white folks from white perspectives, because the writers are white, the executive producers are white, and people of color, women, who are marginalized in the stories are marginalized then in our culture as well. So we want people to be able to see those things more clearly for themselves, and then commit to changing them.

JJ: And to recognize that, as much as you might think words are words and reality is reality, there is a way that changing the conversation can actually change the facts on the ground.

It’s a dialectic, of course, but there is a back and forth between—if you’re comfortable calling people “illegals,” you’re going to have a certain kind of political conversation.

And just to remove that from the conversation does actually have a material effect. I think that’s important.

Independent: Copaganda: Why film and TV portrayals of the police are under fire

Independent (7/9/20)

SK: Absolutely. Content shapes culture and culture shapes content. They work hand in hand.

And one of the other things that I point out in my book, even though we may not think of it as a narrative around race, I have a whole chapter on it, because I feel so strongly about it. It’s called copaganda.

It’s not a phrase that I came up with, but it’s a phrase that racial justice activists have used for a long time, and that is: mass media narratives that portray police as the good guys. It’s something that we see in Hollywood all around us: The police are the good guys. When they do bad things, they are the exception rather than the rule.

And that’s the kind of pervasive, insidious cultural bedrock that then lays the foundations for pouring one-fourth to one-third of city budgets into police budgets.

When people say “defund the police,” what they really mean is take money out of police budgets and put them into the things that actually matter. And Hollywood is a huge obstacle to the defund movement, because Hollywood continually portrays police as noble, as do-gooders. And so it sounds jarring, to those who buy into that narrative, to hear “defund the police.” And if we start to change the culture on it, we can start to change the policy on the ground.

JJ: One of the things about the book that I appreciate is the naming of names. So often corporate media, or just the broader culture, seem to come to an idea and swallow it whole, as though they created it. And, sadly, writers sometimes too, act as though things sprang full-grown from their heads.

That ignores and erases all of the people, all of the organizations that have been working on those ideas forever. And in your book, you name a lot of people, you name a lot of groups, and it’s not just about giving credit where credit is due, it’s also about contributing to our understanding of how social change happens.

If you don’t support the roots, the tree is going to blow over. So naming groups that have been doing this work, naming media organizations, naming social justice organizations, it just seems so important, and it’s one of the things that I assume you’re doing as a choice in the book.

SK: Absolutely. Look, I’ve been a broadcast journalist, before a print journalist, for a long time. And so the way I did journalism was providing a platform for other people to tell their stories, in a way that furthered my agenda, which is social justice—and our common agenda, because the people that I interview with, by and large, are social justice warriors—and so helping to offer them a platform, helping to shape the conversation, to best showcase the important work that they’re doing.

So writing a book based on two decades of interviewing folks, I absolutely wanted to name the names and showcase and quote from the people that have taught me about this work.

It was important for me at the very end of the book to have a list of resources, of organizations like FAIR that are doing narrative work, organizations whose work I grew from in writing the book, and who I hope will get all of the love that they deserve from readers, who can walk away thinking, OK, these are the organizations that I want to look to for understanding narrative work, and maybe participating in narrative work.

So that is absolutely important, and I’m sure I’ve left out several, but there are so many, and they’re growing in number, which is what I’m really, really excited about, is that there are more and more organizations that are growing in number that are doing narrative work, that are actively incorporating, into their day-to-day activism, how they can shape the culture.

It’s not enough anymore to just have a press person or a communications department. So, for example, the Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights in LA made a film that showcases the work that they’re trying to do humanizing immigrants.

And I interviewed Angelica Salas on my show about that film, and I write about it. It’s called America’s Family. I write about it in the book, how organizations are incorporating narrative work into their actions so that they can change the culture, alongside the policy-shifting that they’re trying to achieve.

Yes! Magazine: Together With Earth

Yes! (Spring/15)

JJ: I want to talk about Yes! Magazine, which I’ve been reading for years. So much of the content of left or independent media is framed in conflict, and framed about the enemy: Here’s how the bad guy operates. We need to know this. Oh, here’s what the bad guy did today.

And it’s very important. It’s important to know. And at the same time, I so appreciate space given to talking about the people and the places that are day-to-day addressing and resolving the problems that plague us.

But what is sometimes called “solutions journalism” is considered soft or unserious somehow. And I’ve talked about this with my former colleague, Laura Flanders, whose show is about spotlighting people who are making things work, who are solving problems collectively.

And I just always think, what’s so funny about peace, love and understanding? I feel that more of media could be given to people who are making it work.

SK: Yeah, it’s one of the many reasons why I decided to join Yes! Magazine. It is very traumatizing, and feeding cynicism, to engage in crisis journalism, the disaster journalism.

It’s something that gets the attraction of people, which is why a lot of journalists do it. It’s easy to fuel fear and use fear-based journalism. And, indeed, there’s so much wrong in the world that you never run out of things to cover that are kind of depressing.

I found, as a journalist, I was experiencing sometimes secondary PTSD, because my job was to not look away. My job was to look at the injustices, examine them.

When I transitioned to Yes! Magazine a couple of years ago, it was with the intention of trying to focus on the things that people are doing that are very concrete and the challenges that they face, how they’re realizing the solutions to the problems of the world, because those solutions have always been there as well. They just haven’t gotten the attention they’re due, because they aren’t sexy, they don’t attract the right kind of attention.

And beyond peace, love and understanding, they are very, very concrete solutions. So, for example, I just returned from a three-day trip to Atlanta, where Yes! Magazine partnered with the Decolonizing Wealth Project on a conference focused on reparations.

Twenty years ago, reparations for Black folks was seen as a pipe dream, as an idea too radical to be taken seriously.

Randall Robinson wrote about it, and then eventually Ta-Nehisi Coates, many years later, wrote about it, and they helped shift the culture to where the idea of reparations now is not so far-fetched, or not seen as so radical. There’s congressional legislation around it.

And Yes! Magazine was there, because we were covering all of the people that are helping make reparations a reality. We were talking to the members of the California Task Force on Reparations. We were talking to folks who are doing narrative work to make reparations possible.

And to me, that’s not just hopeful, it’s essential. If we don’t know what we’re fighting for, then what are we doing fighting against something, right?

It’s so important for us to know the end goal that we can realize.… X, Y and Z are trying it out on this side of the country; maybe this other organization can try a version of that, to see the models of what’s working, so that we can realize our just world. That’s essential. And so that’s why I love working at Yes!.

JJ: And then, also, just internationally, which is something that US media often ignore. We are one world, but corporate news media hide that fact like it’s their job. And the world kind of looks like the board in a game of Risk in news media.

But if we’re looking at other examples, and other things that we can look to, and people we can be in community with, an international focus is also part of that.

SK: Absolutely. Unfortunately, our corporate journalists have internalized the narrative of national security officials. They’ve internalized the narrative that it’s America versus the rest of the world, instead of people in the United States, and how they can be similar to or different from or engage with people in other countries, and distancing themselves from the national security considerations of government officials is very, very difficult for corporate media to do.

But, yeah, for independent media, for media outlets like Yes! Magazine, it’s essential, because there’s so much more that unites us than divides us. Climate change affects all of us. Racism affects all of us. Misogyny and patriarchy affect all of us. The rights of children are important to all of us.

And so, yeah, learning from one another is absolutely essential to undermine the injustices perpetrated by power structures. And so that bottom-up journalism, and the bottom-up activism, is where we really need to keep reminding ourselves to focus.

JJ: And then, finally, it’s so important to have spaces where you can have this kind of conversation, where you don’t have to agree with everything that’s said, but you have to preserve a space to have the conversation, as imperfect as that space may be.

So I guess I’ll just, finally, ask you to do whatever shout-out you have for independent media, and what you hope the book will do in terms of how it lands with folks.

SK: Oh, thank you so much for that. Folks can check out my show, RisingUpWithSonali.com, where I do a weekly broadcast. If you go to RisingUpWithSonali.com, you can not only see the interviews I do every week, but also more information about the book, where you can get a copy of the book.

It’s really important. I really hope folks go out and support independent publishers and writers like myself. It’s a small, very readable book; it’s, I hope, quite inexpensive.

I’ll be doing a speaking tour throughout the country, with a book launch in Berkeley at the Berkeley Public Library on June 28, which I hope folks can come out to.

I have lots of events in Southern California, where I’m based, also some in Seattle and Houston coming up, and so I really hope people can come out, have a conversation with me, have a conversation with someone else, check out YesMagazine.org.

And I’m plugging FAIR. Check out FAIR’s work, please. It was such a resource for me, and it has been such a resource for me for 20 years. I rely on outlets like FAIR and, no, Janine did not pay me to say that.

So please do support your local, independent media as well, wherever you are, your local bookstores. It’s important that we do that.

JJ: We’re all in it together. We’ve been speaking with Sonali Kolhatkar, host and executive producer of the daily radio and TV program Rising Up With Sonali, and the racial justice and civil liberties editor at Yes! Magazine.

Her new book Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice is out this month from City Lights. Thank you so much, Sonali, for joining us this week on CountersSpin.

SK: Thank you.

The post ‘Intentional Storytelling Is a Way We Can Fight for a Better World’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/20/intentional-storytelling-is-a-way-we-can-fight-for-a-better-world-counterspin-interview-with-sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/feed/ 0 405481
Sonali Kolhatkar on the Power of Narrative https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 15:13:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034042 Narrative is an important tool for folks looking to change the world for the better, in part by changing the stories we tell one another.

The post Sonali Kolhatkar on the Power of Narrative appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230616.mp3

 

Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice

(City Lights, 2023)

This week on CounterSpin: The stories news media tell are something different than the facts they report. The facts may say what happened where; the stories tell us who’s the hero and who’s the villain, how important the fight is, and whether we should care about the ending. It’s not always easy to discern, but it’s critical—which is why narrative has been taken up as an important tool by folks looking to change the world for the better, in part by changing the stories we tell ourselves and one another.

Sonali Kolhatkar is the host and executive producer of the daily radio and TV program Rising Up With Sonali, and the racial justice and civil liberties editor at Yes! Magazine. Her new book, Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, will be published this month by City Lights. She joins us this week on the show.

      CounterSpin230616Kolhatkar.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of work requirements.

      CounterSpin230616Banter.mp3

 

The post Sonali Kolhatkar on the Power of Narrative appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/sonali-kolhatkar-on-the-power-of-narrative/feed/ 0 404475
‘Despite Legalization, the People Harmed the Most Are Not Able to Benefit’ – CounterSpin interview with Tauhid Chappell on cannabis justice https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/14/despite-legalization-the-people-harmed-the-most-are-not-able-to-benefit-counterspin-interview-with-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/14/despite-legalization-the-people-harmed-the-most-are-not-able-to-benefit-counterspin-interview-with-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice/#respond Wed, 14 Jun 2023 15:30:57 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034002 "Incarceration, especially for Black Americans, still has not significantly decreased, despite legalization of marijuana."

The post ‘Despite Legalization, the People Harmed the Most Are Not Able to Benefit’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Philadelphia CannaBusiness Association’s Tauhid Chappell about cannabis justice for the June 9, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230609Chappell.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: As media critics, we encourage people to write letters to the editor, noting that even if your letter doesn’t run, it may help another letter with a similar point get in. Because a paper that gets one letter may not feel obliged to represent that view, but if they get 20, they may figure they should run one.

NYT: Legalizing Marijuana Is a Big Mistake

New York Times (5/17/23)

All of which is to say, the New York Times must have got a boatload of letters scoffing at columnist Ross Douthat’s sad sack May 17 piece about how legalizing marijuana is a big mistake, not least because his opposition to it is making people call him a “square.”

Unsurprisingly, Douthat isn’t being a principled contrarian, just obfuscating. As noted by Paul from Washington and Jeff from Queens and Peter from Boston, he sidesteps comparative mention of legal drugs like alcohol or tobacco, and dismisses decades of society-wide harms of racist enforcement of anti-marijuana legislation by saying cops who used weed as a pretense to stop and frisk Black people will just find other reasons, so: so much for that.

For the Times columnist, it all comes down to the wicked weed as “personal degradation,” which, in 2023, sails like a lead balloon.

There is an informed, good-faith conversation to be had about the impacts of marijuana legalization, and especially the effort to see some of the benefits of this newly legal market, in some places, go to those most harmed by its illegality.

Our guest works on precisely these intersections. Tauhid Chappell is a founder of the Philadelphia CannaBusiness Association, and also a project manager for Free Press’s News Voices project, focusing on that program’s Philadelphia initiative to reimagine how local newsrooms approach coverage of crime, violence, and the criminal justice and carceral systems.

He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Tauhid Chappell.

Tauhid Chappell: Thanks for having me.

JJ: So Douthat’s column was headlined “Call Me Square, but Facts Show the Error of Legalizing Weed,” which, OK, the invocation of “facts” is a rhetorical device: You all are vibing, but I’m a grownup who only traffics in facts. It’s a frankly boring tactic that people use to discount the humanity of others and think they’re doing something.

But I love a good fact as much as the next guy. So, in terms of public opinion, in terms of reported social harms, in terms of the information that we do have, would an observer say that marijuana legalization, where it has happened, has been a big, dangerous mistake?

TC: No, in fact. I am happy to say that, because legalization, for both medical and adult use, has been around, especially on the West Coast, in places like Colorado, Washington, Oregon and California, we are now starting to see the long-term studies of the impact of legalization.

CNN: Recreational marijuana legalization tied to decline in teens using pot, study says

CNN (7/8/19)

There has been a fear that teen use is going to go up. That’s been debunked by the studies on these various states over the last decade of legalization. There’s been fear about higher road rage, or higher traffic accidents, due to being “under the influence of cannabis.” That’s also been debunked. There’s been ongoing fear about marijuana use being some sort of gateway into harder drugs. That has been debunked, and we’ve also seen a decrease in opioid use in states that have legalized cannabis for medical use as well.

And so there has been a lot of reefer madness that continues to point at unscientific, non-peer-reviewed data that does not actually support the ongoing fears that people continue to fearmonger across the country. We have a plethora of data, a plethora of government-backed studies as well, to show that the legalization of marijuana has been nothing but a net positive overall.

JJ: Let me ask you another side of information: Are people still being arrested for marijuana possession? Because media would tell me that it’s all the Wild West, and that’s why we might think about putting the genie back in the bottle, but it’s not exactly the case.

Tauhid Chappell

Tauhid Chappell: “Incarceration, especially for Black Americans, still has not significantly decreased, despite legalization of marijuana.”

TC: Yeah. In states such as New Jersey—and we’re pulling from data from the West Coast, because they’ve legalized longer, as well—we have seen an overall decrease in arrests for cannabis possession. But that does not mean that Black people are not still being disproportionately targeted for cannabis. We are still seeing that across the country.

In fact, the ACLU did a wonderful report that shows that incarceration, especially for Black Americans, still has not significantly decreased, despite legalization of marijuana.

And an example of this is in Pennsylvania, where medical marijuana is legal. However, if you are not a medical marijuana–registered patient in the state, and you are not in a city like Philadelphia or Harrisburg or Pittsburgh which has decriminalized cannabis possession—if you are caught with marijuana with you, and you’re not a medical marijuana patient, you still could be criminalized and potentially incarcerated from police if you step out of those decriminalization areas.

So that’s to say, yes, overall we are seeing a positive decrease in arrest, but that does not mean that Black people are still not being disproportionately targeted for marijuana use or possession.

JJ: I know that you have a Philadelphia focus. Are there things that are happening right there that are emblematic, that you think point to larger issues? What’s going on in Philadelphia that you think is useful to think about?

TC: We’ve noticed that municipalities, ultimately…. When it comes to cannabis legalization, the state will create, usually, sometimes broad categories of how the cannabis markets should be rolled out.

But municipalities, at the very local level, determine what types of cannabis businesses they can allow in their cities, right? They have zoning ordinances, they have permits, they have specific locations that businesses can and can’t operate.

And so something that I encourage everybody, especially those that are interested in getting into the industry, is to start educating your council members, your county commissioners, because this is something that’s completely new to them.

Many of them have never been exposed to marijuana as a legal business. Many of us have gone through decades and generations of marijuana as a harmful drug, it’s a narcotic….

And so to see this become legalized, where there are actual business and economic considerations? Many people, especially lawmakers and politicians, still don’t have enough information to make the best decisions on how to make an accessible and equitable and friendly cannabis market, where people can be participants without the fear of any sort of retribution or incarceration.

So education, education, education. Philadelphia, specifically, we had just a big primary where we are going to have a new mayor coming up this year. That means more education for them, because they may be the mayor that has to oversee legalization in their city. They’re going to have to figure out what types of cannabis businesses they’re going to want to allow in Philadelphia, who should have those licenses to operate, and where should they be able to operate, and what types of support should they be receiving.

So municipality to municipality, you have varying levels of education. Some mayors embrace legalization. They’re excited for it. They want to see the financial returns of these new businesses.

Others are very much NIMBY, not in my backyard. They’re still afraid of it. They still think it’s going to create a drug market in their backyard.

And so we have a lot of level-setting to do at the local level.

WaPo:Trump’s pick for attorney general: ‘Good people don’t smoke marijuana’

Washington Post (11/18/16)

JJ: Let me ask you, finally, about journalism. A million years ago, except it was actually January 2018, I talked with Art Way from Drug Policy Alliance, and this is at a moment where Jeff Sessions, the attorney general, was saying, “Good people don’t smoke marijuana.”

And we had a Kansas State representative, Steve Alford, who said—in 2018, not 1918—that we need to remember why marijuana was outlawed, which was because

African Americans, they were basically users, and they basically responded the worst off to those drugs just because of their character makeup, their genetics and that.

So there’s obviously an opinion shift, a culture shift happening, but in terms of media, what would you like to see, new questions asked, new ways of approach? What would you like to see in terms of media coverage of the issue?

TC: There are three people that I like to point to as really good examples of good reporters asking tough questions, holding politicians accountable, calling out agencies that are supposed to be doing the job of rolling out legalization, but have not.

One of them is the former Boston Globe journalist Dan Adams, who covered the Massachusetts legalization for years. Great reporter.

NJ.com: Black members on N.J. cannabis commission dissatisfied with Big Weed social justice promises

NJ.com (10/11/22)

Jelani Gibson, who is the first Black reporter in a traditional newspaper to cover cannabis. He works for NJ.com. He holds the state accountable, asking a lot of politicians, asking a lot of regulators questions about expectations, realities, what the law has said and what has actually happened pertaining to the law.

And then, from a national perspective, Mona Zhang from Politico does a great job in analyzing how different governments are trying to address the ongoing inequities that we see in cannabis legalization.

And I think that continues to be a point that we need to emphasize, is that despite legalization, the people who have been harmed the most are either still locked up, or being released but not being supported into the reentry of society, and they’re not able to benefit from the true legalization, which is being able to legally run their own cannabis operation and be supported in that too.

So I would love to see more media reporting on the ongoing inequities, and the solutions that other municipalities and states are trying to do to rectify the situation. I think more awareness of that is going to lead to a lot more, I guess, inspiration for cannabis advocates and stakeholders to bring these solutions to their lawmakers and politicians in the respective localities.

JJ: All right. I suspect we’ll speak with you more in the future. Tauhid Chappell is founder of the Philadelphia CannaBusiness Association, as well as a project manager for Free Press. Thank you so much, Tauhid Chappell, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

TC: Thanks for having me. Appreciate everything that you do. Truly an honor to be included in this interview.

 

The post ‘Despite Legalization, the People Harmed the Most Are Not Able to Benefit’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/14/despite-legalization-the-people-harmed-the-most-are-not-able-to-benefit-counterspin-interview-with-tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice/feed/ 0 403743
‘These Bills Will Make Children Less Safe, Not More Safe’ – CounterSpin interview with Evan Greer on Kids Online Safety Act https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/these-bills-will-make-children-less-safe-not-more-safe-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/these-bills-will-make-children-less-safe-not-more-safe-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/#respond Tue, 13 Jun 2023 18:20:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033969 This is cutting young people off from life-saving information and online community, rather than giving them what they need.

The post ‘These Bills Will Make Children Less Safe, Not More Safe’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Fight for the Future’s Evan Greer about the Kids Online Safety Act for the June 9, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230609Greer.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Louisiana just banned abortion at six weeks, before many people even know they’re pregnant, while also saying 16-year-old girls are mature enough to marry.

PBS: Some lawmakers propose loosening child labor laws to fill worker shortage

PBS NewsHour (5/25/23)

Arkansas says there’s no need for employers to check the age of workers they hire. As one state legislator put it, “There’s no reason why anyone should get the government’s permission to get a job.”

And Wisconsin says 14-year-olds, sure, can serve alcohol. Iowa says they can shift loads in freezers and meat coolers.

Simultaneously and in the same country, we have a raft of legislation saying that young people should not be in charge of what they look at online. Bone saws: cool. TikTok: bad.

The way this country thinks about young people is odd, you could say. “Incoherent” would be another word.

When it comes to the online stuff, there seem to be some good intentions at work. Anyone who’s been on the internet can see how it can be manipulative and creepy. But are laws like the Kids Online Safety Act the appropriate way to address those concerns?

We’ll talk about that now with Evan Greer, director of the group Fight for the Future. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Evan Greer.

Evan Greer: Thanks so much for having me. Always happy to chat.

Cyberscoop: Fight over Kids Online Safety Act heats up as bill gains support in Congress

Cyberscoop (5/2/23)

JJ: Let’s start specifically with KOSA, with the Kids Online Safety Act, because it’s a real piece of legislation, and there are things that you and other folks are not disputing, that big tech companies do have practices that are bad for kids, and especially bad for some vulnerable kids.

But the method of addressing those concerns is the question. What would KOSA do that people may not understand, in terms of the impact on, ostensibly, those young people we’re told that they care about?

EG: Yeah, and I think it’s so important that we do start from the acknowledgement that big tech companies are doing harm to our kids, because it’s just not acceptable to pretend otherwise.

There is significant evidence to suggest that these very large corporations are engaging in business practices that are fundamentally incompatible with human rights, with democracy, but also with what we know young people, and really everyone, needs, which is access to online information and community, rather than having their data harvested and information shoved down their throat in a way that enriches companies rather than empowering young people and adults.

And so when we look at this problem, I think it is important that we start there, because there is a real problem, and the folks pushing this legislation often like to characterize those of us that oppose it as big tech shills or whatever.

It’s hard for me not to laugh at that, given that I’ve dedicated the better part of my adult life to confronting these big tech companies and their surveillance-capitalist business model, and working to dismantle it.

But I think it’s important that we say very clearly that we oppose these bills, not because we think that they are an inappropriate trade off between human rights and children’s safety. We oppose these bills because they will make children less safe, not more safe.

And it’s so important that we make that clear, because we know from history that politicians love to put in the wrapping paper of protecting children any type of legislation or regulation that they would like to advance and avoid political opposition to.

It is, of course, very difficult for any elected official to speak out against or vote against a bill called the Kids Online Safety Act, regardless of whether that bill actually makes kids safer online or not. And so what I’m here to explain a bit is why this legislation will actually make kids less safe.

It’s important to understand a few things. So one is that KOSA is not just a bill that focuses on privacy or ending the collection of children’s data. It’s a bill that gives the government control over what content platforms can recommend to which users.

Conversation: What is surveillance capitalism and how does it shape our economy?

Conversation (6/24/19)

And this is, again, kind of well-intentioned, trying to address a real problem, which is that because platforms like Instagram and YouTube employ this surveillance-advertising and surveillance-capitalist business model, they have a huge incentive to algorithmically recommend content in a way that’s maximized for engagement, rather than in a way that is curated or attempting to promote helpful content.

Their algorithms are designed to make them money. And so because of that, we know that platforms often algorithmically recommend all kinds of content, including content that can be incredibly harmful.

That’s the legitimate problem that this bill is trying to solve, but, unfortunately, it would actually make that problem worse.

And the way it would do that is it creates what’s called a broad duty of care that requires platforms to design their algorithmic recommendation systems in a way that has the best interest of children in mind.

And it specifies what they mean by that, in terms of tying it to specific mental health outcomes, like eating disorders or substance abuse or anxiety or depression, and basically says that platforms should not be recommending content that causes those types of disorders.

Vanity Fair: 22 Republican States Sue Biden Admin for the Right to Discriminate Against LGBTQ+ School Kids

Vanity Fair (7/28/22)

Now, if you’re sticking with me, all of that sounds perfectly reasonable. Why wouldn’t we want to do that? The problem is that the bill gives the authority to determine and enforce that to state attorneys general.

And if you’ve been paying attention at all to what’s happening in the states right now, you would know that state attorneys general across the country, in red states particularly, are actively arguing, right now today, that simply encountering LGBTQ people makes kids depressed, causes them to be suicidal, gives them mental health disorders.

They are arguing that providing young people with gender-affirming care that’s medically recommended, and where there is medical consensus, is a form of child abuse.

And so while this bill sounds perfectly reasonable on its face, it utterly fails to recognize the political moment that we’re in, and rather than making kids safer, what it would do is empower the most bigoted attorneys general law enforcement officers in the country to dictate what content young people can see in their feed.

And that would lead to widespread suppression, not just of LGBTQ content, or content related to perhaps abortion and reproductive health, but really suppression of important but controversial topics across the board.

So, for example, the bill’s backers envision a world where this bill leads to less promotion of content that promotes eating disorders.

In reality, the way that this bill would work, it would just suppress all discussion of eating disorders among young people, because at scale, a platform like YouTube or Instagram is not going to be able to make a meaningful determination between, for example, a video that’s harmful in promoting eating disorders, or a video where a young person is just speaking about their experience with an eating disorder, and how they sought out help and support, and how other young people can do it too.

In practice, these platforms are simply going to use AI, as they’ve already been doing, more aggressively to filter content. That’s the only way that they could meaningfully comply with a bill like KOSA.

And what we’ll see is exactly what we saw with SESTA/FOSTA, which was the last major change to Section 230, a very similar bill that was intended to address a real problem, online sex trafficking, that actually made it harder for law enforcement to prosecute actual cases of sex trafficking while having a detrimental effect for consensual sex workers, who effectively had online spaces that they used to keep themselves safe, to screen clients, to find work in ways that were safer for them, shut down almost overnight, because of this misguided legislation that was supposed to make them safer.

Evan Greer

Evan Greer: “This is cutting young people off from life-saving information and online community, rather than giving them what they need, which is resources, support, housing, healthcare.”

And so we’re now in a moment where we could actually see the same happen, not just for content related to sex and sexuality, but for an enormous range of incredibly important content that our young people actually need access to.

This is cutting young people off from life-saving information and online community, rather than giving them what they need, which is resources, support, housing, healthcare. Those are the types of things that we know prevent things like child exploitation.

But unfortunately, lawmakers seem more interested in trampling the First Amendment, and putting the government in charge of what content can be recommended, than in addressing those material conditions that we actually have evidence to suggest, if we could address them, would reduce the types of harms that lawmakers say they’re trying to reduce.

JJ: Thank you. And I just wanted to say, I’m getting Reefer Madness vibes, and a conflation of correlation and causality; and I see in a lot of the talk around this, people pointing to research: social media use drives mental illness. 

So I just wanted ask you, briefly, there is research, but what does the research actually say or not say on these questions?

EG: It’s a great question, and there’s been some news on this fairly recently. There was a report out from the surgeon general of the United States a couple weeks ago, and it is interesting because, as you said, there is research, and what the research says is basically: It’s complicated. But unfortunately, our mainstream news outlets and politicians giving speeches don’t do very well with complicated.

CNN: Social media presents ‘profound risk of harm’ for kids, surgeon general says, calling attention to lack of research

CNN (5/24/23)

And so what you saw is a lot of headlines that basically said, social media is bad for kids, and the research certainly backs that up to a certain extent. There is significant and growing evidence to suggest that, again, these types of predatory design practices that companies put into place, things like autoplay, where you just play a video and then the next one plays, or infinite scroll, where you can just keep scrolling through TikToks forever and ever, and suddenly an hour has passed, and you’re like, “What am I doing with my life?”

There is significant evidence that those types of design choices do have negative mental health effects, for young people and adults, in that they can lead to addictive behaviors, to anxiety, etc.

There’s also evidence in that report, that was largely ignored by a lot of the coverage of it, that showed that for some groups of young people, including LGBTQ young people, there’s actually significant evidence to suggest that access to social media improves their mental health.

And it’s not that hard to understand why. Anyone who knows a queer or trans young person knows online spaces can provide a safe haven, can provide a place to access community or resources or information, especially for young people who perhaps have unsupportive family members, or live in an area where they don’t have access to in-person community in a safe way. This can be a lifeline.

And so, again, there is research out there, and it is important that we build our regulatory and legislative responses on top of actual evidence, rather than conjecture and hyperbole.

But, again, I think what’s important here is that we embrace the both/and, and recognize that this is not about saying social media is totally fine as it is, and leave these companies alone, and we can all live in a cyber-libertarian paradise.

That’s not the world we’re living in. These companies are big, they are greedy, they are engaging in business practices that are doing harm, and they should be regulated.

But what we need to focus on is regulating the surveillance-capitalist business model that’s at the root of their harm, rather than attempting to regulate the speech of young people, suppress their ability to express themselves, and take away life-saving resources that they need in order to thrive and succeed in this deeply unjust and messed-up world that we are handing to them.

JJ: All right then. We’ve been speaking with Evan Greer. She’s director of Fight for the Future. They’re online at FightForTheFuture.org. Evan Greer, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EG: Anytime. Thanks for having me.

The post ‘These Bills Will Make Children Less Safe, Not More Safe’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/these-bills-will-make-children-less-safe-not-more-safe-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/feed/ 0 403470
Tauhid Chappell on Cannabis Justice, Evan Greer on Kids Online Safety Act https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 15:17:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033933 What will the legalization, and profitizing, of marijuana mean for the people and communities most harmed by its criminalization?

The post Tauhid Chappell on Cannabis Justice, Evan Greer on Kids Online Safety Act appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230609.mp3

 

Cannabis farmer

(image: PCBA)

This week on CounterSpin: This country has a long history of weaponizing drug laws against Black and brown communities. Harry Anslinger, the first commissioner of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, ran an anti-marijuana crusade in the 1930s, saying, “Reefer makes darkies think they’re as good as white men.” Concerns are justified about what the legalization, and profitizing, of marijuana means for the people and communities most harmed by its criminalization. We hear about that from Tauhid Chappell, founder of the Philadelphia CannaBusiness Association and project manager for Free Press’s News Voices project.

      CounterSpin230609Chappell.mp3

 

Children using a computer

(CC photo: Janine Jackson)

Also on the show: Lots of people are concerned about what’s called the “digital well-being” of children—their safety and privacy online. So why did more than 90 human rights and LGBTQ groups sign a letter opposing the “Kids Online Safety Act”? Evan Greer is director of the group Fight for the Future. She tells us what’s going on there.

      CounterSpin230609Greer.mp3

 

The post Tauhid Chappell on Cannabis Justice, Evan Greer on Kids Online Safety Act appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/tauhid-chappell-on-cannabis-justice-evan-greer-on-kids-online-safety-act/feed/ 0 402479
‘The History of Affirmative Action Has Asian-American Influence All Over It’ – CounterSpin interview with Jeff Chang on Asian Americans and affirmative action https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/the-history-of-affirmative-action-has-asian-american-influence-all-over-it-counterspin-interview-with-jeff-chang-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/the-history-of-affirmative-action-has-asian-american-influence-all-over-it-counterspin-interview-with-jeff-chang-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/#respond Wed, 07 Jun 2023 20:38:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033890 "We'd be going back a century or more in time, to a period in which campuses were less diverse than we could even imagine."

The post ‘The History of Affirmative Action Has Asian-American Influence All Over It’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed cultural critic Jeff Chang about Asian Americans and affirmative action for the June 2, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230602Chang.mp3

 

ACLU: Meet Edward Blum, the Man Who Wants to Kill Affirmative Action in Higher Education

ACLU (10/18/18)

Janine Jackson: After the Supreme Court failed to find that Abigail Fisher had been denied admission to the University of Texas due to racial discrimination against white people, anti-equity activist Ed Blum announced that he “needed Asian plaintiffs” to further the mission of eliminating affirmative action policies from college admissions.

That’s the short version, and the basic context for the cases Blum’s group, Students for Fair Admissions, Inc., is bringing against Harvard and the University of North Carolina, cases the Trump-stacked Court will likely rule on in June.

Affirmative action has always been a difficult topic for a press corps more comfortable talking about individual racists than systemic white supremacy, and worlds more happy to gesture towards buying the world a Coke than to unpack the particulars of what actually needs to happen to get to anything like equity or reparation for marginalized people.

So these are things we should look out for in the coverage we may see on the Court’s possible upcoming ruling.

Jeff Chang is a writer and cultural critic, and author of, most recently, We Gon’ Be Alright: Notes on Race and Resegregation, and of course 2005’s Can’t Stop Won’t Stop: A History of the Hip-Hop Generation. He was a co-founder of the Student Coalition for Fair Admissions, organized at UC Berkeley in 1987, and he joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Jeff Chang.

Jeff Chang: Thank you so much for having me, Janine.

Guardian: Asian Americans spent decades seeking fair education. Then the right stole the narrative

Guardian (4/13/23)

JJ: People may see that Asian Americans are being used here in this fight, and kind of used as a wedge between Black people and white people, and they may understand that stereotypes are being employed to advance an anti–equal opportunity argument. But I still think that folks might not understand the subversion or the distortion that this all represents of Asian Americans’ historical role in the creation, in the beginning, of affirmative action policies.

And in your super useful April piece for the Guardian, you talk about this erased history. Would you fill us in on some of that missing history?

JC: First of all, Asian Americans have been consistently polling in favor of affirmative action, by really two to one. And that’s, I think, a fact that’s often overlooked in media coverage of Asian Americans’ perspectives on affirmative action.

The history of affirmative action has Asian-American influence all over it. If you look at the post–World War II period and this rising period of civil rights, Japanese-American civil rights leaders were working alongside African-American leaders in arguing for equal opportunity and affirmative action.

And they were doing it in the context of looking at reparations, which were eventually granted the Japanese-American community for what had been done to them in terms of incarcerating them during World War II.

But all the way through the 1960s, what you see is steady and powerful advocacy on the part of Asian Americans to have them included in programs around equal opportunity.

American Progress: Gaps in the Debate About Asian Americans and Affirmative Action at Harvard

Center for American Progress (8/29/18)

And what we begin to see in the universities is this bearing fruit in the 1970s and the 1980s. What you see, though, is by the 1980s, because of immigration, there’s a much larger population of Asian-American students who are applying for elite universities.

And so at that time, universities begin to quietly, and sometimes loudly, take Asian Americans off of equal opportunity programs, despite the fact that there are a number of Asian-American ethnicities, such as Filipino Americans and Southeast Asian Americans, who were still deeply underrepresented.

And, of course, Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders continue to be deeply underrepresented in college admissions and university admissions all across the US.

So at that particular time, what we also see is a surge of applications from this new generation of immigrants, and universities are also experiencing concern from white alumni about the competition that these Asian-American immigrants, this new generation, is providing against their sons and daughters at elite universities, where, in the past, legacy admissions have preserved their entitlement to slots at universities like Harvard, Yale and Princeton.

So in the beginning of the ’80s, what we begin to see is this plateauing of the number of Asian Americans who are actually admitted to these universities, and community advocates in the Asian-American community begin to get really concerned, because the number of applications is still skyrocketing, but the number of admissions is plateaued.

SF Gate: Activism will always be part of professor's life / Ling-chi Wang has history of breaking down barriers

SF Gate (5/3/06)

And so there’s this huge gap that they want to explore. And when they do, especially at UC Berkeley, under the leadership of a group of community leaders there and a professor named Ling-Chi Wang, they find that there have been a number of different types of changes that have been made in the admissions process that have actually discriminated against Asian Americans disproportionately and excluded them from admissions.

And as studies pop up all across the country at Brown University, at UCLA, at a number of other universities around the country, folks begin to find the same kinds of things happening.

JJ: And then the idea that there could be anti–Asian American bias in college admissions, but that that is not due to affirmative action policies, here’s where the conflation occurs, and where the co-optation of the narrative occurs.

JC: That’s exactly right. What Asian Americans are arguing for at this particular point is a sense of fairness in what is supposed to be meritocratic competition between white and Asian students for these slots.

Affirmative action is a completely different track, and students are judged for affirmative action by a different set of standards, because of the importance of increasing diversity in these elite universities. That’s what the Supreme Court has ruled, over and over again.

And really, actually, if we go back, affirmative action was begun as a remedy for historic discrimination. And so that’s the way that I think a lot of communities of color are seeing the need for these affirmative action programs, despite the fact that before the court, the only justification for affirmative action programs now, because of the Bakke case in 1978, is this idea of “diversity.”

Now, getting to a lot of different types of things, but the main point here is to note that the Supreme Court, by getting rid of the historic discrimination standard for affirmative action programs, has moved to this much lighter…

JJ: Mushier.

JC: …much more white-friendly idea of diversity. That is the main justification now before the law for these affirmative action programs to exist.

But what happens with Asian Americans is, you have Asian Americans here aiding diversity, right? And at the same time, you have white admissions officers, in order to please white alumni concerned about their children getting into these universities, tweaking the system, so that Asian Americans are less competitive in comparison to white candidates, in this supposedly pure, meritocratic, color-blind system.

JJ: Absolutely. And when I hear “diversity” as a goal, it sounds to me like a perk for white people, like sprinkles on the sundae. White people deserve to be on top, but to be surrounded by and “learn from” the people they’re on top of.

Diversity is something that is a good thing; and this just leads directly to–and listeners may know this, but it doesn’t appear, particularly, in a lot of media conversations–you hear Harvard’s very “competitive,” and Asian people and Black and brown people are fighting for spots at Harvard. And it’s like, those are the spots that are left over after we get through ALDC. And maybe you could explain what that is.

New Yorker: The Sad Death of Affirmative Action

New Yorker (11/4/22)

JC: First, to go back, the main question becomes “who is diversity for?” And the diversity standard really was developed by Harvard as an alternative justification for the equal opportunity programs that they were instituting in the 1960s and the 1970s, as an alternative to recognizing that, historically, they’d excluded women, they’d excluded non-Protestant people–Catholics and Jewish people–and that this was really a way for them to preserve a sort of elite student body that they wanted to sculpt in their own image.

And so we have to kind of go back to that. We have to mention that, we have to note that, when we’re talking about the programs that we’re talking about now.

And what they created, at the same time, was this notion of legacy admits, right? The technical term for it are ALDC admits, and this includes athletes, legacy admits, the Dean’s preferred lists, children of faculty and staff.

These are all preferential treatment slots that were given out, even before equal opportunity programs had come into play in the 1960s. This is, again, to preserve privilege and wealth for a certain class of folks.

And even now, when we look at white admissions to Harvard, 43% of them are noncompetitive ALDC admits. And so the idea of preferential programs being just for Black and brown students, for poor students, that’s a recent development.

Even now, right, we’re talking about the large proportion of white students being admitted to Harvard via preferential treatment.

Jeff Chang

Jeff Chang: “We’d be going back a century or more in time, to a period in which campuses were less diverse than we could even imagine.”

And so now, when we talk about what should these classes look like, and we have a case before the Supreme Court which would basically make it impossible for elite universities to be able to bring in students who are not white, we have a situation in which we’re solving a problem that’s just for elite universities, and, in fact, inflicting that on the rest of society. And the results would be disastrous.

The results would be the resegregation of higher education. We’d be going back a century or more in time, to a period in which campuses were less diverse than we could even imagine at this particular point.

JJ: And not to put too fine a point on it, but I think when people hear about Ed Blum and plaintiff-shopping and knowing that, oh, on the other days of the week, he’s opposing voting rights, he is obviously, and his group, are clearly not really concerned about equity across difference.

But even besides that consider-the-source argument, if this case wins in the Court, it really doesn’t mean anything extra good for Asian Americans. The people who are nominally the plaintiffs here, the cases themselves don’t have anything in particular to do with Asian Americans, in terms of their likely outcome.

JC: We’re talking about a group that calls itself Students for Fair Admissions. And the important thing to note is that they’ve never produced any students in any of the testimony, and they’ve never presented any Asian Americans in their testimony. And so that goes to tell you, at least on the surface….

JJ: It’s not a class action, it’s not a class action.

JC: It’s not a class action suit. And the other thing to note is that, look, there’s more Asian Americans who are enrolled in San Francisco City College than there are in the entirety of the Ivy Leagues.

And so if the argument here is that this is going to support opportunity for Asian Americans in the main, that’s not the case. We’re talking about a small number of Asian Americans who are applying to this elite university, in numbers below a thousand, probably, every year, or in the low thousands, probably, across the Ivy Leagues every year. So, very much not the majority of Asian Americans.

JJ: And that leads me to media coverage, because, media are certainly tossing around, and we can expect more of it, just “Asian American” as a term, as though they’re a monolith, and that there was nothing of particular value in exploring different communities.

And I just wonder, what would you ask for from media in terms of addressing this? I mean, maybe hope for, maybe dream of, but what would good coverage look like?

JC: Yeah, I think good coverage would include this long, long history that Asian Americans have had of participating in arguing for equal opportunity programs, for affirmative action programs, for civil rights programs.

It would be much more, I think, realistic about the way that Asian Americans actually feel about affirmative action in this particular moment in history, which is that they support it. And I think it would be much fairer about looking at what the real needs are of Asian Americans across the board.

Asian Americans are standing against Ed Blum and his anti–affirmative action cohort, because they know that what’s best is equal opportunity for all, right?

And I think that that’s something that is really downplayed in the media, where there’s a focus instead on the minority of Asian Americans who have been advocating against affirmative action, and against desegregation in public schools and public high schools in a select number of cities on the coast.

And so that, I think, would be a much more realistic view of where Asian Americans stand in relationship to this issue.

JJ: So it has to do with who they talk to, really.

JC: Yeah. And I think it also has to do with the lack of understanding of what Asian Americans have been through historically in the US, and how our communities have been shaped. And so it’s really part of a larger thing about representation of Asian Americans in our true light, in our full humanity.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Jeff Chang. You can find his piece, headed “Asian Americans Spent Decades Seeking Fair Education. Then the Right Stole the Narrative,” online at TheGuardian.com. Jeff Chang, thank you very much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JC: Thank you so much.

 

The post ‘The History of Affirmative Action Has Asian-American Influence All Over It’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/07/the-history-of-affirmative-action-has-asian-american-influence-all-over-it-counterspin-interview-with-jeff-chang-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/feed/ 0 401659
Jeff Chang & Jeannie Park on Asian Americans and Affirmative Action https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/jeff-chang-jeannie-park-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/jeff-chang-jeannie-park-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 14:29:34 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033835 Asian-American students are being used as the face of attempts to eliminate affirmative action or race-consciousness in college admissions.

The post Jeff Chang & Jeannie Park on Asian Americans and Affirmative Action appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230602.mp3

 

NBC: How Asian-led student groups are continuing affirmative action fight at Harvard and UNC

NBC (11/2/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate media have never been the right place to look for thoughtful, inclusive consideration of affirmative action. For them it’s an “issue,” a political football, rather than a long effort to address the real historical and ongoing discrimination against non-white, non-male people in multiple aspects of US life.

But when it comes to the role that anti-discrimination, pro-equity efforts have had on Asian-American communities, there are particular layers of mis- and disinformation that benefit from exploring. Listeners will know that Asian-American students are being used as the face of attempts to eliminate affirmative action or race-consciousness in college admissions. It looks like the Supreme Court will rule on a watershed case this month. We talk about it with writer and cultural critic Jeff Chang, author of We Gon’ Be Alright: Notes on Race and Resegregation, among other titles.

      CounterSpin230602Chang.mp3

 

We also hear some of an earlier discussion of the case Students for Fair Admissions, Inc. vs. Harvard that CounterSpin had with Jeannie Park, founding president of the Asian American Journalists Association in New York, and co-founder of the Coalition for a Diverse Harvard.

      CounterSpin230602Park.mp3

Transcript: “This Case Was Never About Defending Asian Americans”

The post Jeff Chang & Jeannie Park on Asian Americans and Affirmative Action appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/jeff-chang-jeannie-park-on-asian-americans-and-affirmative-action/feed/ 0 400453
‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ – CounterSpin interview with Eric Thurm on the writers’ strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/#respond Wed, 31 May 2023 22:20:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033797 "Essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out."

The post ‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the National Writers Union’s Eric Thurm about the Hollywood writers’ strike for the May 26, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230526Thurm.mp3

 

More Perfect Union: Poll: The Public Overwhelmingly Supports the Writers’ Strike

More Perfect Union (5/22/23)

Janine Jackson: Whenever workers find their employment conditions, or those of their coworkers, so difficult or dangerous, so precarious, or simply so unfair that they make the decision to withhold their labor in order to effect change, it’s a big deal, sometimes a life-altering one for individuals, and sometimes a sea change for an industry. But folks who have never been in that situation don’t always understand it, and some don’t try.

What looks like public support for the ongoing strike by the Writers Guild of America may stem from the fact that it centers on the people who write the TV shows and movies that help many of us get through this thing called life.

But does that mean it includes an understanding of the role that power, and the balance of power, plays in all labor actions? That could definitely be an added benefit, no matter the particular outcomes here.

Eric Thurm is the campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. His explainer on the writer’s strike appeared recently in GQ, and he joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Eric Thurm.

Eric Thurm: Thank you. Happy to be here.

GQ: All About the Writers Strike: What Does the WGA Want and Why Are They Fighting So Hard for it?

GQ (5/5/23)

JJ: Labor actions in various industries are definitely perceived differently, by the broader public and by the news media that report on them. I think that difference stems, in part, from just a lack of consistent worker-centered journalism generally, but also from this idea of just, well, if you make more money than I do, I can’t see your beef.

In the case of writers, it goes up a notch; as with athletes, “You make money doing something fun.” It becomes almost, “How dare you?”

And there’s a lot wrong with that, but part of it is this laser focus on money. Pay is central, often, and why wouldn’t it be? That’s the literal currency of valuing work. But labor actions are virtually always about something more than that.

So take your time, if you would, and break down, particularly, those behind-the-scenes industry specifics that we as outsiders might not see, but should see, as the central issues in what looks like an important strike.

ET: Yeah, absolutely. So I think that there are a couple of things that are driving the strike. One of them is that, for all that there is a popular perception that writers get paid extremely well, that increasingly is not the case.

And in the same way that it is, like you mentioned, for athletes or for actors or for a lot of other highly visible professions, there is a very small number of people at the top who basically have a winning lottery ticket, and just get paid extremely well.

But in order to even have a chance at winning that, you have to spend a lot of time in the trenches, with much worse working conditions, often even less pay, with a lot less stability, and in particular, an original source of stability, and the reason that a lot of people have been able to make a career as writers is because of something called residuals, which basically is an amount of money that you get paid when something that you worked on and are credited on gets used in another context.

Slate: This Writers’ Strike Isn’t a Rerun

Slate (5/4/23)

So that’s why, if you ever have heard people talk about syndication, or getting to a hundred episodes: If you wrote, let’s say, one episode of Friends, and when that gets to the point where it just is on TBS all the time, you get a check every time it airs.

And that functions as an additional bit of stability, particularly because even people that have been successful often have very long periods without working, just because of the nature of the industry.

And that safety net, I think as safety nets for people in all industries are being slowly dismantled, or as bosses are trying to dismantle them, that is a safety net that a lot of writers don’t have anymore, especially because the residual payments for streaming are basically nothing.

So in theory, you could write something that hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people are watching on Netflix or Hulu or something, and you will see no additional money from that.

JJ: I think viewers understand that we’re watching media differently today. I can watch a whole series that took months or years to create in a weekend. And I’m like, well, that’s that.

As media critics, we don’t blame the people, but there are things that we don’t see that could be useful for us to understand. And I think residuals is definitely one of those.

And then, also, you write about something called a mini-room, like it has to do with the pipeline of how you grow and get work as a writer, that I don’t see, just watching TV, but is very meaningful for the quality of what I see.

LA: The Writer’s Guild of America Strike: An Explainer

Los Angeles (5/5/23)

ET: Totally. And that’s something that if you, like me, are a big nerd about this sort of thing, you start to notice people’s names popping up in different contexts and credits of things. And if you pay a lot of attention, you start to see that pipeline. But for a lot of people, it definitely isn’t visible.

So basically a mini-room essentially means a writer’s room that has fewer writers in it, and is convened for less time. There are supposed to be basic minimums in the WGA contract, and there are the minimum basic agreements that stipulate if you are making this type of TV show, you have to have this number of writers, and they have to be employed for X amount of time.

And that is also an additional source of stability, but it also is how people learn the business, and how people learn how to produce, or how to eventually make their own shows.

So if you are the new writer, which in a lot of respects is still kind of a misnomer, because by the time somebody gets staffed on their first room, if they’re working in TV, it’s very possible, if not likely, that they have been grinding away at a lot of other things for a long time.

But once you get that credit, you spend time around the showrunners and the people that are more senior to you, who know a little bit more about the industry, and you observe them.

A lot of the time writers will go to set to supervise on episodes that they wrote, which can be really important for a lot of reasons, both because it is useful training for the writer, but also because a lot of decisions get made on a snap basis on set, and the writer is the person who knows where the show is going, where the show has been.

Vince Gilligan

Vince Gilligan (CC photo: Gage Skidmore)

I think people have this assumption that everybody knows everything about the overall plan of the show at any given moment, but if you’re the director or the cinematographer or even some of the actors, you don’t know that. And so things that might feel disjointed to people, if you’re watching something that, for example, has a mini-room, would probably actually be much better and make more sense if there had been a writer on set to be like, “Actually, this is where we’re taking it. Let’s make a decision that’s more in line with the overall creative direction.”

And that also is how people learn all the ins and outs of this stuff. And without having that, there just is no way for people to get better at their craft, or to develop any of the skills that people need to have in order to make any of the stuff that we like.

Just to give one example: Vince Gilligan, who created Breaking Bad and Better Call Saul, and this stuff that people really like, worked for quite a while on The X-Files, and wrote a bunch of episodes, and produced some of the episodes, and then eventually ran this very brief spinoff.

And you can really see how those careers develop. People don’t emerge out of nowhere knowing how to run the small army that is a TV production.

JJ: It also sounds just a little bit like a lot of other workplaces, where management says, “Ooh, if you work 40 hours, you get benefits….so we’re just going to book two people for 20 hours.” It sounds like evading valuing people.

And one of the things that you wrote in the GQ piece was, “Emerging technologies will continue to be a tool for companies seeking to reduce the amount they pay workers (or to get rid of them entirely).”

And I just think that’s another issue where people are kind of shadow-informed, halfway informed. It’s not that writers hate technology, obviously, or hate AI, or don’t understand it, but it’s another part of the power relationship here.

Eric Thurm

Eric Thurm: “Essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out.”

ET: Yeah, absolutely. One of the things that I talked about a little bit in the piece is that technology has been a source of struggle for decades, in particularly the Writers Guild contracts, because, essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out, which I suspect a lot of people will be intimately familiar with. This is the business model of some of the biggest companies and most worker-hostile companies in the world.

And that dates back to when home video emerged, or when DVD box sets emerged. And part of the reason that streaming pays so little is that it was new the last time that the writers went on strike in 2007, and they agreed to have it be covered by the minimum basic agreement, but not as fully as, like, a TV network.

And so of course the companies exploited that as much as possible. And on some level, it’s hard to blame them, at least in the sense that the purpose of the company is to take as much value out of the workers as it can.

And this is what people are referring to when they say that the studios are really trying as much as possible to turn writing, but also acting, and all of the other myriad jobs that go into making entertainment that people watch, into gig work, into stuff where you just have no say in your work, and are told by this unfeeling algorithm, or app or whatever it is, what you are and are not supposed to do.

WaPo: The WGA strike is part of a recurring pattern when technology changes

Washington Post (5/30/23)

And in the context of what people like to call AI, beyond the fact that the issue with a lot of these programs is that they are trained on a lot of other people’s work—I saw someone recently describe it as, “This is just a plagiarism machine,” which I think is a very accurate description. Even in cases where it does something interesting, you can use it as a smoke screen to avoid having to credit the people that created something.

I think that’s something that we are going to see the studios try more and more, even without necessarily having AI be involved.

Literally, just the day before we’re having this conversation, HBO Max rebranded as just Max, and apparently they have changed the way that movies and TV and everything show up on their site, so that it just says “creators,” and that will include producers and directors and some other people, and you don’t really know who did what, rather than saying, this was directed by this person, and this was written by this person.

And I think that that attempt to obfuscate things, and make it harder to understand the people who are actually creating something, is the entire point of how the studios are trying to handle this, and part of why they’re so interested in AI.

Counterspin: Starbucks ‘Workers and Consumers Have the Same Foe’

CounterSpin (4/7/23)

JJ: I think a lot of folks would actually be maybe a little surprised, and certainly disheartened, to know that bosses in creative industries act a lot like bosses in every other industry. The response has been, essentially, you’re lucky to have a job, you ungrateful whelp. There’s a line of people just like you I could hire tomorrow. And then, also, I thought we were all friends!

This is the line that Starbucks gives baristas who go on strike. There’s a lot of similarities across industry that might be more important than the differences. And yet nobody asks the CEOs, “Aren’t you a creative? Isn’t this a labor of love for you?”

This sort of general societal understanding, which I blame news media a lot for, is that a strike is an interruption in a natural order of things, and the workers who go on strike are to blame for any disruptions or harms that come from it.

ET: Yeah, I think that that’s definitely true. And you could have long conversations, or write whole books, about the attempt of capital and bosses and corporations to make their profit-extracting mechanisms look like these very cuddly or friendly things.

I think there’s, like you’re saying, a real direct line to bosses saying, “Oh, we’re all a family here, and we don’t want a union”—that’s somehow a third party, even though it’s just the workers—”coming between us and our little family.”

Deadline: WGA’s Minimum Staffing Demands Were A Key Sticking Point In Failed Contract Talks, But It Wouldn’t Be The First Guild To Require Them

Deadline (5/8/23)

And even in the context of these negotiations, one of the things that the writers are asking for is these more concrete minimums for staffing, in terms of numbers of writers and the amount of time that people are in rooms. And the studio response was to say, this is an unfair or arbitrary quota that is, and I think this is the direct quote, “counter to the creative nature of our industry.”

And it’s like, OK, you’re not the people making the creative decisions. And if you were, right, I would love to see what these people came up with, if they had to try to write a whole season of Buffy the Vampire Slayer or something.

And it’s funny, I think that that actually is something that comes out of, or is impressed into a lot of, not just news media, but entertainment media. I don’t really know exactly how to fully extricate these things, but I do think that it’s quite telling that one of the dominant forms of media, that makes the most money and gets the most push behind it, is the workplace sitcom, the central thesis of which is that your coworkers are supposed to be your family.

And it’s extremely rare to see anything like that, where anybody really talks about the material conditions of people in the workplace.

Jacobin: The Red Scare Scarred the Left — But Couldn’t Kill It

Jacobin (3/11/22)

JJ: That’s a great point.

ET: That’s a kind of bugbear of mine. And I am cautiously optimistic about what will come out of the strike, and what will come out of what I think is a much more increased labor consciousness among people, both in these creative industries, but also more broadly.

When I was growing up, and I think that for quite a long time, the dominant Hollywood depiction of labor is, oh, union bosses, corruption, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, all the things that we’ve heard a million times.

And I think that in a lot of respects, that really is a lingering effect of the Red Scare, and a lot of purges of people in creative fields. And it does feel like there’s been at least some recovery, or attempts to change that.

Even something like Riverdale, this adaptation of a previously existing IP that’s a kind of silly CW teen soap, had a really fantastic subplot in one of the most recent seasons, where Archie from Archie Comics forms a union, and they have all these conversations about solidarity, and about the importance of music and labor formation, and this stuff that I would never have expected to see even two or three years ago.

WaPo's Megan McArdle: The Hollywood writers strike could have lasting impact

Washington Post (5/16/23)

JJ: I’m going to ask you one final and also hopeful question on that. I did want to just kind of cram in this Washington Post piece that fits this template that we’re talking about, that was talking about the last Hollywood writers’ strike, which you referenced, in 2007–08.

And the Post piece said that that strike

cost writers and other workers an estimated $772 million, while knock-on effects did more than $2 billion in damage to the broader California economy. Promising shows were hamstrung, promising movies were shot with half-finished scripts, promising careers were cut short.

And if that wasn’t enough, the piece went on to say that because of those darn strikers, TV was forced to go to reality shows and, yep, Donald Trump. So I guess the idea was, maybe think about that when you’re supporting striking workers?

I don’t even think this piece was meant to be mean, but it was such the template of “the labor action causes damage, the labor action causes hurt, and what went before it was somehow not causing damage, and not causing hurt.” And so you’re supposed to be mad at the interrupters.

And I just want to attach that, though, to the idea that we know that many journalists have internalized the idea that they aren’t workers, they’re independent contractors. They’re just individuals doing a job, and unions are kind of icky, and who needs solidarity until it happens to you. All of which is just to say that you see change there, besides the landscape, you see change in that mindset among writers, among journalists, a change in the idea that, no, we’re not workers, no, we don’t need to band together. You see something different happening there.

NYT: Gawker Media Employees Vote to Form a Union, and the Bosses Approve

New York Times (6/4/15)

ET: Yeah, definitely. That’s something that has been really heartening for me. I’ve been in and around digital media for a little over a decade now, which feels really wild to say, but the beginning of that period, I was in college, and I had no real understanding of a lot of these issues. And I definitely, I think if you had asked me, I really did feel, oh, I’m lucky to be here.

In the intervening years, and especially since Gawker unionized in, I think, 2015, the rush of solidarity, and the proliferation of unions across digital media, has been really powerful.

And I think that that has been both enormously meaningful for the people that are doing the work, and then getting a lot of people who, like I think you said, would not have ordinarily thought of themselves as workers to see themselves as such.

It also has created this broader awareness that I think has led to much better journalism in the last few years, even places like Vice or the Washington Post or Business Insider, and these people who were able to get jobs where they can cover this stuff.

And I think that there are a lot of reasons why, a lot of lines you can draw between the strength of these unions and the ability to produce this kind of coverage. But that also has led, I think, to a much stronger sense of worker solidarity across the industry.

So I am really involved in the Freelance Solidarity Project, which organizes freelancers across digital media as a division of the National Writers Union. We have done a lot to organize in parallel with, and supporting, people who are facing similarly precarious conditions.

And I think that a lot of people, who before would have been like, “I exist above things, and I would never think of myself as being in the same position as someone who has a gig-based job,” I think now people are a lot more aware of the similarity of those positions, and a lot more thoughtful about what’s driving that precarity, and what we can do to stop it, which also is something I think that you see as the WGA strike plays out right now.

A lot of people who are unionized with IATSE, which is the union that represents most below-the-line crew and production staff, a lot of IATSE workers have refused to cross picket lines. And all of these things are part of what makes production possible, and it’s part of why so many shows have had to shut down.

The economic damage that you reference, that this Washington Post article is talking about, not only is it caused by the bosses, but it also is the direct result of people being able to stand in solidarity and say, we are not going to allow this thing to continue to happen.

And it’s been really heartening to me to see so many people say, “I am so amazed by the Teamsters standing with us. If they have to go out this summer, we’re going to be right there.” I think that’s so great.

JJ: It sounds like you’re saying, better solidarity among workers leads also to better creations and better work.

ET: I sure hope so.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Eric Thurm. He’s campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union; they’re online at NWU.org. He’s a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project, FreelanceSolidarity.org, and you can still find his explainer on the ongoing writer strike at GQ.com. Eric Thurm, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

ET: Thank you.

The post ‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/feed/ 0 399861
‘Charging Domestic Terrorism Is Intended to Make the Cost of Protesting Too High’ – CounterSpin interview with Cody Bloomfield on anti-activist terrorist charges https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/charging-domestic-terrorism-is-intended-to-make-the-cost-of-protesting-too-high-counterspin-interview-with-cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorist-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/charging-domestic-terrorism-is-intended-to-make-the-cost-of-protesting-too-high-counterspin-interview-with-cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorist-charges/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 21:33:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033771 "Whenever there’s...national solidarity, we always see this narrative of 'outside agitators' being used to discredit the entire movement."

The post ‘Charging Domestic Terrorism Is Intended to Make the Cost of Protesting Too High’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Defending Rights & Dissent’s Cody Bloomfield about activists being charged with terrorism for the May 19, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230519Bloomfield.mp3

Janine Jackson: Resistance to the militarized police training complex known as Cop City has been happening since its inception, when Georgia authorities overruled community opinion to create the facility, being built on Atlanta’s South River Forest in the wake of the 2020 Black Lives Matter actions, that includes an area for explosives training and a whole “mock city” for cops to practice suppressing urban protest.

FAIR: Cop City Coverage Fails to Question Narratives of Militarized Police

FAIR.org (3/27/23)

In January, police killed the environmental activist known as Tortuguita in a hail of bullets, while they, an autopsy revealed, sat cross-legged with their hands up. The medical examiner ruled it homicide.

There isn’t more you can do to someone protesting your actions than kill them, but authorities are trying to ruin the lives of many others with domestic terrorism charges that call for many years in prison. The state actors behind Cop City, if you somehow can’t see it, are engaging in the overt employment of the very overreaching, harmful powers activists are concerned the facility will foment.

Cody Bloomfield is communications director at Defending Rights & Dissent. They join us now by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome to CounterSpin, Cody Bloomfield!

Cody Bloomfield: Thank you so much for having me, and I’m dismayed by what’s happening in Cop City, but always appreciate the opportunity to bring this news to more folks.

JJ: Absolutely.

Cop City: ‘People Have Been Protesting Against Cop City Since We Found Out About It’

CounterSpin (3/24/23)

Well, Atlanta organizer Kamau Franklin told CounterSpin a few weeks back that the land that Cop City is going to be on was promised to the adjacent community, which is 70% Black, as a park area, and there was going to be nature trails and hiking. And then when the idea of Cop City arose from the Atlanta Police Department, the city of Atlanta and the Atlanta Police Foundation, all of those plans were scrapped immediately, without any input from that adjoining community, and they went forward with this idea.

Just to say, people didn’t suddenly start protesting Cop City recently, and they didn’t do it because they saw something on social media. This project has been over and against the community—and the environment, not that they’re separate—since the beginning. So just to say, the context for the bringing of these charges of domestic terrorism against activists, it’s not that activists are suddenly engaged in something new and especially dangerous that is calling for this response.

CB: Yeah, so the occupation of Cop City has been going on for over a year, and we see from the very outset that there has been police resistance to these protests. Very early on, back in 2021, activists told me that during the pandemic, they couldn’t show up in person to city council meetings, because all of the meetings were being held remotely, and so they decided to do a banner action outside of one of the city council member’s homes during the decisions to approve Cop City. They dropped the banner outside of someone’s house, and then they were arrested by police, and they were hauled to jail for the crime of being a pedestrian in the roadway. This was all the way back in 2021.

Then people started camping in the forest, also way back in 2021. The first arrest for domestic terrorism didn’t happen until December 2022, and at that point, people were being arrested for just using the forest. Like in December, there were reports that someone had been arrested who was just going on a hike, who wasn’t part of the occupation.

Intercept: Police Shot Atlanta Cop City Protester 57 Times, Autopsy Finds

Intercept (4/20/23)

But in December was when the police crackdown began in earnest, and the people who had been camping for months were arrested for things like sleeping in a hammock with another defendant, [which] was used as evidence, as was First Amendment–protected activities, including being a member of the prison abolition movement. And that’s when the escalated stage of repression really began.

And this repression accelerated in January, when police again stormed the encampment, and murdered Tortuguita, and issued more domestic terrorism arrest warrants. Then there were the subsequent protests over the killing of Tortuguita in Atlanta, and still more people were charged with domestic terrorism.

And all that was a lead-up to a mass mobilization that the activists called for the first week of March, in which many people came from out of state and around the world to protest. But what a lot of the media’s been missing is, they focused on the week of action and saw in the list of arrestees many people from out of state, they’re missing that this out-of-state solidarity was just the tip of the iceberg of months and years of local organizing.

JJ: Right, and I bring it up in part to say that I think that folks who are distanced from it might fall to that line of, if only folks would protest in “the right way,” you know, without breaking anything. And so it’s important to understand that even when folks did things like banner drops and petition drives, they already were being abused and harassed for that style of protest.

But domestic terrorism, that’s deep, that’s serious. How loose are the rules for applying these charges? This is talking about perhaps 20 years in prison for people. There have to be some legal definitions around the charge of domestic terrorism, don’t there?

CB: Yes, and it’s really interesting, actually. Some states don’t even have domestic terrorism statutes, because most crimes that you could prosecute as domestic terrorism, you could also prosecute under existing statutes. Like, the Georgia law was passed in response to Dylann Roof’s massacre in a Black church, but they could have decided at that juncture to prosecute mass murder and prosecute these murders independent of the statute. But they decided that for subsequent events like this, they wanted the domestic terrorism statute, and they passed a very broad statute.

Time: Georgia Is Using a Domestic Terrorism Law Expanded After Dylann Roof Against ‘Cop City’ Protesters

Time (5/4/23)

The Georgia statute defines domestic terrorism as something that endangers critical infrastructure, and this critical infrastructure can be publicly or privately owned. It can be a state or government facility. And as long as someone’s acting with the intent to change or coerce the policy of government, that can count as domestic terrorism.

Now, this statute stands out from the national landscape of domestic terrorism statutes—again, some states don’t even have them, and they seem to be doing fine—and in most other states that have domestic terrorism statutes, the statutes address things like weapons of mass destruction, or they at least require for someone to have died as a result of the alleged terrorism. The Georgia statute doesn’t.

And you might notice, in the part about altering or changing the policy of government, that’s precisely what a lot of protest is intended to do. And protest intended to change the policy of government, that happens to take place in conjunction with critical infrastructure, which they’ve been arguing that Cop City is, opens up activists for being charged with domestic terrorism.

Now, this is a very serious statute. It has a mandatory minimum of five years in prison, going all the way up to a maximum of 35 years in prison. So that alone might be enough to dissuade some activists from showing up to protest. And it’s worth pointing out here that among the people charged with domestic terrorism during the March week of action, some people say that they were only going to attend a music festival, which would have been, at most, misdemeanor trespassing. But when people came back from a march in which they burned bulldozers, which is defined as critical infrastructure that’s there to build Cop City, they went into a crowd, police started to make arrests at random. So some people who by all accounts were not involved in burning the bulldozers, who simply showed up for Stop Cop City solidarity activism and a music festival, were charged with a really serious statute.

And then most were held in jail for over a month, and so then their whole lives were disrupted; they’re faced with this intimidating statute that will take a lot of money and a lot of time to fight, all to dissuade people from becoming activists.

We worry a lot about the chilling effect around these sorts of things in the civil liberties community. It’s often something we talk about in very hypothetical terms, but around this was a rare instance where I saw the chilling effect in practice. There was a group that reached out to me about possibly going down to protest, and I felt like I had to give the heads-up that these domestic terrorism arrests are happening somewhat at random, and the activists ultimately decided not to go down. They decided the risk of protesting was simply too high.

And that’s what charging domestic terrorism is intended to do. It’s intended to make the risk of protesting too high, so that people will just stay home, so that people will stay quiet.

AP: Students protest after N.C. law student banned from university over APD training facility arrest

AP (4/13/23)

JJ: Absolutely, and we should note that the harms don’t necessarily have to come from law enforcement or in the form of prison. We have seen people coming back from protests being, for example, kicked out of school. So this is something that is hovering over them, even if they don’t wind up in prison.

CB: Yeah, and recently we’ve heard reports of a loss of access to financial institutions for some of the defendants. So far we’ve heard that Chase Bank, Bank of America, Venmo and US Bank have withheld access to banking for certain domestic terrorism defendants. Also a few people had Airbnb accounts closed. As you mentioned, there was the law student who was unable to return to school. So these charges, even though they have not seen their day in court, have not been proven in court, are already having detrimental effects on the activists.

JJ: I want to bring you back to this “outside agitator” line, which ought to ring bells for lots of folks. To be clear, the public rejection of hyper-policing is being used as a reason for more hyper-policing. And then the fact that people are recognizing, well, this isn’t just Atlanta, this isn’t just Georgia, this is something that can come to me. That is itself being used as more reason.

Truthout: Atlanta’s “Stop Cop City” Movement Is Spreading Despite Rampant State Repression

Truthout (3/26/23)

And your Truthout piece cites the Atlanta police department’s assistant chief saying, “None of those people live here,” speaking of activists:

None of those people live here. They do not have a vested interest in this property, and we show that time and time again. Why is an individual from Los Angeles, California, concerned about a training facility being built in the state of Georgia? And that is why we consider that domestic terrorism.

What the actual heck, there?

CB: Yeah, it’s an extremely striking quote, mostly because it’s just a lie that any part of the statute depends on who’s in-state versus out-of-state. And we look at the history of activism, and activists have always traveled to be where they’re most needed. Throughout the civil rights movement, people frequently crossed state lines. There was the whole Freedom Rider movement.

And whenever there’s international solidarity or national solidarity, we always see this narrative of “outside agitators” being used to discredit the entire movement. It’s seen as mysterious outside actors driving the movement, instead of solidarity that starts where the negative thing is happening, and expands outwards from there.

It’s an incredibly frustrating narrative, and it’s frustrating to see people with state power repeat this narrative, especially when the actual charges have no relation to that.

Cody Bloomfield

Cody Bloomfield: “whenever there’s international solidarity or national solidarity, we always see this narrative of ‘outside agitators’ being used to discredit the entire movement.”

JJ: Absolutely, and, you know, it hardly needs saying, Cop City itself is not a wholly local enterprise, is it?

CB: No, Cop City is designed to be a training facility for police across the country, and with the interconnected systems of policing, of intelligence-gathering, we see that Cop City is an everywhere problem, as is all policing. And to charge that only people within a specific mile radius should have anything to say about it is absurd.

JJ: Part of this kind of repression of activity involves suppressing information. And that has involved the overt harassment of reporters, Truthout’s Candice Bernd and others, for example, but it also involves suppressing information itself about what is going on. And I understand you at Defending Rights & Dissent have been working on the transparency front of what’s happening here.

CB: Yeah, so we, from a FOIA release to Pilsen Books in Chicago, we know that, at least from the federal intelligence perspective, they’re very much seeing the Stop Cop City movement as national. When some of the Defend the Atlanta Forest folks went on tour, talking about resistance to Stop Cop City elsewhere, the FBI decided to spy on an anarchist bookstore that was holding the event, and they went through the social media of the event organizers, they went through the social media of the bookstore, and created intelligence files.

And we think that that’s just the tip of the iceberg. There hasn’t been a lot of transparency around what sort of intelligence is being gathered on these activists. Given that they’re charged with domestic terrorism, we expect that quite a lot of evidence has been acquired against them, much of it likely open source and First Amendment-protected. The line in one of the arrest warrant affidavits sent out to a defendant being a member of the prison abolitionist movement gives some hint that they’re likely surveilling a lot of social media. But we don’t know the full extent of surveillance that’s happening here.

Unicorn Riot: FBI Bookstore Spying in Chicago Eyes Abortion Rights, Cop City, Anti-Development Activists

Unicorn Riot (4/13/23)

And it’s worth pointing out, if we talk about surveillance, that surveillance on its own can also be a form of repression, especially for vulnerable activists who might be worried about protesting as a person of color, who might be worried about having an existing FBI file, the prospect of being surveilled might alone dissuade them from engaging in activism. But we don’t know the full landscape of that surveillance.

So Defending Rights & Dissent, along with, recently, Project South, have filed a new round of Freedom of Information Act requests, and open-record requests, targeted at looking at just how much the state is surveilling these activists, and what kind of evidence and intelligence is being collected.

And so far we’ve just been stonewalled. They’ve only responded to one query, which was about the Atlanta Police Foundation, and they said, oh, it’s like hundreds of thousands of emails; you need to refine your request. And then we refined our request and haven’t heard from them since.

So we anticipate having to litigate all these requests, which is ridiculous, because under the federal statute, under the state statute, there is a dedicated amount of time in which they’re supposed to give us this information. They’re supposed to be about transparency, and they just haven’t been in this case.

Indiana Herald-Times: What the Media Got Wrong About 'Cop City' Protests in Atlanta Increasingly Clear

Indiana Herald-Times (5/5/23)

JJ: This is exactly where one would hope for the powers of journalism and independent journalism to move in, to use their heft to get at some of these questions, and yet in terms of larger corporate media—there’s been a ton of terrific independent reporting on this—but larger corporate media….

You know, I saw a piece by Eva Rosenfeld in the Indiana Herald Times in which she was talking about the over-acceptance of the police narrative on certain things, but also asking about big framing questions. Why are media not asking, for example, “Why is a $90 million investment intended to fight crime better spent building a mock city than investing in real communities?”

Too often we see big media zeroing in: Did this person actually break a window? Rather than pulling back and saying, wait a minute, is property more important than human beings? What is actually happening here? I’m wondering what you make of big media’s approach to this story.

CB: Yeah, every second that we spend in the media litigating about whether or not people should have burned down a bulldozer, or whether or not people had the right to go camping, is another moment we’re not spending talking about the substantive issues here. And I think, as soon as the domestic terrorism charges came down, the whole conversation became about whether or not the activists were domestic terrorists, which was a reasonable line of argument, but totally missed the story of an anti-democratic lack of accountability permeating throughout Cop City. From when city council ignored 70% of public comments in opposition to Cop City to recently, when they were charging other people with intimidation of an officer for handing out flyers, trying to do public education, this whole movement to build Cop City has been profoundly undemocratic, and we lose that when we spend time focusing on what crimes protesters may or may not have committed.

Appeal: Why Atlantans Are Pushing to Stop ‘Cop City’

Appeal (12/8/21)

JJ: Personally, I want to say that I feel like, you know, “know your rights” is a very important thing for individuals to know, what their rights are in given situations. And yet it’s not so satisfying to say, I know my rights, and they’re being violated right now. We can’t really individualize protest—which it seems like is so much the effort of those who oppose it, to separate us and to say, “do you, Janine Jackson, really want to show up at this protest?”

CB: Yeah, and that’s why, especially in fighting these prosecutions, movement solidarity will be so important. We saw, after the January 20 protests against the inauguration of Trump, an attempt by prosecutors to engage in kind of conspiratorial thinking, and to paint protesters with a broad brush, and protesters were really successful in trying to fight this as a bloc, and insisting on taking cases to trial, where many of them were thrown out. Prosecutors gave up on a lot of the charges, and so that was a success of movement organizing.

And I think here that we have to have that same sort of solidarity. Because you might know your rights, and go to this music festival, and you’re charged with domestic terrorism anyway. It requires solidarity against an overwhelming onslaught of police repression, and that’s something that’s really hard to do. But despite how much the police talk about protesting the right or wrong way, when they’re defining protesting the “wrong way” as being from out of state, and policing the “right way” as shooting unarmed civilians and making arrests at random, the “know your rights” framework kind of goes out of the window, and it has to be about solidarity.

JJ: I just want to end by saying that I really appreciated the emphasis of the headline that Truthout put on your March piece, which was “Atlanta’s ‘Stop Cop City’ Movement Is Spreading Despite Rampant State Repression.” In other words, it’s scary, very scary, what’s happening, but we do recognize that they’re amping up because we’re amping up, and so it isn’t the time to falter.

And I really just appreciated the idea that this is still happening. Folks are scared, and they should be scared, and yet they’re doing it anyway. And the more we stand together, the less scared we need to be.

CB: Yes, it’s been really inspiring to see activists who continue to undertake this fight, who are willing to fight these cases in court, who are willing to look for where Cop City analogs are occurring in their local spaces. Like, there’s people beginning to protest in Pittsburgh. There’s people who are beginning to say, everywhere is Cop City, and looking at the effects of police militarization in communities. And I think what Cop City has done is, despite all the repression, is giving people a sense of how to fight this, and that they can fight this, and for that it’s really important.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Cody Bloomfield, communications director at Defending Rights & Dissent. They’re online at RightsAndDissent.org. And you can find their piece, “Atlanta’s ‘Stop Cop City’ Movement Is Spreading Despite Rampant State Repression,” at Truthout.org. Cody Bloomfield, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CB: Thank you.

 

The post ‘Charging Domestic Terrorism Is Intended to Make the Cost of Protesting Too High’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/charging-domestic-terrorism-is-intended-to-make-the-cost-of-protesting-too-high-counterspin-interview-with-cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorist-charges/feed/ 0 398819
Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 14:49:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033735 Many corporate news reporters seem unable to present a labor action as other than an unwonted interruption of a natural order.

The post Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230526.mp3

 

GQ: All About the Writers Strike: What Does the WGA Want and Why Are They Fighting So Hard for it?

GQ (5/5/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Going on strike is something that people with no personal experience are comfortable depicting as frivolous and selfish. That extends to many corporate news reporters, who appear unable to present a labor action as other than, first and foremost, an unwonted interruption of a natural order. However else they explain the issues at stake, or humanistically portray individual strikers, the overarching narrative is that workers are pressing their luck, and that owners who make their money off the efforts of those workers are not to be questioned.

It’s a weird presentation, whether it’s baristas or dockworkers or TV and movie writers. As we record on May 25, the Writers Guild strike is on its 23rd day, and having the intended effect of shutting down production on sets around the country.

Eric Thurm wrote a useful explainer on the WGA strike for GQ. Thurm is campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. We hear from him about some behind-the-scenes aspects of the strike affecting what you may see on screen.

      CounterSpin230526Thurm.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of San Francisco.

      CounterSpin230526Banter.mp3

 

The post Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/feed/ 0 398717
‘The Court’s Position Is, No One Can Tell Them What to Do’ – CounterSpin interview with Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court corruption https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/the-courts-position-is-no-one-can-tell-them-what-to-do-counterspin-interview-with-ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/the-courts-position-is-no-one-can-tell-them-what-to-do-counterspin-interview-with-ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/#respond Fri, 19 May 2023 22:49:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033644 "The most important thing that journalists can do is...speak of the justices as political appointees chosen by partisan officials."

The post ‘The Court’s Position Is, No One Can Tell Them What to Do’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Vox‘s Ian Millhiser about Supreme Court corruption for the May 12, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230512Millhiser.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: If you are disturbed, but also overwhelmed, by the sheer volume and severity of revelations of corruption at the US Supreme Court, you’re far from alone. Clarence Thomas, his wife Ginni and billionaire operative Harlan Crow may be at the current epicenter, but our guest suggests the problem, and consequently the necessary response, is much bigger and deeper.

Ian Millhiser covers the Court and the Constitution as senior correspondent at Vox. He is the author of the book Injustices: The Supreme Court’s History of Comforting the Comfortable and Afflicting the Afflicted, and The Agenda: How a Republican Supreme Court Is Reshaping America.

He joins us now by phone from Virginia. Welcome to CounterSpin, Ian Millhiser.

Ian Millhiser: It’s good to be here, thanks so much.

ProPublica: For over 20 years, Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas has been treated to luxury vacations by billionaire Republican donor Harlan Crow.

ProPublica (4/6/23)

JJ: Well, let’s start with the information that many folks will have heard at least some piece of. Clarence Thomas has been recipient of millions of dollars worth of gifts—including vacations, homes, the private school tuition of a child he says he’s raising as a son— from Republican billionaire Harlan Crow, without disclosure. As you’ve noted, this relationship between Thomas and Crow has actually been going on for years, and has been known about for years.

Thomas’ line has been, there’s no conflict, because Harlan Crow doesn’t have any business before the Court. That’s not true, and if it were, I imagine that many people would be surprised to learn that the standard of the highest court in the land is that a powerful billionaire, who overtly wants to reshape the country’s laws and regulations, can give you lots of money and benefits over decades, and it doesn’t matter, if they aren’t a named party in a case you’re actively considering.

And Roberts, and all the justices, I understand, signed a letter saying that, basically, We aren’t really governed by ethics rules, but it’s OK because we follow them anyway. Are we missing something, or is this really the Court’s official response to this?

IM: Yeah, the Court’s position is essentially, no one can tell them what to do. They use the words “separation of powers” a lot, to claim it would be wrong if Congress or someone else imposed an ethics code on them. But the reality that it creates is that there are no rules for the justices, other than the rules that they feel like complying with.

And to be clear, if the justices were anywhere else in government, there would be extraordinary ethics constraints on them. There’s a statute that says if you work for a federal agency, you cannot accept any gift, period, from anyone who is regulated by the agency that you work for. If you’re a member of Congress, or even if you’re just a congressional staffer, there’s a rule saying that if you want to accept a gift, even from one of your lifelong friends, and it’s more than $250, you have to get approval from the House Ethics Committee.

I used to work for an organization; we’d host a lot of congressional staffers for luncheons sometimes. And they would ask us, before we served them a meal, “Does this cost more than $25?” The reason why is because, under the ethics rule, if the meal costs more than $25, they aren’t allowed to eat it.

And so those are the rules that apply to other people in government. The rules that apply to the Supreme Court justices, apparently, are that Clarence Thomas can accept a $500,000 vacation from a billionaire, and there’s nothing wrong with that. Or at least nothing can be done to him.

Supreme Court Vacates Ex-Virginia Governor’s Graft Conviction

New York Times (6/27/16)

JJ: John Roberts wrote an opinion, some years ago, vacating the conviction of former Virginia Gov. Bob McDonnell, who had been convicted of accepting luxury gifts and loans from a bigwig. And in Roberts’ opinion, he said it was “distasteful…but our concern is not with tawdry tales of Ferraris, Rolexes and ball gowns.” That seems to say, “We’re just above all of this; you might think this is a concern, but we’re Supreme Court justices, and we are just above it all.”

IM: This, I guess, shows you why they’ve taken such a blasé attitude to all these gifts that Clarence Thomas is getting. They almost don’t believe that the concept of corruption exists.

JJ: That’s what I was wondering.

IM: Basically what they have said—I mean, they said this explicitly, and this was the holding of the Citizens United decision—is that the only thing that counts as corruption is an explicit quid pro quo arrangement.

So if I go to a congressman and I say, “I will give you $10,000 if you vote for this bill,” that’s the one thing that the Supreme Court has said actually qualifies as corruption. But if I am, say, a lobbyist for, let’s say, the pork industry, and I write a congressman a $10,000 check and say, “Here’s $10,000, I’d like to have a meeting with you,” and then in that meeting, I say, “Here’s a list of bills I want you to vote for,” the Supreme Court has said that’s not corruption, because there was no explicit “you only get the $10,000 if you do what I say.” They even said, in the Citizens United case, that it’s good that elected officials are more responsive to their donors, because “democracy is premised on responsiveness.”

So you’re dealing with a bunch of folks who don’t see any problem at all with people who have a lot of money, who are willing to spend it on public officials, getting more access, and getting more beneficial outcomes from government. And so it doesn’t surprise me at all that Clarence Thomas, who has joined all those decisions, says, “Well, if Bob McDonald can get a Rolex, and if members of Congress can get the $10,000 donation, why can’t I get all the goodies that I want?”

LA TImes: If the Supreme Court kills the Chevron doctrine, corporations will have even more power

LA Times (5/2/23)

JJ: Right. It’s just the joke is on everybody else, right?

I want to ask you about a big thing that I think folks may have not learned about yet. I want to ask you about Chevron v. Natural Resources Defense Council. Can you just tell us about the significance of that 1984 ruling, and then the significance of its potential overturn, which is possibly going to happen?

IM: So one trend I’ve been watching very closely in this Court—and this, I think, should trouble everyone who’s worried about the corruption in the Court as well—is that this Court is very eager to concentrate power within itself. And this is a break; there’s all kinds of cases, throughout the 20th century, establishing that courts should be reluctant to exercise power, in part because federal judges aren’t elected, so when they exercise power, they are taking power away from democratically elected officials.

Chevron is one of those cases.  The way that a lot of federal law works is that, Congress writes a law and it delegates to a federal agency the power to figure out how to implement that law, how to achieve the goal of the law; the agency issues a regulation using the authority it’s been delegated by Congress. And Chevron said that, generally, courts should defer to the agencies when they issue those decisions. Courts should stay out of the question of  whether those regulations are good ideas or not.

And the reason why is twofold. One is that judges don’t know a lot about the subject matters that agencies regulate; agencies know more, and are likely to do it well. And the other reason why is that, while the heads of federal agencies are typically not elected, they are all appointed by and serve at the pleasure of an elected president. And so there’s still democratic accountability there in a way that there isn’t in the judiciary.

Chevron has been around since 1984. The Supreme Court recently announced that it will take a case that seeks to overrule Chevron. And I see this quest to overrule Chevron as part of this much bigger project the current Court is engaged in, of trying to concentrate power in the Supreme Court itself, and to roll back all these old decisions that said that judges should be reluctant to exercise power.

JJ: And just as a point of information, or maybe more, Clarence Thomas wrote the majority opinion on Chevron, right? But now he’s opposed? He says he’s matured and changed his mind?

IM: Chevron was handed down before Thomas’ time; it was Justice Stevens who wrote the opinion. I believe that Thomas was in the Reagan administration when Chevron was handed down.

JJ: No, that’s right.

IM: But we have seen a huge shift. Thomas used to join decisions advocating for judicial restraint, like what was argued in Chevron. Justice Scalia, the conservative icon, was an evangelist for Chevron.

And of course Scalia was an evangelist for Chevron in the 1980s, when Republicans controlled the government. And so conservatives were very, very happy for courts to stay out of policymaking, and leave matters up to the experts in the federal agencies, when those agencies were controlled by the Republican Party.

When we started to see conservatives, including people like Thomas, shift away from this support for judicial restraint, was when Barack Obama moved into the White House, and all of a sudden there was a risk that Democrats might be making calls within the agencies. And so all of a sudden, many of the same conservative judges, who had been huge advocates of judicial restraint under Ronald Reagan, suddenly decided that the Court should be more active in checking Barack Obama.

Vox: The case against the Supreme Court of the United States

Vox (6/25/22)

JJ: Well, for some people, when the guy who starred in Bedtime for Bonzo became president, it damaged the role, the legitimacy, of the presidency itself. The Court-packing by a president who didn’t even win the majority vote, the guy who likes beer, you know, the Roe overturning, Citizens United—it’s led to a similar drop in many people’s respect for the Supreme Court. Confidence in the Court, we hear, is at a historic low.

To which you have said, “Good.” And not just that, but that if one knows the Supreme Court’s history, and understands its structure, what’s going on today is not this wild, unprecedented, “how could this happen” situation that some might suggest. What should we understand?

IM: The thing to understand about the Supreme Court throughout history is, first of all, you don’t get on the Supreme Court unless you’re a lawyer, and you don’t get on it unless you’re a fairly elite lawyer. So it’s an institution that has always been controlled by elite professionals. And, I mean, I’m a lawyer myself, I don’t think that all lawyers are terrible human beings, but when you have a graduate degree, and you earn the kind of money that lawyers can make, that tends to skew your perspective on society.

So it doesn’t surprise me that this institution that will always be controlled by elites has not been a particularly beneficent organization in American history. Through the history of judicial review, the idea that the Supreme Court is allowed to strike down federal law, the first case they ever did was Marbury v. Madison. All that Marbury says is that they’re allowed to do it. The second case they ever did that in was in Dred Scott, which was an abysmal pro-slavery decision, which said that Black people—I apologize, this is offensive language—but the opinion said that Black people are “beings of an inferior order,” and therefore aren’t entitled to the same rights as white people. So that was the second time the Court ever exercised judicial review.

We passed three constitutional amendments—the 13th, 14th and 15th amendments—to get rid of Dred Scott, and the Court spent the first 30 or 40 years that those amendments were in effect basically writing them out of the Constitution. And then they spent the next 30 or 40 years, in what is known as the Lochner era, where they read the amendments, that were supposed to achieve racial equality in the US, to protect business owners from laws that gave their workers a minimum wage, from laws that allowed their workers to unionize, from laws that said that workers could not be overworked.

FAIR: Media Don’t Bite the Ruling That Feeds Them

Extra! (1/11)

That’s the history of the Supreme Court. I could go on, I could talk about Korematsu, I could talk more about Citizens United, I could talk about them striking down parts of the Voting Rights Act. But the Supreme Court, for almost all of American history, has been a malign force, and that’s a big reason why I often argue that it should have much less power.

JJ: Let me just draw you out on one thing, because the media depiction is, “Republicans and Democrats fight over these tools, of which the Court is one, and whoever gets control of them has power.” But that’s not quite how it goes; there are reasons that it’s harder to do progressive policy with control of the Court than the other way around, yeah?

IM: Two responses. One, with respect to the assertion that, well, this is just a prize that both parties fight over, and whoever gets it gets it, fair and square: We are supposed to be a democracy; we have presidential elections every four years in this country; that means that if your candidate wins the presidential election, your party should get to govern for four years. It does not mean that you should get to govern for forty years.

One impact of the fact that Donald Trump happened to get elected at a time when three seats became vacant on the Court means that this guy who lost the popular vote, who tried to overthrow the federal government, got to appoint a third of the Supreme Court. And a recent paper that came out, by a friend of mine up at Harvard, argues that Democrats may not have a shot of regaining a majority in the Supreme Court until 2060. I will probably be dead the next time there’s a Democratic majority on the Supreme Court.

So, again, I think it is fair that if Republicans run a candidate for president, and that candidate wins the election fair and square, then they get four years of power. They should not get forty years of power.

And on top of that, the power that they get—Courts are very good at striking down laws, they’re very good at saying “no” to things. Courts can’t really build anything from scratch. Courts don’t have economists, they don’t have people who enforce their decisions, they don’t have the web of bureaucracy that you need to create, say, a welfare state.

And so courts wind up being much more powerful tools in the hands of conservatives, people who want to stop the government from doing things, because the Court can always strike a law down, they can always say no to a policy that is enacted. But they just aren’t very good at building things. Again, they do not have the staff, they do not have the infrastructure, to build policies; they can only destroy. 

Vox: The real reason for the Supreme Court’s corruption crisis

Vox (5/4/23)

JJ: Maybe following from that, you have written, “There are better ways to design a judiciary.” Can you tell us just a little bit about what you think some of those ways might be?

IM: The idea behind a court is that you’re supposed to have judges who are obedient to legal text. They read the statute, they read the Constitution, they read what the precedents say. The answer to every legal question isn’t always 100% clear, but judges are supposed to do their best job of following what the law is, regardless of what they want the policy to be.

It’s really hard to have disinterested public servants in those roles as judges, if the way you pick those judges is that a partisan president nominates people, that inevitably that partisan president will think will implement their agenda from the bench, and then those judges are confirmed by a partisan Senate. The way that we choose judges all but guarantees the sort of people who serve as judges will be partisan, they will not engage in that disinterested practice of reading the legal text and trying in good faith to discern what the law is, not what they want the policy to be.

Other countries, other states in the US, do it very differently. There is the Missouri model, which is where you have a commission, and you have different inputs into the commission: The governor gets to appoint a few members, the bar gets to appoint a few members, I believe the Missouri chief justice gets to appoint a member. The idea is you have enough inputs onto this commission, so it is much harder for one party to capture control over judicial selection.

And then different states do it in different ways; different countries’ selection systems, they do it in different ways. The way that it works specifically in Missouri is that, when there’s a state supreme court vacancy, the commission comes up with three names, the governor has to pick one of them. And that helps reduce the partisanship of the judiciary.

The French system: Some of France’s courts are staffed by civil servants, like literally someone who goes to judge school—they get a graduate degree that qualifies them to be a judge—and then they move up the ranks, and they’re promoted from within. There are many ways to design a judicial selection process in a way that doesn’t make judges into partisan appointees, and, unfortunately, we just don’t do that at the federal level in the US.

JJ: OK. Your work at Vox, ProPublica, Politico, the Lever, the Washington Post—all of the stories and exposés around this court corruption story, it’s showing, really, the power and importance of investigative reporting.

Crow’s laughable line about how he covered up payments to Ginni Thomas in one case becausepeople are so mean, and if it got out, people would say mean things about her”: It’s laughable, but it’s not funny, and I just have to think that surely what some powerful people are taking away from this is that there should be no more exposés.

I wonder if, along with what legislators might do and what people might do, what would you hope to see journalists do to keep this from being a couple weeks’ long scandal, and then we’re on to something else?

Ian Millhiser

Ian Millhiser: “I think the most important thing that journalists can do is make it clear that Clarence Thomas is a Republican, and to speak of the Court, speak of the justices, as political appointees chosen by partisan officials.”

IM: It is a good question, because I think if Clarence Thomas, again, were in any other branch of government—like, if we found out that the secretary of transportation was getting flown all over the world, taking these lavish vacations being paid for by a billionaire political donor, the secretary of transportation would lose their job, because it would be too much of a scandal, and it would blow back on the president if they weren’t fired.

If a member of Congress did this, they would probably resign, and if they didn’t resign, they would be pushed out of office, either in their primary election, because their own party wouldn’t want them as an anchor hanging around their necks, or in the next general election.

And the Supreme Court, the only way to remove a justice is by impeachment. That takes 67 votes in the US Senate, which means that you would need at least 16 Republicans to vote to remove that justice. And, I mean, Clarence Thomas could eat a live human baby on national television and there wouldn’t be 16 Republican votes to remove him from office. They are committed to keeping this man on the Supreme Court.

I’ve covered the Supreme Court for a very long time. I covered Clarence Thomas’ scandals in which he accepted gifts from billionaire Harlan Crow in 2011, a dozen years ago I was on this story. It flared up, I wrote about it, a bunch of other reporters wrote about it, I went on the Rachel Maddow Show twice to discuss it. And nothing happened, because under our Constitution, Clarence Thomas is impossible to fire.

And so we can keep shining a light on this. I think the most important thing that journalists can do is make it clear that Clarence Thomas is a Republican, and to speak of the Court, speak of the justices, as political appointees chosen by partisan officials, so that the voters know, “OK, if I don’t want someone like Clarence Thomas appointed in the future, I know which party to blame.” But ultimately, that’s the only leverage that voters have with respect to the Supreme Court, because they enjoy this extraordinary protection from being fired, virtually no matter what they do.

JJ: And that just underscores the importance of voting rights, right? It all kind of tangles together, when the tools that you need to fight back against something like this are at least partly in the hands of the very people that you would be fighting.

IM: Now it’s getting so much attention, because Dobbs happened, because of the scandals with Thomas, because of the circumstances that led to Brett Kavanaugh getting on the Court, people are beginning to realize there are interesting stories, important stories, to be told there.

But ultimately, like I said, any consequences for what the Court has done are going to be one step removed from the people who are actually doing the terrible things. We probably cannot remove Thomas or Kavanaugh or any of those folks. The thing that voters need to understand is just that these are Republican political appointees doing these things, and if you think that the things that they are doing are bad, then take that into account when you show up at the voting booth.

JJ: All right, we’ll end it there for now.

We’ve been speaking with Ian Millhiser, senior correspondent at Vox, author of Injustices: The Supreme Court’s History of Comforting the Comfortable and Afflicting the Afflicted and The Agenda: How a Republican Supreme Court Is Reshaping America.

Ian Millhiser, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

IM: All right, thank you.

The post ‘The Court’s Position Is, No One Can Tell Them What to Do’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/the-courts-position-is-no-one-can-tell-them-what-to-do-counterspin-interview-with-ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/feed/ 0 396332
Cody Bloomfield on Anti-Activist Terrorism Charges https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorism-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorism-charges/#respond Fri, 19 May 2023 15:29:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033608 Some officials fully intend to treat anyone who stands in opposition to whatever they decide they want to do as enemies of the state.

The post Cody Bloomfield on Anti-Activist Terrorism Charges appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230519.mp3

 

Time: Georgia Is Using a Domestic Terrorism Law Expanded After Dylann Roof Against ‘Cop City’ Protesters

Time (5/4/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Do you care about environmental degradation? Then you care about Cop City. Do you care about violent overpolicing of Black and brown communities? Then you care about Cop City. Do you care about purportedly democratic governance that overrides the actual voice of the people? Then you care about Cop City.

But be aware: Your concern about Cop City, and its myriad impacts and implications, may get you labeled a domestic terrorist. The official response to popular resistance to the militarized policing facility being created on top of the forest in Atlanta, Georgia, is an exemplar of how some officials fully intend to bring all powers to which they have access, and to create new powers, to treat anyone who stands in opposition to whatever they decide they want to do as enemies of the state, deserving life-destroying prison sentences. So if your thoughts about Cop City don’t motivate you, think about your right to protest anything at all.

We’ll talk about anti-activist terrorism charges with Cody Bloomfield, communications director at Defending Rights & Dissent.

      CounterSpin230519Bloomfield.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of Israel’s “crisis of democracy.”

      CounterSpin230519Banter.mp3

 

The post Cody Bloomfield on Anti-Activist Terrorism Charges appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/cody-bloomfield-on-anti-activist-terrorism-charges/feed/ 0 396150
‘We Have to Find a Way, for the Sake of the Planet, to Use Things Longer’ – CounterSpin interview with Kyle Wiens on right to repair https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/we-have-to-find-a-way-for-the-sake-of-the-planet-to-use-things-longer-counterspin-interview-with-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repair/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/we-have-to-find-a-way-for-the-sake-of-the-planet-to-use-things-longer-counterspin-interview-with-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repair/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 21:14:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033536 "Electronics and software are moving into all of our products. And it provides tools for manufacturers to intentionally lock products down."

The post ‘We Have to Find a Way, for the Sake of the Planet, to Use Things Longer’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed iFixit’s Kyle Wiens about the right to repair’s “moment” for the May 5, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230505Banter.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Wheelchair users in Colorado now can fix their own chairs when they break. It did take a new law, allowing them to access the parts, tools and diagnostics they need to do that—for the same reasons that, for years, John Deere argued that farmers don’t really own the tractors they buy. Because those tractors carry computer codes that are proprietary, farmers just have an “implied license for the life of the vehicle to operate the vehicle.”

As our next guest has said, the notion of actually owning the things you buy has become revolutionary, if ownership includes your right to modify or repair those things. But it’s a revolution that is underfoot. So let’s catch up.

Kyle Wiens runs iFixit, an online repair community and parts retailer that demystifies technology and empowers consumers. He joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Kyle Wiens.

Kyle Wiens: Thank you for having me back on.

PIRG: 20 states file Right to Repair bills as momentum grows

PIRG (2/7/23)

JJ: We spoke almost exactly six years ago, in April 2017, when John Deere was arguing, with a straight face, that farmers shouldn’t really own their tractors, because if they had access to the software involved, they might pirate Taylor Swift music.

And at the time, you said it’s not all gloom and doom; there is hope on the horizon in terms of states and places ready to move on right-to-repair legislation, and it seems to be happening. I’m seeing words like “momentum” attached to the right-to-repair efforts. So bring us up to date.

KW: Well, it definitely took this long to get here. We have introduced agriculture right-to-repair bills every year since we chatted. And it’s only now, it’s only in the last couple weeks, that we finally have a bill make it over the finish line, and actually get signed into the law.

JJ: And that’s where? But other states, I feel like I’m reading, they’re bubbling up, but maybe not getting through, right?

KW: So yeah, so far this year, 28 different states have introduced right-to-repair bills of different kinds. Some are targeting farm equipment, some are targeting consumer electronics, some targeting appliances.

Colorado’s made it over the finish line for farm equipment. So, for the first time, John Deere and others are going to be required to share that software and the tools that they’ve been saying for so long that farmers shouldn’t have. That’s absolutely huge.

Governor Polis signed it into law last week, with a big red tractor in front of the capitol building in Denver. So that was the most exciting visible moment. But we’ve had some other legislative wins along the way as well.

Verge: New York breaks the right to repair bill as it’s signed into law

Verge (12/29/22)

JJ: I know that here in New York state, late last year, early this year, Governor Hochul signed something. But I know that, as pretty much always happens with legislation, what went in wasn’t what came out.

I wonder if you can speak to maybe what was lost there, but also what’s the lesson for other states when they’re trying to push through this kind of legislation?

KW: Absolutely. So New York is the first broad, sweeping electronics right-to-repair bill. It says if you’re going to sell an electronics product in New York, you have to make available the parts, tools and information that consumers would need to fix it. And it levels the playing field between the dealerships, the Apple stores of the world, and the rest of us. So that’s fantastic.

The modifications—two main things that got watered down in the New York bill at the last minute: One is, it only applies to future products, so only applies to products that you would buy after July, which is a little bit annoying, because generally the things that break are the things you already have. So it sets the stage for the future, but it doesn’t apply retroactively.

And the other thing is, the governor exempted business products, so things like copy machines and servers and enterprise products, products that hospitals and schools depend on. And so we are optimistic that other states will fix the loopholes that the governor introduced.

JJ: Let me ask you, who is still opposing right-to-repair measures, and have their arguments shifted? Or is it still “nefarious third-party actors might get involved,” or “consumers might hurt themselves repairing things”? What is the opposition line?

KW: Having advocated for this for the last 20 years, almost, I feel like I’m trapped in the Groundhog Day movie. It’s the same arguments over and over in every state. The arguments haven’t changed since we talked last, and the arguments are really infantilizing.

They say things like, “farmers can’t repair their own equipment.” Of course they can. That’s how all of us get our food, is a farmer using equipment that they have repaired. There’s no farm, there’s no farmer, that is not repairing their own equipment. It’s just preposterous.

So electronics manufacturers say the same thing. They say you can’t fix your iPhone, you might hurt yourself. Well, the only people I’ve seen hurt themselves with a smartphone are folks using it with a cracked screen and cutting their finger.

JJ: The right to repair is so many things. It’s about consumer power, as against corporate overreach. It’s about twisting the law to give power to the already powerful. But it’s also, and folks should understand, it’s an environmental concern, at a fundamental level, yeah?

KW: Absolutely. The products that we use have a huge amount of embodied energy and resources that go into it. The smartphone in your pocket took over 250 pounds of raw material dug out of the ground. Collectively, we manufacture about 1.5 billion smartphones a year.

So think about it: 1.5 billion smartphones multiplied by 250 pounds each. It’s a literal mountain dug out of the earth every single day to make the technology that we have. And then we only use a phone for a couple of years, toss it in a drawer and buy another one.

We have to find a way, for the sake of the planet, for the sake of our future, to use these things longer, and manufacture fewer at the beginning.

JJ: I just feel like, folks might read it as the little guy against the man, and it’s really about the kind of world that we want to live in. I mean, it seems so big to me. It seems such an encompassing issue.

Kyle Wiens

Kyle Wiens: “Electronics and software are moving into all of our products. And it provides tools for manufacturers to intentionally lock products down.”

KW: Absolutely. It’s a huge environmental impact, the embodied energy in all the products that we have.

But it’s also about cost and consumer rights. If you go and you buy a refrigerator right now, the typical lifespan of a new appliance is about seven years. And I don’t think anyone wants to buy a refrigerator that’s only going to last seven years. You’d expect it to last 15 or 20.

JJ: Exactly. So it’s a big question, in terms of how do you want to live, in terms of what you want to have in your home, and then, who do you want to be reliant on? Because the argument of a lot of these companies is, oh yeah, sure, you can repair this stuff. It’s just you need to come to us to repair it. We need to be the only ones to repair it. So as you said six years ago, it’s about a lockdown on the aftermarket.

KW: And that control comes with a lack of local self-reliance. We find, in rural communities in particular, this is very important. Farmers talk about how, hey, it’s four hours to drive to the nearest dealer. I have to haul my tractor four hours each way. That’s crazy.

And this all has been ushered in by electronics. This is not a moment where all the manufacturers got together and decided to be evil all at once. Instead, what is happening is, electronics and software are moving into all of our products. And it provides tools for manufacturers to intentionally lock products down. But it also creates this accidental path where, like, I don’t think the appliance companies are trying to make a microwave that only lasts seven years, but they put electronics in it that don’t last that long, and they haven’t figured out how to backfill that with repair models that will compensate.

Harvard Business Review: The Unintended Consequences of Right-to-Repair Laws

Harvard Business Review (1/19/23)

JJ: I saw an article in Harvard Business Review, but I suspect it’s going to be a line that folks will see in whatever media they’re reading, that said, hey, right to repair, it sounds cool, essentially, but “manufacturers might strategically adjust new product prices to mitigate their foreseeable profit loss from the right-to-repair legislation.”

And, let me also add, “Even though people might buy fewer new products, easier repair could lead more consumers to use old, energy-inefficient products, resulting in a higher environmental impact.”

Any response from you on that kind of line of argument?

KW: Yeah, I mean, that’s interesting. On the one hand, I’m kind of okay with new products costing a little bit more if they last longer, right? I’d happily pay 20% more for a refrigerator that lasted twice as long. That would be fine.

On the product-energy perspective, you know, for a long time it was true that upgrading your appliances, particularly your refrigerator, would yield huge energy savings. Around 2000, 2005 or so, that really plateaued. We stopped gaining huge efficiency with new products. There’s incremental gains, but they’re pretty darn minuscule.

So there’s no one out there where replacing a 10-year-old refrigerator with a new one, that makes sense purely from a energy-consumption perspective. The embodied energy in manufacturing that refrigerator is greater than the efficiency gains that you’re going to see.

JJ: And I guess I resist the idea that, well, if you want things to be better, societally, then manufacturers are just going to increase the prices. Like, that’s not an automatic, that can be a conversation we have. If your CEO is taking home eleventy billion dollars a year, maybe there are other ways that we can talk about resourcing the kind of world we want to live in, I guess I think.

KW: Absolutely. And hopefully competition will bear this out. France has a repairability labeling law, where products have to be labeled, next to the price, with how easy or hard they are to fix. And the surveys they’ve done found that eight in ten consumers would pick a more repairable product over their favorite brand. So I think you’re going to see a shift towards the companies that really get on board with making longer-lasting products.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Kyle Wiens, co-founder and CEO of iFixit, an online repair community and parts retailer. Thank you so much, Kyle Wiens, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KW:  Happy fixing!

The post ‘We Have to Find a Way, for the Sake of the Planet, to Use Things Longer’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/we-have-to-find-a-way-for-the-sake-of-the-planet-to-use-things-longer-counterspin-interview-with-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repair/feed/ 0 394470
Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Corruption https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 15:20:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033503 Whether the Supreme Court gets away with its rejection of ethics depends in part on journalists' willingness to stick with the stories.

The post Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Corruption appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230512.mp3

 

USA Today: Do past Supreme Court cases offer clues about how the justices view ethics, transparency?

USA Today (5/6/23)

This week on CounterSpin: USA Today reported that, “as it heads into the final stretch of its current term, the Supreme Court is on defense following a series of revelations about gifts, property sales and disclosure.” That, you might say, is putting it mildly. The recent revelations are not about trinkets, but millions of dollars’ worth of benefits, vacations, jobs—and not from nowhere in particular, but from powerful parties with express interest in shaping the Court’s decision-making. “Disclosure,” in this instance, is another word for democracy—people’s right to know (and act upon the knowledge of) what, besides their votes, is influencing the laws that shape their lives.

As details of Clarence Thomas’ secret-but-not-so-secret relationship with Republican billionaire Harlan Crow—and also with Federalist Society head Leonard Leo—roll out, the John Roberts–led Supreme Court has told congressional leaders they don’t believe any ethics rules really apply to them, and that’s not a problem. Whether that cravenly elitist, anti-democratic notion gets to carry the day will depend on many things, one of them being journalists’ willingness to stick with the stories, explore their structural and historical roots, demand transparency, and keep reporting faithfully to the public about what is learned and what is not—and why not. Even or especially if the Court is “on defense.”

Because the information out of the Supreme Court has, as Slate‘s Dahlia Lithwick has said, gone beyond an “ethics problem” to a “five-alarm fire” democracy-reform problem. And news media will be central to the response.

We talk this week about the Supreme Court, where it’s going and where’s it taking all of us, with Ian Millhiser, who covers the Court for Vox, and is author of, most recently, The Agenda: How a Republican Supreme Court Is Reshaping America.

      CounterSpin230512Millhiser.mp3

 

The post Ian Millhiser on Supreme Court Corruption appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/ian-millhiser-on-supreme-court-corruption/feed/ 0 394337
‘The Debt Ceiling Is a Completely Pointless Contrivance’ – CounterSpin interview with Chris Lehmann on debt ceiling https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/the-debt-ceiling-is-a-completely-pointless-contrivance-counterspin-interview-with-chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/the-debt-ceiling-is-a-completely-pointless-contrivance-counterspin-interview-with-chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling/#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 23:32:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033492 "What they really want out of all this is to basically hold the American economy hostage, so that they can extort...key spending cuts."

The post ‘The Debt Ceiling Is a Completely Pointless Contrivance’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed The Nation‘s Chris Lehmann about the debt ceiling for the May 5, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230505Lehmann.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Corporate news media provide better and worse explanations of various issues, of course, but there are some issues where elite media’s explanation leaves you somehow more ignorant than you were before you read it.

NYT: House Passes Debt Limit Bill, Courting a Showdown

New York Times (4/26/23)

The debt ceiling, and what media insist is a partisan showdown around it, is one of those issues. If you are disturbed by reporting that misconstrues an issue, where that misunderstanding can lead to people losing their healthcare, you have company in our next guest.

Chris Lehmann is DC bureau chief for The Nation, as well as contributing editor at the Baffler and the New Republic. He joins us now by phone from the DC area. Welcome to CounterSpin, Chris Lehmann.

Chris Lehmann: Hi, Janine. Thanks so much for having me. It’s great to be here.

JJ: Before we get to corporate media’s funhouse mirror version, can you start us with some information about what the so-called debt ceiling is, and the role that it has played in reality, historically?

CL: Yeah, the pithiest definition of the debt ceiling, I think, is a completely pointless contrivance that has outlived whatever usefulness it may have once had, if it ever did.

It was ginned up in 1918, in response to the deficit spending of the US entering into the First World War. That was the time before Keynesianism existed, and there was a frantic perceived need to tamp down on deficit spending, that proved to be largely, as I say, pointless.

And the pointlessness of it was firmly demonstrated during the Great Depression, and the Second World War’s mobilization of the American economy, and the post-war boom in the American economy. So that we now exist in a world where the United States is the only major industrialized nation that has this dumb boundary on what it can spend. Literally no other country in the world deals with this.

It’s also clearly unconstitutional. There is in the 14th Amendment of the Constitution what’s known as the Public Debt Clause, which just flat-out states, “The validity of the public debt of the United States…shall not be questioned.”

Chris Lehmann

Chris Lehmann: “What they really want out of all this is to basically hold the American economy hostage, so that they can extort…key spending cuts.”

So what’s frustrating, living in Washington as I do, and seeing versions of this showdown play out time and again, for what are crass and venal partisan reasons, there is no reason for any of this to be happening.

The right likes to claim that they are originalists when it comes to constitutional language. So here is constitutional language, saying you are weaponizing the spending process for what are nihilistic policy ends.

What they really want out of all this is to basically hold the American economy hostage, so that they can extort, from the opposition in Congress and the White House, key spending cuts that their donor base really wants, but that are vastly unpopular with the American public.

There are things like an accelerated work requirement for Medicaid. There are things like deep cuts to the Veterans Administration’s social service funding. There are things like rollbacks of IRS and antitrust enforcement. It is just a wishlist for the far right that is being smuggled in under the color of an alleged “both sides” showdown over how much we should be spending. It is all made up.

I’m clearly at a point where I’m just exhausted at the approach of this ritualized conflict, and the media’s, in my view, just unbelievably negligent handling of the issues.

JJ: Because when you look at coverage, it makes it sound as though our hands are tied.

CL: Right? There’s nothing anyone can do.

NYT: What is the U.S. Debt Ceiling?

New York Times (2/1/23)

JJ: Yeah. And so there’s basic, it’s not an ideological—I mean, it is ideological—but there are basic definitional problems with the way that media are talking about this.

So when the New York Times says, “But eventually, the United States will need to either borrow more money to pay its bills, or stop making good on its financial obligations,” well, that’s not how that works, right?

CL: No, that’s exactly right. And, again, this is all being ginned up as a crisis for political gain on the right. And if the media could just report that, which is the truth, we would have a different follow-on conversation, instead of this airy, make-believe fantasy that somehow there’s going to be a grand bargain, where both sides will compromise and the golden mean will prevail.

It is stunning to me that we went through all of this in the Obama administration, when there was the “fiscal cliff,” and there was the approach of the debt ceiling. There was language that made it sound like we were in some film noir B-movie: We were going to be kidnapped and thrown over the fiscal cliff. And it was all just for an organized ideological assault on social spending from the right. It’s exactly the same thing now.

Guardian: Republican rebels: the hardline House members voting against McCarthy

Guardian (1/5/23)

Kevin McCarthy is doing the bidding of the Freedom Caucus, which, we all remember from January, tried to block his path to the speakership, and extorted all these concessions, and this is one of the key ones that they got. He’s forcing a confrontation with the Biden White House over the debt ceiling so that they can try to get all of these, again, unpopular cuts to spending that they will not run on.

So it’s both fundamentally opportunistic and venal, and it’s deeply dishonest, and the press goes along with that dishonesty in a way that is just frankly infuriating.

JJ: I’m going to bring you back to elite media, and their ironclad framing that they won’t be moved off of, in a second.

But I just wanted to tease one other thing out, which is that coverage often implies, or at least does nothing to dissuade a reader from a “family budget” analogy, or like you using your credit card, thinking that debt is something you bought, but couldn’t pay for. So that even if this list of things that might be cut—social safety net programs, military salaries, etc.—well, “that’s terrible, but you’ve got to be fiscally responsible.” And that’s pathological. I mean, that’s just deceitful.

The Nation: The Media Can’t Get Enough of the Debt Ceiling

The Nation (1/23/23)

CL: At least when the debt ceiling was originally introduced, American leaders had the excuse that Keynesian economics had not existed, and it hadn’t been tried. But the American economy functions in a very different way from any household economy.

And what happens in a downturn is that demand freezes, because credit is now prohibitively expensive; banks are failing, the rest of it. And so that is where the government comes in and “primes the pump.”

And the other thing to note is all this spending was fine when it was approved during the first Covid emergency under the Trump administration. Congress suspended the debt ceiling for all that.

So, again, you just connect all the dots here, and we are not in anything like economic crisis conditions. The economy is functioning at something close to full employment, and the only crises are concerning banks that were overexposed on bad debt in Silicon Valley, and now are facing higher interest rates that the Fed has exacted.

None of that is going to be remotely addressed or solved by cuts to spending extorted under the debt ceiling.

It’s also—not to get too nerdy and wonky here—it’s notable that as FDR and the New Deal were combating the Great Depression by priming the pump with government spending, FDR and his Treasury secretary had a brief flirtation with fiscal austerity in 1937, and tried to balance the budget, and another recession promptly ensued.

So this is not to say that would be the case necessarily here, but it is to say that, again, this model of “we have to tighten our belts and keep the debit and credit column in perfect alignment” wreaks havoc in macroeconomics, in a way that the model of the household spending and credit card limits just does not apply, and it’s often dangerous to apply.

JJ: And then “we” are not ever tightening “our” belts. It’s really only some people who are feeling the brunt of this.

CL: That’s the other thing, is this is a party that has lavished tax cut after tax cut to the One Percent, and exacted fiscal discipline on everyone else.

NYT: Routine Crisis

New York Times (1/20/23)

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally—we’ve been talking about it all along—but when the New York Times says in covering this, “The bad news: Democrats and Republicans are divided.”

I mean, I don’t even know where to start, but elite media’s fealty to this phantasm of bipartisanship, whatever it means: Speak to that, but maybe in terms of, what would better coverage look like?

CL: Yeah, as I was saying before, better coverage would just report the truth, which is: one political party is using an outmoded mechanism to extort cuts to spending that it cannot legitimately put forward for public scrutiny and win. So there are lots of ways of making that point.

I think there’s also a big failing on the part of the Democrats here, of just not taking the weapons that are at their disposal. It’s very easy for Janet Yellen, the secretary of the Treasury, when the debt ceiling comes on June 1 or thereabouts, to just say we’re going to ignore it, it doesn’t matter.

Similarly, the Biden administration could cite the Public Debt Clause of the 14th Amendment and say, look, if we are not honoring the country’s debts, we are in violation of the Constitution. Make the Republicans be the party of both cruel Dickensian fiscal austerity and abuse of the Constitution’s powers.

So it’s not all the failing of the press, but it is significantly the failing of the press.

The Republican Party does not have a case here, and our elite media, of course, function as a for-profit industry. It’s owned by the people who want this kind of austerian budget process that benefits the wealthy. So, of course, its material interests are going to be reflected in how it covers matters of economic policy.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Chris Lehmann. He’s DC bureau chief at The Nation. You can still find his piece, “The Media Can’t Get Enough of the Debt Ceiling,” at TheNation.com. Chris Lehmann, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CL: Thank you, Janine.

 

The post ‘The Debt Ceiling Is a Completely Pointless Contrivance’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/the-debt-ceiling-is-a-completely-pointless-contrivance-counterspin-interview-with-chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling/feed/ 0 394156
Chris Lehmann on Debt Ceiling Myths, Kyle Wiens on Right to Repair’s Moment https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling-myths-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repairs-moment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling-myths-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repairs-moment/#respond Fri, 05 May 2023 15:44:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033416 Republican brinkmanship could devastate millions of people—along with the harm to public understanding of what's actually going on.

The post Chris Lehmann on Debt Ceiling Myths, Kyle Wiens on Right to Repair’s Moment appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230505.mp3

 

Nation: Kevin McCarthy Doubles Down on the Debt Ceiling

(The Nation, 4/28/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Economist James Galbraith wrote a few months ago: “It is in the nature of articles about the debt ceiling that no matter how often one tries to set the record straight, nothing ever gets through.” Elite media’s fundamental misrepresentation of the debt ceiling would be troubling enough if it were just a bad history lesson. But current Republican brinkmanship could have devastating impacts for millions of people—along with the harm to public understanding of what’s actually going on. We hear concerns about the process and the coverage from Chris Lehmann, DC bureau chief at The Nation, and contributing editor at the Baffler and the New Republic.

      CounterSpin230505Lehmann.mp3

 

Also on the show: The right to fix the things you buy is the sort of thing you wouldn’t think would be controversial here in “the land of the free.”  Corporations’ attempts to prevent people from fixing their cellphone or tractor or wheelchair ought to be seen as the overreach it is. But for years, news media have presented the right to repair as a voice in the wilderness, up against benevolent companies’ efforts to do best by us all. That’s changing, with legislative moves around the country. Right to repair is having a “watershed moment,” one advocate says, adding that there are still “a lot of opportunities for mischief.” We get an update from Kyle Wiens, co-founder and CEO of the online repair community iFixit.

      CounterSpin230505Wiens.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at the New York TimesIran error.

      CounterSpin230505Banter.mp3

 

The post Chris Lehmann on Debt Ceiling Myths, Kyle Wiens on Right to Repair’s Moment appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/05/chris-lehmann-on-debt-ceiling-myths-kyle-wiens-on-right-to-repairs-moment/feed/ 0 392724
‘This Media Is Meant to Change People, and It Does’ – CounterSpin interview with Jen Senko on hate talk https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/this-media-is-meant-to-change-people-and-it-does-counterspin-interview-with-jen-senko-on-hate-talk/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/this-media-is-meant-to-change-people-and-it-does-counterspin-interview-with-jen-senko-on-hate-talk/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 21:23:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033349 "People...think that this media just attracts those who already have these beliefs.... But I know for a fact that's not necessarily true."

The post ‘This Media Is Meant to Change People, and It Does’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed filmmaker Jen Senko about the cost of hate talk for the April 28, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230428Senko.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The Brainwashing of My Dad, the 2015 film and the 2021 book based on it, are part family memoir, part historical excavation of the rise of right-wing media in the US, and part resource on ways we can resist its influence. Filmmaker, activist and author Jen Senko joins us now by phone from New Jersey. Welcome to CounterSpin, Jen Senko.

Jen Senko: Thanks for welcoming, Janine. It’s great to be with you.

Kansas City Star: ‘Fear and paranoia.’ Grandson says Andrew Lester bought into conspiracies, disinformation

Kansas City Star (4/20/23)

JJ: I know that reactionary and hate-fueling media have been with us for a while, but reading the statements from the grandson of Andrew Lester, the 84-year-old white man who shot Black 16-year-old Ralph Yarl when the teenager simply rang his doorbell, the statements from the grandson that he and his grandfather used to be close, but that that unraveled as Lester, he said, “fell down the right-wing rabbit hole” and began watching “Fox News all day, every day, blaring in his living room.”

Those statements really kind of squeezed my heart, because they took me back to when FAIR was doing work around Rush Limbaugh, and we would get these really plaintive phone calls from people, saying, I remember one, “My husband used to be so kind, and so openhearted, but then he started going out to the barn with his brother and listening to Rush Limbaugh.”

So besides memoir and historical analysis and ideas for fighting back, the film and the book are also a kind of communal release, a sharing of what had been a private lament of a lot of family of folks who had been lost to this sinkhole. For me, it gets a lot of power from that, I think.

 

Jen Senko

Jen Senko: “Many people…think that this media just attracts those who already have these beliefs, have these prejudices, have this hatred, have this racism. But I know for a fact that’s not necessarily true.”

JS: Reading about that really affected me. It also rang bells, of course, because back in the ’90s, I was watching my father sink down the rabbit hole. And what many people have a problem with is, they think that this media just attracts those who already have these beliefs, have these prejudices, have this hatred, have this racism. But I know for a fact that’s not necessarily true.

I was growing up in the ’60s, and I remember at the time, everybody was super aware that, hey, we’re no longer racist. We’re open-minded. And then there was the hippies, and then everything was on the table, and it was pretty much everybody adopted that—I don’t want to call it an ideology, but the idea of openness and loving other people, no matter what they were or who they love.

And then, to experience my father’s personality change was just frightening. It was like watching The Invasion of the Body Snatchers. And then around the same time he was changing, he would say these things, and I would have friends come out and say the same exact thing around the same time.

I’ll give you an example. One time I was visiting, and he said, “By the way, Jen, there’s no such thing as organic.” And I’m like, hmm, OK, where did that come from? And then a girlfriend of mine came up from Texas and we had lunch, and she said to me, “By the way, Jen, there’s no such thing as organic.” And I’m like, wait a minute….

So, yeah, that story about his grandfather, Andrew, who shot Yarl, was particularly upsetting. And I just think so many people are being, especially these older people, the last few years of their lives are being ruined. They’re miserable. They hate, they’re paranoid, they’re obsessed. They’re not enjoying themselves.

The grandson said the grandfather sat in his chair all day and just watched, I think it was mostly Fox, but the rabbit hole is the rabbit hole, no matter what entrance you take.

If I had any message for anybody, it would be that this media is potent, it’s powerful. It’s meant to change people, and it does change people.

The Brainwashing of My Dad

The Brainwashing of My Dad (2016)

JJ: And the film is of course about your dad, about Frank Senko, and listeners should know that story has a happy ending. But while it is your story, I’m just underscoring that I feel that you made it because you understood that it was not only your story. And at one point you say in the film, “I finally decided to make a film to figure it out,” which I think a lot of creative people will relate to. Let me make something about this so that I can kind of lay it out there and think about it, right?

JS: Right. And in the process of making the film, I called it at that time a phenomenon, now I call it an epidemic, like I said in the film. Once I posted it on Kickstarter that I was doing this movie, I didn’t know where all these people came from or how they heard about it, but they contacted me.

And just over the years since the film, actually, the film was released in 2016, IMDB got it wrong.

JJ: Sorry about that.

JS: That’s okay. We were at Traverse City in 2015, and that’s how the date got in there. We did a work in progress; we showed that.

But yeah, so I’ve heard from thousands of people over the years about how their loved one, whoever it was, actually changed. And regarding my dad’s change back, I think that’s a really, really important note, that when I used to do interviews, I would leave it off, because I thought, well, I don’t want to spoil the movie for anybody. But there’s going to be people that are listening that aren’t going to see the movie.

The important thing to know is that my dad changed back to himself, and it was through removal of that media. Do you want me to….

JJ: Absolutely, absolutely. I think it’s a remarkable story, in a way.

JS: It is. And I laughed just because it makes me happy.

Rush Limbaugh (cc photo: Nicolas Shayko/Wikimedia)

Rush Limbaugh (cc photo: Nicolas Shayko/Wikimedia)

So my parents, in 2010, they moved to a senior community, and somewhere in the move, my dad’s radio broke, and he put it in the garage and it just sat there, and he didn’t fix it. So immediately he was sans his three-hour lunches with Rush Limbaugh.

So he actually mellowed a little bit right away, and we didn’t want to remind him, you know, you got to fix your radio or whatever. So that was a really, really, really big, big thing. Probably, I’d say, maybe the first biggest thing.

Then the second thing that happened is, I guess it was a few months later, the TV in the kitchen that they watched during lunch was very old, and my mom got a new one, and she programmed the remotes, and they had stickies all over them, do this, do that, do this.

So my dad didn’t bother. He just left on what she had on, and I think she watched MSNBC or just different, various news shows. They always watched the news.

And then, might have been a year later, I’m not sure, sometime later, my dad went into the hospital for a kidney stone, and he was there for a week. And they had these really old computers, and my mom was afraid that the computers were getting clogged up, and she asked me to delete some of his email, but I said, look, they just keep coming. You have to unsubscribe them, and I don’t have time to do that.

So she did it, but she added something. She not only unsubscribed him from all this vile email from, I mean, dozens of hard-right Republican organizations. She subscribed him to what she was reading, independent, more progressive media emails like AlterNet, Reader Supported News, Truthout, that kind of thing.

And when he got back from the hospital, I don’t think he noticed. They were just political emails, and he was reading them. He had a little bit of both, whatever.

And then one day, it was after lunch, I think he had been watching Obama on the news. He said to my mom, “I like that guy. He’s pretty good.” And lo and behold, he ended up voting for him.

But OK, so the point isn’t that his politics became aligned with ours. The point was that my dad was free and happy and singing, and not angry and not hateful. And it was the last few years of his life, and we became really close, where it had really kind of damaged us and damaged relationships before. This media is so potent, as it’s meant to be.

Steve Rendall

Steve Rendall

JJ: Absolutely. Yeah. Well, longtime FAIR analyst Steve Rendall, along with FAIR founder Jeff Cohen, appears in this work. Steve is an expert in talk radio, and he would often describe its power as having to do with the way it was consumed, which I think your experience just underscores.

In the case of your father, he started listening on a long solo commute to work. For other folks, it’s going out to the barn with their brother. But it has to do with the way certain kinds of media, not just the way they talk to you, but the way they talk to you in a sort of isolated format.

And, yeah, this is where I think the book helps people see that this isn’t accidental, that the messages that were coming through, it wasn’t just your father, there was a game plan. It wasn’t an unintended effect. The effect that it had on your father, making him angry, making him hateful, and making him particularly hateful towards particular groups—all of that was intentional.

JS: Absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah. Fan or not, Hillary Clinton, she was spot on in 1998 when she said there was a vast right-wing conspiracy. But the conspiracy wasn’t just against her husband. Basically, far-right libertarian Republicans, starting back in the ’50s, actually, after Brown v. Board of Education, figured out that in order to effect the change they wanted, which was basically one-party rule by billionaire white men, they would have to create distrust in mainstream media.

And one major way to do that was, they had to label it as “liberal.” And that changed a lot of things right there. It was a very successful campaign. Mainstream or corporate media fell right into the trap. They folded, they leaned right, they bent over backwards to not be labeled “liberal media.” And it’s stuck today. And it’s like they were abused spouses. “Sorry, what did we do wrong?” But they didn’t know that or understand that there was this plan.

So control over the media was an easy-peasy way to get ordinary citizens into voting against their own interests, and in line with billionaires. But eventually, of course, it metastasized to what it is today, like a weed that took over the whole garden.

But the plan, if you want me to go into some detail and mention some of the points….

JJ: Pick some highlights there. The book does go through a number of landmarks in the creation of this right-wing media machine. We’re talking about history here, and not guesses about things; these are things that are documented. But there are a few things that stand out as important in moving us toward the situation we have now.

JS: Right. So in 1969, after Goldwater lost to Johnson, Reed Irvine started AIM, Accuracy In Media, supposed media watchdog group. It was really more of a media attack dog group. They still exist today. But they were the ones that first took on this goal to discredit the media as liberal.

Accuracy In Media's Reed Irvine

Reed Irvine

Interestingly enough, that same year, Roger Ailes, the creator of Fox, he was working with Nixon to improve his television image. And the following year, he submitted a memo to the White House which had a scheme to create a news show that would put the GOP in a good light. Later on, then, that came in handy when Rupert Murdoch hired him to create Fox.

But then the next year was the Lewis Powell memo. This was monumental, and it was secret at first, until a journalist discovered it, but nobody paid attention to it, because it was like Goebbels said about the big lie. You can’t believe that people would actually do this. But it basically outlined steps to take for the vast right-wing conspiracy.

It was designed as an anti–New Deal blueprint, to undo the New Deal and squelch all the social changes that were going on at the time. They were going to influence college campuses, the pulpits, the media, corporate influence over scientists, and to create and fund think tanks, basically, to push the free-market philosophy.

And then there was, in the ’80s, the creation of the CTN, which was Christian-based, and thus the marriage with Evangelicals happened. So the group got bigger.

Then Reagan made Rupert Murdoch a citizen, and he killed the Fairness Doctrine. And then the next year, after the Fairness Doctrine was killed, we had Rush Limbaugh go national, and he reigned for decades, poisoning the minds of, I think his total was like 20 million people, not to speak of they got him in the military, so poisoning their minds, too.

But then the final big blow came with Clinton and Gingrich and their Telecommunications Reform Act of 1996, which opened up media ownership and cross ownership. So all the big media companies got even bigger and squeezed out any independent ownership. And then after that, just eight months later, Fox News was hatched.

That’s it in a nutshell. I do go into a lot more detail in the book.

JJ: The book covers a lot of this history, and I just want to underscore: The book and the film are not negative. They’re colorful and engaging, and they’re forward-looking, which I think is maybe the most important thing.

And so maybe to bring us up now, I know a lot of listeners will be listening and thinking, oh, Fox fired Tucker Carlson, and so maybe that means things are going in a good direction. But you and I know that whatever Carlson was fired for, it wasn’t for years of sowing hatred against Black and brown people, it wasn’t years of punching down, because that has been his stock in trade for years.

So you also, and not alone, suggest that what we are learning around Fox‘s admissions, which are still coming out around the lawsuit, around Dominion and the voting machines, that ought to remind us that Fox is not caring about its own viewers, in the same way that it didn’t care about your dad, and that it doesn’t care about lots of other folks.

And I just want to say, a lot of folks are going to take that and say, well, I’ve done what I can do about Fox, because I don’t watch it, and that’s really all I can do. So what more can people do, besides being angry, besides being sad and bewildered by all of the things that this book and this movie talk about, what are some things that you think people could do?

Rupert Murdoch (cc photo: World Economic Forum)

Rupert Murdoch (cc photo: World Economic Forum)

JS: Well, first is to be aware of Rupert Murdoch, because before Tucker Carlson, there was Glenn Beck, then there was Bill O’Reilly and then there was Roger Ailes. OK, so he’s just going to hire somebody else that’s going to push forward his libertarian, “let’s turn people into Republicans so we can get tax cuts and deregulation for billionaires.” So Rupert Murdoch, mention him as often as you can, let people be aware.

So as far as Fox is concerned, I mean, there’s so much right-wing media. Fox is the tip of the iceberg, but it’s still a tip. It’s almost like if we can cut off its head, the head of the monster, that would be good.

But one thing that we must do, we all must do, we must work to get Fox off of military bases. I mean, come on. They say they want to get deradicalized, the military; they can’t be serious unless they get Fox off of the military. Every day, they’re radicalizing our men and women. I mean, January 6, a large percentage of those that were arrested January 6 were military or ex-military.

And one other thing about Fox: Do you know that you pay about $2 a month in your cable fee for Fox, whether you watch it or not?

JJ: That bundling packaging, where you’re paying for stuff that you don’t even watch, and that includes subsidizing Fox.

JS: And that’s how they make their money. Not so much ads, but you can petition your cable company to not pay Fox‘s cable fee. And right now they’re negotiating with cable companies for a higher fee, probably in order to compensate for the $787 million suit by Dominion they have to pay for—which, by the way, they can deduct part of that from their taxes as a cost of doing business.

But anyway, Media Matters has an easy NoFoxFee.com webpage. You can just click on one of their buttons. If you have Spectrum, or whatever you have, you can just click on a button and then send them a message, or they have the phone number there and you can call them. That should be easy enough to do, would take about five minutes, and it’ll make you feel really good if you do that.

And then support local journalism, and independent media like FAIR.

JJ: So there are resources, also, in the book for actions that folks can take, because it’s not a dispiriting book. It’s about things that we can do to resist what we acknowledge is a corrosive influence on our conversation, and on, as this story tells, our families and our relationships.

JS: I’ve done three documentaries, and I’ve watched hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of documentaries, and I was always pissed off when they would present all this negative stuff, and then just leave you with that. Like, don’t do that. Tell me what I can do. Or tell me what other people are doing, at least, so we don’t feel hopeless. That doesn’t motivate people.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with filmmaker, activist and author Jen Senko. You can learn more about the film and the book, out now from Sourcebooks, at TheBrainwashingOfMyDad.com. There’s lots of resources there, in terms of taking this conversation forward. Thank you so much, Jen Senko, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JS: Thanks so much for having me on, Janine. This was great.

 

The post ‘This Media Is Meant to Change People, and It Does’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/this-media-is-meant-to-change-people-and-it-does-counterspin-interview-with-jen-senko-on-hate-talk/feed/ 0 391994
Jen Senko on the Cost of Hate Talk https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/28/jen-senko-on-the-cost-of-hate-talk/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/28/jen-senko-on-the-cost-of-hate-talk/#respond Fri, 28 Apr 2023 15:27:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033293 Hate-fueled and hate-fueling media have political and historical impacts—and interpersonal, familial ones as well.

The post Jen Senko on the Cost of Hate Talk appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230428.mp3

 

Kansas City Star: ‘Fear and paranoia.’ Grandson says Andrew Lester bought into conspiracies, disinformation

Kansas City Star (4/20/23)

This week on CounterSpin: The grandson of the elderly white man who shot a Black teenager in the head for ringing his doorbell told the Kansas City Star that their relationship had unraveled as his grandfather began watching “Fox News all day, every day,” and sank into a “24-hour news cycle of fear, of paranoia.” Those words had a poignant resonance for many people who feel they’ve lost family members and friends to a kind of cult, that’s not secret, but pumped into the airwaves every day. Hate-fueled and hate-fueling media have political and historical impacts—and interpersonal, familial ones as well.

The Brainwashing of My Dad—the 2016 film and the book based on it—reflect filmmaker, activist and author Jen Senko’s effort to engage the  multi-level effects of that yelling, punching down, reactionary media, as well as how we can respond. We hear from Jen Senko this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin230428Senko.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of a potential UPS strike.

      CounterSpin230428Banter.mp3

 

The post Jen Senko on the Cost of Hate Talk appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/28/jen-senko-on-the-cost-of-hate-talk/feed/ 0 391175
‘The Thing That’s Made the Union Strong Is to Privilege the Lowest Paid’ – CounterSpin interview with Donna Murch on lessons from the Rutgers strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/the-thing-thats-made-the-union-strong-is-to-privilege-the-lowest-paid-counterspin-interview-with-donna-murch-on-lessons-from-the-rutgers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/the-thing-thats-made-the-union-strong-is-to-privilege-the-lowest-paid-counterspin-interview-with-donna-murch-on-lessons-from-the-rutgers-strike/#respond Wed, 26 Apr 2023 21:52:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033276 "People are fighting for public infrastructure, making demands, not just about wages, but also bargaining for the common good."

The post ‘The Thing That’s Made the Union Strong Is to Privilege the Lowest Paid’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Rutgers’ Donna Murch about the lessons of the Rutgers strike for the April 21, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230421Murch.mp3

 

NYT: Rutgers University Faculty Members Strike, Halting Classes and Research

New York Times (4/10/23)

Janine Jackson: Thousands of teachers—full-time, tenured, part-time, adjunct—grad students, counselors and others at New Jersey’s Rutgers University went on strike this month, an unprecedented labor action at the 257-year-old institution.

Workers standing up anywhere can have rippling effects, but somehow when it is educators at a public university, there seems to be an added opportunity to find some lessons in the fight.

The story at Rutgers is still unfolding; we’re joined now for an update by Donna Murch, associate professor of history at Rutgers, and New Brunswick chapter president of Rutgers AAUP-AFT. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CountersSpin, Donna Murch.

Donna Murch: Hi, Janine. It’s a pleasure to be here. You know I’m a big fan of the show.

JJ: Well, thank you very much!

Listeners should know we’re recording on Thursday, April 20, and I’m reading that the strike is over, and also that it’s not over. And I also hear that some real concrete gains that workers were calling for have been secured. So maybe fill us in on the current state of affairs.

DM: So we went on strike last Monday—not this past Monday, but roughly 10 days ago— and it was the first strike, in Rutgers’ 257-year history, of its academic workers.

There was a strike, I think in 1987, of AFSCME workers; an injunction was used against them. But there’s never been a strike of academic workers. And this is a big deal, because it is a multi-union strike, and it is cross-job category. So it includes three unions.

The Rutgers AAUP-AFT covers grad workers, post-docs, EOF counselors, non-tenure track lecturers, full-time faculty and tenure-stream faculty. The university is a very hierarchical place, and our union includes these many different categories, which is quite rare. It goes back to 1970.

But we’ve managed to build a powerful campaign that has brought all these different groups together, as well as forming a direct alliance with the PTLFC, which is the part-time lecturers for Faculty, and the BHSNJ, which is the union for medical workers.

So this is really quite remarkable. There were 9,000 people on strike from last Monday to Friday, and then after a marathon bargaining session at the governor’s mansion—and I can talk about what’s happening with that, because it’s quite important to understanding the dynamic—they came to an agreement that’s called a legal framework.

It’s not yet a tentative agreement, which is a legal category. So first you start with the framework, then the tentative agreement, and then the signed contract. So we’re still in that process of bargaining both economic and non-economic demands.

We agreed as an executive council to suspend the strike to continue negotiations. And there were several reasons this happened.

The first is that we have been under a lot of pressure. Sadly, our president, Jonathan Holloway, who came to Rutgers in July 2020, he has proved very, very anti-union. I think that there are ways that you could argue that he’s the most anti-union president that we’ve had.

So when it became clear that negotiations were breaking down—we have not had a contract now for almost 290 days; our contracts of all the unions at Rutgers, with the exception of AFSCME, were up in June—and the administration has just been terrible.

They often wouldn’t come to the bargaining table. When they did, they would repeat the same things over and over. They refused to address specific proposals by all the different job categories, including the graduate students, who submitted their proposals in May, and we’ve only begun bargaining them over the last month, and it’s true of many other categories of workers, as well as proposals.

Gothamist: Prominent scholars blast Rutgers president for calling looming faculty strike ‘unlawful’

Gothamist (3/31/23)

So when the negotiations began to break down about a month ago, Jonathan Holloway sent a letter directly from the president to all of the different faculty, grad workers, all the different categories within our bargaining unit. And he also sent it to all of the undergraduates, and it was a very threatening letter.

He said that public sector strikes in New Jersey are illegal, and those that participate in them, the individuals can be fined, the unions can be fined, and there’s threat of arrest, and to engage in this kind of job action would be met with, essentially, the penalties.

Now, what was striking about this is that it is not true. Public sector strikes in New Jersey are not illegal. There is no statute covering them. In order to make a strike illegal, the employer—in this case, Jonathan Holloway—if there’s a strike, he goes to a court and seeks an injunction.

Sometimes they’re granted, sometimes they’re not; most of the injunctions against public sector workers, sadly, have been used to fight against grade school teachers and K–12 teachers in school districts.

So once you get the injunction, you go back to the striking workers, usually with a cease-and-desist order to tell them to stop. And then, if they don’t stop, then you have to go to a second hearing, and seek penalties. And those penalties can include what I said.

One that I left out, the kind of complet that’s available, is the penalties for the whole union, penalties for individuals that cannot be paid by the union, arrest or firing.

So this was a shot across the bow in a working-class state like New Jersey, that has really tough, gritty class politics, and he miscalculated.

Donna Murch

Donna Murch: “People are fighting for public infrastructure, making demands, not just about wages, but also bargaining for the common good.”

Both his strong anti-union stance, and he chose a representative, Chris Christie‘s head of labor relations, who worked for the Christie administration from 2010 to 2014. This is the chief bargainer that our president chose.

I think he really miscalculated what it’s like to be at a public university like Rutgers, and that the students, the workers of all kinds, are infuriated by this. And it’s been met with a real vibrant form of industrial organizing.

We talk about it as intersectional organizing, and 21st century industrial unionism in the public sector, which has really, I think, become the vanguard in one of the most radical wings, partially because people are fighting for public infrastructure, making demands, not just about wages, but also bargaining for the common good.

JJ: News media seem to virtually always reduce any striking worker’s demands to more money.

DM: Exactly.

JJ: But you’re articulating it in a much more complicated and interesting, frankly, context. Workers’ compensation isn’t something that happens in a vacuum, and here at Rutgers, never mind wider society, it’s priorities in terms of the use of resources that are at issue, right?

DM: Absolutely. I think this point about wages is incredibly important. I’ve been thinking a lot about why this movement is emerging now, and what its relationship was even to the world that I grew up in; I was still coming of age under the Cold War in the ’70s and ’80s, and the attack on the labor movement was so profound.

And it happens at a time when, also, the composition of labor unions is changing, of organized labor itself, and becoming more female, Blacker and browner. And it’s in this period that we actually begin to see the real strikes at the public sector. And those two things are happening simultaneously, for multiple reasons.

George Meany

George Meany

I always think of George Meany, the first head of the AFL-CIO, who said, “The organized fellow is the fellow that counts.” And that was the kind of unionism that, first of all, supported the anti-Communist Cold War violence all over, including Vietnam. But the domestic focus was on a unionism for the most elite workers: white and male and craft.

So today it’s interesting, because the university itself is also trying to push us towards wage demands. The thing that’s made the union strong is trying to speak to each job category, and to privilege the lowest paid. And that includes the adjunct workers and the graduate faculty and the EOF counselors.

So you have tenure-track faculty, and we’re all doing this, using tenure to fight for the contingent categories of labor. So in that sense, it’s a really exciting thing.

But whenever I talk to reporters, and I’ve done a lot of media work, I do this work—of course, you already knew—but of trying to explain to them why we need to focus on other demands.

That said, industrial campaigns are really hard. This is the first strike. And I think having all these job categories is great for building power, but when you come to the bargaining table, you confront the long history of, really, anti-labor union practices.

And I’ve learned many things. Of course, we’re still in the midst of it. You asked where we are now. This is, what, Thursday, so it is the fourth day of our suspension; you don’t include the weekend. So I think there’s going to be a discussion tonight, where we get updates from the bargaining table, and decide if we’re going to resume the strike.

There are reasons to resume the strike. There are many demands that we would still like to win, including better language and structures for our non-economic proposals, including five years of graduate funding that’s centrally funded, and our bargaining for the common-good demands to serve communities in New Jersey and fight for undergraduate debt relief.

In These Times: The Strike that Started the Red Wave

In These Times (9/12/22)

So we’ll see. It’s very important to know that our strike is suspended, not ended, and that we may go back on strike, depending on what the union decides. We do not yet have a tentative agreement.

But being involved in this process and seeing bargaining…. What I always thought with bargaining is that the problem was people that had narrow demands. But seeing people that I know very well and respect a great deal go through bargaining, it just shows me that we’re having a powerful resurgence of labor organizing, but we’re still confronting the narrowness of the possibilities, and we’re trying to squeeze ourselves through those narrow channels and widen them, hopefully for all workers, just as the Chicago Teachers Union, the UTLA teachers union in Los Angeles, the Red Tide in Oklahoma and in West Virginia, widened the tide for us.

JJ: One of the reasons that I know that people are seeing what’s happening at Rutgers as super hopeful is, first of all, the concrete win of increased wages for some folks and acknowledgement and visibility, but it’s also the coalitional nature of the work.

Tenured professors standing in solidarity with grad students, with researchers and teachers — and then also students, who are refusing the frame that some politicians and some media are using that suggests that their interests are pitted against those of faculty. The breadth of this effort has been important, hasn’t it?

DM: It has. I think it’s been incredibly important, and this is a way to build power. I also think that one thing I find exciting about Rutgers is that we all know about the incredible social inequality in the US, and how it’s getting worse day by day. And the only solution I see for this is greater labor organizing, period.

I’ve been involved in many different kinds of activism throughout my life, but I decided to really get involved in the union movement around 2015, 2016, because I saw clearly the rise of racial fascism, the election of Trump, and then later I was in Brazil right after Bolsonaro was elected, and it was one of the most frightening experiences that I’ve had.

And it wasn’t because I saw things that were frightening; it had to do with the level of fear of the people that I was visiting, some of whom had had family members killed in the military dictatorship.

So I think that the labor unions now, real left labor unions, like the kind we had before Taft/Hartley, are really important for economic gains, and also as political opposition.

JJ: Thank you, Donna Murch, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

DM: Thank you so much.

The post ‘The Thing That’s Made the Union Strong Is to Privilege the Lowest Paid’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/the-thing-thats-made-the-union-strong-is-to-privilege-the-lowest-paid-counterspin-interview-with-donna-murch-on-lessons-from-the-rutgers-strike/feed/ 0 390732
‘People Who Don’t Support Abortion Ignore the Science and the Safety’ – CounterSpin interview with Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/25/people-who-dont-support-abortion-ignore-the-science-and-the-safety-counterspin-interview-with-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/25/people-who-dont-support-abortion-ignore-the-science-and-the-safety-counterspin-interview-with-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/#respond Tue, 25 Apr 2023 21:55:44 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033262 "We have decades of scientific medical research establishing that medication abortion is safe, effective and widely accepted."

The post ‘People Who Don’t Support Abortion Ignore the Science and the Safety’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Guttmacher Institute’s Rachel K. Jones about the Mifepristone ruling for the April 21, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230421Jones.mp3

 

Janine Jackson:  As we record on Thursday, April 20, the US Supreme Court has extended, until tomorrow, its decision on whether reproductive rights will be severely curtailed, including in so-called “blue states,” by restricting access to Mifepristone, approved for more than 20 years as part of a medical method of terminating pregnancies.

WaPo: Supreme Court extends nationwide abortion pill access through Friday

Washington Post (11/19/23)

The Washington Post tells readers:

The Biden administration, abortion providers and anti-abortion activists, drug makers and the Food and Drug Administration have engaged in a rapid and at times confusing legal battle over Mifepristone.

Well, that suggests a sort of informational free-for-all, in the face of an actual disinformation campaign on the part of a minority of Americans opposed to the right to choose when and whether to have a child.

To the extent that there is any cloudiness around the science or the human rights involved here, one would hope that journalists would sort it, and not throw up their hands.

Rachel K. Jones is principal research scientist at Guttmacher Institute, the research and policy group focused on sexual and reproductive health and rights. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Rachel Jones.

Rachel K. Jones: Yeah, thank you for inviting me.

JJ: Very narrowly, this Supreme Court case is about the authority of the FDA to approve drugs. But anybody paying attention can see that it’s actually about much more.

I wonder if you could just tell us a bit, first, about the impact of the introduction of medication abortion; it’s been 20 years now. What has that meant in terms of the ability of people to access abortion, and how widely is it used?

RJ: Right. So we know from decades of medical research that Mifepristone is safe, effective and widely accepted by both patients and providers, and Guttmacher’s own research has established that the majority of abortions are done with medication abortions, 53% in 2020.

JJ: So what would we expect, I mean immediately, and then maybe longer term, if this effort to make Mifepristone unavailable, if that were to actually go through, what sort of impacts would you be expecting?

RJ: OK, so there’s actually a lot that we don’t know about what’s going to happen or what would happen if the Supreme Court were to impose restrictions on Mifepristone. But, again, it’s important to recognize that any restrictions that are put in place are not based on medical science.

We do know that any restrictions that were put in place would have a devastating impact on abortion access. Again, 53% of abortions are medication abortions. Currently, only 55% of women in the US live in a county that has an abortion provider. And if Mifepristone were taken away, that number would drop to 51.

But there are 10 states that would have a substantially larger, notable impact. So about 40% of clinics in the US only offer medication abortion. And so, again, there’s 10 states where if these clinics were taken away, if these providers were taken away, substantially large proportions of people would no longer have access to abortion.

And some of these are states that are actually supportive of abortion rights, states like Colorado, Washington, New Mexico and, again, just one example: In Colorado, it’s currently the case that 82% of women live in a county that has an abortion provider. If Mifepristone were no longer available, this number would drop to 56%.

JJ: I think it’s important, the way that Guttmacher links health and rights, and the way that your work shows that access—sometimes media present it as though we’re talking about “the United States,” and rights to access abortion in the United States, but it varies very much, as you’re just indicating, by region, by state, and then also by socioeconomic status. So there are a number of things to consider here in terms of this potential impact, yeah?

RJ: Definitely. Again, we know, from decades of Guttmacher research on people who have abortions, that it’s people in disadvantaged populations—low-income populations, people of color—who access abortion at higher rates than other groups.

And so, by default, any restriction on abortion, whether it’s a complete ban, a gestational ban, a ban on a certain type of method, on a medication abortion, it’s going to disproportionately impact these groups that are already, again, at a disadvantage.

JJ: And I think particularly when we’re talking about medication abortion, if you know, you know. If you never thought about it, then maybe you never thought about it. But there’s a difference between having to go to a clinic, where maybe you’re going to go through a phalanx of red-faced people screaming at you, and the ability to access that care in other ways. It’s an important distinction, yeah?

RJ: Definitely. You know, one of the benefits of medication abortion, of Mifepristone, is that it can be offered via telemedicine. If there’s a consultation, it can be done online or over the phone, and then the drugs can be mailed to somebody. There are online pharmacies that can provide medication abortion.

This means that people, right, don’t have to, in some cases, travel hundreds of miles to get to a clinic, that they don’t have to worry about childcare, and taking off time from work.

So medication abortion has the ability to—and has, for a number of people—made abortion more accessible.

JJ: If you talk to staunch anti-abortion people, the conversation is very rarely about science or about medicine. But then, some of them, and their media folks, will throw around terms that sort of suggest that they’re being science-y. You know, they’ll talk about “viability” or “heartbeat,” or they’ll say it’s about concern about the safety of drugs.

And I just wonder, as a scientist who actually is immersed in this stuff, what do you make of the reporting on the medical reality of abortion, and would more knowledge help inform the broader conversation? Or is it just two different conversations? What do you think?

Rachel K. Jones

Rachel K. Jones: “We have decades of scientific medical research establishing that medication abortion is safe, effective and widely accepted.”

RJ: I definitely think it’s two different conversations. Like I said, we have decades of scientific medical research establishing that medication abortion is safe, effective and widely accepted. People who don’t support abortion choose to ignore the science and the safety, and dig for their own factoids and supposed scientific facts to support their arguments.

JJ: It’s so strange how the media debate always seems to start again and again at point zero, as though there were no facts in the matter, or no experience, and as though women aren’t experts on their own experience, you know?

Well, finally, we see things like the Women’s Health Protection Act federalizing the right to abortion. I know the law is not necessarily your purview, but in terms of responding to these court moves, and these state level moves, do you think that federal action is the way to go?

RJ: Certainly that is one solution, right? The Women’s Health Protection Act would enshrine the right to abortion federally.

But we also need, and especially in the current environment…. I don’t want to say the Women’s Health Protection Act is pie in the sky, but given everything that’s going on right now, we also need federal and state policy makers to step up to restore, protect and expand access to abortion.

Quite frankly, the right to abortion was removed because of Roe, and that allows states to impose pretty much any restriction that they want to, we’re seeing from all these different laws that are being implemented.

And so it really is, a lot of times, at the state level, and then certainly in the current environment, the state level is what we might need to focus on.

JJ: And then anything you would like to see more of, or less of, from journalism in this regard?

RJ: On medication abortion, it seems like the media are actually doing a decent job of covering the issue, of acknowledging, again, the decades of research showing that medication abortion is safe, effective and commonly used.

I guess the only issue we might have is one that you see any time that abortion is the subject of media stories, and that is, a lot of times, reporters think, well, if they have to take a fair and balanced approach, that means that they have to talk to the people who oppose abortion.

And again, when this is about science and facts and research, then you don’t need to talk to people who don’t believe in sound science, or who are going to ignore, again, decades of solid medical research.

JJ: All right then. We’ve been speaking with Rachel K. Jones, principal research scientist at Guttmacher Institute. You can find their myriad resources online at Guttmacher.org. Thank you so much, Rachel Jones, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

RJ: Sure. Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘People Who Don’t Support Abortion Ignore the Science and the Safety’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/25/people-who-dont-support-abortion-ignore-the-science-and-the-safety-counterspin-interview-with-rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone/feed/ 0 390375
Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone, Donna Murch on Rutgers Labor Action https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone-donna-murch-on-rutgers-labor-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone-donna-murch-on-rutgers-labor-action/#respond Fri, 21 Apr 2023 15:26:25 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033201 A Texas judge revoking FDA approval of mifepristone may be a "confusing legal battle" for media--but for most people, it's just frightening.

The post Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone, Donna Murch on Rutgers Labor Action appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230421.mp3

 

WaPo: Supreme Court extends nationwide abortion pill access through Friday

Washington Post (4/19/23)

This week on CounterSpin: The Supreme Court has briefly punted their decision on restricting access to medication abortion drug mifepristone. The American Medical Association said that the recent ruling by a Texas federal judge revoking the FDA’s approval of mifepristone, which has been in widespread use for more than two decades, “flies in the face of science and evidence and threatens to upend access to a safe and effective drug.” For the Washington Post, that’s part of a “confusing legal battle“—but for the majority of people, including doctors, it’s not confusing, just frightening. We’ll hear from Rachel K. Jones, research scientist at Guttmacher Institute.

      CounterSpin230421Jones.mp3

 

NYT: Rutgers University Faculty Members Strike, Halting Classes and Research

New York Times (4/10/23)

Also on the show: “Rutgers University Faculty Members Strike, Halting Classes and Research.” That April 10 New York Times headline reflects standard operating procedure for corporate media: reporting labor actions in terms of their ostensible harms, rather than the harms that led to them. The strike by a range of differently situated Rutgers faculty, the Times said, “will affect roughly 67,000 students across the state”—presumably the same students affected by teachers, researchers and counselors working in circumstances so precarious and untenable they took the difficult, potentially life-altering step of withholding their labor. That go-to elite media frame—”those pesky workers, what are they up to this time?”—is just one more element making efforts to increase workers’ power in the workplace that much harder. Thing is: It doesn’t always work—lots of people see through and around it! The gains made by Rutgers faculty, and the example they set, are evidence. We’ll get an update from Donna Murch, associate professor of history at Rutgers, and New Brunswick chapter president of Rutgers AAUP-AFT.

      CounterSpin230421Murch.mp3

 

The post Rachel K. Jones on Mifepristone, Donna Murch on Rutgers Labor Action appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/21/rachel-k-jones-on-mifepristone-donna-murch-on-rutgers-labor-action/feed/ 0 389430
Taxes: Who Pays and What For? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/taxes-who-pays-and-what-for/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/taxes-who-pays-and-what-for/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 14:02:56 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033122 Tax season leads some of us to ponder what we get in return for our resources—streets and stop signs, to be sure, but also wars. 

The post Taxes: Who Pays and What For? appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Fat cat pays pittance to Uncle Sam.

Fat cat pays a pittance in taxes to Uncle Sam in vintage cartoon.

This week on CounterSpin: It is tax season in the US,  when some of us wonder why the government, which knows how much we earn, requires us to guess, with the threat of prison if we guess wrong. And leads some of us to ponder what we get in return for our resources—streets and stop signs, to be sure, but also wars and wheelbarrows of money doled out those who already have plenty.

We’ve talked about taxes and tax policy a lot on CounterSpin, enough to put together a walk-through of some of the issues, and the way news media explain them. You’ll hear from Steve Wamhoff, Dean Baker, Jeremie Greer and Michael Mechanic.

Taxes, and how they’re not just an April 15 thing, this week on CounterSpin!

The post Taxes: Who Pays and What For? appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/14/taxes-who-pays-and-what-for/feed/ 0 387751
Starbucks ‘Workers and Consumers Have the Same Foe’ – CounterSpin interview with Saurav Sarkar on Starbucks organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/starbucks-workers-and-consumers-have-the-same-foe-counterspin-interview-with-saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/starbucks-workers-and-consumers-have-the-same-foe-counterspin-interview-with-saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 18:50:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033126   Janine Jackson interviewed journalist Saurav Sarkar about Starbucks organizing for the April 7, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Who remembers back in 2000 when the New York Times announced that they had–quoting the paper now–“agreed to the sale of the New York Times newspapers in Starbucks […]

The post Starbucks ‘Workers and Consumers Have the Same Foe’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed journalist Saurav Sarkar about Starbucks organizing for the April 7, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230407Sarkar.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Who remembers back in 2000 when the New York Times announced that they had–quoting the paper now–“agreed to the sale of the New York Times newspapers in Starbucks stores for three years in exchange for the Times’ advertising promotion of Starbucks. Financial terms were not disclosed.” 

NYT: Some New York Times Articles to Appear Free on Starbucks App

The New York Times’ (7/21/15) chief executive was “delighted” with an extension of its “long and fruitful association with Starbucks.”

Or 2015, when Starbucks announced an “elevated digital news experience” based on an expanded relationship with the New York Times. Now the coffee company’s loyal customers could get free access to the Times’ top stories of the day, via the Starbucks app, as well as the chance to “earn” “stars” by buying a Times subscription.

We are now to look to the New York Times for serious independent scrutiny of its former profit partner, as Starbucks finds the bloom off its rose with workers, the National Labor Relations Board and ever-larger swaths of the public denouncing its attempt to squash union organizing. 

Maybe add some different news sources to your list, is all I’m saying, including those who never fell for the $113 billion company’s humble, progressive, “who needs a union when we’re all family here” shtick in the first place. 

Saurav Sarkar is a movement writer, editor and activist who’s been reporting on Starbucks worker efforts for workplace rights and voice for a while now. They join us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Saurav Sarkar. 

Saurav Sarkar: Thanks so much for having me. 

JJ: I don’t wish struggling against a behemoth like Starbucks, like Amazon, on anybody. But from the outside, it’s hard not to get really excited, because these are the companies that self-declare as the way of the future. So exposing what makes that model run is critical. 

For me, the intelligence and the energy of these workers is just such a breath of air and hope. But I know that there’s not just time and sweat, but fear and precarity and danger behind this work. You’ve been close-up reporting these efforts. These workers see how big a thing they’re part of, don’t they?

SS: You know, I think they increasingly do. I think towards the beginning, there wasn’t as much of a sense among the workers of exactly the size of what they were doing, and the enormity of what they were taking on. 

And I think that they were organizing maybe a couple dozen people in their own store, and that’s sort of the scale that they were looking at it, and they were joining up with other people who were organizing in other stores. 

But over time, it became clearer, I think, that this was really a nationwide struggle. It didn’t take too long for that to happen, but it didn’t happen immediately. That’s my sense, anyway. 

But now I would say that, especially during the testimony that Howard Schultz just had at the Senate Health Committee, a lot of baristas told me that they felt a sense of community. They really enjoyed being with one another. 

And you have to remember, they’re spread out all over the country, so a lot of their organizing work happens on Zoom. They’re very close and tightly knit with people in their own store, and maybe people in their local area, but as a national movement, they don’t get to see each other all that much. So I think their sense of oneness and togetherness has really grown over time.

JJ: Just as a point of information, the baristas don’t have quite a union yet? What is the status of their organized entity? What’s going on there? 

Unionized Starbucks Stores Go on a Weekend Strike

The American Prospect (12/16/22)

SS: They have a network, which is called Starbucks Workers United, and that network is attached to Workers United. Workers United is a union, and so when they are joining the union, when a store decides to unionize, they become Workers United members. 

And then Workers United itself is an affiliate of SEIU, which is a large, major union. 

JJ: Of course. Well, let’s come back to Howard Schultz’s recent congressional testimony. He didn’t want to testify; he was subpoenaed.

I have read accounts about how he looked goofy for invoking his father’s workplace injury as somehow an anti-union argument, and for whining about being called a billionaire, because to him, somehow just having billions of dollars doesn’t warrant that label. 

But you know, Howard Schultz can stand to look awkward for an hour, and then ride off in his gold limousine.

What do you think might be the impact of this hearing? And then just generally, how do you think about congressional action vis-a-vis shop-to-shop organizing? I mean, it’s not an either/or, but maybe a both/and. What did you get from that testimony? 

SS: Well, to start with the testimony, I think other people thought that he did worse than I did. I thought he managed to escape relatively unscathed. 

There was a fair amount of questioning of him, but the contrast I draw is between something like an intervention, rather than something like a courtroom interrogation. And I really felt like many of the Democratic senators that were asking him questions were trying to cajole him, to teach him to be a better CEO.

And then, on the other side, there were obviously the Republican senators, and with the exception of one, I think, all of them took the position that you would expect them to take, which is that they were wholeheartedly in support of Starbucks, wholeheartedly in support of Schultz, questioning why they even needed to have a hearing, questioning the credibility of the NLRB, trying to muddy the waters and make it seem like this was really about Starbucks versus the NLRB.

But I didn’t think that Schultz fared that badly in the hearing. But after the hearing, I was surprised with–just because I’ve been immersed in this area, I’ve basically assigned it to myself as a beat, as a freelancer. And I’ve been immersed in this for about a year, maybe a little bit longer.

I was struck by how much more attention the general public was paying to these issues. You know, a barista told me that at her store, right after the hearing, when she went in, customers were coming up to her and asking her whether things that had been said were true or not. I saw, I believe it was, Mark Ruffalo on Twitter, had shared a petition from the Starbucks workers.

So it definitely seemed like it escalated the campaign in the public eye, and I think that’s a positive thing for the Starbucks workers’ movement. I think the more public exposure there is to this issue, the better it’s going to be for them. 

JJ: Just to be clear, we are not talking here about company policy. That’s not exactly what’s at issue–not things that Starbucks does as a company that we might disagree with. We really are talking about violations of law, of labor law, and I don’t want that to be lost. 

Jacobin: In Their Zeal to Destroy Unions, Starbucks and Amazon Aren’t Worried About Breaking the Law

Jacobin (9/28/22)

SS: Right. I mean, it’s both. But there are enormous numbers of violations of labor law that Starbucks is engaging in. 

And this is actually an example of where I thought the senators could have gone further. So there was a lot of talk about the NLRB, and the number of judgments. There was a recent judgment from Buffalo that an administrative law judge issued, that was I think 200 pages long, something like that, and that judge found egregious and widespread misconduct by Starbucks, and there were a whole range of remedies that were ordered. 

But the senators didn’t focus on the fact that, at least in one instance, a federal court has also found that Starbucks violated labor law.

And so a lot of the defenses that were mounted by Schultz at the hearing, like, “Oh, this is in litigation, oh, we’re not sure that this is true, we think we didn’t break the law, and that settles the matter.”

It’s almost Trumpian in how it denies the reality of what’s actually happening. Basically, the attitude seems to be that anything that challenged or contradicted what he thought should be the case was not credible, and obviously that’s not the case in the real world.

JJ: And that’s where you look for journalists to step in and separate–you know, you can call something an allegation, but, in fact, if the word “fact” means anything, then you can apply it. 

SS: Exactly.

JJ: As much as the bravery of the workers these past months has highlighted the deep skeeviness of the company–“we’re all partners here, but if you try to get together with other partners, well then us partners are going to fire all of you partners,” you know? “But remember that rainbow coffee cup we did that time?” 

I really feel that if we can pierce PR this thick, this committed, this well-funded, then we’re really onto developing some useful skills.

SS: I think that’s definitely the case, and I think actually the PR works in the favor of the labor movement. I think it’s actually easier to go after a company like Starbucks, as massive as it is, because they’re putting themselves out as a progressive company. 

So then you can go right back at them and say, “Well, if you’re a progressive company, then why are you doing X, Y and Z?” Whereas a company like, say, Walmart, that makes no pretense to that, it would be harder to hold them to a standard. 

So, for example, Starbucks brags about the trans-friendly healthcare benefits that it has, but then it wields the potential loss of those benefits over the heads of trans workers who are part of the union drive. Now, that wouldn’t happen if Starbucks, in the first place, didn’t say, “Well, we’re trans-friendly.”

JJ: We find corporate media’s playing off of workers versus consumers to be among their most damaging frames, and you write about labor and its multiple intersections. 

So how do you avoid that framing, especially when, you know, people are crossing picket lines to get their caramel frappuccino? How do you present the story in a way that doesn’t pit workers versus consumers? 

SS: I think workers and consumers have the same foe in this instance. I mean, workers are consumers and consumers are workers. There’s really no reason to pit them against each other. So that’s from my personal standpoint.

But then, in addition, I really take to heart the approach and the mentality that the workers themselves have towards these kinds of issues. And they’re not, like, standing outside of Starbucks with metal rods, going after consumers who are crossing a picket line. 

As much as they might be displeased at what people do, they also–this is the point I actually meant to make in the course of the interview at some point, that they’re among the nicest, warmest people you’re ever going to meet. It’s a pure joy to be covering this beat, because of the workers that I talk to. 

And they genuinely value their relationships with their customers. And so I don’t think that there’s a downside to unionization for the customers themselves. If anything, I think their customer experience would probably improve, or at least that’s the sense that the baristas have. 

Saurav Sarkar

Saurav Sarkar: “We have to stop telling the same story over and over, and start really getting in-depth into what is actually making these workers tick.”

JJ: And this is what I’m thinking about, because I do think that journalism could lift up, instead of these templates that say, oh, well, you might want workers to have a union, or to have a voice in the workplace, but do you want to pay 27 more cents for your blah, blah, blah? 

I feel like that’s old. I feel like folks are not falling for that anymore. So I’m happy to hear you say that that kind of framing is passé. And we should resist it when we find it in reporting.

SS: Yeah, definitely that’s the case. And also I think that the workers themselves, and the unions, have gone out of their way to point out that, you know, you’re not happy about waiting an inordinate amount of time for your drink at Starbucks. And if they weren’t short-staffed, you wouldn’t have to wait. 

If they didn’t have mobile orders going all the time, and not being able to turn them off, just because a district manager or a manager says that they can’t be turned off, then you wouldn’t necessarily have to wait as long. 

It might not be as crowded. You’d get your drink faster, your drink would be prepared with a greater amount of care, because the barista would have, most likely, more time to prepare the drink.

So it really is in the consumer’s interest, in this case. And I think a lot of the consumers who go to Starbucks also go to Starbucks because of that progressive branding. I mean, there are plenty of people who just go to Starbucks because they just want the coffee, but you can get coffee almost anywhere, right? So why are you going to Starbucks? Some of the people who go to Starbucks go because the company holds itself out as a decent company. 

JJ: And we ought to hold them up to that standard. And I guess what I’m saying, or what I’m hoping for, is that journalism would invest itself in making Starbucks transparent, and really live up to the claims that they make, and also that we would lift up, in general, our demands and our understanding of what it means for a company to really call itself progressive, and to not just allow that to be a label.

SS: Absolutely. I absolutely agree with that. 

JJ: What do you see going forward? What the outcome of the Schultz hearing seemed to be was, he was being asked to do some things, and he was like, “Pfft–I’m not doing that.”

So it seems like it goes back down to shop-to-shop, and I know you’re going to keep reporting it. What would you ask folks to look out for, in terms of reporting? What would you like to see more of, or less of, in terms of public understanding of what’s going on in this very, very important worker rights fight?

SS: Something that I would really love to see more of–and I would include myself in this category, actually–is just more reporting about the baristas themselves and their lives, what it’s like to work in a Starbucks. I see baristas posting things on Twitter that have a level of detail and nuance to what it’s like to actually work in the store that I don’t see communicated in most of the stories.

And journalists have a limited amount of space, and they’re writing about particular kinds of news. But at a certain point, we have to stop telling the same story over and over, and start really getting in-depth into what is actually making these workers tick. 

What are they like, why do they want to unionize? What differentiates them from other industries? What’s similar to other industries? That’s something that I think would be very welcome. 

And I think that that would be useful, both to readership and viewership, as well as to the union movement, in terms of understanding like, hey, these are actual human beings. They’re not just people that serve you a drink for three minutes. 

JJ: We’ve been speaking with activist, writer and editor Saurav Sarkar. You can find their varied work on their site, SauravSarkar.com. Thank you so much, Saurav, for joining us this week on CounterSpin

SS: Thank you so much for having me.

The post Starbucks ‘Workers and Consumers Have the Same Foe’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/starbucks-workers-and-consumers-have-the-same-foe-counterspin-interview-with-saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/feed/ 0 387513
‘The US Incarcerates More Immigrants Than Anywhere Else in the World’ – CounterSpin interview with Silky Shah on detention center fire https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/the-us-incarcerates-more-immigrants-than-anywhere-else-in-the-world-counterspin-interview-with-silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/the-us-incarcerates-more-immigrants-than-anywhere-else-in-the-world-counterspin-interview-with-silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire/#respond Mon, 10 Apr 2023 18:34:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033060   Janine Jackson interviewed Detention Watch Network’s Silky Shah about the fire at the Ciudad Juárez detention center for the March 31, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: While it was a nightmare, the March 27 fire at a migrant detention center in Ciudad Juárez, that killed at […]

The post ‘The US Incarcerates More Immigrants Than Anywhere Else in the World’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Detention Watch Network’s Silky Shah about the fire at the Ciudad Juárez detention center for the March 31, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230331Shah.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: While it was a nightmare, the March 27 fire at a migrant detention center in Ciudad Juárez, that killed at least 40 people and injured dozens more, is inappropriately labeled an “accident”—not when it’s more an illustration of systemic harms that reflect inhumane policy.

Silky Shah is executive director at Detention Watch project. She joins us now by phone from Washington state. Welcome to CounterSpin, Silky Shah.

Silky Shah: Thanks so much for having me on.

JJ: The hundreds of people protesting and, frankly, grieving outside of the Ciudad Juárez Detention Center on Tuesday night, the 28th, they weren’t calling for better fire protections or less overcrowding. The chant that the group took up was “Justicia.”

It isn’t that they aren’t connected, but these are fundamentally different conversations to have, right, about justice or about better conditions?

SS: Yeah, one of the things, when you’re watching the video of the fire taking place, and the guards leaving as men are locked up in the cells at the migrant detention center in Juárez, a lot of it reminded me a lot of what happened during Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans so many years ago, when actually guards just left people locked up in cells as water rose.

And this is what we know about the prison system in the US, the jail system in the US, and a lot of what the US is doing, which is outsourcing immigrant detention to Mexico, and this has been especially since the Trump administration; the number of people locked up in migrant detention centers, which they call immigration stations, in Mexico has risen dramatically.

NBC: Advocates decry inhumane conditions of Mexico's migrant detention centers after deadly fire

NBC News (3/28/23)

JJ: I saw the NBCNews.com headline, “Advocates Decry Inhumane Conditions of Mexico’s Migrant Detention Centers After Deadly Fire.”

That was the headline. And I might sound pedantic, but words mean things. And so this headline tells me that “conditions” are the problem, right, that it’s a Mexican problem, and that it’s only “advocates,” whoever they are, that are mad. And maybe they weren’t even mad until the fire, you know.

So there’s a lot of storytelling happening here. And I just wonder what you make of the way media talk about the fire, and the way that that fits into this bigger narrative.

SS: One of the things about the way immigrant detention is covered, both in the US and now more so in Mexico as the numbers have risen, is an assumption that detention should exist, that people should be detained just because they are on the move. Men who are in these prisons and migrant detention centers in Mexico, they are seeking safety. They are fleeing situations. Most of them are Guatemalan, and they were trying to get into the US.

And so what’s happening in that headline is this story that, well, the people who are migrating need to be detained, an assumption already being made about that. The problem is the conditions and not actually anything else, which is: not offering legal pathways, creating more militarization at the border, pushing for deterrence—everything that the US government has been doing for many, many years, and became even that much more heightened since 9/11, and also under the Trump administration.

But the truth is, the Biden administration has continued Trump era policies that have only exacerbated these conditions. So more people are stuck in these towns at the border. And the shelters don’t have availability, people are on the streets, and then they’re pushing to put them in these “migration stations.” And these are the conditions that end up taking place.

And, again, people don’t want to be deported, and they protest inside these situations while people are incarcerated; it’s quite typical.

And what happened here now is that the Mexican government is putting blame on the guards, which should get blamed, but also: what are the conditions that were created where you now have men stuck in these facilities when the fire is happening, and people passing the buck in terms of who’s responsible?

JJ: Yeah, I think that the conversation needs a paradigm shift. Narrative is so important, storytelling is so important, in the way that US media present immigration.

And you’ve written about this and spoken about this, about the idea of there’s good immigrants, and there’s bad immigrants, and narrative plays such an important role. But one of the important things that it does is to say some people, just by virtue of trying to move from one country to another, are criminals, and should be treated as criminals. And that framing really instructs news media in terms of how they tell folks about what’s happening.

SS: Absolutely. You know, the US, the “nation of immigrants,” but the US incarcerates more immigrants than anywhere else in the world. And you can’t deny that relationship to mass incarceration in the US, because, again, the US is one of the leading incarceraters in the world, and we have a massive prison and jail system.

And the narrative around it, even now in the backlash to the uprisings in 2020, and “tough on crime” narratives, so much of that is placed on immigrants. Now immigrants are “committing a crime.” And the act of being in the US without documentation isn’t technically a crime, but crossing the border is; if you get caught, are now prosecuted, you are convicted of a crime, and could spend anywhere from 30 days, six months to two years in prison for that.

And so a lot of it is the narrative, and it’s also ignorance about the political economy that’s created around these systems as well. And we see that at the border as well in terms of militarization: Who are the contractors, who are the people who are making money off of more border militarization, off of more prisons being at the border?

And the US—really, again, the Biden administration has completely followed Trump’s path in creating these conditions, pushing more militarization, pushing for these policies that make the conditions on the Mexican side of the border that much worse.

JJ: I want to actually pull this to a different point, because I feel like media segregate a lot of issues, and border issues are one thing, but then there’s a whole separate section of the paper that talks about the global economy, right? And that’s a whole other thing.

So corporate media will report every day, with a straight face, how Walmart or whatever, oh, just naturally they’re getting their labor in Bangladesh, and just naturally they’re stashing their profits offshore, you know, to skip out on US taxes, because transnational corporations do what they got to do.

And the idea that capital need observe no borders, but humans, or, you know, labor, should actually die trying to cross them—I mean, that’s a square peg in a round hole, even at the level of so-called economic theory. But this discordant, lopsided vision holds sway in news media as if it were economic dogma.

Silky Shah

Silky Shah: “Immigration, in the minds of the US media, is a question of crime and safety, when, in fact, it’s really a question of labor, migration and family relationships.”

SS: Absolutely. And NAFTA is the perfect example of what you’re talking about, where, now, borders were open for capital, borders were open for companies, borders were open for trade. But that was also the moment that the Clinton administration put in a “prevention through deterrence” approach to the border, which made it that much more difficult for people to come.

And one of the things that happened is immigration, in the minds of the US media, is a question of crime and safety, when, in fact, it’s really a question of labor, migration and family relationships.

And so instead, all of these “tough on crime,” “war on drugs”—of course, now the border is the site of the fentanyl crisis, when, in fact, the opioid crisis is really a public health question….

And so these are the kinds of narratives that are put forth, the idea that capitalism is fine. But the conditions that the US has created, because of US-backed wars in other parts of the world, US empire, and also globalization, are not things we’re supposed to actually consider—and climate catastrophe, for that matter—are not things we’re supposed to consider when they’re putting in these policies at the border.

JJ: And, you know, we’ll take this up in the future, but I do want to tell folks that activists and advocates and workers are already doing international work, or are already doing cross border work.

We recognize that workers are workers wherever they are, people are people wherever they are. It’s just that that transnational work is not necessarily acknowledged by news media, and so people might not be aware that it’s happening, but it’s happening.

SS: Absolutely. And especially at the border, this is where it’s happening, and I think many communities are in conversation with each other, trying to figure out how to support migrants really struggling.

It’s a really challenging situation. And there is a lot of opportunity to figure this out. And, again, as the Mexican government has grown its detention system, there’s also the International Detention Coalition that has offices in Mexico City, and has also been working on this, and we’ve been in communication with them.

And in so many ways, our ability to address these issues, it can’t just be this insular US focus. It really needs to be a global conversation to prevent future deaths.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Silky Shah, executive director at Detention Watch Network. They’re online right where you’d look, at DetentionWatchNetwork.org. Silky Shah, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

 

SS: Thanks so much for having me.

 

 

 

The post ‘The US Incarcerates More Immigrants Than Anywhere Else in the World’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/the-us-incarcerates-more-immigrants-than-anywhere-else-in-the-world-counterspin-interview-with-silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire/feed/ 0 386660
Saurav Sarkar on Starbucks Organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 15:45:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033013 Crushing Starbucks workers' attempts to work together is against the law—but it's not the sort of crime elite media seem able to identify.

The post Saurav Sarkar on Starbucks Organizing appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230407.mp3

 

Starbucks labor rally, April 2022

(CC photo: Elliot Stoller)

This week on CounterSpin: Former President Donald Trump was arrested this week, but we’re going to talk about another kind of crime: the slow, steady drip drip of crime that doesn’t leap out to reporters—the day-to-day crushing of workers’ attempts to organize themselves to have a voice in the workplace, not just about their pay, but their well-being and their dignity. Crushing those attempts to work together is against the law—but it’s not the sort of crime that elite media seem able to identify. And it’s much harder to fight  when the law-breaking megacorporation is as media-savvy and faux progressive as Starbucks.

Saurav Sarkar has been reporting Starbucks workers’ efforts—not to quit their workplaces, but to transform them into places where they can make a living and have some say in their lives, while, yes, also giving you your cappuccino.

Sarkar writes for Labor Notes, Jacobin and FAIR.org, among other outlets. We hear from them this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin230407Sarkar.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of the Chicago mayoral election and the projected Antarctic current collapse.

      CounterSpin230407Banter.mp3

 

The post Saurav Sarkar on Starbucks Organizing appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/saurav-sarkar-on-starbucks-organizing/feed/ 0 386153
‘Medicare Advantage Has Never Delivered on the Promise’ – CounterSpin interview with Eagan Kemp on Medicare Advantage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/medicare-advantage-has-never-delivered-on-the-promise-counterspin-interview-with-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/medicare-advantage-has-never-delivered-on-the-promise-counterspin-interview-with-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 19:10:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032976 "Traditional Medicare has always cost less. It's always served seniors more consistently. But it doesn't place ads."

The post ‘Medicare Advantage Has Never Delivered on the Promise’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Public Citizen’s Eagan Kemp about Medicare Advantage for the March 31, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230331Kemp.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: You may have seen television ads warning ominously of “DC liberals” breaking promises to seniors with proposed cuts to Medicare Advantage, and calling on local legislators to fight back.

Ad: Biden Wants to Cut Medicare Advantage

American Action Network (3/3/23)

You might wonder why a multimillion-dollar scare campaign would be the first recourse of a deep-pocketed industry that was genuinely concerned with senior citizens’ healthcare and well-being. But the health insurance system in the United States is nothing if not confusing.

And as with any situation created and sustained by human actions, you’re right to wonder: Is this the best we can do? How can we do better? Or, more pointedly, why can’t we do better, when we know we have a population that needs healthcare, and a country that can afford it?

News media could play an informing and an explaining role here, but that’s not what seems to happen.

Eagan Kemp is healthcare policy advocate at Public Citizen, and he joins us now by phone from Salt Lake City. Welcome to CounterSpin, Eagan Kemp.

Eagan Kemp: Thanks so much for having me.

JJ: I’m going to ask you multiple things, and we can’t do justice in the time we have. But I do want to ask you just to orient us a bit, because, right now, we’re kind of in the midst of competing claims.

The proposed changes to Medicare Advantage are either going to take needed medicine away from seniors, or they’re about combating fraud and overbilling.

Understanding that we’re not talking about a perfect response to a perfectly defined problem, what are we kind of looking at right now with Medicare Advantage and the Biden proposals on changes? What’s a useful way to understand that?

Public Citizen's Eagan Kemp

Eagan Kemp: “Traditional Medicare has always cost less. It’s always served seniors more consistently. But it doesn’t place ads.”

EK: Yeah, it’s really a crucial time for Medicare Advantage and for the Medicare program more generally. I think the reason that you’re seeing these ads trying to scare people into getting their legislator to protect Medicare Advantage is that a lot of Medicare Advantage insurers have been caught with their hand in the cookie jar.

Just to step back briefly, traditional Medicare has been around for a long time, and has served hundreds of millions of Americans.

But the Medicare Advantage plan is more recent; it’s just around in the past couple of decades, but it’s been growing quickly. And the Medicare Advantage plan, the big difference there is they’re able to profit off of the healthcare for seniors, whereas traditional Medicare is nonprofit. It serves seniors where they are in terms of what they need.

And as Medicare Advantage has grown, it’s become more profitable, and these companies have gotten better at taking advantage of seniors, and now they’ve been caught. And so there’s been more research highlighting areas where seniors have struggled to get the care they need, how much extra it costs the US in terms of, if you just covered those seniors through traditional Medicare.

So they really are trying to defend their profits at a time when they can see the Biden administration and Congress really put them in the crosshairs, and begin to make steps to hold them more accountable for their actions.

JJ: So who’s behind this current information campaign, and what are their goals here?

EK: Yeah, it’s a great question. And the biggest player is what we refer to as AHIP, or America’s Health Insurance Plans, which really is sort of a cabal of all the biggest insurers that put money in, and then use AHIP as cover for lobbying and direct political influence, glad-handing with politicians and, to the extent possible, with the White House.

And so they are always going to work on behalf of insurers’ ability to profit, regardless of what that means for seniors. They’re seeing the losses that pharma has had recently when it comes to things like insulin, when it comes to things like negotiating the cost of some drugs with Medicare.

And insurers are scared too. They see that they’re next on the chopping block, because they’ve had it so good for so long, and Medicare Advantage has never delivered on the promise of actually lowering the cost of care, or improving the quality of care.

WaPo: A fiscally responsible government cannot keep its hands off Medicare

Washington Post (3/23/23)

JJ: Let me ask you how that fits with the Washington Post editorial I saw, I guess, a couple of weeks ago, “A Fiscally Responsible Government Cannot Keep Its Hands Off Medicare.”

I was trying to sort of mentally separate Medicare and Medicare Advantage. I see you connecting them. And I see now the Washington Post saying, we just got to get into those funds. Like, what’s the connection there?

EK: Yeah, it’s a really important connection. And I think it’s one of the more challenging ones, because I think one of the things that the Medicare Advantage plans and the private insurers that profit off this do well is conflating the two, conflating Medicare Advantage and traditional Medicare.

And the real issue is that traditional Medicare has always cost less. It’s always served seniors more consistently. But it doesn’t place ads, it doesn’t fill the airwaves the way that Medicare Advantage plans do when someone’s turning 65.

These Medicare Advantage plans do a lot of often misleading advertising, so that they can do what we refer to as cherrypick the healthiest seniors, and then “lemon drop” sicker seniors, and make sure that they stay in traditional Medicare.

And it’s something that Medicare Advantage plans have gotten better at. And the more people that are in Medicare Advantage, the more it’s a threat to the long-term health of the entire Medicare program.

Right now we’re close to 50% of seniors on Medicare Advantage. And we know that it would cost a lot less to cover those seniors in traditional Medicare. And so it is existential for the Medicare program.

And it’s something that in the short term, the Biden administration and Congress really need to crack down on bad actors in Medicare Advantage, but in the long term, moving towards a system that both improves and expands traditional Medicare, while at least putting Medicare Advantage on a level playing field. But in the long term, it’s just unclear that there’s any positive role for Medicare Advantage.

Public Citizen: `PRIVATE EQUITY’S PATH OF DESTRUCTION IN
HEALTH CARE CONTINUES TO SPREAD

Public Citizen (3/21/23)

JJ: Let me ask you, because I wanted to give you an opportunity to connect this, and to talk about a new report that Public Citizen has done, but I know listeners will understand, who are regular media consumers: For elite media, if anything is a public/private partnership, well, then that is the holy grail. That is exactly what we want. Because heaven forbid anything be wholly public, or publicly supported.

And so public/private is the exemplar, just narratively, is my feeling from elite media.

And I know that you’ve just released a new report on the role of private equity in healthcare. The “role” maybe is too gentle of a phrase. The report is called “Private Equity’s Path of Destruction in Healthcare Continues to Spread.” So let me just ask you to break down a little bit for listeners: What is the problem that you’re mapping here? And how does it connect with these broader healthcare issues?

EK: Yeah, I think it really connects at the nexus of profit. So private equity companies are generally large, privately held, they don’t have a lot of accountability or transparency.

Many of them, even if you knew their name, and then you tried to search them on Google or somewhere else, you would not be able to find an ounce of information. They’re very secretive. They hold their secrets and investments close. Some of the bigger ones, you might be able to find a bit about. But they are shady actors, and their primary drive is profit above all else.

And in healthcare, that’s particularly scary, because they also move much more quickly than even traditional healthcare actors. To me, they’re even scarier in terms of their actions than traditional insurers, that are also focused on profit, but do have a longer timeline that they plan to have in the industry.

If you’re a private equity company, you want to buy in and you want to get out within three to five years, and you want to pull as much as you can in terms of profit out. So it means really taking underhanded tactics, like selling a hospital out from under the hospital administration.

So you might buy this entire healthcare system, you sell that hospital immediately, cash that check, and now you’re charging that hospital that you just bought a very expensive lease. If this is not a high-margin hospital, or if it’s in a rural area or an urban area, it may have a really difficult time staying in business.

But as a private equity company, you don’t care, because you’re about to sell that, or you’re about to flip it to somebody else, and you’re going to move on, and that’s a real dedication to profit across the healthcare industry. And that’s really what we go into the report, over nearly 15 different areas where private equity has engaged recently in the healthcare system, and scary places where they’re going next, such as hospice or end-of-life care.

JJ: I’m just going to ask you, finally and briefly, and we’ll clearly talk much more in the future, but we know that policy is shaped by people’s understanding of what is possible. And we know that news media shape that understanding.

So for me, corporate news media are chockablock with what they would call “news you can use,” like: Can I apply for disability while on Medicaid? Does it make sense to divorce my spouse so that we could see if maybe I could get my meds covered?

It’s reporting that assumes that you’re over a barrel, and that masses of us are over a barrel, but is somehow too timid to say, this is crazy and cruel and unnecessary, and to talk about systemic change. And if anybody does, well then they’re a freak, and they’re actually a problem that needs to be contained.

And so knowing that you can’t say all you’d want to say, what are your thoughts about media coverage of this issue?

EK: Yeah, it is a challenging area. I think that some of the real bad actors in both private equity and in Big Pharma, and Medicare Advantage and other insurers, I think there is starting to be a bit of a different tone.

I think Americans are having enough pain points, and talking about them or coming together to push for things like Medicare for All. I think that’s why, during the 2016, the 2020 presidential debates, there was just so much angst and frustration around the healthcare system, and real support for things like Medicare for All.

And the corporate media are certainly not there yet. But I think enough stuff is starting to break through that they can’t just ignore it. And so you are starting to see even the New York Times or the Washington Post really cover in more detail some of the fears around prescription drugs, or around Medicare Advantage, or some of the abuses that we’re seeing, even during Covid-19, by insurers and others.

And it’s an important time for folks to tell their stories and to also get engaged, because the industries want us to stay demoralized and separated. But it’s when we come together that we can really push for the change that we need.

JJ: I’m going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Eagan Kemp. He’s health policy advocate at Public Citizen. You can find their work, including this new report on private equity and healthcare, online at Citizen.org Thank you so much, Eagan Kemp, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EK: Thank you, appreciate it.

The post ‘Medicare Advantage Has Never Delivered on the Promise’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/medicare-advantage-has-never-delivered-on-the-promise-counterspin-interview-with-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/feed/ 0 385447
Silky Shah on Detention Center Fire, Eagan Kemp on Medicare Advantage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/#respond Fri, 31 Mar 2023 13:34:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032906 Do Black and brown people have a right to move freely in the world? The Ciudad Juárez fire and what it tells us about immigration policy.

The post Silky Shah on Detention Center Fire, Eagan Kemp on Medicare Advantage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230331.mp3

 

Internal footage, Ciudad Juárez detention center fire

Ciudad Juárez detention center fire

This week on CounterSpin: There are a number of issues or realities where good-hearted people are overwhelmed and frankly misled about how isolated they are in their view, and what levers of power they may have to pull on. We can live in a better world! And we should interrogate those who say, “Oh no, you don’t get it; we’re smarter and we say you just can’t.”

One such story is migration, or immigration—or, to be real, do Black and brown people have a right to move freely in the world? If not, why not? We’ll get some ideas of where to start this week with Silky Shah, executive director at Detention Watch Network, about the Ciudad Juárez fire and what it tells us about immigration policy.

      CounterSpin230331Shah.mp3

 

From "Understanding Medicare Advantage Plans"

Image: Health & Human Services

And on healthcare: Do we really need to be making choices between seniors getting needed healthcare and other folks getting needed healthcare? Do we have to run our healthcare system on for-profit incentivizing? Is there truly no other way? We talk with Eagan Kemp, healthcare policy advocate at Public Citizen, about the fight around Medicare and Medicare Advantage, and what it says about concerns about seniors and about health, in the US.

      CounterSpin230331Kemp.mp3

 

The post Silky Shah on Detention Center Fire, Eagan Kemp on Medicare Advantage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/31/silky-shah-on-detention-center-fire-eagan-kemp-on-medicare-advantage/feed/ 0 383851
‘Media and Government Excuses Are Basically Intertwined’ – CounterSpin interview with Norman Solomon on the Iraq invasion https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/media-and-government-excuses-are-basically-intertwined-counterspin-interview-with-norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/media-and-government-excuses-are-basically-intertwined-counterspin-interview-with-norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion/#respond Wed, 29 Mar 2023 20:28:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032865 "High-quality media outlets in the United States of America basically served as conveyor belts for pro-war propaganda."

The post ‘Media and Government Excuses Are Basically Intertwined’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Roots Action’s Norman Solomon about the 20th anniversary of the Iraq invasion for the March 24, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230324Solomon.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: So here we are, 20 years after the US war on Iraq, and, to speak broadly, the popular understanding is that Iraq wasn’t behind the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, and that they didn’t have weapons of mass destruction aimed at the US, weapons whose immediate threat, yes, was the vehemently argued premise for a grave assault on a sovereign country.

Atlantic: The Iraq War Reconsidered

Atlantic (3/13/23)

But somehow, in all of this talkity-talk, the idea of acknowledgement of wrong—forget compensation, forget apology—is nowhere in evidence.

The story has been made over such that the Iraq invasion was wrong, but still OK. Iraqis were harmed, but still helped. And all the advisors and experts that got it very wrong are still, somehow, right.

The 2003 war on Iraq is, most importantly, a story about imperialist violence. But it’s also about the web of lies and disinformation used to advance it, and the role that nominally independent journalists played—and play.

Norman Solomon has been thinking and working on these issues for decades. He’s been part of FAIR since the start. He’s co-founder of RootsAction.org and executive director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. His most recent book is War Made Invisible: How America Hides the Human Toll of Its Military Machine, out soon from the New Press.

He joins us now by phone from the Bay Area. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Norman Solomon.

Norman Solomon: Thanks, Janine.

JJ: There are so many places we could start. But I did want to stick a fork in one thing. Talking about media today, at the 20-year mark, the theme is missed signals, miscalculation, misunderstanding.

It’s hard to talk about what happened, and media’s role, without recognizing that the George W. Bush administration and its advisors wanted and intended to invade Iraq before the September 11, 2001, attacks. But that’s not a contention. That’s just a thing we know, based on evidence, right?

Guardian: Blogger bares Rumsfeld's post 9/11 orders

Guardian (2/24/06)

NS: Yes, Rumsfeld made a very clear statement in a memo, just in the immediate aftermath of 9/11, that they were going after Iraq. It was their “eyes on the prize,” in a grotesque sort of way.

And when we look back 20 years, I think there’s a consistent thread that the media and the government excuses are basically intertwined. Which sort of makes sense, since the disinformation messaging after 9/11, before, during and after the invasion of Iraq—all that was also intertwined between government and mass media.

And we think of and sometimes notice the revolving door of personnel, where someone is a press secretary for the president, then goes to a cable news network, or vice versa. George Stephanopoulos, and many others who followed him, just had this career path that was basically recycling between those in government who often deceive, and those in media who have a follow-up career. And they’re just in a different part of the deception chain, as it turns out.

And so I think it’s fitting, unfortunately, that 20 years after so many of the government officials and media mavens and so-called journalists—quite often not deserving the name—that they were basically singing out of the same hymn book. And now they’re being exculpatory for each other and themselves at the 20th anniversary.

One example that I think is just so profoundly grotesque is that in the months before the invasion of Iraq, you had people who were recycling falsehoods out of government sources, or government-designated, -anointed sources, into news media, like Judith Miller and Michael Gordon, onto the front pages of the New York Times.

Then you would have Dick Cheney, for instance, who would go on the Sunday talkshows, knowing that his own office had funneled the disinformation into the New York Times, then he would say, “Well, don’t just believe us. This is being reported by the New York Times.”

Intercept: The Architects of the Iraq War: Where Are They Now?

Intercept (3/15/23)

JJ: Right. And a number of folks have written recently—Jon Schwarz at the Intercept, Derek Seidman at Truthout, also Marjorie Cohn, Adam Johnson at Real News—about how these visible architects of the Iraq War, in government, but also in think tanks, and then also in media, they’ve all failed upward subsequently, haven’t they? Even knowing what we know, there’s been no comeuppance, no fallout, for those folks.

NS: That is something I think we could call a repetition compulsion disorder that completely gets a reward system to back it up. Whereas those who step out of line, who don’t conflate being pro-war with being objective, they are not going to find upward mobility in media anywhere near so smooth. And often they just hit a brick wall, forget glass ceiling, they hit a brick wall above their heads.

We have some examples that cry out for remembering and reminding people, that Phil Donahue, who had the temerity to actually have a variety of voices about the wisdom of invading Iraq in the months before in his primetime MSNBC program, we know because of a leaked memo that he was fired a few weeks before the invasion, precisely because people at the top of management—MSNBC, NBC News—they were worried that, as they put it in this, for a while, secret memo, that the flag-wavers at Fox and CNN would make MSNBC look bad because Donahue was allowing some anti-war voices onto the air.

And I know from having been reporting and visiting Iraq before the invasion a few times, and writing about this at the time, including for FAIR, that there was a tremendous amount of pressure going on from news media, and to the extent there was an opening for debate, say in the summer and early fall of 2002, the aperture continued to narrow, and so the more that a consensus was being promoted and forced, you might say, that a war and invasion was necessary, the less space there was.

Salon: The urbanity of evil: 20 years after the Iraq invasion, the lies continue

Salon (3/19/23)

I know personally, because I was able to go to Iraq with some delegations, a former senator and current member of Congress, and then with Sean Penn, and then with a UN official. I found in the late part of 2002 what was first a bit of an opening, where I would be invited on to CNN or MSNBC or even Fox. By the end of the autumn, that opening had pretty much closed, and certainly by the end of the year.

And the explanation I was given was that in October of 2002, when the House and Senate voted that an invasion of Iraq would be authorized, that became official policy, and some of the bookers and so forth at the cable news networks would say, “Well, you know, now this is the US government stance that an invasion is in the cards; it’s officially authorized by the legislative branch. So there’s less controversy here.”

JJ: And so now we need to close up any window of debate in the public conversation, because officials have decided what’s going to happen. And I don’t think that’s maybe everybody’s understanding of the way journalism works, or should work.

NS: Yeah, it’s a sort of an ersatz, pseudo-journalism that sets the standard for professionalism. And we, I guess, ought to face it that when people move into the journalism profession, they’re out of college or whatever, what defines professional standards? It’s the ambience, the content, the style, the attitude that’s inherent in what people who have already made it in the profession are doing every day.

Norman Solomon

Norman Solomon: “High-quality media outlets in the United States of America basically served as conveyor belts for pro-war propaganda.”

And so it’s an imitative quality that defines what journalism, or at least what passes for journalism, is. And part of that is not really apologizing, even later on. And I think this gets to what you were alluding to at the outset of our discussion, Janine, that when there’s an anniversary, or a look back, there’s really very little impetus for candor, least of all self-assessment or self-criticism, really, from these media institutions.

And so even in some of the most conspicuous, egregious cases like the New York Times distortions and serving up just bogus stories, the Washington Post as well, when they did sort of mea culpas, many, many weeks later, they were sort of equivocal. And they avoided really shedding harsh light on how it could be that these two purportedly most important, high-quality media outlets in the United States of America basically served as conveyor belts for pro-war propaganda coming from the top of the US government.

JJ: To me, the fact that when you look at the architects and the folks who are most prominent in mouthpiecing for this invasion, the fact that they are all still in high-paid and prominent positions, it underscores the fact that corporate media’s “debate,” it has a patina of rationality and of debate, but it’s really kind of just a club, right?

There’s just certain folks that they listen to and whose ideas they promote. And it doesn’t matter if those folks are wrong or right, or if they’re reliable or not, or if they’re lying or ignorant, they’re just on the list. And then there are other people who are just not on the list, whether or not their predictions turn out to be right, or whether or not they’re reliable.

And with Iraq, that was historians and regional specialists and human rights researchers. They’re just never going to be let into the conversation, no matter how correct they were.

NS: There really are tacit media boundaries that I think are well-understood, however consciously or not, and when a misassessment was later shown to be egregiously wrong, with a war or peace at stake, there’s later on a sense of a clean slate, let’s wipe the record clean, because, eh, we all make mistakes, and so forth.

And that goes to individuals and also to media organizations. And we might want to think the ones that are really top quality, they will cop to their mistakes, distortions, errors, even, or especially, when the errors were extremely important.

And yet, that’s not the case. One example, which at least has to do with history—and we’re told that journalism is the first draft of history; OK, later on, there should be a better draft. Of course, one would hope that the first one was accurate, given that that is the most important, while these events are unfolding.

So one example that comes to mind is the New York Times reported, early on in this whole 20-year span, that the invasion came after Saddam Hussein had kicked out UN weapons inspectors from the country in 1998. So this was the New York Times telling all of its readers that, hey, those UN weapons inspectors were pulled out of the country several years before the invasion, they were kicked out, Saddam Hussein did not allow them to inspect anymore.

And FAIR, Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting, made the clear and accurate point, and mobilized some messaging to the New York Times, that that’s an interesting story which happens to be false, and that Saddam Hussein did not kick out the UN weapons inspectors in 1998.

They were withdrawn by the United Nations because the government of, under that point, President Bill Clinton had made clear it was about to bomb Iraq in what became known as Operation Desert Fox.

And so it was because the US government announced, essentially, it was about to bomb the country that the UN thought it was prudent to save the lives, perhaps, of the UN inspectors, to withdraw them.

And so that was something that FAIR activists were able to get the New York Times to publish a subsequent correction.

New York Times: 20 Years On, a Question Lingers About Iraq: Why Did the U.S. Invade?

New York Times (3/18/23)

Fast forward many years, to the time of the 20th anniversary that we’ve just gone through, and the New York Times again publishes the falsehood that Saddam Hussein kicked out the weapons inspectors from the country in 1998, which reminds me of something that George Orwell wrote in 1984: “Those who control the present control the past. Those who control the past control the future.” And I think that’s a good cautionary note to anybody who thinks, well, this is just history, why talk about it now?

Because all of this is prefigurative; it is actually reinforcing mindsets. These distortions are messaging to people, subtly and not so subtly, that at the end of the day, I think as you put it at the beginning of our discussion, Janine: The US government can be wrong, but it’s still OK.

We can go into war and, OK, we made mistakes, etc., etc., which is easy for us to say, while other people experience it with more suffering by far than those in the US. But still the pretense, subtly or not, is it’s OK, because we mean well.

There was a short story written 100 years ago called “Editha,” and there’s a character in it, and this is in about 1905, when it’s published, which is in the aftermath, really, of the US slaughter of people in the Philippines. And there’s a character who says: what a wonderful thing it is to live in a country that might be wrong, but when it’s wrong, is right anyway.

JJ: And that’s the water that elite news media carry, and to folks who could think smarter, to a population that could handle reality, and react accordingly.

And I guess that’s what makes me so angry, is that people pick up the paper thinking that they’re being addressed as an intelligent person who’s trying to make decisions about what they support and what they don’t support. And it’s just not what they’re getting. It’s not what they’re getting.

And there were a few things that stand out to me, Norman, because I know that some of CounterSpin listeners weren’t born in 2003. And so they’ve only heard the remix, as it were. But there are things that stand out for those of us who were there.

And one of them is a massive demonstration in New York, with thousands of other people who were opposing an imminent invasion of Iraq, who were pulled out of their apartments, people who don’t usually go out in the street, who don’t usually demonstrate. But we were very aware that this was a war that was going to be called in our name, specifically, like, look at what happened to New York on September 11. And it was supposed to be in our name.

NYT: Rally in Washington Is Said to Invigorate the Antiwar Movement

New York Times (10/30/02)

And as I’ve said many times before, the most prominent message here in New York City was “our grief is not a cry for war,” and the desire to not turn the horror and loss of September 11 into more horror and loss for other people.

And what I remember was coming home from this massive demonstration, and reading the New York Times saying, well, not a lot of people showed up, it wasn’t as many people as organizers thought, and so wrong, so wrong, that the Times had to go back and re-report the story later.

And so I guess what I’m trying to get at is that the erasing and the denigrating of anti-war voices was key in 2003, and it’s key in 2023.

NS: Absolutely. It’s the erasure of those who are either suffering under the US bombs, erasure from media coverage of substance and let alone empathy, and also erasure, as you say, of anti-war voices in our own communities in the United States, and the tremendous quantity, really, and depth of anti-war feeling and understanding. It is infuriating. It should be infuriating.

And often, when I read even the best, what we’re told are the best, mass media outlets in the United States, it seems that there’s an effort in effect to infantilize the readers, to almost like what was in school called the Weekly Reader, where things were really, if not dumbed-down, it’s just simplified, and the lens on the world, the window on the world, is so tinted red, white and blue. We’re being assumed to be either naive, gullible or simply blindly (what passes for) patriotic.

And the staying power of people who are in the upper reaches of editorial decision-making is really quite stunning. It’s hard to think of anyone who was in a major position 20 years ago, propagating and fomenting and spreading the lies to grease the path, the skids, for the war on Iraq, it’s hard to think of many who suffered at all from their careers. They simply did fine, the ones who did all that, just went right along, often rising into the profession’s upper reaches.

New Yorker: Making a Case

New Yorker (1/26/03)

I think, for instance, of David Remnick, who was already the editor of the New Yorker magazine during the lead-up to the invasion of Iraq in March of 2003, and he wrote a de facto editorial calling for the invasion of Iraq. It was quite vehement. And that was a couple of months before the invasion.

But even worse, under his editorial leadership, David Remnick ran a magazine, the New Yorker, that published one article after another that was absolute distortion, claiming without any evidence—and it certainly turned out to be false—that Saddam Hussein and the Iraqi government had ties to Al Qaeda, had ties to what happened during 9/11. These were very powerful messages.

And many people, naively, gullibly assumed, well, it’s in the New York Times, or it’s in the New Yorker, or it’s in the Washington Post, that these kinds of stories were true, or had credibility.

In fact, they were disinformation of the most dangerous and ultimately destructive kind.

JJ: And finally, and following from that, it’s work, isn’t it, to resist the confusion and the cognitive dissonance that elite media enforce, for a person who’s just trying to inform themselves about the world.

The messages you get—sovereignty matters, except when we say it doesn’t. Invasion is horrific, except when we do it. Look how they oppress their own people; that’s reason enough to force regime change. Oh, but don’t talk about that in the US, you freaking commie.

Forget your political stance—it just breaks your brain to try to pretend to follow elite media’s, what they call rationality. And I guess, above all, it makes you feel confused and alone.

And what I want to ask you is, what do you see as the antidotes to that? Where do you see the place for folks to go who recognize how brain-breaking and how wrong this is?

NS: As you say, the effort is so important, because if we’re simply passive and let it wash over us, that’s not going to work.

I think recognizing that the essence of propaganda is repetition, and that if we are immersed in this constant waterfall, this flood of corporate-driven media coverage and what passes for analysis and so forth, that we’re in the deluge, and that we need to swim, so to speak, in a very different direction.

And that includes, of course—I don’t mean this as a cliche—thinking for ourselves, and also availing ourselves and supporting media outlets that are very much willing to swim upstream to challenge the conventional media wisdom that is so driven by, among other things, the military industrial complex and corporate power.

And so that should mean including supporting FAIR, subscribing to the newsletter Extra!, going to FAIR.org, supporting CounterSpin; going to outlets like Truthout and Common Dreams and the Intercept and elsewhere, Democracy Now!

These are very important outlets, because if we don’t sustain them, we will simply be overwhelmed by the disinformation machine.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with longtime FAIR associate Norman Solomon of RootsAction.org and the Institute for Public Accuracy. His latest book, War Made Invisible, will be out soon from the New Press. Thank you so much, Norman Solomon, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

NS: Thanks a lot, Janine.

 

The post ‘Media and Government Excuses Are Basically Intertwined’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/media-and-government-excuses-are-basically-intertwined-counterspin-interview-with-norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion/feed/ 0 383225
‘People Have Been Protesting Against Cop City Since We Found Out About It’ – CounterSpin interview with Kamau Franklin on Cop City https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/people-have-been-protesting-against-cop-city-since-we-found-out-about-it-counterspin-interview-with-kamau-franklin-on-cop-city/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/people-have-been-protesting-against-cop-city-since-we-found-out-about-it-counterspin-interview-with-kamau-franklin-on-cop-city/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 19:18:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032772 "Domestic terrorism charges are purposely meant to put fear in the heart of organizers...not only on this issue, but in future issues."

The post ‘People Have Been Protesting Against Cop City Since We Found Out About It’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Community Movement Builders’ Kamau Franklin about the fight against Cop City for the March 17, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230317Franklin.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The clearing of land, including forests, in South Atlanta, to build a gigantic police training complex brings together so many concerns, it’s hard to know where to begin.

NPR : Autopsy reveals anti-'Cop City' activist's hands were raised when shot and killed

NPR (3/11/23)

The January police killing of a protester and environmental activist known as Tortuguita, whose autopsy suggests they were sitting down with their hands raised when cops shot them multiple times, is a flashpoint illuminating a constellation of harms proposed by what’s been dubbed “Cop City,” as well as resistance to them.

Our guest is in the thick of it. Kamau Franklin is founder of the national grassroots organization Community Movement Builders, and co-host of the podcast Renegade Culture. He joins us now by phone from Atlanta; welcome to CounterSpin, Kamau Franklin.

Kamau Franklin: Hey, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it.

Cop City seems to bring together so much that is wrong and painful for Black and brown people. But we can actually start with the land itself. The place where this paramilitary police camp is planned has some meaningful history, doesn’t it?

KF: Yeah, this land, which has been dubbed by us the Weelaunee forest, was originally the home of part of the Muscogee nation. The Muscogee nation was the native occupiers of that land, the original occupiers of that land, and they were removed in an ethnic cleansing war by the United States from that land and pushed off.

And since that time period, the land has been used, initially, partly as a plantation, where enslaved Africans were brought to the land and made to work on that land. Later, the land was transferred into a prison farm, where working-class people and poor people and, again, particularly Black folks were put on the land to continue working for the state at, obviously, no wages, being punished and harassed and brutally treated.

The land has also served as a youth imprisonment camp, and the police have done trainings on that land.

So that land has been, over a time period, used for the brutal and harsh treatment of Black people in particular, but also of poor and working-class people.

One quick thing I want to say, also, is that that land, in terms of it being a forest before the invention of Cop City, was promised to the adjacent community, which is 70% Black, as a recreational and park area, particularly as the land re-forested itself over time, park areas where there were supposed to be nature trails, hiking available, parks available, and when the idea of Cop City arose, from the Atlanta Police Department, the City of Atlanta and the Atlanta Police Foundation, all of those plans were scrapped immediately, without any input from that adjoining community, and instead they decided to move forward with this idea of Cop City.

New Republic: Atlanta’s “Cop City” and the Vital Fight for Urban Forests

New Republic (3/9/23)

JJ: I think that’s why folks are talking about, I’ve heard a reference to “layers of violence” at work here. And I think that’s what they’re getting at is, there’s what this place would be for, its purpose, and then there’s also the process of how it is being pushed on people that didn’t want it. And then there’s also the physical, environmental impact of the construction. It’s a lot, and yet they’re all intertwined, these problems.

KF: Yeah, this is a perfect illustration of how the state, vis-a-vis the city, the state government and even, in some ways, the federal government, operate in tandem, and a lot of times, most of the time, it doesn’t matter what party they are, but operate in tandem at the whim of capital and at the whim of a, relatively speaking, right-wing ideological outlook.

And, again, it doesn’t matter which party it is we’re talking about. It doesn’t matter whether or not those folks are Black or white, but an ideological outlook that says overpolicing in Black and brown communities is the answer to every problem.

And so here in particular, you talked about the process. This process of developing Cop City came after the 2020 uprisings against police violence, the 2020 uprisings that were national in scope, that started after Breonna Taylor, George Floyd and, here in Atlanta, Rayshard Brooks was killed by the police, and it caused a massive uprising and movement across the nation again.

The response by the authorities here in Atlanta was to push through their plans on building Cop City, to double down on their efforts, again, to continue the overpolicing of Black communities, particularly here in Atlanta. Atlanta is a city that is gentrifying at an astronomical rate. It’s gone from a 60% Black city to one that’s less than 50% in only a matter of 20, 30 years, all of that under Black leadership.

It’s a city that, in terms of those who are arrested, 90% of those who are arrested in Atlanta by the police are Black people; its jails are filled with Black people.

And so this is a city that doubled down on police violence and police militarization after these uprisings.

In addition, we feel like the part of Cop City, in terms of its militarization—over a dozen firing ranges, its mock cities to practice urban warfare, its military-grade structure that it’s bragging about—the fact that its past facility is called the Paramilitary Center, and this one is also going to be a paramilitary center.

In its earliest iterations of what it was supposed to be, it included a landing pad for Black Hawk helicopters, something they’ve now said that they’ve taken out.

This, for us, has been put forth to harass and stop future mobilizations and movements and uprisings against police brutality and misconduct.

Guardian: ‘Cop City’ opposition spreads beyond Georgia forest defenders

Guardian (2/9/23)

It was pushed through the City Council. Seventy percent of the people who called in on the night of the vote voted against Cop City, but yet the City Council members decided to still enact this. And so this has been run over the heads of the community, without community input.

And it is something that we think is dangerous for both the overpolicing, and, as you restated earlier, the environmental concerns of stripping away a forest of 100 acres immediately. This particular area is something that is given to having floods. Once they start stripping even more of the forested area away, there’s going to be even more and increased floods.

The loudness of the shooting, the other things that’s going to be happening, this is going to be something that’s extremely detrimental to the environment, and the continued degradation of the climate, if it is allowed to take place and happen.

JJ: I think folks listening would understand why there are multiple points of resistance, why there are a range of communities and folks who would be against this. Some listeners may not know, people have been protesting Cop City for years now.

But now, Tortuguita’s killing amid ongoing protests has given an opening for corporate media to plug this into a narrative about “violent activists” and “clashes.” And this is par for the course for elite media, but, and I’m just picking up on what you’ve just said, it’s especially perverse here, because we’re seeing community resistance and rejection of hyper-policing presented as itself a reason for more of that hyper- and racist policing. It’s a knot. It’s a real complicated knot here.

KF: No, you’re exactly right. And we should say, again, that people have been protesting against Cop City since we found out about it in 2021. And our protests have been, since its beginning, met with police violence.

When we were protesting at City Hall, doing petition drives, town halls, contacting our legislators, when all that was happening and we were doing protests at City Hall and other places, the police would come and break up our protests.

They conducted over 20 arrests during the early stages of our protest movement against Cop City. At that particular time, people were being arrested for charges of disorderly conduct, resisting arrest, obstruction of governmental administration.

LAT: The latest epicenter for anti-police protests: ‘Cop City’ in Atlanta

LA Times (3/15/23)

After they passed the resolution to grant the lease to the Atlanta Police Foundation, and part of our tactics began to have—there were folks who moved to the actual forest and became forest defenders as an act of civil disobedience.

Then the policing agency in Atlanta basically hooked up and created a task force. So the Atlanta Police Department, DeKalb County Police Department, Georgia Bureau of Investigation, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Homeland Security actually formed a task force where they first began having discussions on bringing charges of state domestic terrorism.

And so in December of last year, they conducted a raid in the forest and arrested approximately five or six people. And those were the first folks who were charged with domestic terrorism.

On January 18, they did a second raid, and they charged another five or six folks with domestic terrorism, and that was the raid in which they killed Tortuguita, the forest defender, activist and organizer who, again, as you pointed out earlier, through a private autopsy done by the family, because the Georgia Bureau of Investigation refuses to release information on their supposed or alleged investigation into this matter, the private autopsy is the first indication we have that the police narrative on how they were killed was a complete lie.

Tortuguita was sitting cross-legged and hands were up to protect their face from the firing directly into their body, they were hit approximately 13 times. And it may be more, but the second autopsy could not determine which were exit wounds and what were entry wounds.

After the killing of Tortuguita, another six or seven protesters were arrested at a rally downtown. And then this past Sunday, during our week of action against Cop City, another 35 arrests took place; 23 of those people were charged with domestic terrorism.

So we now have approximately 41 or 42 people who have been charged with domestic terrorism. And this is a scare tactic meant to demoralize the movement. And it’s also meant to criminalize the movement in the eyes of the larger public.

And this is something that’s been a tactic and strategy of the state since day one. But with the help, as you said, of corporate media, they’re trying to get this narrative out there. And we’re left to fight back against this narrative, which is obviously untrue.

JJ: And it’s been long in the works, and long on the wish list. I remember talking to Mara Verheyden-Hilliard about J20, about people who had been arrested protesting Trump’s inauguration, and the slippery tactics that, not just law enforcement, but also the courts were using to say, you were near a person or dressed similarly to a person who we believe committed a crime against property, and therefore you are swept up in this dragnet and charged with felonies, and with a lifetime in prison.

And let’s underscore, it’s a scare tactic. It’s a way to keep people in their homes. It’s a way to keep people from coming out in the street to use their voice on issues they care about.

Kamau Franklin

Kamau Franklin: “These domestic terrorism charges are purposely meant to put fear in the heart of organizers and activists, not only on this issue, but in future issues.”

KF: Yes, definitely. I think it’s important what you pointed out, I’m sure viewers may have seen pictures of property destruction.

And, again, this movement is autonomous, and people are engaged in different actions. We don’t equate property destruction with the violence that the police have rained on Black and brown communities over centuries, to be clear; we don’t equate the idea of property destruction with the violent killings that led to the 2020 uprisings and the prior violent killings by the police of unarmed Black people over, again, decades.

But what’s important to point out even in these arrests, is that the folks who have been arrested and charged with domestic terrorism, who are actually involved in acts of civil disobedience at best, the people in the forest who were arrested during the first two raids we spoke about, were people who were sitting in tree huts and sitting in camps under trees, that police had no evidence whatsoever to suggest that they had been involved, either at that time or prior, in any destruction of property.

And even if they did have such evidence, then the correct legal charge would be vandalism or destruction of property. These domestic terrorism charges are purposely meant to put fear in the heart of organizers and activists, not only on this issue, but in future issues, when the state levels its power, it’s going to say that you tried to, and this is how broad the statute is, attempt to influence government policy by demonstrative means—so civil disobedience can be interpreted as domestic terrorism.

And this is the first time in Georgia that the state statute has ever been used. And the first choice to use it on are organizers and activists who are fighting against police violence.

JJ: And are we also going to see, I see Alec Karakatsanis pointing out that we’re also seeing this line about “outside agitators.” You know, everything old is new again. In other words, all these old tropes and tactics, it seems like they’re all coming to the fore here, and one of them is the idea that this isn’t really about the community. This is about people who are professional activists, professional troublemakers, and the phrase “outside agitators” is even bubbling up again. And that’s a particular kind of divide-and-conquer tactic.

KF: Most definitely. We should be clear that the heart of the Stop Cop City movement has been organizers and activists and community members, voting rights advocates, civil rights advocates, who have either been born or who have lived in Atlanta for a number of years.

But that movement has welcomed in people from all across the country to try to support in ending Cop City, whether or not that’s national support that people give from their homes, and/or whether or not that’s been support that people have traveled down to Atlanta to give support to either forest defenders or the larger movement to stop Cop City.

We see the language of “outside agitators” as being, as you said, a trope that is born from the language of Southern segregationists, that were used against people like Dr. King, the civil rights movement, Freedom Riders.

And so when we have Black elected officials parroting the language of Southern segregationists, it tells us how far we’ve come in terms of having representative politics, where basically you have Black faces representing capitalism, representing corporations, representing developers who have turned their back on the working-class and poor Black communities who they’ve helped pushed out of the city, in favor of these corporations, and in favor on strengthening a police apparatus that, again, is going to be used against every Black community that they claim to represent.

JJ: Well, finally, one of the corporate investors in Cop City, along with Home Depot and Coca-Cola and Delta, is Cox Enterprises, which owns the Atlanta Journal-Constitution, which I understand is editorially supportive of Cop City.

I wonder what you’re making of local media that may be in contrast to national media or international media. And then, as a media critic, it’s strange, but a lot of what I want to say is, don’t follow them, don’t look to media to tell you about what’s happening, about what’s possible, about who matters, because it’s a distortion.

So I want you to talk a little about the resistance for folks, but also, maybe they’re not seeing that resistance in their news media, and there are reasons for that.

KF: We have a couple of reporters, I’ve singled them out, who have attempted at least to give a fair hearing to the struggle around Cop City.

However, the overwhelming local reporting has been in favor, and has led continually with the police narrative, with the city narrative, with the state narrative on this benign training center, as they present it, and these “outside agitators” we spoke of earlier, organizers who are coming in. That’s been the central narrative.

So even when we talk about police violence, they never use the term “police violence.” They only use “violence” in conjunction with the organizers and activists, that’s whether or not a so-called peaceful protest has been taking place and the police arrest organizers. And that’s whether or not there’s this quiet civil disobedience by staying in the woods. Anytime organizers or activists are brought up, they don’t hesitate but to use the word “violence.”

AJC: Crime wave should spur action on center

Atlanta Journal-Constitution (8/21/21)

And so we understand that not only the media that’s directly connected to Cox, which is a funder of the Atlanta Police Foundation and a funder of Cop City, and, as you stated, editorially, has put out four, five, six, editorials that have all been supportive of Cop City, and that have all tried to label organizers and activists as “violent.” But other corporate media, local corporate media, has been on that same bandwagon, except for a few notable exceptions.

We’ve gotten much better press, much, much more favorable hearings, that at least tells our side, from national media, from outlets who have a perspective and understand what organizing and activism and capitalism is vis-a-vis the way the society works, and from international media.

The things that have helped us get the word out to talk about the struggle has been media platforms like this, and others which have a perspective that understands the role of the United States, and the United States government entities and corporations, and how the world is run.

Without that perspective, we would be completely at a loss to get the word out in any way that could be considered fair and/or accurate.

Truthout: Atlanta Was a Constitution-Free Zone During “Stop Cop City” Week of Action

Truthout (3/14/23)

JJ: You want to shout out any reporters or outlets? I would say Candice Bernd at Truthout has been doing some deep and thoughtful things on it. And, internationally, I’ve seen a few things. But if there are reporters or outlets that you think deserve a shout out, by all means.

KF: The Guardian has done a good job of representing organizer and activist concerns. As you said, Truthout. Millennials Are Killing Capitalism, as a podcast, has done a fantastic job. Cocktails and Capitalism has done a fantastic job. We’ve had some good reporting in Essence magazine, actually.

And so there have been outlets that have given us, again, a fair hearing on our views on the history of policing, on understanding capitalist development and capital development and corporate development here, not only in Atlanta, but in other urban cities across the country.

And so we thank those outlets for at least the opportunity to give voice as we fight back against a dominant corporate narrative that is all about supporting the police, supporting violent and militarized policing, and supporting the continued criminalization of movements that fight against it.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kamau Franklin. He’s founder of the national grassroots organization Community Movement Builders. They’re online at CommunityMovementBuilders.org. He’s also co-host of the podcast Renegade Culture. Kamau Franklin, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KF: Thank you for having me. I appreciate it.

 

The post ‘People Have Been Protesting Against Cop City Since We Found Out About It’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/people-have-been-protesting-against-cop-city-since-we-found-out-about-it-counterspin-interview-with-kamau-franklin-on-cop-city/feed/ 0 381961
Norman Solomon on the Iraq Invasion, 20 Years Later https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion-20-years-later/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion-20-years-later/#respond Fri, 24 Mar 2023 15:38:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032763 What passes for debate about why we must remain at war with whomever is designated has roots in 2003 worth studying.

The post Norman Solomon on the Iraq Invasion, 20 Years Later appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230324.mp3

 

New York Times: 20 Years On, a Question Lingers About Iraq: Why Did the U.S. Invade?

New York Times (3/18/23)

This week on CounterSpin: In the immediate wake of the September 1, 2001, attacks, a military official told the Washington Post of the newly minted “war on terror”: “This is the most information-intensive war you can imagine. . . . We’re going to lie about things.” If reporters don’t evidence skepticism after a declaration like that, it says more about them than anyone or anything else.

But US elite news media did the opposite of what you would hope for from an independent press corps in a country launching an illegal and baseless invasion, whose leaders had announced in advance they would lie to support it. You can dig out the reality if you read, but if you rely on the same media you were looking at 2003, you will be equally misled, and in the same, frankly, boring ways you were before: The US is great and only wants democracy; other countries are bad, and if our reasons for invading them and replacing their leadership with folks we like better, and killing anyone who doesn’t agree with that, don’t add up, well, we’ll come up with others later, and you’ll swallow those too.

What passes for debate about why we must remain at some kind of war—cold, hot, corporate, stealth, acknowledged, denied—with Russia or China or whomever else is designated tomorrow, has roots worth studying in 2003. We’ll talk about it with author, critic and longtime friend of FAIR Norman Solomon.

      CounterSpin230324Solomon.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at media coverage of ex-FCC nominee Gigi Sohn.

      CounterSpin230324Banter.mp3

 

The post Norman Solomon on the Iraq Invasion, 20 Years Later appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/24/norman-solomon-on-the-iraq-invasion-20-years-later/feed/ 0 381867
Kamau Franklin on Cop City Protests https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/kamau-franklin-on-cop-city-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/kamau-franklin-on-cop-city-protests/#respond Fri, 17 Mar 2023 15:07:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032684 The corporate press corps seems intent on pressing a vital, important situation into old, tired and harmful frames.

The post Kamau Franklin on Cop City Protests appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Stop Cop City: March in solidarity with Atlanta protests, Minneapolis, 1/21/23

(CC photo: Chad Davis)

This week on CounterSpin: If there are ideas, tools or tactics that are part of both this country’s horror-filled past, and some people’s vision for its dystopic future, they are at work in Cop City. Over-policing, racist policing, paramilitarization, the usurping of public resources, environmental racism, community voicelessness, and efforts to criminalize protest (that’s some kinds of protest)—it’s all here. Add to that a corporate press corps that, for one thing, disaggregates issues that are intertwined—Black people, for instance, are impacted not only by police brutality, but also by the environment, breathing air and drinking water as they do—and seems intent on pressing a vital, important situation into old, tired and harmful frames.

Kamau Franklin is founder of Community Movement Builders, the national grassroots organization, and co-host of the podcast Renegade Culture. We’ll hear from him about Cop City and the fight against it.

      CounterSpin230317Franklin.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of DC’s crime bill.

      CounterSpin230317Banter.mp3

 

The post Kamau Franklin on Cop City Protests appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/17/kamau-franklin-on-cop-city-protests/feed/ 0 380214
‘The Whole System Is Stacked Against a Person With a Disability’ – CounterSpin interview with Kim Knackstedt on disability policy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/the-whole-system-is-stacked-against-a-person-with-a-disability-counterspin-interview-with-kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/the-whole-system-is-stacked-against-a-person-with-a-disability-counterspin-interview-with-kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 18:21:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032668 "Undoing that entangled web of policies that really focus on keeping people with disabilities in poverty is extraordinarily difficult."

The post ‘The Whole System Is Stacked Against a Person With a Disability’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative’s Kim Knackstedt about disability policy for the March 10, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230310Knackstedt.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Human rights advocates everywhere marked the death, March 5, of groundbreaking disability justice activist, spokesperson and policymaker Judy Heumann.

Obituaries rightfully noted meaningful advances Heumann played a role in, like the Americans With Disabilities Act.

WaPo: Judy Heumann, unyielding advocate for disability rights, dies at 75

Washington Post (3/6/23)

It rang a bit odd though to read in the Washington Post that Heumann, born in 1947, “came of age at a time when disabled people had restricted access to libraries, schools and public transportation, with limited opportunities for education or employment.”

Perhaps the outpouring of attention for Heumann’s life and work could encourage journalists to explore present-day restrictions, limitations, crises, confronted by people with disabilities—one in four adults in the country—along with what responses, including policy responses, are called for.

Kim Knackstedt is senior fellow at the Century Foundation and director of the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative. She joins us now by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome to CounterSpin, Kim Knackstedt.

Kim Knackstedt: Hi. I’m glad to be with everyone today.

JJ: Well, I’m not making fun of that piece. But I was just struck by that “cast your mind back, if you can, to a time when disabled people didn’t enjoy all the freedoms…”

I guess my thought, just to start us off, is that. But also, Judy Heumann was emphatically not of the “wait patiently and progress will inevitably come” school of thinking, was she?

KK: Oh, no, no, not at all. Judy was definitely one to fight for what she wanted, and she was fiery. One of the words she loved to use was “feisty.” And she really went after what she knew was wrong.

And during her services yesterday—I was very lucky to attend and be in community with so many people from around the country, and by video, around the world—we got to hear so many stories about her, and every story had a note about her fighting for the rights of disabled people, and against the injustices that so many of us face.

Time: Long COVID Experts and Advocates Say the Government Is Ignoring 'the Greatest Mass-Disabling Event in Human History'

Time (9/19/22)

JJ: And still face. And this is of course what I’m complaining about here, the treatment of disabled people as an afterthought in policy, in media, which I know is what you engage.

And it’s weird, given not only that so many people in the country are living with disabilities of varying kinds, but also because it’s a community that anyone can join at any moment. And, indeed, I’ve heard Covid described as a “mass disabling event.”

And I wanted to ask you, what is Covid showing us about policy responsiveness, about movement responsiveness? What are some of the impacts when the disabled community grows, as it were, suddenly in this way?

KK: I appreciate you pointing out that anyone can become disabled at any time, because that is part of what I think the US economy is actually facing right now, with the growth of the disability community in a very abrupt way because of Covid.

And we do have the largest influx of the community that we’ve seen in many, many years, and that has really caused the workforce to try to make an adjustment. And that adjustment’s been slow, it’s been difficult, because we have so many people that now cannot do the job that they used to do because of long Covid. And that is extremely difficult, not only for the entire, again, US economy, but for that person.

We’ve had some great pieces, actually, through one of the projects at the Century Foundation, called the Voices of Disability Economic Justice project, with people talking about this, and what it means to become disabled because of long Covid, and not be able to do the things you used to be able to do so easily every day.

Our policies have not changed fast enough to be able to support everyone. That includes our healthcare policies. That includes, now, our education policies. And it includes, again, those workforce policies and accommodations that people need.

WaPo: How long covid could change the way we think about disability

Washington Post (7/23/22)

JJ: There was a thoughtful piece from last June in the Washington Post that talked about what supports and education veteran advocates can offer to “long haulers,” dealing with not just new problems, but with, as you’re saying, a new identity. And it also talked about tensions within the disability community, which as with many marginalized communities often finds itself struggling over limited resources. And now there are millions more people involved.

And it’s an interesting situation. But I just wanted to lift up—there was one quote in this piece from a guy who says long Covid gives a chance to make some updates to health policy, in part because the condition is affecting, he said, “a different mix of people than what we’ve seen in the traditional disability population.”

Now, I’m not trying to stir up trouble here, but it sounds a little like “we’re getting a better class of disabled now, not that ragtag group you’re used to,” and there’s an implication, in other words, that now maybe there will be the power to change things. And I guess that arouses mixed feelings in me, is what I want to say.

KK: It does. And I think there’s a couple ways to unpack that. One, there’s a narrative out there that the disability community are kind of fakers and takers. That’s a narrative that we have to undo, because it’s an incorrect narrative, and it’s a narrative that really doesn’t actually help, it only harms the disability community, because, again, anyone can become disabled at any point in their life.

That quote that you mentioned, it really ignores the fact that there’s a false narrative that’s already circulated about the disability community.

But I think, on the other side, what the quote does acknowledge is that having a whole new influx of people to the community gives a renewed energy, and a renewed movement, to the policies that are needed.

When all of the sudden you have a bunch of other people that have entered any community, any movement, there’s different energy behind it. You know, all of a sudden, we have senators saying, “I need this, I am part of this community. I guess now we need a bill on it.”

That’s very different, and we don’t always see that. And so we do get some of that renewed energy, and that’s really important. But at the same time, we have to balance that with the fact that we have a false narrative that exists. And that just breeds into the stigma against disability that we really need to try to overcome.

JJ: If the comment is partly acknowledging that some of the Covid long haulers have wealth, then one can, very sadly, ask, for how long?

The nexus between disability and poverty is central, and of course that’s key to the Collaborative’s work. I’m not sure that it’s really understood how policy choices—not disability, but policy choices—put disabled people in struggle, and keep them there. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Kim Knackstedt

Kim Knackstedt: “Undoing that entangled web of policies that really focus on keeping people with disabilities in poverty is extraordinarily difficult.”

KK: Yes, the problem is I could talk about that for hours! Disability and poverty are so connected, and some say the whole structure and the whole system is broken. Well, unfortunately, the whole system is actually working exactly how it was designed.

It is keeping disabled people in poverty because that’s how the system was structured. And so it’s not that the system was broken. The system has to be completely corrected. And what I mean by that is that so many of our policies have been designed to keep disabled people out of work, to keep disabled people from actually building wealth, and to keep disabled people from even getting the care that they need to live independently.

Some of our healthcare policies really actually preference institutional care, not living in a community.

So undoing that entangled web of policies that really focus on keeping people with disabilities in poverty is extraordinarily difficult, and that’s something that we have to do. Even outside of wealth, I would say, social and political capital that people hold? Leveraging that as we start to make some work on all of this is going to be really important.

JJ: CounterSpin listeners will have heard us referenced the “Medicaid divorce,” in which people have to get divorced in order to keep their health care because if they’re married, or they can’t get married, because together, they make too much money. It’s cruel, and it’s often hidden, I think, to other folks.

KK: Yeah, absolutely. And there’s so many choices that I think so many people do have to make, and it’s just how you start to allocate funds to try to just live day to day.

I mean, I acknowledge that I have privilege, because I work at a great place that has health insurance. But I also am a high health cost user; I have infusions that without insurance would be $30,000 a month. Thank goodness for insurance. I also have to spend a lot of money towards that, because I could never qualify for Medicaid to help pay for that.

So you think about, even though I acknowledge the privilege that I have to be able to afford what I do, the whole system is stacked against you when you are a person with a disability and trying to get the care you need, from the cost of prescriptions, the cost of specialists, the cost of getting home, community-based living, the cost of a direct care worker, trying to access the workplace you need. And the list goes on.

JJ: And the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative is saying there are things we can do, there are policy changes that we can make, that can, as you’re saying, not tweak and not fiddle with and “perfect” the system that we have, but really fundamentally overhaul it.

Century Foundation: How to Embed a Disability Economic Justice Policy Framework in Domestic Policy Making

Century Foundation (1/12/23)

KK: Absolutely. So much of what we do does tinker on the edges, and we’re saying we need to stop just tinkering. And so much of disability policy is siloed, and again, we’ve been caught in this web that I mentioned before for so long.

Instead, what we’re saying is, let’s bring a lens of disability to all economic policymaking: food security, transportation, housing.

What we are trying to do at the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative is really bring a disability lens to all economic policymaking. And that’s really the goal, whether, again, you’re doing all of these different policies, it’s trying to embed disability into every single piece that you are working on.

So we are saying, let’s center the values that disabled people need, and bring that into all of our domestic policy work.

So I’m going to give an example. We believe every disabled person needs to have access to reliable, affordable and accessible transportation. That’s something that’s fundamental. And so we want to see that, no matter what the bill is, what the proposal is, what the law is, regulation—I could go on, right?—that’s the goal we want to see throughout. And the same thing for healthcare, access to healthcare they need, access to food.

And so we’ve developed a framework, we call it the Disability Economic Justice Policy framework; we want to see that embedded into domestic policymaking to really move the needle on how we think about policymaking with a disability lens.

JJ: Because every issue is a disability issue. And that goes for media as well as for policy. Every story that impacts disabled people should include awareness of the impact, is my feeling.

It’s not bad to have occasional reports that focus solely on disability or the disabled community. But if you’re reporting rent hikes or food prices or criminal justice, well, disabled people are in that reality, so they should be in the story.

Do you have any thoughts, finally, about media coverage?

KK: Yeah, I think it is really important for media coverage to think more about disability. I think one of the things we see is—you’re exactly right, there will be a story about something related to disability and then you won’t see something else until it’s very disability-centric, and everything in between ignores that disability exists.

And we know that that’s just not how disability is in our lives. Disability is part of the natural human experience.

And so, very much so, I think disability just needs to be embedded more into the stories that we hear about, and part of the narrative throughout everyone’s life.

I also would encourage, in the media, that it’s not about disability being an “inspiration.” I think that’s where the lean tends to go when there is a disability-centric story. And it’s just, disability is part of the life that we all live, and here’s the story that happens to be about a disabled person, or a narrative that we’re talking about.

And so those are some of the pieces that I think would be great to think about more.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Kim Knackstedt of the Century Foundation and the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative. You can find their work online at TCF.org. Kim Knackstedt, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KK: Thanks for having me.

 

The post ‘The Whole System Is Stacked Against a Person With a Disability’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/the-whole-system-is-stacked-against-a-person-with-a-disability-counterspin-interview-with-kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy/feed/ 0 379890
‘Let’s Target Job Creation to These Forgotten Places and People’ – CounterSpin interview with Algernon Austin on race and unemployment https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/lets-target-job-creation-to-these-forgotten-places-and-people-counterspin-interview-with-algernon-austin-on-race-and-unemployment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/lets-target-job-creation-to-these-forgotten-places-and-people-counterspin-interview-with-algernon-austin-on-race-and-unemployment/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2023 17:23:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032641 "Because a lot of Black joblessness is not counted in the unemployment rate, we still have a massive need for jobs in Black communities."

The post ‘Let’s Target Job Creation to These Forgotten Places and People’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed CEPR’s Algernon Austin about race and unemployment for the March 10, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230310Austin.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The unspoken premise of most major news reporting is that people are all independent economic actors, making choices about what skills to acquire, what workplace to work at, what salary to negotiate. The economy, overall, reflects the range of those choices and their impacts. The idea that people find themselves in jobs or sectors with differing pay scales and workplace rights informs what news media see as acceptable states of affairs, and what they present as reasonable interventions.

Which is why it takes an active effort to see the role that policy has played, and does play, in shaping employment opportunities, and, what’s more, how using policy to help people would reflect not the insertion of the government hand into a hitherto untampered-with realm, but simply the use of policy to address a keystone problem.

Algernon Austin is the director for race and economic justice at the Center for Economic and Policy Research, and author of, most recently, America Is Not Post-Racial: Xenophobia, Islamophobia, Racism and the 44th President.

He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Algernon Austin.

Algernon Austin: It’s a pleasure to be with you.

Ascent: Is Today's Record-Low Unemployment Rate Really Good News?

Ascent (2/19/23)

JJ: The headlines tell me that unemployment in the United States is at a record low, and you sort of seem uninformed or churlish to not acknowledge, if not celebrate, that.

But it’s important, isn’t it, to recognize the limits of that raw number? What and who is being obscured there?

AA: Absolutely. The unemployment rate, it’s a valid statistical measure. However, it’s important to recognize its limitations.

To be counted as unemployed, you have to be actively looking for work in the past four weeks. And if you have faced significant obstacles in finding work, or if you are unfortunate enough to live in some of our more economically depressed areas, then you’re not likely to be actively looking for work, because you’ve been rejected repeatedly from employers, or you look around your community and you know that there are no jobs available.

And for individuals in those circumstances, they stopped actively looking for work, although they would like to work. But even though they don’t have a job and would like to work, because they’re not actively looking for work, they are not counted as unemployed.

So in that way, the unemployment rate presents a significant undercount of the overall rate of joblessness. And the undercount is most severe in populations that, as I mentioned, face a lot of discrimination in the labor market, or live in more economically disadvantaged communities.

So that means that, although the Black unemployment rate has been consistently about twice the white unemployment rate for the last 60 years–so this two-to-one ratio has been a permanent, sort of structural feature of our economy–although that Black unemployment rate being twice the white rate is still a high rate, it still undercounts the Black joblessness by a significant degree.

So, if we had a count of Black joblessness, it would be a multiple, two, three, four times what the official Black unemployment rate is.

JJ: I wanted to ask you, because part of the celebration about the relatively low unemployment rate has said, “and this is also reflecting advances in terms of Black employment.” So what is the status, you’ve just indicated it, but comparative Black and white employment, or unemployment, is that changing, historically, that relationship?

CEPR: 60 Years of No Progress on Black-White Unemployment Equity

CEPR (2/1/23)

AA: No, over the last 60 years—and I highlight 60 years because this is the 60th anniversary of the 1963 March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom. And the title, March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom—this is the march where Martin Luther King gave his famous “I Have a Dream” speech—people forget that there were significant economic demands, including demands for jobs, at that march.

And unfortunately, the Black unemployment rate was twice the white unemployment rate in 1963. It’s about twice the white unemployment rate today. And it’s been about twice the white unemployment rate for all 60 years. So this is a serious structural problem in American society, and it’s a problem because of racial discrimination in the labor market.

I talked about the economically depressed communities; Black communities have been hurt significantly by the decline in manufacturing, because of deindustrialization, etc.

And the broader problem, remember, I said that there’s lots of joblessness that’s not being counted. Mass incarceration that hit Black communities, and Black men particularly severely, contributes to that hidden joblessness in Black communities. Because if you’re a Black man and you have a criminal record, it becomes very difficult for you to find work, among the Black populations that are not likely to be counted in unemployment statistics.

JJ: I want to talk to you a little bit about history, which is so relevant here, but often kind of dropped out. The history is there to be found, but it seems like only some things survive as a dominant narrative.

And one thing that has dropped out is the role that the government played with regard to jobs during the Great Depression. And I wonder if you could just tell listeners a little something about that, and the import of that history today?

AA: Yes, it’s important to recognize, people don’t fully recognize—this gets me to a sort of tangential issue—our discourse about the working class in the United States tends to be coded white, but the majority of Black people are working-class people, the majority of Latino people are working-class people. And increasingly, as our country becomes more racially and ethnically diverse, the working class is every day becoming more and more racially and ethnically diverse.

So we really have to change our thinking: When we think about working class, remember that we’re also talking about the majority of Black people, and the majority of the Latino or Hispanic population.

So the WPA, the Works Progress Administration during the Great Depression, it’s really important for people to realize that in response to this massive economic downturn and massive high rates of unemployment, the government stepped in and directly created jobs for people.

And the positive thing about that is that it included Black people. And at the height of the WPA jobs program, over 400,000 Black workers were employed by the WPA.

So this is a really important example, because it shows that the federal government can create jobs, and can employ Black workers.

Algernon Austin

Algernon Austin: “Because a lot of Black joblessness is not counted in the unemployment rate, we still have a massive need for jobs in Black communities.”

Today, as I mentioned, even in a period of historically low unemployment rate for Black people, because the Black unemployment rate is still twice the white unemployment rate, and because a lot of Black joblessness is not counted in the unemployment rate, we still have a massive need for jobs in Black communities.

And the WPA shows us that the federal government can actually address this, through direct job creation, through subsidized employment programs, which is what the WPA was.

And I’m actually involved in a campaign that’s called Full Employment for All, that’s calling for the federal government to create a national subsidized employment program that’s targeted to communities that suffer from persistently high rates of joblessness, and people can find out about that, and sign on to it, at the website FullEmploymentForAll.org.

And although we’re talking about the importance and the crisis of joblessness for Black people, it’s important to recognize that there are other places across the country that also have significant levels of joblessness.

So, in Appalachia, you also have significant joblessness. In the Southwest, you can find several communities with high levels of joblessness. Among the Native American or American Indian population, you can find many of those communities suffering from high rates of joblessness.

President Biden, in his State of the Union address, talked about forgotten places and people. And so Full Employment for All is about, let’s target job creation to these forgotten places and people, and include them in the American economy.

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, on the level of ideas and in terms of media, it’s seen as unserious or unsophisticated to say that you can’t understand why we have lots of people who want jobs and lots of jobs that want doing, and the idea that the government would play a role in connecting those things is somehow not serious.

And I just wonder how we fight that.

AA: Yeah, it’s like you said, I think, in your introduction, the government exists to serve the people, the government exists to make our lives better.

And, unfortunately, the American government does do that. But unfortunately, it does that primarily for the wealthy people who pay the lobbyists.

So the government is constantly enacting policies that help people–it’s often helping wealthy people via helping corporations.

But what we saw during the Great Depression, with the WPA, was the government working to help average working people. And we need more efforts to get our policymakers to enact policies that help average working people, or average people who would like to work, as I’m doing in the Full Employment for All campaign, making sure the government provides jobs for those people.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Algernon Austin; he’s director for race and economic justice at the Center for Economic and Policy Research. They’re online at CEPR.net. And that website we’ve discussed is FullEmploymentForAll.org. Thank you so much, Algernon Austin, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AA: It’s been a great pleasure for me.

 

The post ‘Let’s Target Job Creation to These Forgotten Places and People’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/lets-target-job-creation-to-these-forgotten-places-and-people-counterspin-interview-with-algernon-austin-on-race-and-unemployment/feed/ 0 379623
Kim Knackstedt on Disability Policy, Algernon Austin on Unemployment & Race https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy-algernon-austin-on-unemployment-race/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy-algernon-austin-on-unemployment-race/#respond Fri, 10 Mar 2023 16:41:53 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032568 Media interest in historic breakthroughs should extend to the barriers disabled people face in 2023, and how policies could address them.

The post Kim Knackstedt on Disability Policy, Algernon Austin on Unemployment & Race appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230310.mp3

 

Disability rights activist Judy Heumann

Judy Heumann

This week on CounterSpin:  “I wanna see feisty disabled people change the world.” So declared disability rights activist Judy Heumann, who died last weekend at age 75. As a child with polio, Heumann was denied entry to kindergarten on grounds that her wheelchair was a fire hazard. Later, she was denied a teachers license for reasons no more elevated. She sued, won and became the first teacher in New York to use a wheelchair. Media love those kinds of breakthroughs, and they matter. Here’s hoping they’ll extend their interest into the barriers disabled people face in 2023, and how policy changes could address them. We’ll talk with Kim Knackstedt, senior fellow at the Century Foundation and director of the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative.

      CounterSpin230310Knackstedt.mp3

 

Signs from the March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, August 28, 1963

March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, 1963

And speaking of problems that aren’t actually behind us: You will have heard that the US is experiencing “blowout job growth,” and unemployment is at a “historic low,” with gains extending even to historically marginalized Black people. Algernon Austin from the Center for Economic Policy and Research will help us understand how employment data can obscure even as it reveals, and how—if our problem is joblessness—there are, in fact, time-tested responses.

      CounterSpin230310Austin.mp3

 

The post Kim Knackstedt on Disability Policy, Algernon Austin on Unemployment & Race appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/10/kim-knackstedt-on-disability-policy-algernon-austin-on-unemployment-race/feed/ 0 378529
‘The Water Crisis Is a Manifestation of Jim Crow Politics’ – CounterSpin interview with Makani Themba on Jackson’s crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/the-water-crisis-is-a-manifestation-of-jim-crow-politics-counterspin-interview-with-makani-themba-on-jacksons-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/the-water-crisis-is-a-manifestation-of-jim-crow-politics-counterspin-interview-with-makani-themba-on-jacksons-crisis/#respond Wed, 08 Mar 2023 20:37:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032514 "If there was really investigative reporting around what happened in Mississippi, folks would see a pattern of theft and extraction."

The post ‘The Water Crisis Is a Manifestation of Jim Crow Politics’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Mississippi Rapid Response Coalition’s Makani Themba about Jackson, Mississippi’s crisis for the March 3, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230303Themba.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: So this is CNN on February 17: “And ahead, the plan to create a court system for the wealthy and mostly white parts of Jackson, Mississippi, and separate from the system for the mostly Black community.”

It’s hard to know how to respond. For sure, it’s good that CNN is choosing to point its national audience’s attention to what’s happening in Jackson. But at the same time, if it’s not too much, why is a deeply anti-democratic, racist action just a sort of blip on the evening news, like a new drink at Starbucks?

Mississippi Bill 1020 gives the state of Mississippi the control to appoint systems, and Jackson Mayor Chokwe Lumumba says it would be less than honest to call the effort “anything other than racist.”

NYT: In Mississippi’s Capital, Old Racial Divides Take New Forms

New York Times (2/20/23)

Which leads us to headlines like the New York Times on February 21: “In Mississippi, Racial Outrage at Court Plan.” Well, CounterSpin listeners will likely be attuned to the difference when journalists use “racial” when “racist” would be the more appropriate word, and framework, to use.

So what does all this mean in the story of Jackson? And what questions and conversations would help us understand what’s going on there, and point us in the direction of a useful response?

Makani Themba is a Jackson resident and a volunteer with the Mississippi Rapid Response Coalition. She’s also chief strategist at Higher Ground Change Strategies, which is based in Jackson. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Makani Themba.

Makani Themba: Well, I’m so glad to be back. And I’m so grateful that CounterSpin is still going strong. Thank you.

JJ: Absolutely. You know, we keep on keeping on.

I just feel, in this case, that a lot of folks would appreciate some story, some understanding, about what’s actually happening, and how we got to this point.

If I read reporting today, it’s about water treatment, and then about governance. But how would you bring somebody up to speed, who was maybe just looking at the latest headlines?

IBW21: Fighting Jim Crow 2.0: Jackson vs the Mississippi State Legislature

IBW21 (3/2/23)

MT: I think one of the most important things to understand is that HB 1020, which I know has gotten most of the media attention, is one of about a dozen bills, a dozen bills, that the state legislature and the governor have really, it feels like a sort of gun. It’s like artillery pointed at our city, to be honest. It’s like legislative weaponry.

And these bills, which include 1020, do all kinds of damage. 1020, I think, got a lot of folks’ attention, because it basically creates a new governance structure in the middle of the city that’s a predominantly white area, northeast Jackson. It also includes our downtown, where the Capitol is, and all the way up to the border of Ridgeland, Mississippi, which is the neighboring city, and actually into a portion of Ridgeland—a new jurisdiction which is called the Capitol Complex Improvement District.

It originally came out as a way to make sure that the Capitol had resources to do, you know, gardening, and some improvements for beautification. And the state came back after the City of Jackson, the residents of Jackson, the mayor of Jackson, had fought really hard to get federal dollars to finally come directly to Jackson to address our water issues. Because money was coming into the state for water infrastructure, but that money was not getting to Jackson, even though it was a primary reason why the money was coming in.

So that was the context, right, that we were able to work with Congress to come around the state, because they were blocking the resources; they even created a special process, just for the City of Jackson, to have to have approval for the use of funds that were dedicated to the city.

And so we were able to get around that, and get a sizable appropriation, about $600 million, actually, to address what is about a $2 billion problem. But we were excited. We were planning, we were there.

And it seems like this is not only revenge for figuring out a way to be resilient, and just address the problem without having to deal with the state and all of their shenanigans, but the set of bills, taken together, not only create this governance structure, [they] take away revenues from the city.

There are other bills that restrict our use of our sales tax revenue to only water infrastructure. So we’re not able to fix roads, or do anything else with it. And there’s no other city with that kind of restriction, where they say this is what you spend with your revenue, right? That’s not something happening anywhere else in Mississippi.

It also creates a police force that has jurisdiction over the city of Jackson, and over the Jackson Police Department. And they say the reason why they’re doing all this is to try to address the crime in Jackson. But that doesn’t seem to be true, because crime, one, is actually going down, and when crime was at the record high that it was at a couple of years ago, the state was not engaged at all, except to use it as a way to talk bad about us.

The other thing I think people should understand is that Jackson, like many majority Black and majority brown cities, folks denigrate those cities and defame those cities as a way to devalue, not only the people, but the property, the business, the commerce that happens there, because they don’t want the competition. So I think that’s important for people to understand.

So this whole array of bills—they even have a bill that restricts how the mayor can veto things or not. It’s not just about the water, because then I think it would be a different kind of response.

And the other thing is another bill that actually seizes the money that Congress allocated to the city, and creates a Regional Water Authority that is not responsible for addressing the problems in Jackson, it’s only responsible for receiving the money.

And the governor will have three votes on this commission. The lieutenant governor, who they’re in lockstep, has two votes. And this is a nine member commission. The mayor has four appointments, but two of them are dedicated to two other cities, so really Jackson has two votes on a nine-member regional handoff for money that was allocated directly to the city.

So they’re seizing those funds, as they have done other federal monies. What I also want people to understand is, there’s no law against this. There’s no law against this.

JJ: Exactly. So if we had a conversation about community needs, what would that look like? Who would be in that conversation? The conversation is like, oh, the community failed. But that’s not the story. And if we were going to talk about ways forward, we would, I believe, include different voices. And I just want to ask you, what could that conversation look like?

MT: First of all, I would love to see more investigative reporting and less punditry about it.

JJ: Say it.

The Nation:     Racism and Discrimination    Environment
    Water

Apartheid American-Style

The Nation (2/16/23)

MT: That’s important. Because it’s easy to make this, and I know in my own writing I talk about this, as a David versus Goliath story. And it is, in a way.

Jackson doesn’t have the votes. This is a supermajority Republican state house that does all the kind of ill they want, even though, because of the pressure from outside the state and within the state, there’s been some negotiation, but we’re still facing the brunt of the awfulness that all of these bills combined contain.

But yes, so what happens with the money when the federal government gives money to Jackson? Who uses it? Why don’t we see it? And why is that OK? And also, we’re not the only state that experiences these kinds of shenanigans, this kind of misappropriation of funds. All over the place—Michigan’s an example, Texas is another example.

States make applications to the federal government, using the problems of their communities of color, that basically happened because of the lack of investment, which is the first step. And then the extraction—because it’s one thing to not invest, but in Mississippi, they literally extract what they want from the city.

So when this money comes in, they extract that money and say, OK, well, great, we’ve got this money, we talked about the problems. And now we’re going to take this money and make communities that already have smooth roads smoother, already have good water infrastructure even better. We’re going to keep up with that, and then blame the folks—for what they’ve stolen from us.

Where’s the investigative reporting that looks at the documents, that FOIAs the application, that tracks it? And I’m so grateful for the work that the Clarion Ledger has done around the welfare scandal, because that would have never been uncovered had it not been for investigative reporting.

Makani Themba

Makani Themba: “If there was really investigative reporting around what happened in Mississippi, folks would see a pattern of theft and extraction from the low-income people, from Black people, from brown people.”

But I think if there was really investigative reporting around what happened in Mississippi, folks would see a pattern of theft and extraction from the low-income people, from Black people, from brown people. It isn’t even that the white communities in Mississippi are benefited, because many of them do not.

I think that they would discover that a few businesses, a few people, a few politicians are benefiting from this, and most people are not. And how do you have a state that’s against Medicaid? Right? I mean, healthcare for their folks.

I think that more investigative journalism would nail these kinds of stories, and that it’s been investigative journalism in the past that’s helped lift up what’s happening in places like this.

And you know, like you think about, we would not know who Fannie Lou Hamer was, if folks weren’t telling the story outside of Mississippi. Because if it was up to them—I mean, this was a state that was trying to keep Sesame Street from coming on the air because it was too forward, too progressive, who actually had to be sued by folks in Mississippi—including the late Everett C. Parker, who media activists actually get an award in his name—they sued television stations in Mississippi in the ’60s, because they would literally not show anything about the civil rights movement, or the marches, or what was going on on the news.

And they had to sue to force that, and they would actually block out national news coverage in Mississippi of these stories. So we’re dealing with a long legacy.

So journalism is critical, good journalism, investigative journalism, or some people would say actual journalism, is critical to exposing this kind of theft and dishonesty.

And also just the issues of democracy. What does it mean to be in a state where there’s a Republican supermajority that does not reflect the proportions of who lives here at all?

Time: The Mayor of Jackson, Miss. Had a 'Radical' Vision for His City. The Water Crisis May Have Put It Out of Reach

Time (9/13/22)

JJ: When I see a headline, like Time magazine’s, “The Mayor of Jackson,” I guess it said, “Had a Racial Vision for His City”—OK, all right, whatever—“but the Water Crisis May Have Put It Out of Reach.”

So when I see that headline, what I hear that telling readers is, we tried to do it, and we failed. And so stop thinking about that.

So you can only talk to people who are interested in change, and media are just maybe not the way to do that. And yet so many people that we talk to, their agenda, their understanding of what is politically possible, is set by media, and it’s media saying, oh, hey, the mayor of Jackson wanted to do something, but he can’t. And that’s their understanding of, well, I guess we shouldn’t even try.

MT: Fortunately, Time magazine is not going to dictate to us what we might do, thank God. And I think, in many ways, the world was captivated by Mayor Chokwe Antar Lumumba’s vision around Jackson being the most radical city in America. And that radical vision for the world was very compelling, and also the story of Mississippi, right? The story of Mississippi is everybody’s, deep down.

I think that him articulating that, when he was first elected, gave folks a different view for a moment, right, of this is a place where there’s been resistance. He’s not the first person to articulate that.

In fact, Mississippi’s radical legacy has roots in Reconstruction. The state had the most radical constitution in the country during Reconstruction, and a majority Black legislature, all those things. And then, when the Confederacy took back the state in 1890, that’s the kind of governance we’ve been dealing with ever since. But they don’t represent the majority of the state, and they never have.

And so I think that it’s not true that the water crisis threatens our—and I would say, collectively, Jackson’s—radical agenda, because another convention of corporate media, and oftentimes storytelling, is to reduce it down to one person, when he was always part of a movement and a legacy and a history that many, many, many, many people are involved in.

That what threatens the agenda, so to speak, has been Jim Crow politics, and that the water crisis is a manifestation of Jim Crow politics.

You have a water crisis because there’s no investment in infrastructure when there should be, and those decisions are racialized.

I think that’s the other piece of the story, is that folks are not dealing with how deeply racialized the work, the legislature’s agenda—and I shouldn’t say the whole legislature, let me be clear, the Republicans, because it’s interesting, in Jackson, almost all the Democrats in both houses are Black. Guess why.

So we have this essentially apartheid approach to governance that has been in effect since 1890, with some breakthroughs, with some fights, and the Voting Rights Act was really critical to helping things move forward.

And it’s really been the folks in Mississippi and Alabama, whose blood was on the line, who made that legislation happen, and I want to be clear about that. The whole nation owes Mississippi and Alabama a debt for the elevation of democracy. That’s critical to understand.

And so we look at that, and I want to see reporting about that racialization, right? I want to see reporting about how this paradigm of whiteness and anti-Blackness is driving the policy agenda.

You know, people want to call it “Trumpism.” But this was Trumpism before Trump. This is where he got it from.

JJ: This is not new.

MT: And Jeff Sessions in Alabama, and from this Jim Crow legacy.

And that’s the crisis that we’re in. There would be no water crisis if there was equity. There would be no water crisis if the state of Mississippi had any kind of ethics, and allocated the money which they received from the federal government to the places where there is a problem.

And you think about it, how crazy is it that you won’t invest money where the problem is, and fix the problem? But that is kind of politics as usual—not just in Mississippi, but all over. And that ought to be the crime.

Look for the hashtag #jxnundivided. You’ll see that online. That will let you know where the petition is, and also IBW21.org.

I have an extensive piece that has how people can get involved, as well as a link to the petition site. So there’s an article there that has a link to the petition drive.

We’re asking everybody to please sign and share it. And it also goes through the list of bills, and there’s two petitions listed in this piece. One is a petition to the state around this attack on Jackson.

The other, and this is, I think, really important as well, is a petition by the family of Jaylen Lewis. Jaylen Lewis was a 25-year-old Black father of two who was killed by the Capitol Police, basically execution-style. And his family is still looking for answers.

It happened in September. There was a witness, who is why we know what we know. But the police themselves have not released any findings, and are supposed to be investigating it. And so there’s a petition there as well for Jaylen Lewis.

And that’s one of the reasons why we’re so concerned about the Capitol Police having jurisdiction. They have a police chief who’s not accountable to anyone in the city of Jackson. They’re appointed by the attorney general of the state.

And so there’s a whole range of issues that are just so problematic about this, so that not only will we have this unelected, again, governing body over a big part of what will then not be a part of Jackson, but still in Jackson, right, where we go to downtown, where we shop, all of these kinds of things.

But we’ll have this occupying force that’s not accountable to any of the residents at all, that’s already shot several folks, and killed one in just the last few months.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Makani Themba. She’s a volunteer with the Mississippi Rapid Response Coalition, as well as chief strategist at Higher Ground Change Strategies. Thank you again, Makani Themba, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MT: Thank you.

 

The post ‘The Water Crisis Is a Manifestation of Jim Crow Politics’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/08/the-water-crisis-is-a-manifestation-of-jim-crow-politics-counterspin-interview-with-makani-themba-on-jacksons-crisis/feed/ 0 377981
Ellen Schrecker on the New McCarthyism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-new-mccarthyism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-new-mccarthyism/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 16:52:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032344 Our past has not been fully grappled with or understood, and that has everything to do with what’s happening now.

The post Ellen Schrecker on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230224.mp3

 

Tucker Carlson on Fox News: The Lunatics Are Running the Asylum

Tucker Carlson on Fox News (7/6/21)

This week on CounterSpin: If you care about free expression, and freedom generally, there is much to talk about right now. It is good to anchor ourselves in that conversation when we talk about books being banned and efforts to erase entire concepts, and then folks trying to inoculate themselves by saying they weren’t even talking about those concepts, until they learn that actually running away from those ideas doesn’t make you safe. These are not entirely new conversations or struggles. But our past has not been fully grappled with or understood, and that has everything to do with what’s happening now and how we can address it. History is alive and active, and you are a part of it.

So this week we’re going to re-air a conversation that we had in January of 2017 with historian Ellen Shrecker, an expert on McCarthyism and its impacts. We don’t doubt that you will understand the relevance and the meaning in 2023.

      CounterSpin230224Schrecker.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the price of eggs.

      CounterSpin230224Banter.mp3

 

The post Ellen Schrecker on the New McCarthyism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/ellen-schrecker-on-the-new-mccarthyism/feed/ 0 375241
‘Punitive Enforcement Does Not Save Lives, or Reduce Drug Supply’ – CounterSpin interview with Maritza Perez Medina on fentanyl https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/punitive-enforcement-does-not-save-lives-or-reduce-drug-supply-counterspin-interview-with-maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/punitive-enforcement-does-not-save-lives-or-reduce-drug-supply-counterspin-interview-with-maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl/#respond Tue, 21 Feb 2023 21:24:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032314 "We need to make sure that people who use drugs are armed with information that will keep them safe and that will keep them alive."

The post ‘Punitive Enforcement Does Not Save Lives, or Reduce Drug Supply’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Drug Policy Alliance’s Maritza Perez Medina about fentanyl for the February 17, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230217PerezMedina.mp3

 

Janine Jackson:  When it comes to drugs—that is to say, when it comes to drugs whose use by some people in some contexts is officially deemed illicit—to suggest any other approach than criminalization is to be told you aren’t “taking the issue seriously.” That any response not involving jail, prison, loss of livelihood, family separation, is widely deemed, essentially, a non-response is indication of an impoverished state of conversation.

But is that changing? Some pushback to the White House policy addressing fentanyl suggests that there is space for a new way to talk about drugs, and harm, and ways forward.

Maritza Perez Medina is the director of the Office of Federal Affairs at the Drug Policy Alliance. They’re online at DrugPolicy.org. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Maritza Perez Medina.

Maritza Perez Medina: Thank you so much.

JJ: What, first of all, does current policy with regard to fentanyl look like? It seems like states—and I know you look at federal affairs—are rushing to do something, but the things that they’re doing are not necessarily well-grounded, or based in understanding of what we know works.

How would you describe the current state of play with regard to policy here?

NYT: What’s Really Going on in Those Police Fentanyl Exposure Videos?

New York Times Magazine (7/13/22)

MPM: Unfortunately, I think at the moment we’re experiencing a lot of media sensationalism, but also sensationalism coming from lawmakers, around fentanyl, rather than thinking about policy solutions that are based on public health, because when we’re talking about overdose deaths, and overdose deaths related to illicit fentanyl, we’re really talking about a public health issue that requires a public health response.

We know from decades of research that the criminal legal system and a punitive enforcement strategy does not help people who use drugs, does not save lives, and certainly does not reduce the drug supply.

If anything, it can lead to a more dangerous drug supply.

JJ: That seems important to go on, because I think to the extent that folks who aren’t experiencing it personally in their lives, what they get from news media is, first of all, that weird round of coverage of police officers apparently being laid out on the street from just touching fentanyl, which was debunked, or at least explored, subsequently by media.

But it’s really sensationalist scare tactics, or it’s genuinely hard stories about people who have lost loved ones to overdose, but it’s not necessarily a public health conversation, or even a research-based policy conversation. It’s very much scare tactics and heartstrings, in a way that doesn’t necessarily tell us what to do about it.

MPM: Yeah, and I think those narratives are harmful. For one, the myths that we’re seeing around fentanyl are not helpful, because it’s essentially just creating more stigma around people who use drugs.

And we know that that stigma essentially is going to harm people, especially people who may have used fentanyl, because they’re going to be reluctant to want to call for help if they need it.

Folks are going to be reluctant to want to call for help if they witness an overdose, because of potential law enforcement involvement.

Or people might even think that, if they help someone who’s overdosing, they themselves will be exposed to fentanyl, which is not true. Rather than perpetuating these myths, we should really be having a conversation that’s grounded in public health education and knowledge.

Maritza Perez Medina

Maritza Perez Medina: “We need to make sure that people who use drugs are armed with information that will keep them safe and that will keep them alive.”

The fact of the matter is fentanyl is in the illicit street supply. We need to make sure that people who use drugs are armed with information that will keep them safe and that will keep them alive.

So people should have access to things like drug-checking tools, so they can check their drugs for fentanyl. They should have access to harm reduction tools like clean needles, things like Naloxone that can help reverse the effects of an overdose.

These are real tools that we know save lives and keep people healthy. Unfortunately, a lot of the myths that we’re seeing perpetuated in the media, and even by lawmakers, are really not helpful to keeping people safe.

JJ: Did the State of the Union change anything for you? What did Biden’s remarks suggest to you about what might happen at the federal level, and what we might expect to be repercussions of that?

MPM: On one hand, I acknowledge that the Biden administration has really embraced harm reduction, and even says “harm reduction” out loud. So they’re the first administration to really do that, and to be supportive of those efforts. So I think that’s great. It’s outstanding. I give them a lot of credit for doing that, and for really acknowledging that drug use is a public health issue, and we need to meet people where they’re at.

But on the flip side of that, during the State of the Union, I heard a lot of talk about supply-side interdiction, and we know that prohibition and supply-side interdiction have done nothing to quell the supply of illicit fentanyl. If anything, those tactics have made it so that we have a dangerous illicit supply of drugs in the US.

This is the fourth wave of the opioid overdose crisis, and it’s been driven because of law enforcement tactics criminalizing various substances, which means that people move on to another substance that they can find more easily.

My fear is that if we keep focused on supply-side interdiction, we know from 50 years of failed drug war that that strategy doesn’t work, that we will see new substances emerge, and that the public health issue will remain, which is why we really need to focus on a public health response.

We need to make sure that people who use drugs are using drugs safely and are staying alive, and that we empower people with education around drugs.

JJ: Are there particular policies at a state or federal level, either that are drafted and ready to be acted on, or that you think could be created tomorrow, that would actually change things? Are there particular policies in the works, or that we might think about?

MPM: So I think the most concerning policy at the federal level, and it’s concerning because usually what happens at the federal level is mimicked by localities in different states, but there has been an effort over the last few years to criminalize fentanyl-related substances, and schedule them as schedule one drugs, without fully testing these substances.

And that is really concerning because it’s a criminalization approach to this issue, which we know is really a public health problem, but it would impose new mandatory minimums on people who are caught with fentanyl-related substances, and we know that people who sell drugs and people who use drugs are often the same person. I think lawmakers like to pretend that we’re talking about two different populations, but often they’re one and the same.

And we know that criminalization is not going to give people the support they need to end problematic drug use. So the criminalization approach doesn’t make sense for that purpose.

Rather, I think Congress should embrace public health alternatives, and there are a number of bills in Congress that would support harm-reduction services, health services for people who use drugs, would support things like education, so that people have knowledge related to drugs. We think that those bills should be ones that lawmakers move in Congress.

But unfortunately, just because criminalizing things continues to be incredibly popular with some politicians, it’s been hard for them to drop that notion, and instead really, truly embrace the science and public health.

But we’re trying to explain to them the potential ramifications of continuing to choose criminalization versus public health.

AP: Biden’s fentanyl position sparks criticism from 2 sides

AP (2/8/23)

JJ: Finally, I have to say, I was struck by Associated Press’s piece about the State of the Union and fentanyl in particular; it was called “Biden’s Fentanyl Position Sparks Criticism From Two Sides,” but it led with harm reduction advocates who, as it put it, think a call for “strong criminal penalties” is the wrong way to go about it.

It started with that, and it actually gave voice to that perspective ahead of, at least semantically, the people who were hollering about border policies. And that was kind of—after I turned off the cynic in me that was like, where was this when we were talking about crack cocaine?—but still, the idea of harm reduction advocates taking the lead in a news article about a drug was something a little bit new for me.

And I just wonder if you see anything shifting in media coverage of these issues, or if there is something in particular you would like to push reporters to do when it comes to this.

MPM: I think any issues, actually, related to drugs and crime, I think it’s really important for reporters to look at the facts, and not continue to perpetuate what they think will drive clicks.

I think oftentimes, unfortunately, news is driven by clicks, but when we’re talking about drug use, specifically, that could be really, really harmful. We don’t want to push people away from seeking help if they need it, and especially when we’re looking at a drug supply like we have today that is incredibly dangerous, if anything, we want to encourage people to seek out health services.

So just making sure that we’re not using stigmatizing language, [or] supporting criminalization publicly, is really important in order to save lives.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Maritza Perez Medina, director of the Office of Federal Affairs at the Drug Policy Alliance. You can find their work online at DrugPolicy.org. Maritza Perez Medina, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MPM: Thank you so much.

 

The post ‘Punitive Enforcement Does Not Save Lives, or Reduce Drug Supply’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/21/punitive-enforcement-does-not-save-lives-or-reduce-drug-supply-counterspin-interview-with-maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl/feed/ 0 374410
Maritza Perez Medina on Fentanyl, Nancy Altman on Social Security https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl-nancy-altman-on-social-security/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl-nancy-altman-on-social-security/#respond Fri, 17 Feb 2023 17:07:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032228 Saying how hard you want to be on "dealers" is really an admission of a failure to address a public health issue as a public health issue.

The post Maritza Perez Medina on Fentanyl, Nancy Altman on Social Security appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin230217.mp3

 

Multi-colored fentanyl pills

(image: Drug Enforcement Agency)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate media tend to take the State of the Union address as an opportunity to talk about messaging, and whether the president’s message is landing well with, first of all, other legislators, and then, somewhere in there, the US public. A better mediaverse would start with the impact of official actions, not just on the people who donate or even the people who vote, but on everyone whose lives are shaped by government policy.

So, on just a couple of points: To the extent that most of us are hearing about fentanyl, it’s likely to be news stories saying that just touching the drug is enough to lay you out or, more recently, stories about Mexico and China, and why “they” want to “poison” “us.” What elite media and politicians aren’t having yet is a conversation about drug use and harm, and whether saying really loudly how far under the prison you want to put “dealers” is really an admission of a failure to address a public health issue as a public health issue, to put human beings over table-thumping rhetoric that goes nowhere. We’ll hear from Maritza Perez Medina, director of the Office of Federal Affairs at the Drug Policy Alliance.

      CounterSpin230217PerezMedina.mp3

 

WaPo: Yes, Social Security and Medicare still need to be reformed — and soon

Washington Post (2/5/23)

Also on the show: The Washington Post editorial board says a “discussion” on Social Security “needs to happen sometime, and sooner rather than later.” Because these “entitlements,” they say, “already account for about a third of federal spending,” and are on “unsustainable trajectories”! When’s the last time you heard the Defense Department’s unending trillions described as “unsustainable”? Why is it just about whether your grandfather, who paid in his entire life, should maybe get ready to get nothing at all? Elite media seem ever stumped why they can’t sell their and Republicans’ image of Social Security as a weird communist mistake to a public that just doesn’t see it like that. So once more with feeling, we’ll revisit the reality vs. the fantasy of Social Security, with parts of an ever-relevant 2018 conversation with Nancy Altman, president of Social Security Works.

      CounterSpin230217Altman.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of the Japanese-American incarceration.

      CounterSpin230217Name.mp3

 

 

The post Maritza Perez Medina on Fentanyl, Nancy Altman on Social Security appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/maritza-perez-medina-on-fentanyl-nancy-altman-on-social-security/feed/ 0 373565
‘Gigi Sohn Has Faced Relentless Smear Campaigns, Some Funded by the Telecom Industry’ – CounterSpin interview with Evan Greer on the fight for the FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/gigi-sohn-has-faced-relentless-smear-campaigns-some-funded-by-the-telecom-industry-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/gigi-sohn-has-faced-relentless-smear-campaigns-some-funded-by-the-telecom-industry-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/#respond Mon, 13 Feb 2023 22:40:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032177 "Senate Democrats...have been pretty slow to stand up and speak out and condemn these attacks for what they are."

The post ‘Gigi Sohn Has Faced Relentless Smear Campaigns, Some Funded by the Telecom Industry’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Fight for the Future’s Evan Greer, on the nomination of Gigi Sohn to the FCC, for the February 10, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230210Greer.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Gigi Sohn was nominated by Joe Biden to fill the vacant fifth seat at the Federal Communications Commission in October of 2021, and renominated for a third time last month. Sohn is a veteran legal telecom expert, a fellow at Georgetown Law, co-founder of the group Public Knowledge, and for years an advisor to former FCC chair Tom Wheeler.

Hundreds of groups, officials, companies—left, right and center—have publicly endorsed her. So why has her nomination languished?

Therein lies the tale—a disheartening one of outsized corporate power and the denaturing of government’s public interest obligation, and of transparently scurrilous right-wing attacks, and lagging, inadequate response.

And back of it all, the critical fight for a media universe that lives up to the promise to be open, diverse, creative and liberatory, and not yet another sphere of corporate power and might makes right.

Here to bring us up to date on the attacks on Gigi Sohn’s FCC nomination, and why it matters is, Evan Greer. She’s director of Fight for the Future, and she joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Evan Greer.

Evan Greer: Yeah, thanks so much for having me.

Fast Company: Senate Democrats and Biden need to stand up to homophobic attacks on FCC nominee Gigi Sohn

Fast Company (2/2/23)

JJ: I want to talk about the nature of the latest round of attacks on Gigi Sohn that you call out in your Fast Company piece with Yvette Scorse, from the National Digital Inclusion Alliance. But before we got to Fox and Breitbart and “she-male” and “sex trafficking,” it seems like there was another plan to say that Sohn was just too left, and would censor conservative voices, and hated rural people, and that was what made her unqualified, right? This is almost like a plan B, if you will.

EG: Yeah, for sure. And to really understand both what’s going on in this situation, and just the utter hypocrisy behind it, you have to go back even a little further to remembering why the Federal Communications Commission is important, and what the recent history there is.

Some of your listeners probably remember that, as you mentioned, during the Obama administration, millions of people from across the political spectrum spoke out and fought really hard for the enactment of strong oversight of the telecom industry.

And that fight was mostly talked about as the net neutrality fight, and it certainly did have to do with those net neutrality rules, although it also had to do with, again, the broader battle around the FCC’s ability to protect the public interest from what are effectively natural monopolies in these giant telecom companies, like Comcast, Verizon, AT&T, etc.

And during the Trump administration, Ajit Pai, the chair that Trump nominated, swept through the Senate very, very quickly, and within months had already begun the process of repealing those rules.

We are now two years into the Biden administration, and Biden does not even have a fully functional FCC.

So those delays—we’re going to talk in a moment about the smears that Gigi Sohn has faced, but I think it’s important that we first just talk about the impact of that, which is that this agency, that plays an essential role in protecting the public interest and protecting us from being, frankly, scammed and screwed over by these large and incredibly powerful monopolies, has been totally unable to do their job, because of the dark money–funded smear campaign that has slowed down Gigi Sohn’s nomination.

And I think it’s important to understand that, because folks like Ajit Pai, who is a former top lawyer for Verizon, and had tremendous conflicts of interest for the job, again, were approved very, very quickly by the Senate, because, historically, confirmation processes for these types of roles have been largely pro forma, just sort of a, yeah, sure, we’ll approve your guy, you approve our guy, and all is well and good.

And this has been the exception to that, where Gigi Sohn has faced relentless smear campaigns, some of which we know is funded directly by the telecom industry, because it’s coming from groups that they’ve effectively used as their mouthpieces in the past, folks like the Taxpayers Protection Alliance and others, that have taken large amounts of money from the industry, and routinely put out statements more or less in line with their policies.

And so they started a lot of the attacks on Sohn, calling her left wing, playing into these tropes around claims of anti-conservative bias, saying that she supports censorship.

All of that’s completely ridiculous. Sohn, like myself, is a staunch defender of the First Amendment, and has actually been very outspoken about the need for protecting speech from across the political spectrum. It’s actually rare these days in DC to have someone that does stand up for the free speech rights, even of their political opponents. And Gigi is really one of those people who has a strong dedication to free speech and free expression.

But the folks that are laundering these attacks don’t really care about their veracity. The goal is just to create confusion, and they’ve been very successful in creating a lot of flack that has now been picked up by the right-wing media, who are emboldened by these telecom-funded attacks, and they’ve really taken that and run with it. And they’ve now run off the deep end, and we can talk about that a bit more in a minute.

Gizmodo: Why Newsmax and OAN Support Biden’s Democratic FCC Picks

Gizmodo (12/1/21)

JJ: Thank you very much for pointing to the complicated nature of it, because, yeah, it’s very hard to push a line that Gigi Sohn would censor conservative voices when you have public support for her from the likes of Chris Ruddy, the head of Newsmax, and Preston Padden, the former Fox and ABC executive, who are coming forward, saying she’s never said anything that indicated to me that she would censor conservative voices.

And then the anti-rural thing was just a textbook thing where you circulate a video that you deceptively edited, and folks just run with it.

But now we see a certain kind of machine has been activated. You know, copycat headlines. The Daily Mail, for Pete’s sake, is involved. So let’s talk about, then, what you call going off the rails, the nature of this current attack, and, just because it’s what listeners may have seen, what the heck does Gigi Sohn have to do with sex trafficking?

EG: Absolutely nothing. But again, that doesn’t deter these outlets that tend to play pretty fast and loose with the facts. But let me explain what these attacks are, and what the argument that they’re trying to make is, and then I’ll very quickly explain why that’s a load of bleep, if you will.

So as you mentioned, in the last week and a half, we saw a bunch of far-right-wing news outlets publish more or less identical articles claiming that Gigi Sohn, this nominee, has opposed efforts to combat sex trafficking. That’s the argument that they’re making.

Now, even these outlets that, again, don’t particularly care about the facts, have a fair amount of trouble backing up that claim, because, again, it’s utterly nonsensical. But what they’re basically saying is, they’re attacking Gigi, who was sitting on the board of the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the EFF, which is an organization probably many of your listeners know about, maybe even have donated to. They’re like an ACLU for the internet. They have been staunch defenders of free speech, and opponents of government censorship and surveillance, unapologetically, for many years.

Appeal: Proposed Federal Trafficking Legislation Has Surprising Opponents: Advocates Who Work With Trafficking Victims

Appeal (1/26/18)

And EFF is one of dozens of human rights organizations from around the world that oppose a piece of legislation called SESTA-FOSTA. This was legislation that created a carve out in Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act around content online that could theoretically be related to sex trafficking. The bill was so poorly written that, again, it was opposed by the entire human rights community, and, in fact, the US Department of Justice came right out and said, a couple years later, that the law has been utterly ineffective in aiding them in actual prosecutions of real sex trafficking and other related crimes. It’s actually made it harder for them to do so.

So EFF and many organizations oppose this law, not because they oppose efforts to combat sex trafficking, but because they opposed a terrible law that actually made it harder to combat sex trafficking, while in the process opening the floodgates for widespread online censorship of a wide range of content that had absolutely nothing to do with sex trafficking, like LGBTQ content, content related to sexual health, content related to learning about consent, and positive models for healthy and consensual adult relationships.

This is the type of stuff that got scrubbed off the internet by a ham-fisted law that, again, was opposed by many organizations, not just the EFF.

But these headlines gloss over all of that, and just wave their hands and try to say, Gigi Sohn, SESTA-FOSTA, sex trafficking.

But here’s the thing, is that none of this actually matters at all to Gigi’s candidacy for a role at the FCC, because even if she had taken a position on SESTA-FOSTA, which she never has, and even if, somehow, her role on the board of a highly respected organization like EFF implicated her in every single one of EFF’s positions on many, many issues, the FCC has absolutely no jurisdiction in this area whatsoever. They have nothing to do with the online content moderation rules of platforms like Facebook or Instagram or YouTube.

The FCC is laser-focused on providing oversight of telecom companies, the companies that connect us to the internet, your phone company, your cable company. And so this is just completely smoke and mirrors. This is an issue that the FCC doesn’t even touch, and it’d be like complaining that you don’t like Gigi’s position on climate change, another area that the FCC has no jurisdiction over.

So it’s a completely non-substantive attack. It’s very much driven by these homophobic tropes that we’ve seen going more and more mainstream, among both Republican lawmakers and the right-wing media ecosystem, that’s about conflating queerness with predatory behavior, and conflating queerness with deviance and harm.

And so that’s really what this is all about. These attacks are thinly veiled homophobia, because Gigi Sohn is not just a highly qualified nominee for the FCC, she’s also the first openly gay nominee for the position.

And so that’s really what this comes down to, is folks are weaponizing homophobia to try to derail what is a highly qualified nominee for an agency that needs to be fully staffed in order to advance the important priorities that the Biden administration has laid out, around ensuring that everyone has access to affordable broadband, around restoring net neutrality and broadband privacy rules, and updating the maps.

This whole smear around rural folks is ridiculous, because Gigi has actually an impeccable track record on working across the aisle to expand broadband access into rural communities. That’s something she’s really passionate about.

Evan Greer

Evan Greer: “Senate Democrats, …have been pretty slow to stand up and speak out and condemn these attacks for what they are.”

So, again, when you get into the substance of it, you actually find, as you mentioned, that people from across the political spectrum really support Gigi’s candidacy, but what’s been slowing her down is these dark money smear campaigns, the homophobic smear campaigns, and, to be frank, the silence of Senate Democrats, who have been pretty slow to stand up and speak out and condemn these attacks for what they are, and who have repeatedly delayed the confirmation proceedings at the behest of the disingenuous opposition coming from Republicans and right-wing media outlets.

So Gigi now does have a hearing coming up on Valentine’s Day, so hopefully that’ll be a match made in heaven, and we will put some of this behind us, and we’ll see Senate Democrats stand strong against these attacks. But it has been a harrowing experience to see how an LGBTQ nominee, who’s highly qualified for their position, has been so viciously smeared in this blatantly homophobic way, and that Democrats have not come to her defense as loudly and swiftly as they absolutely should.

JJ: I have to say, I would kind of add elite media to the shamefully silent crowd. Not that they aren’t dutifully recounting the slurs, and even the complaints about the slurs, but large scale, I see a failure to identify astroturf at every occurrence, to say that this group that calls itself “decency” or “accountability,” they won’t let us know whether they’re in fact bankrolled by cable companies and ISPs, and we’re not going to evince a lot of curiosity about that.

I would like to see more from corporate media, and separating out in terms of seeing the homophobia for itself, first of all, as corrosive to any kind of conversation that we’re trying to have, but in this context, also identifying it as the smoke screen that it is.

And I wonder what you would like to see media doing in this instance.

EG: Yeah, I think this is a really valid point, and I think it’s a broader systemic problem with our media ecosystem. And in some ways, this is one of the reasons why, again, it’s so important that we have a fully functional FCC, whose role it is to ensure fairness in internet rules, etc., to allow the fostering of independent media.

But I agree. I think a big part of the problem is a lot of reporting is, to create this “fair and balanced” perception, is very much a “he said, she said” of lobby groups, where they’ll say, Evan Greer of Fight for the Future said this, and so-and-so of such-and-such organization said that.

And maybe sometimes they’ll include, “and that organization is funded by the industry,” but that’s more of a footnote. And that doesn’t necessarily give readers context, right? That just leaves them thinking, OK, well, this group is saying this, and that group is saying that, and of course they all have their various different interests, but I’m left not being sure what’s true.

And I do think that outlets could do a lot more to unpack what is the real context around this, and not just say this group said this and that group said that, but help readers truly understand what the motivations are at play, and, frankly, call out BS when it is as obvious as it often is.

And in this circumstance, I think it is very, very clear, and there could be more incisive reporting on just how blatant the smear campaign has been.

JJ: I find a big picture problem to be a tacit acceptance of the idea that there are just some folks who want regulators who oppose regulation, and that in the interest of fairness, those folks should have their perspective represented in regulatory policy.

This seems like one of the “so big that it’s off the page” presumptions that, of course, for balance, we should have, directing regulatory agencies, people who have said, explicitly or implicitly, that they just oppose regulation of industry, period.

I just find that a weird situation.

EG: It’s an even weirder situation than that, in some ways, because that deregulatory instinct, that has tended to come from the libertarian right, has been replaced in a lot of ways by what is actually, I would argue, an even more concerning turn toward right-wing politicians wanting to use the regulatory state to enact their frightening moral vision on the rest of us, right?

Vox: Ron DeSantis’s war on “wokeness” is a war against the First Amendment

Vox (1/17/23)

Where we see folks like Ron DeSantis, very happy to use his state government apparatus to criminalize and crack down on venues that host drag shows, or other types of speech that he doesn’t like, or to reform the education system in his vision.

And so, I’m actually someone that is generally pretty skeptical about granting (especially federal) regulatory agencies too much power. But that’s what, again, is so absurd in this situation, when we’re talking about the types of rules that the Federal Communications Commission can and does put into place. They’re not limiting speech. They’re not restricting what you, a person, can do on the internet. They are holding your cable and phone company accountable so that you have freedom.

And I think that’s what’s been so absurd, is the far right has, again, really spread the smear, this idea, that Gigi Sohn and the Biden FCC are going to take over the internet and regulate it, when really what they’re doing, or what they want to do, is preserve the internet as a free and open place, where anyone can run a website and the government can’t shut it down, and nobody can shut it down, and can’t lean on telecom companies to censor content.

So a lot of these politics have just gotten very topsy-turvy, where it’s actually often, at this point, Republicans who are looking to use the regulatory state to bully corporations into doing things that they want them to do, or stop them from doing things they don’t want them to do.

So I think we just shouldn’t take them very seriously when they say, oh, well, we need a light-touch regulation, when these are some of the same folks that are looking to use the coercive power of the state to silence actual speech, to ban books, etc.

I think we, as progressives, need to reclaim our passion and commitment to free expression as a value, and be very clear that, actually, I want a fully functional FCC because I think it’s the FCC’s job to preserve free speech and free expression, and that’s why I’m fighting for this and that’s why I care about it, and not let people that are actually very into censorship go around laundering these bogus claims of anti-conservative bias or censorship from someone like Gigi Sohn, when it just couldn’t be further from the truth.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Evan Greer. She’s director of Fight for the Future. They’re online at FightForTheFuture.org. Evan Greer, thank you so much for taking time for us this week on CountersSpin.

EG: Anytime. Thanks so much for having.

 

The post ‘Gigi Sohn Has Faced Relentless Smear Campaigns, Some Funded by the Telecom Industry’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/13/gigi-sohn-has-faced-relentless-smear-campaigns-some-funded-by-the-telecom-industry-counterspin-interview-with-evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/feed/ 0 372328
‘Everyone Has a Right to Electricity and Heat’ – CounterSpin interview with Shelby Green and Selah Goodson Bell on utility shutoffs and profiteering https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/everyone-has-a-right-to-electricity-and-heat-counterspin-interview-with-shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-and-profiteering/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/everyone-has-a-right-to-electricity-and-heat-counterspin-interview-with-shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-and-profiteering/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 19:12:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032114 "If just 12 utilities took 1% of their dividends that they paid out to shareholders...that could have prevented disconnections."

The post ‘Everyone Has a Right to Electricity and Heat’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Energy and Policy Institute’s Shelby Green and the Center for Biological Diversity’s Selah Goodson Bell about utility shutoffs and profiteering for the February 3, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230203Green_Bell.mp3

 

Janine Jackson:  Some 4 million US households have had their electricity cut off in recent years. But before you say “Russia” or “Covid,” our guests would have you understand that it has something to do with the utility business model that we use in this country, for energy and electricity, and that that model is broken, and worthy of reconsideration.

Powerless in the United States: How Utilities Drive Shutoffs and Energy Injustice

Bailout Watch et al (1/30/23)

Shelby Green is research fellow at the Energy and Policy Institute. Selah Goodson Bell is energy justice campaigner at the Center for Biological Diversity, and they’re both behind a new report called Powerless that is out from Biological Diversity and Bailout Watch. They both join us by phone. I’m happy to have you here, Shelby Green and Selah Goodson Bell.

Selah Goodson Bell: Happy to join.

Shelby Green: Thank you for inviting us.

JJ: Let’s just get into the content of the report. What do you mean by “powerless”? What is the problem that you’re describing? I think a lot of folks might think, oh, my lights blink out for a minute. Losing power is much, much more than that. And it’s life or death in some cases, yes?

SGB: Yeah, that’s well-said. Zoom out a little bit, I just wanted to share, this report is the third in a series that’s been tracking this issue, specifically the extent to which profit-driven utilities have been cutting off families’ basic human right to electricity and heat millions of times a year, while at the same time shelling out billions to their shareholders and executives.

We started tracking this in the pandemic, but it’s a pretty egregious injustice and has continued since. It’s still happening today. Most recently, we’ve seen that houses were cut off of electricity about 5.7 million times since 2020. And that’s a low-end number, as about 20 states don’t even provide information on household disconnections. And that’s about 40% of states that we’ve found.

And so all of the numbers and figures we’re going to share today are just a small scope of the issue. They don’t represent the full scope, and that’s also going to be something we talk about a little bit more: data transparency.

And at the heart of our report, it’s basically a desire to expose the utility industry’s greedy profiteering that’s ultimately driving the shutoffs crisis and energy insecurity.

JJ: I wanted to just, actually, you very forward, in the report, connect electric and gas service shutoffs and profiteering, and I think there’s a reason that you connect those two things.

SG: Yeah, I think most consumers really don’t realize what is happening when it comes to their utility bill, or the energy system that we have designed in America.

Most utilities, they’re able to get a rate of return from their customers, and they’re not really concerned about providing power, or ensuring that everyone has access to power. They’re more concerned about making sure they’re making enough money to give to their shareholders.

And so what we really wanted to highlight within this report is that not only are disconnections happening across the country, especially during a time where people are experiencing such high economic uncertainty, but they are also happening because of rising prices of gas, and utilities are heavily reliant on gas, and are building infrastructure and gas-fired power plants that will cause utility bills to increase further, and also cause customers to have to pay for these rate increases.

And so we really wanted to make the connection between consumers, the price of the utility bill, and also this model that is in need of reform in America.

JJ: Absolutely. And I think that’s not a connection that mainstream news media are making. In other words, we’re hearing prices are rising, and that’s hurting you, but we’re not necessarily connecting that to profit-making by utility corporations.

And so I appreciate the connection that you’re making there, but I just wonder if you could spell out–we’re not talking about a few more pennies at the pump. We’re talking about, in many cases, this is about whether people can do what they need to do to survive.

Selah Goodson Bell

Selah Goodson Bell: “Last year, one in five American households struggled to pay for an energy bill, but that rate was 50% higher for households of color.”

SGB: I think framing it that way is really important. People seem to take for granted how important electricity is for physical safety; for food security, keeping your food refrigerated; for medical care, if you have medicine that needs to be refrigerated; and also for telecommunications.

And the nexus with disconnects and arrears is, when people are forced to bear those costs and have their service severed, it makes it also harder for them to maintain employment. It makes it harder for them to keep their kids in school. It can make it more difficult to get a loan or a mortgage. And so we really wanted to highlight how this energy and security issue just has tendrils into other ways that social instability can manifest, and how the utility industry is really complicit in that.

And, of course, the impacts of this are most disproportionately felt in households of color. We found that last year, one in five American households struggled to pay for an energy bill, but that rate was 50% higher for households of color, and a big reason has to do with some of the lingering impacts of redlining, and basically a lot of households of color might live in structurally deficient housing that ends up costing more to keep warm or cool, which is especially costly and dangerous in the wake of climate disasters like heat waves, freezes, etc.

They’re already hit the hardest, and are less likely to get the resources they need as early as they need. But then when it comes to the increases in energy demand that come with coping from those extreme weather disasters, we’re seeing households of color also get the short end of the stick. So that’s something that we also wanted to highlight, and really show the utility industry’s role in that factor.

And again, like Shelby said, since they’re continuing to invest in fossil gas infrastructure, but are completely disconnected from the implications of that, that itself is also exacerbating the climate emergency.

Shelby Green

Shelby Green: “If just 12 utilities took 1% of their dividends that they paid out to shareholders, that could have covered the cost, that could have prevented disconnections.”

SG: And just to bring it back to profit for a minute, disconnections across the country, as we outlined in the report, occurred over 1.5 million times in just the first 10 months of 2022.

If just 12 utilities took 1% of their dividends that they paid out to shareholders, that could have covered the cost, that could have prevented disconnections. But now they’re also passing on the cost of rising fuel to their customers through rate increases for fuel rider adjustments.

So utility executives, they are not doing their part in making sure that they’re keeping the cost low for consumers. They’re not doing their part in making sure that consumers that fall behind can get access to relief dollars. And they’re also not doing their part in communicating properly why consumers’ utility bills are going up.

So there’s a really big problem here with utilities. They’re not really providing the public with an affordable or reliable service. And regulators, public service commissions, are not doing a good enough job requiring utilities to do that.

So there really is this broken system where the consumer gets hurt every single time. And so we really wanted to highlight in this report that you’re not alone when you say that you can’t afford your utility bill, or when you say that you have to use your credit card to pay for an essential service.

There are millions of people across the country who are having that same plight, and we need to start looking at utilities and their regulators, and how they are able to uphold this system that hurts the everyday American.

JJ: We hear that the role of journalism is to break stuff down for us. We can’t be in those boardrooms, we can’t be in those corporate decision-making rooms. And so we rely on journalists to break it down and explain to us as a consumer, or as a worker, what that means to us.

And so what’s so great about this report is it does break it down. You and I know folks will read the media. They’ll understand that prices are higher for them. They’ll understand that energy prices are higher for them. But they’re going to be told that it has to do with, you know, Russia or Covid or mysterious winds from the West, when actually there are systems that we can talk about, and that we have levers to control.

STATE DISCLOSUREREQUIREMENTS ON UTILITY DISCONNECTIONS

From Powerless in the United States (1/30/23)

SG: Yeah. And there’s a lack of accountability and transparency. And Selah can talk about this more, but while we were collecting this data, I mean, I live in Florida, and Florida utilities were only required to report disconnections during a very brief period during the pandemic, and then they stopped reporting this data in October of 2021.

But we also know that Florida Power & Light, one of the biggest utilities in the state, they performed almost a million shutoffs during that reporting period, and now we have no idea how many people they’re cutting off again.

So what’s frustrating is that there are people who think that they’re just alone in this process of not being able to afford their utility bills. And there’s also a factor of shame associated with that, not being able to afford your most basic bill, not being able to keep the power on in your house, not being able to cook food, because you have no electricity.

There’s a lot of shame associated with not being able to do the bare minimum, and people think that it’s their fault, but they’re not the only ones to bear this blame. There are utilities and regulators and state legislators who also should be bearing this responsibility, and thinking about: what can we put in place to make sure consumers are being protected?

So in states like Virginia, there’s a bill that’s going through the general assembly that is trying to pause disconnections during a state of emergency. Also, in North Carolina, there is a moratorium in place during winter, so when the weather reaches a certain point, you won’t be disconnected because of the temperature.

Those are protections that should be given to every American across this country. It should not be utility-specific or state-specific. It should be a protection that everyone can receive, because everyone does deserve that right to know, even when you are struggling, you do have protection still.

JJ: Selah, can you add to that? And also I love that you would name the names, you have a hall of shame. There are folks who are doing better and worse on this, in terms of just acknowledging what Shelby has just talked about. It’s a reality for many people, and they shouldn’t be punished by having their freaking lights turned off.

So, immediate action, thoughts?

Exelon logo

SGB: Yeah, definitely can add to that. And also in the spirit of naming, I can list a couple of who those hall of shame utility companies were. Some of the top three this year were Exelon, Southern Co. and DTE Energy. And NextEra and Duke last year were two of our worst. But as Shelby mentioned, in Florida, since they no longer require utilities to report on household disconnections, we didn’t have any access to that data.

If NextEra were to continue the disconnection rate it had last year, they would’ve definitely topped our list this year. But even without that, they still made the top 12, when we look back from 2020 through October of last year. These dozen companies were responsible for 86% of the power shutoffs we saw.

So it’s a small number of companies that are just causing a massive amount of harm. Again, like Shelby said, it would’ve only taken 1% of the amount spent on shareholder dividends to prevent those disconnections. And so it’s truly inexcusable, and is a result of their corporate greed.

In terms of immediate actions, another state we want to lift up as an example of their regulators and their legislators actually putting money behind this issue is New York. They actually recently forgave the utility debt of almost 480,000 customers through May of last year, recognizing the different crises that were present, that of the climate crisis, in terms of Covid, and this is like a one-time payment, and they also did the same for low-income customers last summer.

But what we’re asking for is a broader forgiveness of utility debt that Congress can hopefully institute by taxing utility profits. As we just saw, it won’t even take that much to stop utility shutoffs, but when it comes to arrearages, it’s a much bigger issue. And that continues to mount.

Again, like Shelby was outlining, it doesn’t take a disconnection for someone to suffer from the punitive financial measures that these utilities are imposing. And so some other solutions we’re proposing, again, is some disconnection data transparency. In that light, we’re hoping that the Energy Information Administration or state utility commissions are able to mandate these utilities to start tracking and disclosing power and gas shutoff data on a monthly basis, and also include zip code and demographic data, so we know who is being impacted and where.

And we’re also hoping to just institute a shutoff ban. As Shelby said, it shouldn’t be limited to specific times of the year, specific temperatures, or specific states or utilities. Everyone has a right to access electricity and heat.

LIHEAPI already mentioned utility debt forgiveness, but I’m also hoping that Congress boosts funding for LIHEAP and WAP, the Weatherization Assistance Program.

And finally, we’re really trying to start a narrative around the need to really get off of this obsession with fossil fuels. We see how volatile fossil fuel prices are, but we also see how, again, they are what drives the climate emergency, and we’re hoping that the Biden administration uses its executive powers to halt new fossil fuel production and infrastructure.

There are a couple others we could go through, but I know I’ve been talking for a minute, so I don’t know, Shelby, if you wanted to add anything in that light.

SG: I thought that was a great listing.

JJ: Yeah. Let me just ask you both, in terms of journalists, because it seems like you’re in another world, in some ways, than the way that corporate media discuss things.

This kind of conversation is largely off the page, and so I would like to ask you both– obviously folks who are media consumers are also the same folks who might have their lights shut off, you know? But then they pick up the paper, and the paper tells them what the problem is and what the solution is.

And I would like to ask you both: What would you have journalists do? Who would you have them talk to? What questions would you have them ask that could turn this conversation around? And how do we reorient folks to the conversation that might change things?

SG: I think where journalists can start is just going up to people in parking lots, or people at the park, asking them, have you looked at your utility bill lately? Have you noticed any changes in your utility bill?

When I first started learning about shutoffs and utility bills, that’s what I did. I had a petition. I went to the park. I was asking people if they’ve noticed a difference in their utility bill, if they’ve accrued any debt during the pandemic. And I was asking them to sign a petition to make sure my city extended a moratorium, so people didn’t lose power.

So where journalists can start is just start talking to everyday people, and get them to look at things that they’ve stopped looking at, potentially. Not a lot of people look at the fees or charges that are hidden within their utility bill.

And so, yeah, I would just encourage journalists to get everyday residents to start thinking about energy, looking at their utility bill, even scheduling tours with their local utility, and understanding, where does the fuel come from, and what are the factors that are set in place that impact my utility bill?

But there’s not enough everyday people who are thinking about energy, and I don’t blame them. It’s a very difficult topic. Most people just turn on the switch, and that’s the most thinking they do about it. And then when you try to start looking at things, it’s a little bit complicated, because you don’t have access to utility executives, and you don’t understand what decisions they’re making that influence your bill at the end of the day.

So journalists really are the middlemen between the everyday people and the people in power, and the people that sit on those boardrooms for utilities. Those are the spaces where journalists need to be, and they need to disseminate this information in a more direct way to everyday consumers, so they really understand what’s impacting my utility bill, and what can I do to make sure that it’s not increasing.

Like right now across the country, there are utilities who are requesting rate increases from their public service commissioners. That information needs to be disseminated to everyday people, and people need to feel like they have a voice in the process.

They should use this voice. They should file testimony in these rate cases, and they should be more engaged. If we’re not engaged with society, then utilities will continue to do whatever they want, and that will impact us in a negative way.

JJ: Selah Goodson Bell, final thoughts?

SGB: Yeah, that was well said. I don’t have much to add; I just want to echo that last point that Shelby was talking about, of basically opening up the Pandora’s box of what the public service commission is doing and the hearings that they have. These are public hearings that folks don’t have access to, or, like Shelby was saying, they might be talking about topics that feel out of touch, that feel wonky, but know they are topics that affect people on a daily basis.

And I think journalists can do a better job of trying to break those topics down, and know that those are spaces where folks need to be. And so trying to uplift folks in those spaces, but then also translating a lot of the admittedly wonky topics that we’re talking about in a way that everyday people can understand, and feel pressured to get engaged on, so that they can actually hold these utilities accountable and, again, hold their regulators accountable.

JJ: I’d like to thank you both very much. We’ve been speaking with Shelby Green, research fellow at the Energy and Policy Institute, and Selah Goodson Bell, energy justice campaigner at the Center for Biological Diversity. Thank you both so very much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SG: Yeah. Thank you for having us.

SGB: Thank you.

The post ‘Everyone Has a Right to Electricity and Heat’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/everyone-has-a-right-to-electricity-and-heat-counterspin-interview-with-shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-and-profiteering/feed/ 0 371737
Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 16:40:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032118 What could be happening if Biden's long-languishing nomination of public interest advocate Gigi Sohn were put through?

The post Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230210.mp3

 

Save Net Neutrality protest

(image: Fight for the Future)

This week on CounterSpin: Why does it matter to me, a media consumer, internet user, a person concerned with social justice—why does a 2–2 deadlock at the FCC matter to me? What could be happening if Biden’s long-languishing nomination of public interest advocate Gigi Sohn were put through? Net neutrality, an anti-discrimination law around broadband access that isn’t written by corporations? Maybe US citizens could stop paying more for slower broadband than just about every other industrialized country? We won’t know unless Democrats stand up to the series of increasingly absurd and offensive smears on Sohn. And that remains to be seen.

Evan Greer tracks technology and its meaning for justice activism as director of Fight for the Future. She’ll help us place the fight around Gigi Sohn’s FCC nomination in that keystone public conversation.

      CounterSpin230210Greer.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the Covid death toll.

      CounterSpin230210Banter.mp3

 

The post Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc/feed/ 0 371666
Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc-2/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 16:40:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032118 What could be happening if Biden's long-languishing nomination of public interest advocate Gigi Sohn were put through?

The post Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230210.mp3

 

Save Net Neutrality protest

(image: Fight for the Future)

This week on CounterSpin: Why does it matter to me, a media consumer, internet user, a person concerned with social justice—why does a 2–2 deadlock at the FCC matter to me? What could be happening if Biden’s long-languishing nomination of public interest advocate Gigi Sohn were put through? Net neutrality, an anti-discrimination law around broadband access that isn’t written by corporations? Maybe US citizens could stop paying more for slower broadband than just about every other industrialized country? We won’t know unless Democrats stand up to the series of increasingly absurd and offensive smears on Sohn. And that remains to be seen.

Evan Greer tracks technology and its meaning for justice activism as director of Fight for the Future. She’ll help us place the fight around Gigi Sohn’s FCC nomination in that keystone public conversation.

      CounterSpin230210Greer.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the Covid death toll.

      CounterSpin230210Banter.mp3

 

The post Evan Greer on the Fight for the FCC appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/evan-greer-on-the-fight-for-the-fcc-2/feed/ 0 371667
Shelby Green and Selah Goodson Bell on Utility Shutoffs & Profiteering https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-profiteering/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-profiteering/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 16:40:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032044 Electric utilities have disconnected US households more than 4 million times since the beginning of Covid, preceding the Ukraine War.

The post Shelby Green and Selah Goodson Bell on Utility Shutoffs & Profiteering appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Powerless in the United States: How Utilities Drive Shutoffs and Energy Injustice

Bailout Watch et al. (1/30/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Powerless in the United States: How Utilities Drive Shutoffs and Energy Injustice is an ongoing project from the Center for Biological Diversity, the Energy and Policy Institute and Bailout Watch. It tracks utility service disconnections and corporate profiteering—because, it turns out, they’re flip sides of a coin.

You and I may think that in disastrous weather conditions (with no signs of stopping), and a pandemic and low wages and a hike in prices, it’s a time to acknowledge workers’ sacrifices and support them. Silly us. Actually, it’s a moment for powerful companies to raise prices on consumers—not to recoup losses, but just to raise profits, as their shareholder speeches will proudly reveal—and why would that gouging stop at life-saving vaccines or medicines? Why not also shut off the power to the homes of struggling families? Seriously, why not? If Wall Street will reward you for it, and corporate media won’t call you out or even seriously, humanistically report on what you’re doing? Or even easier, one might think, argue for the basic transparency that would allow that reporting?

Electric utilities have disconnected US households more than 4 million times since the beginning of Covid, preceding the Russian war on Ukraine. At the same time, shareholder payouts went up by $1.9 billion, increases that could have paid those households’ bills five times over.  Our guests’ work illustrates how energy bills take up more and more of families’ earnings, and how the actions of corporations take a tough, in some cases life-threatening situation, make it worse, and then hand it off to their allies in the press corps, who they know will present it as “business as usual if regrettable,” but, above all, nothing worth looking in to or talking about seriously.

Our guests aren’t just complaining; they have ideas about what’s needed to address the situation. Shelby Green is research fellow at the Energy and Policy Institute. Selah Goodson Bell is energy justice campaigner at the Center for Biological Diversity. We’ll hear from both of them this week on the show.

      CounterSpin230203Green_Bell.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the police killing of Tyre Nichols.

      CounterSpin230203Banter.mp3

 

The post Shelby Green and Selah Goodson Bell on Utility Shutoffs & Profiteering appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/shelby-green-and-selah-goodson-bell-on-utility-shutoffs-profiteering/feed/ 0 369677
‘We Can Pay for What We Decide to Pay For’ – CounterSpin interview with Michael Mechanic on defunding the IRS https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/we-can-pay-for-what-we-decide-to-pay-for-counterspin-interview-with-michael-mechanic-on-defunding-the-irs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/we-can-pay-for-what-we-decide-to-pay-for-counterspin-interview-with-michael-mechanic-on-defunding-the-irs/#respond Mon, 30 Jan 2023 22:03:38 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031993 "You read very little about taxation as a good thing. It's always the attacks on taxation, and the reporters act as stenographers."

The post ‘We Can Pay for What We Decide to Pay For’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Mother Jones‘ Michael Mechanic about defunding the IRS for the January 27, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230127Mechanic.mp3

 

Jackpot: How the Super-Rich Really Live—and How Their Wealth Harms Us All

Simon & Schuster (2022)

Janine Jackson:  ”But can we afford it?” is Big Media’s core debate question—when the “it” is housing for the homeless or universal healthcare or infrastructure maintenance. We may need it, but alas we, it turns out many times, can’t afford it.

Taxes, of course, are a core way that society pays for things, but as prevalent as is the premise that the country lacks the resources to do things that majorities cry out for—that other industrialized countries do—if anything, louder is the same corporate media’s cry that taxes are too high. And maybe that, come to think of it, is the cause of people suffering.

Those of us who aren’t so wealthy we forget how many houses we own, or mad that people living in boxes don’t pay the state to justify their existence, those of us who think the point to living in a society is shared costs and shared benefits—well, we have a central stake in tax policy, but not so central a place in corporate media’s conversation about it.

Michael Mechanic has been writing about tax policy and its impacts for years. He’s senior editor at Mother Jones, and author of the book Jackpot: How the Super-Rich Really Live—and How Their Wealth Harms Us All, out from Simon & Schuster.

He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Mike Mechanic.

Michael Mechanic: Good to be here.

ProPublica: IRS: Sorry, but It’s Just Easier and Cheaper to Audit the Poor

ProPublica (10/2/19)

JJ: Let’s set up the most current events with a little backstory. I’m thinking about ProPublica, in 2019, reporting that, first of all, the IRS audits the poor—people claiming the earned income tax credit, where average recipients make less than $20,000 a year—that the IRS audits them comparatively more than they do the affluent.

MM: That’s right.

JJ: But then, the salt for that wound is that when Congress asked the IRS why it audits the poor more than the wealthiest—”where the money is,” as Willie Sutton might say—the IRS response was that, well, it’s easy to audit the poor, and it’s really hard to audit the wealthy. And it just doesn’t have enough money or enough people to audit the wealthy, so it just isn’t going to.

Well, their priorities are a separate matter from their budget, of course, but underfunding of the IRS is still a reality. And there was some effort to respond to that, right, in the Inflation Reduction Act. But then what happened there?

MM: Well, the money has been approved by Congress. It’s close to $80 billion over 10 years, and that money should bring the IRS up to where it needs to be. But what happened is, the IRS had a relatively flush budget back in the ’80s, early ’90s, and starting with the Republican Revolution in 1994, with Newt Gingrich taking over the House, Republicans started a concerted attack on the IRS, and chipped away at it over the years.

And especially after 2010, when the Republicans regained the house during the Obama years, they really went after the IRS.

NYT: In Targeting Political Groups, I.R.S. Crossed Party Lines

New York Times (10/5/17)

And there were these dog and pony show hearings, drummed-up stuff about the IRS going after conservative groups, which was true, but they were sketchy groups. And also they were going after liberal groups, too—you just didn’t hear much of that at the time.

And what they managed to do is just hack away the IRS budget. They cut it by about 20%, 25%, and they also cut the enforcement budget, more specifically. So the IRS lost a big chunk of its workforce, and most notably, it lost the experts that are required to unravel these incredibly complicated tax returns of sophisticated partnerships and businesses and corporations, and very, very wealthy individuals who have really smart lawyers on their payroll, who are all pushing the envelope of tax avoidance. There’s a lot of gray areas of what’s legal and what’s not.

And when you don’t have the manpower, this stuff is daunting, and you really need sophisticated tax lawyers—who can get paid more, incidentally, in the private sector, right? So the IRS lost a lot of its top guns, and that left it knee-capped and unable to address these wealthy returns, and you saw this soaring of avoidance.

JJ: Right. Like my colleague Jim Naureckas says, cheating on taxes is a luxury only the rich can afford. And that’s certainly exacerbated when the IRS and their enforcement are under-resourced.

MM: Right. Because you have to get caught, and even if they do catch you and call you in, they bring you into this sort of special tax court, which most people have never heard of.

It’s essentially where this very, very top tier of the richest people in America do their litigation with the IRS. And it seems to be somewhat friendly to them, because they win in a lot of cases.

And there’s also an appeals process. If they lose in the tax court, they appeal it and appeal it. And it might cost them hundreds of thousands of dollars in legal fees, but they could save millions in the process.

JJ: Exactly. As opposed to low-income workers who, ProPublica noted, once they were audited—which involved pulling in a lot of documentation that many folks didn’t have—once they were audited, 68% of them were less likely to claim the earned income tax credit in the future, compared to those who weren’t audited. And 14%, they were less likely to file taxes at all.

In other words, poor people, once they go through this auditing process, which is cheaper and easier for the IRS to do, they leave money on the table out of fear.

MM: Right. It’s absolutely true that if you look at the audit rates, it’s always higher on the very bottom, and it used to be pretty high on the very top. Under Obama, I think, 2010 was the year it peaked, and it was basically one in four people who reported adjusted income of over $5 million a year were getting audited—as they should be, because there’s just a lot of cheating that goes on at that level. So you really got to watch carefully what people do.

But as far as the poorer people, a lot of people do claim credits that—you know, they’re not sophisticated people. They don’t have help, or some shoddy tax preparer on the corner tells them they can do this, when they can’t really.

And so there’s also a high rate of audits there, and it’s almost automatic for the IRS. Whereas with these wealthy people, they will do this calculation: How likely are we to be able to get extra money, apart from what we put into our investigation? Which is a bad way of doing it, really, right? It’s the transactional way of thinking about it.

But they do, as an institution, kind of have to think that way: Can our budget justify this? And if it doesn’t, they’ll say, well, let’s just let it pass. Not worth going after Donald Trump’s tax expenses.

JJ: Right. Didn’t the Inflation Reduction Act, to bring us back, didn’t it include some effort to beef up the IRS’s capacities in this regard?

MM: Yeah, that was the point of it. It was almost $80 billion; about $47 billion, $46 billion of that went to enforcement. And there was some footnote in one of the reports, saying that this money will allow the IRS to maintain a workforce of 87,000 people.

Well, the Republicans picked up on that, and started saying “87,000 new IRS agents,” which was completely wrong, and they knew it. The total workforce of the IRS right now is probably around 80,000 people, and they really made it sound like they were going to double the workforce, and hire all these guys to come after middle-class taxpayers and poor taxpayers.

And it was nonsense. What that 87,000 is, is over 10 years of attrition: people leaving their jobs, having to replace them with new people. It would support that workforce, right? But it’s not new agents. And it also included everything from IT guys to the people who answer the phone when you call and need help on your taxes, which has been a big problem.

But see, not only is the IRS strapped with enforcement, an average taxpayer calls the place, can’t even get through when they have problems. So that’s been a real issue, and that makes people hate the IRS even more than—you know, nobody likes the IRS, nobody likes paying taxes. I think a lot of people say, “I believe that we should pay taxes and support the common good.” But personally? everybody hates it.

ProPublica: The Secret IRS Files: Trove of Never-Before-Seen Records Reveal How the Wealthiest Avoid Income Tax

ProPublica (6/8/21)

JJ: Exactly. And partly because of the opacity and the disconnect between what they feel they’re paying for, and then the responsiveness that they’re seeing. And then, of course, partly because of the very obvious unfairness that folks see, in terms of very wealthy individuals and very wealthy corporations who benefit a lot from social goods. When it comes to tax time, somehow they weirdly owe and pay nothing.

MM: Yeah, I was saying this is why the Republican Party has been basically trying to make it sound like all this funding is going against ordinary taxpayers, when, in fact, the main thrust of it was to beef up its top-notch enforcement and go after the wealthier taxpayers, from which they think they can recoup a lot more taxes already owed.

JJ: But now we’re looking at what listeners will have heard described as the Family and Small Business Taxpayer Protection Act, which is ostensibly a response to this resourcing of the IRS that the Inflation Reduction Act was going to introduce.

Whether or not it has a chance, we are in fact looking at it. So what might listeners have read about this Family and Small Business Taxpayer Protection Act, about what it would do, as compared to what you see it actually doing, should it come to pass?

MM: What it does is repeal almost all of the money that was allocated for the IRS in the Inflation Reduction Act—it’s like $72 billion out of the $80 billion, it takes back—and it takes back all the enforcement funding.

It takes back funding for oversight for the inspector general of the Treasury for taxation, that actually in 2020 came out with a report on high-income non-filers, which was, I think, embarrassing to some people, basically showing that there’s a lot of very wealthy people that just aren’t even paying. And not only that, the IRS didn’t have the capacity to even go after a lot of them.

Essentially, they want to gut what just happened. The new funding that was given to the IRS, they want to gut it, take it back.

But even just the name of the thing, “Taxpayer Protection Act,” it goes right with the rhetoric of, “The IRS is the bad guy that’s going to come after you.” And it’s easy for people to get riled up about this. And they do. The Republican rhetoric has led to all these crazy TikTok videos and social media posts by militia types, saying, “Yeah, I got your tax refund right here,” showing their guns, and the IRS has gotten all kinds of threats.

Mother Jones: The IRS Finally Got Some Funding. Now Republicans Want It Back.

Mother Jones (1/4/23)

What this law actually does is make it easier to cheat on your taxes. It doesn’t protect taxpayers. As I put it in my piece, it protects tax cheaters. There are some middle-class people, yeah, they will be audited, but it’s a relatively small amount.

They talk about, they’re going after small businesses. Well, small businesses in America, the way they’re defined, could be quite large. “Small” and “medium-sized” businesses, we’re talking about, in some cases, billion-dollar businesses. Businesses with 500 employees. This is all smoke and mirrors, in a way.

It is interesting; in your intro, you talked about affordability, and that’s talked about quite a bit, but I would almost argue that affordability is beside the point, because we can pay for what we decide we want to pay for. It’s all about priorities—I mean, if you look at our military budget, etc.

But it’s a game that the politicians play. We can afford what we decide to afford, and it all has to do with how much we ask people to pay. So if you slash taxes, of course you’re going to have a bigger deficit. And the Republicans, they’re so against running deficits and the national debt; at least when the Democrats are in power, they complain and complain about the national debt. They never complain about it when the Republicans are in power, which is just kind of interesting.

But then they put forth proposals like this one, the Taxpayer Protection Act, that would actually make the debt worse.

There’s a disconnect there. It’s all politics.

JJ: Absolutely. And that is my point, is that whatever the budget, the priorities are always the bottom line. And then, big picture, I think some folks respond to this whole overarching story about tax cheating as, well, it’s all a game and it’s over my head. Or even, well, it’s OK, because someday I’ll be a billionaire, and I’ll want to hide it from the taxman too.

But to me, it does come back to a big role that I think news media play, which is not just in exposing hidden realities of the way codes work, against who actually pays, against who pays relative to what they bring in.

But I do think that newspapers tell folks a lot about where their interest lies, and also tell them about whether change is even possible. I wonder what you think about the role of reporting in explaining the situation to people, and maybe showing them what levers for change they have.

MM: If you are interested in reading it, there’s actually quite a lot written on this stuff. I mean, I write about it all the time. The New York Times writes about it. ProPublica has done fabulous work on this, really great investigative work showing how people game the system.

And I think what you said earlier, about this ethos that, well, I could get there someday and have these advantages, and so I wouldn’t want to take them away from people. That’s part of this mythical American ethos of mobility that really doesn’t exist. I mean, it’s not real for most people.

We have always fetishized, in America, the rags to riches stories. And in my book, I cite this example where Bono from U2, who is Irish, is talking to Larry King, the former CNN interviewer, and he says, here in America, you look up at the guy in the mansion on the hill and you say, someday I could live in that mansion. And in Ireland, we look up at the guy on the hill and say, someday I’m going to get that bastard.

So in America, we really do have a different way of viewing our wealthy people. Sure, we gripe about them, but there’s always this idea, hey, I could make it. And it’s an unrealistic fantasy.

Mother Jones: How Our Tax Code Is Rigged Against Black Americans

Mother Jones (3/23/21)

JJ: Dorothy A. Brown also who teases out different impacts of tax policy on Black people, for example—which is also a distinction lost in this kind of coverage that we’re talking about.

But she says that she gets pushback, when she talks about disparate impacts of tax policy on different people: “Well, there’s nothing in the tax code about race.” And which, to the extent that that’s true, it’s because that data isn’t collected.

And so I think the same sort of thing can be said about reporting. If I never read about the way tax policy affects different groups differently, well, then I may never actually consider that. I might not think about that. And the idea that there’s an “us” that’s regular folks, and tax policy hits us all equally, and then there’s rich people, and we can think about the way tax policy hits them.

I just feel that journalists, and I know you’ve cited examples, but I feel that journalism in the main could do a better job of situating the role of taxes as a societal resource, and of tax collection, as, like, who it comes from, and who is able to just scurry away from it again and again and again.

Michael Mechanic

Michael Mechanic: “You read very little about taxation as a good thing. It’s always the attacks on taxation, and the reporters act as stenographers.”

MM: There’s also—you read very little about taxation as a good thing. It’s always the attacks on taxation, and the reporters act as stenographers. And I even saw the New York Times the other day, quoting 87,000 new—well, they didn’t say “agents,” but they said new “employees.” And the fact is, if you say you have a business, you have a hundred employees and 20 quit, and you hire 20 more, well, are those new employees? Technically, they’re new, but you’re just bringing your workforce up to speed, right? And that’s what this 87,000 number is.

So whenever you call them new people, you’re kind of missing…. I was like, come on New York Times, you should know better than that.

JJ: Yeah. And it sounds as though they’re putting in new folks to do some sort of ideological mission and that’s not really—we’re talking about a federal agency trying to do its job.

MM: You know what’s interesting? I read about this in Michael Lewis’ book, The Fifth Risk. There are actually some federal agencies that are banned by statute from publicizing what they do, and their victories, and how they help people. The reason those laws exist is because somebody in Congress doesn’t want them to be able to tell their victories, because they want people to see government as this bad thing.

And the government ends up playing  all sorts of crucial roles that we never even hear about because of this. I think the IRS is in that realm. I mean, I’m not sure about that, but you don’t see many positive stories about the IRS, in which you actually hear from people within it, because to most of us the IRS is this big, windowless giant, that’s kind of evil and doesn’t have real human beings in it.

JJ: It just brings me back to a kind of misunderstanding that is allowed about the way that the IRS actually works, but then also the way that taxes actually work, and that government actually works. And I guess it brings me back to the beginning of, we have a conversation about how we as a society can’t afford certain things, we can’t pay for certain things, and that exists, that sort of scarcity, lifeboat mentality exists, alongside a situation where people understand that we have incredibly, obscenely wealthy people.

And I look to journalists to connect that disconnect, and tax policy is one way that they could do it.

MM: Yeah. I will admit that at some points when I’m writing, I fall victim to that same thinking, of the affordability thinking. And I’ve had people call me on it, people who are really obsessed with this issue, say, hey, you should read this and this.

But to some degree it’s really true. When I talk about the tax code to people, I say it’s really a moral document. It’s a list of our society’s priorities, what we ask people to pay and what we give in return, and to whom. And the way it’s been structured, for quite a long time, is to give more to people who already have, to the people with passive capital.

Say you have $20 million in excess of your house and your needs, and you put that in the stock market. That’s passive capital. And so you make a lot of money off that, you’re taxed at a much lower rate than the money you get from a paycheck, from working.

And people try to rationalize this in various ways. And one of the things I hear people say is, well, you have to incentivize investment, blah, blah, blah. And I say, what are they going to do with that money? Are they going to keep it under their mattress if you raise the tax rates? I don’t think so.

Biden wanted to raise the capital gains tax rate, which is what you pay on those profits from an asset you buy and then later sell. He wanted to raise it to the same rate as ordinary wages, and that would have been part of the Build Back Better thing. And of course that whole thing just didn’t fly.

NYT: How Accounting Giants Craft Favorable Tax Rules From Inside Government

New York Times (9/19/21)

The New York Times actually did some great reporting on this, about the revolving door between the wealth management finance world and the Treasury Department.

And so you have people coming in and out of that industry, and that industry lobbies heavily to keep all these tax advantages for the wealthy, and so it’s very hard to get rid of them. Then they leave government, they go back to the firms, they get rewarded for it.

In my reporting, I’ve come across a lot of so-called progressive, extremely wealthy people, and they say, “Hey, I think we should be taxed more, and I’ll say that publicly.” And there are even some groups that exist calling for changes in policy to make the tax code fairer to everyday people, and to tax the wealthy at greater rates.

But then, on the backside, these people are enlisting the wealth industry to manage their money. And the wealth industry is lobbying to keep those advantages. So you’re having it both ways. You get to be the good guy, and you’re helping the bad guys.

JJ: I want to end just there, where we’re talking about human beings, because that’s actually at the front end and the back end of all of this. So we will continue this conversation going forward, but for now, I’d like to thank you very much.

We’ve been speaking with Mike Mechanic; he’s senior editor at Mother Jones and the author of the book Jackpot: How the Super-Rich Really Live—and How Their Wealth Harms Us All. Thank you so much, Mike Mechanic, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MM: I really appreciate you having me.

 

The post ‘We Can Pay for What We Decide to Pay For’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/we-can-pay-for-what-we-decide-to-pay-for-counterspin-interview-with-michael-mechanic-on-defunding-the-irs/feed/ 0 368407
Michael Mechanic on Underfunding the IRS https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/michael-mechanic-on-underfunding-the-irs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/michael-mechanic-on-underfunding-the-irs/#respond Fri, 27 Jan 2023 16:39:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031966 The message from many politicians and their media amplifiers: Cheating on taxes is a luxury only the rich can, or should be able to, afford.

The post Michael Mechanic on Underfunding the IRS appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230127Mechanic.mp3

 

Fat cat pays pittance to Uncle Sam.This week on CounterSpin: If repeated messaging about how we “can’t afford” public goods but we should always be “cutting taxes” isn’t discordant enough, corporate media’s guiding yet unspoken theory has some corollaries—one of which is that because wealthy people pay large (if not proportionate) amounts of money in taxes, they should get policies that reward them, including those allowing them to keep, and grow, their extreme wealth and its concomitant power. That’s how we wind up with congressional Republicans’ efforts to claw back the attempts the administration made to actually help the IRS start to audit the notoriously tax-avoiding wealthy. The message from many politicians and their media amplifiers: Cheating on taxes is a luxury only the rich can, or should be able to, afford.

We know come April there will be a swell of “news you can use” stories about how to save a dime or two on your taxes. We get a bigger picture story this week from Mother Jones senior editor Michael Mechanic, author of Jackpot: How the Super-Rich Really Live—and How Their Wealth Harms Us All.

      CounterSpin230127Mechanic.mp3

The post Michael Mechanic on Underfunding the IRS appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/michael-mechanic-on-underfunding-the-irs/feed/ 0 367796
Ian Powell: Sociopaths, psychopaths, the far-right and Jacinda Ardern https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/ian-powell-sociopaths-psychopaths-the-far-right-and-jacinda-ardern/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/ian-powell-sociopaths-psychopaths-the-far-right-and-jacinda-ardern/#respond Wed, 25 Jan 2023 08:43:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=83455 COMMENTARY: By Ian Powell

On 14 December 2022 German police arrested 25 people over what was called the “Reichsburger plot”. Two days later The Observer published an article by Philip Oltermann posing the question of whether this was a far-right “…sinister plan to overthrow the German state or just a rag-tag revolution?”

Although a long way away from our shores, this bizarre event has implications for New Zealand which should not be ignored. It got me to thinking about the attempted coups by electorally defeated presidents in the United States and Brazil.

This then led on to considering the occupation of Parliament grounds in early 2022 and a recent sighting in a tiny community about seven km away from my home on the Kāpiti Coast.

In the midst of writing this all up, came the unexpected resignation of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern last week. Then union leader Robert Reid popped up with a pertinent observation. But first, Germany.

German coup-plotters
Along with 25 other German co-conspirators, one Maximilian Eder was arrested. They were accused of planning to overthrow the state by violent means and install a shadow government headed by a minor German aristocrat.

Few of these coup plotters were well-known public figures. But they included some with a military background, doctors, judges, gourmet chefs and opera singers, a Lower Saxony civil servant at the criminal police office, and “…several of the ragtag bunch of wannabe revolutionaries seemed to have been radicalised in the comfortably well-off, respectable centre of society.”

Maximilian Eder
Maximilian Eder, a leading German far-right coup plotter. . . . genuine commander of one of Germany’s armoured infantry battalions between 1998 and 2000. Image: Political Bytes

Eder was a genuine commander of one of Germany’s armoured infantry battalions between 1998 and 2000. He had served in Kosovo and Afghanistan and was a founding member of Germany’s special forces command.

What further rattled Germany’s cage was the inclusion of a former member of the federal parliament from the far-right AfD party. She had knowledge of security arrangements and special access privileges to the complex of parliamentary buildings in the heart of Berlin.

Eccentrics or serious threat?
The plotters’ potential targets included seven members of Germany’s Parliament, including the Foreign Minister, conservative opposition, and two leaders of the governing Social Democrat party.

German police found weapons in 50 of the 150 properties linked to the co-conspirators (there may have been other weapons stashed away elsewhere). This was an insufficient arsenal to overthrow the government of a country with a population of 83 million. However, it was enough to carry out a targeted terror attack killing and maiming many.

The question remains unanswered as to whether these conspirators really did seriously threaten German democracy as it presently exists or were they “…just a  bunch of eccentrics with a hyperactive imagination…”

The Reichstag
Coup conspirators plotted to take over Germany’s Parliament, the Reichstag. Image: Political Bytes

One of  the difficulties in making this call is that previously the growth of the German far-right had been under-estimated. The relatively recent electoral success of the AfD party was unexpected. Oltermann concluded his interesting article by citing a German terrorism expert who noted that while he didn’t believe the coup-plotters would have overthrown the government, the question that remained was how much damage they would have caused in trying to.

Washington DC and Brasilia
While we await a fuller analysis of the extent to which these coup-plotters were a threat to German democracy, we know enough to make some conclusions, especially in an international context.

The German coup-plotters may have included eccentrics. But their defining characteristic was that they were from that part of the extreme far-right of politics which was prepared to use violence to achieve their objectives.

There are similarities with two actual attempted coups seeking to overturn election results and putting back into power two far-right presidents who were defeated at the polls. These occurred in the respective capitals of the United States (Washington) in January 2001 and Brazil (Brasilia) two years later.

These attempts to put Donald Trump and Jair Bolsonaro back in power were both far-right led and involved short violent destructive occupations of their parliaments. The major difference was significant high-level military involvement in the attempted Brazilian coup.

Far-right levering off anti-vaccination protests
In February-March 2022 there was an anti-vaccination occupation of New Zealand’s Parliament Grounds. Last February I published a Political Bytes blog on the far-right agenda  in this occupation.

My essential point was that the susceptibility, to say the least, of many of these protesters was fertile territory for far-right leaders to exploit, influence and shape its more violent direction. This was well-highlighted in the excellent Fire & Fury podcast documentary published by Stuff.


Fire & Fury: Who’s driving a violent, misinformed New Zealand – and why?      Video: Stuff

The documentary has come under some peculiar criticism from those who believe it should have given similar or greater blame for the actions of Parliament’s Speaker in trying to dissuade the occupiers from continuing the protest.

However, aside from overstating his impact, this criticism misses the whole point of the documentary. Its focus was on what was behind the occupation and related protests, including the significant far-right influence and support.

One of the biggest beneficiaries of these protests was the far-right Counterspin Media online outlet. It reported the occupation virtually non-stop, quickly becoming the main source of news for the occupiers and their supporters.

Run by local far-right leaders, Counterspin Media relies on a far-right media outlet in the United States for support (Trump confidant Steve Bannon is in its central leadership). From a very small base its viewing numbers have rocketed upwards.

The occupation also accelerated the use of two new terms to designate some people within the far-right – “sovereign citizens” and “sheriffs”. The former believe they are not bound by laws unless they personally consent to them. They carry out violence although this is largely verbal.

The latter, sheriffs, believe they can take the law into their own hands, including apprehending, violence and even execution. In other words, those holding either designation are vigilantes.

Now to Peka Peka
This leads on to the peacefully seaside locality Peka Peka on the Kāpiti Coast of the lower North Island with a population of around 700. As it happens, it is seven km from where I live. I frequently cycle through it and walk dogs on its beautiful beach.

Its name is derived from a native New Zealand bat, the Pekapeka, which represents the interwoven nature of the spirit world and the world of the living — the seen and the unseen.

But following the end of the occupation of Parliament Grounds a small group of occupiers moved on to the land of a supportive local farmer. While numbers have diminished there are still there.

While driving past earlier this month I noticed a conspicuous vehicle parked outside on the road as photographs I took show. The vehicle belongs to Counterspin Media.

The issue at hand was the far-right’s support for the parents of a critically ill baby who tried to deny him access to a life-saving blood transfusion because overwhelmingly donors are vaccinated. They and Counterspin Media have also denied the right of their baby to privacy by breaching a court order for name suppression. [The matter was resolved by the court overruling the parents which enabled a successful transfusion that saved the baby’s life.]

The "sheriff" is in Peka Peka
The “sheriff” is in Peka Peka. Image: Political Bytes

What was particularly relevant to this blog, however, was the fact that the far-right Counterspin Media was present visiting the small group who among them are believed to include sovereign citizens and a sheriff or two.

It is a very long bow to suggest that the occupation of Parliament Grounds was responsible for Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern’s dramatic resignation last week. Nevertheless its ferocity (including intimidation and threats of execution) and duration rattled her government’s cage and confidence.

Outgoing NZ Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern
Outgoing NZ Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern . . . many commentators are attributing her resignation to the volume and viciousness of the personal attacks on her, much of which was misogynous. Image: Getty Images/The Conversation

Many are attributing Arden’s resignation to the volume and viciousness of the personal attacks on her, much of which was misogynous. They are right to make this conclusion but it is much deeper than this. To begin with, had her government been more successful in policy development and implementation or been doing better in the polls, she was less likely to have resigned.

Former Prime Minister Helen Clark (1999-2008) also came under vicious misogynous attacks but, as she has acknowledged, the attacks on Ardern far exceed those on her. What is the difference? First, social media’s influence in Clark’s time was much less than Ardern’s.

Second, the far-right was politically much less influential than now. We now have far-right governments in countries such as Italy, Poland, Hungary and India. There are strong far-right movements threatening countries like France and Spain. Both the United States and Brazil have had single term far-right presidents.

Germany had a follow-up from the December coup-plotters this week with five more far-right activists arrested for a second alleged coup plot, including kidnapping the health minister, to overthrow the government which The Guardian reported on January 23.

In New Zealand, the far-right’s levering off the anti-vaccination protests has led to an environment of threats through a sense of deluded entitlement, as Stuff reported on January 20, of a magnitude far greater than Clark and her government ever experienced.

Union leader Robert Reid was as close to getting it right as one can get in a Facebook post on January 20. He observed that, on the one hand, unlike the United States and Brazil, New Zealand was able to keep right-wing and fascist mobs from storming their parliaments.

However, on the other hand, in New Zealand they “…scored their first victory of bringing down the political leader of the country. Not a good feeling.”

I agree with Reid but would make the qualification that these far-right influenced and led “mobs” significantly contributed to bringing down a political leader.

Sociopaths and psychopaths
Soon after commencing working for the Association of Salaried Medical Specialists over three decades ago, I asked a leading psychiatrist, Dr Allen Fraser, what was the difference between sociopaths and psychopaths (Dr Fraser was the union’s first elected vice-president and second president).

His response, which I have never forgotten, was to repeat what he advised medical students and doctors-in-training: Sociopaths believe in castles in the sky; psychopaths live in castles in the sky

In other words, while Helen Clark was threatened by sociopaths, Jacinda Ardern was threatened by psychopaths. The transition from the former to the latter was the increasing influence of the far-right.

Robert Reid is right; it is not a good feeling. He is a master of the understatement.

Ian Powell is a progressive health, labour market and political “no-frills” forensic commentator in New Zealand. A former senior doctors union leader for more than 30 years, he blogs at Second Opinion and Political Bytes, where this article was first published. Republished with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/25/ian-powell-sociopaths-psychopaths-the-far-right-and-jacinda-ardern/feed/ 0 366977
‘The Cry Is “Lumumba Lives”—His Ideas, His Principles’ – CounterSpin interview with Maurice Carney on Patrice Lumumba https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/the-cry-is-lumumba-lives-his-ideas-his-principles-counterspin-interview-with-maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/the-cry-is-lumumba-lives-his-ideas-his-principles-counterspin-interview-with-maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 17:00:19 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031907 "The same forces that were at play in the '60s to remove Lumumba are at play today in terms of keeping the Congolese from advancing."

The post ‘The Cry Is “Lumumba Lives”—His Ideas, His Principles’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Friends of the Congo’s Maurice Carney about the assassination of Patrice Lumumba for the January 20, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230120Carney.mp3

 

Patrice Lumumba

Patrice Lumumba

Janine Jackson:  CounterSpin listeners will have heard a number of tributes to Martin Luther King Jr. this past week—a few searching, many shallow. Importantly, the King holiday usually includes attention to his assassination, as well as to his life and work, though even the best reports, if we’re talking about corporate media, fail to draw the straightest lines between the two.

This week also marks the anniversary of another assassination, that of Patrice Lumumba, the first elected prime minister of the post-independence Democratic Republic of the Congo. Elite media appear to find that 1961 murder harder to pave over, and easier to just ignore.

But thinking about it, learning about it, involves the same sort of challenges to the US role in the world, and how racism shapes that role—lessons that we very obviously still need to learn.

We’re joined now by Maurice Carney, co-founder and executive director of the group Friends of the Congo. He joins us by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Maurice Carney.

Maurice Carney: Thank you. Thank you, Janine. It’s my pleasure to be back with you.

JJ: I will ask you to begin where we have in the past, with a reminder to listeners about January, 1961, and the circumstances of Patrice Lumumba’s assassination. How was the US involved, but also why was the US involved?

Chief of Station, Congo

(PublicAffairs, 2008)

MC: Yes, the United States was directly involved. In fact, Janine, the United States State Department released declassified documents a number of years ago, in the last seven years or so, and those declassified documents revealed that the operation in the Congo on the part of the United States and its Central Intelligence Agency, the covert operation, was the largest in the world at that time, in terms of financing.

And the chief of station, Larry Devlin, chief of station of the CIA in the Congo, he wrote a book entitled Chief of Station, Congo, and he laid out why that the United States felt that Congo was important, and that it remained in the sphere of influence of the United States.

Larry Devlin said, in essence, that if we did not overthrow Lumumba, not only would we have lost the Congo, we would’ve lost all of Africa.

So Devlin centered the Congo as a part of US overall foreign policy, strategic policy for the African continent. So the overthrow of Lumumba was vital to the United States.

And we say “overthrow” because, in Devlin’s book, it’s really a playbook that he lays out for how the United States moves against democratically elected leaders who are not necessarily inclined to toe Washington’s line.

And that was the problem that the United States had with Lumumba, that he was an African nationalist and a pan-Africanist, one who loved his people, loved the continent, and, as Malcolm X stated, he was the greatest African leader to ever walk the African continent.

And the reason why Malcolm X said that is because he saw that the US couldn’t reach Lumumba, in the sense that they couldn’t corrupt him, they couldn’t entice him to sell out his people for trinkets, just like some of the other Congolese leaders had done.

So the Congo was key, and it’s key for a whole host of reasons that we can share a little later.

JJ: And the idea that the CIA chief of station, Larry Devlin, would use the pronoun “we”—”we” might lose Africa. This is so deeply meaningful in terms of policy narrative, and here’s where media come in to play their role of serving this narrative.

And I know that you’ve spoken in the past about the role that US news media played in working with the CIA and Larry Devlin and other US foreign policymakers to destabilize Congo and Lumumba. Media storytelling carried a lot of weight here.

Unused Time magazine cover painting of Patrice Lumumba

A painting of Patrice Lumumba by Bernard Safran, commissioned by Time magazine but not published.

MC: Absolutely, absolutely. The narrative is critical. It was a number of years ago we talked about, Time magazine at the time was portraying Lumumba as a monster, basically laying the groundwork to justify his liquidation and removal from power.

We paint this picture of a monster to the global media when covert action is actually implemented by the Central Intelligence Agency, the US government, then folks are going to say, well, oh, he was a monster anyway. So it doesn’t matter if he was democratically elected. Doesn’t matter if he was a legitimate prime minister. He was a bad guy.

And the United States and its media and its people see themselves as the good guy. So if the good guys move in and get rid of the bad guys, then it’s fine.

And this is really an important point, too, Janine, because that narrative, these people who were involved at the time, some of them are really still alive today. They write books and they make films to paint themselves in a positive light, because of their concern of the repercussion of history, when the truth actually comes out, in terms of the dastardly role that they played, in not only removing a democratically elected leader who was subsequently assassinated, but also imposing a dictatorship over the Congolese people, in essence destroying any prospect of a peaceful, democratic, prosperous country in the heart of the richest continent on the planet.

So recounting the story and correcting the history and continuing to tell the story, especially during the commemoration of Lumumba’s assassination, is so vital. It’s so critical, and it’s not something that is stuck in the past, but it’s very, very much relevant for today, because the same forces that were at play in the ’60s to remove Lumumba are at play today in terms of keeping the Congolese from advancing and fully benefiting from the enormous wealth that’s in their country, which is what Lumumba stood for.

He made it clear, in no uncertain terms, that he was going to serve the interest of the Congolese people. He was going to leverage the wealth of the Congo, not only for the benefit of the Congo, but for Africa as a whole.

This basically scared the Western powers, because they thought they were going to lose access to the resources that we’ve learned, over the decades, are vital to a whole range of industries—not only in the West, but global industries.

NPR: Dutch leader apologizes for the Netherlands' role in slave trade

NPR (12/20/22)

JJ: This is absolutely a story about this very day today, and it’s so important to not think of this as a historical commemoration. But when I looked for coverage, I found pretty much nothing in terms of US media coverage.

But I did find, for example, when I was just looking for references to Lumumba, one of the things I found was the Dutch prime minister’s official apology for that country’s role in slavery and in the trading of enslaved people.

And I wanted to ask the role of these official statements, about apologies, which is not the same thing as a truth and reconciliation conversation, but these official apologies in the context of a general informational void about the specific actions and attitudes that created the phenomenon that now official people are sad about.

And with context to Congo, I just wonder: This is the coverage, this is what media covers, is when a powerful person says I’m officially sorry, and that’s not the kind of coverage we need.

MC: Right. And that’s in line with narratives over the past few years, right? Because, see, even the summer of 2022, you have the Belgian king, who had gone back to Congo. He didn’t apologize for the role that Belgium played in basically plundering and destroying the Congo. But he said he regretted it.

And this apology, regret, it’s really important, because remember, one of the events that shot Lumumba into world attention was his June 30, 1960, inauguration speech, where he laid out in excoriating detail the nature and the scope of the brutality of King Leopold II in the Congo and Belgian colonialism.

CNN: Cloud of colonialism hangs over Queen Elizabeth’s legacy in Africa

CNN (9/10/22)

So we are talking about some 60 years later, where you have the Dutch or the Belgians issuing apologies or regrets, it really doesn’t carry weight for the masses of Africans. And I say that because, if you recall the passing of the queen of England, and if you look at the coverage, you saw that Africans writ large were basically celebrating, and recounting in detail the atrocities that the British colonial power carried out, not only in Africa, but certainly in India and in Asia.

So this apology narrative, Janine, it’s really an elite affair. And the broadcasting of it is sharing the crocodile tears of elites. But if you consult the masses, if you look at the oppressed masses, the working class, you’ll find the type of response that they have, not only to colonialism, but also to neo-colonialism and contemporary capitalists and imperialist exploitation of their lands.

And you’ll find outrage, you’ll find anger, and you’ll find people teeming to demand change of the power relations that exist currently in the world today.

JJ: I know that Friends of the Congo works year round, but that you also use every January 17 to uplift the life and the murder and the legacy of Patrice Lumumba, as well as that of Joseph Okito and Maurice Mpolo, who also died on that day.

And I would like you to talk a little bit about the goals of the action that you do every year, because it’s not just lamentation; it’s about more.

Maurice Carney

Maurice Carney: “The same forces that were at play in the ’60s to remove Lumumba are at play today in terms of keeping the Congolese from advancing.”

MC: Exactly. Exactly. We commemorate Lumumba to remind the world, not only of the imbalance in the power dynamics between the Western world and the global South, but also to remind people of the principles and ideas that Lumumba lived for and ultimately died: Self-sufficiency, self-determination, pan-Africanism, internationalism, and those principles obtain to this day, and they’ve been embraced by young Congolese in particular, young Africans in general, who are carrying out, building on the legacy of Lumumba.

So the cry is “Lumumba lives,” that is to say, his ideas, his principles. And I was in an exchange with one young Congolese before our commemoration yesterday, and he was sharing that there are a thousand Lumumbas in the Congo today.

So what we try to highlight is the extent to which the current generation has taken up the mantle, and is continuing that pursuit for a self-determined, independent Congo that is inextricably linked to the self-determination and independence of the African continent as a whole.

So that’s why we declare January 17 of each year Lumumba Day, and people go to LumumbaDay.org and they sign up to take action, either get a resolution passed commemorating the day; they can sign up to support the youth who are carrying on the tradition of Lumumba; they can be a part of the current movement in the Congo that is very much as critical today as it was during the time of Lumumba.

So it’s very current, very contemporary, and speaks to the tremendous importance that Congo carries, not only for Africa, but for the world as a whole, being part of the second-largest rainforest in the world, and is vital in the fight against the climate crisis.

And at the same time, Janine, being the storehouse of strategic minerals such as cobalt, which are vital in the pursuit of a renewable energy revolution.

So it’s at the nexus of critical resources that are vital to the future of the welfare of the planet as a whole.

JJ: I just wanted to ask you, if you have another minute in you, about precisely that, that Congo is not a story of the past. Congo is very much a story of the present. And I wonder, if journalists listening to this are looking to connect the history, and the ongoing history of exploitation, to the current exploitation, and are looking for stories as inroads to that, are there particular issues or stories that you would direct an enterprising US reporter who’s looking to get into this; what should they start at?

MC: Oh my goodness. There are so many. And if you’re talking about questions of peace and security, we see the instability unfolding in the Congo as a result of, in large part, US foreign policy and financing and backing proxy leaders in neighboring countries. So peace and security questions.

Congo has suffered the deadliest conflict in the world since World War II. It’d be interesting to see a comparison between the response that we have in Ukraine in the media and what we see in the Congo, wherein as many as 6 million people have lost their lives. But yet the coverage seems to lack in comparison to how Ukraine is covered.

Africa Report: Dan Gertler-linked contracts have already cost the DRC $2bn, says NGO

Africa Report (5/17/21)

But if we’re talking about the Green New Deal and climate crisis and renewable energy revolution, you have to talk about Congo. There’s so many stories that you can address in that kind of pursuit: the minerals, cobalt, critical to renewable energy sector; the Congo Basin, which is the second-largest rainforest in the world, and yet it sequesters more carbon than the Amazon itself.

It is the largest repository of peatlands and tropical peatlands in the world, and stores enough carbon that it can address the carbon emissions of the United States for 20 years. So just a tremendous number of stories that can be addressed.

And then you have a situation where you have the Congolese, 70 million of them, living on less than $2 a day, while one billionaire, by the name of Dan Gertler, he makes $200,000 a day from royalties from Congo’s minerals. So the question of poverty, exploitation, plunder, that can be explored by journalists as well.

So there’s just a tremendous amount of stories that can be written around the Congo, because its significance, as I stated earlier, is not just for Africa alone, but for the world, and therefore, it demands the world’s attention, and it demands in-depth, nuanced treatment, not only of Congo itself, but of the Congolese people, and the enormous courage and dignity that they stand on in confronting the challenges that they face.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Maurice Carney of Friends of the Congo; find their work online at FriendsOfTheCongo.org. Maurice Carney, thank you so much for joining us this week on CountersSpin.

MC: Thank you. Thank you, Janine. It’s my pleasure.

 

The post ‘The Cry Is “Lumumba Lives”—His Ideas, His Principles’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/the-cry-is-lumumba-lives-his-ideas-his-principles-counterspin-interview-with-maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/feed/ 0 366809
‘We Live in a New World Where Accountability Barely Exists’ – CounterSpin interview with David Sirota on accountability journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/we-live-in-a-new-world-where-accountability-barely-exists-counterspin-interview-with-david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/we-live-in-a-new-world-where-accountability-barely-exists-counterspin-interview-with-david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/#respond Sat, 21 Jan 2023 23:32:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031864 "If public officials know they'll never be held accountable, then they never have to actually do anything other than serve the powerful."

The post ‘We Live in a New World Where Accountability Barely Exists’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s David Sirota about accountability journalism for the January 13, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230113Sirota.mp3

 

Forbes: 4 Important Leadership Lessons From Southwest Airlines’ Holiday Meltdown

Forbes (1/10/23)

Janine Jackson: Forbes Magazine is throwing out some corporate wisdom in the wake of the utter failure of Southwest Airlines over the December holidays. The upshot is that “even the best, most well-managed companies are not immune to failures in the customer experience.” But if those companies engage smartly in “memory making,” they might make customers even more loyal.

Oh, and also, “It’s not that the glamorous, buzzworthy projects aren’t valuable, but they must be balanced alongside investments in more ‘boring’ (but no less important) endeavors.” In this case, that means scheduling software that would ensure that airline crew are available where and when they need to be.

Actually listening to employees is also offered further down as a possible leadership lesson. So that’s exciting.

For analysis explaining not just what went wrong, but how we could prevent it happening again, we saw a lot of news media content, but little space for the difficult, real debate that could move us forward.

Our guest says that has to do with what he calls “the algorithm,” a formula for generating news content that, while profitable, doesn’t really do the core work we look to journalism to do.

David Sirota is a journalist, writer, screenwriter and the leading force behind the Lever, a relatively new news outlet focused specifically on power and accountability, online at LeverNews.com.

He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, David Sirota.

David Sirota: Thanks for having me. I appreciate it.

Lever: Partisan Ghost in the Media Machine

Lever (1/2/23)

JJ: Your recent piece, “The Partisan Ghost in the Media Machine,” begins with the Southwest Airline meltdown from last month, but you focus on the way that this clearly unacceptable series of events was explained or interpreted to the public.

What leapt out at you as the sort of void in the news coverage here that pointed you to a systemic problem?

DS: I think there was a lot of, obviously, coverage of the canceled flights, and Southwest in particular, the specific airline, and why it had broken down in comparison to other airlines.

But there was relatively little coverage of which government officials, which government agencies, are supposed to be protecting the consumer—in this case, the traveling consumer, the passenger—which government agency is supposed to deter the kind of behavior that we saw from Southwest Airlines.

And the answer, of course, is the Department of Transportation. That is the sole regulator of the airline industry in the United States since 1978, when the airlines were deregulated; the bargain that was struck was that the transportation secretary would be the sole regulator of the airlines.

State regulators can’t regulate the airlines. You cannot bring a class action suit against the airlines. That context, because it really is important context, was not part, as far as I could tell, of much of the coverage of what was going on.

The other context, of course, is that state officials, congressional lawmakers, have been begging the Department of Transportation for months to strengthen rules that are designed to create a financial deterrent to the behavior that we saw Southwest engage in.

So Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg has been pressed for months—by, by the way, elected officials in his own party—to use his existing regulatory authority to strengthen the punishments, strengthen the deterrence against the kind of behavior that we saw Southwest engage in.

Now, I understand that there’s an argument out there that the transportation secretary isn’t responsible specifically for Southwest’s computer system, the outdated computer system that the company hasn’t invested in.

But, of course, the decisions by the company to not invest in the necessary upgrades to its computer system, those decisions were made inside of a regulatory environment in which the company felt that it could presume that if it was punished at all for any kind of meltdown-style event, that the punishments would be a kind of corporate rounding error.

So in other words, the company figured that because the existing government regulators had not strengthened the rules, the company effectively didn’t have to make the upgrades that it needed to make.

It could instead, for instance, pay a $400 million shareholder dividend, and pay its executives $112 million.

New York Post: States warned Pete Buttigieg was giving airlines pass months before Southwest Airlines meltdown

New York Post (12/29/22)

And to come back to the media part of this, this was not part of the coverage of what happened and what should happen and what the fallout should be—except it was part of some of the coverage on the right, right-wing media, Fox News and New York Post, etc.

I should say that we at the Lever broke the story of all of this context: Secretary Pete Buttigieg had been warned…. Our reporting was amplified and discussed at length on Fox News, the New York Post, but it went almost completely undiscussed in corporate, or I guess center-left, Democratic-affiliated media, and it went undiscussed and effectively erased from the coverage in those outlets, because we now live in a world where news organizations are making news decisions about what to cover and what not to cover, what facts to mention, what facts not to mention, based on how they perceive it will be received by their partisan audience.

So Fox News and the New York Post are not covering our reporting about Secretary Pete Buttigieg because they think the airlines need to be better regulated. They’re doing it because they have a chance to bash a Democrat.

And the MSNBCs of the world, the CNNs, the New York Times, Washington Post, etc., they’re not covering the central role that Secretary Pete Buttigieg played in this, because they don’t want to offend the partisan loyalties, the partisan affiliations, of their more liberal audiences, who have been inculcated to believe that Democrats should never be criticized or pressured, or that pressuring or criticizing Democrats is simply a way to help Republicans.

So in other words, our tribalized politics, the supremacy of the tribal nature of our politics, my team versus your team, has bled into the way news organizations now make coverage decisions.

JJ: I guess I would say that I give more primacy in some ways to media, to telling folks that this is the way to herd their opinions, and that this is the way to think about things:  that you can only translate your frustration with a regulatory system, for example, into an anti-Democratic point of view.

At FAIR, in general, we have a policy of don’t blame the people.

DS: Oh, sure.

JJ: And in the sense of, media are really working overtime to herd us into very particular understanding, and to understand that everything is—there’s no there there. It’s just about which party you support.

DS: Yeah, absolutely. And I agree with you that it’s a self-reinforcing process, in the sense of, I don’t think there are editors at a lot of news organizations, I don’t think there’s editors sitting around at the New York Times saying, oh, we know our audience is liberal and therefore we’re not going to cover Pete Buttigieg in an accountability kind of way. I don’t think it’s that explicit. I just think it’s sort of baked in at a really media-culture level.

I think you’re right about the news-consuming audience. Essentially, after decades of this, this is how the audience, I think, is taught to think about politics. There’s one way to think about politics, which is the way I think about it, which is that regulators are public officials, and the public should hold accountable its public officials when its public officials refuse to regulate the parts of the economy.

But I think that we live in a culture now where this sort of symbiotic political culture and media culture has taught each tribe to think the goal of politics is to defend my team, no matter what. And if a regulator on my team did something problematic, then it’s my job as a news consumer to defend, on social media or whatever, to defend the regulator if that regulator’s on my team.

Because he is on my team, my job is not to pressure that regulator to actually take action.

So it’s the supremacy of the tribal instinct, I think, is the world we now live in. And it’s a world that certainly politicians have taught voters, and it’s certainly a world that media has helped, I think, inculcate to the population.

And I think it’s problematic. It’s obviously problematic, and I should say there’s a self-reinforcing aspect to this. Once Fox News or the New York Post and the like start covering a story, it’s not like they’re honest actors, then it gives media outlets like MSNBC or CNN or whoever, and gives liberals writ large, the argument, well, you know, that’s just a Fox News story, so it can’t be real. That’s just right-wing media.

And ultimately, who benefits from this dysfunction? The public officials who don’t have to face accountability, who don’t have to face trans-partisan, mass accountability. They know that their voters or their constituents in their own party will rarely ever be exposed to inconvenient truths about their negligence or malfeasance.

JJ: Absolutely. And we’re all, as media critics, dealing with this state of play where some folks are invoking a moment that never happened, where we were all around the water cooler and we all agreed on what the news of the day was, and we all agreed on how we felt about it.

And there’s a kind of big old media lamentation that that era has passed, and now everyone’s in a silo and they only hear what they want to hear. And I just, as people who care about journalism and care about social change, they’ve made it pretty freaking difficult for us to thread this needle.

And at the same time, we can just say we think that journalism is about comforting the afflicted and afflicting the comfortable, you know? There’s a space that has gone missing. And I understand that that’s what the Lever is trying to do, and I understand that’s what a bunch of other organizations are trying to do, but it’s unfortunate, let me say, that we need to do it.

DS: It is unfortunate. Look, I’m proud of the work that we do at the Lever. I’m proud that we broke that story about Secretary Buttigieg. And it’s a story that if it was Elaine Chao from the Trump administration, I’d be similarly proud that we would’ve reported.

And I think that reporting is, obviously, it’s rare, as we’re discussing. It’s few and far between, but that’s the way news should be reported.

I joke on social media that, looking back on the halcyon days of the Bush administration—I’m kidding, but you know, there was a time when an underqualified person was running the Federal Emergency Management Agency, during the Hurricane Katrina disaster, and George Bush went out and said, you’re doing a heck of a job. That got ridiculed, and that government official had to resign.

And that’s the way things are supposed to work, right? If the political appointee falls down on the job and doesn’t do his job, the public gets outraged and there’s public pressure. The media covers it with an accountability kind of posture, and there are consequences. That’s the way the system should work.

David Sirota as depicted in the New York Times

David Sirota: “If public officials know they’ll never be held accountable, then they never have to actually do anything other than serve the powerful.” (photo © New York Times/Benjamin Rassmussen)

Not to get too grandiose about it, but I think we clearly now live in a new world where accountability barely exists. The people who perpetrated the financial fraud that created the financial crisis, there was almost no accountability for them. The people who lied us into the Iraq War, there was no accountability for them.

I could go on and on with different examples, and then you arrive at a million people get stranded during the holidays, and the regulator whose job it is to regulate, who refused to listen to members of his own party demanding that he regulate—I mean, maybe there’ll be some accountability, but there was very little, at least in the initial stages, very little accountability from media, very little mention of the idea of accountability in the media coverage of that.

And I think that’s a central problem that relates to so many of the problems in our country, which is that if public officials know they’ll never be held accountable, then they never have to actually do anything other than serve the powerful corporate and moneyed interests that bankroll their political careers. And you can trace that back to every single problem that we’re talking about.

And I think the airline situation, the way it was covered, the lack of accountability, the omission of it by the sort of left-center and center-left side of the spectrum as any kind of context for the coverage, is a microcosm of that larger problem.

JJ: Absolutely. And continuing on that note, elite corporate media, if something can be described as bipartisan—oh my gosh, they’re all over it. If both parties agreed that every person over six feet tall should be thrown in the ocean, I just feel like elite media would be like, it’s bipartisan, therefore it’s fantastic, right?

DS: That’s the interesting thing with the Buttigieg story, of course, which is the pressure that he was facing, he has been facing, from attorneys general across the country to actually get tougher on the airlines, that was pressure from attorneys general of both parties. So it actually is a bipartisan issue.

Ro Khanna on Twitter

Twitter (1/29/22)

Now, I agree with you that part of the reason it wasn’t really covered very much is because there was no, as far as I can tell—well, there was one, there was only one Democratic elected official amid the Southwest meltdown, who was willing to go out and say we had warned Secretary Buttigieg to do these things and he didn’t listen to us, and that was Congressman Ro Khanna of California.

And of course he was harshly criticized by liberals, on Twitter etc., for stating the obvious, because, again, protecting the tribe, protecting, in that case, the Democratic tribe, liberals protecting that tribe, was more important than actually looking at the facts of what he was saying.

And so, you know, I do think that it would’ve gotten more coverage had members of both parties come out amid this meltdown and said, hey, listen, we’ve been warning Secretary Buttigieg about this. Because I do think the media is interested in covering, at some level, conflict or the perception of conflict. But it didn’t happen this time.

And, again, I also think that speaks to the political culture as well, especially, by the way, on the Democratic side, that on the Democratic side, we are now living in an era where intraparty tension, intraparty back and forth, which I consider small-D democratic and healthy, on the Democratic side, that just doesn’t happen very much.

We are living in an era where there is really, really kind of lockstep loyalty, from the top all the way down through the party, to the idea that there shouldn’t be conflict. And I mean that in a good way, because conflict, I think, arguments, etc., that is what the small-D democratic idea really is, but inside the Democratic Party sphere, that basically doesn’t exist.

JJ: There’s a difference between bipartisan and nonpartisan, and I feel that, and I know that you talk about this too, the way that corporate news media, if you don’t identify with either party, you’re not on the page, you’re not in the story.

And there are all kinds of reasons that people don’t vote, for example. So we hear a lot of stories about the electorate, or about voters, and we don’t hear about the huge numbers of people who don’t vote—not because they’re stupid, but because they don’t see a connection between what they care about, and what their elected officials do.

So bringing it to news media, you’re not supposed to just go to the statehouse and tally up things on either side. You’re supposed to be looking for news and where people are at.

DS: That’s right. That’s absolutely right. And you’re right to point out that that’s really what we’re talking about here, is that the idea of something being nonpartisan, that’s gone.

And that’s the problem, because there is no culture of news is news, truths are truths, context is context and facts are facts, regardless of which party it helps or doesn’t help.

Popular Information: The true priorities of the global elite

Popular Information (1/18/23)

JJ: Well, I see you. I see you in the media ecosystem. I see the Lever. I see Judd Legum at Popular Information. I see a number of organizations that are trying to do what we imagined we added an amendment to the Constitution for journalists to do.

But talk for a minute about the media ecosystem and where you see the Lever fitting, and for folks who are just—they come home, they’re tired, they worked a long day. They don’t want to have to sift through information to try to figure out…. Talk to news consumers about trying to be an engaged citizen.

DS: Yeah, I think the old analogy is a diet. You shouldn’t only eat fast food; that’s what corporate media is. So try to mix into your diet some nutritious stuff. And the thing is, is that I think that it’s not like eat your veggies. You know, eat your broccoli, eat your brussels sprouts.

There’s some very compelling news out there from independent media that will either provide context that’s not being provided to the news events of the day, or covering stories that are just completely off the radar that are super important. So that’s what we’re trying to do.

We’re trying to swim upstream, and it’s not easy, because, as I said in my piece, I call all of this the algorithm, because all of these news decisions, what to cover, what not to cover, based on a perceived audience’s partisan sensibilities, that’s also reflected and amplified by the literal algorithms and formulas on social media.

So there’s a symbiosis between news decisions and what gets amplified. So there’s a lot of days the reporting we do, we’re not benefiting from recommendation formulas and other opaque preference formulas that exist on social media. Our reporting is swimming against that current, and I think other independent media outlets are swimming against that current.

Now, I think there’s good news here. We have found an audience, and our audience is growing, and I think that because of the internet, all of this can change. But it can’t change unless people know about these options, and not only know about them, but share them with their friends, right, forward the email, post the story you like on your feeds, tell your friends to subscribe.

These are mundane things, and they sound like they wouldn’t really make a difference, but over time, if enough people do that, it can absolutely change the media landscape.

JJ: And I just would add, I always think of media—I overwork the metaphor of shadows on the cave wall from Plato, but media is just supposed to reflect reality and our ability to shape the world that we live in.

So we’re not interested in journalism just because journalism is so neat. We want to change the world.

DS: That’s right. That’s the whole point of what we do. At the Lever, we’re not just writing to have “content.” We’re trying to produce reporting that will give people the information they need to make the world better.

To go back to the Southwest story, the best thing that could come out of our reporting on the Southwest airline situation, as an example, would be that Secretary Pete Buttigieg feels so much public pressure that he passes, finally, a proposed rule that has been sitting at his agency for five months to actually get tough on the airlines.

And the way that that process can work is, media reports it, enough people see it, enough people get mad, enough people put pressure on him, file comment letters, send in comments, etc., that he feels that he has to act. That’s the way the system is supposed to work.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with David Sirota. He’s a journalist and writer, and the force behind the Lever, which you can find online at LeverNews.com. David Sirota, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

DS: Thank you. Thanks for having me.

 

The post ‘We Live in a New World Where Accountability Barely Exists’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/21/we-live-in-a-new-world-where-accountability-barely-exists-counterspin-interview-with-david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/feed/ 0 366288
Maurice Carney on Patrice Lumumba https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/#respond Fri, 20 Jan 2023 17:14:35 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031853 Lumumba's assassination, judging by attention, has no lessons for US citizens or the press corps about the past, the present or the future.

The post Maurice Carney on Patrice Lumumba appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230120.mp3

 

Patrice Lumumba

Patrice Lumumba, 1960 (photo: Harry Pot)

This week on CounterSpin: US media elites have gotten comfy with what writer Adam Johnson calls their “wall calendar version” of Martin Luther King, in which he represents the “good” left, unmoved by racial nationalism and Marxist ideology.

With Patrice Lumumba, assassinated by the CIA on January 17, 1961, as newly elected leader of the Democratic Republic of Congo, the story is different. Look up Lumumba on the anniversary of his murder and you’ll find—nothing, really, except maybe a story about how street vendors in Kinshasa are being pushed off of Lumumba Boulevard to prepare for a visit by the Pope.

Martin Luther King, corporate media would have it, offers a lesson about hopes and dreams and the slow but steady push toward progress. Lumumba’s assassination, judging by attention, has zero lessons for US citizens or the press corps to learn about the past, the present or the future.

That’s how you know you should pay attention.

Maurice Carney, co-founder and executive director of the group Friends of the Congo, has another story. And we hear about it this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin230120Carney.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the Signal app.

      CounterSpin230120Banter.mp3

 

The post Maurice Carney on Patrice Lumumba appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/maurice-carney-on-patrice-lumumba/feed/ 0 365970
David Sirota on Accountability Journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/#respond Fri, 13 Jan 2023 17:10:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031768 The public still look to news media to give them accurate, independently sourced and documented information to help them make decisions.

The post David Sirota on Accountability Journalism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Lever depiction of Joe Biden and Kevin McCarthy

Lever (1/8/23)

This week on CounterSpin: US reporters used to talk, even brag, about telling the truth and letting the chips fall where they may, and more acutely, about comforting the afflicted and afflicting the comfortable—in other words about using their special, constitutional power to look behind curtains most of us can’t, and bring us meaningful information we could gain no other way. Not stories that might amuse us, which are fine, but more centrally, the sort of stories that might help us actually change a society that few would describe as perfect.

How did that morph into elite reporters cutting their evident conscience to fit, not just this year’s fashion, but the particular fashion of the particular power source they institutionally favor? And what’s the cost of that approach to the public, who, still today, look to news media, not to pre-chew their food for them, but to give them accurate, independently sourced and documented information to help them make their own decisions about the world and their place in it.

Journalist David Sirota has thoughts on that, as well as a new outlet, the Lever, focused on what one would hope would be the fundaments of media institutions: power and accountability.

      CounterSpin230113Sirota.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of forced arbitration.

      CounterSpin230113Banter.mp3

 

The post David Sirota on Accountability Journalism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/david-sirota-on-accountability-journalism/feed/ 0 364420
‘It Takes People Working Together to Bridge Understandings and Undo Misunderstandings’ – Best of CounterSpin 2021 transcript https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/it-takes-people-working-together-to-bridge-understandings-and-undo-misunderstandings-best-of-counterspin-2021-transcript/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/it-takes-people-working-together-to-bridge-understandings-and-undo-misunderstandings-best-of-counterspin-2021-transcript/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 17:08:38 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031742 "CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show.... This is just a small selection."

The post ‘It Takes People Working Together to Bridge Understandings and Undo Misunderstandings’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin221230.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Welcome to the best of CounterSpin for 2022. I’m Janine Jackson.

All year long, CounterSpin brings you a look, as we say, behind the headlines of the mainstream news. We hope both to shine some light on aspects of news events, perspectives of those outside of power, relevant but omitted history, important things that might be pushed to the side or off the page entirely in elite media reporting.

But it’s also to remind us to be mindful of the practices and policies of corporate news media that just make it an unlikely arena for the inclusive, vital debate on issues that matter that we need.

CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They help us see the world more clearly, as well as the role that we can play in changing it.

This is just a small selection of some of them. You’re listening to the best of CounterSpin for 2022, brought to you by the media watch group FAIR.

Janine Jackson: “Supply Chain Mayhem Will Likely Muck Up 2022”—that New York Times headline got us off to a start of a year of actual hardship, and a lot of obfuscation about that hardship’s sources. The pandemic threw into relief many concerns that it did not create—and offered an opportunity to address those concerns in a serious and not a stopgap way. Rakeen Mabud is chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative. We talked with her early in the year.

Rakeen Mabud

Rakeen Mabud: “On these corporate earnings calls, what we hear CEOs and CFOs saying, in sector after sector, in company after company, is we can use the cover of inflation to jack up prices on consumers, and rake in the profits for ourselves, and pay out some good dividends for our shareholders.”

Rakeen Mabud: So we’ve essentially spent 50 years handing our supply chain over to mega corporations. These companies have built a system that works for them, right, it works for padding their own profits, jacking up their profits, all spurred on by Wall Street, who really demanded short-term profit increases over all else.

And so when you think about what a supply chain is for, usually most people would think, oh, it’s here to deliver goods and services. Well, that’s actually not what our supply chain was built to do. Our supply chain was built to really maximize what companies could get out of this, and the dividends that they can pay off to shareholders.

And what that means is that they’ve essentially built this system that has no redundancy. It has no sort of flexibility for changes in an economy, such as a pandemic, or even something like a climate shock, right, which we’re unfortunately likely to see more of over the coming years and decades.

And so there is what we call a just-in-time supply system, right? This is a supply system that is expected to deliver exactly the number of goods that are needed at exactly the moment that they’re needed.

But with something like a pandemic, all of those predictions about what goods will be needed when go out the window. And that’s when you end up with supply shortages, that’s when you end up with bottlenecks.

The consolidation piece of this is also really important. We have three ocean shipping alliances that carry 80% of the world’s cargo.  So there, if one of them goes down, you can see how that massively disrupt our global supply chain, but you can also see how that might jack up prices.

And my team and I have combed through hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of corporate earning calls. And you really don’t have to take my word for it. There’s obviously a big, deep story here. But on these corporate earnings calls, what we hear CEOs and CFOs saying, in sector after sector, in company after company, is we can use the cover of inflation to jack up prices on consumers, and rake in the profits for ourselves, and pay out some good dividends for our shareholders.

Embedded within that is also, let’s cut back on pay for workers. You saw Kroger do this, right? Kroger cut back on hazard pay, jacked up its prices, and then issued a bunch of stock buybacks.

And so the issues facing workers and consumers, as well as these small businesses who aren’t able to negotiate better prices for the inputs that they’re selling in their stores, and are being hit by pandemic profiteering higher up the supply chain. These are all part of the same system, and it’s all rooted in what is essentially, in short, corporate greed.

Janine Jackson: The ease with which US media step into saber-rattling mode, the confidence as they soberly suggest people other than themselves might just need to be sent off to a violent death, in service of something they can only describe with vague platitudes, should be disturbing. Bryce Greene’s piece, “What You Should Really Know About Ukraine,” got more than 3,000 shares on FAIR.org, and that’s because people needed to hear a different version of that story than what they were hearing.

Bryce Greene

Bryce Green: “Washington decided to expand anyway. And they were the only superpower left, there was no one to challenge them, so they decided they could do it. They ignored Russian objections and continued to enlarge the military alliance, one country at a time.”

Bryce Greene: So this whole story of NATO expansion and economic expansion, it begins right after the Cold War and the dissolution of the Soviet Union. The US and Russia made a deal that NATO, the Cold War alliance, would not expand east past a reunified Germany. No reason to escalate tensions unnecessarily.

But, unfortunately, Washington decided to expand anyway. And they were the only superpower left, there was no one to challenge them, so they decided they could do it. They ignored Russian objections and continued to enlarge the military alliance, one country at a time.

And even at the time, Cold Warriors, like the famed diplomat George Kennan, warned that this was a recipe for disaster. It would make Russia feel trapped and surrounded, and when major nuclear powers feel trapped and surrounded, it doesn’t really make for a peaceful world. But as we all know, Washington isn’t in the interest of peace, and they did it anyway.

In 2004, the US poured millions of dollars into the anti-Russian opposition in Ukraine. They funded media and NGOs supporting opposition candidates. And they did this using organizations like the NED, the National Endowment for Democracy, and USAID. These organizations are broadly understood to serve regime-change interests in the name of “democracy.”

Now, in 2004, it didn’t work exactly, but Ukraine began to start making closer ties to the EU and US. And that process continued up to 2014.

Shortly before the overthrow, the Ukrainian government was negotiating closer integration into the EU, and closer integration with the Western economic bloc. And they were being offered loans by the International Monetary Fund, the major world lending agency that represents private interests around the Western world.

So to get those loans, they had to do all sorts of things to their economy, commonly known as “structural adjustment.” This included cutting public sector wages, shrinking the health and education sectors, privatizing the economy and cutting gas subsidies for the people.

And at the time, Russia was offering a plan for economic integration to Ukraine that didn’t contain any of these strings. So when President Viktor Yanukovych chose Russia, well, that set off a wave of protests that were supported and partially funded by the United States. In fact, John McCain and Obama administration officials even flew to the Maidan Square to help support the protesters who wanted to oust the president and change the government.

And what’s worse is that right after the protests started, there was a leaked phone call between Victoria Nuland, one of Obama’s State Department advisors, and the US ambassador to Ukraine, in which they were describing how they wanted to set up a new government. They were picking and choosing who would be in the government, who would be out.

Well, a few weeks after that, the Ukrainian government was overthrown. And the guy who they designated as our guy, Arseniy Yatsenyuk, became the prime minister.

So clearly, clearly, there’s a lot of US involvement in how the Ukrainian government has shifted over the last decade. After 2014, the Ukrainians opted to accept the IMF loans, they opted to further integrate with the EU economically. And Russia is watching all of this happen.

And so immediately after the overthrow, the eastern regions in Ukraine, who were ethnically closer to Russians, and they speak Russian and they favor closer ties to Russia, they revolted. They started an uprising to gain more autonomy, and possibly to separate from the Ukraine entirely.

The Ukrainian government cracked down hard. And that only fueled the rebellion, and so Russia sent in volunteers and soldiers to help back these rebels. Now, of course, Russia denies it, but we all know they are.

And so since 2014, that sort of civil war has been at a stalemate, and every so often there would be a military exercise on the border by one side or another. But really nothing much has changed. And so this current escalation started because of the US involvement in the Ukrainian government’s politics.

Janine Jackson: The Peace Corps issued a press release warning that African Americans looking to support Ukrainians should accept that they might face racism—because, sooprise, sooprise, of how we’re portrayed in US media.

We talked about the basic story the world and the US hears about Black people, thanks to journalism—with Layla A. Jones, reporter at the Philadelphia Inquirer. She’s part of the papers’ “A More Perfect Union” project, online at Inquirer.com.

Layla A. Jones

Layla A. Jones: “This portrayal of urban environments definitely did fuel fear among viewers…. The way that TV news portrayed Black and urban communities really did affect—it does affect—people’s public opinions of Black people and of our communities.”

Layla A. Jones: “Eyewitness News,” and then “Action News,” which came afterwards, went to more than 200 US cities, but also went international, that format. But, yeah, when it was coming up in the late ’60s, and then “Action News” in the early ’70s, at the same time, there was this suburbanization and white flight happening in urban centers, and for a variety of reasons. We were coming off of the civil rights movement, there was a change in industry and work in cities, but also the news was broadcasting city and urban life as something scary, as something very Black, as something dangerous.

And I guess what we talk about in the piece is that this portrayal of urban environments definitely did fuel fear among viewers. They basically said, we proved in the lab that the more people watched local television news, the more likely they were to associate criminality with being Black, the more likely they were to support criminal justice policies that fuel mass incarceration, like longer sentences and even the death penalty. And so the way that TV news portrayed Black and urban communities really did affect—it does affect—people’s public opinions of Black people and of our communities.

The important point to make is that what was happening when these formats were on the rise is really multi-layered. So, first of all, it was being run at the top, and even from the top, basically all the way down, by all white people. A lot of these people were very young, because 1965, 1970, this was brand new. So they’re all learning together.

Then they’re intentionally trying to attract—and this is especially “Action News”—intentionally trying to attract a suburban audience and, locally, our suburbs are more white. So they’re trying to attract a white, suburban audience, because they believe that’s where the money is, and that’s what’s going to draw advertisers.

We also looked at the commercials. A lot of the commercials in between these news segments featured white families, and white picket fences, and things that you don’t really see in the cities that they’re reporting about.

So with all those layers going on, what “Action News” found to work for them, what shot them up past their competitor, “Eyewitness News,” was focusing happy, upbeat and community-oriented stories in the suburbs. So the stories about backyard festivals or charity events, they’ll have a photographer go out there just to cover those good events, to make those people feel seen, and to make sure they tune in and watch the news.

At the same time, the stories that can fill up the time and the newscast and are easy, quick, close by and cheap to cover, which is literally what a veteran anchor Larry Kane told me, are crime stories. He was like, you know, the photographer would just shoot the blood, shoot the scene, you shoot the victim, whatever they have to say, and you can do it in 20 seconds. And speed was another element of this format.

And so it created this dichotomy. And, again, I like to say that I don’t believe, from talking to anyone, that it was like, “We hate Black people and we just want to make them look bad.” I just think it was a complete carelessness, and then once they were told, because the stations had been told this is harmful, they never changed their approach. And I think that’s really important, too.

Janine Jackson: As US media showed there is no playbook too dusty to pull out with their anti-Asian Covid coverage. We talked with Helen Zia, co-founder of American Citizens for Justice, and author of, among other titles,  Asian-American Dreams: The Emergence of an American People. We talked about the 40th remembrance and rededication of Vincent Chin’s murder, VincentChin.org.

Helen Zia

Helen Zia: “It became a national movement, really sparked a discussion, a movement that took the moment of the killing of Vincent Chin, and then the injustice that followed, but turned it into a civil rights movement, a human rights movement, that has still an impact today.”

Helen Zia: It was a horrific killing, and not only that, but a continued miscarriage of justice, where the justice system failed at every turn for a young man who was killed and attacked on the night of his bachelor party because of how he looked at a time of intense anti-Asian hate. And all of that was very important. It brought attention to the whole idea that Asian Americans are people, that we are humans, that we are Americans, and that we experience racism and discrimination.

But that’s not all that was important, because that event and the miscarriage of justice catalyzed a whole movement, a civil rights movement led by Asian Americans, with Detroit, Michigan, as the epicenter of that civil rights movement that reached all across America for Asian Americans, and also had a huge impact on, really, democracy in this country, in many, many different ways. And it represented the solidarity of people from all walks of life.

We were in Detroit, now a majority Black city, back then was a majority Black city, and we had incredible support from the Black community, as well as the Arab-American community, multi-faith, multi-class, people from all walks of life, not only in Detroit. And then it became a national movement, really sparked a discussion, a movement that took the moment of the killing of Vincent Chin, and then the injustice that followed, but turned it into a civil rights movement, a human rights movement, that has still an impact today.

And that’s why we’re talking about this. It’s to remember that moment, but the legacy as well—of people coming together in solidarity, with the idea that an injury to one is an injury to all, and we have a basic interest in joining together to ensure each other’s safety. That we are part of a beloved community, that no community should live in fear of violence or hate. And this notion of all our communities being so divided, can we ever be allies, let alone come together.

And so that’s what we’re remembering: Let’s not forget that, actually, we have been in solidarity. And let’s take the lessons of that and move it forward to today, because we need that desperately.

And that’s why we are saying it’s more than remembrance, it’s about rededication. It’s about taking the hard work that happened, and coming together in unity and in solidarity and building a movement. There’s nothing simple about that; there’s no Kumbaya. It really takes people working hard together to bridge understandings and undo misunderstandings, break down stereotypes and build a common understanding and a common bond between communities.

And so when, as you say, communities are portrayed in the news or in TV or in movies, that this is just that community’s concern; it doesn’t involve other people…. Anti-Asian violence, well, hey, that’s just Asians. And we don’t even know that they’re Americans. We don’t even know that they were on this continent for several hundred years.

And so I think you’re right, that’s a way of pigeonholing people and keeping us apart, instead of looking at the true commonality. If we talk about Vincent Chin or violence against Asian Americans, we also talk about Buffalo and we talk about Coeur d’Alene, and how ideas of white supremacy and even active white supremacist groups, they lump us together. They don’t see us as separate groups. They connect the dots in a very negative way. And so it’s really incumbent on all thinking people, and especially our media, to be able to connect those dots too, and not keep us separate.

Janine Jackson: In September of this year, CNN hired John Miller as “chief law enforcement and intelligence analyst”—a clear message to Muslim communities and anyone who cares about them, given that as deputy commissioner of intelligence and counter-terrorism for the New York Police Department, Miller told a New York City Council meeting that “there is no evidence” that the NYPD surveilled Muslim communities in the wake of September 11, 2001. We listened, instead, to Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy council at Muslim Advocates.

Muslim Advocates' Sumayyah Waheed

Sumayyah Waheed: “He chose to basically spit in the face of Muslim communities who were harmed by this program. And he has basically been rewarded for it, by being hired by a major news outlet.”

Sumayyah Waheed: It’s important to note he had choices in terms of how to respond to this, the request for an apology. He could have flatly refused it. He could have defended the NYPD’s program. I wouldn’t agree with that, either, but he could have done that.

Instead, he chose to lie about something that’s well-documented. And as you said, specifically something that harms a marginalized community, the Muslims in the New York area, whose harms that they suffered from this massive surveillance echo through today.

And this was not that long ago. This program started in the aftermath of 9/11, so about 20-plus years ago, and then the AP reported on it in, I think, 2012. They won a Pulitzer Prize for their reporting on it.

And they reported with a treasure trove of documents, internal documents from the NYPD, some of which our organization utilized in our lawsuit against the NYPD for their spying. And a federal appeals court explicitly said that our client’s allegations were plausible, that the NYPD ran a surveillance program with a racially discriminatory classification.

So he chose to lie about something that’s well-documented. He chose to basically spit in the face of Muslim communities who were harmed by this program. And he has basically been rewarded for it, by being hired by a major news outlet with a position that, I don’t even know how much he’s going to be compensated, but he’s now got a national platform to further spread lies.

Just from our lawsuit—and our lawsuit was specifically for New Jersey Muslims who were affected by this, and there were other lawsuits for the New York Muslims, and there were Muslims outside of the New York and New Jersey area who were affected by this. But just from our lawsuit, we knew that the NYPD spied on at least 20 mosques, 14 restaurants, 11 retail stores, two grade schools and two Muslim student associations in New Jersey.

So every aspect of Muslims’ lives was being surveilled, and the community finding out about this pervasive surveillance, that’s not something that you can just dismiss. The community basically was traumatized by this.

And the result—there’s a Mapping Muslims report that actually goes into all the effects, some of the impacts on the Muslim community from this notorious program of surveillance. And they found that Muslims suppressed themselves, in terms of their religious expression, their speech and political associations.

It sowed suspicion within the community, because people found out, you know, the person sitting next to me at the mosque was an informant. How can I go to the mosque and trust everyone there? Maybe I won’t go.

Of course, it severed trust with law enforcement, and then contributed to a pervasive fear and unwillingness to publicly engage.

So that you can’t just flip a switch on. If the NYPD actually wanted to address those harms, that would be a really long road to repair.

And by having John Miller in his position, and not actually censuring him or firing him for those comments, the NYPD signaled the opposite, right, that they’re going to back somebody who doesn’t care to address the harms of the department.

Janine Jackson: CounterSpin listeners understand that the news media situation in this country works against our democratic aspirations. There are many problems crying out for open, inclusive conversation in which those with the most power don’t get the biggest megaphone, and they don’t leave the vast majority of us outside of power to try and shout into the dominant noise.

Corporate media work hard, will always work hard, to tell us that their space is the only space, their conversation is the only conversation, and that’s just not true.

One of many projects we should know about that show us a way forward is one in New Jersey—that didn’t talk about shoring up old, traditional media outlets, but about instead about invigorating community information needs. The New Jersey Civic Information Consortium uses public funding to support more informed communities. We talked with an early mover on the project, Mike Rispoli, senior director of journalism policy at Free Press.

Free Press's Mike Rispoli

Mike Rispoli: “There are all these really profound effects on civic participation and the overall health of our communities when local media isn’t meeting people’s needs.”

Mike Rispoli: In 2016, New Jersey was looking to sell some old broadcast public media licenses that it held, and in the selling of those state assets, the state received $332 million.

And Free Press Action was doing some work in New Jersey at the time. We were organizing in communities, trying to find ways to have communities partner with local newsrooms, but also hold local newsrooms accountable.

And so we were doing organizing around the state, and talking to people about the future of local news in New Jersey. And at that time, they’re set to receive this windfall from the sale of these TV licenses. And so we thought, hey, what would it look like if some of that money coming into the state was reinvested back into communities to address the growing gaps in news coverage and community information needs?

And so with that, we began the idea of what became the Consortium, that ran a statewide grassroots campaign called the Civic Info Bill Campaign. And that work began in 2017.

And obviously we all have seen and experienced and have been impacted by the loss of local news, especially over the past 20 years. And many communities have never been well-served, even in the “good old days of journalism.” There are many communities who were never, never really well-served by local media.

And so when we were looking at this windfall that the state was going to receive, we thought, how could we use public funding to not just invest into local news, or to “save journalism.” But instead, what if we use public funding and public money to help rebuild and really transform what local media looks like in the state? How do we leverage public funding to invest in projects that are filling in gaps left by the commercial media market?

I think that what we knew when we began this campaign was that if this was a campaign to bail out the journalism industry, that wasn’t a thing that people were going to get behind. That was a thing we didn’t even think lawmakers were going to get behind.

But instead, really what we talked about was not the woes of one specific industry, but instead we talked about the impact on communities when local news and information is not accessible. And we know from data, when local media is deficient or disappears altogether, it has significant consequences on civic participation. Fewer people vote, fewer people volunteer, fewer people run for public office; fewer federal dollars go to districts where there’s no local media presence. Government corruption increases, government spending increases.

So there are all these really profound effects on civic participation and the overall health of our communities when local media isn’t meeting people’s needs. And so we wanted to make the campaign, as well as the bill, really centered around that, as opposed to giving government handouts to corporate media who contributed so much to the mess that we are in right now, and that we’re trying to figure our way out of.

Janine Jackson: And that’s it for the best of CounterSpin for 2022. I hope you enjoyed this look back at just some of the year’s conversations. It’s been my sincere pleasure to host them.

Remember, you can always find shows and transcripts at FAIR.org. The website is also the place to learn about our newsletter Extra!, and, of course, to show support for CounterSpin if you’re able and so inclined. The show is engineered by Alex Noyes. I’m Janine Jackson; thank you so much for listening to CounterSpin.

 

The post ‘It Takes People Working Together to Bridge Understandings and Undo Misunderstandings’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/it-takes-people-working-together-to-bridge-understandings-and-undo-misunderstandings-best-of-counterspin-2021-transcript/feed/ 0 364064
‘The [Airline] Industry Pretty Much Has Veto Power Over Any Consumer Regulation’ – CounterSpin interview with Paul Hudson on airline meltdown https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/the-airline-industry-pretty-much-has-veto-power-over-any-consumer-regulation-counterspin-interview-with-paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/the-airline-industry-pretty-much-has-veto-power-over-any-consumer-regulation-counterspin-interview-with-paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 16:48:04 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031711 "Airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They're primarily...in the business of making money."

The post ‘The [Airline] Industry Pretty Much Has Veto Power Over Any Consumer Regulation’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed FlyersRights‘ Paul Hudson about the airline meltdown for the January 6, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230106Hudson.mp3

 

NBC News depiction of airport chaos

(NBC News, 12/29/22)

Janine Jackson: You will likely have seen the images, if you weren’t in them yourself: thousands of people stranded in airports, baggage lost, plans foiled. Is this how it has to be? And if not, well, what exactly is in the way?

Paul Hudson is president of FlyersRights, a nonprofit group organizing the consumer rights of airline passengers. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Paul Hudson.

Paul Hudson: Thank you for having me.

JJ: Reasonable folks understand acts of nature, unfair and brutal as they can be, but what were the non-weather-related conditions or circumstances that contributed importantly to the air travel breakdowns that we all saw in late December?

PH: Air travel has been deteriorating for a long time, really, in the last 20 years especially. So we were in a situation, especially coming out of the pandemic, where I would now analogize it to say, we’re in rough air.

We had terrible conditions over the summer with delays. We had awful situations during the pandemic, with flyers not being given refunds when their flights were canceled.

And now, in the most recent situation with Southwest, we have the equivalent of a crash landing. Their software system no doubt broke down, but it’s been in bad shape for many years, and their personnel were simply inadequate to handle the schedule that they have set up.

So there’s a lot of reforms that need to be done, some short-term and some longer-term, and hopefully this will be a wake-up call that allows the system to get back to where it should be, and where it really was in, say, the 1980s, or prior to that.

JJ: It’s not really a reduction, as maybe some folks have seen in media, it’s not a reduction to “finger-pointing,” or to “he said, she said,” to try to trace causes and to call for accountability.

There were systemic issues and problems that employees and their representatives were on the record, right, as pointing to, as being concerned about.

PH: Yes. And these things were ignored. I mean, this is not the first time an airline or Southwest has had computer breakdowns. Delta had some, a number of others had some. The systems are not nearly as robust as they need to be. They need to be failsafe.

If you look at other systems that, like the internet, like the phone system, even like your electrical grid system, if one part of it goes down, it doesn’t crash the system. You have backups, and you get what’s called graceful degradation.

AP: EXPLAINER: Why was holiday-season flying such a nightmare?

AP (1/4/23)

But in the airline business, they have underinvested in a lot of these things. And as a result, we get these brownouts. And the cost of it, the inconvenience of it, is dumped on the public.

JJ: Associated Press offered an explainer, which, right there in the name, it’s supposed to tell folks, you’re not inside this system, you don’t understand the ins and outs of this system, but here’s what you need to know.

And in that explainer, AP said, “What happened?” And their answer was:

Airlines were prohibited from furloughing employees as a condition of receiving $54 billion in federal pandemic aid from taxpayers. But that didn’t stop them from encouraging tens of thousands of workers to quit or take long-term leaves of absence after the pandemic torpedoed travel in 2020.

I’m a little confused by that. I’m sort of getting “no one wants to work,” I’m sort of getting “airlines couldn’t keep people in jobs.” I just—as an explainer of what happened, I’m a little confused by that.

Paul Hudson of FlyersRights on CNBC

Paul Hudson: “Airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily…in the business of making money.”

PH: Well, the intention of the PPP programs and some other bailouts of the airlines, which altogether involved about $90 billion, the intention was that you would keep the staff on the payroll so they would be ready when pandemic ended to restore traffic, and they wouldn’t have to go from a cold start.

But the airlines, unfortunately, are only incidentally in the transportation business. They’re primarily, especially their executives, in the business of making money. If that meant reducing their payroll through other means that got around the intention of the law—and there was no real oversight by the federal government on money—that’s what they did.

And they continued to pay, in some cases, dividends. They paid large bonuses to CEOs and top executives. Some of them also did stock buybacks to keep their stock price up while their profits, of course, were dwindling to nothing.

JJ: Let me just take you on maybe a side trip there, because when I looked at airline meltdown, everything, 100% of the stories, were about Southwest. And I wonder if you see any danger in making this conversation, and making conversations about how to come out of it, only about Southwest Airlines per se.

Is there a reason to expand the conversation beyond that, as though they were outliers or rogues?

PH: Definitely there is. The other airlines have all had lesser brownouts and crashes, not only their computer systems, but their lack of personnel coming out of the pandemic.

The reforms that we’ve been promoting pretty much have been ignored by DoT, which is the only regulator of the airline industry. And as a result, things have gotten worse and worse.

For example, you would think there would be some requirement to have a certain level of backup or reserve capacity, for personnel as well as equipment. But there is none. There is no requirement, and some airlines actually have negative reserves. So even on their best day, they cancel 1 or 2 percent of their fights. It’s profitable to do that.

Another example is that there is no requirement that they maintain any level of customer service. Each airline sets their own goals about that, but there’s no enforcement. And they just say, “Well, I’m sorry.” They don’t answer your phones. They don’t have the personnel to do it.

And the area that’s most crucial, which is pilots; we have a shortage of pilots. Pretty much everyone agrees with that, except perhaps the pilot union that wants to leverage the situation says there is no shortage. But the airlines are simply not recruiting the pilots they need, and haven’t done so for years, especially for regional airlines. They don’t pay them nearly enough.

And the proposals that FlyersRights made, going back to June of this year, about 17 of them, have pretty much been ignored by DoT, at least until recently.

JJ: Let me ask you to talk about journalism. When we see structural or infrastructural problems that you’re pointing to of this order, news media coverage can be unfortunately predictable, really, in terms of, just to put it crudely: There’s going to be a wave of disaster, human-interest, “what the heck is happening” stories, and then a smaller wave of, “well, who’s to blame for this” stories. And then later, maybe a ripple of “serious people” analysis. And that often says, “Golly, everybody’s upset, but there’s really nothing to blame here. There’s nothing to point to.”

And then we rinse and repeat, and we act surprised the next time there’s a crisis. I wonder, what did you make—good, bad or indifferent—of media’s reporting on the airline meltdown?

PH: Well, it was somewhat predictable. I think, though, that the fact that air travel affects such a wide proportion of the population, and the media are, frankly, doing a lot of air travel in many cases—personally, it has affected them. So there was a wider coverage than I would have expected.

I was interviewed on CNBC for six-and-a-half minutes. And, as you know, in national television….

JJ: That’s a lot.

PH: You’re lucky to get one or two minutes. That’s huge.

JJ: So that’s very helpful.

We’re coming out of an era where the White House was issuing sort of comic book rules like, well, for every new regulation, you have to eliminate two. And regulation is evil, and that’s the way we’re meant to understand it. The bar is pretty low.

But I don’t know, listeners may remember, this country had moments when we could talk about consumer rights, not maybe as robust and expansive as some of us would want. But it wasn’t a joke. It wasn’t a “snowflake issue” to want companies to make products that were safe and nontoxic, and that had consumers—human beings—in mind.

What do you say about the moment to reinvigorate that consumer perspective?

PH: I hope it’s going to come back to some degree. We issued a Bill of Rights for airline passengers back in 2014 and ’13. And we visited 150 congressional offices over the next two or three years. Now, there’s 535 members of Congress; we could not find one member who would introduce any substantial legislation, even drop a bill in.

And so we’re in a total desert situation now. And if you don’t have a member of Congress that wants to make, not just this, but other consumer issues important, and will not introduce legislation, you’re just not going to get anywhere.

The agencies that are the regulators, they are political at the top. And whether and however they’re controlled by the Democrat or Republican administration, our experience has been, over the last 30 years, that they’re actually controlled by the industry. And the industry pretty much has veto power over any consumer regulation.

JJ: It’s what we call being captured.

Do you have any final thoughts for journalists, many of whom might be starting out new, and think they can cover what they want to cover and let the chips fall where they may? What would you encourage journalists to look at or to ignore or to think about, or any thoughts for media?

PH: I would say if I was a journalist starting out, or even not starting out, experienced, in an issue like air transportation, you have to look at all the different sides, not just go with the propaganda or the sound bites from any interest groups, because every group you speak to comes with their own agenda.

But even so, there are many facts that can be distilled from these things. And it’s not impossible to come up with reasonable policies and come up with a reasonably accurate story in many situations.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Paul Hudson. He’s president of FlyersRights. They’re online at FlyersRights.org. Paul Hudson, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

PH: Thank you so much.

 

The post ‘The [Airline] Industry Pretty Much Has Veto Power Over Any Consumer Regulation’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/the-airline-industry-pretty-much-has-veto-power-over-any-consumer-regulation-counterspin-interview-with-paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown/feed/ 0 363803
‘With This Delay of Vacating Title 42, the Death Toll Will Only Rise’ – CounterSpin interview with Melissa Crow on asylum policy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/with-this-delay-of-vacating-title-42-the-death-toll-will-only-rise-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/with-this-delay-of-vacating-title-42-the-death-toll-will-only-rise-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/#respond Tue, 10 Jan 2023 20:15:58 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031686 "It's very clear...that they're viewing Title 42 as a border management tool, rather than a public health tool."

The post ‘With This Delay of Vacating Title 42, the Death Toll Will Only Rise’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies’ Melissa Crow about asylum policy for the January 6, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230106Crow.mp3

 

NYT: Government Appeals Border Ruling, but Says It’s Ready to End Expulsions

New York Times (12/7/22)

Janine Jackson: The Biden administration is “appealing an order to rescind Title 42, a pandemic policy that has allowed it to quickly expel new migrants. It said it nonetheless planned to lift the policy.” So explained the New York Times in early December, if “explaining” can mean leaving readers a bit more confused.

We subsequently learned that the Supreme Court has halted the order to rescind the policy, leaving it in place while somebody decides whether it’s lawful.

If you can peer through the language, you’ll find Title 42, invoked as a supposed anti-Covid move under Trump as justification for the summary expulsion of asylum seekers—in theory, from both Canadian and Mexican borders.

Last fall, a district judge declared Title 42 no longer justified. But Republican attorneys general in 19 states opposed that, were denied the ability to intervene on it, and pushed it to the particular weird Supreme Court we have right now.

Once a piece of legislation or policy is deemed not just a “partisan football,” but an object lesson about the relationship of courts and legislators, you almost despair of news media approaching it in terms of its effects on human beings. What would it mean to put people at the center of the story of migration and immigration?

We’re joined now by Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Melissa Crow.

Melissa Crow: Thanks so much Janine.

JJ: Let me ask you for some baseline clarity here. Title 42 was itself an intervention that countermanded existing laws and protocols on asylum, right? It was always business as unusual.

MC: Yes, that’s quite right, Janine. The Title 42 policy represents a radical departure by the US government from its decades-long practice of processing asylum seekers at the southern border—which, of course, is required by our domestic and international legal obligations to provide protection to individuals who are fleeing persecution.

But over the three years that it’s been in place, it has been, to some extent, normalized, particularly as a result of press reports. And as your organization has pointed out, reporters’ framing of the policy has really shifted since Trump left office.

The framing in many media reports that I read these days suggests that ending Title 42 would be a radical change that would result in a crisis, rather than a return to what had been our practice for more than 35 years under both Republican and Democratic administrations.

JJ: It’s interesting, because the presentation of rescinding Title 42 as having impacts—it’s not wrong that it would have an impact. It’s just, what is the perspective that we consider that impact from? And what I’m seeing a lot from in coverage right now is communities saying, we’re going to be the ones who are going to receive migrants, and we don’t have the support, necessarily, to take care of them. That, to me, is a different story.

Then that gets funneled into another media frame [in which] you can’t talk about social welfare without demonizing people who might need it, however briefly or in whatever contextual situation. So it’s not as though we couldn’t talk about impacts, it’s just the way they’re being talked about.

CNN: Everyone can now agree – the US has a border crisis

CNN (12/16/22)

MC: Right. Humanitarian and legal service providers and shelters stand ready to assist migrants who are coming in, but they do need to partner, not only with the federal government, but with state and local governments to provide much-needed funding.

This talk about a “crisis at the border” is really, in my book, a misuse of language. We hear words like “surge,” or “flood,” or “wave,” and that language is really dehumanizing. It essentially compares people who are seeking protection and safety to natural disasters or military threats, as something to be feared. And it’s xenophobic, and we can do better than that.

We can use language that is more neutral, we can talk about an increase in the number of asylum applications, or a rising number of people seeking safety. But we don’t need to go to the extremes. We have always—well, until three years ago—we have always welcomed asylum seekers at our borders. And there’s no reason to stop now.

JJ: We even hear “invasion” at some point, which puts it really in a certain place.

It seems as though the main frame right now, in the wake of the Supreme Court’s decision, is partisanship: how the Supreme Court is being misused by Republicans to enforce or endorse a policy that really is a congressional matter. But then, also, the Biden White House is trying to have it all ways.

Human beings are showing up in coverage in a very secondary way, and as you’re describing, sometimes they’re described literally as pawns, political pawns, but then they’re not engaged in a way that actually challenges that.

So what human impacts can we expect from what’s being called, rather passively, an “administrative stay,” as though it were a non-action. I read one account that called it a “gift of time” to think about things. But this ruling by the court is not an absence of action; real consequences will follow from it.

Melissa Crow

Melissa Crow: “It’s very clear from the arguments made by the anti-immigrant states that they’re viewing Title 42 as a border management tool, rather than a public health tool.”

MC: Yes, absolutely. And just to clarify, the only issue on which the Supreme Court has decided to weigh in is whether those 19 states have the right to intervene in this matter.

It’s kind of ironic, because nobody here, neither of the parties, really seems to question whether the Title 42 policy continues to be required as a response to Covid-19. It’s very clear from the arguments made by the anti-immigrant states that they’re viewing Title 42 as a border management tool, rather than a public health tool. And they’ve opposed virtually every other Covid restriction, except this one, which relates to asylum seekers.

In terms of human impacts, the Supreme Court’s decision to extend the stay pending their decision will continue to have deadly consequences for people who are fleeing persecution. Every day that the policy remains in effect, vulnerable individuals remain in legal limbo, and they’re exposed to grave dangers.

We’ve seen reports from Human Rights First and others documenting over 13,000 violent attacks against people expelled to Mexico under the Biden administration alone. And with this repeated delay of vacating the Title 42 policy, the death toll will only rise.

The Biden administration was prepared to end the policy before the holidays, and service providers ready to welcome asylum seekers at the border. Instead, those asylum seekers are continuing to languish in Mexico and elsewhere, in really dire conditions, under freezing temperatures, and the threat of violence by cartels, smugglers and the like, with really no end in sight for the foreseeable future.

JJ: And to the extent that media and reporters talk to those service providers, they get a very different perspective on the story.

And I have to say, I really resent that the narrow framing means that we can’t argue that Covid is still a crisis and at the same time argue that we shouldn’t be harming people who seek asylum as some sort of pretense of a public health measure. I feel like the media gives us this narrow window in which to have that conversation.

MC: Stephen Miller, who, as you know, was the architect of Trump’s anti-immigrant agenda, wanted to impose a Title 42 type policy long before the Covid pandemic. And when Covid happened in March of 2020, he seized on this opportunity to finally close the border to asylum seekers. But the pandemic was really just a pretext.

The Title 42 policy was implemented over the objections of leading public health professionals and experts at the CDC. In fact, the director of the CDC’s Division of Global Management and Quarantine, who ended up resigning, said explicitly that it’s morally wrong to use a public authority that has never ever been used in this way, and he said that it was evidence of discrimination.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, the frame that’s so big that it’s almost invisible in this coverage is, you know, I keep reading articles about the “solution to immigration”—immigration and immigrants are a problem. These human beings are, first and foremost, a problem.

And, of course, we need “reform.” And, of course, it’s a “divisive issue.” And all of these seem to be accepted tenets of the conversation here.

And what if we don’t buy them? What if we don’t accept that immigration is inherently a problem? What could the conversation look like if we talked about it in a different way?

MC: Yeah. I hate to sound trite, but this country is a nation of immigrants, and always has been. As you may know, there was a poll conducted not too long ago where nearly three quarters of Americans agree that the US should provide asylum to people fleeing persecution or violence in their home country, conducted by the US Immigration Policy Center at the University of California/San Diego. And it came out in December. And it was released by the Welcome With Dignity Campaign. I think they surveyed a thousand people across the political spectrum: 80% Democrats, 74% independents and 57% Republicans expressed support for asylum.

So I think that tells a very different story than the characterizations that you shared. And I feel like people are so quick to label those coming in, without really understanding the catalysts that caused them to flee in the first place.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies. Find their work online at cgrs.uc hastings.edu. Melissa Crow, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MC: Thank you for having me, Janine; I appreciate it.

 

The post ‘With This Delay of Vacating Title 42, the Death Toll Will Only Rise’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/10/with-this-delay-of-vacating-title-42-the-death-toll-will-only-rise-counterspin-interview-with-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/feed/ 0 363561
Paul Hudson on Airline Meltdown, Melissa Crow on Asylum Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/#respond Fri, 06 Jan 2023 16:55:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031595 There's an unarticulated underpinning to elite media conversation that as a consumer, you don't have anything called a "right."

The post Paul Hudson on Airline Meltdown, Melissa Crow on Asylum Policy appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

NBC News depiction of airport chaos

(NBC News, 12/29/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Media criticism is, at its heart, consumer advocacy. There’s an unarticulated underpinning to elite media conversation that goes: As a citizen you may have rights, but as a consumer, you don’t have anything called a “right”; the market is an arrangement—the best possible arrangement—but still, you can only hope you’re on the right side of it where it’s profitable to serve you. And if it isn’t, well, too bad. It’s a kind of caveat emptor, devil-take-the-hindmost situation, which would be bad enough if corporate media didn’t present it as though it were unproblematic, and as if we’d all agreed to it! Paul Hudson is president of the consumer group Flyers Rights. He’ll talk about what you did not, in fact, sign up for, in terms of air travel.

      CounterSpin230106Hudson.mp3

 

Also on the show: Enacted under Trump, Title 42 instructed officials to turn away asylum seekers at US borders in purported protection of the country’s “public health” in the face of Covid-19. Officialspeak currently has it that Covid is over, so far as public regulations go…. Oh except for that exception about denying  hearings to people fleeing violence and persecution in their home country. The Supreme Court has just furthered this injustice with a ruling that, according to one account, “does not overrule the lower court’s decision that Title 42 is illegal; it merely leaves the measure in place while the legal challenges play out in court.” We’ll hear from Melissa Crow, director of litigation at the Center for Gender and Refugee Studies.

      CounterSpin230106Crow.mp3

 

The post Paul Hudson on Airline Meltdown, Melissa Crow on Asylum Policy appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/paul-hudson-on-airline-meltdown-melissa-crow-on-asylum-policy/feed/ 0 362574
‘There Is More Than One Solution Needed to the Problem of an Insurrection’ – CounterSpin interview with Lisa Gilbert on January 6 report https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/there-is-more-than-one-solution-needed-to-the-problem-of-an-insurrection-counterspin-interview-with-lisa-gilbert-on-january-6-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/there-is-more-than-one-solution-needed-to-the-problem-of-an-insurrection-counterspin-interview-with-lisa-gilbert-on-january-6-report/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 21:11:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031506 "Not going forward is a recipe for disaster for democracy...if we don't hold the bad actors accountable."

The post ‘There Is More Than One Solution Needed to the Problem of an Insurrection’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Public Citizen’s Lisa Gilbert about the January 6 report for the December 23, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221223Gilbert.mp3

 

NYT: The End of the Trump Era Will Be Unsatisfying

New York Times (12/17/22)

Janine Jackson: “The End of the Trump Era Will Be Unsatisfying,” declared New York Times columnist Ross Douthat this week. “There will be no perp walk where Trump exits the White House in handcuffs.”

That’s a little odd, given Trump’s not in the White House, but the point is to reduce calls for accountability for obvious crimes to emotional, unreasonable cries for vengeance.

It’s the same way the Times told us we were “entitled to wonder whether any of the highly paid executives who helped kindle the 2008 financial disaster will ever see jail time.” But, the paper told us, “the harder question…is whether anybody should.”

So here we are again with Douthat’s advice that, while the realities of Trump and Trumpians’ concerted, premeditated efforts to overturn democracy are “yielding some righteous anger,” the intelligent takeaway is that “an unsatisfying absence of repudiation or vindication is a normal feature of democratic life.”

The editorial board of the Wall Street Journal concurs that while the January 6 inquiry “has done useful work gathering documents and putting witnesses under oath,” “the wiser course was to let the established facts speak for themselves.”

After all, the Journal says:

Trump’s ultimate goal wasn’t to obstruct the Congressional session on January 6; he wanted it to go his way. This was nonsense, and it had no chance of success, but was it a crime to lobby Mr. Pence to try?

WSJ: The Jan. 6 Inquiry’s Not-So-Grand Finale

Wall Street Journal (12/19/22)

So the upshot, lest you miss it, is that it’s appropriate to feel anger and outrage about things, but directing it at the people who orchestrate and profit from it is childish and irrational.

The sophisticated thing to do with our anger over fundamental assaults on our society’s organizing principles is to diffuse it into droplets in the air that never actually land.

So how do we resist this recipe for no change, and turn information about what happened on January 6, specifically, into accountability? Lisa Gilbert is executive vice president of Public Citizen and founder of the meaningfully named Not Above the Law Coalition. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Lisa Gilbert.

Lisa Gilbert: Thanks so much for having me.

JJ: Let’s start concretely. Folks will have heard a swirl of stuff, but what are the charges against Donald Trump that come out of this congressional committee, and is there, respectfully, any sense that these charges are inflated, or partisan, or anything other than legal charges?

LG: Well, thanks for that. I think that the herculean efforts of the January 6 Select Committee have really borne fruit. They laid them out in a clear, meaningful and compelling way this Monday.

We’re still waiting for their final report to drop today. But the charges against Donald Trump were clear, and followed in a clear throughline from the evidence that the committee found—in a very bipartisan way; most of their witnesses were high-level Republicans who worked closely with the president.

So the four charges were:

  • Obstruction of an official proceeding, the proceeding being the January 6 meeting of Congress itself, where they had intended to certify the presidential results.
  • Conspiracy to defraud the United States, and this happened in multiple ways, including the president’s lies about the 2020 election, lies about the vice president’s role in certification and how it works, among many other lies.
  • Conspiracy to knowingly make a false statement, so this was the participation in the plot to submit the fake slates of electors.
  • And then, finally, assisting, aiding or comforting—that’s an interesting word, but comforting an insurrection. So helping to incite the attack, but then also assisting others who did so as well. The reason for this charge is all the actions he took as the insurrection began to unfold, or actually the actions he did not take: He did not call in additional assistance to the Capitol Police who were under siege, he did not call the Department of Defense. Instead, he just sat and watched it all unfold on TV.

So those are the four charges, I think very clearly outlined by the committee, and very robustly supported by their work.

JJ: Let me ask you, if I could, just another angle on it: What do you see as the harms of not bringing charges here? I think folks are eager to reduce it to partisan back and forth, but it’s so much deeper, and what happens if we just say, “Oh, folks who like Trump like Trump, folks who didn’t like him think something bad happened on January 6”—what happens if we don’t go forward?

Lisa Gilbert

Lisa Gilbert: “Not going forward is a recipe for disaster for democracy…if we don’t hold the bad actors accountable.”

LG: I think not going forward is a recipe for disaster for democracy, not to be overblown. I think if we don’t hold the bad actors accountable for what was arguably the most dramatic and dangerous day in recent history of our nation, then what can we hold people accountable for?

And though it is true that referrals to other bodies, referrals to the DoJ or referrals to the House Ethics Committee, are not the same as actually prosecuting or moving forward charges, the committee doing this sends such a clear signal and backup, if you will, to the DoJ, as the special counsel there is working feverishly, as we know, to actually bring charges that will stick. And so having this really clear evidential record is helpful.

JJ: Let’s just draw you out about that in terms of the reality. So what came out of the committee is evidence, is information, and now we’re at a place where that information can be used or not used, what is the state of play here?

LG: That’s right. So the committee is, as advertised, an investigative body. They have spent almost a year investigating, calling witnesses, looking at thousands of documents.

It has been a truly robust, impressive bipartisan effort which led to the findings in their report, the recommendations that we’ll soon see about how to improve democracy, and then these referrals to our bodies of justice that can take it further.

Certainly, that work is essential for laying the groundwork and outside understanding of regular people, such that, as the special counsel moves forward, we all already understand why and what and how important it is.

JJ: When you say “take it further,” I guess what I want to get at is, I think, for the public, there’s an important distinction to be made about Donald Trump, and then what also enablers did, and the idea of, even if Trump, in some fanciful other planet, goes to jail, will that still prevent another thing like this from happening?

So there’s an interest in separating out the criminal charges against an individual, and how do we also, as a society, address the problems that were obviously evidenced on that day?

LG: That’s right, that is definitely right. There is more than one solution needed to the problem of an insurrection. This is a piece of it, what we’re talking about now, the individual who is most culpable being held accountable. And the fact that that person was the president of the United States makes it more important, not less, that we do, in fact, hold him accountable.

That’s the piece the DoJ is pursuing. That’s the piece that is being pursued in Georgia prosecutions. And we want to see it borne out, we want charges and we want them to stick.

However, separately, we also need to reform our democracy such that no other president can ever be this bankrupt morally, and can’t do anything like this again.

NPR: Congress passes election reform designed to ward off another Jan. 6

NPR (12/23/22)

And so there are a lot of threads to that. One piece, actually, we had a victory this week. I don’t know if people are paying attention to this, but the Electoral Count Act reforms, which many of us in DC have been lobbying for for months now, were included as a part of the year-end budget deal, so will soon pass.

This is critical, because it could prevent the idea of the vice president that, simply in his posture as chair of the Senate as he’s overseeing an electoral account, could change what he’s perceiving.

So that unclear language in the original Electoral Count Act is what Trump relied on. And this led his followers around, and certainly part of what sparked the insurrection. Now, assuming the Electoral Count Reform Act passes, that will no longer be an option. We need that, and we need other reforms that continue to protect democracy to move forward as well.

JJ: Let me ask you about those, because I feel like we’re all getting kind of a civics lesson about what laws are meaningful, what laws, it turns out, don’t mean anything if you don’t push on them. And we’re all learning a lot here. And I think a lot of folks are sort of thinking that their idea about what’s right and what’s wrong is somehow reflected in the law, and we know that that’s an imperfect relationship.

And so there are other things that we could make more sturdy, there are other things that we could back up in order to—setting Donald Trump aside—in order to prevent this kind of thing from happening again. What are some of those, also?

LG: Certainly a lot of the reforms that we’re talking about are contained in an omnibus legislative package called the Protecting Our Democracy Act, which we are hopeful could garner some bipartisan support, as did the Electoral Count Act reforms that I was just talking about.

So what it would do is shore up a lot of the loopholes that the Trump administration showed us exist, as you say. One of the main things we learned from his administration is that many things that we always thought were law were actually just norms, right, were actually just things that presidents have always done, but they’re actually not required to do.

So take his tax returns as a clear example of that. All presidents have always released them, but they were not apparently yet officially required to do so. So those kinds of things.

So some of the reforms carried within that legislation are things like improving our whistleblower laws, so that it is easier for those within government who are seeing things that might be coming from an unhinged president, those can be more easily shared, and those people are protected. Things to shore up our inspectors general so that, if pressure is being applied to agencies, or across the country, they’ll be able to catch it, and they’ll be protected, and won’t have to fear being fired without cause.

Those are just a couple of things. But I think there are numerous places where the fact that laws are not as clear as we once thought, he was able to take advantage of that and abuse our ethical assumptions.

JJ: Absolutely. And, OK, we can all learn, right? Let’s all learn together.

I’m a media critic, and so I fault media, to some extent, with this framing of Democrats versus Republicans, that encourages people to get to a place of, “Oh, you’re mad at Donald Trump, you don’t like his ideas, and that’s why you want him to go to jail.”

And I just think that’s so corrosive. It’s like, “Well, if it was your guy who was inciting insurrection, you’d be for it, right?”

I guess I’m hoping for more than elite media are giving us right now, in terms of—yeah, I understand, they need to have voices from lots of different perspectives, but there is something very fundamental that I feel that journalists could be doing, in terms of holding up the importance of democratic principles. And I just wonder what you would like to see from journalists right now.

CNN: Biden ramps up against Trump’s threat to democracy as ex-President again dangles pardons for allies

CNN (9/2/22)

LG: I think that’s a fair critique. I think journalists have a responsibility to report the threats as they see them, and they are legion right now.

One thing that may help them cover more and discuss this more is that the president, President Biden, has been leaning in quite a bit on these themes, you know, before the election, spending valuable last-speechifying moments talking about the threats of MAGA Republicans to democracy, and the problems of hate speech, and the issues of the insurrection, and the idea that election deniers could perhaps win.

Luckily, many of them did not. But that was a real threat. And he really spoke strongly about the problems with that.

And so I think, hopefully that kind of engagement on the part of the White House, in turn, makes it easier for journalists to spend more airtime, for editors to want to include stories about how we can improve democracy from here. But I agree, I think it needs as much attention as it can get. And I think the American people feel that too.

JJ: Let me ask you, if charges were brought, if the January 6 Commission evolved into indictments, would that mean the end of the Not Above the Law Coalition? What is your purpose there?

LG: That’s a great question. I mean, every policy group’s idea is to be in place until you put yourself out of business because you’ve won. So I am not sure, but certainly we have found a role around ethics scandals in many a moment. So I wouldn’t want to believe that, should we send Trump to jail, that this problem is entirely solved by that, and we’d still have things to do. But it’s a great question.

JJ: Part of what’s happening going forward is that January 6, 2023, is coming up right on us, and I know that you have work planned around that. What’s going on?

LG: We are riding the wave coming out of the Select Committee’s final business meeting and report to memorialize what they’ve done, to celebrate it and to talk about the need for democracy reform going forward.

We’re doing this by holding events all around the country on the second anniversary of the insurrection—”anniversary” is maybe too celebratory a word. We will be memorializing it, and discussing what it means for democracy going forward. These events can be found at OurFreedomsOurVote.org. And hopefully everyone who’s listening can find one near them. And then if you’re in the DC area, the flagship events will be in front of the Capitol at noon. So I encourage everyone to come.

JJ: Can I just ask you, what is the purpose? What’s the intent of these events?

LG: Both to simply memorialize and remember the horror that was the insurrection, but also to pivot forward and to talk about what it means to continue to fight for democracy, to push for voting rights reforms and campaign finance reforms and rule of law reform, and to use the great work of the committee to catapult us into the next phase of that fight.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Lisa Gilbert, co-founder of the Not Above the Law Coalition, and executive vice president of Public Citizen. Their work’s online at Citizen.org. Lisa Gilbert, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

LG: Thank you.

The post ‘There Is More Than One Solution Needed to the Problem of an Insurrection’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/04/there-is-more-than-one-solution-needed-to-the-problem-of-an-insurrection-counterspin-interview-with-lisa-gilbert-on-january-6-report/feed/ 0 362003
Best of CounterSpin 2022 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/best-of-counterspin-2022/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/best-of-counterspin-2022/#respond Fri, 30 Dec 2022 15:00:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031481 All year long CounterSpin brings you a look, as we say, behind the headlines of the mainstream news. We hope both to shine some light on aspects of news events—perspectives of those out of power, relevant but omitted history—important things that might be pushed to the side or off the page entirely in elite media […]

The post Best of CounterSpin 2022 appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpinBestOf2022.mp3

All year long CounterSpin brings you a look, as we say, behind the headlines of the mainstream news. We hope both to shine some light on aspects of news events—perspectives of those out of power, relevant but omitted history—important things that might be pushed to the side or off the page entirely in elite media reporting. But it’s also to remind us to be mindful of the practices and policies of corporate news media that make it an unlikely arena for an inclusive, vital debate on issues that matter—that we need.

CounterSpin is thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They help us see the world more clearly as well as the role we can play in changing it. This is just a small selection of some of them.

Rakeen Mabud

“Supply Chain Mayhem Will Likely Muck Up 2022”—that New York Times headline got us off to a start of a year of actual hardship, and a lot of obfuscation about that hardship’s sources (2/1/22). The pandemic threw into relief many concerns that it did not create—and offered an opportunity to address them in a serious and not a stopgap way. Rakeen Mabud is chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative. We talked with her early in the year.

 

Bryce Greene

The ease with which US media step into saber-rattling mode, the confidence as they soberly suggest people other than themselves might just need to be sent off to a violent death in service of something they can only describe with vague platitudes, should be disturbing. Bryce Greene’s piece, “What You Should Really Know About Ukraine,” got more than 3,000 shares on FAIR.org

The Peace Corps issued a press release warning that African Americans looking to support Ukrainians should accept that they might face racism—because of sooprise, sooprise of how we’re portrayed in US media.

Layla A. Jones

Layla A. Jones

We talked about the basic story the world and the US hears about Black people, thanks to journalism—with Layla A. Jones, reporter at the Philadelphia Inquirer. She’s part of the papers’ “A More Perfect Union” project, online at Inquirer.com

 

 

As US media showed there is no playbook too dusty to pull out with their anti-Asian Covid coverage, we talked with Helen Zia, co-founder of American Citizens for Justice, and author of, among other titles,  Asian-American Dreams: The Emergence of an American People,  the 40th remembrance and rededication at VincentChin.org

Jeannie Park

Jeannie Park

Of a piece with elite media’s denial that racist harm is still meaningfully happening is the flicking away of efforts—decades long, thoughtful, inclusive efforts—to address that harm. We talked with  Coalition for a Diverse Harvard‘s Jeannie Park about affirmative action at Harvard University. 

Muslim Advocates' Sumayyah Waheed

Sumayyah Waheed

In September of this year, CNN hired John Miller as “chief law enforcement and intelligence analyst,”—a clear message to Muslim communities and anyone who cares about them—given that as deputy commissioner of intelligence and counter-terrorism for the New York Police Department, Miller told a New York City Council meeting that “there is no evidence” that the NYPD surveilled Muslim communities in the wake of September 11, 2001—”based,” he said, “on every objective study that’s been done.” We listened, instead, to Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy council at Muslim Advocates

CounterSpin listeners understand that the news media situation in this country works against our democratic aspirations. There are so many problems crying out for open, inclusive conversation, in which those with the most power don’t get the biggest megaphone, leaving the vast majority outside of power to try and shout into the dominant noise, or try to find the space to talk around it.

Corporate media work hard, will always work hard, to tell us that it’s their way or the highway….it’s just not true.

Free Press's Mike Rispoli

Mike Rispoli

One of many projects we should know about that show us a way forward is one in New Jersey—that didn’t talk about shoring up old media outlets, which are for sure suffering… but about instead about invigorating community information needs—a very different thing! The New Jersey Civic Information Consortium uses public funding to support more informed communities. We talked with an early mover on the project Mike Rispoli, senior director of journalism policy Mike Rispoli at Free Press. 

The post Best of CounterSpin 2022 appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/30/best-of-counterspin-2022/feed/ 0 361082
‘Every Issue Is a Disability Issue’ – CounterSpin interview with Rebecca Vallas on disability economics https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/every-issue-is-a-disability-issue-counterspin-interview-with-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/every-issue-is-a-disability-issue-counterspin-interview-with-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/#respond Sat, 24 Dec 2022 00:42:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031473 "Disability has been viewed as some kind of an afterthought to larger conversation...around public policy in this country."

The post ‘Every Issue Is a Disability Issue’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative’s Rebecca Vallas about the economics of disability for the December 16, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221216Vallas.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Hey, have you heard about “Medicaid divorce”? It’s this trendy thing where people get divorced because it’s the only way to allow one partner to qualify for the Medicaid they need to live their lives, because if they’re married, they’re too rich.

Kiplinger: How to Restructure Your Assets to Qualify for Medicaid

Kiplinger (11/7/21)

That’s a nightmare, not to mention in a country where some people get to forget how many houses they own. But corporate media’s response has seemed to be just a bunch of articles about how maybe you, as an individual, might potentially game the system, like Kiplinger‘s “How to Restructure Your Assets to Qualify for Medicaid.” 

And then sort of, “well, would you look at that” pieces about the phenomenon, like Newsweek‘s “Internet Backs Wife’s Plan to Divorce Husband After Cancer Diagnosis.”

There are, of course, many people who couldn’t conscience the idea that having a disability, or a partner with a disability, should mean choosing between your marriage and your healthcare. But they just haven’t given it much thought, or even known that it was happening—thanks, in part, to media coverage that suggests that only people with disabilities care about disability policy, just like only Black people care about racism, and only poor people care about poverty.

It’s an inaccurate, inappropriate approach to core issues of the day that makes us seem more divided than we actually are, and makes change harder to bring about.

So our next guest’s project is not so much about connecting issues of disability and the economy as illuminating how they have always been connected, even if those connections have been obscured.

Rebecca Vallas is senior fellow and co-director of the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative, based out of the Century Foundation. She joins us now by phone from Virginia. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Rebecca Vallas.

Rebecca Vallas: Janine, it’s always a pleasure to speak with you. I feel very strongly about the important role that this show plays in larger conversations, and it’s always, always fun to talk with you.

JJ: Well, thank you.

I was thinking about this project walking to work, and I overheard a woman, equal parts angry and tired, saying to a friend, “Why is Medicaid saying they’ll only pay for one hearing aid? He needs two.”

And I just thought about the hours of this woman’s life. She was waiting outside a workplace, she was on her way to work, but this is obviously her other job—trying to get hearing aids for her husband or her child, I don’t know.

But the point is, if you don’t have to be familiar with this system, then you aren’t, and you count yourself lucky. But disability is one community that anyone could be part of tomorrow. And so I will genuinely never understand the sort of general media disinterest.

But into this void comes this project. And so I would like you to just talk about the need for it and, in part, just the informational gap that this project is looking to fill.

Rebecca Vallas (photo: Center for American Progress)

Rebecca Vallas: “Disability has been viewed as some kind of an afterthought…to larger conversation around public policy in this country.” (photo: Center for American Progress)

RV: I appreciate that so much, Janine, and you’re so right that for an incredibly and often, to me at least, surprisingly long period of time, disability has been viewed as some kind of an afterthought to larger conversations, not just conversations that we have in the media, but also conversations that go on in Washington, DC, around public policy in this country.

And, you know, I spend a lot of my time working on public policy, and trying to make it fairer for people who have historically been marginalized. And this project really is centered around that general need.

And so backing up just a little bit, folks might be listening to this and thinking, “Well, didn’t we pass the Americans with Disabilities Act? Didn’t we solve disability problems in the US?”

Well, yes, the ADA has been around for more than 32 years now. But more than 32 years after the ADA became law, people with disabilities in the United States still face poverty rates twice as high as our non-disabled peers. And that’s because of discrimination that remains widespread and, frankly, a litany of structural barriers to economic security and upward mobility that keep the American disability community stuck in a permanent recession.

And while this is an economic crisis that long predates Covid-19, it’s also really important to acknowledge that the impact of the pandemic, which itself has been a mass disabling event, has really only made it clearer: We can no longer afford to ignore disabled people in our policymaking.

And we at the Century Foundation actually did some polling on this issue. We partnered up with Data for Progress, a polling firm in Washington, DC, and New York, and earlier this year, we found that just three in ten disabled voters believe that leaders in Washington care about people with disabilities.

And so, really, that’s where the idea of starting the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative came from. Here we are, living through a pandemic—which it doesn’t go without repeating, we’re still in the middle of a pandemic that has not ended. This is a pandemic that has spurred the largest influx of new entrants to the American disability community in modern history.

And yet, we’re still in a place of needing to play 50-plus years of catch-up to make sure that we have public policies that work for disabled people, and, frankly, even public policies that contemplate disabled people.

And you are doing such a great job in your setup of highlighting, from a human perspective, how public policies that don’t contemplate disabled people’s lives can end up landing when people with disabilities are either an afterthought or, frankly, understood as a “them” instead of as part of an “us.”

And so that’s really the story behind the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative. The Century Foundation teamed up with our friends at the Ford Foundation and, in particular, my dear friend and sister Rebecca Cokley, who was the first-ever US disability rights program officer at any major foundation in the United States, we teamed up to bring together what are now more than 40 organizations.

It’s a set of leading think tanks who have outsized power in shaping the economic policy conversations in the US, together with disability rights and justice groups, to work together, to learn from each other and, most importantly, to actually work to ensure that American economic policy conversations include a disability lens, and that’s really the through line, and the theory of change of this collaborative, is to say every issue is a disability issue.

And it’s long past time that we understood, with one in four Americans living with disabilities, that this can’t continue to be a conversation that happens in July, once a year, when we acknowledge the unfinished business of the Americans with Disabilities Act. This needs to be an every day conversation that includes and centers the impact of the pandemic.

But they understand that people with disabilities are part of the “us,” and need to be at the table in shaping the public policies that have an outsized influence in impacting our lives every single day.

And so, yes, we see lots of media coverage trying to say, “Oh, look at the lifeboat”—which is a program like Social Security Disability Insurance, for example, or SSI—and let’s shine a spotlight on that, and try and say that people are wrong for seeking and claiming what are often life-saving and life-preserving benefits, when what we really need is a lot more attention paid to the doors that are closed in people’s faces because of their disabilities, that are the employment doors, that for many people, because millions of disabled people can and do work, that for many is the avenue that economic security and mobility would flow from.

And so a story I would love to see as a headline in the Washington Post, how about some coverage about the fact that disabled workers were paid an average of 74 cents on the dollar in 2020, compared with non-disabled workers? Right?

How about some coverage highlighting the fact that people with disabilities face three times the rates of food insecurity as non-disabled people?

How about some coverage highlighting that roughly half of American adults who need to turn to homeless shelters to have a roof over their head have a disability?

This is a picture that I really can’t describe in any other terms than saying the economy is not working for disabled people. And disabled people, we are the economy, we are part of the economy, and want to be contributors to the economy, both in the form of being workers and consumers.

And that’s a flip of the narrative that possibly the Covid pandemic is creating an opportunity for us to make, given the broader awareness that people now have that the disability community is a community that any of us can join at any time.

And with millions and millions of people now newly disabled by long Covid, I am hopeful that that is a shift in the conversation that we as a society are ready to start to make.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Rebecca Vallas. She’s senior fellow and co-director of the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative. You can find that project’s work at TCF.org. Rebecca Vallas, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

RV: Thanks so much, Janine, for shining a spotlight on the Collaborative’s work, and I really do appreciate your show.

The post ‘Every Issue Is a Disability Issue’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/24/every-issue-is-a-disability-issue-counterspin-interview-with-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/feed/ 0 360059
Lisa Gilbert on the January 6 Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/lisa-gilbert-on-the-january-6-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/lisa-gilbert-on-the-january-6-report/#respond Fri, 23 Dec 2022 18:06:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031452 The Very Smart People will tell us that what we really ought to do, what the intelligent people would do, is, well, nothing.

The post Lisa Gilbert on the January 6 Report appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Rioters at the Capitol on January 6

Image from January 6 Report (photo: Jon Cherry/Getty Images)

This week on CounterSpin: The House committee on the January 6, 2021, attack on the US Capitol heard more than 1,000 witness interviews and held multiple public hearings, resulting in criminal referrals to the Justice Department for Donald Trump, lawyer John Eastman and others involved in violent efforts to override the results of Trump’s electoral loss.

The committee released transcripts showing some two dozen witnesses invoking their right against self-incrimination. Eastman, key advisor to Trump on how to overturn the election, cited his Fifth Amendment right 155 times. At one point, Democratic House member Jamie Raskin asked GOP operative Roger Stone if he believed “coups are allowed in our constitutional system.” To which Stone said, “I most definitely decline to respond to your question.”

But the headwinds the Committee’s recommendations face are not just from the MAGA hatters, but also the Very Smart People who will tell us that our desire for justice is really just partisan or, worse, blood lust—and what we really ought to do, what the intelligent people would do, is, well, nothing. Let wiser heads prevail. We’re having none of that.

We spoke with Lisa Gilbert, executive vice president of Public Citizen and co-founder of the forged-for-purpose Not Above the Law Coalition, about what the hearings found and why it can’t end there.

      CounterSpin221223Gilbert.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Elon Musk, inflation and deadly conservatism.

      CounterSpin221223Banter.mp3

 

The post Lisa Gilbert on the January 6 Report appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/lisa-gilbert-on-the-january-6-report/feed/ 0 359981
‘The Oil Companies Are the Reason We Don’t Have Climate Policy’ – CounterSpin interview with Richard Wiles on fossil fuel lies https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/the-oil-companies-are-the-reason-we-dont-have-climate-policy-counterspin-interview-with-richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/the-oil-companies-are-the-reason-we-dont-have-climate-policy-counterspin-interview-with-richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 22:13:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031426 "The only way we're going to have the kind of meaningful climate policy change...is if we actually beat the oil guys."

The post ‘The Oil Companies Are the Reason We Don’t Have Climate Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Center for Climate Integrity’s Richard Wiles about the lies of the fossil fuel industry for the December 16, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221216Wiles.mp3

 

Climate Integrity: ExxonKnews: New Big Oil documents reveal a sinister strategy to keep fossil fuels alive

Center for Climate Integrity (12/9/22)

Janine Jackson: The House Oversight Committee has revealed new documentation showing that fossil fuel companies have long been well aware of their industry’s impact on climate disruption, with all of its devastating effects. And rather than respond humanely to human needs, they’ve opted to use every tool in the box, including bold lying, pretend naivete and aggressive misdirection, to continue extracting every last penny that they can.

It invites a question: If an investigation falls in the forest and no laws or tax policies or news media approaches are changed by it, does it make a sound?

Our next guest’s group collects and shares the receipts on fossil fuel companies’ architecture of deception—not for fun, but for change. Richard Wiles is president of the Center for Climate Integrity. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Richard Wiles.

Richard Wiles: Thanks for having me. Pleasure to be here.

JJ: I don’t think we can assume listeners will have heard the details from this House committee. What, most importantly to your mind, did the evidence that they unearthed show or confirm or illustrate about the actions and intentions of fossil fuel companies with regard to climate change?

RW: I guess the big new findings here are internal emails, internal communications, PowerPoint presentations, prepared for the CEO of the oil majors that reveal in a number of different ways the way they continue to aggressively mislead the public and the Congress and the media about their role in solving climate change—which is nothing, as you can imagine.

So this investigation was limited to internal documents that the company might have after the Paris Agreement in 2015. The committee subpoenaed any communications that they might have had relevant to climate change since that date.

And that’s important because there’s around 28 states and municipalities, plus another 16 communities in Puerto Rico, that are now suing oil companies for basically lying about what they knew about climate change, and their ongoing deception and greenwashing.

And the committee’s work, the documents that they’ve uncovered, have really added a lot to the evidence that will support those cases that make the case, particularly since 2015, that the companies continue to lie about their commitment to solving the problem.

WSJ: Exxon Sees Green Gold in Algae-Based Fuels. Skeptics See Greenwashing.

Wall Street Journal (10/3/21)

And they do it in a number of different ways. I’m sure that some of your listeners have seen Exxon’s famous and seemingly never-ending ads about algae, right, which internal emails to the company make clear is never going to be any kind of a significant contributor to solving climate change, or being a carbon-free fuel.

There’s a lot more stuff in the weeds, like the companies talk about how they support the Paris Climate Accords. But then, internally, they’re saying things like, “God, please don’t say anything that’ll commit us to advocate for the Paris Agreement.”

There’s lots about how they want to position natural gas as a climate solution, when they know that it isn’t a climate solution. And they talk about that in these documents.

So the Committee’s efforts, this investigation, has produced a lot of information that is going to be helpful to holding the companies accountable in court, and also just educating members of Congress and the media about the fact that these companies are the problem, they’re not part of the solution. They’re aggressively part of the problem.

And it’s one thing to have somebody like me say that, or environmental advocates say that, or public interest groups say that. It’s another thing to be able to prove it with the company’s internal communications.

So that’s basically the contribution they made.

JJ: Let me just, as a side note, this is with available information, right, because some of the biggest players just said, “Nope—transparency, public oversight, indicate our internal conversations? Nope, not gonna do it.” Right?

RW: Right. The committee used its subpoena power. But the companies have fancy lawyers, and they’re not particularly interested in cooperating on this issue.

And so they did produce, I think, a million pages of documents, but probably roughly 900,000 of those pages, probably more than that, were things that were irrelevant, like company websites and whatever, that stuff that doesn’t have anything to do with what the committee wanted.

In a lot of cases, some of the players, like API, among others—that’s the American Petroleum Institute, the lobbying group for the oil industry—they would just redact page after page of these internal documents, and might give you a sentence or two.

So there was a lot of redactions, a lot of withholding. I think it’s clear that the companies and the trade association fundamentally obstructed this investigation.

But at the same time, they also knew they had to turn over something. And what they did turn over did contain a significant amount of evidence of this ongoing duplicity and deception around climate change, and their role in causing it, and their role in “solving it.”

JJ: Yeah. You know, it’s shorthanded to the House Oversight Committee, including by me, but it’s called the Oversight and Reform Committee.

And the Center for Climate Integrity, you guys seem post-weasel words, post–”Yes, they do harm, but look at the good they also do”–style conciliation.

You seem to take the fact that fossil fuel industries are in bad faith, as not like, “Let’s talk about it,” but a factor to consider in what we do moving forward, right?

RW: Right, exactly. One hundred percent.

JJ: I appreciate that. And so many people are like, “Oh, well, they’re the experts on the industry. So if we’re going to regulate them, obviously the industry needs to be part of how they define how we regulate them.” And it’s just such a merry-go-round.

And I want to ask you, as a group that steps outside of that, what are we calling for now? What is our work, concretely, now? How do we get off this dime?

Richard Wiles

Richard Wiles: “The only way we’re going to have the kind of meaningful climate policy change…is if we actually beat the oil guys.”

RW: Yeah, this is a good point. You got to think about the oil industry the way you think about the tobacco industry, the opioid industry, right? Nobody is looking to the tobacco companies for healthcare policy advice anymore, and the same for the opioid guys.

These guys, they cause a problem, and there was no way to work it out with them, right? They had a very profitable product, they knew it was killing people left and right, and they didn’t care at all.

And the only way they were stopped was by head-on confrontation in the courts—not the Congress, which they fundamentally own, but to the courts.

And our view is that, while obviously the Congress has a role here, and we hope someday the Congress passes meaningful climate legislation, that certainly hasn’t happened yet.

We had a good energy bill this fall, but it didn’t do anything to reduce emissions or to rein in these companies.

The only way we’re going to have the kind of meaningful climate policy change that ushers in an era of renewable energy is if we actually beat the oil guys. We have to actually win. It’s not a negotiation, it’s a fight. They want us to think it’s a negotiation, because that means they’ve won; we’re talking to them.

But if anyone can think of a time in human history where the most powerful industry or interest group of that era, that time, voluntarily committed suicide, voluntarily said, “Ah, you know, we don’t want all this power, we don’t want all this money….”

JJ: “We’ll just show ourselves out.”

RW: “…go out of business,” right. Yeah, if you can show me that, maybe I’ll change my mind. But you’ve got to be pretty naive to think that’s what’s going to happen here.

And all the evidence shows that’s not true. We can say that, and there’s still powerful forces who think, “Oh, well, they’re just naive, of course you’re going to have to work with the oil guys.”

Well, no. And what these documents do is help make it clear to people who need to have it made clear to them, like members of Congress and the media, that the oil companies are the problem, period. That’s it. That’s the reason we don’t have climate policy. There’s no other reason. It’s because these very wealthy, powerful, vested interests make sure that the public is confused about climate change, that everybody thinks that they’re part of the solution, that all these things that we know aren’t true, and that this evidence helps us show are not true.

So our view is you’ve got to attack the companies, you’ve got to expose them for all the lies that they live off of. And you’ve got to make them pay, both reputationally and financially, through the courts, for their ongoing lies and deception. And for the damage that those lies do, in terms of the cost that communities face from extreme storms and hurricanes, and just the routine business of adapting to climate change.

Building a seawall we didn’t have to build. Now we need a cooling center, or suddenly we got to move the sewage treatment plant. Look, our drinking water’s loaded with salt water now. Whatever it is, all these costs that were foisted upon us by the industry, they need to pay.

And I guess our view is if they’re held accountable financially, and if people understand through that process—like they do with Big Pharma now, that “opioids, not good, really bad, these companies deliberately and knowingly killed people.”

If we can hang that same kind of messaging around the necks of the oil and gas industry, where it belongs, then I think we can change the conversation about how we’re going to solve climate. It’ll be a much more fruitful conversation.

And if the companies have to pay, also, if these cases are successful and the companies are made to pay for the damage that they knowingly caused—and I want to emphasize that the companies knew 50 years ago that their products would cause climate change, and they wrote it down, and they talked about catastrophes that would happen. And then they decided, at some point in the early ’90s/late ’80s, that they needed to run a massive disinformation campaign instead of tell the truth. If they’re held accountable to that, it’s a big financial cost that they absolutely deserve to have to pay.

And they’ll be very different-looking industries if they’re made to pay those costs. And at that point, maybe, just maybe, we will get the kind of climate solutions that we need.

Until we do that, I don’t think there’s any reasonable path that’s going to get us to the transformational kind of change that we need to get to, if the oil companies and gas companies are just standing in the way, as powerful as they are today, and everybody thinks that really the problem is them, right? That’s what they’ve done, right?

WaPo: Big Oil talks ‘transition’ but perpetuates petroleum, House documents say

Washington Post (12/9/22)

JJ: And how long a shower they take, right? And I would love to put a pin in that right there. But I feel obliged to ask you a final question, which is that Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse, his takeaway, as he tweeted, was, “Second only to hydrocarbons, the biggest product of the fossil fuel industry is lies.” That’s what he took away.

But then I read this Washington Post subhead, that was, “Some oil companies remain internally skeptical about the switch to a low-carbon economy even as they portray their businesses as partners in the cause, documents say.”

I mean, uff da, what the heck is that?

RW: Right? Sheldon Whitehouse nailed it, right? The number two product is lies.

JJ: How’s that kind of media coverage going to get us, is what I’m saying.

RW: Yeah, that’s just completely wrong. That’s what we’re battling against, right? There’s somehow this notion that the companies have a legitimate skepticism, and internal debates about whether or not they should really try harder on climate, and that’s what the documents showed…No, that’s not what the documents show.

The documents show that they are lying about their commitment to solving the problem. The documents show that they’re going to increase drilling in the Permian Basin by maybe 1,000% while they’re going to say that they’re in favor of the Paris Climate Accords.

That’s what the documents showed. They showed ongoing duplicity and lies. And, yeah, that’s part of the challenge, is to get the media to report this correctly.

We’re up to that challenge. And we think the more documents come out, the clearer it’s going to be, and the more attorneys general that step up and sue these companies for consumer fraud, and the more municipalities that demand to have the cost that they are spending to adapt to climate change covered by the oil companies, like they should be, the more evidence that comes out, I think, the better we’ll do.

And the more people understand, the message in the media will change. But we got a long way to go.

But this investigation is a good step in the right direction, for sure. You’re building a wall; it’s just a brick in the wall. And at some point, it’s going to be a wall that they can’t get out around. So in the meantime, we’ll just keep building.

JJ: Keep on keeping on.

RW: Yeah, that’s what we do.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Richard Wiles. He’s president of the Center for Climate Integrity. You can find their work online at ClimateIntegrity.org. Richard Wiles, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

RW: Oh, thanks for having me. Really appreciate it.

 

The post ‘The Oil Companies Are the Reason We Don’t Have Climate Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/the-oil-companies-are-the-reason-we-dont-have-climate-policy-counterspin-interview-with-richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies/feed/ 0 359380
Richard Wiles on Fossil Fuel Lies, Rebecca Vallas on Disability Economics https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/#respond Fri, 16 Dec 2022 17:08:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031368 The predictable harms of fossil fuels are forever "raising questions" for elite media. What would happen if they were seen as answering them?

The post Richard Wiles on Fossil Fuel Lies, Rebecca Vallas on Disability Economics appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin221216.mp3

 

This week on CounterSpin: When the Keystone pipeline spilled hundreds of thousands of gallons of hard-to-clean, sludgy oil in Kansas, AP‘s headline explained that the disaster “raises questions” about the pipeline’s operation. The utterly predictable harms of fossil fuel companies are forever “raising questions” for elite media. What in the world would happen if they were seen as answering them, and calling for requisite response? We talk about the latest revelations about fossil fuel industry lying about climate change with Richard Wiles, president of the Center for Climate Integrity.

      CounterSpin221216Wiles.mp3

 

Disability rights are workers' rights.

Disability Economic Justice Collaborative (11/2/22)

Also on the show: As powerful people call loudly for a “post-Covid” “return to normal,” many are demanding we acknowledge that not only are we not post-Covid, but that “normal” was not actually good for millions of us. Rebecca Vallas is senior fellow and co-director of the Disability Economic Justice Collaborative, based out of the Century Foundation. We talk with her about what that new project does, and why they need to do it.

      CounterSpin221216Valles.mp3

 

The post Richard Wiles on Fossil Fuel Lies, Rebecca Vallas on Disability Economics appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/richard-wiles-on-fossil-fuel-lies-rebecca-vallas-on-disability-economics/feed/ 0 358358
‘A Crucial Part of Colonization Is Taking Our Children’ – CounterSpin interview with Jen Deerinwater on Indian Child Welfare Act  https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/a-crucial-part-of-colonization-is-taking-our-children-counterspin-interview-with-jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/a-crucial-part-of-colonization-is-taking-our-children-counterspin-interview-with-jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 23:02:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031336 "They say that this is about protecting Native children, but that's not what it is. It's about overturning our sovereignty."

The post ‘A Crucial Part of Colonization Is Taking Our Children’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Crushing Colonialism’s Jen Deerinwater about efforts to overturn the Indian Child Welfare Act for the December 9, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221209Deerinwater.mp3

 

Truthout: Supreme Court Considers Dismantling Native Sovereignty in “Haaland v. Brackeen”

Truthout (11/12/22)

Janine Jackson: On November 9, the Supreme Court heard the case Haaland v. Brackeen. You might not have seen much about it; media coverage has been spotty. I will drop us into the center of it with the lead of our guest’s recent piece for Truthout.org:

Anywhere colonizers have invaded, Indigenous children have been separated from their communities. Whether through boarding or residential schools, child protective services, or outright murder, the theft of Indigenous children destroys tribal nations—which is what’s at stake in the US Supreme Court case Haaland v. Brackeen.

Nominal plaintiffs in the case, Chad and Jennifer Brackeen, fostered a Native child whom they subsequently adopted, but were upset that they might not be able to as easily adopt his half-sister.

But, as with many Supreme Court cases, their story is not the story, which extends far beyond them. It requires critical, thoughtful, human rights–centered storytelling to untangle an intentionally snarled story, to explain what—and who, really—are truly at stake.

Jen Deerinwater writes, as I note, for Truthout. She’s also founding executive director of Crushing Colonialism. Welcome to CounterSpin, Jen Deerinwater.

Jen Deerinwater: Hi. Thank you for having me on.

JJ: Let me ask you to begin with why ICWA, the Indian Child Welfare Act of 1978, why was it demanded and passed? What does it do?

Jen Deerinwater

Jen Deerinwater: “They say that this is about protecting Native children, but that’s not what it is. It’s about overturning our sovereignty.”

JD: So this nonpartisan act was passed because it was found, prior to ICWA, that 25% to 35% of all Native children were being removed from their homes by state welfare and private adoption agencies. And of those, 85% of those children were being placed with non-Native families, overwhelmingly white Christian families, even when there were good homes with relatives and tribal members available.

So the point of ICWA, this nonpartisan act, is to help keep Native children with our tribal communities. As you read in the intro, a crucial part of colonization, of the genocide of Indigenous people, is taking our children. If you take away our future generations, then we cease to exist as Indigenous people and as sovereign nations, which is really a lot of what this case is about.

Even with ICWA in place—which is called the gold standard of child welfare policy, just so listeners know that—we’re still finding that Native children are still being removed at a rate of two to three times that of white children, and they’re rarely placed with relatives, and Native and tribal families, and community members.

Native families are the most likely to have children removed from their home as a first resort, and are the least likely to be offered any sort of family support interventions to help keep their children.

So that’s the importance of ICWA and where it’s coming from, and why it’s so important.

But now the way that it works, it’s also different than how one might think. So this doesn’t apply to all Native American children. It applies to Native children who are either enrolled in a federally recognized tribe, or are eligible for enrollment in a federally recognized tribe. So that’s really important, and that is something that non-Native press has often gotten wrong about this.

They have not used that distinction, which is very important, because what’s so much at the heart of this, beyond just the genocide issue, is tribal sovereignty, and the potential overturning of tribes as sovereign nations, and really trying to turn us into nothing more than a race of people. And if you say that we are just a race of people, then something like ICWA becomes illegal under race-based discrimination laws in the country.

But really, what the other side wants is the overturning of tribal sovereignty. You know, they say that this is about protecting Native children, but that’s not what it is. It’s about overturning our sovereignty, so that non-Native interests like casinos and oil and gas can take our resources. And they’re just willing to use our children as the fodder in order to do that.

JJ: As you say, the repercussions are huge, and I don’t know that folks just sort of skimming the issue would understand that this isn’t Chad and Jennifer, this is Gibson Dunn, right, the law firm.

JD: Correct.

JJ: Gibson Dunn and their clientele have a much bigger picture in mind than Chad and Jennifer, which is what you’re telling us. But if we could start at the epicenter, which you’ve started to say, what could be unleashed by the dismantling of ICWA, first of all, on Native people and Native rights. Just talk a little more about that.

JD: Yeah, so I see this as an ushering in of the Termination Era, which I wrote a bit about in my piece for Truthout.

So just as a bit of a brief background, in the 1950s, the federal government, Congress—Congress is the only one who has any legal authority over federally recognized tribes, which is also part of what’s at stake, the argument within this case.

But the Termination Era of the 1950s, the US government came in and basically terminated its sovereign nation-to-nation relationship with many tribes.

The numbers that I have found vary a bit, but over 13,000 tribal members lost their recognition status. Several tribes in Oregon and California lost their status, which was also based on taking the lands in Oregon and California, and selling them off to non-Native interests.

There were also changes to criminal jurisdiction. Native people were relocated heavily to urban centers. There was a relocation program that came during this era, that the federal government came in and said, “You know what? You can get good education, jobs. We’ll get you housing, all these things if you move to cities.”

And, as they have always done to us, they broke their promises. Our people got to cities and were put in the worst neighborhoods, kept in destitution, no good jobs, no good healthcare.

But suddenly, you’re away from your Native community. You’re away from your tribe, and you’re not—it’s very interesting the way it works in this country. You know, my tribal citizenship for the Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma doesn’t end when I leave my reservation, any more than my US citizenship ends if I leave the so-called US.

But a lot of my trust and treaty rights, they diminish, you know? I live in Washington, DC. I have a trust and treaty right for the Indian Health Services. However, there are no IHS services anywhere near where I live.

So by relocating us, even though we’re still citizens and members of sovereign nations, we still have these trust and treaty rights, it was a way of breaking up our communities, and taking away our ability to exercise these rights.

Now with this case, Haaland v. Brackeen, I really see that as ushering in another Termination Era. Quinault Nation vice president and president of the National Congress of American Indians Fawn Sharp told me in an interview that she really saw us as already being in a Termination Era, and that this case could just move it along even further.

SCOTUS Blog: Closely divided court scrutinizes various provisions of Indian Child Welfare Act

SCOTUSblog (11/9/22)

So I sat in the Court. It was an over three-hour hearing and it was, I’m not going to lie, it was quite difficult to sit through. There was a lot of really insulting things being thrown around in there.

But one of the questions that kept coming up is tribal citizenship: Is it being a citizen of a sovereign nation, or is it simply being a race of people?

JJ: That seems to be at the core of it, yeah.

JD: Right. And what’s so infuriating, which I don’t believe I’ve ever seen this talked about in any non-Native press ever, but: You don’t have to know anything about Indian law in order to graduate from law school, to pass the bar, to serve as a judge, to serve on the Supreme Court.

And Indian law is part of constitutional law, it’s part of federal law. We have people graduating, becoming lawyers, becoming judges, that know absolutely nothing about this. And this is very scary for Native tribes, as so much of our very ability to exist goes through the Court.

So it was just really scary. The only person on the Supreme Court who has any experience with Indian case law is Justice Gorsuch. The rest of them have no experience, and it was very clear that they knew very little about us.

Even the justices that I know will rule on the side of tribes, still some of what they said, it was just so clear they don’t even understand who and what tribes are, and how it’s different than being a race.

JJ: Yeah. Maybe explain that a little bit. Maybe tell folks, it’s not the same thing.

JD: Yeah. So one, I want to say that race is a social construct. Race is something made up. Ethnicity is real. Culture is real. So I want to say that, first of all, I believe that race is just a construct in general for everyone.

But for Native people, you know, I’ll use my tribe as an example. I want to point out, Cherokee Nation is the largest federally recognized tribe in the country. We have more resources than a lot of other tribes, so not all tribal nations are in the same circumstances. I want to make that very clear.

But my tribe, for example, just passed a $3.5 billion fiscal year budget for 2023. Our principal chief—if you want to have some comparison to the US system, which our US federal government system was actually based on the Haudenosaunee Confederacy’s tribal system—our principal chief is our president.

Our Tribal Council is our Congress. We have a Supreme Court, we have a marshal service, we have a healthcare service. Forbes just named us one of the top 10 employers in the state of Oklahoma. We are not a race that you just check on a box.

I vote in tribal elections. I see this as, my citizenship to Cherokee Nation is no different than my rights as a citizen to the US.

But, I think, one, there’s a level of ignorance on the part of the justices and the lawyers, everyone, that just don’t understand what tribal sovereignty is. But I think it’s also very intentional. Matthew McGill, who argues for the Brackeen family, also argued for Energy Transfer Partners’ Dakota Access Pipeline, which was very fiercely fought by Native people from around the world.

But McGill actually said during the hearing, “Citizenship is a proxy for race.” Well, citizenship is not race. It was very frustrating.

There’s a level of ignorance, but there’s also a level of intention that it’s very clear they know what they’re doing, they know what they’re arguing, and they know how all of these cases move together. Gibson Dunn, the law firm representing the Brackeens, they actually went looking for the Brackeen family; the Brackeens didn’t go to them. They actually represent, I believe, two of the world’s largest casinos. They just filed a casino-related lawsuit in Washington state.

They know what they’re doing. They know, and the states know too.

JJ: That’s exactly it. Gibson Dunn has filed a complaint that tribal gaming is unconstitutional. They’re using the exact same argument that they’re using in Brackeen, and so we’re looking for journalists to zoom out and connect those dots. Like, why is it in their interest to abolish tribal rights, and what will ensue as a result of that?

NYT: Occupying the Prairie

New York Times (8/23/16)

But I wanted to talk about media in the sense that, again, coming back to tribal rights— Standing Rock and NoDAPL introduced a lot of media coverage for folks, and a lot of it was good, but I was struck by a New York Times article that was talking about the Dakota Access Pipeline, and they counterposed it, they describe the opposition as tribes who

viewed the project as a wounding intrusion onto lands where generations of their ancestors hunted bison, gathered water and were born and buried, long before treaties and fences stamped a different order onto the Plains.

To me, this is corporate media doing Native Americans as, like, a Pinterest page, but also talking about treaties as something that are just in a misty past, and certainly not a legal reality.

I just wonder what you make of media coverage in general of this set of issues.

JD: I think non-Native media coverage of pretty much all Native issues is pretty deplorable.

I feel like even when I read things written by non-Natives, and I can tell that they’re friendly to Native people, Native issues, still their ignorance comes through.

You know, not properly citing people: I was interviewed by Mother Jones a few years back, and I told them, you need to say that I’m a citizen of the Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma. If you don’t say that, it’s wrong. And they still just listed me as Cherokee. Well, that’s not accurate, you know?

But with the New York Times, for example—we’ll go with the more egregious example —the New York Times doesn’t have a single Native journalist. Not one. In fact, I believe it was in this last year, they even published what we would call a pretendian, which is a non-Native who was faking Native identity.

So they have a long history of doing really horrible things to us, but their coverage of Haaland v. Brackeen and ICWA in general—because ICWA has actually been legally challenged more times than the Affordable Care Act, so this is all very, very complex—but their coverage of it has been pretty awful.

I read the article that they wrote right before the court hearing and right after the court hearing, and there was a lot of racism in there. There was a lot of factually incomplete reporting. For example, they actually said in one of those articles that before the Supreme Court hearing, the Brackeens kept a “low profile.”

But they actually didn’t. Jennifer Brackeen had a whole blog where she talked about the entire process of stealing these Native children from their families. She also says that they knew that they weren’t legally going to be the first option for adopting a Native child as well.

New York Times didn’t talk about how the Brackeens have still been allowed to adopt at least one of these Native children. They didn’t talk about that. How can the Brackeens assert that they’ve been racially discriminated against when they still got what they wanted?

NYT: Race Question in Supreme Court Adoption Case Unnerves Tribes

New York Times (11/7/22)

JJ: Exactly. And you know, I was frankly irked by a Times story that started off saying that the case “primarily pits the Brackeens in Texas against the US Department of the Interior and five tribes.”

JD: Yes.

JJ: And then later they say, oh, well actually, a brief on the case was endorsed by 497 tribes, and they were signed by 87 members of Congress and 23 states and the District of Columbia, and the American Academy of Pediatrics and the AMA and the APA all said that ICWA helps redress physical and psychological trauma, and yet the headline is like, “families against the state.” It’s such a misrepresentation.

JD: I read that article. I remember that. When I read that, I went, “Huh, well this is off to a bad start.”

And it was either that article or another, this was also something that’s been very upsetting that I’ve seen across non-Native press on the ICWA case, is that they don’t often talk about how many of the children who are removed from their homes are not being removed because of abuse.

It’s generally a welfare issue, sometimes even poverty. Some of these people who are arguing to overturn ICWA are saying that these families that want to adopt these children have money and resources, so they’re a better fit for raising Native children than Native people are.

The New York Times didn’t mention that, but they did mention that both mothers in this Brackeen case, the Native mothers, had tested positive for methamphetamine.

So they have no problems portraying us as all being drug addicts and bad parents. But they don’t actually talk about the reality of the system, and they don’t talk about, as was pointed out by Chairman Tehassi Hill of the Oneida Tribe in Wisconsin, and that I said earlier: in data, Native families are the least likely to get any sort of family support to help them so that they can be reunified in issues of, we’ll say, drug use or other traumas.

Also the New York Times didn’t acknowledge the fact that we Natives, we are still facing genocide. We are all struggling with trauma, but there’s a reason for it, you know?

There’s just so much that was left out and that was just done so poorly. They also, when they talked about Navajo Nation, because the Navajo Nation is involved in this case, because both of the children the Brackeens are, after all, Navajo Nation, as well as one is Cherokee Nation.

But the New York Times, every time they talk about Navajo Nation tribes, they just say “the Navajo,” which is a little confusing and also a little insulting. They’re a tribe, they’re a government. They’re not showing that. They’re not actually putting forward what this story really is.

I’m not sure whether to say it’s just sloppy, poor journalism, or if it’s purposely misleading. I’m not sure which one it is.

JJ: I hear that. The way that elite media talk about tribes and tribal law makes it sound as though we’re supposed to think it’s kind of a joke. “That’s not for real! What if we want the resources that are underneath them on their land? I mean, obviously we don’t need to honor anything that existed from the beginning of this country.”

I just feel there’s an unseriousness with which elite news media address Indigenous issues.

JD: They do. Absolutely. And there’s also a reason for that, beyond the fact that we’re not employed by them. But also, even Native media has issues reporting sometimes, because of access to government.

I’ve learned from a Native journalist friend of mine, who works for an established news organization, that they’ve been denied a press pass for Congress, for hearings, because they’re owned by a tribal government.

Well, much of our Native press is owned by tribal governments, because we wouldn’t have press otherwise, but the congressional press people say that that means they’re a foreign agent, so they can’t have access to press passes for Congress, which is just wild.

So, which is it, US government? Are we foreign agents? Are we sovereign nations, or are we just a race of people? Make up your mind. And the fact that this just gets left out of reporting is just maddening.

JJ: I’m going to end it right there, but just for today. We’ve been speaking with Jen Deerinwater, executive director at CrushingColonialism.org.

You can find Jen’s work there, as well as at Truthout.org and other outlets. Jen is the co-editor of Sacred and Subversive, and you can also find her work in the anthologies Disability Visibility and Two-Spirits Belong Here.

Thank you so much, Jen Deerinwater, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JD: Thank you for having me on.

 

The post ‘A Crucial Part of Colonization Is Taking Our Children’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/a-crucial-part-of-colonization-is-taking-our-children-counterspin-interview-with-jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/feed/ 0 357437
Jen Deerinwater on Indian Child Welfare Act https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/#respond Fri, 09 Dec 2022 16:32:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031305 Those who want to eliminate the Indian Child Welfare Act are opposed by the reality that made the Act necessary in the first place.

The post Jen Deerinwater on Indian Child Welfare Act appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Truthout: Supreme Court Considers Dismantling Native Sovereignty in “Haaland v. Brackeen”

Truthout (11/12/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Those listeners who have heard about Haaland v. Brackeen will know that that Supreme Court case is about considering the Indian Child Welfare Act—which is aimed at keeping Native communities together—to be “race-based,” and therefore unfair and unconstitutional. Opposing the actual mission of those who want to eliminate the Indian Child Welfare Act is just…reality: the reality that made the Act necessary in the first place, and the reality that will likely ensue if it is repealed. We’ll learn more from Jen Deerinwater, who writes for Truthout, among other outlets, and is founding executive director of Crushing Colonialism.

      CounterSpin221209Deerinwater.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent media conflation of crime and homelessness.

      CounterSpin221209Banter.mp3

 

The post Jen Deerinwater on Indian Child Welfare Act appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/jen-deerinwater-on-indian-child-welfare-act/feed/ 0 356577
‘The Supreme Court Is Burying Its Head in the Sand’ – CounterSpin interview with Marjorie Cohn on Supreme Court lobbying https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-supreme-court-is-burying-its-head-in-the-sand-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-supreme-court-lobbying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-supreme-court-is-burying-its-head-in-the-sand-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-supreme-court-lobbying/#respond Wed, 07 Dec 2022 16:57:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031272 "There is basically no higher authority that tells Supreme Court members what they can and cannot do."

The post ‘The Supreme Court Is Burying Its Head in the Sand’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed Law and Disorder Radio‘s Marjorie Cohn about evangelicals’ Supreme Court lobbying for the December 2, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221202Cohn.mp3

 

Politico: ‘Operation Higher Court’: Inside the religious right’s efforts to wine and dine Supreme Court justices

Politico (7/8/22)

Janine Jackson: Recent reports from Politico and the New York Times expose a pattern of improper lobbying of right-wing Supreme Court justices by wealthy evangelicals pushing conservative positions on social issues before the Court.

The long-term operation, dubbed the “Ministry of Emboldenment,” was revealed by Rev. Rob Schenck, who used to run the group Faith and Action, which recruited rich donors and urged them to invite some justices—you won’t be surprised which ones—to dinner, vacation homes and private clubs.

Changing minds wasn’t necessary. The goal was to “stiffen the resolve of the Court’s conservatives in taking uncompromising stances.”

For example, the stance that led to the elimination of rights of bodily autonomy for half of the country’s populace.

Schenck has now changed his colors, and told the New York Times that “what we did was wrong.”

The focus for many is that in one of those private dinners, Samuel Alito appears to have tipped the 2014 Burwell v. Hobby Lobby ruling, where the court said private companies can demand religious exemptions from the Affordable Care Act’s requirement that their health plans cover contraceptives, helping Hobby Lobby put together their PR campaign in advance.

We’re joined now by Marjorie Cohn, professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild, and author of numerous books, including Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral and Geopolitical Issues. She’s also co-host of Law and Disorder Radio, joining us now by phone from San Diego.

Welcome back to CounterSpin, Marjorie Cohn.

Marjorie Cohn: Thanks for having me, Janine.

Truthout: Evangelical Lobbying Threatens Supreme Court’s Independence

Truthout (11/29/22)

JJ: We don’t have a lot of time today, and I’d like to refer folks to your work at Truthout.org for more details.

But I just want to say, for me, there’s a question of focus here. Anyone can pitch, but someone has to catch. So as a citizen, I guess I’m moderately less interested in what horse hockey some people were selling than the fact that a good part of one of the three branches of government chose to buy it, and then purvey it, right?

This is deeper than a few fancy dinners.

MC: It is. This Rob Schenck you mentioned actually prayed with Scalia and Thomas in their chambers, invoking the sanctity of human life to encourage them to end abortion.

And since, Rob Schenck said, the Supreme Court is the most insulated and isolated branch, “we’ve literally had to pray our way in there each step of the way.” And he said that in 2000, he met and prayed with Scalia just 24 hours after the court issued Bush v. Gore, basically handing the 2000 presidential election to George W. Bush.

But the news hook now about this, it’s called Operation Higher Court, which took place from 1995 to 2018. It was an operation by Faith and Action, a right-wing evangelical nonprofit. And they basically cultivated 20 couples to travel to Washington, DC, and wine and dine Alito, Thomas and Scalia.

In 2014, Alito dined with one of the primary donors of Faith and Action, Gayle Wright. She left with inside knowledge about the result of the Hobby Lobby case.

Alito, sure enough, wrote the majority opinion, and Alito also wrote the majority opinion in the Dobbs case earlier this year, which reversed Roe v. Wade. And four months before Dobbs came down, Alito’s draft opinion was leaked to Politico, and the final opinion largely tracked the draft.

Well, this is no coincidence that both of these decisions, Hobby Lobby and Dobbs, serve the conservative evangelical agenda, and both were leaked by people with advanced knowledge of the results.

NYT: Former Anti-Abortion Leader Alleges Another Supreme Court Breach

New York Times (11/19/22)

Both Gayle Wright and Alito have denied that this conversation took place before the Hobby Lobby decision came out. But both the New York Times and Politico have corroborated the conversation through contemporaneous conversations, emails and a timeline. So it does look like it really is true.

Now, one of the real outrages here, Janine, is that the Supreme Court justices—and I use that word advisedly; I don’t think they are just, most of them—but they are not bound by the Code of Conduct for US judges. There is basically no higher authority that tells Supreme Court members what they can and cannot do.

Under the Code of Conduct, judges have to avoid even the appearance of impropriety. And certainly this situation with the Hobby Lobby revelation creates the appearance of impropriety.

Now, Supreme Court members do have to recuse themselves from cases in which their impartiality may reasonably be questioned. But when they fail to do so, they don’t give reasons most of the time; there’s no enforcement.

And one of the canons of this code of conduct says that a judge has to disqualify himself where the judge’s impartiality may reasonably be questioned, or when his spouse has an interest that could be affected substantially by the outcome of the proceeding.

WaPo: Ginni Thomas pressed 29 Ariz. lawmakers to help overturn Trump’s defeat, emails show

Washington Post (6/10/22)

Clarence Thomas’ wife, Ginni, has been a prominent proponent of the big lie that the 2020 presidential election was stolen from Trump. She sent 29 texts to then–White House Chief of Staff Mark Meadows urging him to reverse the election results, and she falsely told Republican state legislators in Arizona and Wisconsin that the authority to choose electors was “theirs and theirs alone.”

She was talking about the so-called “independent state legislature theory,” which says that only state legislatures can draw congressional maps. There is no review by any state court. And that very theory, the independent state legislature theory, is at issue in a case now pending before the Supreme Court, Moore v. Harper, and on December 7, it will be orally argued before the Supreme Court, and we’ll see whether Clarence Thomas recuses himself. I would bet good money that he won’t.

Now, the chairmen of the Senate and House Judiciary federal court subcommittees, Sheldon Whitehouse and Henry Johnson, wrote a letter in September to Chief Justice John Roberts, and asked the Supreme Court to list the dinners and travel and lodging that the justices received from this Faith and Action, and also asked if any of these justices were aware of Operation Higher Court before the recent news reports.

On November 7, two months later, Roberts and the Supreme Court’s legal counsel answered Whitehouse and Johnson’s letter, and refused to respond to the chairmen’s questions about the relationship between the justices and Operation Higher Court. They just wrote, basically, the justices rely on the Code of Conduct for United States judges in evaluating ethics issues.

Politico: Senior Democratic lawmakers demand answers on alleged Supreme Court leak

Politico (11/20/22)

Well, then on November 20, Whitehouse and Johnson wrote a letter to Roberts and the legal counsel, and asked “Have you opened an investigation into these allegations? Have you evaluated any of your practices and procedures?”

On November 28, the Supreme Court counsel wrote to Whitehouse and Johnson, reiterating the denials by Alito and Wright, who denied that this conversation took place about Hobby Lobby, and also, this letter to Whitehouse and Johnson says, “There is nothing to suggest that Justice Alito’s actions violated ethics standards.”

So basically the Supreme Court is apparently burying its head in the sand, saying, we didn’t do anything wrong. And there are calls now for Congress to enact the Supreme Court Ethics, Recusal and Transparency Act, which was passed by the House Judiciary Committee in May. And it basically requires the Supreme Court to set up its own code of ethical conduct.

Also there are calls for the Senate Judiciary Committee to hold hearings and investigate this apparent leak by Alito, where Rev. Rob Schenck would be one of the star witnesses.

JJ: Well, thank you. That covered a lot of the factual ground.

Let me just ask you one other thing. You note that justices are called on to recuse themselves in instances in which their impartiality could reasonably be questioned. And to me, that raises the question of who’s going to question them. And that brings me back to the press corps, which is of course what we’re here to talk about.

What do you see, finally, as the role of media here right now? The media played a role already in bringing these things to light, but going forward, what could reporters do?

Gallup: Supreme Court Trust, Job Approval at Historical Lows

Gallup (11/29/22)

MC: Yes. Well, I think that this story should get big coverage, and I think the story should be followed by both the corporate and the alternative media, and you and I are both doing that.

The reputation of the Court is, I think, probably at an all-time low now, given the leak of the Dobbs decision and the overturning of Roe v. Wade, and then now with this Alito Hobby Lobby story.

I think it’s going to be very hard to just ignore it, maintain the denial that the court is apparently saying, that they didn’t do anything wrong.

And I think Roberts is probably very, very concerned, and I think that this is not going to go away. But I think it needs to be covered continually by the media, and also pushing for the Supreme Court to actually develop a code of ethics that they operate under. And we’ll see if anything comes from that.

And hearings—we’re not going to see any hearings in the House come January, but we certainly might see hearings from the Senate Judiciary Committee, since that is still in Democratic hands.

JJ: All right then, we’ll have to stop you there just for now. We’ll obviously be coming back to this.

We’ve been speaking with Marjorie Cohn. Her recent piece, “Evangelical Lobbying Threatens Supreme Court’s Independence,” can be found at Truthout.org. Marjorie Cohn, thank you as always for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MC: Thank you so much, Janine.

 

The post ‘The Supreme Court Is Burying Its Head in the Sand’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/07/the-supreme-court-is-burying-its-head-in-the-sand-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-supreme-court-lobbying/feed/ 0 355983
‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ – CounterSpin interview with Nelson Lichtenstein on UC strike https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/#respond Tue, 06 Dec 2022 20:46:26 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031259 "This is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions."

The post ‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed UC Santa Barbara’s Nelson Lichtenstein about the University of California strike for the December 2, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221202Lichtenstein.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: When it comes to corporate news media coverage of labor actions, there are unfortunately a few tropes to look out for, even in 2022.

First, while strikes in other countries may be presented as signs of freedom, in the US they will often be presented in terms of the disruption they cause.

NYT: University of California Academic Employees Strike for Higher Pay

New York Times (11/14/22)

The New York TimesNovember 14 report on the strike by some 48,000 University of California teaching assistants, researchers and others gave skimming readers the shorthand “highlight” that these people “walked off the job Monday, forcing some classes to be canceled.”

“Classes were disrupted, research slowed and office hours canceled,” the paper noted, “only a few weeks away from final examinations.”

Whatever an article goes on to say, the “harmful disruption” presentation encourages readers to understand that the status quo before the action was not harmful and did not disrupt, and that worker actions are therefore willful, selfish and possibly malignant.

Elite media’s other big idea in these circumstances is to present the idea that, as CNN had it in their very brief mention, UC workers are “demanding higher pay”—”workers demand/owners offer” being among the hardiest perennial media narrative frames. It implies a context of scarcity in which we are to imagine that the money needed to allow academic employees to make their rent would have to be swiped from the pockets of small children or something.

Of course, the major weapon big media have is the spotlight, which they can shine or shutter as they choose.

So here to help us see what’s happening and what’s at stake in the largest strike in the history of American higher education is Nelson Lichtenstein. He’s professor of history at the University of California/Santa Barbara, where he directs the Center for the Study of Work, Labor and Democracy.

He’s also author or editor of a number of books, including Beyond the New Deal Order: US Politics From the Great Depression to the Great Recession, and A Fabulous Failure: The Clinton Presidency and the Transformation of American Capitalism, which is forthcoming in 2023.

He joins us now by phone from Santa Barbara. Welcome to CounterSpin, Nelson Lichtenstein.

Nelson Lichtenstein: Glad to be here.

Truthout: Underpaid Adjunct Professors Sleep in Cars and Rely on Public Aid

Truthout (6/10/19)

JJ: Pay is absolutely a key part of this labor action at the University of California, but it’s not as though these are people who are really well-off and looking for still more. The folks teaching at these elite institutions, some of them are living in their cars, but many of them, enough of them, are seriously struggling, as I understand it, to keep a roof over their heads.

So when we say it’s about money, it’s about the money it takes to live a life, right?

NL: Right. I mean, this strike has been developing for several years, and the one spur to it has been the enormous increase in housing costs and rents.

And that’s partly pandemic-induced. That is, lots of people who used to work in downtown LA or New York, they want to, “Let’s get a house on the California coast, or something, and Zoom in to work.” Well, that’s jacked up, generally, housing costs in California. And so that’s one spur to it.

I think everyone in California, from the left to the right to the governor on down, knows that housing is just an enormous crisis. And here, of course, teaching assistants and other graduate students, they’ve seen their rents go way, way up. And there’s been an erosion in their pay, small as it was, over the last decade or so. And in the last two years, the inflationary spike has done that.

Now, it used to be that there was an implicit kind of ivory tower bargain: OK, you go to the university, you work for five or six years at low pay as a kind of apprentice, and then you end up with a good job, a high-prestige job, a tenure job, etc.

Dissent: The Largest Strike in the History of American Higher Ed

Dissent (11/22/22)

Well, that bargain has been broken for decades. And the UC’s (I think admirable) recruitment of working-class people and working-class people of color into the university has exacerbated that, because they aren’t ivory tower types, they aren’t Ivy League types. They’re working Americans.

And so this pressure for a recalibration of the wages and working conditions of thousands and thousands of the people who really stand at the heart of the university—the tenure track professors, they just become a minority, a small minority.

And it takes these academic researchers, postdocs, mainly in the sciences, and then of course the teaching assistants, to really make the university go. And we can no longer have this contingent labor model that people accept because there’s some reward at the other end. That’s not the case.

This is their life. And if you’re in your 20s, you have the right to get married, to have kids if you want to. We don’t live in a kind of Victorian Era anymore.

So this strike is quite large. It has support. Your introductory comments were on target, but this strike actually has support from an enormous range of people.

The Los Angeles Times endorsed the aims of the strike. And I think it has the potential to really transform, not just higher education, but really well beyond that.

JJ: And the strike does have support, which I think is so key, in part because that support is in the face of, if we just talk about big media, a kind of, “Oh, this doesn’t work. This is a problem.”

The wave of labor actions that we’ve seen in the last couple of years have been such a heartening sign of people, not just standing up for their rights, but also talking back in the face of a narrative that’s been pushed on us for a long time.

And part of that has been, as with Uber drivers and others, and certainly with journalists, we’ve seen a lot of “they aren’t even workers,” and the workers themselves saying, “Well, we’re not workers, we’re individuals; it’s not like we’re building cars.”

And there’s kind of a push against organizing among so-called culture workers or intellectual workers.

NL: Right. Glad you brought that up, because I think one of the many sins of former President Trump was to recreate an imagery of what a worker was, a very retrograde image: you know, a white male coal miner or steel worker or something like that. Those are the only people who are really workers.

And of course, that’s so antiquated and out of date. American culture and political culture has to come to terms with the fact that, today, the heart of the working class in the United States are people who are in the service sector, who do everything from retail work, but also to hospitals, to the media, the universities, etc.

I mean, the biggest unions in the country today are the teachers unions—mainly secondary, but also higher education.

So, yes, this is very important. Just to get your head around a sense of “who is a worker?” And take them seriously as a person who works for a living.

My spouse, Eileen Boris, who teaches feminist studies, did a wonderful little kind of performative act at a rally where faculty were urged to wear their academic regalia, which really comes out of the medieval time.

So we’re all wearing our gown and our hats, and my spouse, she said, “OK, yes, I’m a distinguished professor, with a chair and everything.”

And then she took off her gown, and there was a union T-shirt. “But really, I’m a worker.”

And I think that’s what has to happen in the whole cultural world, that whether you’re museum curators or in the university or any other area of cultural production, that, really, we are in fact workers.

Prosaic demands for wages and better working conditions are important.

By the way, the interesting thing about this strike is that the people who are actually on strike are very variegated, cultural, political, racial, gendered, very hip kind of people. But what is their demand? The demand is extraordinarily conventional. It is for higher wages. Nothing could be more conventional than that in terms of labor.

But that’s essential to their dignity and their capacity, actually, to do their jobs. To write, for example, a dissertation, you have to have time to do it. You can’t be bussing dishes at a restaurant in addition to your job as teaching assistant. You have to have time to write.

So this is what they’re really demanding.

JJ: And then in terms of broader implications, I read an article that said, “Campus-area housing has long been a policy concern, vexing state lawmakers and inciting town/gown legal battles.”

Now, I’m not saying that that’s inaccurate, but it does make it sound like a fight that I don’t necessarily have a dog in, you know?

But there are broader implications of this strike that go beyond the workers, extending, minimally, to all of their students and their potential students.

One source says, “I can’t in good conscience tell anyone to come here for their PhD,” because “the cost of living is unsustainable.”

Nelson Lichtenstein

Nelson Lichtenstein: “This is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions.”

NL: Yes, right, yeah. The housing crisis is really a labor question in California. I mean, people commuting from the Central Valley to work in Silicon Valley, that’s a two-hour commute. Well, why are they doing that? Because they can’t afford the housing in the San Francisco Bay Area.

Obviously that’s also true in the university. We have people, both staff and academic people, who are commuting 40, 50 miles to work at the university.

This is all because of housing. Everyone recognizes in California this gigantic crisis. It’s this great state with tremendous industries and a really liberal political culture. But the Achilles heel of this state is housing, the housing crisis. And the students here at UC, grad students and others, are really putting this on the agenda, as “you have to do something about it.”

Now, one way is, you pay us more, you know? OK. And if you don’t want to do that, then you have to figure out some way to reduce the cost of housing. Housing’s at least 40% of the inflationary spike, probably more in California. So something has to be done.

And I think this is the way issues get put on the agenda, on the state and the national agenda, by making social disruptions.

And that’s what’s been happening for the last three weeks here at UC.

JJ: I wanted to point out one article, a New York Times piece by Kimiko de Freytas-Tamura, and it was not about UC; it was about adjunct strikes at the New School (where I got my graduate degree).

And it was unusual, because it introduced the topic of administrator salaries, and it quoted someone who had looked at compensation data, saying, “The administrators seem to view themselves as essential and everyone else as inessential.”

NYT: New School and Parsons School of Design Adjunct Professors Go on Strike

New York Times (1/16/22)

Without that kind of context, reports on the strike, and “these workers want more pay,” it’s kind of like giving the ball score, “Red Sox six,” you know. You’re missing the context in which more money is being called for.

And it makes it sound like they’re asking for money to be created out of thin air, when we’re talking about power.

NL: That’s true. Administrators proliferated. But I would make this point: Some on the left who are supportive of the strike, and supportive of the grad students, would say, “Oh, the money is there. Let’s just take it out of this bloated administrative overhead.”

And that’s true. You can get some of it. But that’s not going to solve the problem.

What will solve the problem is we’ve had 40 years of austerity from state legislatures, and the national government as well, in terms of funding higher education.

What we need to do is to go to the legislatures and have progressive taxation. We have Elon Musk here in California. We have the Facebook people, etc.

We need to have a revision of the tax code which returns us to the world of 1955, which was a much more progressive era when it came to taxes. And that’s where the money is. That’s where the really big money is. That’s where the billions and billions are.

And stop this starving of higher education; decade by decade, a smaller portion of the actual operating funds of all the state universities have come from the general tax revenues. We need to reverse that. And a strike like this puts that issue on the agenda, and I think that’s where the money’s going to come from.

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally, and you’ve just hinted towards it: Do you have thoughts about what truly responsible, thoughtful news media coverage would look like, things it would include, and maybe some things it would leave out?

NL: Well, yes, actually you indicated that the obstacle to this settlement of the strike is the administration, the people who run it, who want to maintain and continue this untenable model of a kind of impoverished, precarious, large group of grad students in a kind of limbo, they want to continue that, and think that’s tenable. It’s not tenable.

We need a breakthrough which is going to transform the meaning of what it means to be an academic worker. The status quo is untenable. And I think the facts of this crisis needs to be up front in terms of media coverage of this strike, and many others of that sort.

We’ve come to a period of increasing inequality and increasing stress at work, and the pandemic demonstrated that, but it’s there. It’s untenable for the future.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Nelson Lichtenstein. His article, “The Largest Strike in the History of American Higher Ed,” can be found at DissentMagazine.org. Nelson Lichtenstein, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

NL: You’re welcome, Janine.

 

The post ‘We Need to Transform What It Means to Be an Academic Worker; the Status Quo Is Untenable’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/06/we-need-to-transform-what-it-means-to-be-an-academic-worker-the-status-quo-is-untenable-counterspin-interview-with-nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike/feed/ 0 355785
Nelson Lichtenstein on UC Strike, Marjorie Cohn on Evangelicals’ Supreme Court Lobbying https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike-marjorie-cohn-on-evangelicals-supreme-court-lobbying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike-marjorie-cohn-on-evangelicals-supreme-court-lobbying/#respond Fri, 02 Dec 2022 16:34:33 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031228 The struggle for pay and dignity at the University of California is part of a bigger fight about whether educators are actual workers.

The post Nelson Lichtenstein on UC Strike, Marjorie Cohn on Evangelicals’ Supreme Court Lobbying appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Dissent: The Largest Strike in the History of American Higher Ed

Dissent (11/22/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Former Vice President Mike Pence recently said with a straight face that Randi Weingarten, president of the American Federation of Teachers, was “the most dangerous person in the world.” “It’s not a close call,” he said. “If you ask, ‘Who’s the most likely to take this republic down?’ It would be the teachers unions, and the filth that they’re teaching our kids.” More evidence, were it needed, that the current struggle for pay and dignity by teaching assistants and adjuncts and researchers at the University of California is really part of a bigger fight about whether educators, at whatever level, are actual workers—and who’s looking out for their rights. We hear from labor historian and UC Santa Barbara professor Nelson Lichtenstein about what’s happening at the University of California.

      CounterSpin221202Lichtenstein.mp3

 

Truthout: Evangelical Lobbying Threatens Supreme Court’s Independence

Truthout (11/29/22)

Also on the show: Some elite media are expressing concern that Supreme Court Justice Samuel Alito may have leaked the Court’s Hobby Lobby ruling ahead of time to evangelicals looking to make hay from it. But as Sarah Posner put it at MSNBC.com: While figuring that out matters, it won’t necessarily address the deeper problem, that the court’s conservative majority itself “was deliberately cultivated to expand religious freedom for conservative Christians at the expense of the rights of those deemed less worthy of protection.” We talk with legal expert and author Marjorie Cohn about that.

      CounterSpin221202Cohn.mp3

 

The post Nelson Lichtenstein on UC Strike, Marjorie Cohn on Evangelicals’ Supreme Court Lobbying appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/nelson-lichtenstein-on-uc-strike-marjorie-cohn-on-evangelicals-supreme-court-lobbying/feed/ 0 355006
Milton Allimadi on Media in Africa https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/25/milton-allimadi-on-media-in-africa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/25/milton-allimadi-on-media-in-africa/#respond Fri, 25 Nov 2022 16:25:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031148 The African continent as a playing field for white people to test their theories, extract resources and stage proxy wars is time-tested.

The post Milton Allimadi on Media in Africa appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

New York Times: Barbarian Cult Feared in Nigeria

New York Times (1/31/60)

This week on CounterSpin: According to Techcrunch, before its ignominious flameout, the cryptocurrency firm FTX had acquired more than 100,000 customers in Africa. Evidently, FTX—led by wunderkind–turned–object lesson, with not much actual learning in evidence in between—Sam Bankman-Fried built a following in part by capitalizing on unstable banking access on the continent. Media like the New York Times and Bloomberg abetted Bankman-Fried’s scheming, with rose-colored stories describing him as a kind of “Robin Hood,” whose “ethical framework” called for “decisions calculated to secure the greatest happiness for the greatest number of people.” Well, the golden boy has now filed for bankruptcy, having disappeared some billion dollars in client funds, ho hum.

Don’t look for FTX post mortems to go deep on why Sub-Saharan Africa was specially targeted, or to plumb the implications of Bankman-Fried’s comments, made to Vox in 2021, that Africa is “where the most underserved globally are, and where there’s a whole lot of lowest-hanging fruit in terms of being able to make people’s lives better.” How’d that work out?

The African continent as a playing field for white people to test their theories, extract resources and stage proxy wars is time-tested. As much fable as active framework, it’s a lens that requires constant challenge.

We talked about this last fall with Milton Allimadi. He teaches African history at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, and publishes the Black Star News, a weekly newspaper in New York City. And he’s the author of the book Manufacturing Hate: How Africa Was Demonized in Western Media. We hear some of that conversation with Milton Allimadi, this week on CounterSpin.

Transcript: ‘The Demonization Was Meant to Pacify Readers to Accept the Brutality’

      CounterSpin221125Allimadi.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Bill Gates.

      CounterSpin221125Banter.mp3

The post Milton Allimadi on Media in Africa appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/25/milton-allimadi-on-media-in-africa/feed/ 0 353465
‘Lula’s Victory Is One of the Most Impressive Political Comebacks of the Last 100 Years’ – CounterSpin interview with Brian Mier on Brazilian election https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/lulas-victory-is-one-of-the-most-impressive-political-comebacks-of-the-last-100-years-counterspin-interview-with-brian-mier-on-brazilian-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/lulas-victory-is-one-of-the-most-impressive-political-comebacks-of-the-last-100-years-counterspin-interview-with-brian-mier-on-brazilian-election/#respond Tue, 22 Nov 2022 22:45:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031100 "None of them would ever want a former labor union leader to become president of the US. That's pretty obvious, right?"

The post ‘Lula’s Victory Is One of the Most Impressive Political Comebacks of the Last 100 Years’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed BrasilWire‘s Brian Mier about the Brazilian election for the November 18, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221118Mier.mp3

 

Janine Jackson:  In the run-up to Brazil’s fateful October presidential election, elite US news media coverage was dominated by the theme that Jair Bolsonaro and his supporters, a la Trump, might not accept election results.

In the immediate wake of the remarkable victory of much-maligned progressive candidate Lula da Silva, elite US media coverage was dominated by the theme that Jair Bolsonaro, and his supporters, a la Trump, might not accept election results.

Palpably less interesting to these media is how and why Lula won against multiple odds, including the power of incumbency, a sea storm of targeted misinformation and the amplified threats of disruption.

Those priorities, that focus, represent lost opportunities for US citizens to learn, not a gloss about a savior, but to learn about the deep, complex, coalitional work that goes into defeating a neofascist at the polls. And that focus will surely shape coverage of what comes next.

We’re joined now by Brian Mier. He’s co-editor at BrasilWire and correspondent for TeleSur’s news program From the South, author/co-editor of the book Year of Lead: Washington, Wall Street and the New Imperialism in Brazil, as well as a freelance writer and producer. He joins us now by phone from Recife. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Brian Mier.

Brian Mier: Hi. Thanks for having me back.

NYT: Brazil Counted All Its Votes in Hours. It Still Faces Fraud Claims.

(New York Times, 11/10/22—updated headline)

JJ: I see a number of tells in elite US coverage of Lula’s victory. And let’s just start with election integrity. So many words, so many words, like these from the New York Times’ Jack Nicas, their guy on this: “Brazil Election Report Finds No Sign of Fraud, yet Fuels Disbelief.” And the story goes:

Brazil finds itself in a tricky situation. Security experts say its electronic voting system is reliable, efficient and, like any digital system, not 100% secure. Now politically motivated actors are using that kernel of truth as reason to question the results of a vote in which there is no evidence of fraud.

So the current is: Fraud? There was no fraud, but people think there was fraud. It’s a problem how much fraud people think there was. Now to be clear, there’s no evidence of any. But did we mention fraud?

I’m thinking that things are going to change going forward, but right now, while declaring it a non-issue, US media have made the predominant topic, in the immediate wake of the election, the idea that there are a lot of people that think that the election was not legitimate.

Now, not that those denialists aren’t a story, but what the heck?

BM: Yeah. It kind of plays into the entire “Stop the steal,” which American business elites, and the people like Steve Bannon and other far-right actors, Jason Miller, are trying to export to Brazil, have been exporting.

I mean, Bolsonaro started announcing preemptively that there was going to be fraud a year and a half ago. He set up a military commission with cronies in the army to try and do a parallel audit of the election to the work being done by the Brazilian electoral court system, which has been around since 1932.

Even though their job was to find fraud, they found no fraud. And then when they finally released the report after the second-round election, after a couple days of protests on the street that were financed by wealthy truck company owners and things like that, their report also said there was no evidence of fraud, but there could be in the future, maybe, but there wasn’t in this election.

So that’s all. It’s a non-story, as you say. So why do they keep talking about it?

Today: Lula Wins Brazil Presidential Election

Today (10/31/22)

JJ: Yeah. And keep it in front of people.

Let’s talk about another thing that is very much hidden in plain sight. This is NBC‘s Today show talking about a “stunning political comeback in Brazil”:

Da Silva was Brazil’s president from 2003 to 2010. He is credited with building an extensive social welfare program and helped lift tens of millions into the middle class. But in 2017, he was convicted of corruption and money-laundering charges. He spent 19 months in prison.

The next thing from NBC‘s Today show is “back here to the NFL.”

The New York Times called him “once-imprisoned former President Lula,” just matter of factly, a person whose “history of scandals has divided voters.”

NYT: Brazil Ejects Bolsonaro and Brings Back Leftist Former Leader Lula

(New York Times, 10/30/22)

And at their most expansive discussion of this, the New York Times said:

Years after he left office, the authorities revealed a vast government kickback scheme that had flourished during his administration. He was convicted on corruption charges and spent 580 days in prison. Last year, the Supreme Court threw out those convictions, ruling that the judge in his cases was biased, though he was never cleared of any wrongdoing.

And they went on to say that the “scandal” made Lula “a flawed candidate.”

So, I would refer listeners, for the long version, to previous interviews we’ve done on Lava Jato, but for the short version, when I read “Lula was in prison and he was never cleared,” what do I need to know?

BM: That they’re just lying. That’s what you need to know. He was cleared.

And the thing that he was imprisoned over didn’t happen while he was president. It was a trumped-up, fake charge that he had received a free upgrade to a slightly nicer apartment in a building that his wife had been paying installments for for years; it was her purchase. He’d never actually visited the apartment in question. They never came up with any paper trail showing he’d ever received this apartment.

But even so, if it had happened, which there’s no evidence that it did, it was after he left office, so it was impossible to prove conflict of interest.

Money laundering was not a charge that he was ever convicted of. That’s just total disinformation.

Now what happened is that, over the course of the time he was in jail, it was revealed that the prosecution team had been illegally collaborating with agents of a foreign government, the US Department of Justice, using informal communications, bypassing Brazil’s sovereignty laws, in which low-level public prosecutors were supposed to channel all of their communications with foreign governments through the Justice Ministry, but they were just talking one on one.

They had a group of 18 FBI agents meeting with them every 15 days for years, coaching them through how to use different media tactics, and things like that, to smear Lula. What the Supreme Court ruled was that the case had been illegally forum-shopped to a friendly jurisdiction in a state where the alleged crime did not take place. So it was just out of jurisdiction.

The courts also ruled that the evidence that they had presented was tarnished through judicial bias. The only evidence they actually had on Lula to arrest him was one coerced plea bargain testimony from a corrupt businessman who had massive sentence reduction, and was allowed to retain millions of dollars in illicit assets, in exchange for the story he gave. He changed the story three times before he got out of jail. And the court ruled that that was invalid.

And so what it then ruled was that any Lava Jato conviction of Lula would have to be reopened, any charges would have to be reopened, in the proper jurisdiction in Brasilia.

What the New York Times and these other papers are not mentioning is that when all of those charges were attempted to be filed against Lula in the Brasilia court, they were immediately dismissed by the judge, because there was no evidence, and ruled that they could never be opened again.

Intercept: Breach of Ethics

(Intercept, 6/9/19)

So he wasn’t just released on a technicality. He has been fully exonerated from every charge related to the Lava Jato operation. And we know subsequently from the leaked Telegram conversations that Glenn Greenwald initially revealed in the Intercept, a small portion of them, we know that the judge [Sergio Moro] was bizarrely allowed to oversee the investigation and the trial.

He rejected over a hundred defense witnesses for Lula during the trial. He had been collaborating illegally with the prosecutors, coaching them on how to smear Lula and his family, how to deal with the media, and all of these things, the entire time.

And then immediately after the 2018 presidential election—he illegally leaked information smearing Lula’s replacement candidate, Fernando Haddad, on the eve of the election—immediately after that election, he was awarded a ministry in Jair Bolsanaro’s government. There’s leaked conversations of the prosecuting team from Lava Jato, saying they were “praying to Jesus” that the Workers’ Party would lose that election and that Bolsonaro would be elected.

He’s under investigation for a series of crimes right now, including conflict of interest, accepting a cabinet ministry in a government that he helped put in power using illegal tactics.

So it’s really slanderous to pretend that Lula was convicted and that he just got out on a technicality. That’s slander. If someone said that during the election in Brazil, they would be guilty of electoral crime.

Even the most hostile media groups like Global TV, which cheerled for Lava Jato for years, they had to announce on the air that Lula was totally innocent, there was no charges against him, everything that he’d been accused of was fraudulent, and he was completely free of any kind of involvement in corruption.

So the fact that American papers are still repeating this bogus narrative, with all kinds of disinformation inserted into it, like money laundering? He was never charged with money laundering, or convicted of money laundering, or anything.

What happened was during the week that they launched the charges against Lula, in order to justify transferring the case out of its proper jurisdiction into this friendly court, run by US Department of Justice asset Sergio Moro, in Curitiba, they invented a charge of money laundering, related to Petrobras petroleum company.

ABC: Bolsonaro Loses Brazilian Election

(ABC World News Tonight, 10/30/22)

One week after the case was transferred in 2016, they removed it from the charges. And in Lula’s actual conviction, the judge specifically states that there was no money laundering.

So they’re still repeating this fake narrative from 2016 that was used to justify the illegal forum-shopping of the case. It’s irresponsible, because it’s a way of undermining Lula’s victory, which is one of the most impressive political comebacks, I think maybe rivaled only by Nelson Mandela, of the last hundred years.

JJ: Let’s start right there, because we have seen matter-of-fact references to an amazing political comeback from Lula, but somehow it’s still not, yet anyway, the center of the story, that comeback, in the way that one can’t help but imagine that it would be, if Lula were someone that US elites liked.

So we read frequent references to “fifth-grade education,” or in the New York Times, Lula is described as a “former shoeshine boy,” and that all lands very different when we know that they’re talking about somebody that they don’t like, you know?

I mean, ABC News had “Bolsonaro Loses Brazilian Election, Leftist Former President Wins by Narrow Margin.” He doesn’t even have a name.

And I have to wonder why it’s so much more interesting for US corporate media to talk about a monster, you know, than it is for them to explore coalitional, bottom-up work of marginalized people, even when that work is remarkably, historically successful.

Brian Mier

Brian Mier: “None of them would ever want a former labor union leader to become president of the US. That’s pretty obvious, right?””

BM: First of all, it’s because none of them would ever want a former labor union leader to become president of the US. That’s pretty obvious, right? I mean, they really downplay the labor union angle here.

Not only did [Lula] lead wildcat strikes in the late ’70s that helped bring down the US-backed neofascist military dictatorship, that was so beloved to Jair Bolsanaro, but he and the people he was working with in the unions, they created a new kind of labor organization, which academics have created a term to describe it, “social movement unionism.”

The other big union federation they used, besides the CUT, which Lula founded, to describe this phenomenon is COSATU in South Africa during the ’80s and ’90s. It’s a concept of labor unionism in which the union doesn’t just fight for wage increases and benefits for its workers, it fights for the betterment of society as a whole, for ending economic injustice as a whole.

So they’ll fight for raising the minimum wage, they’ll go on strike for raising the minimum salary for everyone. That always gets left out of the picture.

He’s one of the greatest union organizers, anywhere in the world, of the last 50 or a hundred years, and he’s a legendary union organizer, but it’s better for them to say he’s a former shoeshine boy, because that makes it easier for them to label him as a “populist,” and not a social democrat, or democratic socialist, who’s read thousands of books, he has this incredible ability to explain concepts from, like, Marx’s Capital in everyday language that poor, illiterate people can understand, concepts like alienation, exploitation and things like that.

They leave that out to make it look like he’s just this ignorant person with a lot of charisma.

JJ: Yeah. And also that he was simply a backlash candidate. You know, the references that I saw to Lula being able to build a broad coalition, the New York Times, I guess it was, said, “The strong opposition to Mr. Bolsonaro and his far-right movement was enough to carry Mr. da Silva back to the presidency.”

PBS NewsHour: Brazil’s Indigenous communities confront challenges to their land and way of life

PBS NewsHour (10/27/22)

So it’s only being defined negatively and not positively, in terms of people voting for something.

Now, there was one exception to that in terms of US news media coverage, and that was climate. That was one area where media carved out some space to say, you know, “Hey, in terms of humanity, Lula is obviously better.”

And that spurred some of the more humane and better journalism; Jane Ferguson at PBS NewsHour, for example, was one of the few places where you heard actual Indigenous people talk about the meaning of the election for them. Hey, Indigenous people have voices—you wouldn’t know it from US elite media, but NewsHour had some things.

CNN turned the importance of the votes of poor people, the importance of the votes for poor people, and particularly Indigenous people, into the idea that—this just killed me—“the poor and destitute could become Brazil’s kingmakers.”

BM: Great.

JJ: I don’t even know what to say to that, but it’s bizarre, the idea that because people get a vote, and that because there are a lot of poor people, somehow poor people are running the show? To me, that’s just reporters engaging the shadows on the cave wall,  just talking about demographics and not talking about human beings.

Reuters: COP27: Greeted like a rock star, Brazil's Lula promises to protect Amazon

Reuters (11/16/22)

Finally, on climate, before I ask you, I’m already worried when I see things like Reuters from yesterday, November 16, saying, at COP27, Lula was “greeted like a rock star.”

To me, that’s already the beginning of a kind of diminishment. He’s just about “popularity.” He can’t really do anything. People think of him as a “celebrity” and not quite a politician. And yet, the point is, climate is one area where media seem willing to acknowledge that Bolsonaro was a problem, and Lula is better.

BM: At some point, even the elites have to realize that if they burn down the entire Amazon forest, everyone’s going to die, you know? That’s like 20% of the world’s oxygen supply.

I think FAIR’s pointed this out in the past in multiple articles, like, the one area that the flack machine, or whatever Chomsky and Herman would call it, the manufactured consensus, allows some kind of breathing room for left opinion is in the environment these days.

And you see newspapers like Guardian, which is now more popular in the US than it is in England I think, they’re economically 100% neoliberal. They ran like 35 articles normalizing Jair Bolsonaro in October 2018, between the first and second round elections. They gave him headline space to compare himself to Winston Churchill, and say that the real fascists were the leftists.

They’re not progressive at all economically, but the thing that makes their reputation as being progressive is that they have this emphasis on environmentalism, you know? So you see that in the US as well.

But I think what really happens here, Janine, is that having a clown in power isn’t good for anybody, really, not even for elites. At some point, even US business interests get disturbed by instability generated by this kind of clown in power.

And the idea that there could be this Bill Clinton-style neoliberal candidate that had a chance of taking power from Bolsonaro was just laughable. I mean, the neoliberal parties ended up with 1% and 0% in the first-round elections.

Nobody in Brazil buys that “we need more austerity and privatization” line anymore; it’s dead. So the only person capable of beating Bolsonaro at this time was Lula.

So they begrudgingly accept Lula’s victory, and they have to celebrate his environmental stance, like promising to stop cutting down trees and all of that, which he had a good record on the first time around.

But they’re going to do everything they can, I think—I mean elites, but through the media—to try and undermine and belittle his presidency, so that nobody like him can ever come to power again in the future.

Because in his acceptance speech, the first thing he said is that, “I’m going to eliminate hunger. My No. 1 goal of this administration is that every child, every person in Brazil can eat three meals a day again, because there’s 30 million people passing in hunger right now.”

And imagine any precedents around the world of this: He’s not even in power yet, he’s taking power on January 1. He’s already pushing through a constitutional amendment to remove the neoliberal spending caps on health and education that were pushed through after the coup against Dilma Rousseff in 2017, with a lot of support from the US at that time.

I’ve seen left analysts in the US media saying, “Well, how is he going to govern? How could he possibly govern?”

He’s already almost got a majority in Congress. He’s not even in office yet.

All the stuff they’ve talked about in BBC and in other places about the power of the evangelicals, how the evangelical Christians were going to keep Lula out of office—Bolsonaro’s biggest evangelical supporters are now lining up to align with Lula. The leaders of the biggest evangelical churches, they’re all switching their game. They’re going to end up siding with him.

One thing that people don’t understand in the US about countries that have lots of different political parties and things; there’s 23 parties represented in congress. Imagine if, like in the US, let’s say Biden wins the election, and 50% of the Republican senators and congressmen switch parties to the Democrats.

This is what happens every time someone takes power in Brazil. Half of the opposition politicians switch parties and join up with the person who just took office, because they know that the president is charged with the budget, and they all want more money for their jurisdictions, for their districts, and stuff like that.

So it is always like this. This idea that there would be these huge problems for Lula to govern because the country’s so polarized and blah, blah, blah, it’s all just melting away now.

France 24: Brazil holds its breath over Bolsonarist reaction as Lula claims razor-thin win

(France 24, 10/31/22)

JJ: Yeah. The “razor thin” margin of victory, right?

BM: Yeah. Razor thin. It was the first time in history, since the end of the US-backed military dictatorship, that an incumbent has lost reelection. Bolsonaro outspent Lula. In personal donations, he had over 30 times more.

There’s no corporate donations in Brazil, which really helps the elections stay a lot fairer, you know? But from rich individuals, Bolsanaro got 30 times more campaign donations than Lula, mostly from a handful of these big right-wing truck-company owners, and agri-business people who are making money cutting down the Amazon.

And according to Reuters, which is hardly a sympathetic voice to the Latin American left, even Reuters noted that Bolsonaro had channeled 273 billion reais, that’s about $53 billion, of federal funding into strengthening his reelection campaign.

He did that by artificially lowering gasoline and food prices, by lowering that tax; he rerouted money from cancer prevention and treatment into lowering gasoline prices. Fifty percent increase on welfare checks that kicked in two months before the elections, which, cynically, a lot of people thought that was going to throw the election to Bolsonaro, and as it turns out, the poor people didn’t change their votes because of that.

JJ: I think we are going to see US media compartmentalize Lula’s climate efforts, and, given their economic views, say, “Oh, isn’t that a pretty idea? Too bad he’s not going to be able to do it.” That feeds into this whole thing that you’re talking about, about, isn’t it going to be really tough for him to govern?

BM: They’re going to say it’s bad for the economy, probably.

NYT: What does Brazil’s election mean for the United States?

(New York Times, 10/30/22)

JJ: Yeah. Well, let me just say, the more honest talk about what Lula “means” for the US and Latin America, that’s probably going to come later. But there is some writing on the wall.

There was a New York Times piece titled, “What Does Brazil’s Election Mean for the United States?” And it started with, Bolsonaro made baseless claims about the election. But while Bolsanaro’s whole anti-democracy thing was a snag:

Still, the two countries have found common ground in trade policy, with Washington pushing to accelerate Brazil’s bid for membership in the OECD, a 38-member bloc that includes some of the world’s largest economies.

“This process will continue if Bolsonaro is re-elected,” said this source, a professor at a Brazilian university, “But it’s not clear if it will be a priority for Lula.”

I think this is starting to tell us what we can maybe expect to hear more from as Lula’s presidency goes forward, that, “umm, you know, ultimately Bolsonaro was a bad egg, but he did have some geopolitical ideas that align more closely with the US.”

BM: In fact, he was the biggest bootlicker to the United States government of any president in Brazilian history. So there’s a lot of ways they’re going to reframe that, I’m sure.

There is the new Cold War starting up, already in full swing, obviously, and the fact that Lula is going to refuse to take sides on the Ukraine/Russia conflict, and he’s going to maintain good ties with China and refuse to demonize Venezuela, Cuba and Nicaragua, that’s going to annoy a lot of people in Washington.

But I think, for now, the Democrats are just happy that Bolsonaro is gone, because of his relationship with Steve Bannon. I think they’re going to put up with some of Lula’s insistence on maintaining sovereignty, and linking up with other Southern Hemisphere governments, South/South collaboration and things like that, because they’re just so happy that Steve Bannon and his movement have lost a toehold in the Americas.

And I think that US Democrats should study how the Brazilian electoral court system worked and how they defeated these kinds of tactics, because it will help them defeat the right—I’m not saying that Democrats aren’t right, but, you know, to defeat fascists in the upcoming presidential election in two years.

I think they could learn from that, instead of just labeling people and labeling things and saying what went wrong, what Lula’s doing wrong and stuff, why not stop and look and see, what were the tactics that were employed that worked? How is the Lula administration now going to systematically dismantle this fascism? Because it’s already crumbling.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Brian Mier. He’s co-editor at BrasilWire, correspondent for TeleSur’s From the South, author/co-editor of the book Year of Lead. He’s been speaking with us from Recife. Thank you so much, Brian Mier for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

BM: Thanks for having me.

 

The post ‘Lula’s Victory Is One of the Most Impressive Political Comebacks of the Last 100 Years’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/22/lulas-victory-is-one-of-the-most-impressive-political-comebacks-of-the-last-100-years-counterspin-interview-with-brian-mier-on-brazilian-election/feed/ 0 352850
Brian Mier on Lula Election Victory https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/brian-mier-on-lula-election-victory/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/brian-mier-on-lula-election-victory/#respond Fri, 18 Nov 2022 16:16:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9031024 It's hard not to imagine the use that a differently focused press corps might make of Brazil's change of direction.

The post Brian Mier on Lula Election Victory appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

ABC: Bolsonaro Loses Brazilian Election

ABC World News Tonight (10/30/22)

This week on CounterSpin: ABC World News Tonight told viewers what it thought they needed to know: “Bolsonaro Loses Brazilian Election, Leftist Former President Wins by Narrow Margin.”

The victor of Brazil’s consequential presidential race has an actual name; it’s not “leftist former president”…or “former shoeshine boy,” as the New York Times had it–or even “savior,” as CNN suggests supporters view him. He’s a person, Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva, known as Lula, a popularly supported former president, whose program had, and has, more to do with helping poor people in Brazil than with securing the kind of extractive, profit-over-all, devil-take-the-hindmost international relationships that elite US media applaud. So just, get ready, is all we’re saying. For a Latin American president taking steps to protect the human life–supporting Amazon to be presented in the press as a flawed, corrupt self-server, which maybe suggests that uplifting the poor and saving humanity might just be too expensive a proposition.

It’s hard not to imagine the use that a differently focused press corps might make of Brazil’s change of direction. We’ll talk about it with Brian Mier, of Brasil Wire and TeleSur‘s From the South, as well as co-author/editor, with Daniel Hunt, of Year of Lead: Washington, Wall Street and the New Imperialism in Brazil.

      CounterSpin221118Mier.mp3

The post Brian Mier on Lula Election Victory appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/brian-mier-on-lula-election-victory/feed/ 0 351937
‘Who Do We Want to Own Our Neighborhoods?’ – CounterSpin interview with Gene Slater on affordable housing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/who-do-we-want-to-own-our-neighborhoods-counterspin-interview-with-gene-slater-on-affordable-housing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/who-do-we-want-to-own-our-neighborhoods-counterspin-interview-with-gene-slater-on-affordable-housing/#respond Wed, 16 Nov 2022 17:15:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030986 "Should we be subsidizing undermining home ownership in this country, especially at this time, or should we be supporting it?"

The post ‘Who Do We Want to Own Our Neighborhoods?’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed CSG Advisors’ Gene Slater about the affordable housing crisis for the November 11, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221111Slater.mp3

 

Atlantic: When Wall Street Is Your Landlord

Atlantic (4/13/19)

Janine Jackson: Home ownership is a key ingredient in what is still called the “American Dream.” Beyond the meaningful symbolism of having one’s own patch, home ownership is instrumental in wealth creation—the difference between living paycheck to paycheck and being able to think about the future.

It’s societally important, historically important, who is encouraged and enabled and facilitated in their ability to buy a home, and who is shut out.

This is why many people are looking with worry at the phenomenon of institutional investors—Wall Street—gobbling up a larger and larger percentage of homes. And particularly entry-level homes, the very ones first-home buyers would be looking at as affordable.

What’s the impact of this, in the neighborhood and in the wider world?

Gene Slater has worked on issues of affordable housing for many years. He’s chairman and founder of CSG Advisors. He joins us now by phone from the Bay Area. Welcome to CounterSpin, Gene Slater.

Gene Slater: Thank you so much.

JJ: First of all, this is something new, right? Institutional investors haven’t traditionally looked at single-family homes as, like, pork bellies to add to the portfolio.

So why are we seeing this now?

Gene Slater

Gene Slater:

GS: You’re right; traditionally there have been many, tens of millions of ma-and-pa small landlords. But the idea of Wall Street, with virtually unlimited access to cash, buying up single-family homes is a recent phenomenon.

It started, in some way, in 2010, after the financial crisis, in part encouraged by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, who financed some of these entities to buy up homes.

And then it remained, and it sort of fell back and was at a modest level. And over the last couple of years, and toward the end of the pandemic, it’s really mushroomed significantly.

And I think that’s for two reasons. One, from the Wall Street point of view—and I’m talking about REITs, particularly general partnerships—they had raised tremendous amounts of capital before the pandemic to invest in real estate, and suddenly, in the pandemic, one wasn’t going to invest in shopping centers or retail or in office buildings.

So a lot of that got focused on either just buying normal rental properties, standard apartment buildings, but also got focused on buying single-family homes, because they saw single-family homes going up, becoming less affordable, and they could buy. And their focus was in buying in less expensive neighborhoods and less expensive, more affordable parts of the country.

And so they saw this as an opportunity to make long-term gains and to push up rents. And they did algorithms showing, we could add rent charges for this… Unlike ma-and-pa landlords, they could basically create standardized ways of doing this.

So they’ve seen this as a big opportunity. And the more inflation has heated up, the more they’re now pitching this to their investors as, “This is a perfect hedge against inflation.”

So I think that’s what’s been driving this.

Housing Wire: Stop subsidizing Wall Street buying up homes

Housing Wire (9/19/22)

JJ: It just sounds like a bad thing. In your very useful September piece for Housing Wire, co-written with Barry Zigas, you also point out, and you’ve just kind of hinted towards it, that these institutional purchases are highly concentrated in areas with minority families, with people of color.

And so with this country’s history of redlining and discriminatory government subsidies—we spoke with Richard Rothstein about this years ago—this has also huge racial ramifications as well, yeah?

GS: Yeah. In fact, part of the way I approached this problem is, I had just written a book last year, Freedom to Discriminate, on how the realtors conspired to segregate housing and divide the country. And as I’ve been talking about that in different places, this issue has come up in those discussions, in places I didn’t expect. Talking about this in Greensboro, North Carolina, and basically turned a community meeting about gentrification in East Greensboro into one of out-of-town investors buying homes.

Freedom to Discriminate

(Heyday, 2021)

So it’s happening there. It’s happening virtually everywhere. It’s not only in minority areas; it’s not necessarily deliberately targeted, but it’s targeted, buying homes on average 26% below the statewide average.

So that means a focus on startup homes, on modest homes, many of which have been in minority areas. So it’s having an outsized impact.

There’s an excellent Federal Reserve of Minneapolis study, mapping where these corporate landlords are buying, and you can see tremendous overlap with areas where minorities live or would normally buy.

JJ: You also note—and you just tilted towards this, but it might need spelling out—with fewer families able to buy homes, those people stay renting, and so landlords can then push up rents as well. It’s kind of a self-feeding cycle.

GS: Yeah. Those people remain renters, and they’re at the top end of the rental market, so it allows landlords to push up rents in general. And these corporate landlords are pace-setting, and very explicitly. They’re deciding, “Well, the median income of our tenants is this; we can push to a higher percentage of disposable income.” That’s what’s happening.

And the impact is of reducing the number of homes that families can buy. This is what’s really key. There’s a record low level of how many homes are available for purchase, because people are staying in their homes longer, because they’re affected by being able to find another place.

And with that record low inventory—this happened especially during the pandemic—there’s a pressure to push up prices. If you remove a lot of the starter homes, the modest-cost homes, families can’t even bid on them, because they’ve been swooped up in all-cash, no-inspection offers that no family can compete with. They’re bidding against each other for a smaller and smaller share of homes.

That’s pushing up prices, and that’s pushing up rents.

JJ: And then also, ownership means power, so it matters, in terms of policy, that this market is now one where Wall Street is invested, and is going to be trying to call the shots. Who owns the homes in a neighborhood has an effect on policy in that neighborhood. And it’s just another element that this is affecting, right?

GS: Yes, absolutely. And it also has an effect on neighborhood stability, especially single-family neighborhoods that have been largely ownership, or significantly ownership, to remove the opportunities for ownership makes those into less stable neighborhoods.

It’s a long-term effect on home ownership in the country, and it’s really asking, “Who do we want to own America? Who do we want to own our neighborhoods?”

JJ: There has been some critical and thoughtful media coverage. I can’t list it all. I saw Alana Semuels in the Atlantic back in 2019. There’s been people illuminating this phenomenon and just saying, “Let’s pay attention to this.”

NYT: Is Wall Street Really to Blame for the Affordable Housing Crisis?

New York Times (10/19/22)

But then I see this piece in the New York Times that’s just so Timesian: “Is Wall Street Really to Blame for the Affordable Housing Crisis?” You know: “Who’s to blame? An increasingly popular answer among Democrats, and even some Republicans, is Wall Street.” So now it’s not about discrimination. It’s not even about policy. It’s just kind of partisan political football.

And then it becomes a caricature of an argument, rather than engagement with that argument: “Is private equity the true villain or a scapegoat?” The piece says, “Not everyone is convinced that Wall Street’s entry into the single-family rental market is uniformly bad.”

And then I’m going to close on this: “But unalloyed evil or not, institutional investors simply don’t have the market power to be driving the affordable housing crisis.”

I just find that so belittling and just kind of silly, the idea that there’s a problem and people are pointing fingers, and you want to point fingers at the powerful people, but that makes you emotional, so leave it to us cooler heads.

I just wonder how you react to coverage like that, that says, “Wall Street’s not to blame. They might be a scapegoat.”

GS: So I think this was an entirely false and wasteful use of time in the New York Times.

The issue isn’t who’s to blame for anything. There are so many factors that affect home prices: The Federal Reserve having kept interest rates low, zoning regulations for large-lot single-family homes. There’s no limit to the number of causes with which one could try and explain this.

The question is, what is the situation now? What’s making it worse? Are federal taxpayers subsidizing that?

So let me describe, first, the conversation we had with a leading economist who had worked for these hedge funds, who’s sort of the key spokesperson on this issue.

And her immediate response was, “Well, you’re saying that hedge funds are solely to blame for what’s happened to housing prices, and that’s obviously false.”

We say, we’re not saying that, nobody’s saying that, or at least nobody needs to say that at all.

Rather, we’re now in a situation where what was unaffordability of home ownership focused on a few metropolitan areas, in terms of the median family income and median family price—five years ago, that was like six or seven metropolitan areas in the country. That problem has now spread to like 90% of the metropolitan areas. We’re seeing a huge change in the difficulty of buying homes in the country. Home prices nationally have gone up by 40%. With interest rates going up, they add 45% to the monthly payment, to the cost of buying the same home.

You add those two together, and we’re now in a situation, an overall affordability crisis, that affects virtually everyone who doesn’t own a home, even the children of those who do.

And to put this in context, during the pandemic, household wealth, home equity, increased by $6 trillion in this country. A typical family in San Jose, their household wealth went up by $250,000. In Montana, by $50,000, wherever.

Where does that money come from? How do you suddenly wind up owning so much more? The answer is, that’s an obligation of all the people who don’t buy homes as to what it would cost them in monthly payments to buy homes, or to pay more rent.

So this is now a widespread problem. So that’s our situation, and part of what’s driven that is, the sales inventory of single-family homes is very low and at historic low levels. People are staying in homes longer. It’s hard to buy another home.

OK, so in that context, here you have one factor that’s particularly affecting starter homes in a concentrated way, in precisely the neighborhoods where families traditionally try to buy their first home.

There has been a dramatic reduction in first-time home buyers in general over the last year, and in families that are 25-to-34 years old. So it’s pushing the age at which people can afford to buy much longer. That’s the context.

And sure, these corporate landlords, they only own a small share in total of all the millions of homes in the country. That doesn’t matter. What matters is the impact on the inventory available for sale in a given market at a given time. That’s what drives prices. It doesn’t matter if they only own 3% of all single-family homes—institutional investors in Texas in 2021 bought 28% of the single-family homes for sale. That’s a broad definition of investment.

And they’re buying, on average, as I said, 26% below the median sale price. Their concentration is precisely where people could otherwise buy homes.

So the isn’t “who’s to blame?” The is: “Is this a problem, this situation American families are facing?” And when you step back and you realize that American taxpayers are subsidizing these purchases, that’s really the key.

The question isn’t who’s to blame. The question is, “Should we as taxpayers, all of us, be paying more so hedge funds and Wall Street investors can buy up the single family homes that families would normally be able to buy?”

Is that what we want our tax dollars to be being used for? Because that’s what’s happening.

JJ: Democrat representatives Ro Khanna, Katie Porter and Mark Takano have now introduced the Stop Wall Street Landlords Act. What should we know about that, and are there other ways forward that you’re thinking about?

Gene Slater

Gene Slater: “Should we be subsidizing undermining home ownership in this country, especially at this time, or should we be supporting it?”

GS: The approach that Barry and I outlined, and that we’ve been talking on the Hill about and with the White House, is a very narrow, limited, focused approach to try and gain as broad support as we can, because we’re up against, obviously, some of the strongest forces in the country, who these buyers are.

And there are other laws being proposed, the one you mentioned and others that go much further, that have 100% transfer taxes….

I think all approaches can be good. The question is, what can be done that’s realistic, that can’t be challenged from the Supreme Court?

So what we focused on is a simple, narrow change to the tax law, so that if you’re a homeowner, you have a limit on the amount of interest you can deduct on your home, $750,000 of debt.

What we’ve proposed is to say, put a similar limit on these major funds. And say, if you own more than 100 single-family homes, you don’t get an interest deduction. That’ll reduce the rate of return, and here’s the key, we’re making this revenue-neutral by saying, investors now own such homes, and they bought them? Fine. You can recoup the deduction you’ll lose when you sell that home to a first-time home buyer in the next four years.

So it has a double power. It’s reducing the incentive to buy these homes, and it’s using that same tax subsidy to encourage investors to make those homes available to the first-time buyers. That’s really the key.

So it’s changing the nature of what American taxpayers are subsidizing, and that ought to be the question: Should we be subsidizing undermining home ownership in this country, especially at this time, or should we be supporting it?

JJ: All right then. I’m going to end on that hopeful note. We’ve been speaking with Gene Slater. You can find his and Barry Zigas’ piece, “Stop Subsidizing Wall Street Buying Up Homes,” on HousingWire.com.

Gene Slater, thank you so much for joining us this week on CountersSpin.

GS: Sure. Thank you very much.

 

The post ‘Who Do We Want to Own Our Neighborhoods?’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/16/who-do-we-want-to-own-our-neighborhoods-counterspin-interview-with-gene-slater-on-affordable-housing/feed/ 0 351325
Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 15:24:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030956 The affordable housing crisis is not just capitalism run amok, because that doesn't happen without government involvement.

The post Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

New York Times depiction of affordable housing

New York Times (6/24/22)

This week on CounterSpin: As Eric Horowitz noted at FAIR.org, a lot of elite media coverage of housing problems has focused on the idea that landlords of supposedly modest means are being squeezed; or that people living without homes pose a threat to the lives and property of homeowners, as well as to the careers of politicians who dare to defend them—besides, you know, dragging down the neighborhood aesthetics.

New views are needed, not only about the impacts of the affordable housing crisis, but also about its causes. It’s not just capitalism run amok, because that doesn’t happen without government involvement.

We’ll talk with longtime affordable housing advocate Gene Slater, founder and chair at CSG Advisors.

      CounterSpin221111Slater.mp3

 

NBC News: Inflation Crisis

NBC Nightly News (11/12/21)

Also on the show: Media continue to toss off the term “inflation” as the reason for higher prices, as if in hope that folks will stop their brains right there and blame an abstract entity. We have a quick listenback to our February conversation with Rakeen Mabud of Groundwork Collaborative, when media were working hard to tell the public that “supply chain disruptions” dropped from the sky like rain, rather than being connected to decades of conscious policy decision-making.

      CounterSpin221111Mabud.mp3

 

Combined corporate and government choices—and how they affect the rest of us, this week on CounterSpin.

The post Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 349966
‘Intervention Is Actively Destabilizing the Situation’ – CounterSpin interview with Jake Johnston on Haiti intervention https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/intervention-is-actively-destabilizing-the-situation-counterspin-interview-with-jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/intervention-is-actively-destabilizing-the-situation-counterspin-interview-with-jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention/#respond Wed, 09 Nov 2022 20:10:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030906 "Actors in Haiti [are] stoking violence and this humanitarian crisis in order to justify a foreign military intervention"

The post ‘Intervention Is Actively Destabilizing the Situation’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed CEPR’s Jake Johnston about US intervention in Haiti for the November 4, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221104Johnston.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: In July 2021, the Washington Post editorial board declared that the assassination of Haitian President Jovenel Moïse put the country “at risk of anarchy,” which, the paper explained to its readers,

poses an immediate humanitarian threat to millions of Haitians and an equally urgent diplomatic and security challenge to the United States and major international organizations. Swift and muscular intervention is needed.

In October, the Post ran an editorial headlined “Yes, Intervene in Haiti—and Push for Democracy.

Screenshot of Washington Post article titled, "Yes, Intervene In Haiti - And Push For Democracy."

Washington Post (10/11/22)

A lot of seventh grade government students would pause at that point, and wonder how other countries’ “intervention”–a remarkably unexamined term–in a sovereign nation, much less their “muscular intervention,” could lead to democracy.

But the idea that the US, or an international community presumably guided by the US, is the monitor, arbiter and exemplar of something called “democracy” is a corporate news media staple.

And media observers know that once this country is at something it calls war, dissenting, critical views are ignored or worse.

So while the US is deciding how to involve itself in Haiti’s hardships right now, it’s important to think about what we know, what we should know, and what maybe we aren’t hearing about what would actually help Haitian people right now.

We’re joined by Jake Johnston, senior research associate at the Center for Economic and Policy Research, and lead author for CEPR’s Haiti Relief and Reconstruction Watch  blog. He joins us by phone from DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Jake Johnston.

Jake Johnston: Thanks for having me.

JJ: I just want to let you go with this. We’re very much in medias res as we record on November 3. There was a letter signed by CEPR and some 90 other groups, including the American Friends Service Committee, Church World Service, Haitian Bridge Alliance, Institute for Justice and Democracy in Haiti–and folks can also read Jane Regan’s piece on FAIR.org that points to opposition to foreign military intervention by many civil society and grassroots groups in Haiti.

So let me just start you with a big-picture question: Why are we seeing so many calls for Haiti’s problems to be addressed like a nail that can only be solved with a hammer? And why are corporate media so invested in that response?

JJ: Yeah, look, I think when you look at the situation in Haiti today–and make no mistake, the situation on the ground is extremely dire, right? People are facing serious hardships, from food insecurity, from violence and insecurity, a lack of fuel and basic supplies.

And I think there’s an approach that you see in the media, often, which treats this all as a recent development. The Washington Post editorial is a good example, saying that the assassination of the president last year is what has caused this situation, right? And so it’s looking at it in terms of a very short timeline.

Screenshot of Washington Post article titled, "Haiti Needs Swift And Muscular International Intervention."

Washington Post (7/7/21)

And I think it’s far more useful to see this as a much larger phenomenon, something that has slowly developed and transpired over many, many years.

I think this is really key to understanding this call for foreign intervention as well, because the reality is, it’s easy to look at the situation and say, “Oh, Haiti must be this failed state that needs outside help.”

But if you take that longer view, you realize that the situation today on the ground is the situation because of so many prior interventions, right? We can’t separate these things, and you have to have that understanding to look into the future and say what’s necessary for the next steps.

JJ: This letter also notes foreign intervention has led to very concrete and documentable problems in Haiti caused by US troops. There’s a reason to just say, first of all, maybe this isn’t the first thing that we want to do, right?

JJ: Of course. And if you look at that legacy, you can look at some of the more concrete things, right?

The introduction of cholera by UN peacekeepers after the earthquake in 2010. You could look at many decades of sexual abuse, of rape, of extrajudicial killings, right?

I mean, the list goes on. But I think it’s also important to look at a different aspect of that foreign intervention, which is the political effects of it.

And looking at the situation in Haiti today, I think everyone agrees that many of these problems are at their core political. And so if we consider that, we look at the political situation, it is what it is largely because of the role of foreign powers controlling Haiti and Haiti’s democracy, right?

It’s not because the Haitian people have had a say in how their country has been governed for many, many years. And so that’s really important in terms of determining what comes next, and looking at what might be the implications of an intervention today.

Screenshot of Fair.org article titled, "Who Is This ‘Haiti’ That’s Appealing for Intervention?"

FAIR.org (10/25/22)

And I think this is especially important, and you mentioned the piece from Jane Regan: I think it’s an excellent analysis, and making a key point, right? The request for foreign military assistance is coming from a de facto prime minister who has no real legitimacy or popular mandate, but, in fact, was made prime minister after a tweet from foreign embassies urging him to form a government, weeks after the assassination of the president.

And so this is a really important dynamic to understand. And I think it’s one reason why you’ve seen such opposition to this request for military intervention, is that it’s seen as an effort to continue to prop up this unelected de facto prime minister.

JJ: I feel like there are a lot of folks who are trying to be critical, progressive leftists in the US, and they just don’t know what the heck to think about Haiti. And it has to do with this idea of “The US must intervene, the US must do something, because of course the US has to do something.” And the idea of the US not doing something is completely off the page.

And I just wonder, what would a conversation look like about allowing Haiti to be Haiti? What would that even include? Whose voices would that include? Who would we hear that we’re not hearing? Who would we stop hearing from that we’re hearing?

JJ: I think you can go two ways with this. On the one hand, when we’re talking about this question of military intervention, I think there’s an assumption by those folks saying, “Well, the US must act.”

There’s also an assumption behind that that the US can act successfully, right? That they’re motivated for the right reasons, and doing this for the right reasons, and can succeed at what they’re saying those reasons are. But that takes a lot of assumptions that we’re making.

And I think it’s important to, first off, assess those assumptions. So when we look at the history of foreign intervention in Haiti, when does that usually happen? Yes, the situation might be chaotic and difficult on the ground, but it’s usually the elite calling in foreign troops to basically protect their interests.

And so we have to understand those power dynamics in terms of what’s motivating this today, and what’s motivating the situation on the ground. And I wrote a piece about this, but I think it’s naive to think that there aren’t actors in Haiti stoking violence and this humanitarian crisis in order to justify a foreign military intervention, which they see as their best way to maintain their power, status and influence over the political and economic system in Haiti.

Jake Johnston (image: CGTN)

Jake Johnston: “Actors in Haiti [are] stoking violence and this humanitarian crisis in order to justify a foreign military intervention.”(image: CGTN)

Now, what’s at the root of so much of what we’re seeing in Haiti, and it gets to your second question, this question of who has this say and who’s actually included in that state. And I think for a very, very long time, you’ve had a Haitian state which has not actually been inclusive and incorporated the vast majority of the population.

The most visible manifestation of this is just the turnout in the last presidential election, the last couple, which were 20% or lower.

But you also just look at what the government actually provides the citizens: The government’s not active in people’s lives.

And so, again, if you’re looking at what would a real Haitian solution look like, that’s what you want to see, is the majority of the population actually being included and listened to and incorporated into that state apparatus, in order to actually have a representative government.

And I think one real big concern is that the presence of foreign military troops makes that process much less likely. Rather, it would be there to basically provide the bandaid to continue with business as usual.

And I think, you talk to folks in Haiti, a solution is not a solution going back three months, before the fuel blockade and before cholera reemerged, right? That’s not a solution. That might be a temporary reprieve, but that’s not a solution.

And I just want to make one other point here, too, because I think there’s an assumption as well that, well, this is a situation in Haiti, and the US must act to help that situation.

Screenshot of piece from Center For Economic And Policy Research titled, "De Facto Haitian Authorities Call for (Another) Foreign Military Intervention"

CEPR (10/14/22)

Now, the other assumption there is that the US is not actively engaged in this situation today, already. And they are: politically, diplomatically, economically, any number of ways, right?

And so I think US action is necessary, but moving in a different direction. Not action to intervene further, but action to remove themselves from the situation, because their intervention is actively destabilizing the situation, right?

It is making that path forward less likely. And so it is important to call on the US to act, but they need to act in a very different way than what they’re discussing right now.

JJ: I’m going to end it right there. We’ve been speaking with Jake Johnston, senior research associate at the Center for Economic and Policy Research, and lead author for CEPR’s Haiti Relief and Reconstruction Watch blog.

Please do find their work at CEPR.net. Thank you so much, Jake Johnston, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JJ: Thanks so much for having me. Always a pleasure.

The post ‘Intervention Is Actively Destabilizing the Situation’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/intervention-is-actively-destabilizing-the-situation-counterspin-interview-with-jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention/feed/ 0 349435
‘This Case Was Never About Defending Asian Americans’ – CounterSpin interview with Jeannie Park on Harvard affirmative action https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/this-case-was-never-about-defending-asian-americans-counterspin-interview-with-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/this-case-was-never-about-defending-asian-americans-counterspin-interview-with-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/#respond Wed, 09 Nov 2022 16:50:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030880 "Media need to do a better job of covering the solidarity among Asian Americans and other communities of color in standing against this lawsuit."

The post ‘This Case Was Never About Defending Asian Americans’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Coalition for a Diverse Harvard‘s Jeannie Park about affirmative action at Harvard University for the November 4, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221104Park.mp3

 

Janine Jackson:  You’d have to read the news fairly closely to know about the Supreme Court case about Harvard, where the college is defending its ability to consider race as a factor—among many—in admissions, in an effort to address decades in which simply being Black was enough to deny you admission. 

ACLU: Meet Edward Blum, the Man Who Wants to Kill Affirmative Action in Higher Education

ACLU (10/18/18)

The group called Students for Fair Admissions, Inc., founded by white male conservative activist Ed Blum, sued Harvard on the pretense that its effort to end discrimination against African Americans was discriminating against Asian Americans. 

Two lower courts ruled for Harvard on all counts, rejecting SFFA’s arguments, before the Supreme Court accepted the case.

Jeannie Park is founding president of the Asian American Journalists Association in New York, and she’s co-founder of the Coalition for a Diverse Harvard, advocating for diversity and inclusion in higher education. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Jeannie Park

Jeannie Park: Thank you so much for having me here, Janine.

JJ: Let’s just be a little basic. Can you set us up on why there was a presumed need for Students for Fair Admissions, and the whole context of this idea that Asian Americans in particular should not just be mad, but should be the most aggrieved by the idea of affirmative action in education? What is the storyline there that you think needs countering?

JP: Yes, this narrative that SFFA has set up has been very difficult to counter, but there is so much disinformation out there that I really appreciate this opportunity to talk about it. 

The case is brought by someone named Ed Blum, as you mentioned. He has an organization, but the organization, we don’t even really know how many members there are; none of the plaintiffs in this case have ever been named. They did not testify in court. They are all a complete mystery. 

But what’s important to know is that he has been bringing cases against affirmative action, and against race-conscious policies, for decades. This is a mission of his, but not just his. It is a mission of the right wing

So he first went after it in a big way with a case called Fisher v. University of Texas, 10 years ago, where he sued the University of Texas with a white plaintiff. 

He lost. He got all the way to the Supreme Court and essentially lost twice, and he then decided that he might have a more favorable case if he used Asian-American plaintiffs. 

So he went advertising for Asian Americans who didn’t get into Harvard and UNC [University of North Carolina], because he is also doing UNC right now; that case is also at the Supreme Court. 

And he is really preying on a lot of stereotypes, a lot of model minority stereotypes, about how Asian Americans get really high test scores and grades, and trying to essentially use them as a wedge to divide communities of color, and to reduce equity opportunities for all people of color. 

And, as an Asian American, I completely reject this attempt, as do many Asian Americans, most Asian Americans, in this country. So this is the fight that we’re in. 

JJ: I think it’s so important to realize that Ed Blum didn’t have folks knock down his door and say, “We feel that we were unfairly treated on the basis of our race, in terms of admission to colleges.” 

In other words, the idea that it isn’t that there’s a large body of harmed people who are seeking redress, but instead a lawyer who is seeking something else. I just feel that that is not necessarily the idea that you would get from news media coverage.

JP: Yes. I think people have this idea that it’s some big class action lawsuit, and in fact it’s not. In fact, there’s a videotape of him speaking to, I believe, a Chinese-American group in Houston, and he says, I failed with Fisher v. University of Texas. And so I “needed Asian plaintiffs.” 

He actively goes out and seeks people from a certain race and, in the original trial, in the suit against Harvard, he and his team had access to the data from 150,000 admissions cases, and actual files from hundreds of actual admissions cases. They did not introduce a single file or a single case where they pointed to discrimination. 

So this is all very manufactured. Again, there is this stereotype out there, and so people have bought into it. And so when he feeds this information, people tend to believe it.

But the thing is, all along, this case was never about defending Asian Americans. Never. In his case that he filed, the remedy that he sought was not to, say, make sure the admissions offices had more Asian Americans admissions officers, or to make sure that the admissions office had training in implicit bias, or how do you counter implicit bias against Asian Americans. 

Nothing that was specifically about Asian Americans. All he asked for was that he wanted the admissions process to be completely devoid of race. He did not want admissions officers to even know the race of any student who applied. 

And can you imagine how that would work? That would mean that, essentially, you wouldn’t be able to know the student’s name. And let’s say a student was a head of the Black Students Association at their high school, or the Chinese Students Association at their high school, or let’s say they worked on behalf of immigrant rights, or wanted to talk about the struggles of their community of color, or their family’s immigration story. 

You wouldn’t be able to do that as a student. And so that would mean that students could not bring their whole self to the admissions process. 

Jeannie Park

Jeannie Park: “Media need to do a better job of covering the solidarity among Asian Americans and other communities of color in standing against this lawsuit.”

JJ: Let me ask you: It’s such a deep narrative conversation, and news media aren’t good at having it. The very thing that you’re talking about, about people being able to bring their whole selves to conversations—it’s not the kind of thing that news media are great at representing. 

And I just want to ask you, if you were trying to talk in a positive way to reporters who were trying to present the idea of affirmative action, in higher education and elsewhere, but just the whole idea of seeing the Ed Blums for what they are, and looking towards a positive future, are there things that you would ask reporters to do or to not do, or stories you’d like them to cover, or things you’d like them to avoid? Any thoughts about media?

JP: I think certainly the media need to do a better job of covering the solidarity among Asian Americans and other communities of color in standing against this lawsuit, and in standing against all sorts of efforts to hold back racial justice

And this is very much an effort to roll back rights, as we’ve seen over and over again with the Supreme Court. Affirmative action has been legal and affirmed by the Court numerous times for more than four decades.

And so this is, again, a retrenchment, a rolling back. And I think it’s important also for the media to not just take things that are fed to them by one side, and not dig deeper into seeing what is misinformation versus what is truth. 

And I have to say, another part of this story that’s been really overlooked by the media is who is behind this lawsuit. So a piece that I and my colleague, Kristin Penner, who also works for the African American Policy Forum, wrote recently exposes who’s behind the lawsuit. 

Slate: Jurisprudence
The Absurd, Enduring Myth of the “One-Man” Campaign to Abolish Affirmative Action

Slate (10/25/22)

So Ed Blum has made himself out to be the face of this effort, and the media have really covered him as being sort of a “one-man band,” a “one-man legal factory.” You know, just a guy who’s doing this in his living room. 

In fact, he’s been funded with millions of dollars from the far right, and he’s been supported by lawyers and think tanks and media that are also connected to other fights. He also is responsible for the gutting of the 1965 Voting Rights Act, which has led to all this attempted voter suppression. That happened, I believe, in 2013.

And so he is connected to a lot of concerted efforts to take back the rights of people of color, or just to not even allow them to fully enjoy the rights that they’re promised in the first place.

And by attacking voting rights, it leaves us with no way even to address the other attacks, because if we don’t have representation in our government, we then don’t have representation on the Supreme Court, or…. You see the direction in which the Supreme Court has turned. 

So I think it’s digging deeper into understanding that a lot of these fights are connected, these fights for climate justice, environmental justice, LGBTQ+ rights, rights for people of color, and movements for racial justice, reproductive rights, immigrant rights.

It is a very connected conservative movement, and if we’re not aware of that, we can’t fight it properly and as fiercely as we need to

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Jeannie Park, founding president of the Asian American Journalists Association in New York, and co-founder of the Coalition for a Diverse Harvard. Thank you so much, Jeannie Park, for joining us this week on CounterSpin

JP: Thank you so much, Janine. I really appreciate this time.

The post ‘This Case Was Never About Defending Asian Americans’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/this-case-was-never-about-defending-asian-americans-counterspin-interview-with-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/feed/ 0 349385
Jake Johnston on Haiti Intervention, Jeannie Park on Harvard Affirmative Action https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/#respond Fri, 04 Nov 2022 15:41:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030856 US news media ignore the role US intervention has played throughout Haitian history in order to push for the same sort of intervention again.

The post Jake Johnston on Haiti Intervention, Jeannie Park on Harvard Affirmative Action appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NYT: ‘There Is No Hope’: Crisis Pushes Haiti to Brink of Collapse

New York Times (10/21/19)

This week on CounterSpin: In 2019, the New York Times reported on Haiti’s hardships with a story headlined “‘There Is No Hope’: Crisis Pushes Haiti to Brink of Collapse.” The “no hope” phrase was a real, partial quote from a source, a despairing young woman in one of Haiti’s most difficult areas. And the story wasn’t lying about babies dying in underserved hospitals or schools closed or people killed in protests, or people with jobs going unpaid, roadblocks, blackouts, hunger and deep, deep stress in a country in severe crisis. But further into the story was another quote, from that young woman’s mother, who told the Times, “It’s not only that we’re hungry for bread and water. We’re hungry for the development of Haiti.” As we noted at the time, there’s a difference between “there is no hope” and “there is no hope under this system”—and to the extent that US news media purposefully ignore that difference, and portray Haiti as a sort of outside-of-time tragic case, and ignore the role that US “intervention” has played throughout history in order to push for the same sort of intervention again—well, that’s where you see the difference between corporate media and the independent press corps we need. We’ll talk to Jake Johnston from the Center for Economic and Policy Research about what elite media are calling for right now as response to Haiti’s problems, versus what Haitians are calling for.

      CounterSpin221104Johnston.mp3

 

Time: Edward Blum on His Long Quest to End Race-Conscious College Admissions

Time (10/27/22)

Also on the show: Is racial discrimination over in the United States? Do universities and colleges already reflect the range of inclusion and diversity a democracy demands, such that they should stop even thinking about whether they’re admitting the sort of students they expressly excluded just decades ago? These questions are in consideration at the Supreme Court, though you might not know it from media coverage. Instead, you may have heard about a fair-minded white guy who just, in his heart, wants Asian Americans to get a fair shot at the Ivy League—against all those undeserving Black kids unfairly leveraged by affirmative action. We’ll talk about SFFA v. Harvard with Jeannie Park, founding president of the Asian American Journalists Association in New York and co-founder of the Coalition for a Diverse Harvard.

      CounterSpin221104Park.mp3

 

The post Jake Johnston on Haiti Intervention, Jeannie Park on Harvard Affirmative Action appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/jake-johnston-on-haiti-intervention-jeannie-park-on-harvard-affirmative-action/feed/ 0 348001
‘This Is America. That’s the Kind of Trial Mumia Abu-Jamal Had.’ – CounterSpin interview with Noelle Hanrahan on Mumia Abu-Jamal update https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/this-is-america-thats-the-kind-of-trial-mumia-abu-jamal-had-counterspin-interview-with-noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/this-is-america-thats-the-kind-of-trial-mumia-abu-jamal-had-counterspin-interview-with-noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/#respond Thu, 03 Nov 2022 22:25:46 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030845 "The culture of imprisonment tells a deeper story about America. We're not going to get it if we don't go to the prisons and get those voices out."

The post ‘This Is America. That’s the Kind of Trial Mumia Abu-Jamal Had.’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Prison Radio‘s Noelle Hanrahan for a Mumia Abu-Jamal update for the October 28, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221028Hanrahan.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: TV snake oil salesman and Republican Pennsylvania candidate Mehmet Oz began a recent debate with opponent John Fetterman with reference to Maureen Faulkner, the widow of Philadelphia police officer Daniel Faulkner.

Fetterman, Oz claimed,

has been trying to get as many murderers convicted and sentenced to life in prison out of jail as possible, including people who are similar to the man who murdered her husband.

Mumia Abu-Jamal, 2019

Mumia Abu-Jamal

You could live in a cave and understand what Oz was trying to do there, but not everyone may recognize the particular dog whistle that is the reference to Mumia Abu-Jamal, convicted of fatally shooting Daniel Faulkner in 1983. (That was the conviction.)

Mumia Abu-Jamal’s conviction turned importantly on unreliable and conflicting testimony. It was significant that in taking up the case, elite news media went along for the ride, and sometimes drove the car—encouraging acceptance, for instance, of the fact that, though the guard assigned to Mumia immediately after his arrest reported “the negro male made no statements,” more to be believed was the other officer who subsequently came forward to say that, actually, from his hospital bed, Mumia had declared, “I shot the motherfucker  and I hope he dies.”

Neither witness recantations or shifting accounts or evidence of jury-purging in Mumia’s case, nor the ever-expanding evidence of the terrible harms and injustices of the US prison system generally, seem to be enough to shake some media from their investment in the narrative of the “convicted cop killer,” and the need to keep him not just behind bars, but also to keep him and people “similar to” him quiet, to keep their voices and their lives out of public conversation and consideration.

Noelle Hanrahan is legal director at Prison Radio, where Mumia Abu-Jamal is lead correspondent. She joins us now by phone from Pennsylvania. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Noelle Hanrahan.

Noelle Hanrahan: Thank you for having me.

JJ: We can fill in context as we go, but please go ahead and start with what’s uppermost. What is the latest legal development here?

Guardian: Ex-Black Panther asks for fresh trial amid new evidence

Guardian (10/26/22)

NH: When a defendant is trying to overturn their conviction—and Mumia has been in for 42 years—when they protest their innocence, they have to go to the local trial court. That, in Philadelphia, is the Common Pleas court. Mumia had fantastic new critical evidence that was just discovered two years ago.

There was a note in the prosecutor’s files that said, “Where was my money?” from one of the key [witnesses], and this happened right after the trial, implying that he was paid for his testimony.

There were also notes saying that the other key witness, their cases were being tracked, and that none of the outstanding charges pending against this witness were ever prosecuted.

The most dramatic evidence was evidence of taking Blacks off of the jury, and marks on the prosecutor’s notes about the racial composition of the jury, and also what was good and bad about which juror was selected, a white or a Black juror.

These were critical documents that many other people have gotten relief on. The jury notes are called Batson claims, the US constitutional claim. The suppression of evidence by the prosecution, burying evidence for 40 years, is called a Brady claim. These have gotten relief for many other defendants.

So now 42 years later, Mumia Abu-Jamal was before Judge Lucretia Clemons in the Common Pleas court, and yesterday she denied all of his claims.

She denied them procedurally. She refused to look at the merits of the body of evidence, and specifically this new evidence, and she denied it based on time bar waiver, due diligence.

And it’s just the Post-Conviction Relief Act, which is there only to deny inmates access to the court.

So I was Mumia’s producer. I’ve worked on Mumia with many of his books, including his latest trilogy, Murder Incorporated: Empire, Genocide and Manifest Destiny. We published those materials.

About five years ago, I went to law school. I passed the bar in Pennsylvania, and it’s unbelievable to see the level of stiff-arming accountability to the Frank Rizzo, Ed Rendell, Ron Castille era of literal torture of defendants and witnesses—literally torture, not figuratively. Literally. Think Jon Burge in Chicago. Think of the types of torture that have happened. That is typically what happened in the cases that I now investigate. Innocence cases, prosecutorial misconduct cases, cases where this kind of information is available to these judges.

I’ll give you one clear example. One of the key witnesses, Robert Chobert, was a cab driver who was driving without a license. He was on probation. He had thrown a Molotov cocktail into a school for pay. None of that material was before the jury.

There were pictures. He said he was right behind the police car and saw—yesterday, the district attorney in this case, Grady Gervino, on the other side, said, “Robert Chobert looked up from his cab and saw Mumia shoot the officer.”

Photo showing an empty space where the witness's cab was supposed to be.

Photo © Pedro P. Polakoff III.

There are pictures that just came out a few years ago from the Philadelphia Bulletin, that were taken 10 minutes after the shooting, that prove that Robert Chobert wasn’t there. His cab was not behind the police car.

Those photographs, the Polakoff photos, were denied into evidence. They were prevented from being put into the record.

So we have Robert Chobert being presumed to be this amazing witness with no problems… Literally the photos prove he wasn’t there, and nobody was able to be told in the jury that he was on probation for throwing a Molotov cocktail into a school for pay.

He came back to [county prosecutor Joseph] McGill, and asked, could he get his cab driver’s license reinstated? No promise—McGill said there was “no promise” of favoritism.

Then we discovered, two years ago, his note in the prosecutor’s files: “Where is my money for testifying?”

So the context, right? So that’s zooming in right now on what happened in court. The context, the things that haven’t been given to the court before, that haven’t been considered today?

We have a court reporter, Terri Maurer-Carter, saying, in front of another judge, Richard Klein, that [Judge] Albert Sabo said, “I’m gonna help them fry the N-word.” He said this in the first week of the trial.

JJ: Yeah.

NH: So this is America. That’s the kind of trial that Mumia Abu-Jamal had, where his original trial judge Albert “I’m gonna help them fry the N-word” Sabo presided.

And so we have a judge now who is saying none of this matters. He doesn’t get relief.

JJ: And you have to wonder what would be lost, on the part of journalists, to reexamine that, including reexamining their own role. What is it that they feel they’re going to lose?

There were many voices at the time calling out corporate media’s dereliction of duty; FAIR was one of them. But it was really remarkable.

Philadelphia Daily News: Sabo Must Go

Philadelphia Daily News (7/19/95)

NH: When Albert Sabo was presiding over the 1995 evidentiary hearing, the Philadelphia [Daily News]’ headline was, “Sabo Must Go.” He’s going to let Mumia off because he’s so blatantly racist. The headline was “Sabo Must Go.”

People know it. People know it. The daily news people know it. The courts know it. I interviewed Barbara McDermott, a criminal judge in the homicide division. She said Judge Sabo was the most racist, sexist and homophobic judge she’d ever met.

Everyone knows. It’s not unclear. They all know. They are preserving the system.

So [Philadelphia DA] Larry Krasner, in an appeal four years ago, said if they undid all of Ron Castille, a racist DA’s, opinions and judgments, it would question the entire system.

So they wanted to narrow it to a class of individuals, smaller class, that Mumia wasn’t included in.

Now this is a system, you have to remember, this is a system that is built on Black bodies. There’s an assembly line of Black bodies, through the Juanita Kidd Injustice Center, that is paying for the Fraternal Order of Police overtime.

Larry Krasner said it in an Atlantic article: It’s the linchpin. The majority white police force of 6,500 police officers, 6,500 retired officers, it is their pensions and it is their overtime to pay their Jersey mortgages.

This is not me saying “Jersey mortgages.” This is the legal director of Kenyatta Johnson’s office telling me, “Oh yeah, we know why we can’t do that. We know why we can’t fix the potholes, because the police overtime is out of control. But you know, they have to pay their Jersey mortgages.”

And really, at the last bump, when they need to go for their pension, that’s when all the overtime racks up, $50 million of overtime each year. That’s the linchpin, that’s the dynamic. It’s commodifying poor people of color for the service of the white, marginally working-class, middle-class police officers.

WHYY: Supporters of Mumia Abu-Jamal rally on his 67th birthday for his release

WHYY (4/24/21)

JJ: And let me ask you about part of how they sell that narrative, which does have to do with news media. Folks who remember coverage of Mumia’s original trial will remember how hard elite media went in on the idea, not just of accepting all of the malfeasance and problems and craziness around his case, but also there was a big overarching storyline about the idea that anybody who was incarcerated who was deemed political, anybody who was incarcerated who people on the outside were taking an interest in, was to be silenced, right?

And so even a sympathetic piece from Philly’s public TV station WHYY last year, around protests around Mumia, they led with the idea that the case “pitted…supporters, including a long list of national and international celebrities…against police and their supporters, who resent the attention” to the case.

So media have tried to turn it into not the particular information about this case, which, as you’ve said, the kind of information that has come out would lead to freedom, or to overturning of convictions, in other cases, they’ve made it a kind of litmus test about celebrity interest in incarcerated people, or about incarcerated people as issue, rather than as human beings.

NH: Let me just say, that’s like Inquirer-lite. The real issue here, and I live in Philadelphia, is fear. Fear of the police. William Marinmow knows better. The Pulitzer Prize–winning journalists who live in this city, who have covered this city, they know and they are afraid. They are literally afraid.

People don’t realize that we have a classical radio station, WRTI, in Philadelphia, associated with Temple, for one reason: because overnight, they switched the switch and took off general public interest programming, led by Democracy Now!, one day, overnight, changed it to a classical radio station. That’s why we have classical radio here in Philadelphia.

So they do it, and they punish us. They punish the producers, they punish the journalists.

Linn Washington can tell you. Everyone knows. That’s the thing, is the courts know. The journalists know. They know that this is a scandal, a scheme. They know that the police threats of violence are exactly what keeps people in line. They threaten your job and they threaten your life.

Imagine if I had a news van and I painted it “Free Mumia” and I parked it on the streets of Philadelphia. It would be like a cop magnet to get destroyed, blown up, torched. All my tires would be slashed.

You could just prove it and do it. It would happen. Everyone knows it. They are terrified. People here are terrified of the police, and people who have jobs, who have comfortable livings, will not push the envelope. And that includes the editors of our major newspapers, and the staff at WHYY.

They will not challenge the status quo. They will not air Mumia’s voice, because there will be direct, both physical and economic penalties.

JJ: And let me just spell out for listeners who don’t remember: In 1994, NPR had plans to run a series of commentaries from Mumia, who was, after all, a journalist, a former head of the Philadelphia Association of Black Journalists.

They canceled that series. They said it was because he was so controversial and such a big story, such a big story that they then proceeded to do zero coverage for the following year.

And then, as you’ve just said, when Democracy Now! was going to air those commentaries, Philadelphia’s KRTI canceled not just Democracy Now!, but all of Pacifica News, with the person in charge saying, “What’s good enough for NPR is good enough for me.”

NH: I was in Ellen Weiss’s office, the executive director of All Things Considered, when she looked out the window, and you could see the capitol, because her NPR office was right there, and she said, “I never thought I would look to the capitol and be censored. Yesterday, Bob Dole got up on the Senate floor and threatened our entire budget if we dared air this commentary.” And she then turned to me and said, “Can you bring me a more acceptable commentator?”

JJ: You know, folks don’t know what happens behind the scenes, and I’m really appreciating this exposure. Some folks, I imagine, think that journalists make a decision, who do we want to air? They put that person on, and then they deal with it. And it’s not at all how it happens.

But I want to bring us, for the final part of our conversation, to the other piece of that, because the efforts to silence, not just Mumia, the efforts to silence and close off all of the perspectives of people who are incarcerated speak to the power of those perspectives, right? It speaks to why we emphatically need to hear them.

And I just want to say, despite the name, Prison Radio is a multimedia production studio. And the whole point is to add the voices of people most impacted by the prison industrial complex to our public conversation.

And Mumia’s case is an especially emphatic example of the lengths that powers that be— legal, political and media—will go to to squelch those voices.

But we have work resisting that and countering that, and Prison Radio is part of that. And I just wonder if you’d like to talk a little bit about the project and why you do it.

Noelle Hanrahan

Noelle Hanrahan: “The culture of imprisonment tells a deeper story about America. We’re not going to get it if we don’t go to the prisons and get those voices out.”

NH: I first began recording Mumia, and I first heard a scratchy tape of his voice, when we were covering the Robert Alton Harris execution in 1992 in California. And we were trying to get people on death row—there were 600 at the time—trying to get their voices into the mix.

Look, if you can hear their last words stated by the warden, you can interview them. If we’re going to kill them, they have to be part of the story.

And so I went and tried to get somebody from San Quentin, and I couldn’t. But I had heard Mumia, he was in Pennsylvania. I went and I got him.

Now, Mumia is especially difficult for the mainstream media to grasp. He’s incredibly fluent in the king’s English. He’s actually fluent in French and German, and conversational in Spanish. He’s an incredible intellect and he was trained in the Black newsroom.

If America is going to incarcerate 2.3 million—one out of every 100 US citizens is in prison—that needs to be part of the story.

And I have dedicated Prison Radio’s work to bringing those voices, on every topic, into the public debate and dialogue, and we feel like it’s critical that those voices are heard.

As a journalist, if you’re covering prisons, you really can’t cover the story without that first person, without talking to the people that it directly impacts.

A lot of times, even my own stations at Pacifica would say, “No, we’re not going to touch that. No, we’re not going to talk to homeless people.” You’ve got to talk to prisoners. You have to give them agency. Because a lot of the prisoners, and a lot of the culture of imprisonment, tells a deeper story about America.

We’re not going to get it if we don’t go to the prisons and get those voices out. I’ve been doing it for 30 years. I became a lawyer and an investigator because it’s not enough to just broadcast people’s voices. We have to bring them home.

JJ: I’m going end on that human note. We’ve been speaking with Noelle Hanrahan of Prison Radio. You can find their work online at PrisonRadio.org. Noelle Hanrahan, thank you very much for joining us this week on CountersSpin.

NH: You’re welcome.

 

The post ‘This Is America. That’s the Kind of Trial Mumia Abu-Jamal Had.’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/03/this-is-america-thats-the-kind-of-trial-mumia-abu-jamal-had-counterspin-interview-with-noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/feed/ 0 347743
Noelle Hanrahan on Mumia Abu-Jamal Update https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 16:33:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030811 Overt, proud-of-it bias has shaped coverage of Mumia Abu-Jamal's case from the outset, and current mentions suggest little has changed.

The post Noelle Hanrahan on Mumia Abu-Jamal Update appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

This week on CounterSpin: A 1995 Washington Post story led with a macabre account from the widow of Philadelphia police officer Daniel Faulkner, about how when her husband’s bloody shirt was held up in court, his accused killer Mumia Abu-Jamal turned in his chair and smiled at her. An evocatively sinister report, which the paper printed untroubled by the fact that the court record showed that Abu-Jamal wasn’t in court when the shirt was displayed.

Mumia Abu-Jamal, 2019

Mumia Abu-Jamal (BayView, 7/11/19)

ABC‘s investigative news show 20/20 used all the techniques for their big 1998 piece on the conviction of Abu-Jamal for Faulkner’s killing—stating prosecution claims as fact, even when they were disputed by some of the prosecution’s own witnesses or the forensic record; stressing how a defense witness admitted being intoxicated, while omitting that prosecution witnesses said the same. At one point, actor and activist Ed Asner was quoted saying, “No ballistic tests were done, which is pretty stupid”—but then host ABC‘s Sam Donaldson’s voiceover cut him off, saying: “But ballistics test were done”—referring to tests that suggested that the bullet that killed Faulkner might have been the same caliber as Abu-Jamal’s gun, but refraining from noting that tests had not been done to determine whether that gun had fired the bullet, or whether it had been fired at all, or if there were gunpowder residues on Abu-Jamal’s hands.

ABC used clips of Abu-Jamal from the independent People’s Video Network, without permission, and, as PVN told FAIR at the time, the network added layers of echo to the tape, making him sound “like a cave-dwelling animal.”

No one paying attention was surprised when it was revealed that in a letter asking permission from the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections to interview Abu-Jamal (a request that was denied), ABC noted that “we are currently working in conjunction with Maureen Faulkner and the Philadelphia Fraternal Order of Police.”

That kind of overt, proud-of-it bias has shaped coverage of Mumia Abu-Jamal’s case from the outset; and current mentions suggest little has changed. Elite media will report without question a right-wing Senate candidate’s tossed-off reference to Mumia as the face of unrepentant criminality—while, out of the other side of their mouths, respectfully noting how Brown University is “acquiring the papers” of Mumia Abu-Jamal, as he’s an acknowledged representative of the very serious problem of mass incarceration, whose communications are “historically important.”

Meanwhile, Abu-Jamal’s chances for a new trial, based on significant new evidence, were shot down summarily this week—but a glance at national media coverage, as we taped on October 27, would tell you, well, nothing about that.

CounterSpin got an update, and a reminder of the real life vs. the media story of Mumia Abu-Jamal, from someone involved from early days: Noelle Hanrahan is legal director at Prison Radio. We spoke with her for this week’s show.

      CounterSpin22128Hanrahan.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Amazon‘s campaign contributions and FCC nominee Gigi Sohn.

      CounterSpin22128Hanrahan.mp3

The post Noelle Hanrahan on Mumia Abu-Jamal Update appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/noelle-hanrahan-on-mumia-abu-jamal-update/feed/ 0 346119
‘It’s Extra Problematic When the Implications Are the End of Democracy’ – CounterSpin interview with Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas on the 2022 elections https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/its-extra-problematic-when-the-implications-are-the-end-of-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-the-2022-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/its-extra-problematic-when-the-implications-are-the-end-of-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-the-2022-elections/#respond Wed, 26 Oct 2022 15:43:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030742 Janine Jackson interviewed FAIR’s Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas for the October 21, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript. Janine Jackson: Independent, challenging, far-ranging and fearless coverage of elections and the electoral process is one of journalists’ core jobs at the best of times, and these are not the best of times.  […]

The post ‘It’s Extra Problematic When the Implications Are the End of Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed FAIR’s Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas for the October 21, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221021HollarNaureckas.mp3

Janine Jackson: Independent, challenging, far-ranging and fearless coverage of elections and the electoral process is one of journalists’ core jobs at the best of times, and these are not the best of times. 

Issues in the upcoming midterm elections go as deep as the election process itself, with some Republican candidates suggesting that they won’t accept results that don’t go their way, and that’s along with the deep and disturbing threats posed by a Republican-controlled Congress. 

Add to that the fact that the corporate media—source, unfortunately, of some of the most impactful journalism in this country—are themselves throttled by the same kinds of power players that call shots at both political parties, namely profit-driven corporations. 

Joining us now to talk about elite media’s midterm election coverage, we have FAIR’s editor Jim Naureckas in studio, and FAIR’s managing editor, Julie Hollar, joining us by phone from Brooklyn. Welcome, the both of you, back to CounterSpin.

Jim Naureckas: Thanks for having me on. 

Julie Hollar: Thanks, Janine. 

JJ: So many questions, so many problems at so many levels. Let’s just start with the reality that we have Republicans who are off the chain nightmarish. They want bad, inhumane things and they want to use institution-destroying processes to get them. 

And then we have Democrats who are not just ineffectually countering that, but who are, many of them, up to the same stuff, beholden to the same status quo-supporting, change-squashing actors

So that’s the reality. And, Jim, it fits poorly, that reality fits poorly into corporate news media’s standard election template, which is: Republicans versus Democrats, they’re so different, and can’t we find a happy medium? 

Now, I’m not saying that media have never talked about the GOP’s anti-democracy, or that they’ve never talked about donor power in both parties, but when it comes to elections, it just seems that they’re still mainly using a template that was always inadequate, and now seems completely beside the point. 

JN: Yeah. I liken it to trying to report on geography without acknowledging that the world is round. You know, if you wanted to have geography coverage that would not turn off flat earthers, so you sort of describe Australia as being on the other side of the world according to some people, because you don’t want to turn off the part of your audience that subscribes to the flat earth theory.

And we really do have a political party that is dominated by a flat earth theory that the 2020 election was stolen, that Donald Trump really won, and that the electoral process should be rejiggered so that the people who they believe win elections should be declared the winners of elections, and not the people who actually get the most votes. 

And that is literally the end of democracy, to have that political philosophy put into power, and how you have political coverage that treats that party as one side of a debate—you really can’t do it and be coherent in any way.

You’re misleading the public if you act like that philosophy is compatible with democracy. But that’s what they’re doing. 

Washington Post article: "Apocalypse Now"

Democracy is under threat, and corporate media spend many paragraphs wondering whether talking about that is a politically savvy move for Democrats (Washington Post, 10/2/22).

JH: The way that they end up covering this stuff is always as a bank shot. I was looking at some recent coverage in the Washington Post and the New York Times, and the Washington Post a couple weeks ago had this headline that was something along the lines of “Democrats Are Shifting to a Darker, More Apocalyptic Midterm Message”how the Democrats are shifting to talk about the dangers to democracy.

This is coming off of the Biden speech about the MAGA threat and everything. 

And the framing of the story is, “This is a messaging shift. What are the pros and the cons? What do the strategists think?” And it’s so detached from the real world implications of it that it just hurts your brain. 

I mean, the piece is pretty long, and the reporter does spend a paragraph or two acknowledging that most GOP candidates won’t commit to accepting election results, that the party is actively attacking abortion rights.

But then the real focus of the story is this really detached strategy, which is what election coverage–FAIR has been covering election coverage for many years, and it’s just always: focus on strategy, focus on the horse race, focus on the messaging, and so little focus on the policy implications.

And it’s always a problem, but it’s extra problematic when the implications are the end of democracy. 

The New York Times, yesterday on the front page, they were reporting on a poll that they’d just done, and their headline was, “Most Voters Say Democracy Under Threat, but Few Feel Urgency.” It was, like, total victim-blaming. 

They were reporting on this poll where they asked people about whether they thought democracy was under threat, and most people said yes. So then there was another part of the poll that asked what the top priority was for the election, like a top issue. And more people said something related to the economy or inflation, things like that, than said democracy. So the Times called people “apathetic” for not putting it as their top priority.

But first of all, for a lot of people, the economy right now is more immediately felt, right? The threat to democracy is something that feels a bit more in the future, whereas economic threats feel more immediate.

But I think it’s also really important that we point out that media bear no small responsibility for how people prioritize things in elections—you know, what is important? Well, if the media are just telling you, “Well, Democrats say that there’s a threat to democracy, and Republicans say there’s a different kind of threat to democracy from Democrats,” this is media completely falling down on their responsibility to give people the information that they need to make informed choices about democracy.

JJ: Absolutely. Jim? 

JN: The media are so unwilling to accept responsibility for the fact that their job is to inform the public about the broader trends in society, the things that you can’t observe just by talking to your neighbors or looking out your front door. You rely on media outlets to gather information about what’s happening and tell you about them.

New York Times: GOP Redoubles Efforts to Tie Democrats to High Crime Rates

Violent crime rates are about half what they were in 1991, but at the Times (9/26/22), that translates into “high crime rates”—because that’s a GOP talking point.

And they are so often distorting the picture of reality. I think crime is a great example. You always see stories about the midterm politics, saying that Republicans are going to tie Democrats to the high crime rate. The unquestioned assumption there is that there is now a high crime rate. 

The fact is that crime went down last year, according to FBI statistics. We’re not in a crime wave. The crime is ebbing. And, historically, crime is at about half the rate that it was in 1991, which I don’t think people look back on as a Road Warrior-like post-apocalyptic landscape.

And, historically, we’re seeing relatively low crime rates, but because Republicans would like to “tie Democrats to high crime rate,” that is what the media are describing the crime rate as being.

And once that frame has been put into place, it’s very hard to get out of it. 

JH: And crime is also very clickbaity, right? Especially in the New York City tabloid news, it’s just constant crime coverage. It’s very easy for them to report on, just like reporting the police blotter. 

Something that caught my attention a few weeks ago was the prison strike in Alabama, which probably not that many CounterSpin listeners will have heard about, because it got so little coverage in national media.

But this prison strike went on for three weeks. It just ended, I think, yesterday, which would be Tuesday the 18th, I believe. 

When you look into this story, it’s mind-boggling. Alabama was sued by the DoJ, actually under Trump, for having unconstitutionally inhumane conditions in their entire state prison system.

The DoJ brought a lawsuit against them because they were not changing. They had already been informed that this was unconstitutional, and they weren’t changing it. They were sued. They still haven’t done anything. 

And prisoners actually were on strike for three weeks, a work stoppage. They don’t get paid to work, but they stopped work for three weeks.

There was just virtually no media coverage of this. And I bring this up because Jim’s talking about crime, and you think about the impact of the criminal justice system on the lives of people in this country, it’s immense. And you never hear stories about this. 

You get a one-off here and there. The Times actually reported on the DoJ lawsuit a few years ago, and then you didn’t hear from them again until there’s a strike. They report on it at the beginning of the strike, we don’t hear any follow up on it. 

Incarcerations rates, Alabama and international

Corporate media drill into voters’ heads that crime is a problem, but virtually never highlight the uniquely American problem of mass incarceration.

And I just try to imagine what kind of midterm coverage we would have in a media system where mass incarceration was treated as a problem anywhere near as urgent as these imaginary crime waves that the media are hyping.

And think about the kinds of policy conversations that we could have, and the kinds of politicians who could actually have a shot at winning. I feel like our democratic possibilities are really constrained by the media narratives, the stories that media tell us about ourselves, the people that media talk to to tell us these stories about ourselves, and specifically, when we start talking about elections, what kind of policy conversations we can have.

JJ: That’s absolutely what I was moving towards, Julie, because we have journalism that says that when it comes to elections, the job is to say what politicians are saying, and maybe their strategy for saying it, but the coverage is candidate A versus candidate B. 

And if they don’t mention something, well then, we’re not going to talk about it, right? Because neither of the big party candidates mentioned it. 

And I feel like we’ve come to expect that for election coverage, and as you’re just pointing out, it’s such a narrow definition of what this opportunity for reporting could look like, in terms of what we talk about. 

And Matt Gertz from Media Matters was just pointing out that Republicans have this not-at-all-veiled plan to gut Social Security and Medicare if they win Congress.

This is something that people care deeply about, that affects virtually everyone in the country. This is an important story, but if candidates don’t talk about it, then reporters aren’t going to talk about it, because it didn’t come out of a candidate’s mouth. 

And it’s such a narrow understanding of what electoral politics mean, and the opportunity for journalism that’s offered by elections.

JN: There are huge issues that are going undiscussed, for the most part, in the campaign and in the campaign coverage, things that affect everybody vitally, but neither party sees them as political winners, and therefore they don’t get talked about. 

The Covid pandemic is one such issue. Neither party is making it a big part of their campaign, despite the fact that this is an ongoing pandemic that has killed a million Americans, continues to kill Americans, shows no sign of going away, and there’s neither a strategy being advanced by the party in power, or a strategy suggested by the opposition party, to deal with this. It’s just not being talked about. 

Another issue that is getting weirdly little discussion in the campaign journalism is the Ukraine War, which the United States is putting vast resources into. It’s basically a proxy war with the other major nuclear superpower on Earth, with the possibility of nuclear war being discussed in bizarrely casual terms in the foreign policy opinion press. What are we doing to prevent a nuclear war from happening? That’s not an issue that either party is really focusing on. 

JJ: I wanted to say that I think listeners understand that there are always issues in play in an election, but at this point we’re not talking about just issues, as life-changing as they may be.

We’re talking about the process itself. We’re talking about whether or not it matters when you go to vote, whether you have some say in how politicians treat your bodily autonomy, whether you have some say in how politicians vote on the possibility of nuclear war or the use of, I think it’s now $16 billion or something, that the White House has spent on the Ukraine War.

Whether or not we have a process that allows us to have a say in what’s being done in our name, that’s what’s on the ballot. 

JN: There’s a lot of talk about the January 6 insurrection. It’s important to keep in mind what was going on there. That was an attempt to stop the House from certifying the 2020 presidential election.

We are now going to be choosing the House of Representatives that will preside over the 2024 presidential election. And the Republican ideology now is that the Republican Party should have blocked the certification of the 2020 election and declared victory for Donald Trump because of a sort of faith-based understanding that he was the rightful president and should have been named so.

So that is what we’re putting the pieces in place, for that to be re-litigated in 2024, and that is, I would say, the most important thing at stake in the 2022 midterms. 

JH: And when you think about January 6, and you think about the way that when we were covering the coverage at the time, there was this sense like, “Wow, media are finally getting a little bit of a spine, and they’re finally starting to call a spade a spade, and they’re finally starting to really call out lies,” and things like that.

And I think you’re seeing, definitely seeing in recent months, that reverting back to the both-sidesism. And I think that really, when Janine you ask this question of why, you think about what was happening in the Republican Party around January 6, where there was a real schism, and a lot of the leadership, the non-Trump leadership, was saying, “This is not OK. We can’t do this.” 

And then the momentum swung back towards Trump, and that suddenly became the mainstream of the party. And once that became the mainstream of the party, then with corporate media’s insistence on giving credence to reporting both sides—the mainstream of the Democratic Party, the mainstream of the Republican Party—when the mainstream of the Republican Party became election denialists, it became virtually impossible for the media to continue to call them out forcefully in the way that they had just begun to do around January 6. 

JJ: Let me ask you about another aspect. There’s so many things to keep your eyes on, and yet money is always one of them.

There was a quote in the Guardian from Chisun Lee from the Brennan Center—also, I would note, a long-ago CounterSpin co-host. But Lee said that, “It does seem to be getting worse,” that 

outside spending in this federal midterm cycle is more than double the last midterm cycle. Since Citizens United, just 12 mega-donors, eight of them billionaires, have paid one dollar out of every 13 spent in federal elections. And now we’re seeing a troubling new trend…that some mega-donors are sponsoring campaigns that attack the fundamentals of democracy itself.

There’s a way that corporate media are just not going to talk about the influence of corporate money and power in elections.

It’s always as if, suddenly when we’re talking about elections, it’s the school board and the posters and marches and ballot boxes. And the idea that donors have power is a story, but it’s a separate story. 

JN: You should always keep in mind, especially watching broadcast coverage or TV coverage of the elections, that elections are a huge, huge profit center for TV news. 

The inflow of money to buy round-the-clock propaganda in support of one candidate or another, that money is going straight into the coffers of the corporations that own the TV news programs, and so they have no interest in turning that spigot off. It would be a financial disaster for them if there was some way found to keep mega-donors from pouring money into the political process. 

JH: I would also like to point out that there are independent news outlets that are doing a really great job of digging up some of this information about the dark money donations both within the Democratic and the Republican parties. The Lever is one of them. 

That is one of the purposes of independent media. That should be the purpose of all media, of course, but that’s one way in which independent media really do the job that media should be doing, of following the money and holding power to account.

JJ: All right then. We’ve been speaking with FAIR managing editor Julie Hollar and FAIR editor Jim Naureckas. Thank you both for joining us this week on CounterSpin

JN: It’s been good to talk. 

JH: It’s always great to be here.

 

The post ‘It’s Extra Problematic When the Implications Are the End of Democracy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/its-extra-problematic-when-the-implications-are-the-end-of-democracy-counterspin-interview-with-julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-the-2022-elections/feed/ 0 345131
Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas on 2022 Midterms https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-2022-midterms/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-2022-midterms/#respond Fri, 21 Oct 2022 14:57:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030699 Election coverage should be judged not by how reporters "treat" Democrats or Republicans, but about how they inform and engage the public.

The post Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas on 2022 Midterms appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Guardian image of voting stickers

Guardian (10/20/22)

This week on CounterSpin: This midterm is a big-picture election. It’s not just about the laws and policies and priorities governing our lives, not merely about whether we can control our own bodies or the environment has a future, the possibility of racial justice, or whether you can make rent with a full-time job. It’s about all of that, plus how we’re positioned to fight for the system that’s supposed to give each of us a say in those decisions.

OK, but here are the elite media headlines:

What’s happening here? What’s not happening here? FAIR always says that news media work in election season should be judged not by how reporters “treat” Democrats or Republicans, but about how they inform and engage the public—including vast numbers of people who don’t even vote, because they can’t, or because they don’t see the connection between pulling that lever and their day-to-day life. Is it too much to say it’s journalism’s job to make those connections, and to err on the side of reflecting public needs to politicians, rather than presenting politicians as celebrities for people to muse about from a distance?

CounterSpin talks about midterm election coverage with FAIR editor Jim Naureckas and FAIR managing editor Julie Hollar.

      CounterSpin221021HollarNaureckas.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Haiti.

      CounterSpin221021Banter.mp3

 

The post Julie Hollar and Jim Naureckas on 2022 Midterms appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/julie-hollar-and-jim-naureckas-on-2022-midterms/feed/ 0 343663
‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ – CounterSpin interview with John Logan on 21st century organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/#respond Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:40:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030654   Janine Jackson interviewed Jacobin‘s John Logan about Amazon and Starbucks organizing for the October 7, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Between well-paid people telling you that the solution to high prices is unemployment, and the news of the latest weather catastrophe separated by several pages from […]

The post ‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Jacobin‘s John Logan about Amazon and Starbucks organizing for the October 7, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221007Logan.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Between well-paid people telling you that the solution to high prices is unemployment, and the news of the latest weather catastrophe separated by several pages from the news about how fossil fuel profits are doing really well, and then the story of the latest outright violation of basic human rights by police or by the courts—it is very meaningful to see news about how another group of Starbucks baristas or of Amazon warehouse workers has got together and decided to fight for better working conditions and dignity for themselves, and to encourage, by extension, all who witness their example.

Worker organizing—inside or outside of unions—is the counter-narrative, and the counter-reality, to the corporate control and co-optation we see everywhere around us. It matters very much how these efforts are portrayed in the press.

Joining us now to talk about that is John Logan. He’s professor and director of labor and employment studies at San Francisco State University, and he’s been writing about organizing within the corporate world for Jacobin. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, John Logan.

John Logan: Hi, very glad to be on. Thank you for inviting me.

Jacobin: In Their Zeal to Destroy Unions, Starbucks and Amazon Aren’t Worried About Breaking the Law

Jacobin (9/28/22)

JJ: Listeners probably know that organizing has been happening, but we hear maybe less about the lengths—or depths, we might say—that super-powerful, successful company owners are going to to resist workers getting together to represent themselves.

Meanwhile, we do see publicity for those companies all day and all night, in ads and social media promotions and supposedly “earned news” by outlets that present a “secret menu” or a “hidden deal” as a news event.

So maybe let’s start with your recent piece for Jacobin on this. Starbucks and Amazon have been violating actual law, according to the National Labor Relations Board, in their fight against workplace organizing, yes? It’s not just distasteful, they’re actually violating the law.

JL: Right. You know, an important thing to say straight off is the law itself is very weak, so there is so much that Starbucks and Amazon can do to fight unions that is legal under the National Labor Relations Act. All sorts of things that would not be legal in other advanced democracies, but are legal in the US.

But they’re not just doing that. They’re doing things, and doing them again and again, that are clearly unlawful. And in the case of Starbucks, the National Labor Relations Board currently has over 350 open unfair labor practice charges against Starbucks.

And that’s truly a stunning number within a relatively short period of time. We’re talking about a campaign that really only started in August of last year, in Buffalo and upstate New York, and for the first few months, really until December, January, was only in Buffalo, and then subsequently spread nationwide.

The only comparable thing that I can think of is the UAW dispute with Caterpillar in the 1990s, where eventually there were over 400 unfair labor practice allegations against Caterpillar. But that campaign took place over a seven- or eight-year period. So Starbucks is really just operating as if the law does not apply to it.

What happens is that Starbucks violates the law. The regional director in Buffalo issued a complaint against Starbucks in May, saying that Starbucks had committed almost 300 individual violations of federal labor law in Buffalo alone, in a three-month period leading up to the first elections in December.

The company is alleged to have fired over 100 pro-union baristas. It has closed union stores in Buffalo and Ithaca, New York; in Seattle, in Portland and unionizing stores in other places.

This is a remarkable union campaign that’s now spread to over 240 Starbucks stores around the country, [which] have voted to unionize. But there’s no question, if it were not for these rampant, unlawful union-busting practices, it would be 2,000 or 3,000. It would be far, far more stores.

NYT: Starbucks Illegally Denied Raises to Union Members, Labor Board Says

New York Times (8/25/22)

The one thing that Starbucks did that had the greatest impact is in April, it announced that it was going to increase wages and benefits, but only for non-union stores. If you had voted to unionize or if you were engaged in organizing, you would not be getting these new benefits and wages. And finally it implemented these in August.

Later in August, the NLRB said this was unlawful. This was clearly designed to create a chilling atmosphere and to discourage workers from becoming involved in the nationwide organizing campaign.

What did Starbucks do? It said, we think that is wrong, we’re going to fight it. And then in September, it announced yet another wave of increased benefits that apply only to non-union workers.

And with Amazon, Amazon is still contesting the result of the historic victory of the Amazon Labor Union in Staten Island on April 1. Amazon is still not accepting that result. The NLRB recommended that Amazon‘s election objections be dismissed in their entirety. They were the most frivolous objections, many of them. They were all thoroughly investigated, they were all dismissed. Amazon has said, we don’t accept that.

It now goes to the regional director. Regional director will undoubtedly agree with the hearing officer. Amazon will then appeal it to the full board in Washington, DC. Because it’s objections and not a complaint, they can’t appeal to the federal courts immediately, but they can simply refuse to bargain on the basis of, they don’t accept the election result.

Then the union has to make a complaint. The NLRB would come out with a bargaining order. Amazon can say, “We’re still not bargaining, because we don’t accept the election was fair.” And so the board would have to go to the courts to enforce the bargaining order. All of this will take months, if not years.

And Amazon and Starbucks know that time is on their side. Time is not on the side of pro-union workers.

Amazon: Amazon’s CEO Says Bid to Overturn Union Victory Will Be Protracted

Bloomberg (9/7/22)

So Andy Jassy, the new CEO of Amazon, has already said, this is going to be a really long fight over the election result, not over anything else, but over accepting the election result, where workers very clearly voted to support the Amazon Labor Union.

And he said, the NLRB is not going to rule against itself, meaning they’re going to take this all the way to the courts.

And so what that means, and I apologize for going on….

JJ: I appreciate it.

JL: What it means is that Amazon and Starbucks can win by losing at the NLRB,  simply because of their resources, because of their determination to fight to the death, because of their ability to appeal and delay at every stage.

Even if every decision goes against them, which almost certainly it will, they can still undermine these union campaigns, simply by using months and months and years of delay.

JJ: It’s exactly as you’ve reported: Momentum is an important force for folks who are doing any kind of social activism—organizing momentum, feeling that you’ve got the wind at your back.

And so these deep pockets, this is where that money comes in, to just delay and delay and delay. And there’s an expression that we hear from corporations sometimes, or their lobbyists, that they talk about “skating where the puck’s going to be.”

In other words, the law is not on their side and they know it, but they are confident in their ability to either draw it out long enough, or to actually get their legislative arms at work in bending the law.

So in other words, they can just de facto live the conditions that they want to live while workers are really on the edge and are really, in the example of Amazon that you cite, they’ve won this election and yet they still have to go to work, knowing that management hates them, and is trying to take away what they’ve won.

I just, to bring it to media, I feel like if media would tell the story from a different perspective, it would change a lot.

John Logan

John Logan: “Their retaliation against the union doesn’t get better after the union wins; the union-busting actually gets worse after the union wins.”

JL: Yes. And, you know, there has been some good media coverage of these stories. The problem is it’s all very fragmented. We need stories that explain the Amazon Labor Union story and the Starbucks Workers United story in their entirety, and the myriad of unfair labor practice charges of unlawful behavior that they have been subjected to by these companies, and how that makes it virtually impossible for pro-union workers to get a fair choice, as the law demands that they get when they’re up against these companies.

As you said, Amazon has a 150% turnover rate in many of its warehouses, and an entirely new workforce every nine months or so. It’s deliberately trying to drive pro-union workers out of the workplace.

Starbucks is doing the same. It’s firing them, it’s reducing their hours. It’s introducing new scheduling policies that are targeted in a way that pro-union workers will be driven out of the workplace.

So they’re delaying recognizing unions, they’re delaying bargaining with unions, and all the time, their retaliation against the union doesn’t get better after the union wins; the union-busting actually gets worse after the union wins.

So it’s just a very clear indication that they think the choice on whether or not a union comes into Amazon or Starbucks should be made by them, should be made by Howard Schultz, the interim CEO of Starbucks, or Andy Jassy, CEO of Amazon.

The law says it is the workers who are supposed to decide, but they don’t accept that, they think they should ultimately make the decision.

And they have even said so explicitly. In an interview with the New York Times, Howard Schultz said that he would never engage—”never,” that was his word—he would never engage with the union, because the customer experience would be undermined if a “third party,” as he sees it, were to come into the stores.

But the law doesn’t say—I don’t accept that the customer experience would be undermined in any way, but even if that were true, which it’s not, the law says that’s not the point.

The point is it’s the workers’ choice whether they want union representation. It’s not his choice. It’s not to do with the customer experience. It’s to do with what the workers want.

And a lot of these Amazon workers and Starbucks workers have stood up for their right to unionize heroically. But you shouldn’t have to be a hero in order to exercise what is supposed to be a federally protected right.

Andrew Ross Sorkin interviews Howard Schultz

The New York Times‘ Andrew Ross Sorkin interviews Starbucks’ Howard Schultz (YouTube, 6/10/22).

JJ: Absolutely. Let’s get into Howard Schultz’s rhetoric just for a minute, because these companies, they have image-management as a fully funded department, right? So you would hope that reporters would have their guard up, recognizing that.

So you hear workers described as “partners,” and why would you bring in “outside agents” to “disrupt our relationship”? Never mind that the unionbusters never come from the place where the organizing drive is. They’re always brought in on a plane, but, you know, OK.

It’s all such horse hockey. It’s such gaslighting about what the actual worker/owner relationship is about, and my feeling is that corporate media propagate that line, frankly, when they not just report earnestly on owner rhetoric about “partners,” but also when they report these issues as though workers and consumers were different populations with different interests. That seems to me a fundamental failure of reporting here.

JL: Yeah, no, I totally agree. And if you look at Starbucks, Starbucks is spending tens of millions of dollars in this anti-union campaign. It’s using the country’s largest, and in fact the world’s largest so-called union avoidance law firm, Littler Mendelson—scores of Littler attorneys all over the country are trying to undermine workers’ right to choose a union.

It’s also using the world’s largest PR firm, Edelman, to help with this anti-union messaging.

Vox: How a bunch of Starbucks baristas built a labor movement

Vox (4/8/22)

And as you say, to talk about these unions as third parties—of course, we know that’s never true, it’s just always the line anti-union corporations use. But in these particular campaigns, it could not be more clearly nonsense.

I mean, Amazon Labor Union didn’t exist two years ago. It was formed by Chris Smalls, who was sacked for protesting inadequate Covid safety precautions. The lead organizers were all Amazon workers inside the JFK8 Staten Island facility. The workers are the union in a very, very real sense. The union is not an outside party.

Same thing with Starbucks Workers United. That union is affiliated with an established union, Workers United, but the only reason it’s had such incredible success is because of the dynamism of its intrepid worker organizers, Starbucks workers who are organizing their own stores all across the country.

And so you could not have clearer cases where you have these multi-billion dollar corporations spending tens of millions of dollars on trying to prevent workers from exercising what’s supposed to be a federally protected right.

Whereas, on the other side, you have workers inside warehouses, inside coffee shops, talking to each other and talking about the benefits of having an independent voice, and how that’s necessary to get respect and dignity at work.

But as you said, to have any stories in which you give Starbucks and Amazon any kind of credibility in their anti-union statements, in these cases, is just truly ridiculous, because we know what’s happening here.

We know that these are grassroots organizing campaigns. Workers who earn $15, $17, $18 an hour, maybe, at Amazon, against multi-billion-dollar corporations who will spend whatever is necessary and who have unbelievable expertise, sophistication and a total disregard for the law. They will do anything they can.

If they can break the union legally, they would probably do so, but they don’t care. Their only objective is to keep the union out. And so if it takes committing, in the case of Starbucks, hundreds and hundreds of violations of federal labor law, the penalties for doing so are absolutely meaningless. So they will do that. That is so clearly the case with these campaigns.

JJ: And yet in the face of that, and that’s where I want to go to, because it seems to me that more and more people are just not falling for that bluff.

I wish media would take seriously this kind of, “Nice job you got there. Shame if anything were to happen to it.” But in the face of that, and in the face of the news coverage that says Amazon, for example, is a genius company, that’s capitalism doing what it should. And that separated, as you call out, from a story that they might also do about how Amazon workers have to pee in a jar, you know?

But it’s still a separate story from, “Isn’t Amazon a fantastic example of what we want from companies?”

Nevertheless, support for labor unions is growing. Union election petitions are growing. Strikes are growing. People are ceasing to fall for it.

So let’s maybe end with that, just like, it’s happening anyway. And then maybe your thoughts about how journalism could help rather than hinder.

Gallup: U.S. Approval of Labor Unions at Highest Point Since 1965

Gallup (8/30/22)

JL: We don’t even need journalism that’s cheerleading for the unions. We just need journalism that explains what happens, the incredible pressures that American workers are subjected to when they try to exercise their legal right to form a union at companies like Starbucks and like Amazon.

And the entire labor movement does owe a great debt of gratitude to these workers involved in these two campaigns, because, as you said, it has spread, to Trader Joe’s, to REI, to Apple retail stores, to Chipotle, to other places; to Home Depot, we heard most recently.

But what it does is, it gives people an education in how our labor laws don’t work. More people are engaged with the issues than has been true for decades. As you said, in the most recent Gallup poll on this, 71% of the American public approve of unions, even higher numbers among young workers.

And that despite the organizational weakness of unions, despite the fact that unions only represent 6.1% in the private sector. The last time unions had that level of public approval was 1965, but unions represented almost 30% of the workforce back then.

And so we see it very clearly among young workers. Overwhelmingly young workers approve of unions. But they have really, really low rates of union membership, and that’s because young workers work overwhelmingly in what I would call young workplaces, places like Starbucks, places like REI, places like Trader Joe’s, and those workplaces are overwhelmingly non-union.

And because of the weak laws, and particularly because of the incredibly strong employer corporate opposition, it is very difficult for them to form unions in those workplaces.

But as you said, despite that, we now have a wave of organizing throughout the country. People are taking inspiration from the union victories at Amazon and at Starbucks.

They’re thinking, “We should do that in our own workplace. We don’t just have to quit. We can stick around and organize, and try to win respect and dignity at work.”

CNN: Amazon Labor Union faces next showdown in upstate New York

CNN (10/12/22)

And so a lot of these campaigns will not be successful, because they’re all David versus Goliath stories. There’s another Amazon Labor Union election in Albany next week. I’m hopeful, but we don’t know what the outcome will be. But it would be a remarkable win again if they were to win in Albany.

But despite that, something historic is changing. You have, as you said, the growing number of people talking union: Amazon workers, Starbucks workers, museum workers, nonprofit workers, gallery workers, tech and online media workers. It’s growing.

More people are paying attention to labor issues. Something has changed as a result of the pandemic. We don’t know what the legacy of these particular campaigns is going to be. But I think there’s very good reason to believe that the labor movement, as a process by which people get together collectively to win dignity and respect at the workplace, these movements at Starbucks and Amazon have shown there’s still a great deal of life left in that process.

JJ: All right, we’re going to end on that note.

We’ve been speaking with John Logan. He’s professor and director of labor and employment studies at San Francisco State University. You can find his work on 21st century organizing at Jacobin.org.

John Logan, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JL: Thank you for having me on. It was a pleasure.

 

The post ‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/feed/ 0 342168
‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ – CounterSpin interview with John Logan on 21st century organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/#respond Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:40:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030654   Janine Jackson interviewed Jacobin‘s John Logan about Amazon and Starbucks organizing for the October 7, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Between well-paid people telling you that the solution to high prices is unemployment, and the news of the latest weather catastrophe separated by several pages from […]

The post ‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Jacobin‘s John Logan about Amazon and Starbucks organizing for the October 7, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin221007Logan.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Between well-paid people telling you that the solution to high prices is unemployment, and the news of the latest weather catastrophe separated by several pages from the news about how fossil fuel profits are doing really well, and then the story of the latest outright violation of basic human rights by police or by the courts—it is very meaningful to see news about how another group of Starbucks baristas or of Amazon warehouse workers has got together and decided to fight for better working conditions and dignity for themselves, and to encourage, by extension, all who witness their example.

Worker organizing—inside or outside of unions—is the counter-narrative, and the counter-reality, to the corporate control and co-optation we see everywhere around us. It matters very much how these efforts are portrayed in the press.

Joining us now to talk about that is John Logan. He’s professor and director of labor and employment studies at San Francisco State University, and he’s been writing about organizing within the corporate world for Jacobin. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, John Logan.

John Logan: Hi, very glad to be on. Thank you for inviting me.

Jacobin: In Their Zeal to Destroy Unions, Starbucks and Amazon Aren’t Worried About Breaking the Law

Jacobin (9/28/22)

JJ: Listeners probably know that organizing has been happening, but we hear maybe less about the lengths—or depths, we might say—that super-powerful, successful company owners are going to to resist workers getting together to represent themselves.

Meanwhile, we do see publicity for those companies all day and all night, in ads and social media promotions and supposedly “earned news” by outlets that present a “secret menu” or a “hidden deal” as a news event.

So maybe let’s start with your recent piece for Jacobin on this. Starbucks and Amazon have been violating actual law, according to the National Labor Relations Board, in their fight against workplace organizing, yes? It’s not just distasteful, they’re actually violating the law.

JL: Right. You know, an important thing to say straight off is the law itself is very weak, so there is so much that Starbucks and Amazon can do to fight unions that is legal under the National Labor Relations Act. All sorts of things that would not be legal in other advanced democracies, but are legal in the US.

But they’re not just doing that. They’re doing things, and doing them again and again, that are clearly unlawful. And in the case of Starbucks, the National Labor Relations Board currently has over 350 open unfair labor practice charges against Starbucks.

And that’s truly a stunning number within a relatively short period of time. We’re talking about a campaign that really only started in August of last year, in Buffalo and upstate New York, and for the first few months, really until December, January, was only in Buffalo, and then subsequently spread nationwide.

The only comparable thing that I can think of is the UAW dispute with Caterpillar in the 1990s, where eventually there were over 400 unfair labor practice allegations against Caterpillar. But that campaign took place over a seven- or eight-year period. So Starbucks is really just operating as if the law does not apply to it.

What happens is that Starbucks violates the law. The regional director in Buffalo issued a complaint against Starbucks in May, saying that Starbucks had committed almost 300 individual violations of federal labor law in Buffalo alone, in a three-month period leading up to the first elections in December.

The company is alleged to have fired over 100 pro-union baristas. It has closed union stores in Buffalo and Ithaca, New York; in Seattle, in Portland and unionizing stores in other places.

This is a remarkable union campaign that’s now spread to over 240 Starbucks stores around the country, [which] have voted to unionize. But there’s no question, if it were not for these rampant, unlawful union-busting practices, it would be 2,000 or 3,000. It would be far, far more stores.

NYT: Starbucks Illegally Denied Raises to Union Members, Labor Board Says

New York Times (8/25/22)

The one thing that Starbucks did that had the greatest impact is in April, it announced that it was going to increase wages and benefits, but only for non-union stores. If you had voted to unionize or if you were engaged in organizing, you would not be getting these new benefits and wages. And finally it implemented these in August.

Later in August, the NLRB said this was unlawful. This was clearly designed to create a chilling atmosphere and to discourage workers from becoming involved in the nationwide organizing campaign.

What did Starbucks do? It said, we think that is wrong, we’re going to fight it. And then in September, it announced yet another wave of increased benefits that apply only to non-union workers.

And with Amazon, Amazon is still contesting the result of the historic victory of the Amazon Labor Union in Staten Island on April 1. Amazon is still not accepting that result. The NLRB recommended that Amazon‘s election objections be dismissed in their entirety. They were the most frivolous objections, many of them. They were all thoroughly investigated, they were all dismissed. Amazon has said, we don’t accept that.

It now goes to the regional director. Regional director will undoubtedly agree with the hearing officer. Amazon will then appeal it to the full board in Washington, DC. Because it’s objections and not a complaint, they can’t appeal to the federal courts immediately, but they can simply refuse to bargain on the basis of, they don’t accept the election result.

Then the union has to make a complaint. The NLRB would come out with a bargaining order. Amazon can say, “We’re still not bargaining, because we don’t accept the election was fair.” And so the board would have to go to the courts to enforce the bargaining order. All of this will take months, if not years.

And Amazon and Starbucks know that time is on their side. Time is not on the side of pro-union workers.

Amazon: Amazon’s CEO Says Bid to Overturn Union Victory Will Be Protracted

Bloomberg (9/7/22)

So Andy Jassy, the new CEO of Amazon, has already said, this is going to be a really long fight over the election result, not over anything else, but over accepting the election result, where workers very clearly voted to support the Amazon Labor Union.

And he said, the NLRB is not going to rule against itself, meaning they’re going to take this all the way to the courts.

And so what that means, and I apologize for going on….

JJ: I appreciate it.

JL: What it means is that Amazon and Starbucks can win by losing at the NLRB,  simply because of their resources, because of their determination to fight to the death, because of their ability to appeal and delay at every stage.

Even if every decision goes against them, which almost certainly it will, they can still undermine these union campaigns, simply by using months and months and years of delay.

JJ: It’s exactly as you’ve reported: Momentum is an important force for folks who are doing any kind of social activism—organizing momentum, feeling that you’ve got the wind at your back.

And so these deep pockets, this is where that money comes in, to just delay and delay and delay. And there’s an expression that we hear from corporations sometimes, or their lobbyists, that they talk about “skating where the puck’s going to be.”

In other words, the law is not on their side and they know it, but they are confident in their ability to either draw it out long enough, or to actually get their legislative arms at work in bending the law.

So in other words, they can just de facto live the conditions that they want to live while workers are really on the edge and are really, in the example of Amazon that you cite, they’ve won this election and yet they still have to go to work, knowing that management hates them, and is trying to take away what they’ve won.

I just, to bring it to media, I feel like if media would tell the story from a different perspective, it would change a lot.

John Logan

John Logan: “Their retaliation against the union doesn’t get better after the union wins; the union-busting actually gets worse after the union wins.”

JL: Yes. And, you know, there has been some good media coverage of these stories. The problem is it’s all very fragmented. We need stories that explain the Amazon Labor Union story and the Starbucks Workers United story in their entirety, and the myriad of unfair labor practice charges of unlawful behavior that they have been subjected to by these companies, and how that makes it virtually impossible for pro-union workers to get a fair choice, as the law demands that they get when they’re up against these companies.

As you said, Amazon has a 150% turnover rate in many of its warehouses, and an entirely new workforce every nine months or so. It’s deliberately trying to drive pro-union workers out of the workplace.

Starbucks is doing the same. It’s firing them, it’s reducing their hours. It’s introducing new scheduling policies that are targeted in a way that pro-union workers will be driven out of the workplace.

So they’re delaying recognizing unions, they’re delaying bargaining with unions, and all the time, their retaliation against the union doesn’t get better after the union wins; the union-busting actually gets worse after the union wins.

So it’s just a very clear indication that they think the choice on whether or not a union comes into Amazon or Starbucks should be made by them, should be made by Howard Schultz, the interim CEO of Starbucks, or Andy Jassy, CEO of Amazon.

The law says it is the workers who are supposed to decide, but they don’t accept that, they think they should ultimately make the decision.

And they have even said so explicitly. In an interview with the New York Times, Howard Schultz said that he would never engage—”never,” that was his word—he would never engage with the union, because the customer experience would be undermined if a “third party,” as he sees it, were to come into the stores.

But the law doesn’t say—I don’t accept that the customer experience would be undermined in any way, but even if that were true, which it’s not, the law says that’s not the point.

The point is it’s the workers’ choice whether they want union representation. It’s not his choice. It’s not to do with the customer experience. It’s to do with what the workers want.

And a lot of these Amazon workers and Starbucks workers have stood up for their right to unionize heroically. But you shouldn’t have to be a hero in order to exercise what is supposed to be a federally protected right.

Andrew Ross Sorkin interviews Howard Schultz

The New York Times‘ Andrew Ross Sorkin interviews Starbucks’ Howard Schultz (YouTube, 6/10/22).

JJ: Absolutely. Let’s get into Howard Schultz’s rhetoric just for a minute, because these companies, they have image-management as a fully funded department, right? So you would hope that reporters would have their guard up, recognizing that.

So you hear workers described as “partners,” and why would you bring in “outside agents” to “disrupt our relationship”? Never mind that the unionbusters never come from the place where the organizing drive is. They’re always brought in on a plane, but, you know, OK.

It’s all such horse hockey. It’s such gaslighting about what the actual worker/owner relationship is about, and my feeling is that corporate media propagate that line, frankly, when they not just report earnestly on owner rhetoric about “partners,” but also when they report these issues as though workers and consumers were different populations with different interests. That seems to me a fundamental failure of reporting here.

JL: Yeah, no, I totally agree. And if you look at Starbucks, Starbucks is spending tens of millions of dollars in this anti-union campaign. It’s using the country’s largest, and in fact the world’s largest so-called union avoidance law firm, Littler Mendelson—scores of Littler attorneys all over the country are trying to undermine workers’ right to choose a union.

It’s also using the world’s largest PR firm, Edelman, to help with this anti-union messaging.

Vox: How a bunch of Starbucks baristas built a labor movement

Vox (4/8/22)

And as you say, to talk about these unions as third parties—of course, we know that’s never true, it’s just always the line anti-union corporations use. But in these particular campaigns, it could not be more clearly nonsense.

I mean, Amazon Labor Union didn’t exist two years ago. It was formed by Chris Smalls, who was sacked for protesting inadequate Covid safety precautions. The lead organizers were all Amazon workers inside the JFK8 Staten Island facility. The workers are the union in a very, very real sense. The union is not an outside party.

Same thing with Starbucks Workers United. That union is affiliated with an established union, Workers United, but the only reason it’s had such incredible success is because of the dynamism of its intrepid worker organizers, Starbucks workers who are organizing their own stores all across the country.

And so you could not have clearer cases where you have these multi-billion dollar corporations spending tens of millions of dollars on trying to prevent workers from exercising what’s supposed to be a federally protected right.

Whereas, on the other side, you have workers inside warehouses, inside coffee shops, talking to each other and talking about the benefits of having an independent voice, and how that’s necessary to get respect and dignity at work.

But as you said, to have any stories in which you give Starbucks and Amazon any kind of credibility in their anti-union statements, in these cases, is just truly ridiculous, because we know what’s happening here.

We know that these are grassroots organizing campaigns. Workers who earn $15, $17, $18 an hour, maybe, at Amazon, against multi-billion-dollar corporations who will spend whatever is necessary and who have unbelievable expertise, sophistication and a total disregard for the law. They will do anything they can.

If they can break the union legally, they would probably do so, but they don’t care. Their only objective is to keep the union out. And so if it takes committing, in the case of Starbucks, hundreds and hundreds of violations of federal labor law, the penalties for doing so are absolutely meaningless. So they will do that. That is so clearly the case with these campaigns.

JJ: And yet in the face of that, and that’s where I want to go to, because it seems to me that more and more people are just not falling for that bluff.

I wish media would take seriously this kind of, “Nice job you got there. Shame if anything were to happen to it.” But in the face of that, and in the face of the news coverage that says Amazon, for example, is a genius company, that’s capitalism doing what it should. And that separated, as you call out, from a story that they might also do about how Amazon workers have to pee in a jar, you know?

But it’s still a separate story from, “Isn’t Amazon a fantastic example of what we want from companies?”

Nevertheless, support for labor unions is growing. Union election petitions are growing. Strikes are growing. People are ceasing to fall for it.

So let’s maybe end with that, just like, it’s happening anyway. And then maybe your thoughts about how journalism could help rather than hinder.

Gallup: U.S. Approval of Labor Unions at Highest Point Since 1965

Gallup (8/30/22)

JL: We don’t even need journalism that’s cheerleading for the unions. We just need journalism that explains what happens, the incredible pressures that American workers are subjected to when they try to exercise their legal right to form a union at companies like Starbucks and like Amazon.

And the entire labor movement does owe a great debt of gratitude to these workers involved in these two campaigns, because, as you said, it has spread, to Trader Joe’s, to REI, to Apple retail stores, to Chipotle, to other places; to Home Depot, we heard most recently.

But what it does is, it gives people an education in how our labor laws don’t work. More people are engaged with the issues than has been true for decades. As you said, in the most recent Gallup poll on this, 71% of the American public approve of unions, even higher numbers among young workers.

And that despite the organizational weakness of unions, despite the fact that unions only represent 6.1% in the private sector. The last time unions had that level of public approval was 1965, but unions represented almost 30% of the workforce back then.

And so we see it very clearly among young workers. Overwhelmingly young workers approve of unions. But they have really, really low rates of union membership, and that’s because young workers work overwhelmingly in what I would call young workplaces, places like Starbucks, places like REI, places like Trader Joe’s, and those workplaces are overwhelmingly non-union.

And because of the weak laws, and particularly because of the incredibly strong employer corporate opposition, it is very difficult for them to form unions in those workplaces.

But as you said, despite that, we now have a wave of organizing throughout the country. People are taking inspiration from the union victories at Amazon and at Starbucks.

They’re thinking, “We should do that in our own workplace. We don’t just have to quit. We can stick around and organize, and try to win respect and dignity at work.”

CNN: Amazon Labor Union faces next showdown in upstate New York

CNN (10/12/22)

And so a lot of these campaigns will not be successful, because they’re all David versus Goliath stories. There’s another Amazon Labor Union election in Albany next week. I’m hopeful, but we don’t know what the outcome will be. But it would be a remarkable win again if they were to win in Albany.

But despite that, something historic is changing. You have, as you said, the growing number of people talking union: Amazon workers, Starbucks workers, museum workers, nonprofit workers, gallery workers, tech and online media workers. It’s growing.

More people are paying attention to labor issues. Something has changed as a result of the pandemic. We don’t know what the legacy of these particular campaigns is going to be. But I think there’s very good reason to believe that the labor movement, as a process by which people get together collectively to win dignity and respect at the workplace, these movements at Starbucks and Amazon have shown there’s still a great deal of life left in that process.

JJ: All right, we’re going to end on that note.

We’ve been speaking with John Logan. He’s professor and director of labor and employment studies at San Francisco State University. You can find his work on 21st century organizing at Jacobin.org.

John Logan, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JL: Thank you for having me on. It was a pleasure.

 

The post ‘People Are Taking Inspiration From Union Victories at Amazon and Starbucks’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/people-are-taking-inspiration-from-union-victories-at-amazon-and-starbucks-counterspin-interview-with-john-logan-on-21st-century-organizing/feed/ 0 342169
Ahmad Abuznaid on Israeli Human Rights Crackdown, Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/#respond Fri, 14 Oct 2022 14:18:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030628 Growing numbers of people have concerns, not just about uncritical US support for Israel, but also about the shutdown of critics.

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Israeli Human Rights Crackdown, Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

This week on CounterSpin: Media watchers may know that Katie Halper was fired from her job at Hill TV because she did a thing you can’t do in elite US news media, which is make a statement critical of the state of Israel. Halper described Israel as an apartheid state—a designation supported by the Israeli human rights group B’tselem, as well as Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International.

Classroom memorial for Rayyan Sulaiman

Classroom memorial for Rayyan Suleiman (Middle East Eye, 10/3/22; photo: Shatha Hammad).

Her firing, along with others who’ve crossed the same policed line, is a loss for curious US viewers who want to hear a range of not just views on Israel and Palestine, but news: That would include stories like that of Rayyan Suleiman, a 7-year-old boy who died September 29 from a heart attack after Israeli occupation forces chased him home from school, because, they said, some of the group of kids he was with threw stones at them.

Dialogue around Palestine and Israel is among the most formulaic that elite media maintain, but growing numbers of people have concerns, not just about uncritical US support for Israel, but also about the shutdown of critics and the conflation of debate with the real problem of antisemitism. CounterSpin talked about these questions in August with Ahmad Abuznaid,  executive director at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. We hear that conversation again this week.

      CounterSpin221014Abuznaid.mp3

 

Cryptocurrency Crash

Also on the show: Apparently cryptocurrency is going through a rough patch. Who would’ve guessed the thing that presented itself as a way for the little guy to go big in wheelin’ and dealin’ was not exactly as presented? CounterSpin spoke back in February with Chicago-based writer Sohale Mortazavi whose article, “Cryptocurrency Is a Giant Ponzi Scheme,” appeared at JacobinMag.com. We revisit that this week as well.

      CounterSpin221014Mortazavi.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the Nord Stream sabotage.

      CounterSpin221014Banter.mp3

 

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Israeli Human Rights Crackdown, Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/14/ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/feed/ 0 342018
‘The Moment Black People Showed Up, We Responded With Violence’ – CounterSpin interview with Guerline Jozef on Haitian refugee abuse https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/the-moment-black-people-showed-up-we-responded-with-violence-counterspin-interview-with-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/the-moment-black-people-showed-up-we-responded-with-violence-counterspin-interview-with-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 17:52:56 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030566 "We are able to welcome the Ukrainians in crisis with compassion... It should be provided to people no matter where they are from."

The post ‘The Moment Black People Showed Up, We Responded With Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Haitian Bridge Alliance’s Guerline Jozef about Haitian refugee abuse for the September 30, 2022, episode  of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220930Jozef.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Listeners will remember the pictures: US Border patrol agents on horseback, wielding reins like whips as they corralled and captured Haitian asylum seekers along the Rio Grande.

Photo of Border Patrol agent on horseback assaulting a Haitian refugee.

Border Patrol agent assaults a Haitian refugee near Del Rio, Texas (photo: Paul Ratje).

The appalling images might have served as a symbol of the ill-treatment of Haitians escaping violence and desperation. Instead, elite media made them a stand-in, so that when the report came that, despite appearances, the border patrol didn’t actually whip anyone, one felt that was supposed to sweep away all of the concerns together.

Well, there are serious problems with that report, but we should also ask why we saw controversy about photographs foregrounded over the story of Haitians’ horrific treatment at the hands of US border officials—treatment that a new Amnesty report, echoing others, describes as amounting to race-based torture. And why were media so quick to look away?

The question is as vital a year on as reporters talk about other asylum seekers as political pawns and victims, but continue their relative disinterest in Haitians, tacitly sanctioning the harms of US policy.

Joining us now to talk about this is Guerline Jozef. She is founder and executive director of Haitian Bridge Alliance. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Guerline Jozef.

Guerline Jozef: Good afternoon. Thank you so much for having me.

JJ: Customs and Border Protection Commissioner Chris Magnus, announcing the results of the agency’s internal investigation in July, said, “Not everyone’s going to like all the findings, but the investigation was comprehensive and fair.”

He said that because the investigation said that there was no evidence that agents on horseback hit anybody with their reins. So it’s as if he’s saying, “I know you wanted there to be real cruelty here, but there wasn’t, so ha.”

But beyond that deflecting message, that some people just want to believe in cruelty, the problems with the CPB’s report about what happened in Del Rio—those problems are deep, aren’t they?

GJ: Absolutely. First of all, what they did with the report is that they took the lives of over 15,000 Haitians and people of African descent and Black asylum seekers, and they put that into a 30-minute period where that picture was captured.

But the reality is, if that picture wasn’t captured, they would have told us this never happened at all. But we all saw the pictures, and we understood the reality under the bridge.

And if you zoom into the picture, you will see the CBP officer on horseback, his hand holding and pulling the Haitian man by his shirt, and this man was only carrying food to his wife and child.

So the report is telling us this didn’t happen, but all you have to do is zoom into the picture and you will see the intent, and you will see the fear. You will see the power that this officer had upon the person of this asylum seeker.

Now, the report will tell you that they looked into it, and they found that he did not whip the gentleman. But you can clearly see his motion to whip him, and you can see the fear even in the face of the horse that almost trampled this man who was carrying nothing but food.

In addition to that, the report failed to interview or speak to any of the people who were under the bridge, any of the witnesses, and any of those who were actually experiencing the abuse.

We made available to them Haitian migrants who were under the bridge. We made available to them advocates on behalf of the people we saw in that picture, and the reality that the world finally witnessed under the bridge.

None of them were interviewed, contacted or even reached out to.

So in addition to that, they still had 15,000 people in their custody. Yet they didn’t even care to speak to any one of them about the treatment they received, the abuse that was witnessed. Nothing.

JJ: The idea of producing a report about what happened at Del Rio without talking to any of the asylum seekers, I think a lot of folks would find absurd on its face.

Mounted Border Patrol agent uses reins as a whip against Haitian refugees.

The Customs office maintains that this Border Patrol agent was merely “twirling…reins as a distancing tactic” (photo: Paul Ratje).

And I would just note that, in addition to the fear and the obvious violence that one can see in the picture, my understanding is that folks who were there say that there was, in fact—if this is what we’re going to talk about—in fact there was actual use of reins as whips, that that is something that actually happened, which perhaps we would know about if the report had interviewed any actual asylum seekers.

GJ: Absolutely. If they cared enough to find the truth, if they cared enough to have a report that reflected the reality of the people who were subject to that abuse, they would’ve been able to identify what exactly happened, but they did not care enough to look or interview. They did not care to get the truth.

What they cared about is, how do we tell the American people, the American public, how do we tell the world that what you saw never happened?

JJ: Now, is the supposed rationale for turning away Haiti asylum seekers, is it continuing to be Title 42, this supposed public health policy, is that the reason that the administration is still giving for turning away Haitians?

GJ: Yes. So at this present moment, the border is completely closed, due to Title 42. There is no way for people to have access. Nobody can just go to a port of entry and present themselves to ask for access to asylum.

As we are speaking right now, the border is completely closed due to Title 42, which is a health code that was put in place by the previous administration, under President Trump, that was created by Stephen Miller as a way to completely take away any avenue for people seeking safety, people seeking protection, people seeking asylum to have access to due process at the US/Mexico border.

JJ: Listeners will have been hearing about Republican governors flying people around and about. In that story, asylum seekers’ treatment is portrayed as obviously political. But Del Rio was just sort of official policy, if regrettably handled, you know.

We’re not supposed to think about there being politics there, or those people being pawns or victims in the same way, somehow.

GJ: Actually, it is, because, first of all, a lot of the people received false information that if they had gone to Del Rio, they would be given access to protection.

So 15,000 people did not just show up overnight by themselves. Now, the source of that information, or the source of that misinformation, must be investigated. And that is another thing we also asked for the government to investigate, the source of the misinformation that then guided people to where they were under the bridge.

I see also, that could have been a political plot; we don’t know how that happened. However, we saw the moment the people who were there were Black, were answered with violence.

Now, is it political? I’ll say yes, because our system is rooted in anti-Black racism, is rooted in white supremacy.

So, therefore, the moment the Black people showed up, we responded with violence and we deported them, including pregnant women and infants as young as just a couple of days old.

JJ: And it’s just not possible to consider that treatment, that reception of Haitian asylum seekers, out of context with the reception that we’ve seen given to other people. I mean, it’s impossible not to see that context.

Guerline Jozef

Guerline Jozef: “The same way we are able to welcome the Ukrainians in crisis with compassion, love, dignity, humanity, it should be provided to people no matter where they are from.”

GJ: Absolutely, Janine. The reality is, one example, clear example, is how we as a country were quick to put a system together to respond and receive people fleeing Ukraine, right, with compassion, in respect, in love and dignity.

And what we are saying is that same system that was put together overnight to be able to receive 26,000 Ukrainians in less than two months should not be the exception to the rule, should be the norm.

It should be that while Haiti is in the middle of what the United States government is calling the verge of a civil war, putting Haiti on a high risk, right, saying that it is very close to a war zone, we still deported 26,000 Haitians to Haiti in the middle of the crisis, at the same time received 26,000 Ukrainians.

So what we are saying is that the same way we are able to welcome the Ukrainians in crisis with compassion, love, dignity, humanity, it should be provided to people no matter where they are from, their ethnicity, their country of origin, definitely should not matter whether they are Black or white.

JJ: We’re going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Guerline Jozef, founder and executive director at Haitian Bridge Alliance. Guerline Jozef, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

GJ: Thank you so much for having us.

The post ‘The Moment Black People Showed Up, We Responded With Violence’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/the-moment-black-people-showed-up-we-responded-with-violence-counterspin-interview-with-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/feed/ 0 339912
John Logan on Amazon & Starbucks Organizing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/john-logan-on-amazon-starbucks-organizing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/john-logan-on-amazon-starbucks-organizing/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 15:36:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030558 With tens of thousands of workers walking out around the country, the notion that this is somehow not meaningful should be hard to maintain.

The post John Logan on Amazon & Starbucks Organizing appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

This week on CounterSpin: Amazon, the seemingly insatiable megacorporation, still refuses to acknowledge the union at its Staten Island facility known as JFK8, even as the National Labor Relations Board has rebuffed its attempt to overturn that union victory. Now Amazon has suspended dozens of JFK8 workers who refused to go to work after a fire that left the air smelling of chemicals and many feeling unsafe; 10 of those suspended were union workers.

Jacobin depiction of labor protest against Jeff Bezos and Amazon

Jacobin (9/28/22)

The reality that workers around the country are, first of all, simply suffering too much to not feel a need to fight, however scary that is, and then many of them taking to hand the existing tool of worker organizing—through unions and outside of them—is something that corporate media can’t plausibly deny. They can, however, underplay this movement, or patronize it, or try and confuse it by presenting it as “emotional” and irrational.

But with tens of thousands of nurses, teachers, timber workers and nursing home attendants walking out around the country, the notion that this is somehow not meaningful, not about fundamental questions of human rights, and not worthy of the most serious, sustained, thoughtful attention journalists can provide, should be hard to maintain.

We’ll talk with John Logan; he’s been reporting on organizing in media-friendly corporate behemoths like Amazon and Starbucks for Jacobin. He’s professor and director of labor and employment studies at San Francisco State University.

      CounterSpin221007Logan.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the Azov Battalion.

      CounterSpin221007Banter.mp3

 

The post John Logan on Amazon & Starbucks Organizing appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/john-logan-on-amazon-starbucks-organizing/feed/ 0 339881
‘Puerto Rico Has Become a Microcosm for the Worst Kind of Capitalist Ideas’ – CounterSpin interview with Julio López Varona on Puerto Rico colonialism https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/06/puerto-rico-has-become-a-microcosm-for-the-worst-kind-of-capitalist-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/06/puerto-rico-has-become-a-microcosm-for-the-worst-kind-of-capitalist-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism/#respond Thu, 06 Oct 2022 16:38:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030533 "What Puerto Ricans want and deserve is respect. They deserve a voice in the decisions that are made about their economy and their future."

The post ‘Puerto Rico Has Become a Microcosm for the Worst Kind of Capitalist Ideas’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Center for Popular Democracy’s Julio López Varona about Puerto Rico colonialism for the  September 30, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220930Varona.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Puerto Rico is in dire need of fuel for generators as they deal with the devastation of Hurricane Fiona. But a ship carrying fuel has been idling offshore, unable to enter a port, because it’s Puerto Rico, where the Jones Act—requiring that all goods be brought in on a US-built ship, owned and crewed by US citizens, and flying the US flag—makes critical goods more expensive, or in this case, out of reach. (The White House has just announced it will temporarily waive the Jones Act.)

Bloomberg: Jones Act Limbo Keeps US Fuel at Bay as Puerto Rico Seeks Relief

Bloomberg (9/28/22)

Investment firms in mainland states can’t act as advisors to the government in the issue of bonds while at the same time marketing those bonds to investors—but they can in Puerto Rico.

In Puerto Rico, you can get tax breaks, including zero income tax on capital gains—unless, that is, you were born on the island. Only non–Puerto Ricans qualify.

Puerto Ricans themselves are ineligible for Supplemental Security Income, even though they pay payroll taxes.

All of which is to suggest that the story of Puerto Rico’s ability to prepare for, withstand and recover from natural disasters starts long before the storm.

We’re joined now by Julio López Varona, co-chief of campaigns at the Center for Popular Democracy. He joins us by phone from San Juan. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Julio López Varona.

Julio López Varona: Thank you for having me.

JJ: There are a number of ways you could illustrate the tangle of predatory policy and political disempowerment and just exploitation that are the ongoing crisis for Puerto Rico, before and after any natural disasters.

Center for Popular Democracy: Pharma's Failed Promise

Center for Popular Democracy (8/22)

But I know that you worked recently looking at how that all plays out in one very important sector: pharmaceuticals. What did that research show about how things work in Puerto Rico?

JLV: We have been interested in looking at how the colonial economy of Puerto Rico plays out in different sectors for a while.

We’ve been specifically interested in thinking about how pharmaceutical companies are, in many ways, doing what they said they would do with the billions of dollars that we give them every year through tax exemptions.

This is part of a decades-old practice to give billions of dollars of tax exemptions to pharma, which have phased out, in many cases, because of changes in our economy, but still remain.

And we were interested in thinking through how these tax exemptions were actually helping communities have a good life, how they were allowing people to actually have a dignified salary, and all those things.

And when we dug in, we started talking to workers in the security and cleaning space, and in those cases, we found thousands of workers that, in many cases, were subcontracted by pharmaceutical companies, and were getting paid minimum wage, had the baseline of benefits that Puerto Ricans get.

And it was really interesting for us, because the pharmaceutical company for a long time had been sold as, what I say parallels to the “American dream,” the “Puerto Rican dream”: This is how you get out of poverty. This is how you have a family. But we find these thousands of workers that are actually not doing that.

And it brings about the question what is the economy? And why are we providing these tax exemptions when they are not benefiting Puerto Ricans? And, more importantly, who are they benefiting?

Hemisphere Institute: The Emptying Island: Puerto Rican Expulsion in Post-Maria Time

Emisférica (2018)

Why are we continuing to do this, and why are we not being able to take advantage of the billions of dollars that could be put for our economy, and more in moments like this, one where we have hurricanes happening, and where we have people struggling with issues with relocation, issues with droughts and flooding.

In the case of Hurricane Fiona specifically, we have workers that we’ve been talking to that lost their homes while working [for] these pharma companies, that say that they’ve been the first ones to step up after other hurricanes.

So we have a really interesting moment, where pharma says it’s ready, but we have thousands of thousands of workers that are struggling in a moment of crisis.

JJ: In some ways, it sounds very familiar to the kind of promises that companies make here on the mainland as well, that, you know, “Give us these tax breaks and we’ll create all these good jobs that will lift people out of poverty.”

And there’s often very little follow-up to see whether they’re actually creating that many jobs to begin with, before you even get to whether their wages are actually really lifting people out of poverty.

Politico: Fiona’s outages rekindle anger over Puerto Rico’s privatized electric grid

Politico (9/19/22)

JLV: Yeah. We often say that Puerto Rico has become a microcosm for the worst kind of experiment on capitalist ideas. We’ve seen those ideas be translated into extreme privatization, like what’s happening right now with the electrical grid, which still is not able to provide electricity to all Puerto Rican families, like 12 or 13 days after Hurricane Fiona.

We’ve seen the impact of what you were referring a little bit earlier around tax exemptions for the rich, and this idea of trickle-down economics—like the rich come, and everybody’s better.

And then we’ve seen what’s happening with all of these corporations. Pharma is a great example, but we also know that Puerto Rico has the highest density of Walmarts and Walgreens, and those companies are also displacing Puerto Rican local companies.

So all of the things that neoliberalism has preached for a long time, that are the way in which you make capitalism flourish, are happening in Puerto Rico, and in many ways the agenda is one that has been accomplished successfully.

It’s really good if you have money. It’s really, really bad if you’re a person that doesn’t have money, and isn’t able to take advantage of all the programs that benefit the wealthy.

CNN: Misery, yet again, for Puerto Ricans still recovering from Maria

CNN (9/24/22)

JJ: And isn’t able to jet away to your second home when a hurricane comes.

Part of the “Misery, Yet Again, for Puerto Ricans,” which was part of a CNN headline, part of that narrative is Puerto Ricans are in such a perennial hole because they can’t pay off their debt.

Now, we can’t do the long version of this, necessarily, but I just don’t know that you could get into an elite media conversation by explaining that, in reality, Puerto Rico has paid any debt that it rightfully owed long ago, yeah?

JLV: I would even say, if we simplified very much, there is a historical reason why Puerto Rico was in its debt crisis, and it is at the center of it because of colonialism.

Puerto Ricans, like Puerto Rico’s economy, have been controlled by the US since the US came to Puerto Rico.

If you look at the change in the way in which we went from our own currency to US currency, that’s benefited people from the US. When we see the changes that happen when it came to the crops that were used in the ’20s. And then when we looked at pharma and the companies that came, or the military invasion, there are many examples of how the Puerto Rican economy has been driven by the interests of the US.

So even if we argue that the final result of this was that there was a debt crisis that was made in Puerto Rico, that would not tell the whole story.

New York: The McKinsey Way to Save an Island

New York (4/17/19)

And even if you told that story, you should also account for the fact that this debt, in many cases, was illegal.

This debt that, in many cases, as you said, was already paid. And that the people that are currently negotiating that debt are the same people that, in some cases, make money out of it.

So it’s a very, very complex situation that at the end has to do with colonialism, economic control of Puerto Ricans’ future, and greed. Greed in the worst way possible. Greed when it comes to hedge funds that decided to come to Puerto Rico, knowing that Puerto Rico would default, and extract as much wealth as they could. And greed when it came to the people that were running Puerto Rico, and decided that they wanted to move forward with an agenda that, at the end of the day, was extremely good for those that had money—which is kind of a theme in this conversation—and really, really dire for people that live here, and in some cases have been driven out of Puerto Rico because of those economic conditions.

JJ: Finally, when we’ve spoken before, it seems we always come around to talking about dignity, to talking about leading with the dignity of human beings in the policies that we make.

And I just wanted to add, there is, when you learn about what’s happening in Puerto Rico, you see that there is, beyond pushback to each new indignity, there is long-term organizing and growing happening that provides a way to at least look forward. Isn’t that true?

Julio Lopez Varona

Julio López Varona: “What Puerto Ricans want and deserve is respect. They deserve a voice in the decisions that are made about their economy and their future.”

JLV: Yeah. Five years ago, when Hurricane Maria happened, everybody talked about Puerto Rico se levanta, “Puerto Rico rises up.” This time, after Hurricane Fiona, people are talking about solo el pueblo salva al pueblo. So “only the people save the people.”

People understand that what’s happening in Puerto Rico is wrong. People understand that we cannot trust the government anymore, and that we need to organize and support each other.

We’ve also gotten to the point where “resiliency” is not a good word. “Resiliency” is actually a bad word. What Puerto Ricans want and deserve is respect. They deserve a voice in the decisions that are made about their economy and their future.

And they deserve, in many cases, reparations. They deserve that the people that have put us in this position step up and actually allow us to have the resources we need so that we can rebuild ourself, without the oversight of anybody, but with the power of the people at the center of the conversation and the actions taken.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Julio López Varona, co-chief of campaigns at the Center for Popular Democracy. They’re online at PopularDemocracy.org. Julio López Varona, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

JLV: Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘Puerto Rico Has Become a Microcosm for the Worst Kind of Capitalist Ideas’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/06/puerto-rico-has-become-a-microcosm-for-the-worst-kind-of-capitalist-ideas-counterspin-interview-with-julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism/feed/ 0 339431
Julio López Varona on Puerto Rico Colonialism, Guerline Jozef on Haitian Refugee Abuse https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/#respond Fri, 30 Sep 2022 16:17:03 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030405 Tax giveaways to non–Puerto Ricans mean money not going to Puerto Rico's energy systems, schools, hospitals, housing.

The post Julio López Varona on Puerto Rico Colonialism, Guerline Jozef on Haitian Refugee Abuse appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

New York: Puerto Rico to Finance Bros: ‘Go Home’

(New York, 9/22/22)

This week on CounterSpin: As Puerto Rico struggles under another “natural” disaster, we’re seeing some recognition of what’s unnatural about the conditions the island faces, that determine its ability to protect its people. We’re even getting some critical mumblings about “finance bros”—people from the States who go to the island to exploit tax laws designed to reward them wildly. New York magazine described “a wave of mostly white mainlanders” that “has moved to Puerto Rico, buying real estate and being accused of pushing out locals who pay their full tax burden.” Gotta get that passive voice in there. But of course, it isn’t just that these tax giveaways favoring non–Puerto Ricans are gross and unfair; you have to acknowledge in the same breath that money going to them is money not going to Puerto Rico’s energy systems, schools, hospitals, housing. We talk about the harms inflicted on Puerto Rico that have nothing to do with hurricanes, with Julio López Varona, co-chief of campaigns at the Center for Popular Democracy.

      CounterSpin220930Varona.mp3

 

PBS: Haitians see history of racist policies in migrant treatment

(AP via PBS, 9/24/21)

Also on the show: Customs and Border Protection released findings from an internal investigation a few months back, declaring that no horse-riding Border Patrol agents actually hit any Haitian asylum seekers with their reins, as they chased them down on the Southern border last fall. That finding is disputed, but consider the premise: that people would need to create tales of horror about the treatment of Haitians at Del Rio, where people were shackled, left in cold cells, denied medicine, and separated from children as young as a few days old. Media subtly underscore that skepticism: AP ran a piece at the time telling readers that the appalling images shocked everyone:

But to many Haitians and Black Americans, they’re merely confirmation of a deeply held belief: US immigration policies, they say, are and have long been anti-Black.

The Border Patrol’s treatment of Haitian migrants, they say, is just the latest in a long history of discriminatory US policies and of indignities faced by Black people, sparking new anger among Haitian Americans, Black immigrant advocates and civil rights leaders.

Understand, then: The racism in US immigration policy is a mere “belief,” held by Black people, and only they are upset about it. And this dismissive, divisive view is “good,” sympathetic reporting! We get another, grounded perspective from Guerline Jozef, founder and executive director of the Haitian Bridge Alliance.

      CounterSpin220930Jozef.mp3

 

The post Julio López Varona on Puerto Rico Colonialism, Guerline Jozef on Haitian Refugee Abuse appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/30/julio-lopez-varona-on-puerto-rico-colonialism-guerline-jozef-on-haitian-refugee-abuse/feed/ 0 337684
‘There’s a Lot of Jubilance and Healing in Reparations’ – CounterSpin interview with Alicia Bell and Collette Watson on media reparations https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/theres-a-lot-of-jubilance-and-healing-in-reparations-counterspin-interview-with-alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/theres-a-lot-of-jubilance-and-healing-in-reparations-counterspin-interview-with-alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/#respond Tue, 27 Sep 2022 21:58:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030375 "Myths of Black inferiority have been baked into our media system and its practices since the very, very beginning."

The post ‘There’s a Lot of Jubilance and Healing in Reparations’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Alicia Bell and Collette Watson about media reparations for the September 23, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220923Bell_Watson.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The 1968 Kerner Commission report didn’t just say that US journalists were mistelling the reality of recent civil unrest in Newark and Detroit and elsewhere. They declared that that coverage was only part of a broader media failure to “report adequately on the causes and consequences of civil disorders, and the underlying problems of race relations.”

And the report linked that failure to the industry’s abysmal record in seeking out, hiring, training and promoting Black people.

For those that remember Kerner, that’s where it seemed to end. But actually, the report didn’t say more Black journalists were the answer. It said that affirmative action was a necessary part of the process of de-centering US reporting’s white male view.

It wasn’t just about making newsrooms look different. It was about changing the definition of news as being only, or primarily, about white men, and about doing that for the good of everybody.

Black in the Newsroom

(Image: Media 2070)

The Kerner report’s themes resound in the experience of Elizabeth Montgomery, a former Arizona Republic reporter and the subject of the new short film Black in the Newsroom.

The film and the actions around it are part of a project called Media 2070 that aims at acknowledging, reconciling and repairing harms the US media system has caused and continues to cause to the Black community.

Alicia Bell is a co-creator and founding director of the Media 2070: Media Reparations Project, and also current director of the Racial Equity in Journalism Fund, housed within Borealis Philanthropy.

Collette Watson is director of Media 2070 and vice president of cultural strategy at the group Free Press.

Welcome, Alicia Bell and Collette Watson to CounterSpin.

Collette Watson: Thank you.

Alicia Bell: Thanks so much for having us, Janine.

Elizabeth Montgomery

Elizabeth Montgomery (photo: Arizona Republic)

JJ: Well, to either of you, I would say obviously Elizabeth Montgomery is special—you know, we all are, but she’s really special—but what is there about her experience that made you think, this is representative enough to hold it up, to use it to highlight some things that we need to talk about? What made you want to tell her story?

CW: I guess I’ll start us off and say that Elizabeth really was not only representative of many people’s experiences, but also very courageous in her willingness to be transparent.

And so often one of the greatest barriers to our ability to shift these negative dynamics, these dynamics of anti-Blackness in newsrooms, is the reticence that surrounds, or the taboo that surrounds, talking about issues of compensation or representation or bias, or just experiences of anti-Blackness within newsrooms. For good reason, because we understand that there’s often the threat of retribution, or losing one’s livelihood, and other kinds of repercussions.

But in Elizabeth’s case, she was in that tradition of brave truth tellers in our community. She was willing to be very upfront about what she was experiencing. And I felt that, for us, it was important to honor that courage, and to help amplify her story.

JJ: What were some of the things, some of the elements of her experience, that had resonance for you, or that you thought would have resonance for other Black reporters who’ve tried to do the work within these “mainstream” institutions.

Arizona Republic: Pam Tucker's ancestors enslaved Wanda Tucker's; together they confront the effects of slavery

Arizona Republic (1/25/20)

CW: Absolutely. Alicia works with a lot of media makers every day, and I’m sure will have thoughts. For me, it was the fact that she was doing such great work. And there’s a quote in the film where she says, “I’m making y’all look real good out in the street.”

And I love the way she said it, because so much of any newspaper or media organization’s ability to exist is its relationship with its community and its reputation.

And Elizabeth was covering these incredible stories of the Black bookstore, the only one in Arizona. We talk about that. She was covering this wonderful Black woman resident of the greater Phoenix area whose ancestors were among the first people transported to this land as enslaved African folks.

And that’s just a tiny fraction of the coverage she was providing, and really enabling her newsroom to represent the community in a way it had not, prior to her taking on that reporter role.

And despite that stellar work, despite that real community impact that was bringing to life what this newsroom says it wanted to be about, despite all of that, she was really being mistreated. And I think that that’s an experience that a lot of Black folks in media can identify with.

AB: One thing I’ll add to that is that I met Elizabeth when she was a reporter working at a newsroom in Wilmington, North Carolina. And so when I met her is when she moved and went to another newsroom in Arizona, and I was able to introduce her to Collette and they were able to meet; she had similar experiences.

And the fact that this story of her being a Black journalist who was doing excellent community-rooted reporting, answering questions that folks had, sharing stories so that people could see themselves in the coverage, and lifting up issues that were previously not being lifted up, that was something that she was doing in North Carolina, and it’s something that she was doing in Arizona.

And the fact that in both of those places and spaces, that she was undervalued and underpaid, I think is indicative of the fact that this is not a one-newsroom fix issue. It means that it’s not a regional issue. It’s not just specific to her. And it’s something that carries across the United States, across a variety of Black experiences that folks have going into newsrooms.

And the other thing I’ll add is that we also have data and information to contextualize this story within, right? We have some salary data that shows that Black folks, and especially Black women, are underpaid.

We have the work that Meredith Clark was doing recently with the journalism and diversity surveying work, where folks were just not responding and sharing their demographic information, or sharing salary information, or anything like that.

And so we also knew that this was only a microcosm of a larger issue, because we were able to situate it within data that was existing, and data that folks didn’t want to release, likely because it tells a really terrible story about how Black folks are treated and valued within journalism.

Jill Nelson

Jill Nelson (image: Charlie Rose)

JJ: Back in, I guess it was 1993, Jill Nelson wrote in the book Volunteer Slavery, she talked about how, when she was at the Washington Post, she wanted to tell stories about the Black community that she suspected and worried would be done less well if somebody else did them. And then at the same time, she was irritated when anything would happen involving Black people, and everyone would kind of look at her like: “So this is you, right? You’re going to do this one, right?”

She wanted to do right by her community, but she also wanted to do any kind of story and be a Black reporter doing it, you know? And it was about that dual or even multiple layering of work that Black journalists have to do within these organizations.

And that’s why hiring and retention are not the same thing, right, why folks will take jobs but not stay?

CW: Absolutely. And all of that plays into a sort of dehumanization that folks experience in newsrooms. Another reason that we honed in on Elizabeth’s story was because, around the time that she was publicly testifying about her experience, a study was released by the NewsGuild that showed that 14 different Gannett newsrooms were underpaying women and journalists of color, by as much as $27,000 annually, in comparison to their white male colleagues.

So you’re underpaid and you’re experiencing this sort of hyper-visible hyper-invisibility in the newsroom, similar to what you were describing with Jill Nelson.

The Typical 'Leaver'

Source (8/26/20)

The experience of that, and also not having the leadership that’s needed to ensure that folks’ full humanity is being recognized, that there’s care in the newsroom during those traumatic storytelling experiences—all of that becomes very dehumanizing, and therefore folks leave the field.

And Carla Murphy has done incredible work around that, which we touch on in the film, with her “Leavers Survey.”

And what that results in is really a lack of Black leadership, of folks of color in leadership positions, and people really leaving at the mid-career point, just when they would have been able to step into those leadership positions, and really maybe change the direction of a newsroom.

And so when we lose folks at that mid-career point, we lose so much more. We lose the ability for these newsrooms to evolve.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, we have seen some efforts toward what is forever being called “reckoning,” but outlets like the Philadelphia Inquirer, which has this “A More Perfect Union” project headed by Errin Haines that is examining systemic racism in, in particular, institutions that are rooted in Philly.

But we see outlets around the country at least saying that they believe that they have a responsibility to examine their own institutional racism. I’m not exactly sure what I make of it.

I wonder what your thoughts are about the seriousness, or even what would be the proof in the pudding, of this self-reckoning that we see some media outlets at least saying that they’re doing right now.

Alicia Bell

Alicia Bell: “We have so much more work to do and so much more to fight for, because we have not had anywhere near an adequate amount of accountability and restitution.”

AB: I think that it does garner a lot of feelings and a lot of emotions. When I think about the work of media reparations, I think about something that our colleague Diamond Hardiman lifts up quite frequently, and Collette lifts this up as well, that reparations is already happening.

It’s already been seeded and it’s already blooming. And so the way that I understand that, and the way that we understand media reparations and reparations more broadly, is that it requires at least four kinds of actions.

It does require reckoning, and that kind of knowledge, study, publication. It requires acknowledgement, to say, “This is what we did and it was harmful, and it did this, or it had this impact.”

But the thing that we don’t see happening right now in this journalism reckoning space, and more broadly in any sort of space and place where we see folks commissioning studies around systemic racism or racist histories or anything, we don’t see the next two pieces, which is accountability and restitution.

So accountability being: How do I make up for this harm now? How do I heal it now? How do I stop it now?

And then the restitution part of: How do I make sure that it doesn’t have soil to grow in in the future?

Very often, we see folks stop after the reckoning and after the acknowledgement, and they’ll say like, “We did the thing: We published the report, we published the information. We apologized, even.”

But if there’s none of that in conjunction with stopping the harm and disrupting the soil that the seeds grew in in the first place, to ensure that it doesn’t happen into the future, then it’s not enough.

So I know that reparations have been seeded, and I know that reparations are already blooming and are already coming, because I see the reckoning and the acknowledgement work happening.

But I also know that we have so much more work to do and so much more to fight for, because we have not had anywhere near an adequate amount of accountability and restitution into the future.

And I see that in journalism, but I see that more broadly across a lot of different kinds of reparation work.

JJ: Absolutely. Reparations are so often presented as backward-looking, instead of as a generative idea, as an idea about the future. And Alicia, I know when we spoke back in 2020, in the midst of public protest after the police murder of George Floyd, we were saying how people are talking about building relationships between police and community.

And you were saying, “Well, what about building relationships between media and community?” That needs to also be a real relationship, with real accountability.

And so, you’ve just done it to talk about what reparations might look like, but just the idea, if you want to say any more, either of you, about how it’s a forward-looking, generative thing. It’s about things changing, now and in the future. And it’s a very positive, joyful potential thing about dreaming, and about forging a shared future.

The Negro in Chicago

Chicago Commission on Race Relations (1922)

CW: Absolutely it is. That’s why we named our project Media 2070. We understood that 50 years ago with the Kerner report, and 50 years before that was the Chicago Race Relations Commission and the report it issued after the Chicago race riots, that we were in an every-50-years cycle of unrest followed by analysis, that in each case honed in on media as a key aspect of the systemic oppression that Black folks experience in this country.

And so we want to break that cycle, and in 50 years, we want be in a time when we have truly transformed our media, and created a future in which there is abundant resources for Black folks to be able to control our own narratives, from ideation through creation into production and even out into distribution.

And that is a future that is not only abundant with Black narratives, power and control, but also with Black media makers having the resources and the care and support that’s needed in order to tell stories in ways that are truthful and nuanced, and really contribute to our shared truths as a society.

And so when we look toward 2070, it’s not that we’re waiting until then. We’re starting now. As Alicia said, the seeds have been planted, and we understand reparations are inevitable, and we want to know what is the media system that gets us to that future. And that’s the journey that we’re on together.

AB: I really appreciate when you’re lifting up that it’s a joyful thing, that there’s a lot of jubilance and healing that’s there in reparations, because we do understand that to be true. We understand it to be a practice of creating a culture and a society that is more caring for everybody, that is more nimble and responsive and accountable when harm happens, when conflicts happen.

This is not an expectation of perfection, it is not an expectation that there will never be harm again, but it is an expectation that we do better, and that we maintain a certain level of buoyancy.

And as someone who’s raising children, I have never met, and I’m sure these people exist, but I have never met a single parent, across races, across ethnicities, who does not want to raise caring children.

And yet, somehow we allow, we are co-creators of, we are complicit in maintaining a society that does not care for all people.

And so reparation is really looking at what are the infrastructures, the institutions, the policies, the practices that we need to have that care be permeable and felt by everyone.

And what I know is that when all of our folks are cared for, and all of our folks are able to navigate things, to navigate conflict nimbly, have access to joy, to leisure, to work that is serving, work that is fulfilling, that that’s a better society for everyone.

Black in the Newsroom Screening + Conversation

(image: Media 2070)

JJ: Finally, let me just say to you both, Black in the Newsroom I know is not just a film, but an opportunity, an opening, for conversation. I think that’s how you see it.

And I wonder if you could tell us about how Phoenix went with the debut, and how you hope to use this film going forward as you travel with it around the country.

CW: You know, thank you for asking. Phoenix was beautiful. We had such a lovely room and conversation after the film screening, we had a panel of organizers and artists and journalists who really talked in a real way with each other about the challenges of being Black in the newsroom, and also the challenges of connecting and telling Black stories, despite so many of the institutional barriers that we face in just trying to exist, much less be in community with each other.

And I think that as we go around the country with this project—we’ve been privileged to be selected for a few film festivals and invited to a few university campuses and things like that. As we move around with this project, it is definitely an invitation, Janine, I’m so glad you put it that way, into extended conversation between community members and the journalists, who are also members of their communities, and for folks to understand that the solution we’re offering is solidarity.

Collette Watson

Collette Watson: “Myths of Black inferiority have been baked into our media system and its practices since the very, very beginning.”

Because we often get asked, “What’s the solution? What’s next? How do we solve it all?” It’s solidarity between community members and organizers who are agitating for that future in which everyone has the care they need, that beautiful future Alicia just described, in solidarity with journalists and other media makers and artists.

And for us to be co-creating this shared future and the narratives that will get us there, because we understand that narratives and myths of Black inferiority have been baked into our media system and its practices since the very, very beginning, as we outline in our Media 2070 essay.

But the reparations framework invites us, as Alicia so beautifully laid out, to acknowledge and reckon with that history, and then to go about truly building that shared future.

And we believe that the Black in the Newsroom conversation, and the lens of understanding the unique experiences of Black journalists, and the care that they deserve as they try to tell Black stories, brings us into a larger conversation of how we can understand our solidarity as we forge that future that’s ripe with reparations, and the just media that we deserve.

So it’s an entry point into the world of Media 2070, into a beautiful shared future. And, really, it’s been an honor to help tell Elizabeth’s story in a way that invites us all into being in relationship and building with one another.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Alicia Bell and Collette Watson. For more information on Media 2070 and Black in the Newsroom, you can check out the website MediaReparations.org. Alicia Bell and Collette Watson, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AB: Thank you.

CW: Thank you.

 

The post ‘There’s a Lot of Jubilance and Healing in Reparations’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/27/theres-a-lot-of-jubilance-and-healing-in-reparations-counterspin-interview-with-alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/feed/ 0 336750
Alicia Bell and Collette Watson on Media Reparations https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2022 15:13:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030355 US news media need to not only acknowledge inflicting racist harms, but take seriously the idea of repairing them.

The post Alicia Bell and Collette Watson on Media Reparations appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Runaway ad

Newspaper ad from the Freedom on the Move database.

This week on CounterSpin: If US news media never used the terms “wake-up call” or “racial reckoning” again, with regard to the latest instance of institutional white supremacy brought to light, that would be fine. Far better would be for them to do the work of not just acknowledging that US news media have supported and inflicted racist harms throughout this country’s history, but shedding critical light on the hows and whys of those harms—and taking seriously the idea of repairing them and replacing them with a media ecosystem that better serves us all. The Media 2070: Media Reparations Project encourages conversation and action around that vision. We’ll hear about the work from Alicia Bell, a co-creator and founding director of Media 2070 and current director of the Racial Equity in Journalism Fund, housed within Borealis Philanthropy. And from Collette Watson, director of Media 2070 and vice president of cultural strategy at the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin220923Bell&Watson.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of student debt relief, China’s zero-Covid policy and Afghan sanctions.

      CounterSpin220923Banter.mp3

 

The post Alicia Bell and Collette Watson on Media Reparations appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/alicia-bell-and-collette-watson-on-media-reparations/feed/ 0 335818
‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ – CounterSpin interview with Chris Becker on inflation coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Thu, 22 Sep 2022 15:49:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030326 "Unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers' rights and good pay."

The post ‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Groundwork Collaborative’s Chris Becker about inflation coverage for the September 16, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220916Becker.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: In a section labeled “Core of the matter,” the Economist declared: “Despite rosier figures, America still has an inflation problem. Is higher unemployment the only cure?”

Economist: America Still Has an Inflation Problem

Economist (9/13/22)

I guess we’re meant to find solace in the idea that the magazine thinks there might conceivably be other responses, in addition to what we are to understand is the proven one: purposely throwing people out of work, with all of the life-changing harms that come with that.

CNBC‘s story, “Inflation Fears Spur Shoppers to Get an Early Jump on the Year-End Holidays,” encouraged us to think that “inflation is a Scrooge.”

So—an abstraction that is somehow stealing Christmas, to which the healthy response is to make more people jobless while corporate profits soar. It makes sense to corporate media, but if it doesn’t make sense to you, you are far from alone.

Chris Becker is the associate director of policy and research, and senior economist, at the Groundwork Collaborative. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Chris Becker.

Chris Becker: Thank you so much for having me, and just having this very important discussion.

JJ: I know that lots of people don’t really understand much about how the economy works, and I don’t hold it against them, frankly. I do hold it, in part, against corporate news media, who I think rely on that lack of knowledge to sell ideas that people wouldn’t buy if they understood them.

So if you’re having a first conversation with someone who says, “Boy, prices are high, this inflation is killing us. And, you know, the paper says it’s wages,” how would you try to reorient that conversation? Where would you start?

CB: Right. I think there is a lot of misinformation and misunderstandings floating around that are perpetuated by the media at times. And so where I would start with the conversation is to say that when we’re thinking about inflation, we need to understand that there are stark differences in how American households and consumers are experiencing the post-pandemic economy, versus how corporations are faring.

So for consumers, what this has meant is higher prices: higher prices at the grocery store line, at the pump, even for essential goods like baby formula that are required for basic nutrition of infants. And so the bottom line for consumers is that it’s become harder and harder to make ends meet.

But corporations have turned consumers’ pain into their own gain. So what we’ve seen corporations do is that they’ve used all these crises as an excuse to pass on higher prices to consumers, padding their pockets in the process, and then funneling the extra money back to their wealthy shareholders and investors.

And like you mentioned, there are a lot of narratives going around that corporations were forced to raise these higher prices, that they had higher input costs, or that wage demands were simply too large, and they had to raise prices to compensate for that.

Truthout: Corporate Profits Surge to an All-Time High of $2 Trillion

Truthout (8/26/22)

But what we’ve seen, actually, is that not only have corporate profits hit record highs, far exceeding what we saw prior to the pandemic, but also profit margins have hit their highest level in 70 years.

And so what that means is that for every dollar that these corporations are earning, a larger percentage of that is going to corporate profits, rather than paying off input costs or paying wages, than what we’ve seen since the 1950s. So not only are corporations making a lot of money, they’re actually squeezing consumers for more than they have in 70 years.

And so, yes, input costs have gone up, wages have gone up, but corporations have passed all of that onto consumers in the form of higher prices, and then a little bit more, so they’re actually making more and more profits than they used to.

JJ: And I just want to add, the way that media framing tends to talk about workers and consumers as though they were different people is very frustrating in terms of understanding what’s going on, right? I’m the one paying at the pump and at the grocery store, and I’m also the one working for wages. So it’s very obfuscating to separate those groups rhetorically.

CB: Yes, absolutely. And one of the biggest problems is that wages are not rising fast enough. We’ve seen that wages have gone up, but not by as much as inflation has gone up.

So the purchasing power of these workers, in terms of what their wage actually buys them, has gone down. And so we actually need higher wages, not lower wages. We need to ensure that workers are being fairly compensated for the higher prices that they’re seeing. That’s exactly right.

JJ: When I see outlets like the Economist toss off phrases like the “remorseless mathematics” of economic policy-making, that’s sending a message, right, to readers that choices aren’t being made. It’s as if it’s the hand of God.

And as well as misrepresenting what you and I know is the very contested nature of economics—if you have different goals, you want different policies—it also seems to encourage a kind of passivity on the part of people. “There’s really nothing you can do about it. It’s just math, you know, it’s just math.” It’s very frustrating.

CB: I think that’s exactly right. And when we’re thinking about corporations, they do have options. They do have other choices of how they want to go about making profits. We often frame it as if it’s this question of, should corporations be allowed to make profits or not? And, of course, in a strong economy, where everyone’s doing well and everyone’s making money, corporations will make profits too.

The real issue is how they’ve gone about making these profits. And so, unfortunately, we’ve incentivized these corporations to really go after this price-gouging, profiteering strategy, rather than pursuing other strategies that could be good for all of us.

So, for example, one option that corporations have is that it’s not obvious that higher prices are always better for corporations either; if corporations keep their prices low, consumers can afford to buy more from them, and they’ll make more money. But, unfortunately, they put all their eggs in this price-gouging basket instead.

In the long run, low prices could be good for corporations. If you keep your prices low and the products are affordable, consumers will see that, and they’re more likely to keep shopping with you. They’re able to expand your customer base.

So I think even the high prices could, in some ways, be short-sighted for corporations, too.

Another big problem is that corporations are not investing this money. We know that corporations are making all these profits. They could be taking this extra money and saying, “Let’s actually invest it so that we can have long-term profitability, long-term sustainability. Let’s try to bring our costs down. Let’s try to expand our productive capacity, so we can produce more in the future and make more money.”

Unfortunately, they’re not doing that either. What we’re seeing instead is that corporations are taking all those extra profits and doing share buybacks and dividends, and funneling extra money to their shareholders.

These shareholders don’t necessarily have the best interest of the corporations in the long run, or the economy as a whole, in mind. They want to see a short-run return right now, make sure they make their money while they can. And so they’re incentivizing these corporations to go all in on price-gouging; funnel the money back rather than taking the more risky investments in the long run that could benefit all of us.

We need to really move away from this model where corporations are so reliant on shareholders who are really prioritizing short-run profits and profiteering over far more investment.

JJ: I was struck by a recent tweet of yours in which you said we can continue arguing about precise causes of inflation, but we have to connect it to corporate profiteering. And you said:

Whether this profiteering is a cause of inflation or just a distributional consequence, we don’t have to accept this. We can build institutions that ensure everyday Americans get a bigger piece of that pie.

I wonder if you could just finally talk a little bit about that. What institutions need to be grown? How do we build them? Just tell us a little bit about that positive vision.

Groundwork Collaborative's Chris Becker

Chris Becker: “Unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers’ rights and good pay.”

CB: Sure. I think that a lot of it goes back to what you were talking about before, where the consumers are workers.

And, unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers’ rights and good pay. So corporations are not paying workers well, they’re not giving them proper rights, they’re not respecting their dignity in the workplace. And we see the consequences of this.

We’ve seen it very recently in the labor strike that we’ve seen in the railroad industry. Railroad workers are workers that our economy really depends on; they’re essential workers within our supply chains that allow consumers to access the goods and services that they need. If there’s one thing we’ve learned in this crisis, it’s how important our supply chains are.

But railroads, instead of treating these workers well and taking care of them, have assumed that they can continue to exploit them over and over again, and those workers will always be there when we need them.

And, finally, these railroad workers are saying enough is enough. They’re making very simple demands, just to have basic paid sick leave so that they don’t worry about losing all their income when they get sick.

And so now we are faced with this situation where we could have a railroad strike, which will throw our economy into disruption once again, and raise prices for everyone.

And so we should be investing in workers, investing in higher wages, investing in unions because it’s the right thing to do, but also because it will allow workers to focus on their jobs, get the essential tasks they do done without having to worry about having enough money, being able to make the right choices for their family.

So I think a lot of it just starts with investing in workers first instead of corporate exploitation.

JJ: We’re going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Chris Becker, associate director of policy and research, and senior economist, at the Groundwork Collaborative. Their work is online at GroundworkCollaborative.org. Thank you so much, Chris Becker, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CB: Thank you.

 

The post ‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 335440
John Miller ‘Chose to Lie About Something That’s Well-Documented’ – CounterSpin interview with Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s John Miller https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/john-miller-chose-to-lie-about-something-thats-well-documented-counterspin-interview-with-sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-john-miller/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/john-miller-chose-to-lie-about-something-thats-well-documented-counterspin-interview-with-sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-john-miller/#respond Wed, 21 Sep 2022 16:16:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030308 "News networks should be helping us sort fact from fiction, not further destroying the line."

The post John Miller ‘Chose to Lie About Something That’s Well-Documented’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Muslim Advocates’ Sumayyah Waheed about CNN‘s John Miller for the September 16, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220916Waheed.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: In March of this year, John Miller—then deputy commissioner of intelligence and counter-terrorism for the New York Police Department—told a New York City Council meeting that “there is no evidence” that the NYPD surveilled Muslim communities in the wake of September 11, 2001—”based,” he said, “on every objective study that’s been done.”

NPR: NYPD Shuts Down Controversial Unit That Spied On Muslims

NPR (4/15/14)

At that point, media had extensively documented the unconstitutional discrimination of the NYPD’s so-called “Demographics Unit,” including installing police cameras outside mosques, and reporting store owners who had visible Qurans or religious calendars. And the NYPD had agreed to disband the unit in the face of multiple federal lawsuits.

In September, CNN hired John Miller as “chief law enforcement and intelligence analyst,” part of changes attached to CNN‘s absorption by Warner Brothers Discovery, whose most powerful shareholder is libertarian billionaire John Malone, who has stated that he would like CNN to feature more “actual journalism,” citing, as an example, Fox News.

Forget what it portends for CNN. The Miller hire is a message to Muslim communities about who it’s OK to harm under official sanction, and how eagerly some will strive to deny and erase that harm and its ongoing effects.

We’re joined now by Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy council at Muslim Advocates. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Sumayyah Waheed.

Sumayyah Waheed: Thank you so much for having me.

John Miller

CNN‘s John Miller

JJ: I want to read just a little bit more context for the statement that John Miller made to New York City Council member Shahana Hanif, when she asked for transparency and an official apology for the NYPD surveillance and harassment of Muslims.

Just before he said there’s no evidence, Miller said:

Perception allowed to linger long enough becomes reality. I know from my own conversation with Muslim members of the community, and Muslim community leaders, that there are people…who will believe forever…[that] there were spies in their mosques who were trying to entrap people.

It seems important to acknowledge that this isn’t just lying. This is gaslighting, right?

SW: Yeah. And it’s lying under oath. He was providing testimony under oath to the City Council.

It’s important to note he had choices in terms of how to respond to this, the request for an apology. He could have flatly refused it. He could have defended the NYPD’s program. I wouldn’t agree with that, either, but he could have done that.

Instead, he chose to lie about something that’s well-documented. And as you said, specifically something that harms a marginalized community, the Muslims in the New York area, whose harms that they suffered from this massive surveillance echo through today.

Pulitzer Prizes: Matt Apuzzo, Adam Goldman, Eileen Sullivan and Chris Hawley of the Associated Press

Pulitzer Prizes (2012)

And this was not that long ago. This program started in the aftermath of 9/11, so about 20-plus years ago, and then the AP reported on it in, I think, 2012. They won a Pulitzer Prize for their reporting on it.

And they reported with a treasure trove of documents, internal documents from the NYPD, some of which our organization utilized in our lawsuit against the NYPD for their spying. And a federal appeals court explicitly said that our client’s allegations were plausible, that the NYPD ran a surveillance program with a facially discriminatory classification.

So he chose to lie about something that’s well-documented. He chose to basically spit in the face of Muslim communities who were harmed by this program. And he has basically been rewarded for it, by being hired by a major news outlet with a position that, I don’t even know how much he’s going to be compensated, but he’s now got a national platform to further spread lies.

JJ: It’s incredible, and I just want to draw you out on one piece, which is that folks, even critically thinking folks, will have heard, yes, this was a program that happened, but it was ended, despite what Miller, in his brain, which we don’t want to explore, believes. The program ended, and so therefore maybe things are better.

Could I just ask you a little bit about the harms from something like this surveillance program, which is—cameras outside of mosques, interrogating people in stores, you know? The harms don’t disappear when the program is officially ended.

Mapping Muslims: NYPD Spying and Its Impact on American Muslims

CLEAR et al. (2013)

SW: Not at all. So first of all, just from our lawsuit—and our lawsuit was specifically for New Jersey Muslims who were affected by this, and there were other lawsuits for the New York Muslims, and there were Muslims outside of the New York and New Jersey area who were affected by this. But just from our lawsuit, we knew that the NYPD spied on at least 20 mosques, 14 restaurants, 11 retail stores, two grade schools and two Muslim student associations in New Jersey.

So every aspect of Muslims’ lives was being surveilled, and the community finding out about this pervasive surveillance, that’s not something that you can just dismiss. The community basically was traumatized by this.

And the result—there’s a Mapping Muslims report that actually goes into all the effects, some of the impacts on the Muslim community from this notorious program of surveillance. And they found that Muslims suppressed themselves, in terms of their religious expression, their speech and political associations.

It sowed suspicion within the community, because people found out, you know, the person sitting next to me at the mosque was an informant. How can I go to the mosque and trust everyone there? Maybe I won’t go.

Of course, it severed trust with law enforcement, and then contributed to a pervasive fear and unwillingness to publicly engage.

So that you can’t just flip a switch on. If the NYPD actually wanted to address those harms, that would be a really long road to repair.

And by having John Miller in his position, and not actually censuring him or firing him for those comments, the NYPD signaled the opposite, right, that they’re going to back somebody who doesn’t care to address the harms of the department.

And then, of course, now he’s being further validated by a national news media company.

FAIR: To Defeat Transparency, NYPD Turns to Journalist-Turned-Cop-Turned-Journalist-Turned-Cop

FAIR.org (6/21/17)

JJ: And Miller does Big Lie—a term, by the way, that is now reportedly forbidden at CNN with reference to Trump’s stolen election.

But in 2017, as Josmar Trujillo wrote for FAIR.org, Miller was on a local radio station, WNYM, saying that

activists have in their mind this idea that police departments and cities like New York run massive surveillance programs, targeting innocent civilians for no reason. Now, that’s nutty. I mean, why would we do that? How could we do that? And how would it make sense?

Again, this is beyond misinformation to disinformation. And it’s very clear that this is his jam, you know? And so CNN has to want him for that, and not despite that. It just, it’s breaking my brain.

SW: Yes, because news networks should be helping us sort fact from fiction, not further destroying the line. Otherwise they’re nothing better than propaganda machines.

And this is not just propaganda. This is specifically erasing the experiences of marginalized people —and to elevate law enforcement above any criticism, much less actually holding it accountable to ordinary people.

And we know that law enforcement has a pattern of systemically depriving communities that are already marginalized: Black communities, Latinx communities, poor communities, Muslims, disabled communities. I mean, the list goes on.

So, basically, CNN is signaling that this is where they’re putting their weight.

JJ: Yeah. And you know, at that point, Josmar Trujillo was writing about how the NYC City Council was calling on the police department to be transparent about surveillance operations. That was something called the POST Act, and the police and the right-wing media came in shrieking, like this is going to be a “roadmap for terrorists” to how to attack us.

But the point is, that hysteria pulled the goalpost to the right. So now transparency—what surveillance operations are you doing—becomes the weirdest thing that you can call for. And ending that discriminatory surveillance and harassment is pushed off the page and off the table.

And I just wonder what your thoughts are about media and journalism, and what they could do to help, or could stop doing that hurts.

Muslim Advocates' Sumayyah Waheed

Sumayyah Waheed: “News networks are supposed to help us sort fact from fiction, not further destroy the line.”

SW: Right. I think that, again, going back to my point that news networks are supposed to help us sort fact from fiction, not further destroy the line, and specifically with the powerful actors, whether they’re police departments or elected officials, to utilize that truth-telling, the investigatory process, to hold those actors accountable.

Because that should be the role of the news, is finding the information that might not be obvious, accessing the records that should be public, because we live in a free and open society, supposedly, and enabling people to take that information and hold their elected or public officials accountable.

So simply ceding ground because there’s a loud, screaming, radical voice out there is definitely not the answer. And to further reiterate, you know, the AP, by reporting on this, won the Pulitzer Prize. So it’s not like there’s no reward for it besides, you know, a free and well-engaged society. We should be rewarding truth-telling and proper investigations by journalists.

But you know, this is a rightward shift at CNN under the new chairman, and it comes after the firing of Brian Stelter and John Harwood for criticizing Trump and Republicans who engage in election denials.

So the story is already being told by these moves, right? So it’s just really alarming and disturbing for anyone who values truth, who values our democracy—and particularly for the marginalized communities, who know that this type of gaslighting, this type of elevating law enforcement above any kind of reproach is going to continue to harm us.

JJ: And I wish I didn’t have to note that nothing about that program made anybody safer.

SW: Yes.

JJ: Because what we’re going to hear is, “OK, yeah, we’re harming some people’s civil liberties, but it’s all about safety.”

And so I wish we didn’t have to say it, but the thing is that that harm didn’t make anybody safer.

FAIR: ACTION ALERT: Crime Claims of CNN’s New Police Expert Don’t Hold Up to Facts

FAIR.org (9/14/22)

SW: Right, the entire massive surveillance apparatus did not lead to one investigatory lead.

And I’ll also point out: the federal appeals court that ruled for our clients also cited the Japanese internment as a bad example of being overly deferential to the executive branch, which law enforcement is part of, and not wanting to repeat that shameful history.

So one step towards repeating history is denying it. Another step is forgetting it. But active denial just accelerates that process. So it’s very unsettling, and CNN should really just reverse course, but I don’t know if that’s going to happen, so it’s pretty discouraging.

JJ: Well, we’re going to encourage listeners to encourage that to happen.

We’ve been speaking with Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy council at Muslim Advocates. You can find their work online at MuslimAdvocates.org. Thank you so much, Sumayyah Waheed, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

SW: Thank you. Pleasure to be here.

 

The post John Miller ‘Chose to Lie About Something That’s Well-Documented’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/21/john-miller-chose-to-lie-about-something-thats-well-documented-counterspin-interview-with-sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-john-miller/feed/ 0 335113
Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 15:20:00 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030250 For corporate media, being a paid flack for the police in no way disqualifies you to offer analysis of law enforcement.

The post Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

John Miller

CNN‘s John Miller

This week on CounterSpin: Journalist-turned-cop-turned-journalist-turned-cop-turned-journalist John Miller makes a blur of the revolving door. For years, he’s been back and forth between the New York Police Department (and the FBI) and news media like ABC. And now he’s the new hire at CNN. Don’t miss the message: For corporate media, being a paid flack for the police in no way disqualifies you to offer what viewers will be assured is a dry-eyed analysis of law enforcement patterns and practices. The hire is part of CNN‘s rebranding under new leadership; the major stockholder cites Fox News as an exemplar. But while it’s tempting to say CNN is acting like the kid who imagines his bully will let up if he offers both his and his little brother’s lunch money, the harder truth is that CNN knows it won’t attract or appease Fox or Fox viewers. So we should focus less on how one network “counters” the other than on whom they’re both ready to throw under the bus—in this case, Muslims. We’ll talk about the Miller hire with Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy counsel at Muslim Advocates.

      CounterSpin220916Waheed.mp3

 

Atlantic: Lowering the Cost of Insulin Could Be Deadly

Atlantic (9/5/22)

Also on the show: Listeners may have seen the “just asking questions, don’t get mad” Atlantic article about how it might make sense to keep pricing insulin out of the reach of diabetics because, wait, wait…hear me out. (The idea was that if insulin winds up cheaper than newer, better drugs, more people might die.)  Other outlets are musing about how higher unemployment might be the best response to higher prices. Why are we doing thought experiments about hurting people? Implied scarcity—”obviously we can’t do all the things a society needs, so let’s discuss what to jettison”—is a whole vibe that major media could upend, but instead enable. We’ll talk about how that’s playing out in coverage of inflation with Chris Becker, associate director of policy and research and senior economist at the Groundwork Collaborative.

      CounterSpin220916Waheed.mp3

 

The post Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 333870
Matt Gertz and Eric K Ward on White ‘Replacement’ Theory https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/matt-gertz-and-eric-k-ward-on-white-replacement-theory/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/matt-gertz-and-eric-k-ward-on-white-replacement-theory/#respond Fri, 09 Sep 2022 15:46:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030183 News media missed an opportunity to interrogate the media outlets and politicians who repeatedly invoke the white replacement idea.

The post Matt Gertz and Eric K Ward on White ‘Replacement’ Theory appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Fox News: Let Them In

Fox News (7/19/22)

This week on CounterSpin: In May of this year, a white supremacist killed ten people in Buffalo, New York. He made clear that he wanted to kill Black people, because he believes there is a plot, run by Jews, to “replace” white people with Black and brown people. News media had an opportunity then to deeply interrogate the obvious spurs for the horrific act, including of course the media outlets and pundits and politicians who repeatedly invoke this white replacement idea, but it didn’t really happen.

The Washington Post offered an inane tweet about how Biden “ran for president pledging to ‘restore the soul of America.’ But a racist massacre raises questions about that promise.”

CounterSpin spoke at the time about the issues we hoped more media would be exploring, with Matt Gertz, senior fellow at Media Matters for America, who has been following Fox News and Tucker Carlson, and their impact on US politics, for years.

      CounterSpin220909Gertz.mp3

 

And we spoke also with Eric K. Ward, senior fellow at Southern Poverty Law Center and executive director at Western States Center, about ways forward.

      CounterSpin220909Ward.mp3

 

We  hear these conversations again this week.

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the assassination of Darya Durgina.

      CounterSpin220909Banter.mp3

The post Matt Gertz and Eric K Ward on White ‘Replacement’ Theory appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/matt-gertz-and-eric-k-ward-on-white-replacement-theory/feed/ 0 331476
‘We Could Be Living in the Future We All Dream About’ – CounterSpin interview with Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso on Powerlands https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/we-could-be-living-in-the-future-we-all-dream-about-counterspin-interview-with-ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-powerlands/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/we-could-be-living-in-the-future-we-all-dream-about-counterspin-interview-with-ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-powerlands/#respond Wed, 07 Sep 2022 16:04:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030167   Janine Jackson interviewed Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso about her film Powerlands for the September 2, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Powerlands is an award-winning documentary film about resource extraction and its impacts on Indigenous communities around the world. But if that’s all we, as watchers, take […]

The post ‘We Could Be Living in the Future We All Dream About’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso about her film Powerlands for the September 2, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220902ManybeadsTso.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Powerlands is an award-winning documentary film about resource extraction and its impacts on Indigenous communities around the world. But if that’s all we, as watchers, take away, then we’re sort of missing the point, and may be almost part of the problem.

The film is about resource colonization, about the way that the same for-profit corporate forces that once took away whole peoples now do the same thing under the radar by usurping the resources, the minerals, the water out from under those people.

Powerdlands: Directed by Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso

Powerlands (2022)

It asks those of us who aren’t at the immediate sharp end to see and to connect our interests in not harming people in Colombia, for example, with the desire to make use of this stuff that we don’t even know comes out from that extraction, that arrangement.

So saying Powerlands, the film, has won awards might imply that we understand that there’s a message, and we are engaged with answering that question, but that’s not necessarily the case. So if Powerlands didn’t need to be made, well, then Powerlands wouldn’t have been made.

We are joined now by Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso. Powerlands is her first feature film. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso.

Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso: Hi, thank you so much for having me.

JJ: Many people might say, “OK. You’re documenting something in the film. You’re showing us something.” But you started out to say a certain kind of thing, and then it kind of expanded into many, many things. Can you just maybe start us off where you started off, and what was the process about?

ICMT: Yeah, so I grew up in Black Mesa, where Peabody Coal and BHP have been mining since the 1960s, and my family is on the wrong side of the fence. We’re on what’s called HPL, Hopi Partition Lands, not NPL, Navajo Partition Lands.

So I was born into the resistance. I come from the resistance. So that’s what I’ve always grown up knowing. And when I first met Jordan Flaherty, my producer, he had just come back from Colombia, filming a BHP coal mining site.

And we were talking about the similarities between the two. And that’s really where the whole conversation started. It’s been like, wow, this one company has done the exact same thing to these two communities.

And you almost wouldn’t be able to tell the difference, besides the language and they have monkeys. They look very similar. They sound very similar. We eat very similar.

And one thing that I’ve always grown up with is having what I call poverty porn constantly around me in, like, National Geographic, put on news stations. Like even late at night, with that sad Sarah McLachlan music behind it, it would be pictures of my family and my home and the things that I resonated with, flies flying around extended bellies.

And when I see my home, that’s not what I see. I see vibrant, brilliant, smart, funny people. And that’s exactly what we saw in Colombia and in the Philippines and in Oaxaca and in Standing Rock.

Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso

Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso: “Indigenous people should be telling Indigenous stories because we see ourselves as people more so than anyone else ever will.”

And for me, it was just showing those human connections, those emotional connections, as well as showing that we’re all connected by these corporations at the same time. We’re all fighting the same, not to say, like, enemy—but enemy.

And I think that Indigenous people should be telling Indigenous stories because we see ourselves as people more so than anyone else ever will. And the thing is, is everyone’s indigenous to somewhere, so behave like you’re Indigenous.

And that’s what the root of the film is, is that we’re all together. We’re all in this together. We all laugh, we all cook. We all love, we all dance and sing. And we all need this planet to survive.

JJ: You know, I launched us right into the middle of it, and I think many folks come to it as, “All right. Well, there’s a relationship between folks who need resources and folks who have resources.”

But there’s a reason to start in the complicated middle, and to say that it’s not a simple question of users and extractors; we’re people across these lines. And what I think is so extremely important about the film is that it makes those connections, and it connects those dots.

I think we’re past it in 2022. I think those of us who are trying to think critically are past the idea that somehow there are some people who don’t mind being harmed, and that there are some people who we can just, like, Pinterest their way of life.

Here are people in the film, their water is being exhausted. And I know for a fact that there are folks who are like, “Oh, water. Water is life,” you know? We have to be one world. We have to connect it. And I feel like that’s what this film does.

ICMT: OK. So we need to look at Arizona, which is where I’m based currently. And we are seeing Lake Powell drop to levels that it’s never been this low before. We’re watching Lake Mead drop to levels that have never been this low before. The Southwest is in a massive drought.

The thing is, because we’re all on this planet together, the entire ecosystem affects everywhere else. So this huge drought here is actually helping to cause massive floods on the East Coast, because we’ve got this heat bubble that’s being formed. It’s pushing all of the would-be water coming here up and over, and it’s creating floods elsewhere.

And that’s just a small way to look at it. We’re losing water here; we’re flooding people out. But that water is no longer drinkable. It’s nonpotable. The less potable water that we continue to have, it’s going to affect the entire world.

And that’s just a very small, simple way to look at it. There’s so many different effects that go into it. Cinder hills are something that are very special to this area, and they’re a catcher of water, but they’ve been being mined for decades to create asphalt, which also helps to cause a heat bubble, which pushes water over, and then it floods somewhere else. And then, again, we lose our potable water.

So when we look at it, you making a change in one location can really affect everywhere else globally. And we can see it happening in lots of different places.

Here in the Southwest, we have massive wildfires, and then the East Coast having these floods. And it’s just going to keep getting more and more extreme until we, as people, come together and decide to fix the problem together.

And looking in your own backyard is the best place to start. And I hope that that’s one message that the film gets across: This isn’t just in these remote, small, quote unquote “Third World” countries. It’s happening literally in your backyard.

Look at Flint, Michigan. Look at what’s happening in like Skid Row, down in LA, that is extremely devastating to people. One, we should be treating people as people. But if we were to help clean up that area, and get those people the same mental health services that they needed, and just the simple way to fix houselessness is obviously give people houses, it would entirely revitalize that area. And we could start using a lot of those areas as farmland, where we grow crops that aren’t water-heavy based.

It’s just, there’s so many different ways and so many different ideas. And I know every single person out there has an idea. And if we each implemented them, we could be living in the future that we all dream about, with flying cars and healthy ecosystems.

JJ: Yeah, no, it’s part of what I resent so much about corporate media, is the way they deny us the possibilities, the way that we can imagine these beautiful futures.

Let me just ask you about the film. Any accounting of struggle, which is what Powerlands is about, it’s going to include unspeakable trauma, and that’s why folks should be aware that if they watch Powerlands, they’re going to cry. But at the same time, it also includes this irrepressible joy, and any conversation that doesn’t entail both of those is kind of not capturing it.

But then again, and I know this is a very hard question, when you make a film, it’s about communication, right? It’s about moving people to action. And I just would love to ask you, how do you balance the struggle and the joy in a way to communicate some message to the people who are going to see this film?

ICMT: I think a huge part of that goes back to, this is my community that we started telling the story in. This is my family. These are my friends. So I grew up in the struggle. I grew up having politicians come out and threaten family members. I grew up seeing family members get sick from cancer, or other various ailments, because of this stuff happening.

But at the same time, I also grew up going to ceremonies where me and the kids would be running around pretending to make rocks together, where me and my cousins would all sleep on the same mattress outside under the stars and tell ghost stories. And those are very similar moments that I think everybody shares, are those simple moments.

There’s a moment in the film where you see two young girls whispering to each other. And that’s a moment that everybody has experienced, is watching two young children talk to each other and giggle. And so when we’re talking about these moments, it’s not just like, “Oh, look at how hard it is for these poor brown people.” It’s, “Look at how hard this is for the entire world to be dealing with, and here’s an example of how these folks are getting through it.”

JJ: And that brings us back to where we started, which is the idea that you very quickly identify the idea of resource colonization (which I think is an excellent term) as a global thing.

You started with Dinétah, but it was very clear that this was something that’s happening everywhere, and that there was resonance everywhere for this message and this conversation.

ICMT: Yeah, we’re going to keep finding that, because the capitalist system, where it’s for profit and not for people, is going to continue to put us in these situations.

And the thing is, especially here in this country, Indigenous people have been the ones who have been put into those situations the longest at this point in time. So if you have any questions, reach out to us. We have lots of support. We have lots of community. We are willing to talk to people, and there’s so many different ways to go about it.

But we’ve been living, specifically here in America, on this land for thousands and thousands and thousands of years. So we know how to grow food without depleting the resources of this natural environment. And we know how to harvest things without depleting these resources.

One good example is this white sage trend that’s hitting. A lot of people are buying white sage that’s not sourced in a sustainable way. And it’s actually really detrimental to the Indigenous people in Southern California and Northern Mexico.

But if we were to, say, start outsourcing to only Indigenous suppliers or sustainable suppliers, then we would be able to help sustain that ecosystem, so that everyone can have white sage, and everyone can be burning it.

So it’s like, we need to be working together. And I think it’s really possible, because I see so many people coming to these screenings and coming to these events, being like, “Well, what can I do? What can I do?”

And I’m not always going to have all the answers. I’m but one person. But if you look in your own backyard, you just ask around, someone out there is already doing it, and you can definitely get in on the ground floor. And there’s also the chance that you could potentially make that resistance better.

JJ: I love that, actually, because my nightmare is, you support a system that basically erases a certain kind of people who say that their relationship is with the land, and that  where they are is part of who they are.

And you, as a government, support that erasure, and that you, as a culture, then try to recreate, aesthetically, that culture: “Isn’t it neat about how people are in relationship with the land?”

I guess what I’m saying is, I am very angry and resentful about the idea that media tell us that it’s okay to erase and harm people.

And then they’re going to, out of the other side of their mouth, tell us that, “Isn’t it neat to think about being the sort of person who has a relationship with the land?”

It’s beyond hypocrisy. It’s just a thing that makes me very angry, that has a particular relationship with the way US news media talk about Indigenous people in the United States.

So I guess, after that rant, I’m just asking you, is there anything in terms of news media that you would like to see more or less of, or framework-shifting that you think could be meaningful?

ICMT: I have really enjoyed seeing, in the past two years, the amount of representation that has been risen within media.

The thing is, is I have been making films since I was nine years old—I’m 27. And my uncle has been making films, my cousins have been making films, my aunts have been making films, but we have never been able to break into the Hollywood or the main media cohort in order to be seen and visualized.

And it’s just now starting that our work is getting out there. A lot of that came from Standing Rock and the remembrance that we, as Indigenous people, still exist.

And so people kind of got into it, it became a trend. And so let’s hopefully not make it a trend that goes away.

But there are so many of us out there who are creating incredible content and stories and telling these stories, and we’ve been doing it for decades.

So there’s so much out there. It’s just definitely the accessibility of it is a lot harder, because we don’t have the same resources as, say, Warner Brothers or Disney or Fox or one of those who is getting their larger stories out.

So it is amazing to see us in representation, for the first time ever, that is an accurate representation. And it’s incredible. So if you are Indigenous, keep telling your stories; we want to hear them. If you’re not Indigenous, you are indigenous to somewhere, so keep telling your stories. And I think it’s just so incredible to see the vibrancy of the truth and reality of humans being told for really the first time, and especially in Hollywood media.

JJ: Well, we are going to continue to stay, I hope, in conversation with you. We’ve been speaking with Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso. Thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

ICMT: Oh, thank you so much.

 

The post ‘We Could Be Living in the Future We All Dream About’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/we-could-be-living-in-the-future-we-all-dream-about-counterspin-interview-with-ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-powerlands/feed/ 0 330723
‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ – CounterSpin interview with Andrew Perez on dark money donation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 20:04:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030114 "There's just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker."

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s Andrew Perez about a massive dark money donation for the August 26, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220826Perez.mp3

 

Election Focus 2022Janine Jackson: Many US citizens, while knowledgeable, skeptical, even cynical, still work from a base understanding of how politics and policy work, which is that people—numbers of human people—want and call for things, and elected officials navigate those needs, while encountering and engaging the better-resourced desires of corporations and other power players.

Some, of course, are more or less in the pocket of particular private interests, but if they weren’t interested in the public, they wouldn’t be in public office.

Well, even if you chuckle to hear that, it’s still the basic working premise of how politics are understood to work. You vote for people to represent your interests, and you expect, or hope, or just throw a rock at the idea that politicians will care about people in the main, and not just money.

Whatever its relation to reality, that’s the template that news media use to explain politics to us: Republican or Democratic voters wanted this or that. You can fight about it, but the understanding we’re given is that we’re in a fight on a playing field where whoever has the most popular support, even if it’s based on misinformation, will win.

News media worth their salt would make it their business to interrupt that understanding, and tell us how power and politics actually break down. And they have an opportunity right now with the news of the largest donation—as far as we know—to a political advocacy group ever, from a secretive Chicago billionaire to a new political group led by conservative activist Leonard Leo.

You don’t have to know about machinations to have them matter. So here to talk about all of this is Andrew Perez. Andrew Perez covers money and influence as senior editor and reporter at the Lever news. He joins us now by phone from Maine. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Andrew Perez.

Andrew Perez: Absolutely. Thanks for having me.

JJ: I guess just bring us up to speed on the reality. What do we know about this donation, from whom to whom? And $1.6 billion? What actually just happened?

The Lever: Inside The Right’s Historic Billion-Dollar Dark Money Transfer

Lever (8/22/22)

AP: Sure. So what we’ve reported at the Lever, in partnership with ProPublica, is a look at how Barre Seid, a little-known businessman in Chicago, managed to donate $1.6 billion to a nonprofit run by Leonard Leo, who’s the conservative operative and anti-abortion activist who played a major role in building the conservative supermajority on the Supreme Court that recently overturned Roe v. Wade and invalidated federal protections for abortion rights.

And what we know is that Seid put his electronics company into a nonprofit, which is called the Marble Freedom Trust, which then sold the company. The end result was a donation of $1.6 billion to the group. The transaction was structured to allow Seid to avoid potentially hundreds of millions in taxes, we believe, for up to $400 million in taxes, and it kept him from experiencing a big tax hit, and it preserved, then, the larger amount of money available for Leo’s dark money operation.

And we believe that this is the largest donation in US history to a politically oriented 501(c)(4) dark money group.

JJ: Can you just explain, for a second, what “dark money” means exactly, and what it means in terms of democracy?

AP: Yeah. So thanks to the Citizens United decision, nonprofits are allowed to engage in politics, specifically 501(c)(4) social welfare organizations. And these organizations, their primary purpose cannot be on politics, but they can spend up to 49% of their expenses on politics, and they can then fund issue advocacy stuff, and really work to build, in this case, the conservative movement.

These have become a really favored route for really wealthy people to affect the political debate, because these groups do not have to disclose their donors, and they can accept donations of any size.

So they’ve really been supercharged in the last decade, and become a favored vehicle for the ultra-wealthy to influence politics.

NYT: An Unusual $1.6 Billion Donation Bolsters Conservatives

New York Times (8/22/22)

JJ: I was a little taken aback by seeing the term “kingmaker” in a New York Times story about Leonard Leo, and it seems very cynical to just matter-of-factly toss off the idea that there’s a “kingmaker” who gets to decide whether or not people have the right to reproductive rights because he has a lot of money.

It just seems weird to hear that just tossed off as, “Oh, hey, yeah. That’s what’s happening,” from a press corps, you know, that’s supposed to be defending democracy.

AP: Yeah. I guess I get it, right, like if you have a $1.6 billion pile of cash at your disposal, you can do a lot with it, right? Like, you could probably parcel out tens of millions of dollars every year and just watch the actual overall pile of money grow.

It does make him one of the most powerful people in politics, and, truthfully, he already was one of the most powerful people in politics. Leonard Leo has played a key role in selecting five of the six conservative justices on the Supreme Court, and he’s buddies with the other guy, with the only one who he didn’t help in this kind of professional capacity: He’s really tight with Clarence Thomas.

So in the Trump era, he served as Trump’s judicial advisor, helping select Amy Coney Barrett, Brett Kavanaugh and Neil Gorsuch, and helping install them on the court. So while he was selecting these judges, helping Trump select these judges, he was also leading this dark money network that was helping run their confirmation campaigns, supporting them with advertisements and media campaigns, and also funding a lot of other conservative groups that supported their nominations as well.

So he is a very powerful figure, but I do also understand the point you’re making, which is that it does sound a little crass.

JJ: And it sounds like what journalists—it’s not a thing that we could know. It’s not a thing that we could understand about how things work. And it’s exactly the type of thing that we would look for reporters to explain to us, to say, you think you’re just voting, and that’s a direct connection to the kind of policy and politics that you’re going to get, but actually there’s this behind-the-scenes machinations going on.

And I’m not saying they don’t ever cover it. I just feel that most people, even smart people, would not understand how much power these folks have behind the scenes, and how indirect, therefore, your connection of, “Hey, I’m putting down my vote,” how much obstruction that’s going to meet.

Andrew Perez

Andrew Perez: “There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker.”

AP: Yeah. That’s the real issue here with dark money, is we don’t know who’s influencing policy, really. We have very little information about how these groups are spending in real time. It’s not like they have to report, “We spent this much on judicial confirmations.” Like, they just don’t have to report that at all.

You learn a little bit about it after the fact, like a year or two after the fact, but you, generally speaking, don’t know who’s financing these organizations whatsoever.

That’s where both the New York Times reporting, and our reporting at the Lever and ProPublica, that’s where we’ve been able to shine a light on one of the biggest-known, probably the biggest-known dark money transaction like this ever. When you learn the details about it, it should definitely raise all kinds of alarm bells.

So as far as the public knows, this group has never existed. It is organized as a trust. That’s not something that you can look up in state corporate filings. It never registered with state charity regulators. It never showed up in any kind of securities documents. So we’re learning about this group that was formed in April 2020, that saw all of this giant windfall in March 2021, a year and a half ago.

Again, the whole real-time issue, we don’t know what it’s really spending on right now at all. There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker than what we characteristically see.

JJ: And then finally, I know that you’ve been doing press on this, and I’m not asking you to call anybody out at all, but I just would ask you, are there questions that you wish you would be asked by journalists? Are there questions that you wish journalists would stop asking you? What would you like to see news media do in terms of pursuing this story?

Guardian: Billions in ‘dark money’ is influencing US politics. We need disclosure laws

Guardian (8/29/22)

AP: Yeah, so there’s a few things, like part of the reason they were able to really supercharge this donation and avoid the tax bill was because in 2015, as part of this routine tax extenders bill in Congress, they passed legislation that said that there is no gift tax when you give to a 501(c)(4) group.

Like, there’s a gift tax if you donate to a political organization. There’s a question of why that was able to happen with very little controversy or fanfare or notice at all. But I think we’ve seen some coverage around this, but I guess I question whether there’s going to really be sustained coverage about this donation, or about how this is allowed to happen, and then how we’re allowing this kind of influence on our political system.

So Democrats have pitched, periodically, legislation called the DISCLOSE Act that would compel disclosure of donors to dark money groups that engage in politics, and also spend on judicial advocacy campaigns. And all of the coverage around that legislation has been treated as like, you know, Republicans are opposing this, and it’s a “he said, she said,” without any kind of context, without really contextualizing for people what this is, what the byproduct is of a system in which wealthy people can drop tens of millions of dollars, or in this case, $1.6 billion, into a dark money group that can function indefinitely, can really distort the political system and policy outcomes with just a giant pile of money.

JJ: Exactly.

We’ve been speaking with Andrew Perez. He’s from the Lever. They’re online at LeverNews.com. Andrew Perez, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AP: So happy to be here.

 

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/feed/ 0 330421
‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ – CounterSpin interview with Andrew Perez on dark money donation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 20:04:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030114 "There's just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker."

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s Andrew Perez about a massive dark money donation for the August 26, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220826Perez.mp3

 

Election Focus 2022Janine Jackson: Many US citizens, while knowledgeable, skeptical, even cynical, still work from a base understanding of how politics and policy work, which is that people—numbers of human people—want and call for things, and elected officials navigate those needs, while encountering and engaging the better-resourced desires of corporations and other power players.

Some, of course, are more or less in the pocket of particular private interests, but if they weren’t interested in the public, they wouldn’t be in public office.

Well, even if you chuckle to hear that, it’s still the basic working premise of how politics are understood to work. You vote for people to represent your interests, and you expect, or hope, or just throw a rock at the idea that politicians will care about people in the main, and not just money.

Whatever its relation to reality, that’s the template that news media use to explain politics to us: Republican or Democratic voters wanted this or that. You can fight about it, but the understanding we’re given is that we’re in a fight on a playing field where whoever has the most popular support, even if it’s based on misinformation, will win.

News media worth their salt would make it their business to interrupt that understanding, and tell us how power and politics actually break down. And they have an opportunity right now with the news of the largest donation—as far as we know—to a political advocacy group ever, from a secretive Chicago billionaire to a new political group led by conservative activist Leonard Leo.

You don’t have to know about machinations to have them matter. So here to talk about all of this is Andrew Perez. Andrew Perez covers money and influence as senior editor and reporter at the Lever news. He joins us now by phone from Maine. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Andrew Perez.

Andrew Perez: Absolutely. Thanks for having me.

JJ: I guess just bring us up to speed on the reality. What do we know about this donation, from whom to whom? And $1.6 billion? What actually just happened?

The Lever: Inside The Right’s Historic Billion-Dollar Dark Money Transfer

Lever (8/22/22)

AP: Sure. So what we’ve reported at the Lever, in partnership with ProPublica, is a look at how Barre Seid, a little-known businessman in Chicago, managed to donate $1.6 billion to a nonprofit run by Leonard Leo, who’s the conservative operative and anti-abortion activist who played a major role in building the conservative supermajority on the Supreme Court that recently overturned Roe v. Wade and invalidated federal protections for abortion rights.

And what we know is that Seid put his electronics company into a nonprofit, which is called the Marble Freedom Trust, which then sold the company. The end result was a donation of $1.6 billion to the group. The transaction was structured to allow Seid to avoid potentially hundreds of millions in taxes, we believe, for up to $400 million in taxes, and it kept him from experiencing a big tax hit, and it preserved, then, the larger amount of money available for Leo’s dark money operation.

And we believe that this is the largest donation in US history to a politically oriented 501(c)(4) dark money group.

JJ: Can you just explain, for a second, what “dark money” means exactly, and what it means in terms of democracy?

AP: Yeah. So thanks to the Citizens United decision, nonprofits are allowed to engage in politics, specifically 501(c)(4) social welfare organizations. And these organizations, their primary purpose cannot be on politics, but they can spend up to 49% of their expenses on politics, and they can then fund issue advocacy stuff, and really work to build, in this case, the conservative movement.

These have become a really favored route for really wealthy people to affect the political debate, because these groups do not have to disclose their donors, and they can accept donations of any size.

So they’ve really been supercharged in the last decade, and become a favored vehicle for the ultra-wealthy to influence politics.

NYT: An Unusual $1.6 Billion Donation Bolsters Conservatives

New York Times (8/22/22)

JJ: I was a little taken aback by seeing the term “kingmaker” in a New York Times story about Leonard Leo, and it seems very cynical to just matter-of-factly toss off the idea that there’s a “kingmaker” who gets to decide whether or not people have the right to reproductive rights because he has a lot of money.

It just seems weird to hear that just tossed off as, “Oh, hey, yeah. That’s what’s happening,” from a press corps, you know, that’s supposed to be defending democracy.

AP: Yeah. I guess I get it, right, like if you have a $1.6 billion pile of cash at your disposal, you can do a lot with it, right? Like, you could probably parcel out tens of millions of dollars every year and just watch the actual overall pile of money grow.

It does make him one of the most powerful people in politics, and, truthfully, he already was one of the most powerful people in politics. Leonard Leo has played a key role in selecting five of the six conservative justices on the Supreme Court, and he’s buddies with the other guy, with the only one who he didn’t help in this kind of professional capacity: He’s really tight with Clarence Thomas.

So in the Trump era, he served as Trump’s judicial advisor, helping select Amy Coney Barrett, Brett Kavanaugh and Neil Gorsuch, and helping install them on the court. So while he was selecting these judges, helping Trump select these judges, he was also leading this dark money network that was helping run their confirmation campaigns, supporting them with advertisements and media campaigns, and also funding a lot of other conservative groups that supported their nominations as well.

So he is a very powerful figure, but I do also understand the point you’re making, which is that it does sound a little crass.

JJ: And it sounds like what journalists—it’s not a thing that we could know. It’s not a thing that we could understand about how things work. And it’s exactly the type of thing that we would look for reporters to explain to us, to say, you think you’re just voting, and that’s a direct connection to the kind of policy and politics that you’re going to get, but actually there’s this behind-the-scenes machinations going on.

And I’m not saying they don’t ever cover it. I just feel that most people, even smart people, would not understand how much power these folks have behind the scenes, and how indirect, therefore, your connection of, “Hey, I’m putting down my vote,” how much obstruction that’s going to meet.

Andrew Perez

Andrew Perez: “There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker.”

AP: Yeah. That’s the real issue here with dark money, is we don’t know who’s influencing policy, really. We have very little information about how these groups are spending in real time. It’s not like they have to report, “We spent this much on judicial confirmations.” Like, they just don’t have to report that at all.

You learn a little bit about it after the fact, like a year or two after the fact, but you, generally speaking, don’t know who’s financing these organizations whatsoever.

That’s where both the New York Times reporting, and our reporting at the Lever and ProPublica, that’s where we’ve been able to shine a light on one of the biggest-known, probably the biggest-known dark money transaction like this ever. When you learn the details about it, it should definitely raise all kinds of alarm bells.

So as far as the public knows, this group has never existed. It is organized as a trust. That’s not something that you can look up in state corporate filings. It never registered with state charity regulators. It never showed up in any kind of securities documents. So we’re learning about this group that was formed in April 2020, that saw all of this giant windfall in March 2021, a year and a half ago.

Again, the whole real-time issue, we don’t know what it’s really spending on right now at all. There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker than what we characteristically see.

JJ: And then finally, I know that you’ve been doing press on this, and I’m not asking you to call anybody out at all, but I just would ask you, are there questions that you wish you would be asked by journalists? Are there questions that you wish journalists would stop asking you? What would you like to see news media do in terms of pursuing this story?

Guardian: Billions in ‘dark money’ is influencing US politics. We need disclosure laws

Guardian (8/29/22)

AP: Yeah, so there’s a few things, like part of the reason they were able to really supercharge this donation and avoid the tax bill was because in 2015, as part of this routine tax extenders bill in Congress, they passed legislation that said that there is no gift tax when you give to a 501(c)(4) group.

Like, there’s a gift tax if you donate to a political organization. There’s a question of why that was able to happen with very little controversy or fanfare or notice at all. But I think we’ve seen some coverage around this, but I guess I question whether there’s going to really be sustained coverage about this donation, or about how this is allowed to happen, and then how we’re allowing this kind of influence on our political system.

So Democrats have pitched, periodically, legislation called the DISCLOSE Act that would compel disclosure of donors to dark money groups that engage in politics, and also spend on judicial advocacy campaigns. And all of the coverage around that legislation has been treated as like, you know, Republicans are opposing this, and it’s a “he said, she said,” without any kind of context, without really contextualizing for people what this is, what the byproduct is of a system in which wealthy people can drop tens of millions of dollars, or in this case, $1.6 billion, into a dark money group that can function indefinitely, can really distort the political system and policy outcomes with just a giant pile of money.

JJ: Exactly.

We’ve been speaking with Andrew Perez. He’s from the Lever. They’re online at LeverNews.com. Andrew Perez, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AP: So happy to be here.

 

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/feed/ 0 330422
‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ – CounterSpin interview with Andrew Perez on dark money donation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 20:04:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030114 "There's just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker."

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Lever‘s Andrew Perez about a massive dark money donation for the August 26, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220826Perez.mp3

 

Election Focus 2022Janine Jackson: Many US citizens, while knowledgeable, skeptical, even cynical, still work from a base understanding of how politics and policy work, which is that people—numbers of human people—want and call for things, and elected officials navigate those needs, while encountering and engaging the better-resourced desires of corporations and other power players.

Some, of course, are more or less in the pocket of particular private interests, but if they weren’t interested in the public, they wouldn’t be in public office.

Well, even if you chuckle to hear that, it’s still the basic working premise of how politics are understood to work. You vote for people to represent your interests, and you expect, or hope, or just throw a rock at the idea that politicians will care about people in the main, and not just money.

Whatever its relation to reality, that’s the template that news media use to explain politics to us: Republican or Democratic voters wanted this or that. You can fight about it, but the understanding we’re given is that we’re in a fight on a playing field where whoever has the most popular support, even if it’s based on misinformation, will win.

News media worth their salt would make it their business to interrupt that understanding, and tell us how power and politics actually break down. And they have an opportunity right now with the news of the largest donation—as far as we know—to a political advocacy group ever, from a secretive Chicago billionaire to a new political group led by conservative activist Leonard Leo.

You don’t have to know about machinations to have them matter. So here to talk about all of this is Andrew Perez. Andrew Perez covers money and influence as senior editor and reporter at the Lever news. He joins us now by phone from Maine. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Andrew Perez.

Andrew Perez: Absolutely. Thanks for having me.

JJ: I guess just bring us up to speed on the reality. What do we know about this donation, from whom to whom? And $1.6 billion? What actually just happened?

The Lever: Inside The Right’s Historic Billion-Dollar Dark Money Transfer

Lever (8/22/22)

AP: Sure. So what we’ve reported at the Lever, in partnership with ProPublica, is a look at how Barre Seid, a little-known businessman in Chicago, managed to donate $1.6 billion to a nonprofit run by Leonard Leo, who’s the conservative operative and anti-abortion activist who played a major role in building the conservative supermajority on the Supreme Court that recently overturned Roe v. Wade and invalidated federal protections for abortion rights.

And what we know is that Seid put his electronics company into a nonprofit, which is called the Marble Freedom Trust, which then sold the company. The end result was a donation of $1.6 billion to the group. The transaction was structured to allow Seid to avoid potentially hundreds of millions in taxes, we believe, for up to $400 million in taxes, and it kept him from experiencing a big tax hit, and it preserved, then, the larger amount of money available for Leo’s dark money operation.

And we believe that this is the largest donation in US history to a politically oriented 501(c)(4) dark money group.

JJ: Can you just explain, for a second, what “dark money” means exactly, and what it means in terms of democracy?

AP: Yeah. So thanks to the Citizens United decision, nonprofits are allowed to engage in politics, specifically 501(c)(4) social welfare organizations. And these organizations, their primary purpose cannot be on politics, but they can spend up to 49% of their expenses on politics, and they can then fund issue advocacy stuff, and really work to build, in this case, the conservative movement.

These have become a really favored route for really wealthy people to affect the political debate, because these groups do not have to disclose their donors, and they can accept donations of any size.

So they’ve really been supercharged in the last decade, and become a favored vehicle for the ultra-wealthy to influence politics.

NYT: An Unusual $1.6 Billion Donation Bolsters Conservatives

New York Times (8/22/22)

JJ: I was a little taken aback by seeing the term “kingmaker” in a New York Times story about Leonard Leo, and it seems very cynical to just matter-of-factly toss off the idea that there’s a “kingmaker” who gets to decide whether or not people have the right to reproductive rights because he has a lot of money.

It just seems weird to hear that just tossed off as, “Oh, hey, yeah. That’s what’s happening,” from a press corps, you know, that’s supposed to be defending democracy.

AP: Yeah. I guess I get it, right, like if you have a $1.6 billion pile of cash at your disposal, you can do a lot with it, right? Like, you could probably parcel out tens of millions of dollars every year and just watch the actual overall pile of money grow.

It does make him one of the most powerful people in politics, and, truthfully, he already was one of the most powerful people in politics. Leonard Leo has played a key role in selecting five of the six conservative justices on the Supreme Court, and he’s buddies with the other guy, with the only one who he didn’t help in this kind of professional capacity: He’s really tight with Clarence Thomas.

So in the Trump era, he served as Trump’s judicial advisor, helping select Amy Coney Barrett, Brett Kavanaugh and Neil Gorsuch, and helping install them on the court. So while he was selecting these judges, helping Trump select these judges, he was also leading this dark money network that was helping run their confirmation campaigns, supporting them with advertisements and media campaigns, and also funding a lot of other conservative groups that supported their nominations as well.

So he is a very powerful figure, but I do also understand the point you’re making, which is that it does sound a little crass.

JJ: And it sounds like what journalists—it’s not a thing that we could know. It’s not a thing that we could understand about how things work. And it’s exactly the type of thing that we would look for reporters to explain to us, to say, you think you’re just voting, and that’s a direct connection to the kind of policy and politics that you’re going to get, but actually there’s this behind-the-scenes machinations going on.

And I’m not saying they don’t ever cover it. I just feel that most people, even smart people, would not understand how much power these folks have behind the scenes, and how indirect, therefore, your connection of, “Hey, I’m putting down my vote,” how much obstruction that’s going to meet.

Andrew Perez

Andrew Perez: “There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker.”

AP: Yeah. That’s the real issue here with dark money, is we don’t know who’s influencing policy, really. We have very little information about how these groups are spending in real time. It’s not like they have to report, “We spent this much on judicial confirmations.” Like, they just don’t have to report that at all.

You learn a little bit about it after the fact, like a year or two after the fact, but you, generally speaking, don’t know who’s financing these organizations whatsoever.

That’s where both the New York Times reporting, and our reporting at the Lever and ProPublica, that’s where we’ve been able to shine a light on one of the biggest-known, probably the biggest-known dark money transaction like this ever. When you learn the details about it, it should definitely raise all kinds of alarm bells.

So as far as the public knows, this group has never existed. It is organized as a trust. That’s not something that you can look up in state corporate filings. It never registered with state charity regulators. It never showed up in any kind of securities documents. So we’re learning about this group that was formed in April 2020, that saw all of this giant windfall in March 2021, a year and a half ago.

Again, the whole real-time issue, we don’t know what it’s really spending on right now at all. There’s just very, very little transparency in this world. And they found ways to make this transaction in the group even darker than what we characteristically see.

JJ: And then finally, I know that you’ve been doing press on this, and I’m not asking you to call anybody out at all, but I just would ask you, are there questions that you wish you would be asked by journalists? Are there questions that you wish journalists would stop asking you? What would you like to see news media do in terms of pursuing this story?

Guardian: Billions in ‘dark money’ is influencing US politics. We need disclosure laws

Guardian (8/29/22)

AP: Yeah, so there’s a few things, like part of the reason they were able to really supercharge this donation and avoid the tax bill was because in 2015, as part of this routine tax extenders bill in Congress, they passed legislation that said that there is no gift tax when you give to a 501(c)(4) group.

Like, there’s a gift tax if you donate to a political organization. There’s a question of why that was able to happen with very little controversy or fanfare or notice at all. But I think we’ve seen some coverage around this, but I guess I question whether there’s going to really be sustained coverage about this donation, or about how this is allowed to happen, and then how we’re allowing this kind of influence on our political system.

So Democrats have pitched, periodically, legislation called the DISCLOSE Act that would compel disclosure of donors to dark money groups that engage in politics, and also spend on judicial advocacy campaigns. And all of the coverage around that legislation has been treated as like, you know, Republicans are opposing this, and it’s a “he said, she said,” without any kind of context, without really contextualizing for people what this is, what the byproduct is of a system in which wealthy people can drop tens of millions of dollars, or in this case, $1.6 billion, into a dark money group that can function indefinitely, can really distort the political system and policy outcomes with just a giant pile of money.

JJ: Exactly.

We’ve been speaking with Andrew Perez. He’s from the Lever. They’re online at LeverNews.com. Andrew Perez, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AP: So happy to be here.

 

The post ‘The Real Issue With Dark Money: We Don’t Know Who’s Influencing Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/the-real-issue-with-dark-money-we-dont-know-whos-influencing-policy-counterspin-interview-with-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/feed/ 0 330423
‘These Organizations Are Doing Critical Work to Advocate for Palestinian Rights’ – CounterSpin interview with Ahmad Abuznaid on Israeli human rights crackdown https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/these-organizations-are-doing-critical-work-to-advocate-for-palestinian-rights-counterspin-interview-with-ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/these-organizations-are-doing-critical-work-to-advocate-for-palestinian-rights-counterspin-interview-with-ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown/#respond Tue, 06 Sep 2022 15:22:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030104 "This ongoing trauma persists as long as this blockade exists, as long as the occupation exists, as long as this settler colonialism exists."

The post ‘These Organizations Are Doing Critical Work to Advocate for Palestinian Rights’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights’ Ahmad Abuznaid about Israel’s human rights crackdown for the August 26, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220826Abuznaid.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: The UN’s High Commissioner for Human Rights stated that Israel’s designation of a number of Palestinian rights organizations as “terrorist” raised concerns that the designations were being used to “halt, restrict or criminalize legitimate human rights and humanitarian work.”

Guardian: CIA unable to corroborate Israel’s ‘terror’ label for Palestinian rights groups

Guardian (8/22/22)

Ten European countries and, not for nothing, the CIA agreed that Israel has not presented sufficient evidence for that terrorist labeling—or the subsequent raids conducted, computers stolen, files taken, entryways taped up.

The groups’ legal appeals were dismissed with no opportunity to defend against the “secret evidence” against them. The Biden administration says it’s “concerned,” and that “civil society organizations must be able to continue their important work.” And that’s where it ends, evidently: hearts and prayers.

Some might find it notable that the overt harassment of Palestinian human rights groups happens within context of the recent series of airstrikes in Gaza that killed at least 46 people, including 16 children.

It’s important to know that the crisis of occupation isn’t a sometime thing, and that having fewer voices to hold and host debate around that will absolutely impact what happens going forward.

Ahmad Abuznaid is executive director at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. He joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Ahmad Abuznaid.

Ahmad Abuznaid: Hey, thanks for having me, Janine.

WaPo: Gaza militants hold parade after latest battle with Israel

Washington Post (8/24/22)

JJ: Maybe we should just start with what’s been happening in Gaza recently. I don’t say that there’s been zero coverage, but quantity, in this case, is not so much the point as the quality of that coverage.

And I’m not sure how much context there’s been for the pieces that folks may have seen. Like, I saw a Washington Post reprint of an AP piece, “Gaza Militants Hold Parade After Latest Battle With Israel.”

So, given that context of US media coverage, what would you have folks know about just what’s been happening?

AA: Yeah, the first, most important thing I would share, for folks who are, I think, still gathering knowledge about the issue of Palestine, is to know that the people in Gaza have been separated and segregated from the rest of the Palestinian population because of a 15-year blockade imposed by the Israeli government.

And even when we use terms like “blockade,” it’s really important for us to help folks understand what that means. And so a blockade on the Gaza Strip means that Israel essentially controls everything that goes in via land or sea, and comes out via land or sea. And, of course, Gaza does not have an airport.

Ahmad Abuznaid

Ahmad Abuznaid: “This ongoing trauma persists as long as this blockade exists, as long as the occupation exists, as long as this settler colonialism exists.”

Furthermore, when you talk about the situation of the people of Gaza, you have to understand that limited electricity, 75% of Palestinian people in Gaza are food insecure. Hospitals and health services are struggling to operate and save lives, while themselves having to worry about being bombed.

And so this ongoing trauma persists as long as this blockade exists, as long as the occupation exists, as long as this settler colonialism exists.

And so for the Palestinian people all over, but particularly for the Palestinian people in Gaza, an intense blockade does not allow for them to experience the very basics of life. As I mentioned, the water being undrinkable at a 97% clip, electricity being something that’s limited, food insecurity, right? This is average, everyday life for the people of Gaza.

Now what’s also important to note is, because of a lack of an actual military, you have these confrontations between these various resistance groups in Gaza and the Israeli military.

And so then, I would say, the Palestinian people are an occupied population. And I think when most Americans think about Israel and Palestine, they think about a conflict between two nations, each with a military, each with resources, each with the weaponry to defend themselves, and that certainly is just not the case.

And so you end up in a dynamic where these resistance groups are firing rockets that rarely affect Israeli lives; meanwhile, Palestinians face bombardments with which we’ve seen, you know, over 40 Palestinians killed in this latest round of violence, but just last summer, over 260.

And so this is something that, unfortunately, kids 14 and under in Gaza have now experienced five times in their lifetime.

JJ: And just to the point that you’ve just made, that Washington Post—well, it was a reprint of, actually, an AP piece—talked about recent air strikes as a “flare-up” that “left 49 Palestinians dead.” And it makes it sound as though violence is intervening in Gaza, or suddenly and intermittently, there is violence in Gaza.

And it sounds like what you’re saying is we need to think about violence in terms of a daily violence.

AA: Yeah, absolutely. And I would say this passive voice that media operate in is also extremely problematic. Airstrikes didn’t just occur; the Israelis launched the air strikes.

Also, we’ve been hearing many folks talk about this as a defensive war, right? But I think, if folks were to read through a lot of the nonsense, they’d find that this was a strike that Israel launched without any kind of defensive necessity, right? This was an offensive, strategic strike that they started launching in Gaza, and then it escalated.

And then, yes, the point that you were uplifting that I made earlier is that the blockade is incredibly violent. When a young Palestinian student in Gaza wants to study abroad, and they’re denied the ability to travel by the Israeli government, that is incredibly violent, and a direct result of them being Palestinian.

When a cancer patient needs to access better health services in order to survive their battle with cancer, and they’re denied that ability, that is brutality.

When a fisherman has his boats off the sea in Gaza, and cannot leave past a certain radius that the Israelis grant them, that is incredibly violent.

And folks, I think, are not as understanding of that, when we think about terms like “blockade” and “occupation,” they don’t understand how a checkpoint or a blockade being in the middle of a family who needs medical care in a hospital can oftentimes lead to death and a trauma that, again, we have not had the chance to deal with as Palestinians, because it’s ongoing.

JJ: And I wonder what you make of the White House response, then, which is we’re against this, but we’re not going to do anything about it. I mean, that’s how it reads to me, is like, we want to be officially on the record as opposing both the raids on the human rights groups and the attacks on Gaza, but that’s not going to materially amount to anything in terms of policy change with regard to Israel.

AA: Yeah, that’s right. The Biden administration is really just like any other US administration in recent history. And what US politicos have uplifted as their truth is that you need to walk with Israel and allow no sunlight between the US and the state of Israel to succeed politically, domestically.

The problem is we, as Americans, have no idea why, strategically, that makes sense for us. And so Americans, I think every election, we witness the US president essentially pledging allegiance to the state of Israel, and we don’t know what we get out of the deal.

So even if we did not have the perspective of the immense human rights abuse and the colonization and the ethnic cleansing, we would at least, as Americans, be asking these questions about why is it our tax dollars are going to this state that continually occupies, and ethnically cleanses a people.

And so that’s why this media battle is particularly important. That’s why sources like this, where folks can get a different perspective, one that’s not often seen in mass media, are critically important, because there’s a voice of the Palestinian people that, even through it all, is able to shift the conversation in the US.

And that’s why you’ve seen, not only the targeting of these six NGOs in Palestine, but targeting of NGOs and Palestinian organizations here in the US.

Before I get to any of that in the US, just to mention the six organizations, these are organizations doing critical work to support women organizing, agricultural workers, organizing political prisoners, and one of the orgs, DCIP, is literally, its mission is to defend children, right?

And so these organizations are doing critical work to advocate for Palestinian rights, to advocate for Palestinian dignity, to advocate for Palestinian justice. And, by the way, they’re doing this in a completely nonviolent fashion.

But the response that Israel has shown to these NGOs is exactly why we need to keep pushing, is exactly why we need to make sure that we’re involved in either BDS campaigns or Palestine organizing spaces in the US, or we need to donate.

Because if Israel’s telling us that the violent resistance groups are “terrorists,” right? That’s their terminology. That’s what they label the groups who resist. But then they’re also labeling the groups that are engaging in congressional advocacy and organizing and lobbying, they’re labeling those groups as “terrorists” too.

So what that means for us is that the lines have been blurred by the state of Israel, and they’re doing that because we’re winning; we’re shifting the conversation. Folks are seeing the atrocities that the Israelis are conducting on a day-to-day basis, and they can’t, from a PR perspective, continue to handle the way the conversation is going.

So then what they would do is continue to label BDS as antisemitic and terrorist-affiliated, continue to label organizations, such as these six organizations, as terrorist-affiliated. And that way, no matter how just or righteous their argument is, people would essentially tune them out.

JJ: And I only want to add to that—thank you so much, Ahmad—I just want to add, also, for listeners, that this idea that criticism of the state of Israel is inherently antisemitic: You can find progressive Jewish groups, Jews for Racial & Economic Justice come to mind, but there are a number of groups who can inform you about how concern for Palestinian rights does not amount to antisemitism, and that should not be able to be used as a wedge to divide people, in the US or anywhere, that that is a false conflict that’s being set up by people who have their own interests.

AA: Absolutely. Yeah. If I could just touch on that: Look, we all recognize the monstrosity that was Nazism, and the brutal nature of the Holocaust. And what happened to the Jewish people, obviously, at that point in time is something we are all opposed to, and we absolutely reject antisemitism. This is something that various Palestinian organizations have outright issued statements around. We reject antisemitism.

However, when you colonize people’s land and continue to do so, claiming to do so in the name of Jewish people worldwide, you’re actually, again, blurring the line between Judaism and Zionism. So I think Zionism is to blame with a lot of the confusion that people have around anti-Zionism and antisemitism.

When We Were Arabs: A Jewish Family's Forgotten History

New Press (2019)

You know, as Palestinian people, not only do we have Jewish folks that are in solidarity with us now, we had Jewish folks living with us in Palestine, side by side, speaking Arabic, and across the Arab world.

And actually, I’ll note there was a really great book released a couple of years ago by a Jewish author, titled When We Were Arabs, and it tells the story of Jews in Arab lands, so Jews who viewed themselves as Arabs, who woke up every day listening to Arabic music, eating Arabic foods, speaking Arabic amongst their families, and then Zionism abruptly changed that across the region and, of course, across the world.

And so we have to reject those kinds of lines that are being drawn. Anti-Zionism is absolutely not antisemitism. And I can see a future where people acknowledge that, and that’s of course going to be a future where Palestinians are finally free.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Ahmad Abuznaid from the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. They’re online at uscpr.org. Ahmad Abuznaid, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AA: Thanks, Janine.

The post ‘These Organizations Are Doing Critical Work to Advocate for Palestinian Rights’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/06/these-organizations-are-doing-critical-work-to-advocate-for-palestinian-rights-counterspin-interview-with-ahmad-abuznaid-on-israeli-human-rights-crackdown/feed/ 0 330308
Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso on Indigenous Resistance, Alex Vitale on the End of Policing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-indigenous-resistance-alex-vitale-on-the-end-of-policing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-indigenous-resistance-alex-vitale-on-the-end-of-policing/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 16:04:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030127 The film Powerlands covers Indigenous people around the world, and the resource extraction stealing their water, minerals and homelands.

The post Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso on Indigenous Resistance, Alex Vitale on the End of Policing appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

American flag reading Indigenous Resistance Since 1492

From the film Powerlands.

This week on CounterSpin: It is meaningful that the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences has formally apologized to Sacheen Littlefeather, the Apache and Yaqui actress and activist who in 1973 refused the best actor award on behalf of her friend Marlon Brando, because of Hollywood’s history of derogatory depiction of Native Americans. Some cheered, but a lot of the audience booed, some complete with “tomahawk chops,” and John Wayne evidently had to be physically restrained. Arriving at Brando’s house after the ceremony, Littlefeather was shot at.

It’s good that the Academy is apologizing, but the proof of course is in the material acknowledgement of the message: that Native Americans have been treated poorly in US entertainment and, we could add, news media, and that that has impact. Things are changing, and we need to check what that change amounts to: not just visibility, but justice and redress and the improvement of lives. The film Powerlands explores the treatment of Indigenous people around the world—not in terms of media imagery, but in terms of the resource extraction that is stealing water, minerals and homelands. It talks not just about harm but about resistance, and so it also contributes to the seeing of Native communities in their full humanity. We’ll talk with Powerlands filmmaker Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso.

      CounterSpin220902ManybeadsTso.mp3

 

Time: Biden's Plan for More Police Won't Make America Safer

Time (8/24/22)

Also on the show: You might consider you’re making a misstep when even Time magazine calls you out. Hardly a progressive bastion, the outlet recently ran a piece critical of Joe Biden’s call for the hiring of 100,000 more police officers and some $13 billion to police budgets—calling it a part of a “manipulative message that if we feel unsafe, it is because we have not yet invested adequately in police, jails and prisons.” Contributor Eric Reinhart noted that using a more comprehensive understanding of safety including “factors like homelessness and eviction, overdose risk, financial insecurity, preventable disease, police violence and unsafe workplaces (which, statistically, present far greater preventable threats to everyday life than crime)—it is readily apparent America’s police-centric safety policies do not effectively promote shared safety.” This is not new knowledge, though it obviously needs resaying. We’ll revisit just a bit from CounterSpin‘s 2017 conversation with Alex Vitale, professor of sociology and coordinator of the Policing & Social Justice Project at Brooklyn College, and author of the book The End of Policing.

      CounterSpin220902Vitale.mp3

 

The post Ivey Camille Manybeads Tso on Indigenous Resistance, Alex Vitale on the End of Policing appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/ivey-camille-manybeads-tso-on-indigenous-resistance-alex-vitale-on-the-end-of-policing/feed/ 0 329061
‘Bizarre Decisions From Facebook Call Into Question Moderation Systems’ – CounterSpin interview with Jon Lloyd on Facebook disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bizarre-decisions-from-facebook-call-into-question-moderation-systems-counterspin-interview-with-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bizarre-decisions-from-facebook-call-into-question-moderation-systems-counterspin-interview-with-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 21:45:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030027 Janine Jackson interviewed Global Witness’s Jon Lloyd about Facebook disinformation for the August 19, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.   Janine Jackson: Social media platforms’ role in shaping the sharing and fomenting of ideas that they purport to merely facilitate is a widely diagnosed concern. As with any kind of […]

The post ‘Bizarre Decisions From Facebook Call Into Question Moderation Systems’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Global Witness’s Jon Lloyd about Facebook disinformation for the August 19, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220819Lloyd.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Social media platforms’ role in shaping the sharing and fomenting of ideas that they purport to merely facilitate is a widely diagnosed concern. As with any kind of media criticism, it’s important to look at broad patterns of societal impact and to track and unpack the distortions of these media in real time, as they have important real-time, real-world effects.

Our next guest’s recent work does both, really. Global Witness has been monitoring Facebook‘s failure to check outright disinformation in the run-up to elections in Brazil. Jon Lloyd is senior advisor at Global Witness. He joins us now by phone from London. Welcome to CounterSpin, Jon Lloyd.

Jon Lloyd: Thanks for having me.

JJ: Before we talk about what you found, let me ask you why you chose to conduct the inquiry. What were the questions or concerns that drove your investigation into Facebook‘s role in Brazilian elections?

JL: The reason that we chose Brazil is we’ve realized that the choices of the world’s major tech companies have had a big impact online, before and after high-stakes elections around the world. And all eyes are on Brazil this year.

Guardian: WhatsApp fake news during Brazil election 'factored Bolsonaro'

The London Guardian (10/30/19) reported that during the 2018 Brazilian presidential election, 42% of viral right-wing messages on Facebook-owned WhatsApp contained false information, versus less than 3% of viral left-wing messages.

The reason being is that disinformation featured heavily in the 2018 election, and this year’s election has already been marred by reports of widespread disinformation spread from the very top. The president, Bolsonaro, right now is already seeding doubt about the legitimacy of the election results, and that’s leading to some fears in Brazil of a January 6–style, “Stop the Steal” kind of coup attempt.

In addition to that, we’ve also done some research into Facebook‘s ability to detect hate speech in other areas which it’s called “priority countries,” so Myanmar, Ethiopia and Kenya. And what we found in those investigations was that, well, they didn’t detect any of it, and really with no explanation.

So we thought Brazil was a good opportunity to see if they’re putting their money where their mouth is, so to speak. They have highlighted that as a priority country when it comes to elections, and really, outside of the US midterms, there is no bigger election this year.

JJ: Well, then, tell us about the investigation itself. What did you do exactly, and what did it tell us?

JL: We sourced, firstly, ten examples of election-related disinformation. Some of those are real-life examples, and others we had pulled from the Brazilian Superior Electoral Court’s Counter Disinformation Program. The Superior Electoral Court has said that they’ve been working with social media companies, in terms of helping identify and do a bit of debunking of some common election disinformation.

So we chose examples that largely fell into two categories. The first thing we did, outright false election information. So [ads] that had the wrong voting day, different things about how to vote—for example, instructions on how to vote by mail, which is banned in Brazil.

And then we had a second category of ads, which was content aimed to delegitimize the election result. It was specifically about Brazil’s voting machines, which they’ve used without incident since 1996. So we created those ads, and then we set them up with an account which should have gone through their ad authorizations process—that’s where an account posting political, social-issue or election-related content has to be verified.

Global Witness: Facebook fails to tackle election disinformation ads ahead of tense Brazilian election

Global Witness’s investigation (8/15/22) found Facebook consistently approved ads from an unauthorized account with election disinformation, including ones advertising the wrong election day.

Really, we broke all the rules when it came to setting up that account: We set it up outside of Brazil; we used a non-Brazilian payment method; we posted ads while I was in Nairobi, and then back here in London, which is not allowed. And, of course, I’m not Brazilian—you need to be a Brazilian and present ID.

So there were lots of opportunities for Meta to detect that this was an inauthentic account. We created that account, and then we submitted our examples of disinformation. And all of them were accepted.

JJ: All of them. All of them, including the ones that said the wrong day on which you should vote.

JL: Yes! And actually, initially, one of the ads that we submitted was rejected under Facebook‘s ads about social issues, elections or politics policy, but just six days later, without any intervention from us, the ad was approved, again without any explanation.

So this bizarre sequence of decisions from Facebook really seriously calls into question the integrity of its content-moderation systems—especially, I think, because that was another opportunity for some sort of additional review, both of the authenticity of our account—we weren’t supposed to be allowed to post any political content—and then also to review the other ads that we posted. So it was quite confusing, and quite concerning, too.

JJ: Absolutely, and disheartening.

You have stated that you’ve also looked at Myanmar, Ethiopia and Kenya. So this isn’t just out of the blue; this is something that you chose to look at, Brazil, because there have been pre-existing problems and issues with this content-moderation process. So in other words, you would think that Facebook would be being extra-vigilant at this point, having already been called out on this in the past.

Jon Lloyd

Jon Lloyd: “Facebook will tout the ability of its content-moderation systems to pick this stuff up. And we just bypass it so easily.”

JL: Absolutely. And it’s really part of a trend, which is, Facebook will tout the ability of its content-moderation systems to pick this stuff up. And we just bypass it so easily.

And one thing that I’ll just say, that is important to note, is the reason that we choose ads is because we can schedule those ads in the future, and they still go through that same content-moderation process, but nobody ever ends up actually seeing the content. We can see that the ads go through the content moderation process and are approved, but then we take them down before the scheduled launch date of those ads.

But as far as we know, the content-moderation process is exactly the same for that organic content that people just post on Facebook, and for ads as well. And if anything, for election-related content, it sounds like for ads, it’s even stricter.

JJ: I appreciate that clarification.

You have stated that Facebook knows very well that its platform is used to spread election disinformation and undermine democracy around the world.

I’ve not read the very latest “shocked, simply shocked” corporate response, but it doesn’t matter, because we judge them by their actions and not by their press releases. So what are you at Global Witness, and I know others as well, calling for at this point? What needs to change from Facebook, and then maybe in terms of public understanding of or reckoning with Facebook?

JL: Yeah, we’re asking Facebook, really, to take this seriously. It has to consider all of this, putting our safety as a priority, as a cost of doing business. And with the US midterms around the corner, they have to get it right, and right now.

Our recommendations fall into two main categories. One is around resourcing and the other is around transparency. So we want to make sure that they properly resource the content-moderation and the ad-account verification processes, just getting all of that up to scratch.

But then on the transparency side, crucially, we need them to show their work. It’s not enough to dazzle us with statistics that have no base of reference. We don’t know what the common denominator is, so saying that they’ve removed 1,000 accounts or 100,000 accounts, I don’t know if that’s good or bad. Same with the amount of posts, because there’s nothing to compare it to.

But the one thing that we do know is that our content that we tested from my computer here in London all got through. So ultimately, it falls down to resourcing its content-moderation capabilities, and those integrity systems deployed on the platform globally as well, not just in countries that it thinks are more important.

And then we want them to publish their risk assessments that they do for each country as well. We know that they’re likely to have done one for Brazil, and, really, we want to make sure that in languages that aren’t English, and in countries that aren’t the United States, that they’re actually doing what they say they’re going to do.

So perhaps that means some verified, independent third-party auditing, so that Meta can be held accountable for what they say they’re doing, and aren’t just left to mark their own homework.

Then when it comes to people like me and you, there’s a real opportunity to be a bit skeptical about what you’re seeing online, and even things like the “paid for” disclaimers—we weren’t required to put one of them on any of our content, because we bypassed the political-ad authorization process.

So even things like that, I think it’s maybe doing a little bit of additional research if you’re seeing something and it’s shocking, probably designed to be a bit shocking. So you want to verify that from trusted sources.

JJ: All right, then. Well, thank you very much. We’ve been speaking with Jon Lloyd. He’s senior advisor at Global Witness. You can find their work online at GlobalWitness.org. Thank you so much, Jon Lloyd, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JL: Thank you for having me. Cheers.

 

The post ‘Bizarre Decisions From Facebook Call Into Question Moderation Systems’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/bizarre-decisions-from-facebook-call-into-question-moderation-systems-counterspin-interview-with-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/feed/ 0 326937
Ahmad Abuznaid on Palestine Human Rights Crackdown, Andrew Perez on Dark Money Donation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/ahmad-abuznaid-on-palestine-human-rights-crackdown-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/ahmad-abuznaid-on-palestine-human-rights-crackdown-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/#respond Fri, 26 Aug 2022 16:02:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030062 The corporate media narrative on Israel/Palestine makes it hard to make sense of the recent assault by Israeli forces on the Gaza Strip.

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Palestine Human Rights Crackdown, Andrew Perez on Dark Money Donation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Israeli soldiers raiding the offices of Defense for Children International/Palestine.

Israeli soldiers raiding the offices of Defense for Children International/Palestine.

This week on CounterSpin:  Corporate news media have a particularly frozen narrative on Palestine and Israel. You could recite it: Palestinians act violently; Israel responds in self defense. There are “clashes” of implicitly equally empowered forces. Palestinians have squandered their opportunities for autonomy because they overreach. And, finally: if you have any problem with the actions of the state of Israel, you must hate Jewish people. That whole narrative not only summarily erases the millions of Jewish people who support the human rights of Palestinians, it also makes it hard for anyone to make sense of, for example, the recent assault by Israeli forces on the Gaza Strip, reported as by AP as a “flare up” that—passive voice—”left 49 Palestinians dead.” The account notes that “no one on the Israeli side was killed or seriously wounded,” but instructs us to see it as a “battle” between Israel and “militant” Palestinians, who remain “defiant.” Ahmad Abuznaid is executive director at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights. He joins us to talk about the reality that formulaic rhetoric obscures.

      CounterSpin220826Abuznaid.mp3

 

Barre Seid

Billionaire Barre Seid

Also on the show:  Andrew Perez covers money and influence as senior editor and reporter at the Lever. He talks about what we should know about the unprecedentedly enormous donation—some $1.6 billion—that just went from a Chicago mogul to a deeply conservative group that is, among other things, reshaping the Supreme Court. It’s the sort of news that changes your life, whether you know it’s happening or not. Which, yeah, you would think would be where a free press would come in.

      CounterSpin220826Perez.mp3

 

The post Ahmad Abuznaid on Palestine Human Rights Crackdown, Andrew Perez on Dark Money Donation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/26/ahmad-abuznaid-on-palestine-human-rights-crackdown-andrew-perez-on-dark-money-donation/feed/ 0 326819
‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ – CounterSpin interview with Azadeh Shahshahani on Central American plan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/#respond Thu, 25 Aug 2022 22:03:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030046 "The US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration."

The post ‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Project South’s Azadeh Shahshahani about the Biden administration’s Central American plan for the August 19, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

      CounterSpin220819Shashahani.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: Listeners may remember Vice President Kamala Harris last summer, on her first official international trip, telling Guatemalans who might consider migrating to the United States, “Do not come.”

While that language was criticized by some as tone deaf, the administration’s message that they would be, as the New York Times put it, “breaking a cycle of migration from Central America by investing in a region plagued by corruption, violence and poverty” was well and ingenuously received.

NYT: In Guatemala, Harris Tells Undocumented to Stay Away From U.S. Border

New York Times (6/7/21)

The White House has since announced some $2 billion in private sector “commitments” to Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador, part of what they’ve dubbed a “call to action” to engage the root causes of migration from the region by driving what officials repeatedly describe as an “ecosystem of opportunity” that will allow people of the region to build healthy lives at home.

US corporate news media never met a public/private partnership they didn’t like, and they aren’t so big on using critical history to shape foreign policy coverage. So if you want to hear challenging questions about this White House plan to bring peace and prosperity to northern Central America, they won’t be the place to look.

Our guest raises some of those questions in a recent piece co-authored for In These Times, titled “The White House’s Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People.”

Azadeh Shahshahani is legal and advocacy director at Project South. She’s also a past president of the National Lawyers Guild. She joins us now by phone from Atlanta. Welcome to CounterSpin, Azadeh Shahshahani.

Azadeh Shahshahani: Thank you very much for having me.

JJ: US government involvement in northern Central America is a long history, violent on many levels, and I don’t want to pretend we’re addressing all of that right now. But if you don’t put the Biden administration’s “call to action” in Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador in a historical context, it seems like you just can’t see it clearly. So please talk us through a bit about what you and others see as primary points of concern about this plan and about the approach that it reflects.

AS: One of the primary concerns is the administration’s lack of acknowledgement about the long history of US intervention, and facilitating coups against leftist presidents and democratically elected governments in support of US corporate and business interests in the region, from Guatemala to El Salvador to Honduras.

 

Azadeh Shahshahani

Azadeh Shahshahani: “The US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration.”

And in Honduras, as recently as 2009, of course, we had a coup supported by the Obama administration toppling the democratically elected President Manuel Zelaya.

And so the US obviously has had a very clear role in destabilizing the region, which has in turn led to forced migration. So, for example, the number of Honduran children crossing the border increased by more than 1,000% in 2014, so within five years of the coup.

And as another example, immigration from Mexico has doubled since the US signed the North American Free Trade Agreement in 1994, which has had the impact of undercutting small business and crushing low-income workers, and has made migration, really forced migration, a matter of survival.

And so the question that we really need to be asking is: “What is driving this call to action? Is it actually supporting people, including Indigenous communities?” Obviously not. What lies at the heart of this call to action, like previous US government plans toward Central America, and I should say Latin America generally, is to preserve and promote corporate interests.

JJ: Concretely, for one thing, the US, we’re told, has a commitment from this company SanMar, that we’re told is going to create 4,000 jobs. I think US listeners understand that media are very interested in promises of job creation, and much less interested in following up on how it plays out. But just using that as an example, what is there to think about there?

AS: Right, so SanMar is a US-based apparel company. And supposedly it’s going to purchase more from Elcatex, which is a Honduras-based garment manufacturer that SanMar partially owns.

The Collective of Honduran Women, which is an organization of women who work in Honduras’ garment sweatshops, has long denounced the low wages, long hours and serious repetitive motion injuries that they suffer in Honduras’ textile industry.

And they actually submitted a petition to the Inter-American Commission, which has been admitted, on behalf of 26 women who have suffered some serious injuries as a result of working in the garment factories, including three Elcatex workers with alleged permanent partial disabilities.

And so these are issues of serious concern. And the issue is also lack of living wages and labor rights for the workers in the garment industry. And so the true beneficiary of SanMar’s increased purchasing from Elcatex is going to be SanMar itself, because SanMar is a partial owner of Elcatex, and also one of the corporate elite, which is a pattern we see repeatedly, that these business bills actually support the oligarchy in northern Central America.

JJ: This is obviously connected, because anti-corruption, and the idea that corruption is going to be rooted out, is key to the call to action’s promises here. There’s an Engel list about, you know, you’re going to get on this list if you’ve been involved in any sort of corruption. How do you see that playing out in practice, in terms of these deals that are being made?

Tweet from Ambassador Laura Dogu

Twitter (5/3/22)

AS: Right, well, we’re not truly seeing actual accountability, with the one exception being Honduras. So you know, the 2009 coup was followed by 12 years of plundering and corruption. And so now the Honduran President Xiomara Castro and the new Congress have pledged to combat corruption and restore state institutions.

As a part of this, Honduras recently passed a new energy law, which, among other elements, is basically going to enable the government to renegotiate the contracts by which it purchases energy from private energy producers and set more reasonable rates, because right after the 2009 coup, the government had started negotiating this contract with the private sector that basically gave them huge profits.

So it was estimated that the Honduras energy company, about 70% of its revenue was going to these private companies, whereas if it could produce the energy itself, it would be a lot less money.

You would think that this is something that the US would be supporting, based on the anti-corruption rhetoric at the root of the call to action and all the rest. But then we see the US ambassador to Honduras criticizing the law on Twitter when it was introduced in the Honduran congress, expressing worry about this effect on foreign investment, which again shows us that the US’s true motives are corporate profit.

JJ: Right, here you have an example of a state saying they want to use their state resources to benefit their own people, and you have the US saying, “Well, you know, maybe that’s not a good idea.” It certainly should raise some questions.

How we think that migrants should be treated when they arrive in the US is a separate if deeply related question to foreign policy, that is affecting and has affected conditions in those home countries.

FAIR.org: Bum Rap: The U.S. Role in Guatemalan Genocide

FAIR.org (5/20/13)

If the goal were to stem migration, and I’m not saying anything, frankly, about that as a goal in itself, but if the goal were to stem migration from northern Central America by making or helping to make lives safer and more livable there, what would that policy look like, including what would the US stop doing if those were the real sincere goals?

AS: I think as a first step, the White House would honestly contend with the bloody US history of intervention in the region, including coups and the financing and backing of military regimes as they carried out widespread atrocities, including in Guatemala and El Salvador.

And the US basically must break free of the banana republic mentality that sees the region as a source of natural resources and cheap labor, and begin to respect the autonomy and self-determination of the people in the region.

And so at the very least, the call to action should include a demand for US corporations that operate in the region to pay living wages and respect labor rights, and to also respect the land and territorial rights of Indigenous peoples, and to obey rather than to weaken relevant national laws. And so those would be some steps in the right direction.

JJ: Do you have any thoughts for journalists who are covering this set of issues, in terms of things that they might be digging deeper into, or maybe patterns that they might avoid?

AS: Sure. Well, stop taking things at face value, especially these calls to action and statements coming from the White House, you know. Let’s try to dig deeper, to see what lies at the root of this call to action.

What corporations does this benefit, what oligarchy or set of actors, including people with enormous influence on politicians in Latin America? And look at the connections, also, between US imperialism, corporate interests and forces such as the School of the Americas that is also based in Georgia, that for a long time has trained military forces and paramilitary forces in Latin America in tactics of torture and repression, and is open and running to this day.

ITT: The White House's Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People

In These Times (8/2/22)

So let’s make the connections, and hold the White House accountable for the hypocrisy when they’re calling for democracy and human rights and the rule of law and anti-corruption initiatives. What does that actually mean when we see the actual opposite?

JJ: Absolutely. We’ve been speaking with Azadeh Shahshahani. She’s legal and advocacy director at Project South. They’re online at ProjectSouth.org. And you can find her recent co-authored piece on the White House call to action on InTheseTimes.com.

Thank you so much, Azadeh Shahshahani, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AS: Thank you so much for having me.

 

The post ‘The US Must Break Free of the Banana Republic Mentality’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/25/the-us-must-break-free-of-the-banana-republic-mentality-counterspin-interview-with-azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-american-plan/feed/ 0 326543
Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/#respond Fri, 19 Aug 2022 14:18:52 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029952 We have some questions about the US government's claim that this time, they're really bringing stability and security to Central America.

The post Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

ITT: The White House's Plan to Stem Migration Protects Corporate Profits—Not People

In These Times (8/2/22)

This week on CounterSpin: The Biden administration says it’s making progress toward its goal to slow migration from Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador by addressing the causes of that migration. The White House “Call to Action” foregrounds private sector “investments” as key to creating economic opportunity and to rooting out corruption in the region. And companies like Microsoft and PepsiCo have stepped up to do…well, what exactly? And how does this differ from the support for transnational corporations and their extractive, profit-driven policies that has misled US involvement for decades? Azadeh Shahshahani is legal and advocacy director at Project South. She joins us to raise some questions about the US government’s claim that this time, they’re really bringing stability and security to northern Central America.

      CounterSpin220819Shashahani.mp3

 

Global Witness depiction of Bolsonaro campaign in Brazil

Global Witness (8/15/22)

Also on the show: Facebook would appear to be 0 for 4 in tests of its ability to detect and reject ads containing blatant election-related misinformation—in this case, ahead of important elections in Brazil. The group Global Witness found what they’re calling a “pattern” of the social media platform allowing ads on the site that violate the most basic of standards—including, for example, telling folks the wrong date to vote. At what point does “Oops! But please believe we take all of this very seriously!” stop being a plausible excuse? We talk with Jon Lloyd, senior advisor at Global Witness.

      CounterSpin220819Lloyd.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at how NPR misremembers the Afghan invasion.

      CounterSpin220819Banter.mp3

 

The post Azadeh Shahshahani on Central America Plan, Jon Lloyd on Facebook Disinformation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/19/azadeh-shahshahani-on-central-america-plan-jon-lloyd-on-facebook-disinformation/feed/ 0 324931
‘What Alex Jones Has Peddled Is Now Nearly Indistinguishable from Right-Wing Talking Points’ – CounterSpin interview with Angelo Carusone on Alex Jones trial https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/18/what-alex-jones-has-peddled-is-now-nearly-indistinguishable-from-right-wing-talking-points-counterspin-interview-with-angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/18/what-alex-jones-has-peddled-is-now-nearly-indistinguishable-from-right-wing-talking-points-counterspin-interview-with-angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial/#respond Thu, 18 Aug 2022 19:57:40 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029928 "The content that Alex Jones says on a fairly daily basis is essentially mirrored and reflected through establishment Republicans."

The post ‘What Alex Jones Has Peddled Is Now Nearly Indistinguishable from Right-Wing Talking Points’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Angelo Carusone about the Alex Jones trial for the August 12, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

      CounterSpin220812Carusone.mp3

 

MSN: Alex Jones isn't sorry and won't change

MSN (8/9/22)

Janine Jackson: A Texas jury levied $45 million in punitive and $4 million in compensatory damages against Alex Jones, on behalf of the parents of Jesse Lewis, a six-year-old, one of the 26 people whom Jones insisted to his followers—not once but over and over again—were not shot to death at Sandy Hook Elementary School in 2012, because they never existed, their mourning families really paid scammers faking grief in a ploy to take away gun rights.

Responses to the verdict included both reporting calling it a “punishing salvo in a fledgling war on harmful misinformation” and headlines declaring “Alex Jones Isn’t Sorry and Won’t Change”—a reflection of the fact that the Alex Jones phenomenon involves more than the particular piece of work that is Jones, but also the array of people who platform and profit from his actions.

Angelo Carusone has been tracking right-wing media machinery for some time. He is president of Media Matters, and he joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Angelo Carusone.

Angelo Carusone: Thank you.

JJ: Before this trial, as he tried to forestall it, Jones at one point called for one of the Sandy Hook family’s lawyers, called for the lawyer’s head “on a pike.” And then, after the verdict, he was back on his show, saying that it was all an attack on him by “globalists.” Alex Jones learning anything was probably never on the table, but did we? Did you learn anything new about Jones or his operations from this trial?

AC: I think we knew that he was making a lot of money. What we didn’t know until the trial—this is I think what’s really significant about it—is that he’s making not just a lot of money, but he’s doing some really shady things with it.

So, for example, the estimates from their forensic analysis was that he had somewhere between $250 to $300 million in assets. Now, Jones would declare he’s bankrupt. But when you start to unpackage that a little bit, what you’ll find out is that there’s a company which owns a lot of debt to Alex Jones called PQPR; he’s the primary owner of it. And starting right when the buzzards started circling around Jones a couple years ago, he began moving tens of millions of dollars, sometimes payments of $50 million, $60 million, to this company that now owed Alex Jones a debt itself.

So it’s pretty interesting, I think, just the financial part of this is interesting. I think, if I were to sum it up, I would say the one thing we learned is the scale of the revenue that he’s made in this period of time, and then also, essentially, it confirmed that it really is much more of an infomercial at this point than it is a traditional-type programming.

JJ: And you’d think when journalists are looking at it, “follow the money” is kind of a prime directive, right? And here, that would be very interesting. And then even the business plan, if you will—stoke anxiety and then sell survival gear at 100% markup—that’s not really a new plan, as it were.

AC: No, it’s not. The part that is interesting is that he’s managed to convince and capture the attention of some very significant conservative donors. And that means that he has access to donations. In addition to people buying his products, he solicits donations multiple times a day. A lot of times a day.

But he’s gotten pretty hefty Bitcoin donations from anonymous sources, upwards in the realm of $8 million. He got a big $8 million donation in May, a single one, but he’s had other big ones of that scale over the last couple of years.

And one of the donations that always jumps out to me is in the lead up to January 6; this was in November, he was trying to secure a permit for a demonstration in DC. This is before it was even organized, and somebody gave him a half-a-million dollar donation, anonymously, so that he could file for one of the original permits that later ended up getting transferred over for that big January 6 event.

So that part I think is novel and unexplored, just how much people that are in this orbit are willing to give to him from a donations perspective. And once you get a few of those deep pockets, that gives you a lot of operational capacity.

JJ: And my general sense is that you think it’s a mistake to focus overwhelmingly on sifting out what’s special and specific about Alex Jones, at the expense of seeing why and how his playbook, if you will, has been normalized both in the Republican Party and through right-wing media. This is a story where the bigger picture really is the story.

Angelo Carusone

Angelo Carusone: “The content that Alex Jones says on a fairly daily basis is essentially mirrored and reflected through establishment Republicans.” (image: C-SPAN)

AC: Yeah, I think that’s right, actually. If we were to have this conversation 10 years ago, I would say that Alex Jones is sort of an island unto himself. And occasionally Glenn Beck would steal some of his stuff and sort of launder it and sanitize it a little bit, and do it on his Fox News show back then. But he was really sort of on an island unto himself.

And one of the things that’s different between then and now is that the content that Alex Jones says on a fairly daily basis is essentially mirrored and reflected through establishment Republicans and the traditional right-wing media.

So the “deep state” notion, which is not controversial anymore—everyone says that on the Republican side — that somehow there’s some conspiracy inside government, even now more so with the Mar-a-Lago search warrant. That’s an Alex Jones conspiracy.

And just last night, Fox News was pushing this idea that there was this globalist meeting between Soros and Garland and Biden and all these foreign prime ministers who decided that this was going to be the playbook to take out Donald Trump and subjugate America. But that’s conspiracy stuff that he’s been pushing.

And then the last one is the right-wing media, both talk radio and Fox. They’ve also been pushing this idea that the evidence was planted inside the safe in Mar-a-Lago. They didn’t even know the evidence, didn’t even know what was planted, but they’re already conjuring up a conspiracy.

So that’s very much what Alex Jones has peddled in. And now it is nearly indistinguishable from the traditional right-wing and conservative talking points. And I think that’s the part that’s significant about all this, is that the big players now are doing Alex Jones. Everything is InfoWars. That’s basically what I would say.

NBC: InfoWars' Alex Jones Is a 'Performance Artist,' His Lawyer Says in Divorce Hearing

NBC (4/17/17)

JJ: I have to say, I thought that something would change in 2017, when Jones was in a custody fight with his ex-wife and she said, I don’t want my kids around this guy, you know, he’s calling for people to have their necks broken. He said he wants Jennifer Lopez to be raped. You know, I just don’t want my kids around him. 

And Alex Jones’ lawyer at the time said that Jones is a “performance artist,” that he’s “playing a character,” and to judge him by what he says on InfoWars, his lawyer said, would be like judging Jack Nicholson by his portrayal of the Joker in Batman.

Now, I’m not naive; I’ve been at this for a minute. But I have to say, I was still surprised that after that, media went right back—not just right-wing media, but centrist elite media—went right back to calling Alex Jones “controversial,” calling him “bombastic.”

Even now, it’s weird to read that Jones acknowledges today that Sandy Hook happened, as though we need to credit any particular relationship between what he says and reality.

I guess I hold some blame for not just right-wing media, but so-called mainstream media, for not, at that point, once his case was, “I don’t believe any of this, and you’d have to be stupid to believe anything that I say,” why didn’t the picture of him change? Why didn’t we start talking about him differently?

AC: And that’s the part that I find so frustrating. And I think that gets back to why I do what I do, and I’m glad you guys exist, too, is that there are some real problems with the way the news media has handled this, and they’re reflective of deeper issues.

They tend to privilege the right wing in a way that I think is ultimately destructive. And at the moment that he acknowledged that it was all an act, I think he should be treated accordingly.

And I was with you, because at the same time that that story happened, let’s not forget that Pizzagate was still fresh in the minds of so many of the Beltway media. Many of them used to frequent that pizza establishment in Washington, DC. Alex Jones was one of the big drivers of the Pizzagate conspiracy. It’s specifically the establishment that was targeted.

And so I thought, to your point, that when he made that argument and said that stuff, and it became so clear that that was his defense, that they would change their narrative, because it would be juxtaposed with the reality of the experience that just happened, but it didn’t.

NPR: You Literally Can't Believe The Facts Tucker Carlson Tells You. So Say Fox's Lawyers

NPR (9/29/20)

And Tucker Carlson gets the same pass, right? I mean, Fox News won a lawsuit just two years ago, a little more than that, where their defense was no reasonable person would believe the things that Tucker Carlson says, and yet, the news media doesn’t talk about him any differently either.

And I think that this is part of the inertia that exists in the coverage. It’s not that I encourage them to debunk them all the time, but I do think that what they do is they have a very limited set of boxes that they can apply to individuals, and they very rarely change those.

You know, there are plenty of establishment individuals that get quoted, and they’re treated as “Christian” organizations or “conservative” when, in fact, they’re officially designated hate groups, right?

So it is a deep problem in the news media that they both don’t have the language, and when they do have the language, there’s still so much inertia and hesitancy, I think, in shifting their coverage. I think there’s a little bit of the right wing “working the refs” that ends up poisoning the coverage, too, that is a real problem.

JJ: I’m going to have to end it there, but we’re absolutely going to pick it up again.

We’ve been speaking with Angelo Carusone. He’s president of Media Matters. They’re online at MediaMatters.org. Angelo Carusone, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

AC: Thank you.

The post ‘What Alex Jones Has Peddled Is Now Nearly Indistinguishable from Right-Wing Talking Points’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/18/what-alex-jones-has-peddled-is-now-nearly-indistinguishable-from-right-wing-talking-points-counterspin-interview-with-angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial/feed/ 0 324684
‘This Treaty Could Put the Nuclear Weapons Genie Back in the Bottle’ – CounterSpin interview with Karl Grossman on nuclear war https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/this-treaty-could-put-the-nuclear-weapons-genie-back-in-the-bottle-counterspin-interview-with-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/this-treaty-could-put-the-nuclear-weapons-genie-back-in-the-bottle-counterspin-interview-with-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/#respond Wed, 17 Aug 2022 16:25:38 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029869 "If the press would do its work and inform people about the treaty...then maybe these countries could be prodded to sign."

The post ‘This Treaty Could Put the Nuclear Weapons Genie Back in the Bottle’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed SUNY’s Karl Grossman about nuclear war for the August 12, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

      CounterSpin220812Grossman.mp3

 

Economist: A New Era: Why the War in Ukraine Makes Nuclear Conflict More Likely.

Economist (6/2/22)

Janine Jackson: Seventy-seven years after the devastating atomic bomb attacks on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres says, “The prospect of nuclear conflict, once unthinkable, is now back within the realm of possibility.”

It’s being floated by Vladimir Putin as part of his warmongering in Ukraine, and slipping with a disturbing lack of friction into media discussion—as when Britain’s the Economist runs the headline, “A New Era: Why the War in Ukraine Makes Nuclear Conflict More Likely.”

Has the annihilating power of nuclear weapons changed? Or has the public lost touch with it, in part due to corporate media that include mention of the possibility without talking about how to avoid it?

Karl Grossman is professor of journalism at SUNY College at Old Westbury, columnist and author of numerous books, including Weapons in Space and The Wrong Stuff: The Space Program’s Nuclear Threat to Our Planet

He’s a longtime host of the show Enviro Close-Up, and a board member of the media watch group FAIR. He joins us now by phone from Long Island. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Karl Grossman.

Karl Grossman: A pleasure, Janine.

JJ: Is reality different? Are nuclear weapons safer or more containable or somehow less nightmarish than when we feel what we feel, thinking about hundreds of thousands of dead men, women and children in Hiroshima and Nagasaki?

National Interest: Why Russia and China Fear America's Ohio-Class Submarines

National Interest (1/21/17)

KG: It’s far worse, in terms of the power of nuclear weapons today, compared to the atomic bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

For example, the Ohio-class submarines, which are built just across the Long Island Sound from where I’m speaking on Long Island, built in Connecticut, and I’m just reading here from an account in the National Interest, a middle-of-the-road publication, which speaks of the Trident II missiles on these submarines having the speed when they re-enter the atmosphere of Mach 24, splitting up into eight independent reentry vehicles with 100 to 475 kiloton nuclear warheads.

“In short,” says the National Interest,

a full salvo from an Ohio-class submarine—which can be launched in less than one minute—could unleash up to 192 nuclear warheads to wipe 24 cities off the map. This is a nightmarish weapon of the apocalypse.

Without being hyperbolic, nuclear war, it’s global suicide. Years ago, Robert Scheer wrote a book, With Enough Shovels, and this was some character who was involved in so-called Civil Defense saying, well, with enough shovels, everybody could dig holes in the ground. And that was ridiculous then. Now the reality is apocalypse.

FAIR: Why Is There More Media Talk About Using Nuclear Weapons Than About Banning Them?

FAIR.org (8/5/22)

And what I pointed to in the piece that I wrote for FAIR is that this very, very important treaty was put together and passed, enacted by the United Nations in 2017. It took force last year, it’s called the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons, and it could put the nuclear weapons genie back in the bottle, in the same way in the 1920s chemical weapons were put back after World War I, and it was realized by the world the horrific impacts of chemical weapons. Tens of thousands of soldiers killed by mustard gas and so forth.

So there was a succession of treaties, and they have not been perfect, but basically chemical warfare hasn’t existed the way it could have existed. And the same thing could occur with these nuclear weapons.

JJ: Why is that Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons, first of all, I think you’re going to talk about why many listeners might not have heard about it. But then also, it has a primary difficulty, which is, most of the world is calling for an effort to say never to nuclear weapons, but key players are not.

KG: Yeah, well, it was passed in the General Assembly, this treaty, by over 120 nations and additional supporters exist today. But the so-called nuclear weapons states, the United States, Russia, China, France and the United Kingdom, have not signed on, have not ratified this treaty. And without the nuclear weapons states signing on, the treaty doesn’t provide for a ban on nuclear weapons. They’re not going to abide by it. And there we are.

Karl Grossman

Karl Grossman: “If the press would do its work and inform people about the treaty…then maybe these countries could be prodded to sign.”

As to getting these nations to sign on, I feel, and an organization which involves many peace groups from around the country, the Nuclear Ban Treaty Collaborative, believes that key [are] media, the press. But as the coalition charges, the media are acting like the treaty does not exist.

And I think, and this collaborative feels, that if the press would do its work and inform people about the treaty, also about the nature of what nuclear war would mean these days, then maybe these countries could be prodded to sign onto the treaty, and the vision of the United Nations, which it goes way back at in the UN, in terms of abolishing nuclear weapons; it was resolution one of the United Nations in 1946 to abolish nuclear weapons.

But in any case, back to media, they’ve been asleep. In my piece, we cite the Nexis news database of US newspapers mentioning nuclear weapons over 5,000 times since this February, when Putin began talking about their possible use in Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. And as of last week, only 43 of those times included a mention of the treaty. And the great majority of those 43 times were letters to the editor and opinion columns.

JJ: Right. So not straight reporting. Not the news reporting, where they’re actually talking about the possible use of nuclear weapons. They’re not including in the same story where it could be meaningful that there is and has been an effort to prevent this from happening.

And, Karl, I just want to add, as I know that you’ve reported, it isn’t just that the US, and that’s where we live, and that’s the country that we have our foremost concern with, it isn’t just that the US has not signed the Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons.

The US boycotts meetings, the US pressures other countries not to sign. There’s a whole lot of story to tell there about the role that the US plays in obstructing, in fact, the world coming together to prevent the employment of these devastating weapons.

Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists: At doom’s doorstep: It is 100 seconds to midnight

Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists (1/20/22)

KG: Absolutely. The pressure that’s been applied by the nuclear weapons states, actually, not just our beloved country, is enormous. What’s happening now, instead of abolishing nuclear weapons, is the United States has been involved in—so has Russia—a modernization program to build bigger and more deadly nuclear weapons. I mean, we’re going backwards.

Well, the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists really gave us warning. They have had this doomsday clock since 1947. And in 2020, it was pushed forward to 100 seconds to midnight, which the Bulletin defines as nuclear annihilation.

And the following year, 2021, stayed at, this is the closest it’s been to midnight since ’47, it stayed at 100 seconds to midnight, and this year before the invasion, again, at 100 seconds to midnight.

Cold War Long Island

Arcadia Publishing (2021)

I just finished co-authoring a book, Cold War Long Island, and I was asked by my co-author, Chris Verga, who is a history professor, to join him in writing the book, because I covered, as a journalist based on Long Island since ‘62, many of these issues with how Long Island had all kinds of Cold War preparations, nuclear-tipped missile bases to shoot down feared Soviet bombers heading to New York City.

Then, furthermore, in the ’50s, as a kid in PS 136 in Queens where I went to school, they gave us, they gave all the New York City school kids, dog tags to wear, and we did these duck and cover exercises.

Here I was writing about all this, started writing the book a couple of years ago, and then suddenly, we’re not only in a new cold war, but it could become very quickly a hot nuclear war.

And the kind of awareness—I mean, I teach journalism, and my students, not only did they not have the scary experience of wearing dog tags and fearing doomsday, but hardly any of them have seen Dr. Strangelove, or even an excellent ABC film The Day After, about the consequences of nuclear war.

Often, the word used these days is that certain things are of “existential” importance. If anything is of existential importance, it’s abolishing nuclear weapons and avoiding a nuclear holocaust. And I use that word advisedly.

And this collaborative, in addition to the Nexis findings, does an analysis of reporting on the treaty by the New York Times, by CNN, at National Public Radio, and basically they’re all out to lunch.

They report plenty on issues of, particularly now with Ukraine and Putin, threatening the possibility of nuclear war, but they don’t mention, “Hey, we’ve got this treaty, which—if the nuclear weapons states would agree, of course—would avoid this horrific nightmare of nuclear war.”

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Karl Grossman. His recent piece, “Why Is There More Media Talk About Using Nuclear Weapons Than About Banning Them?” can be found on FAIR.org. And you can also follow his work on karlgrossman.com. Karl Grossman, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

KG: A pleasure, Janine.

 

The post ‘This Treaty Could Put the Nuclear Weapons Genie Back in the Bottle’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/17/this-treaty-could-put-the-nuclear-weapons-genie-back-in-the-bottle-counterspin-interview-with-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/feed/ 0 324338
Angelo Carusone on Alex Jones Trial, Karl Grossman on Nuclear War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/#respond Fri, 12 Aug 2022 16:03:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029838 Alex Jones' lawyer says talking about his white supremacism would "distract from the main issues." What are the "main issues" about Jones?

The post Angelo Carusone on Alex Jones Trial, Karl Grossman on Nuclear War appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
CT Insider: We Need to Talk About Alex Jones

CT Insider (7/14/22)

This week on CounterSpin: A Texas court has told Alex Jones to pay some $49 million dollars in damages for his perverse, accusatory talk about the Sandy Hook elementary school massacre being a “big hoax”—the jury evidently not believing Jones’ tale that he was suffering a weird and weirdly profitable “psychosis” when he told his followers that no one died at Sandy Hook because none of the victims ever existed, nor were they evidently moved by his subsequent claim that he did it all “from a pure place.”

Jones, as the Hearst Connecticut Media editorial board noted in a strong statement, is trying to keep any mention of his “white supremacy and right-wing extremism” out of the Sandy Hook case he’s facing in New Hampshire—because, his lawyer says, that discussion would be “unfairly prejudicial and inflammatory,” an “attack on [Jones’] character” that would “play to the emotions of the jury and distract from the main issues.”

What should be the “main issues” when our vaunted elite press corps engage a figure like Alex Jones? We talk with Angelo Carusone, president of Media Matters.

      CounterSpin220812Carusone.mp3

 

Atomic bomb testAlso on the show: In 1991, on the fifth anniversary of the Chernobyl nuclear plant accident, an editorial in the Minneapolis Star Tribune concluded: “Despite Chernobyl, nuclear energy is the green alternative.” The Houston Post enjoined readers: “Let’s not learn the wrong lesson from Chernobyl and rule nukes out of our future.” Corporate media have been rehabilitating nuclear power for as long as the public has been terrified by its dangers—sometimes as heavy-handedly as NBC in 1987 running a documentary, Nuclear Power: In France It Works, that failed to mention that NBC’s then-owner, General Electric, was the country’s second-largest nuclear power entity—and third-largest producer of nuclear weapons.

Now in Russia’s war on Ukraine, we’re seeing news media toss the possibility of nuclear war into the news you’re meant to read over your breakfast. Has something changed to make the unleashing of nuclear weaponry war less horrific? And if not, what can we be doing to push it back off the table and out of media’s parlor game chat? We hear from author and journalism professor Karl Grossman.

      CounterSpin220812Grossman.mp3

 

The post Angelo Carusone on Alex Jones Trial, Karl Grossman on Nuclear War appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/12/angelo-carusone-on-alex-jones-trial-karl-grossman-on-nuclear-war/feed/ 0 323212
Luke Harris and Joe Torres on America’s Racist Legacy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/luke-harris-and-joe-torres-on-americas-racist-legacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/luke-harris-and-joe-torres-on-americas-racist-legacy/#respond Fri, 05 Aug 2022 15:22:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029780 This week on CounterSpin: The crises we face right now in the US—a nominally democratic political process that’s strangled by white supremacist values, a corporate profiteering system that mindlessly overrides human needs to treat the environment as just another “input”—are terrible, but not, precisely, new. People have fought against these ideas in various forms before; […]

The post Luke Harris and Joe Torres on America’s Racist Legacy appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
This week on CounterSpin: The crises we face right now in the US—a nominally democratic political process that’s strangled by white supremacist values, a corporate profiteering system that mindlessly overrides human needs to treat the environment as just another “input”—are terrible, but not, precisely, new. People have fought against these ideas in various forms before; and some strategies have been useful, others less so. The front line for us now is the fact that we have powerful actors who don’t just want to argue for particular ideas to guide us forward, but want to shut down the spaces in which we can have the arguments. And where a vigorous free press should be, we have corporate, commercial media that don’t have defending those spaces as their foremost concern.

One crucial thing we now know we need to pro-actively fight for: our right to learn and teach real US history.

Luke Harris

Luke Harris

Listeners will have heard of the campaign against ‘critical race theory,’—a set of ideas of which rightwing opponents gleefully acknowledge they know and care nothing, but are using as cover to attack any race-conscious, that’s to say accurate and appropriate, teaching.  

CounterSpin put that cynical but impactful campaign in context last July with Luke Harris, co-founder and

deputy director of the African American Policy Forum.

Late last June we talked about just the kind of story we all would know if our learning was inclusive and

Joe Torres

Joe Torres

unafraid, the kind of story that would play a role in our understanding of the country’s growth—the 1921 massacre in Tulsa, Oklahoma, in which 300 overwhelmingly Black people were killed, and some 800 shot or wounded. It’s a part of a sort of ‘hidden history’ that the press corps have a role in hiding, as we discussed with Joe Torres, senior director of strategy and engagement at the group Free Press, and co-author with Juan González of News for All the People: The Epic Story of Race and the American Media.

      CounterSpin220805Harris.mp3

CounterSpin spoke with Luke Harris in July of 2021.

      CounterSpin220805Torres.mp3

We spoke with Joe Torres in June 2021.

The post Luke Harris and Joe Torres on America’s Racist Legacy appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/luke-harris-and-joe-torres-on-americas-racist-legacy/feed/ 0 321105
Vivek Shandas on Climate Disruption & Heat Waves, Jamie Kalven on Laquan McDonald Coverup https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/29/vivek-shandas-on-climate-disruption-heat-waves-jamie-kalven-on-laquan-mcdonald-coverup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/29/vivek-shandas-on-climate-disruption-heat-waves-jamie-kalven-on-laquan-mcdonald-coverup/#respond Fri, 29 Jul 2022 15:27:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029736 There's a way to tell the story of heat waves that connects to policy and planning, but that centers human beings.

The post Vivek Shandas on Climate Disruption & Heat Waves, Jamie Kalven on Laquan McDonald Coverup appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NBC: Dangerous Heat Wave Threatens Millions

NBC Nightly News (6/10/22)

This week on CounterSpin: In what is being reported as an “abrupt” or “surprise” development, Democratic Sen. Joe Manchin, whose shtick relies heavily on legislative roadblocking, has agreed to sign on to a package that includes some $369 billion for “climate and energy proposals.”

The New York Times reports that the deal represents “the most ambitious climate action ever taken by Congress”—a statement that cries out for context.

The package is hundreds of pages long, and folks are only just going through it as we record on July 28, but already some are suggesting we not allow an evident, welcome break in Beltway inertia to lead to uncritical cheering for policy that may not, in fact, do what is necessary to check climate disruption, in part because it provides insufficient checks on fossil fuel production.

But journalistic context doesn’t just mean comparing policy responses to real world needs; it means recognizing and reporting how the impacts of the climate crisis—like heat waves—differ depending on who we are and where we live. There’s a way to tell the story that connects to policy and planning, but that centers human beings. We talked about that during last year’s heat wave with Portland State University professor Vivek Shandas.

      CounterSpin220729Shandas.mp3

 

Also on the show: Although it’s taken a media back seat to other scourges, the US reality of Black people being killed by law enforcement, their families’ and communities’ grief and outrage meeting no meaningful response, grinds on: Robert Langley in South Carolina, Roderick Brooks in Texas, Jayland Walker in Ohio.

Anthony Guglielmi

Anthony Guglielmi

Major news media show little interest in lifting up non-punitive community responses, or in demanding action from lawmakers. So comfortable are they with state-sanctioned racist murder, the corporate press corps haven’t troubled to highlight the connections between outrages—and the system failure they betray.

Exhibit A: Beltway media have twisted their pearls about the US Secret Service having deleted text messages relevant to the January 6 investigation. No one seems to be buying the claim from Secret Service spokesperson Anthony Guglielmi that the messages were  “erased as part of a device-replacement program” that just happened to take place after the inspector general’s office had requested them.

Laquan McDonald

Now, many people, but none in the corporate press, would think it relevant to point out that Guglielmi came to the Secret Service after his stint with the Chicago Police Department, during which he presided over that department’s lying about the 2014 killing of Laquan McDonald. There, Guglielmi claimed that missing audio from five different police dashcam videos—audio that upended police’s story that McDonald had been lunging toward officer Jason Van Dyke, when in fact he’d been walking away—had disappeared due to “software issues or operator error.”

As noted by Media Matters’ Matt Gertz, Chicago reporters following up on the story discovered that CPD dashcam videos habitually lacked audio—Guglielmi himself acknowledged that “more than 80% of the cameras have non-functioning audio ‘due to operator error or, in some cases, intentional destruction,’” the Chicago Sun-Times reported.

A dry-eyed observer might conclude that Guglielmi was hired, was elevated to the Secret Service not despite but because of his vigorous efforts to mislead the public and lawmakers about reprehensible law enforcement behavior. But I think it’s not quite right to think this means the elite press corps aren’t sufficiently interested in Guglielmi; the point is that they aren’t sufficiently interested in Laquan McDonald.

CounterSpin talked about the case with an important figure in it, writer and activist Jamie Kalven. We hear some of that conversation this week.

 

      CounterSpin220729Kalven.mp3

 

The post Vivek Shandas on Climate Disruption & Heat Waves, Jamie Kalven on Laquan McDonald Coverup appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/29/vivek-shandas-on-climate-disruption-heat-waves-jamie-kalven-on-laquan-mcdonald-coverup/feed/ 0 319329
“Privacy Is the Entry Point for Our Civil and Basic Rights” – CounterSpin interview with Nora Benavidez on post-Roe data privacy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/27/privacy-is-the-entry-point-for-our-civil-and-basic-rights-counterspin-interview-with-nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/27/privacy-is-the-entry-point-for-our-civil-and-basic-rights-counterspin-interview-with-nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy/#respond Wed, 27 Jul 2022 16:21:49 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029686 "There is a future Internet that we can realize, and we all need to have a voice and a seat at the table."

The post “Privacy Is the Entry Point for Our Civil and Basic Rights” appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Nora Benavidez about post-Roe data privacy on the July 22, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Benavidez.mp3

Janine Jackson: The anticipated—but still devastating—Dobbs decision aims to take reproductive health care out of the hands of countless people, and it’s already having that effect. But one might think as terrible as that is, at least a person can go online to learn how to get to the nearest abortion access point, or order pills from Canada. 

But the same social media platforms that constantly tell us they’re about building community around and through demographic and geographic barriers are not showing up hard for those values when it comes to a free flow of information on abortion access. What are they doing and what might they do?

We’re joined now by Nora Benavidez, civil rights attorney and the senior counsel and director of digital justice and civil rights at Free Press. She joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Nora Benavidez

Nora Benavidez: Hi, Janine. Thanks so much for having me. 

JJ: Well, maybe let’s start with the shape of the problem. What are the concerns right now around data privacy that are generated specifically by this court ruling and other rulings around abortion access and its criminalization? What could happen? Or what do we see happening? 

NB: From the outset, the gutting of Roe by Dobbs is so devastating for, of course, the constitutional reasons, that at one time, Roe codified and really affirmed that abortion was a basic right.

Dobbs, in overruling that, overturning that, has laid open states to pick and choose whether they will allow abortion providers and individuals that kind of right. 

But we’re in a very different moment now in 2022 than we were in the 1970s, and that’s really because of the rise of the digital age. With it, as you mentioned in your opening, is that the Internet is our primary pathway for almost everyone, I think, to information, to healthcare to, you know, telehealth appointments. 

And so there are these huge questions now about how people will access both just information, and then who is going to have access to that data that we are all of us engaging in and creating a footprint for. 

The number one concern is that basically anything we do on our devices is reachable and is collected, retained, even sold by data brokers. In this new post-Roe era, in the states where abortion is criminal now, which is in the dozens, police and prosecutors will be able to buy information, both location and our search history, our app usage, to build criminal cases against women and providers of abortion. 

PBS: "Why some fear that big tech data could become a tool for abortion surveillance"

PBS (6/28/22): “Unless all of your data is securely encrypted, there’s always a chance that someone, somewhere can access it.”

And so it’s really kind of a terrifying moment where privacy is, in a very new way, the entry point for our civil and basic rights. 

JJ: So in the face of that, what could social media platforms and ISPs do? I mean, a lot of them have these, we understand they simply are beholden to law enforcement. If law enforcement or the government asks for information, they hand it over. Is there something different that they could be doing in that regard?

Yeah, well, you know, so let’s start from what we already know. Platform companies are in the business of selling records to data brokers, to advertising firms. And a lot of what pre-Dobbs we’ve seen is that a lot of this information then allows platforms to target users with either content that they enjoy or content that otherwise discriminates, which is its own set of issues. 

In addition, companies can also be subpoenaed, as you say. They can be subpoenaed by prosecutors who might be wanting the whereabouts of people seeking reproductive health care. 

In the last year, Google has been forced to turn over its location information about its customers when law enforcement seek court orders for that information. What’s been interesting is that actually in response to Dobbs, Google has updated its privacy policy to start deleting location data about users who visit places related to their health. 

My organization, Free Press, has been working on pressuring Google to modify its retention and collection practices. So this is a really huge step. It’s some initial victory. But that’s only one company. We’ve seen, for the last several years, other companies like Amazon have put major sets of information together for law enforcement when they seek something through a search warrant, subpoena, other court orders. 

All of these are within the bounds of the law. The problem is that there’s that additional layer that law enforcement can actually circumvent both court oversight and other Fourth Amendment concerns by buying our data from third parties. So when they don’t want to go through the process of seeking a search warrant, a subpoena, or another court order, police can just circumvent it very easily. They can go through a data broker and pick and choose whatever they want to buy. 

JJ: Well, so what do we do in the face of this? I understand that there are certain legislative moves that are going on or being proposed. There has to be a way to address this.

NB: Yeah. Well, I always try to start with the individual and work my way up, and it’s always important, I think, to help affirm for people that they can seek out information. There are really wonderful guidelines now for how to protect yourself online. And whether that is through encrypted apps, using a VPN, those are important things to start learning about. 

Headline: Security and Privacy Tips for People Seeking an Abortion

Groups like Electronic Frontier Foundation have put out guidelines on data privacy for people seeking abortions.

There are also then the much larger, what I call kind of systemic reforms that we need to be looking at. And as you say, some of that is through legislation. You know, Congress has currently a set of proposals before it that would limit what law enforcement can buy from data brokers. 

One of those bills is called the “Fourth Amendment Is Not For Sale Act.” It’s a long name, but it’s a really good bill. And it closes a loophole that allows data brokers to sell our information to police without a warrant. 

There is going to be a hearing on this bill coming up this month. Free Press has endorsed the legislation. I think that we need a groundswell of support all over the country who are saying yes, this is the kind of privacy protection we need. 

We also then need more, you know, we need other agencies throughout the federal government to step in. And one of those critical ones is the Federal Trade Commission, which is tasked with oversight over deceptive practices, the kinds of things that we’ve described today where people’s data has been sold, otherwise used in nefarious ways. 

And so the FTC has before it a really unique moment to look at use of data practices, and begin creating rules around how corporations can mitigate the harm to their customers and other consumers. So I hope that over the coming months we are going to see the FTC take this on with an open and participatory process. It’s one that we call a rulemaking, where they build a record of the harm and then begin developing the guardrails to prevent these kinds of deceptive, unfair practices. 

But we need all of these things, Janine. This isn’t some distance threat. It isn’t like women may at some point risk being prosecuted. This is already happening around the country. And so we need advocates to start telling these stories to help make the link that what we do online has very real world consequences.

JJ: Well, first of all, it’s so dystopian, the idea of our information being packaged and sold to begin with, and it almost feels like, you know, shutting the barn door after the cows have escaped. Just bigger picture, it makes me think about publicizing, nationalizing the Internet anyway. I mean, isn’t it really a public resource, and the idea of all of our information being essentially a commodity is just kind of terrifying, big picture. 

NB: I agree. I mean, and yet, many times when I talk with people, their natural instinct is to say that the gathering of our data actually helped. You know, there’s this intuitive sense that whatever I do on Facebook actually can help make my experience more unique and personalized. And that may be true in some instances where you start getting ads for the types of local Facebook groups that you actually might want to join. I get that.

What we have to start talking about is that there’s that underbelly to what’s really happening, and that the Internet no longer serves people in the ways that we once thought it held such promise to connect us all to make a more equitable future.

In the middle of all of that then, I just sort of think to myself, how do we talk about these issues to help people understand there are pros and there are very real trade offs, very dangerous ones that really strip us of our own autonomy. 

If you’re doing something online unaware of the trade off that as you search for something, that search result will be collected, stored and even sold to someone, that isn’t just about making your local Facebook group recommendations better or more exciting for you. That really removes any anonymity, which is something that throughout history, this country has been so committed to, at least in theory. 

You know, when the founding fathers dreamt up what the fourth amendment would be, it was early, early British rule where crown officials would storm into people’s homes and take their writing and their other belongings because it was seen as potentially threatening to the crown.

And so there’s this old history of all of it being centered on power. And so what we’re seeing now in the stripping of and the violations of our privacy all come back to the ways that our power has been taken from us. 

JJ: Well, I guess I would say we do have a positive vision of an Internet that could have the good things that we want if we can build in these protections that help us in terms of privacy. We can have a positive vision going forward of what the Internet could be that’s kind of the way we thought of it, you know, hopefully, many, many years ago. That can still happen, yeah?

NB: I think it can, and some of the work that excites me the most, both in my own job at Free Press, the work I see across the country now from policymakers and allies on the ground throughout the country, are people who are trying to dream up what a better Internet would look like, and what real realized civil rights are online. 

One of the most exciting places that I’ve seen this is through the Disinformation Defense League, a network of over 230 local organizations around the country, either led by or centering communities of color. We are so often—I’m a Latina, you know, I work with groups that are considered typically on the fringes and otherwise not really at the table for large, systemic conversations. And this network is one of the most exciting places that I have seen harvest and try to incubate great ideas for reform. 

That includes policy reform, privacy protections, civil rights protections online, things that can intervene to blunt what we see as harmful and discriminatory practices online. So I think that there is a future Internet that we can realize, and we all need to have a voice and a seat at the table. 

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Nora Benavidez from Free Press. They’re online at freepress.net. Nora Benavidez, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin

NB: Thanks so much, Janine.

The post “Privacy Is the Entry Point for Our Civil and Basic Rights” appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/27/privacy-is-the-entry-point-for-our-civil-and-basic-rights-counterspin-interview-with-nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy/feed/ 0 318646
Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection/#respond Fri, 22 Jul 2022 14:30:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029653 This week on CounterSpin: The internet has changed the way we communicate, access information and even organize, which means concerns about digital privacy are concerns about privacy, period. In the wake of the Supreme Court’s overturning of Roe v. Wade, allowing for the criminalization of abortion, our ability to safely access information and health care […]

The post Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Nora Benavidez

Nora Benavidez

This week on CounterSpin: The internet has changed the way we communicate, access information and even organize, which means concerns about digital privacy are concerns about privacy, period. In the wake of the Supreme Court’s overturning of Roe v. Wade, allowing for the criminalization of abortion, our ability to safely access information and health care online is in danger. How are tech companies responding?  We’ll hear from civil rights attorney Nora Benavidez, senior counsel and director of digital justice and civil rights at Free Press.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Benavidez.mp3
Dorothee Benz

Dorothee Benz

Also on the show: It’s good to be shocked by the news coming out of the January 6 committee; it’s shocking. But suggesting that ALL of this is new and revelatory is a narrative that serves us poorly. For media, the test isn’t so much how they are covering the hearings, but whether they are really incorporating the lessons into their regular coverage. That’s going forward, but today we’ll go back to the day after the insurrection, when we spoke with political scientist Dorothee Benz.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Benz.mp3

Plus, Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the Uvalde massacre footage, New York Times reporting on Ben & Jerry’s refusal to sell in the Israeli occupied West Bank, and the need for the new Office of Environmental Justice to take fossil fuel companies head-on.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Banter.mp3

Featured Image: Patcharin Saenlakon / EyeEm / Getty Images

The post Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection/feed/ 0 317401
Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-2/#respond Fri, 22 Jul 2022 14:30:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029653 This week on CounterSpin: The internet has changed the way we communicate, access information and even organize, which means concerns about digital privacy are concerns about privacy, period. In the wake of the Supreme Court’s overturning of Roe v. Wade, allowing for the criminalization of abortion, our ability to safely access information and health care […]

The post Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Nora Benavidez

Nora Benavidez

This week on CounterSpin: The internet has changed the way we communicate, access information and even organize, which means concerns about digital privacy are concerns about privacy, period. In the wake of the Supreme Court’s overturning of Roe v. Wade, allowing for the criminalization of abortion, our ability to safely access information and health care online is in danger. How are tech companies responding?  We’ll hear from civil rights attorney Nora Benavidez, senior counsel and director of digital justice and civil rights at Free Press.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Benavidez.mp3
Dorothee Benz

Dorothee Benz

Also on the show: It’s good to be shocked by the news coming out of the January 6 committee; it’s shocking. But suggesting that ALL of this is new and revelatory is a narrative that serves us poorly. For media, the test isn’t so much how they are covering the hearings, but whether they are really incorporating the lessons into their regular coverage. That’s going forward, but today we’ll go back to the day after the insurrection, when we spoke with political scientist Dorothee Benz.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Benz.mp3

Plus, Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the Uvalde massacre footage, New York Times reporting on Ben & Jerry’s refusal to sell in the Israeli occupied West Bank, and the need for the new Office of Environmental Justice to take fossil fuel companies head-on.

      CounterSpin_Show220722Banter.mp3

Featured Image: Patcharin Saenlakon / EyeEm / Getty Images

The post Nora Benavidez on Post-Roe Data Privacy, Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/22/nora-benavidez-on-post-roe-data-privacy-dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-2/feed/ 0 317402
“They Will Find the Outcome That They Are Looking for and Work the Law Backwards to Make It Fit.” – CounterSpin interview with Jessica Mason Pieklo on abortion rights post-Roe https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/they-will-find-the-outcome-that-they-are-looking-for-and-work-the-law-backwards-to-make-it-fit-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-post-roe/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/they-will-find-the-outcome-that-they-are-looking-for-and-work-the-law-backwards-to-make-it-fit-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-post-roe/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 14:30:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029569 "I'm concerned that we'll see in the media a return to treating abortion as a political issue to be resolved in statehouses and in Congress, as opposed to a human rights crisis that is unfolding in this country right now."

The post “They Will Find the Outcome That They Are Looking for and Work the Law Backwards to Make It Fit.” appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Jessica Mason Pieklo about abortion rights in post-Roe America on the July 15, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220715MasonPieklo - fair.org

Janine Jackson: In their story last May headlined, “Supreme Court to Hear Abortion Case Challenging Roe v. Wade,” the New York Times told readers that with consideration of Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, the Supreme Court was plunging “back into the contentious debate over abortion.”

But the right established in Roe v. Wade of the individual and not the state to decide whether to terminate a pregnancy prior to the point at which a fetus could live outside the womb is actually not really contentious. Majorities of the US public support it, have supported it, and for some 50 years, courts have as well.

The New York Times (5/17/21) “both-sides”ed abortion access—a right most Americans support.

The reversal of Roe by the current court, therefore, presents a challenge to journalists: reflect actual public opinion, tell the real history of jurisprudence and explain the particular political deformation of the current court, or revert to a “some say, others differ” mode that subsumes the public will and human rights into a backdrop of Beltway conventional wisdom. 

And that would remind us again why corporate media might not be the place for the conversations we need to have to move us forward. 

Well, let’s talk about that with Jessica Mason Pieklo, senior vice president and executive editor at Rewire News Group, which has kept a long-term eye on the issues of reproductive rights and justice. She joins us now by phone from Colorado. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Jessica Mason Pieklo. 

Jessica Mason Pieklo: Thank you so much for having me. It’s a pleasure to be here. 

JJ: Well, you’ve been reporting on reproductive justice and the courts for more than a minute. And you wrote recently that you used to sort of parse

“Six unelected justices defied the Constitution, the will of the people, and their own sworn Senate testimony to declare there is no constitutional right to abortion,” wrote Jessica Mason Pieklo (Rewire News Group, 6/25/22).

legal rulings and look at the language and look at what it meant, but that with Dobbs, it didn’t even really merit that kind of inspection, and it kind of represented a categorical change in what the court says and does.

I wonder if we could start with that on the ruling itself and why you think that it represented a kind of change in the way the court speaks on these issues. 

JMP: Sure. Thank you. I think that’s an excellent place to start. You know, within the legal movement, both the conservative and progressive legal movements prior to the Dobbs decision, really since Planned Parenthood v. Casey, there [was], in the court, a more honest debate over what the state could or could not do in terms of regulating pregnancy and childbirth and those outcomes. 

And that was under the Planned Parenthood v. Casey framework. That was the great abortion compromise that the Supreme Court came up with as a way to save Roe and sort of settle this debate, so to speak, for the ages. And what happened as a result of the political campaign to take over the courts and to really move this issue away from the will of the people and into a minoritarian space is that the Dobbs decision is a perfect reflection of that. 

It cherry picks history, it cherry picks the law and it really just comes to a conclusion that was predetermined by Sam Alito and the other conservative justices on the court. 

And I think that’s the one thing that I really hope folks understand that is really different with this iteration of the Roberts court and what we will see amplified moving forward is that for the conservative legal movement, it is outcome determinative.

So it doesn’t matter what the law says. They will find the outcome that they are looking for and work the law backwards to make it fit. 

JJ: Well that seems seismic and something that we would hope that journalism would recognize and not simply try to stuff this new reality into an old framework. And I wonder what you as a reporter make of the way—and I know it’s all in medias res, you know, they’re trying to figure it out as we all are—but what do you make of the way media are addressing, what you’re saying is this is not the same. We have to address this differently. Are media rising to that challenge?

JMP: You know, there are fits and starts. I think that along with the general public, there is an understanding within more mainstream and Beltway media that the institutions are failing in this moment, whether it’s the political leadership, whether it’s our institutions like the Supreme Court, they are failing. 

And our entire democratic experiment in this country is at risk right now. And my concern is that that realization is starting to dawn a little too late for folks who really have the ability to do something about it.

But I do remain hopeful that folks are seeing the moment for what it is. I think the shift that we saw in some of the conversation around the court when the Dobbs opinion was leaked in May  and then, you know, the follow up opinion actually being released and not changing substantively at all—I mean, I think what’s been really interesting to see is how, you know, how the leak happened and then the final opinion came out and there weren’t really any changes, even some of the most egregious parts of the opinion that media latched onto about a, you know, steady domestic supply of infants, for example, that’s still in the final opinion, right? 

So I think as the dust settles and truly how extreme the reality is, I do think they’re starting to latch onto it. I worry though that media has ingrained habits. And that is one of the areas where, in three months from the Dobbs decision and in six months from the Dobbs decision, I’m concerned that journalists who don’t cover this issue and the Supreme Court on the regular will fall back into habits that they know just because that’s what we all do as humans, right? We just sort of fall into our old habits. 

I’m concerned that we’ll see that in the media as well, and a return to treating abortion as a political issue to be resolved in statehouses and in Congress, as opposed to a human rights crisis that is unfolding in this country right now.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, concretely, as we speak, Biden has introduced an executive order that talks about government level protections for abortion rights, but I wonder what you make of that generally. And then where do you see the fight right now? Big question.  

JMP: That’s a huge question. So let me sort of take them in reverse order. Right now, the fight is absolutely in the states and in your local communities about getting people access to care that they need.

This is a scramble. Where I live in Colorado, for example, when the Texas ban first went into effect almost a year ago, we saw a 500% increase in patient need here in the state of Colorado. And that’s only increased since then. So even in states that currently protect abortion access, it is really, really difficult to access care.

So that’s the immediate moment that needs to be met, is just getting people access to healthcare. The political moment is a real one too, though, and I was glad to see the administration release the executive order. 

There are some good parts to it. It doesn’t go far enough. It is too vague. I mean, there are lots of places to criticize, but I think it is important that we have finally, at least, something to start with.

I was happy to see that the administration was taking seriously the need to really address attacks on people’s rights to travel for care, because this is something that extends well beyond the

Protest against Ohio's abortion ban

Abortion rights protest in Ohio (Becker1999 from Grove City, OH, CC BY 2.0, via Wikimedia Commons)

abortion issue. If we start to unravel the constitutional right to travel in this country, we have no idea where that goes.

So there are big warning signs in the Dobbs decision for a whole panoply and host of other rights for us. The Biden administration taking action on this with this executive order is a good initial first step. I don’t think it goes far enough. I also think it doesn’t matter what the administration did with regard to abortion rights, Republicans and the conservatives on the right were going to say that it went too far anyway, so you might as well swing for the fences at this moment. 

JJ: Absolutely. Absolutely. Well, we’ve always made a point on this show to acknowledge that some people were never touched by Roe, if you will. Anybody relying on public assistance wouldn’t have access to this so-called right. 

Understanding that just makes for a longer timeline and understanding of this fight. And, it also highlights groups that have been providing access to abortion even while it was supposedly provided for everyone. 

All of it comes back to say what I know that you think about, which is that when we talk about these rights, they’re not equally accessed by everyone. And it’s important for reporters in particular who are talking about the reality of Roe or post-Roe to acknowledge that it impacts different people differently. 

JMP: Absolutely. I mean, for so many people in this country, Roe was already aspirational at best. So what we will see as part of the fallout from this decision is that those folks who were already struggling and marginalized in their ability to access care will only be more so. 

For example, Whole Woman’s Health in Texas has announced that they are moving their clinics to New Mexico as a result of Texas’ trigger law being able to take effect which bans abortions; abortion is functionally banned in the state of Texas right now.

And so while it’s good that Whole Woman’s Health is able to move services to New Mexico, to a state where there’s protected access and help facilitate the travel of patients to New Mexico, the reality is that some of those clinics, like the McAllen clinic, were serving the Rio Grande Valley that had no access to healthcare at all.

With those clinics closing, then that’s not just abortion care that’s going away. So we’re exacerbating these deserts, and who’s accessing that in the Rio Grande valley? Well, those are largely Latina and undocumented people.

JJ: Right. And I guess I want to say two things with that, is that both it means that those folks who have lacked access continue to lack access, but also that folks have been making networks to get access…

JMP: Yes. 

JJ: …even while, nominally, abortion was legal, it wasn’t for them. And so those networks exist and those people exist and we should acknowledge that that’s there. 

JMP: Absolutely. Some of the silver linings of this moment have been witnessing those networks that were already in place, local direct aid and practical aid support groups.

Those are folks who, you know, give patients and people who need money to travel to care, hotels, gas, those kinds of things, along with abortion funds, making sure people can have money for their procedures, because most of the time this isn’t covered by insurance and they’re paying out of pocket. And that is very expensive. I mean, it’s not like these are cheap procedures.

So to see those networks in place and really be able to rise up in this moment is why we do the work, honestly. But it’s also tragic because they’re so beleaguered right now, they’re so overwhelmed. The need for care is so much, and they’re also human beings in their own response. And so they are functional first responders to this huge crisis with very little support of their own. 

JJ: Absolutely. We are trying to pull out differently impacted groups, and one of them that is maybe not getting that much attention is young people. And I know that you’ve written about another Supreme Court ruling, Bellotti, that has a special impact here that I haven’t heard media talking about. What’s meaningful there? 

JMP: So the Bellotti decision, as you said, absolutely does protect the right of minors to be able to access abortion. That is under fire at this point as well, along with a whole host of others. 

When we talk about the harm that abortion bans create and where impact falls, minors who need access are really at the sort of tip of that sphere and we see that a thousand fold. 

And, and I could talk about this for hours, but let me kind of draw a real fine point on it. In response to the Dobbs decision and the fallout at the state level of these abortion bans, we had the American Pediatric Association issue a statement on the harms of mandating childbirth for children.

And I pause there on purpose, because the American Pediatric Association is a non-political body. Their job is to just set standards of medical care for pediatricians across the country. And they are now in a spot where they are having to say that the stated policy goals of the conservative movement are contrary to human rights law.

This court is taking us to a very, very dark place so quickly. 

JJ: So the Bellotti ruling was a—what was that about, briefly? What were the facts of that case? 

JMP: Oh, sure. Absolutely. So the Bellotti decision was one of the sort of first decisions to come from Roe that said, functionally, teenagers don’t have to have their parent’s consent, you know, minors don’t have to have their parent’s consent to have an abortion, that there can be other processes involved if consent is not available. 

And so that creates the pathway for what’s called judicial bypass. And now there is a real push to not only upend judicial bypass and mandate parental consent, sometimes two-parent consent. 

But, for example, in the state of Texas, the Republican platform there is suggesting that if people stay on their parents’ insurance as is allowed under the Affordable Care Act until they’re 26, that their parents have to consent to a whole host of these kinds of procedures. 

So this is an attack on the autonomy of young people in really disturbing ways. And you put that in line with the decision that the Supreme Court released at the end of this term, the Bruen decision on guns, and we’re functionally telling young people in this country that they have no right to feel secure in their bodies. 

JJ: Final thoughts from you, Jessica, about what reporters could be doing more of or less of as they cover, as they certainly will, the question of abortion rights going forward. What would you like to see more or perhaps less of.

JMP: I would really love to see more centering of the patients and providers, not in terms of the tragedy stories, but in terms of really what it means to deny people’s access to basic healthcare as a stated policy position in this country.

And I would love to see reporters take these cases where we have a 10-year-old assault victim who has to travel across state lines to have an abortion and know that that might not even be guaranteed. 

I want those stories to go back to the elected officials and get them on the record for defending these positions. They campaign off of this. They raise millions of dollars off of this. They should stand by the results of their policies. 

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Jessica Mason Pieklo. She’s senior vice president and executive editor at Rewire News Group. They’re online at rewirenewsgroup.com. Jessica Mason Pieklo, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

JMP: My pleasure. Thank you so much.

The post “They Will Find the Outcome That They Are Looking for and Work the Law Backwards to Make It Fit.” appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/they-will-find-the-outcome-that-they-are-looking-for-and-work-the-law-backwards-to-make-it-fit-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-post-roe/feed/ 0 316373
Jessica Mason Pieklo on Abortion Rights and Preston Mitchum on Reproductive Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/15/jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-and-preston-mitchum-on-reproductive-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/15/jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-and-preston-mitchum-on-reproductive-justice/#respond Fri, 15 Jul 2022 14:00:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029520 This week on CounterSpin: The Supreme Court’s reversal on abortion rights is so actually and potentially devastating that it’s hard to know where to look. It’s worth tracing things back—Katherine Stewart in The Guardian, among others, walks us through how, at a time when most Protestant Republicans, including the Southern Baptist Convention, hailed the liberalization […]

The post Jessica Mason Pieklo on Abortion Rights and Preston Mitchum on Reproductive Justice appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
This week on CounterSpin: The Supreme Court’s reversal on abortion rights is so actually and potentially devastating that it’s hard to know where to look. It’s worth tracing things back—Katherine Stewart in The Guardian, among others, walks us through how, at a time when most Protestant Republicans, including the Southern Baptist Convention, hailed the liberalization of abortion law represented by Roe, Christian nationalists, motivated by a desire to protect school segregation and tax exemptions for Christian schools, selected abortion as a way to united conservatives across denominational barriers, by providing a “focal point for anxieties about social change.” Phyllis Schalfly wrote a whole book (How the Republican Party Became Pro-Life) about the work involved in forcing the Republican party to center abortion as a cause—which then became the  longer term effort to reframe “religious liberty” as exemption from law. The names Paul “I don’t want everybody to vote” Weyrich and Bob Jones Sr.—who called segregation “God’s established order”—may also mean something to you.

      CounterSpin220715MasonPieklo.mp3

(photo: Austen Risolvato/Cage Rivera/Rewire News Group)

While we trace the roots—which disabuses us of the notion that this specious ‘pro-life’ political stance is socially organic—we need to also be looking for the branches: the other obvious, growing harms to human rights and liberties that are encouraged and fully intended by this ruling. The Guttmacher Institute’s Elizabeth Nash and Lauren Cross reported the, as of last summer, 536 abortion restrictions, including 146 abortion bans, introduced across 46 states, as rightwing ideologues “engaging in a shock and awe campaign against abortion rights as part of a large and deliberate attack on basic rights that also includes a wave of voter suppression laws and attacks on LGBTQ people.” It’s important to see that, as Katherine Stewart writes, the Dobbs decision “marks the beginning rather than the endpoint of the agenda this movement has in mind.”

In the face of this, those who believe in reproductive freedom will need better public arguments than what liberal media have tended to offer: that abortion is a horrible thing that should really never happen, but that nevertheless should be legal. There’s a hole in the middle of corporate mediaspeak on abortion, where we could be saying, as Katha Pollitt put it in her book PRO: that abortion is an “essential option” for all people, not just those in “dramatic, terrible, body-and-soul-destroying situations”—and that access to abortion “benefits society as a whole.”

We’re going to make a start on the many, multi-level, multi-angle, post-Roe conversations we need to be having with Jessica Mason Pieklo, senior vice president and executive editor at Rewire News Group, who has been reporting reproductive rights for many years now.

      CounterSpin220715Mitchum.mp3

And we’ll also hear a bit of a conversation we had last May—when we knew the Court had Roe in its sights—with Preston Mitchum, director of policy at the group URGE, Unite For Reproductive & Gender Equity. We talked with him about putting Roe—and court rulings in general —in a context of what else needs, and has always needed, to happen to make reproductive justice real.

The post Jessica Mason Pieklo on Abortion Rights and Preston Mitchum on Reproductive Justice appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/15/jessica-mason-pieklo-on-abortion-rights-and-preston-mitchum-on-reproductive-justice/feed/ 0 315578
‘Whether You’re on the Supreme Court Shouldn’t Depend on How Many People You Give Your Phone Number to’ – CounterSpin interview with Adele Stan and Elliot Mincberg on John Roberts’ nomination to the Supreme Court https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/whether-youre-on-the-supreme-court-shouldnt-depend-on-how-many-people-you-give-your-phone-number-to-counterspin-interview-with-adele-stan-and-elliot-mincberg-on-j/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/whether-youre-on-the-supreme-court-shouldnt-depend-on-how-many-people-you-give-your-phone-number-to-counterspin-interview-with-adele-stan-and-elliot-mincberg-on-j/#respond Thu, 14 Jul 2022 15:00:52 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029474 "That kind of legal philosophy could seriously endanger not just the environment, but the ability of Congress to pass all sorts of laws protecting the environment, health, safety and civil rights."

The post ‘Whether You’re on the Supreme Court Shouldn’t Depend on How Many People You Give Your Phone Number to’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson revisited CounterSpin‘s July 2005 interview with Adele Stan and Elliot Mincberg about John Roberts’ nomination to the Supreme Court for the July 8, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220708 - fair.org
Politico: The lonely chief

Politico (6/25/22) lamented that Roberts’ “middle of the road” effort to allow states to ban abortions after 15 weeks failed to sway his ultra-conservative colleagues.

Janine Jackson: “The Lonely Chief: How John Roberts Lost Control of the Court.” That was the plaintive headline of Politico’s June 25 report explaining that Roberts, along with his “middle of the road” approach on abortion, would likely be a casualty of the court’s Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health ruling.

In July of 2005, on the occasion of Roberts’ nomination to the court, CounterSpin host Steve Rendall and I spoke with journalist Adele Stan and with People for the American Way’s Elliot Mincberg about what was known then about Roberts’ record and what he might mean for the court. We’re going to start with my introduction.

***

JJ: Many in the news media seemed to breathe a sigh of relief at the news that George Bush was nominating conservative Washington insider John Roberts to the Supreme Court. And not just the folks you’d expect, like Brit Hume at Fox News, who shared a chuckle with congressional correspondent Brian Wilson and White House reporter Carl Cameron when he noted that Bush had named a white male “just like all of us.”

Well, even while admitting that Roberts’ record is sketchy on some issues, many mainstream reporters seem to emphasize the reassurance that he is not a right wing trench dweller like some others who were thought to be on Bush’s short list of prospective nominees.

NYT headline: "Bush's Supreme Court Choice Is a Judge Anchored in Modern Law"

The Times‘ Linda Greenhouse emphasized “no flame-throwing articles or speeches, no judicial opinions that threaten established precedent, no visible hard edges.”

New York Times Supreme Court reporter Linda Greenhouse assured readers that Roberts was “someone deeply anchored in the trajectory of modern constitutional law.” That’s as opposed to “someone who felt himself on the sidelines throwing brickbats, or who felt called to a mission to change the status quo.”

Our guests think there’s more to the story, and point to some troubling signs in Roberts’ record that warrant serious scrutiny.

We’re joined now by telephone by Elliot Mincberg, the legal director of People for the American Way, and by journalist Adele Stan, author of the article “Meet John Roberts” for The American Prospect Online (7/20/05). Welcome to CounterSpin, both of you. 

Elliot Mincberg: Pleasure to be here. 

Adele Stan: Good to be here. 

JJ: Well, Elliot Mincberg, let me start with you. In that July 20 New York Times piece, Linda Greenhouse emphasized “no flame-throwing articles or speeches, no judicial opinions that threaten established precedent, no visible hard edges.”

There have been some exceptions, and of course the story is still growing, but I wonder what your general reaction is to this first wave of response, which seems to be kind of, “Phew. What a relief. He’s not so bad.”

EM: I think it does underemphasize the very serious concerns that have been raised. Roberts is known well to reporters who cover the Supreme Court as an excellent advocate, someone who makes his legal points well, but if you look carefully at his record, there are a number of very troubling concerns. 

Probably the two that top the list are his participation as the top ranking political deputy in the Solicitor General’s office in a case during the Bush One administration that didn’t really even concern Roe v. Wade, where he wrote in the brief that Roe v. Wade is wrong and should be overturned. I think that’s a serious, serious subject of concern. 

Second, as a judge on the DC Circuit Court of Appeals, there was a case before the court that had to do with the constitutionality of the Endangered Species Act as applied to a development in California. The three judges who heard the case originally agreed that it should apply. All nine judges on the circuit were asked to reconsider. Seven of the nine of them agreed not to reconsider it, including some very conservative Republican appointees.

Roberts was one of the only two who said, “Let’s take another look at that,” and strongly suggested he had serious doubts about the ability of Congress to pass that kind of law. And that kind of legal philosophy could seriously endanger not just the environment, but the ability of Congress to pass all sorts of laws protecting the environment, health, safety and civil rights.

So those two aspects of his record alone raised very serious concern. 

Steve Rendall: Adele Stan, Elliot Mincberg just mentioned John Roberts’ record on Roe v. Wade. In your American Prospect Online piece “Meet John Roberts” you wrote about that, and you further elaborated with some information that might give us an even greater insight into John Roberts’ views on privacy and reproductive rights.

George W. Bush and nominee John Roberts (Public domain)

AS: Well, I mean, of course I mentioned that in the piece and not with the sage wisdom of Elliot because I am not a lawyer or a legal expert, but of course his writings that pulled in Roe v. Wade in his assertion that it should be overturned in a case that had nothing to do directly with Roe v. Wade did, you know, set up a red flag for me. 

But at least as troubling to me is the amicus brief he filed on behalf of the government in support of the group Operation Rescue, which those of us in the trench wars of the 80’s and 90’s to, you know, preserve a woman’s right to choose know as a very kind of frightening foe. 

And this was not a case in which the government truly had a dog in the fight, which is not to say that the government doesn’t often file amicus briefs, but given the controversial nature of this group, it just seems to me that it had to have been an act of someone’s conscience, you know, to prompt them to file this.

JJ: Well, that involvement in the Operation Rescue case certainly has not been appearing in the context of every article in which Roberts’ view on Roe v. Wade has been mentioned, as that would sort of complicate that story a little bit, don’t you think?

AS: I would certainly think it should, but what you do hear from Roberts’ proponents is that, well, he’s a good lawyer and he knows how to represent his clients. And he has represented clients of different, you know, views. And so he was just doing his job on behalf of the Bush One administration when he, you know, filed these briefs on behalf of his client, you know, the Bush administration, the US government. 

I would assert that, you know, we’re hearing a lot of things about his character being quite sterling, and I don’t have any reason to doubt that, you know, but people just talk about what a great guy he is and he’s a man of integrity, and I find it very difficult that someone of that level of integrity would embrace something that fundamental to one’s personal philosophy if he disagreed with it. 

SR: Well, something that keeps coming up in this coverage is the idea of “borking,” the possibility that Roberts or any other nominee might be borked. Elliot Mincberg, what do you make of the way the history of Bork’s rejection is being presented here?

EM: Well, I think it’s clearly a revisionist history because what happened with Robert Bork is just what should have happened. His views, his philosophy, his record was examined extremely carefully, and then his hearings, in a lot of ways, became almost a nationwide seminar on the constitution: What it does mean, what it should mean and what, unfortunately, Robert Bork wanted it to mean, which would’ve taken away constitutional rights of every American.

In that sense it’s become an undeserved pejorative, but we think that that kind of work is critical on every nominee, even more so on someone like Roberts who has such a very short record on the Court of Appeals.

AS: Which is said to be pretty partial, that short record, to the executive branch, and we’re in a situation now where so much power is being consolidated into the executive branch, and power is being drawn or [there are] attempts to draw powers away from the judicial branch. And the House of Representatives has passed legislation that’s clearly unconstitutional that would prohibit the federal courts from striking the words “Under God” out of the Pledge of Allegiance.

They’re basically prescribing what courts can and cannot act on. When you combine a mind like Roberts with that trend that is already afoot, that’s what I find rather frightening. 

JJ: Well, we’re talking about media’s kind of short memory or distorted memory and how that’s affecting the coverage of this Roberts story. Some other media phenomena, media wisdom has been pretty revealing on this. 

There’s an ABC online site called The Note. It’s a kind of a place where media elites talk to themselves. And we found this comment from there pretty revealing: 

“The factor we think most likely,” they say on The Note, “to ensure John Roberts’ confirmation: that the Washington establishment, and the media establishment, know him and like him. Do not underestimate how hard it will be for Democrats to tar a potential nominee who has given working Washington journalists his cell phone number, and who is generally seen as a mensch.”

Not quite sure what you can do with that, but let’s get your response, Elliot Mincberg, to this notion of…

The Note: An Intellectual Feast

ABC‘s The Note (7/20/05) adored “smart, nice, smooth, experienced, genial” Roberts and his nomination process, making little mention of Roberts’ politics: “If someone wants to argue that this was not THE best handled and well-researched process ever for a SCOTUS nominee, please tell us what you would suggest tops it.”

EM: I have seen the same thing and I find it very disturbing to tell you the truth, because whether you’re on the Supreme Court shouldn’t depend on how many people you give your phone number to, but what your philosophy as a judge will be and what your effect will be on the rights of the American people. 

And I’m frankly very hopeful as time goes on and as we do the search and examination we need to do that people will rise above that and look at his record and whether he’s willing to answer critical questions before the Senate Judiciary Committee.

JJ: Your reaction then, Adele Stan, to this media wisdom on Roberts. 

AS: Well, I mean, you know, I think that it is conventional wisdom and I think that it is—I mean, what they’re talking about is powerful in the Washington establishment. It is a clubby place, but you know, power is often just the perception of power. And if Democrats accede to that, “Oh my gosh, we can’t go against this guy because everybody likes him, especially the press, and then the press will jump all over us.”

Well, I mean then that just makes it happen. But if they put up some resistance, that becomes an interesting story. And I think it’s a story that can be, you know, that can be won and that can be fought well. I mean, a new poll just released today, I believe an AP poll, said most Americans want to know what this guy’s opinions on abortion are and they think that that should be discussed. 

So, I think it’s one of these things where if you can just break out of the box, it could be a whole different ball game. 

SR: Well, besides the arrogance and the sort of elitism of The Note’s message here, I’d like to zero in on one part of the passage where The Note seems to suggest that any sort of criticism by the Democrats would be a “tarring” of the nominee.

AS: Well, yeah, that is really troubling and see, and this is something—well, because that is what the right will do, is accuse the Dems of doing—and it’s especially insulating, and I’ve gotten already a lot of hate mail on asserting this, and I assert this as a Roman Catholic, it is  insulating that he is a Roman Catholic, because the charge of anti-Catholicism is one that is often trotted out when you challenge someone on the right who is a Catholic and you challenge them on legitimate ideological grounds, it somehow becomes a challenge of their religion.

And there are people on the right who will do that. And I really think it’s important that the Catholic senators take the lead on this for just that reason.

JJ: So you, you seem to be saying that, although the Washington Post is saying Democrats should resign themselves to the fact that they can’t stop it, you think there’s still room for intervention here and something could change. 

AS: I think that’s true. I think that, you know, every time you accept the focus groups and just the conventional wisdom, you just resign yourself to the predictable and the predictable becomes more predictable.

Things are very uncertain and unstable right now. And that can be played to an advantage. And I think that the American people are really beginning to get sick of all of this. And they just would like some reasonable choices, and I think that it would behoove Democrats, you know, to err on the side of reason and not defeatism.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Adele Stan. You can read her article “Meet John Roberts” at The American Prospect’s online site, prospect.org. She also authors the blog addiestan.com: A breakaway republic of the mind

We also spoke with Elliot Mincberg, legal director of People for the American Way. You can find them on the web at pfaw.org.

***

JJ: That was Adele Stan and Elliot Mincberg speaking with me and Steve Rendall back in July of 2005, 17 years ago, yet it all feels so fresh.

 

The post ‘Whether You’re on the Supreme Court Shouldn’t Depend on How Many People You Give Your Phone Number to’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/14/whether-youre-on-the-supreme-court-shouldnt-depend-on-how-many-people-you-give-your-phone-number-to-counterspin-interview-with-adele-stan-and-elliot-mincberg-on-j/feed/ 0 315249
‘It Would Force the Government to Actually Prove Espionage, not Whistleblowing’ – CounterSpin interview with Chip Gibbons on why Assange matters https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/13/it-would-force-the-government-to-actually-prove-espionage-not-whistleblowing-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/13/it-would-force-the-government-to-actually-prove-espionage-not-whistleblowing-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/#respond Wed, 13 Jul 2022 14:15:21 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029486 "It's not a perfect solution to prevent these prosecutions, but [Amendment 617] would remove the immense procedural hurdles that rob a whistleblower of any basic constitutional due process rights when charged with the Espionage Act."

The post ‘It Would Force the Government to Actually Prove Espionage, not Whistleblowing’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Janine Jackson interviewed Chip Gibbons about the latest updates in the Julian Assange case for the July 8, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220708 - fair.org
Julian Assange

Julian Assange (cc photo: Espen Moe)

Janine Jackson: If you’ve been following the case of Julian Assange, the WikiLeaks founder whose revelations about US wars and war crimes outlets like the New York Times published to great acclaim, you know that you haven’t been following it in, for example, The New York Times.

Major US outlets’ interest in Assange’s prosecution is hard to detect, as if they had no stake in a case which is not, at bottom, only about whether individuals can leak classified information, but whether journalists can publish that information at all. And it’s as if their readers had no stake in that decision either. 

Joining us now with the latest is researcher and journalist Chip Gibbons. He’s policy director of the group Defending Rights and Dissent. He joins us by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Chip Gibbons.

Chip Gibbons: It’s always a privilege to be on your program. It is one of the most informative programs we have, and unfortunately, the number of quality hard-hitting journalistic programs that cover these issues dwindles sort of more and more every year. So you are a lifesaver for our republic.  

JJ: Thank you. Thank you very much. And this really is a case where it’s shocking, not just the way that media are not giving it the attention that it might deserve, but in particular the way that journalists who are themselves implicated; it affects them, you know? 

So the lack of interest or the kind of evident desire to sort of box off Julian Assange as not our kind is deeply disturbing. But I’ve asked you here to give us kind of the latest on the case. What’s going on?

CG: I’ll just note that for some of the appellate hearings in the UK, I was the credentialed correspondent for Jacobin. So I was there covering it. I joined kind of late.

But [UK Home Secretary] Priti Patel has agreed to sign an extradition request for Julian Assange. You had a district level trial of sorts—hearing, whatever you wanna call it in the UK—where the British Crown Prosecution Service, at cost to the UK taxpayer, represented the US Department of Justice on their extradition request. And then Assange, not paid for by the British taxpayer, not backed by the Department of Justice, obviously, put up his own defense as to why he should not have been extradited.

And they raised all of the obvious issues: Press freedoms, the political questions exception to extradition, and they had big experts come in like Daniel Ellsberg, Carey Shenkman, perhaps the biggest expert on the Espionage Act in the country, and the judge rejected all of those press freedom claims, but decided that if Julian Assange was extradited to the US, it would be oppressive given his mental health. 

And then the US came in and offered all of these assurances. Particular prison policies loomed very heavily in the decision. So the US gave assurances that had so many holes in them you could drive your car through and not just a car, a big truck. You could drive a big truck through these holes. 

But on top of that, even in the best case scenario assurances they were offering, they were talking about Julian Assange won’t be in solitary confinement, he’ll just be in administrative segregation, held for I think 22 hours a day at Alexandria Detention Center, a jail we’re very familiar with because Chelsea Manning has been in there. Jeffrey Sterling has been in there. Daniel Hale has been in there. 

And the description they gave under the United Nations Minimum Standards for Treatment of Prisoners, the Mandela Rules, Nelson Mandela Rules, constituted cruel degrading treatment and possibly torture. 

So even the best case assurance, you know, they were reassuring the UK they were going to torture him and a higher court vacated the lower court’s decision because they found the US so persuasive. The Supreme Court refused to hear it and then it was entered in this process where it went to Priti Patel, who’s the Home Secretary of the United Kingdom. 

It’s all political, right? But it was more openly political as opposed to this sort of legal cloak of a political persecution. And, you know, we could make these kinds of political arguments again. 

And Defending Rights, in a sense, has a very narrow mission. We’re a US-based group focused on the Bill of Rights in the US, but because of the implications of this, you know, we did something extraordinary for us. We submitted a letter to the Home Secretary outlining the case against extradition based on our twelve years of monitoring this case. 

We talked about how the NSA had put him in the manhunting database and encouraged countries to bring criminal charges against him. We talked about how the CIA had WikiLeaks declared a “non-state hostile intelligence agency,” a phrase they invented just to persecute WikiLeaks. And, you know, we outlined all of that. 

So now she’s ruled he can be extradited. The UK government has said they would like to get him to the US in six months. That’s very unlikely to happen because now the Assange legal team can appeal on the issues around press freedom the original judge ruled against. So you’re sort of restarting the appeals process if the courts agree to hear them. 

And then even after that, you have a final court of last resort in the European Court of Human Rights, which is not part of the EU. I’m sure everyone’s thinking Brexit, how can that happen? It’s actually part of the Council of Europe. There’s apparently a lot of European supergovernmental organizations, more than I, as an American ever, ever knew of. And it’s interesting because obviously it’s independent, but the Council of Europe has a commissioner of human rights who wrote Priti Patel asking them not to extradite Assange because of the press freedom claims.

Medium: Demasking the Torture of Julian Assange

Nils Melzer (Medium, 6/26/19): “Once telling the truth has become a crime, while the powerful enjoy impunity, it will be too late to correct the course.”

Which is, you know, United Nations Working Group on Arbitrary Detention, United Nations Special Rapporteur on Torture, every international human rights group, every US civil liberties and press freedom group, they’ve all made this case.

So it’s not surprising that the Council of Europe behaves more like the UN than it does the US Department of Justice and the sort of British security establishment.

One interesting thing that’s happening in Congress right now that you and I want to discuss is that Representative Rashida Tlaib has introduced an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act, Amendment 617, which would seriously amend the Espionage Act in a really comprehensive manner we’ve not seen before from other proposals, because it would so limit the scope of the Espionage Act so that it couldn’t apply to members of the general public with some specific exceptions, which would preclude prosecuting a publisher or journalist. 

And also, and this is a thing that gets really controversial and really riles people up, but is what I’ve wrote the most on, it also would give some due process protections to the Edward Snowdens, to the Chelsea Mannings and the Daniel Ellsbergs of the world by forcing the government to have to prove specific intent to harm national security. 

Right now, the language is “specific intent” or “reason to believe,” and that sounds like a high burden, but what they say, they say, “Oh, this was classified, and you know, you signed a statement that said if you ever released classified information, the sky will fall. And then you released it. You had reason to believe.” And then you’re barred from talking about what you released and why you released it. 

So to force them to prove that specific intent, it would also give someone indicted under the Espionage Act sections that apply here the right to testify about the purpose of their disclosures. 

Daniel Ellsburg famously was asked why did he release the Pentagon papers, and the judge shut him down and did not allow him to answer. And more recently with cases like drone whistleblower Daniel Hale, before the trial even begins, the prosecutor files a pretrial motion asking that Daniel Hale be blocked from mentioning, his words, not mine, his “good motives,” and the judge granted it. So Daniel Hale, if he had gone to trial, could not have mentioned his good motives. 

So this is a really, I mean, it’s a very wonky editing of US criminal procedure in one particular criminal statute. And I think people’s eyes rightfully glaze over with that…

JJ: But I think people can see the purpose of that. I think you’ve made clear what the difference would be if that information were allowed to be included. 

CG: Yeah, it’s a game changer, right? Because the government actually has to prove the whistleblower not just released the information, but did so intending to harm the US. I would remind people that Chelsea Manning, in her court martial, was charged with both Espionage Act violations and aiding the enemy, and military court marshals are not known for being very respectful of due process. 

The military judge found her not guilty of aiding the enemy because there was a higher intent provision and the government had to prove so much more. So the government would both have to prove actual espionage, this person wants to harm the country, and also they’d have to let them testify about why they did it. 

It’s not a perfect solution to prevent these prosecutions, but it would remove the immense procedural hurdles that rob a whistleblower of any basic constitutional due process rights when charged with the Espionage Act, and force the government to actually prove espionage, not whistleblowing.

JJ: All right then, we’re going to end it there, but just for now. We’ve been speaking with Chip Gibbons. He’s policy director of the group Defending Rights and Dissent, and you can follow their work online at rightsanddissent.orgChip Gibbons, thank you so much as ever for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

The post ‘It Would Force the Government to Actually Prove Espionage, not Whistleblowing’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/13/it-would-force-the-government-to-actually-prove-espionage-not-whistleblowing-counterspin-interview-with-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/feed/ 0 314932
‘They Painted a Narrative of This Coach Looking for a Quiet Corner to Pray’ – CounterSpin interview with Dave Zirin on football prayer ruling https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/10/they-painted-a-narrative-of-this-coach-looking-for-a-quiet-corner-to-pray-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/10/they-painted-a-narrative-of-this-coach-looking-for-a-quiet-corner-to-pray-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling/#respond Sun, 10 Jul 2022 00:43:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029430 "There is a political movement in this country that's playing for keeps. They don't care how nice you're going to be about it."

The post ‘They Painted a Narrative of This Coach Looking for a Quiet Corner to Pray’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Dave Zirin about the Supreme Court’s football prayer ruling for the July 1, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220701Zirin.mp3

 

Coach Joseph Kennedy praying after football game

Coach Kennedy’s “private, personal prayer” (photo: Sotomayor dissent)

Janine Jackson: While we still reel from the theft of bodily autonomy from half the population, the right wing–dominated Supreme Court has delivered other blows to principles that many believed were assured.

In Kennedy v. Bremerton, a 6–3 ruling determined that Washington state high school assistant football coach Joseph Kennedy had a right to pray in the locker room and on the field. And why should a person be denied their right to what the Court described as a “short,” “personal,” “private” exercise of their religious beliefs?

As our guest and others want us to understand, the court’s ruling relies on a storyline that just doesn’t match the reality, and is much less about freedom than about coercion.

Dave Zirin is the sports editor at The Nation and host of the Edge of Sports podcast. He’s also author of numerous books about sports and their intersection with history, politics and social justice, including What’s My Name, Fool? Sports and Resistance in the United States, and, most recently, The Kaepernick Effect: Taking a Knee, Changing the World, which is out now from New Press.

He joins us now by phone from Takoma Park. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Dave Zirin.

Dave Zirin: Oh, it’s great to be here. Thanks so much for having me.

Nation: A Football Coach’s Prayer Is Not About Freedom. It’s About Coercion.

The Nation (6/27/22)

JJ: I can feel the heat coming off your piece on this. And I think it’s because of the boldly false premise of this ruling, about the role of coach prayer generally, but in particular about Kennedy. You say that this ruling is wrong from the opening statement. So maybe let’s start there.

DZ: Here’s the issue; it’s a cliche, but it’s true: You’re entitled to your own opinion, but you’re not entitled to your own facts. And in the decision that was written by Supreme Court Justice Gorsuch, he relied on his own facts. Let’s put it more simply: He lied in describing what took place in the case.

And here’s the thing: Coach Kennedy was not off, as Gorsuch writes, praying on his own. He was not off quietly doing this, and he was not fired for doing it. So they painted a narrative of this coach looking for a quiet corner to pray and then this school board, with pitchforks and torches in hand, forcing Kennedy out of his job.

None of this happened. What Kennedy did in praying in the locker room, and then particularly his prayers after the game on the field, was draw in players to surround him in prayer, asking players to do testimonials about God. All of this thing creates this kind of maelstrom of pressure on the players, that if you are down with your coach, you will pray with your coach. And if you’re not down with that, then, hey, you’re free not to pray with the coach, but anybody who’s ever played high school sports knows that if you don’t do what the coach says, particularly in an autocratic sport like football, you’re going to pay a price for that.

You’re going to pay a price for it, whether it’s in terms of playing time or, maybe even worse for the high school level, you’re going to pay a price for it in terms of being outcast, in terms of being seen as a locker room distraction, or even worse in the parlance of sports, a locker room cancer.

And that is what the Supreme Court basically said could now take place, is a process of bullying in high school sports to make players feel coerced into praying with their coach, and that’s unconscionable. It’s absolutely unconscionable. And I’ve gotten a lot of feedback from folks, including tons of stories about what it was like to play high school sports at private or religious institutions, and the degree of religious peer pressure that would take place, and how it would alienate, ostracize and all the rest of it.

And I should probably add that we would be completely, completely naive if we didn’t just see this as an issue of prayer, but this is about Christian prayer. Like if the coach was Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, whatever you want, Shinto, or wanted to do a prayer of atheism beforehand, there would be a very different response from this Court than Christianity, because this Court has shown itself to be proudly in a relationship with a kind of Christofascism which is quickly overcoming the ruling structures of the United States, if not the people themselves.

Seattle Times: The myth at the heart of the praying Bremerton coach case

Seattle Times (6/29/22)

JJ: And just to underscore the idea of the false narrative, Danny Westneat in the Seattle Times, very close to the issue, wrote a story in which he was saying, as you have said, that Kennedy explained himself. He said he was inspired to start these midfield prayers after he saw an evangelical Christian movie called Facing the Giants, in which a losing team finds God, Christian God, and then goes on to win the state championship.

So the very idea that he was trying to find a personal private space to pray in private, and that he was being denied that, it’s just wholly not true.

DZ: And can I say something else? The school district—and I say this as somebody who made phone calls, spoke to people, I’m not just saying this for the purposes of my own narrative—they made every effort to try to accommodate Coach Kennedy. They made every effort to create spaces for him to pray.

And they did not fire him when he repeatedly and repeatedly ignored what they had to say, thumbed his nose at what they had to say. Look, my wife is a teacher, and if she thumbed her nose at the rules of the district to the degree that Coach Kennedy was doing, she would’ve found herself out of work.

Now, Coach Kennedy, again and again thumbing his nose at what they’re saying to him, and in the end, you know what they did, they didn’t fire him. They suspended him with pay, with the opportunity to reapply back for his job, and partly because I think they realized how hot button this was.

Dave Zirin

Dave Zirin: “There is a political movement in this country that’s playing for keeps. They don’t care how nice you’re going to be about it.”

They made every effort to try to look like partners in trying to figure this out. And they wanted to look like we want to collaborate with you to find a solution that actually helps and makes everybody feel validated.

And I think what they learned, which I think a lot of us need to learn, is that there is a political movement in this country that’s playing for keeps. They don’t care how nice you’re going to be about it. They don’t care if you’re willing to meet them halfway. They’re not trying for a bigger piece of the pie. They’re trying to take over the bakery right now.

And I think the sooner we realize that the better, because a lot of people in the ruling corridors of the Democratic Party really seem to have not gotten the memo.

JJ: It’s important that it integrates with sports and with athletics here, which I think makes it slot into a different place in some people’s brains. This ruling, it galls, of course, for many reasons, but part of it is the ability for people who have a public platform to express political or social concerns, whether they’re athletes or musicians or artists, it’s framed so differently depending on who they are and what they’re saying.

DZ: Exactly.

JJ: It’s related, but if I can just transition you, you’ve written about Muhammad Ali, about Colin Kaepernick. It’s always been true that there’s been a kind of policing of what people can say, if it’s decided that they’re outside of their purview.

DZ: Yeah. If I could say something about that, I wrote this book The Kaepernick Effect. I interviewed dozens of young people, a lot of them in high school, who took a knee, and they were invariably subject to all kinds of ostracization, pushed off the team, made to feel outcast from the team, oftentimes at the behest of the coach.

And I think one of the things that we need to come to grips with is that this kind of aggressive Supreme Court–led Christian posturing is political. Because people say, well, that’s just religious, what the coach is doing. Taking a knee during the anthem, that’s a political act, and politics have no place in sports.

Do you honestly think it’s not political that this coach is defying the school district time and again, is drawing in students into the prayer circle time and again, is thumbing his nose at the concerns of parents time and again, and now, and I wish I could bet money on this, is going to be on the right-wing gravy train probably for the next decade, doing speeches time and again, and maybe there’ll even be one of those Hollywood movies that only a small segment of the population sees, starring, I don’t know, Gina Carano and Kevin Sorbo, whatever, the actors who occupy that space.

And I think we need to realize that these onward Christian soldiers, like, that’s not just a song to them. This is a movement that they’re trying to build, and trying to collaborate and figure out common solutions I think is going to be a very, very difficult task, because their eye is not on reconciliation.

NYT: Brittney Griner’s Trial in Russia Is Starting, and Likely to End in a Conviction

New York Times (6/30/22)

JJ: Right, right. Thank you for that. And I’m going to let you go, but while I have you, I can’t resist. Today’s New York Times:

More than four months after she was first detained, the WNBA star Brittney Griner is expected to appear in a Russian courtroom on Friday for the start of a trial on drug charges that legal experts said was all but certain to end in a conviction, despite the clamor in the United States for her release.

I know I’m asking a lot in a short amount of time, but I know that for a lot of listeners who follow media closely, they’re going to say, “Wait, there was a clamor in the United States for Brittney Griner’s release? Wait, who’s Brittney Griner?” Thoughts on that?

DZ: We need a much bigger clamor, is my first thought. Brittney Griner is a WNBA superstar. If her name was Tom Brady or Steph Curry, there would be a national day of action to try to get them freed from a Russian prison.

I mean, Brittney Griner is a political prisoner, make no mistake about it.

JJ: In Russia, in Russia—we care about Russia, right?

DZ: Yeah. Facing 10 years behind bars, five years at labor behind bars. I mean, this has nothing to do with drugs. I have serious doubts in the charges in the first place. This is about Ukraine. This is about political posturing. This is about this new cold war that we’re dealing with with Putin.

And this is about them trying to extract political prisoners out of the United States, who are Russian, in an exchange, and I think we need to apply pressure to our own State Department that bringing Brittney Griner home should be an immediate priority.

What’s disturbing is the concern that Brittney Griner, because she’s a woman athlete, because she’s from the LGBTQ community, because she presents in a certain way, that she’s just not getting the coverage or the attention that she otherwise would get.

And I think that’s one of the things also we need to fight against. It’s not just about injustice in Russia; it’s about standing up to injustice and prejudice here at home.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Dave Zirin. He’s sports editor at The Nation, and you can follow his work at EdgeOfSports.com. Dave Zirin, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

DZ: Thanks for having me. I really appreciate it.

 

The post ‘They Painted a Narrative of This Coach Looking for a Quiet Corner to Pray’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/10/they-painted-a-narrative-of-this-coach-looking-for-a-quiet-corner-to-pray-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling/feed/ 0 314043
Adele Stan & Elliot Mincberg on John Roberts, Chip Gibbons on Why Assange Matters https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/adele-stan-elliot-mincberg-on-john-roberts-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/adele-stan-elliot-mincberg-on-john-roberts-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/#respond Fri, 08 Jul 2022 15:31:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029390 A Supreme Court led by Chief Justice John Roberts has gutted multiple legally and societally established precedents.

The post Adele Stan & Elliot Mincberg on John Roberts, Chip Gibbons on Why Assange Matters appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Chief Justice John Roberts

John Roberts

This week on CounterSpin: When disastrous things happen, like the US invasion of Iraq or the Supreme Court dismissal of basic human rights, the undercurrent of a lot of news media is: Why didn’t we see this coming? How could we all have gotten it wrong? It’s—to use a maybe overused term—gaslighting, in which elite news media spin a tale that everyone, all of some presumed “us,” were blindsided by: in this case, a John Roberts–led Supreme Court gutting multiple legally and societally established precedents. Clarence Thomas is an obvious factor in today’s Court, as is Samuel Alito—but the man ABC News characterized as a “mensch” is at the center of the web.

So if the 4th of July is an occasion to talk about US history and its relevance today, let’s go all the way back to July 2005, when the nomination of John Roberts to the Supreme Court was just one day old. CounterSpin‘s Steve Rendall and Janine Jackson hosted a discussion with journalist Adele Stan, who’d just written a piece called “Meet John Roberts” for the American Prospect, and Elliot Mincberg, then legal director for the group People for the American Way. We hear that conversation again this week.

      CounterSpin220708StanMincberg.mp3

 

Julian Assange

Julian Assange (cc photo: Espen Moe)

Also on the show: Former New York Times reporter James Risen wrote an op-ed for the paper in 2020, in which he said that he thought that governments—he was talking about Bolsonaro in Brazil, as well as Donald Trump—were testing unprecedented measures to silence and intimidate journalists, and that they “seem to have decided to experiment with such draconian anti-press tactics by trying them out first on aggressive and disagreeable figures.” He was referring to, preeminently, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who may now be extradited to the United States, where he stands accused of violating the Espionage Act of 1917. If you haven’t heard much lately about the case and its implications, that might be indication that the experiment Risen refers to is working. Researcher and journalist Chip Gibbons is policy director at Defending Rights and Dissent. He brings us the latest on Assange and why it matters.

      CounterSpin220708Gibbons.mp3

 

The post Adele Stan & Elliot Mincberg on John Roberts, Chip Gibbons on Why Assange Matters appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/08/adele-stan-elliot-mincberg-on-john-roberts-chip-gibbons-on-why-assange-matters/feed/ 0 313787
Dave Zirin on Football Prayer Ruling, Howard Bryant on Black Athletes & Social Change https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling-howard-bryant-on-black-athletes-social-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling-howard-bryant-on-black-athletes-social-change/#respond Fri, 01 Jul 2022 16:24:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029322   This week on CounterSpin: Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the majority opinion on Kennedy v. Bremerton that “the Constitution and the best of our traditions counsel mutual respect and tolerance, not censorship and suppression, for religious and nonreligious views alike.” The case was about whether there was a problem with a Washington […]

The post Dave Zirin on Football Prayer Ruling, Howard Bryant on Black Athletes & Social Change appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Coach Joseph Kennedy praying after football game

Coach Joseph Kennedy’s “private, personal prayer” (photo: Sotomayor dissent).

This week on CounterSpin: Supreme Court Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote in the majority opinion on Kennedy v. Bremerton that “the Constitution and the best of our traditions counsel mutual respect and tolerance, not censorship and suppression, for religious and nonreligious views alike.” The case was about whether there was a problem with a Washington state assistant football coach leading prayers—Christian prayers, lest you be confused—in the locker room before games and on the field. The Supreme Court that we have today, for reasons, determined that Kennedy was protected in his right to express his personal religious beliefs—by dropping a knee, on the 50-yard line of a public school playing field, and calling on players to join him—and that they presented no harm to anyone, or to the nominal separation of church and state.

It’s another Supreme Court ruling that bases itself in a reality that doesn’t exist. This ruling in particular irritates meaningfully, because of course we know that “taking a knee” is the sort of gesture that is either a fresh wind of free expression, or a horrible affront to the values we hold dear, depending on who does it.

So we’ll hear today from Dave Zirin, sports editor at The Nation and author of many books, including, most recently, The Kaepernick Effect: Taking a Knee, Changing the World.

      CounterSpin220701Zirin.mp3

 

Paul Robeson

Paul Robeson

And we’ll get a little corrective background for corporate media’s current conversation, about the voices of athletes or performers who are mainly told to “shut up and sing,” and their actual historical role in social change, from journalist and author Howard Bryant.  CounterSpin talked with him in June 2018, and we hear part of that conversation this week.

      CounterSpin220701Bryant.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of Supreme Court nominees.

      CounterSpin220701Banter.mp3

 

The post Dave Zirin on Football Prayer Ruling, Howard Bryant on Black Athletes & Social Change appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/dave-zirin-on-football-prayer-ruling-howard-bryant-on-black-athletes-social-change/feed/ 0 311896
Raed Jarrar on Biden’s Saudi Trip, Lindsay Koshgarian on People Over Pentagon https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/raed-jarrar-on-bidens-saudi-trip-lindsay-koshgarian-on-people-over-pentagon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/raed-jarrar-on-bidens-saudi-trip-lindsay-koshgarian-on-people-over-pentagon/#respond Fri, 24 Jun 2022 16:12:45 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029154 It's hard to parse corporate media coverage of Biden's Saudi visit, because that coverage obscures rather than illuminates what's going on.

The post Raed Jarrar on Biden’s Saudi Trip, Lindsay Koshgarian on People Over Pentagon appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Khashoggi Way, street sign in front of the Saudi Arabian embassy

(cc photo: Joe Flood)

This week on CounterSpin: Elite news media are saying that Biden has to go to Saudi Arabia in July despite his pledges to make the country a “pariah” for abuses including the grisly murder of a Washington Post contributor, because…stability? Shaking hands with Mohammed bin Salman makes sense, even in the context of denying Cuba and Venezuela participation in the Americas Summit out of purported concerns about their human rights records, because…gas prices? It’s hard to parse corporate media coverage of Biden’s Saudi visit, because that coverage obscures rather than illuminates what’s going on behind the euphemism “US interests.” We talk about the upcoming trip with Raed Jarrar, advocacy director at DAWN—Democracy for the Arab World Now.

      CounterSpin220624Jarrar.mp3

 

Also on the show: “Congressional Republicans Criticize Small Defense Increase in Biden’s Budget Blueprint,” read one headline; “Biden Faces Fire From Left on Increased Defense Spending,” read another. Sure sounds like media hosting a debate on an issue that divides the country. Except a real debate would be informed —we’d hear just how much the US spends on military weaponry compared to other countries; and a real debate would be humane—we’d hear discussion of alternatives, other ways of organizing a society besides around the business of killing. That sort of conversation isn’t pie in the sky; there’s actual legislation right now that could anchor it. We talk about the People Over Pentagon Act of 2022 with Lindsay Koshgarian, program director of the National Priorities Project.

      CounterSpin220624Koshgarian.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media coverage of gender therapy.

      CounterSpin220624Banter.mp3

 

The post Raed Jarrar on Biden’s Saudi Trip, Lindsay Koshgarian on People Over Pentagon appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/raed-jarrar-on-bidens-saudi-trip-lindsay-koshgarian-on-people-over-pentagon/feed/ 0 309783
Helen Zia on Vincent Chin Murder, Alec Karakatsanis on Chesa Boudin Recall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/helen-zia-on-vincent-chin-murder-alec-karakatsanis-on-chesa-boudin-recall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/helen-zia-on-vincent-chin-murder-alec-karakatsanis-on-chesa-boudin-recall/#respond Fri, 17 Jun 2022 16:06:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029096 It's 40 years since Vincent Chin's murder, with a depressingly resonant context of anti-Asian hatred and scapegoating,

The post Helen Zia on Vincent Chin Murder, Alec Karakatsanis on Chesa Boudin Recall appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Vincent Chin

Vincent Chin (1955-1982)

This week on CounterSpin: The New York Times didn’t address the brutal 1982 murder of Chinese-American Vincent Chin until 1983, in response to ongoing protest centered in Detroit’s Asian-American community, about the killing and the lack of justice—at which point the paper ran a story with a lead claiming that when “two men were quickly charged and prosecuted…the incident faded from many memories.” One, the process was hardly that tidy. And two, whose memories, exactly?

It’s 40 years since Vincent Chin’s murder, with a depressingly resonant context of anti-Asian hatred and scapegoating, that corporate media, with their thinly veiled drumbeating for “war” with China—over trade or Covid or presence in Africa—do little to dissuade. We’ll talk with activist and author Helen Zia, about the ongoing effort to remember Chin’s murder by rededicating to the work of resisting, not just anti-Chinese or anti-Asian ideas and actions, but also those separating us each from one another in the fight against those who, let’s face it, hate all of us.

      CounterSpin220617Zia.mp3

 

Killer Chesa: He Shot Abraham Lincoln

Chesa Boudin (cc photo: Lynn Friedman)

Also on the show: We’re told not to “overanalyze”—which seems to mean to analyze at all—the language of reporting, and not to think about what’s  behind the scenes; it’s official news from a neutral nowhere.  But if the New York Times, for example, has enough intentionality to delete, without acknowledgement, declarative claims about “rising crime” in an article about how concerns about that are moving people to vote out reformist officials like San Francisco District Attorney Chesa Boudin, can we not imagine that they are likewise intentional about what they leave in? We’ll talk about coverage of that recall, of which elite media are making much conventional wisdom hay, with Alec Karakatsanis, founder and executive director of Civil Rights Corps, and author of the book Usual Cruelty: The Complicity of Lawyers in the Criminal Injustice System.

      CounterSpin220617Karakatsanis.mp3

 

The post Helen Zia on Vincent Chin Murder, Alec Karakatsanis on Chesa Boudin Recall appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/helen-zia-on-vincent-chin-murder-alec-karakatsanis-on-chesa-boudin-recall/feed/ 0 307927
Lori Wallach on Vaccine Equity, Steffie Woolhandler on Insurance & Covid https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/10/lori-wallach-on-vaccine-equity-steffie-woolhandler-on-insurance-covid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/10/lori-wallach-on-vaccine-equity-steffie-woolhandler-on-insurance-covid/#respond Fri, 10 Jun 2022 15:42:03 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028973 There are people and policies, with names, preventing developing countries from accessing life-saving Covid vaccines.

The post Lori Wallach on Vaccine Equity, Steffie Woolhandler on Insurance & Covid appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Ugandan soldier receiving a Covid vaccination in Somalia (photo: Amisom)

(photo: African Union)

This week on CounterSpin: Some of the worst work that corporate news media do is convince us that simple things are actually, if you just ignore the role of power, more complicated than you could hope to understand. So, yes, Covid is killing millions of people, and yes, there are tests and treatments and vaccines for it, and yes, many countries in need of them—but no, we can’t put those things together, for reasons that you shouldn’t worry your head over. There are in fact people and policies, with names, preventing developing countries from accessing life-saving vaccines…. A story being ugly doesn’t mean it isn’t understandable. We talk about it with Lori Wallach, executive director of the group Rethink Trade.

      CounterSpin220610Wallach.mp3

 

Doctors treating Covid patient.

(cc photo: Mstyslav Chernov)

At the same time, we are to understand that insurance companies exist to protect us from exorbitant expenses when we’re faced with healthcare crises. You might be mad paying in when you’re healthy, but oh boy just wait til you’re sick.  So: Covid-19. Could hardly be a bigger public healthcare crisis—and where are insurance companies? Shouldn’t this be their shining hour? And if not—can we please revisit their purpose in our lives? We talk about insurance in a pandemic with physician and advocate Steffie Woolhandler.

      CounterSpin220610Woolhandler.mp3

 

The post Lori Wallach on Vaccine Equity, Steffie Woolhandler on Insurance & Covid appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/10/lori-wallach-on-vaccine-equity-steffie-woolhandler-on-insurance-covid/feed/ 0 305858
Liliana Segura on Supreme Court v. Innocence https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/liliana-segura-on-supreme-court-v-innocence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/liliana-segura-on-supreme-court-v-innocence/#respond Fri, 03 Jun 2022 16:08:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028907 While alternative media are up in arms about the Supreme Court's ruling, corporate news media don't seem to think there's much to see there.

The post Liliana Segura on Supreme Court v. Innocence appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Barry Lee Jones And David Martinez Ramirez

Barry Lee Jones (left) and David Martinez Ramirez had appeals rejected by the Supreme Court.

This week on CounterSpin: AP‘s May 23 headline told readers: “Supreme Court Rules Against Inmates in Right to Counsel Case.” Those who got past the idea of being interested in “inmates” were favored with a lead that explained that “the Supreme Court ruled along ideological lines Monday against two Arizona death row inmates who had argued that their lawyers did a poor job representing them in state court.” For which many readers might be excused for saying, essentially, “Boo hoo, people courts have said are guilty are upset with that fact, next story please.” Had AP headlined its story, “Supreme Court Rules Evidence of Innocence Is Not Enough to Avoid Execution by the State,” perhaps more readers might’ve read past the big letters.

The truth is, while alternative and legal and human rights-oriented media are up in arms about the Supreme Court’s ruling in Shinn v. Martinez Ramirez, corporate news media don’t seem to think there’s much to see there—which has everything to do with their relative disinterest in the human rights of humans at the wrong end of the criminal justice system—and how willing they are to allow any degree of complexity to obscure important truths and to blur outrage. We’ll talk about the new Supreme Court ruling about the so-called sanctity of life with Liliana Segura, reporter for the Intercept.

      CounterSpin220603Segura.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of Republican congressional primaries.

      CounterSpin220603Banter.mp3

 

The post Liliana Segura on Supreme Court v. Innocence appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/liliana-segura-on-supreme-court-v-innocence/feed/ 0 304069
Igor Volsky on Ending Gun Violence, Pat Elder on Junior ROTC https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/igor-volsky-on-ending-gun-violence-pat-elder-on-junior-rotc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/igor-volsky-on-ending-gun-violence-pat-elder-on-junior-rotc/#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 15:44:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028789   This week on CounterSpin: CBS News‘ website featured a story about the “grim task” of planning funerals for 19 children—shot dead, along with two teachers, in a Texas elementary school on May 24—right next to a story about Oklahoma’s governor signing the country’s strictest abortion ban, the prominent sign behind him declaring “life is […]

The post Igor Volsky on Ending Gun Violence, Pat Elder on Junior ROTC appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

CBS depiction of Oklahoma Gov. Kevin Stitt signing a bill criminalizing abortion with a sign reading 'Life Is a Human Right'

CBS (5/26/22)

This week on CounterSpin: CBS News‘ website featured a story about the “grim task” of planning funerals for 19 children—shot dead, along with two teachers, in a Texas elementary school on May 24—right next to a story about Oklahoma’s governor signing the country’s strictest abortion ban, the prominent sign behind him declaring “life is a human right.” Welcome, as they say, to America—where these ideas are presented as somehow of a piece, where news media tell us day after day how exceptionally good and worthy we are, the world’s policeman and a global beacon for human rights and the good life.

Meanwhile, the rest of the world looks on in horror. BBC‘s North America editor explained to its audience that there is no expectation of anything being done to prevent things like the latest (as far as we know, as we record on May 26) mass murder in the US, because “the  argument over guns has simply become too politically divisive and culturally entrenched to allow for meaningful change.”

Flashpoint depiction of memorial at Robb Elementary School

Flashpoint (5/26/22)

Reporter Eoin Higgins interviewed teachers around the country, who reported the psychological toll of not only actual shootings, but constant drills and lockdowns, on children, who, they said, “have largely given up on a better future.”  Teachers feel expendable and unvalued; it’s hardly lost on them that the same forces accusing them of poisoning children with curricula are also demanding they step between those children and a bullet.

That powers that be in this country have responded to school shootings not by toughening gun laws, but by loosening them, and responded to the failure of law enforcement to prevent such shootings by calling for more police. It’s a particularly demoralizing combination of devastating and unsurprising—from a country that promotes and perpetrates violence around the globe. As a response to violence, we try violence time after time.

There doesn’t seem to be anything new to say right now about gun violence in the US. But that doesn’t mean we shouldn’t keep saying the things we know—more loudly, more unapologetically and in more places.

New Press: Guns Down

New Press (2019)

As we record, we hear that students at schools across the country are walking out, in an effort to say simply, “We refuse to go on like this.” We owe them our action and effort, no matter how tired or disgusted or defeated we feel.

We revisit some conversations about gun violence and gun culture this week on the show. In March of last year we spoke with Igor Volsky, executive director of Guns Down America, and author of the book Guns Down: How to Defeat the NRA and Build a Safer Future With Fewer Guns, about the possibility of passing common-sense legislation and misunderstandings about the power of the gun lobby.

      CounterSpin220527Volsky.mp3

 

Navy Junior ROTC cadetAnd then: There are always multiple issues involved in a mass murder; elite media use the complexity as an excuse to simply trade accusatory explanations, and determine that in the interest of balance, nothing can be done. But if we’re concerned about young people getting high-grade weaponry and thinking it’d be cool to use it, maybe one thing to consider would be the government-sponsored program that gives young people high-grade weapons and tells them it’d be cool to use it? We spoke in 2018 about Junior ROTC—a feature at my high school, and maybe yours too—with Pat Elder, director of the National Coalition to Protect Student Privacy, which resists the militarization of schools, and author of Military Recruiting in the United States.

      CounterSpin220527Elder.mp3

 

The post Igor Volsky on Ending Gun Violence, Pat Elder on Junior ROTC appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/igor-volsky-on-ending-gun-violence-pat-elder-on-junior-rotc/feed/ 0 302415
Matt Gertz, Eric K. Ward on the Buffalo Massacre & ‘Replacement Theory’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/matt-gertz-eric-k-ward-on-the-buffalo-massacre-replacement-theory/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/matt-gertz-eric-k-ward-on-the-buffalo-massacre-replacement-theory/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 15:41:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028650 The Buffalo killer is a white supremacist who believes there's a plot run by Jews to "replace" white people with Black and brown people.

The post Matt Gertz, Eric K. Ward on the Buffalo Massacre & ‘Replacement Theory’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Fox: The Dem Agenda Relies on Demographic Change

Tucker Carlson (Fox News, 4/12/21)

This week on CounterSpin: Ten human beings were killed and three wounded in Buffalo, New York. By the killer’s own admission, he sought to kill Black people because they are Black, and he is a white supremacist who believes there’s a plot to “replace” white people with Black and brown people, a plot run by the Jews. If you’re news media, you could go all in on media outlets and pundits and political figures whose repeated invocations to this white replacement theory are the obvious spurs for this horrendous crime. Or you could be the Washington Post, and tweet that Joe Biden “ran for president pledging to ‘restore the soul of America.’ A racist massacre raises questions about that promise.”

A press corps that wanted to go down in history as doing better than pretending to raise questions about the “soul of America” would be busy interrogating the structural, economic, political relationships that promote and platform white supremacy. They’d be using their immense and specific influence to interrupt business as usual, to demand—not just today, but tomorrow and the next day—meaningful response from powerful people. They would not be accepting that mass murder in the name of white supremacy and antisemitism is just another news story to report in 2022 America, film at 11.

We’ll talk about what we ought to be talking about with Matt Gertz, senior fellow at Media Matters for America, who has been tracking Fox News and Tucker Carlson, and their impact on US politics, for years now.

      CounterSpin220520Gertz.mp3

 

And also with Eric K. Ward, senior fellow at Southern Policy Law Center and executive director at Western States Center—about ways upward and outward from this current, difficult place.

      CounterSpin220520Ward.mp3

 

The post Matt Gertz, Eric K. Ward on the Buffalo Massacre & ‘Replacement Theory’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/matt-gertz-eric-k-ward-on-the-buffalo-massacre-replacement-theory/feed/ 0 300541
Julie Hollar on Roe Reversal, Tesnim Zekeria on Baby Formula Shortage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/julie-hollar-on-roe-reversal-tesnim-zekeria-on-baby-formula-shortage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/julie-hollar-on-roe-reversal-tesnim-zekeria-on-baby-formula-shortage/#respond Fri, 13 May 2022 16:02:07 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028545 Elite media are interested in abortion as an issue, but it is not understood as a human right but rather as a partisan football.

The post Julie Hollar on Roe Reversal, Tesnim Zekeria on Baby Formula Shortage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

WaPo: Yes, experts say protests at SCOTUS justices’ homes appear to be illegal

Washington Post (5/11/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Corporate news media want you to be alarmed about an “extraordinary breach” of privacy. It’s the privacy of the institution of the Supreme Court which, one CBS expert told viewers, had been dealt a “body blow” by the leak of a ruling overturning the landmark Roe v. Wade decision allowing the right to terminate a pregnancy to remain between the pregnant person and their doctor. And corporate media are in high dudgeon about protecting people from invasions of their right to privacy—but again, only if by that you mean protecting Supreme Court justices and their “right” to never be confronted by people who disagree with the life-altering decisions they make.

You almost wouldn’t think the real news of the past week was the nation’s highest court declaring that more than half of the population no longer have bodily autonomy. That’s to say, no longer have the control over their own body that a corpse has—since people can refuse organ donation after their death, even if it would save another person’s life.

Elite media are interested in abortion as an issue, as a thing people talk about, but that it is not understood as a human right is clear from reporting—years of reporting—that suggest that for them it’s most importantly a partisan football, and any fight over it needs equal and equally respectful attention to “both sides,” even if one of those sides is calling for human rights violations. We talked with FAIR’s Julie Hollar about that.

      CounterSpin220513Hollar.mp3

 

Popular Information depiction of baby formula shortage

Popular Information (5/12/22)

Also on the show: In corporate media–land, it’s controversial that people be allowed to determine whether they give birth, because, after all, we care so much about the birthed. It sounds sarcastic, but that’s the underlying premise of coverage of the shortage of baby formula—which incorporates an implied shock at the denial of basic healthcare with another implied shock that somehow capitalism doesn’t allow for all infants to be treated the same. There’s really no time left for pretended surprise at system failure in this country. We can still talk about journalism that shines a light on it, rather than an obscuring shadow. We’ll talk with Tesnim Zekeria from Popular Information about applying a public interest prism to, in this case, the story on baby formula.

 

      CounterSpin220513Zekeria.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of murdered Palestinian journalist Shireen Abu Akleh.

      CounterSpin220513Banter.mp3

 

The post Julie Hollar on Roe Reversal, Tesnim Zekeria on Baby Formula Shortage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/13/julie-hollar-on-roe-reversal-tesnim-zekeria-on-baby-formula-shortage/feed/ 0 298675
Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 16:09:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028420 A new website uses critical race theory as a prism to explore the range of threats to multi-racial democracy and our ability to fight for it.

The post Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The Forum: Behind the Critical Race Theory Crackdown

(illustration: The Forum)

This week on CounterSpin: Listeners are aware of the no-less-destructive-for-being-baseless assault on critical race theory. Just like with affirmative action (where conservatives said, “steps toward racial equity really means unfair quotas”), media took this charge, “steps toward racial equity really means telling white children to hate themselves,” and made it into “something some folks are saying”—while, of course, out of fairness they’ll acknowledge, “others disagree.”  (Media themselves, they suggest, occupy the intellectually and morally superior center.) A new website engages the attack more productively, by using critical race theory as a prism to explore the current range of threats to multi-racial democracy and our ability to fight for it. The site’s called The Forum; we’ll talk with editor-in-chief Chris Lehmann.

      CounterSpin220506Lehmann.mp3

 

Fix NJ's Local News Crisis

(photo: New Jersey Civic Information Consortium)

Also on the show: Between Rupert Murdoch and Elon Musk, who would you prefer preside over what information you can access? It’s kind of like being offered a choice between a poke in one eye or the other. If the problem is media outlets with priorities that poorly serve even our aspirations for democracy—and it is—the response is media with different priorities, which we know really only come from having a different bottom line. How can that work? We’ll talk about one model with Mike Rispoli of the group Free Press; he’s been working with the New Jersey Civic Information Consortium—a new way of thinking about and meeting local communities’ need for news.

      CounterSpin220506Rispoli.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a very quick look back at recent coverage of Roe v. Wade.

      CounterSpin220506Banter.mp3

 

The post Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news/feed/ 0 296691
Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news-2/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 16:09:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028420 A new website uses critical race theory as a prism to explore the range of threats to multi-racial democracy and our ability to fight for it.

The post Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

The Forum: Behind the Critical Race Theory Crackdown

(illustration: The Forum)

This week on CounterSpin: Listeners are aware of the no-less-destructive-for-being-baseless assault on critical race theory. Just like with affirmative action (where conservatives said, “steps toward racial equity really means unfair quotas”), media took this charge, “steps toward racial equity really means telling white children to hate themselves,” and made it into “something some folks are saying”—while, of course, out of fairness they’ll acknowledge, “others disagree.”  (Media themselves, they suggest, occupy the intellectually and morally superior center.) A new website engages the attack more productively, by using critical race theory as a prism to explore the current range of threats to multi-racial democracy and our ability to fight for it. The site’s called The Forum; we’ll talk with editor-in-chief Chris Lehmann.

      CounterSpin220506Lehmann.mp3

 

Fix NJ's Local News Crisis

(photo: New Jersey Civic Information Consortium)

Also on the show: Between Rupert Murdoch and Elon Musk, who would you prefer preside over what information you can access? It’s kind of like being offered a choice between a poke in one eye or the other. If the problem is media outlets with priorities that poorly serve even our aspirations for democracy—and it is—the response is media with different priorities, which we know really only come from having a different bottom line. How can that work? We’ll talk about one model with Mike Rispoli of the group Free Press; he’s been working with the New Jersey Civic Information Consortium—a new way of thinking about and meeting local communities’ need for news.

      CounterSpin220506Rispoli.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a very quick look back at recent coverage of Roe v. Wade.

      CounterSpin220506Banter.mp3

 

The post Chris Lehmann on Multi-Racial Democracy, Mike Rispoli on Funding Local News appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/chris-lehmann-on-multi-racial-democracy-mike-rispoli-on-funding-local-news-2/feed/ 0 296692
Josmar Trujillo on Hyper-Policing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/josmar-trujillo-on-hyper-policing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/josmar-trujillo-on-hyper-policing/#respond Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:37:45 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028373 "If it bleeds, it leads" journalism lets news outlets look as though they're tracking an important event in real time.

The post Josmar Trujillo on Hyper-Policing appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Chief Wiggum photo illustration by Copwatch Media

(image: Copwatch Media)

This week on CounterSpin: There are reasons that so much news media is consumed with crime. Not just any crime, not wage theft, not lethal pollution—but street crime, random, individual crime. “If it bleeds, it leads” journalism draws eyes to the set, doesn’t bother advertisers, is cheap to produce and lets news outlets look as though they’re tracking an important event in real time, and pretend as though they’re protecting real people…as they forcibly distract from actual humane efforts to respond to the ongoing crises—homelessness, poverty, addiction—that lead to crime, but are less cheap and easy to cover than cops and robbers. It’s a story old as journalism, but it’s still messed up. We’ll talk about that with activist and writer Josmar Trujillo, working now with Copwatch Media, a community-based project that reports on the effects of hyper-policing on communities.

      CounterSpin220428Trujillo.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of inflation, immigration restriction and democracy.

      CounterSpin220428Banter.mp3

 

The post Josmar Trujillo on Hyper-Policing appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/29/josmar-trujillo-on-hyper-policing/feed/ 0 294811
Dorothy A. Brown and Dean Baker on Tax Policy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dorothy-a-brown-and-dean-baker-on-tax-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dorothy-a-brown-and-dean-baker-on-tax-policy/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 16:06:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028330 Who pays taxes, how much, and why? We revisit two conversations about tax policy racism and taxing the rich on this week's show.

The post Dorothy A. Brown and Dean Baker on Tax Policy appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Fat cat pays pittance to Uncle Sam.

This week on CounterSpin: News media coverage of taxes falls broadly into two camps: There are, especially in April, lots of “news you can use”–type stories—like NBC‘s Today show on April 14 warning viewers to be mindful of typos and not be lazy about filing for extensions, or NBC Nightly News on April 18, noting that if you filed by mail, you might wait five to eight months for your return, due to backlogs at the IRS. Taxes as an “oh well, what are you gonna do” thing that all of us have to deal with.

Then there are other stories, disconnected stories, about tax policy: Who pays, how much, and why? We’ve talked about that a fair amount on this show, and we’re going to revisit two of those conversations today.

Last April, we spoke with Emory University law professor and author Dorothy A. Brown about how, though you can scour tax policy and find no mention of race, our tax system still affects Black people very differently, in ways most conversation obscures.

      CounterSpin220422Brown.mp3

 

And in February 2019, we spoke with economist Dean Baker about why the idea of raising taxes on the superwealthy makes sense to many mainstream economists and to the general public, but still faces a perennial headwind in corporate media.

      CounterSpin220422Baker.mp3

 

Two revelatory conversations about tax policy, this week on CounterSpin.

The post Dorothy A. Brown and Dean Baker on Tax Policy appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/dorothy-a-brown-and-dean-baker-on-tax-policy/feed/ 0 292873
Layla A. Jones on ‘Lights. Camera. Crime’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/layla-a-jones-on-lights-camera-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/layla-a-jones-on-lights-camera-crime/#respond Fri, 15 Apr 2022 16:00:06 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028221 The Philadelphia Inquirer's "A More Perfect Union" project is aimed at examining racism in US institutions, including media institutions.

The post Layla A. Jones on ‘Lights. Camera. Crime’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Philadelphia Inquirer: Lights. Camera. Crime.

Philadelphia Inquirer (3/29/22)

This week on CounterSpin: A longtime reporter, at Philadelphia’s WPVI-TV since the 1960s, remembered spending shifts in his early days just listening to a police scanner, waiting for a crime to happen. The station’s decision to adopt a then-novel “Action News” format dictated that hyper-focus on crime. But, as detailed in a new report from the Philadelphia Inquirer, it also dictated that the scanner being monitored was in Kensington, a multi-racial, working-class neighborhood struggling with poverty and its attendant ills—and not someplace else.

“Lights. Camera. Crime” is an early installment of the Inquirer‘s “A More Perfect Union” project, aimed at examining the roots and branches of racism in US institutions, including media institutions. The story was reported by Layla A. Jones. We’ll speak to Layla Jones today on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin220415Jones.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of FCC nominee Gigi Sohn, war coverage and “grooming.”

      CounterSpin220415Banter.mp3

 

The post Layla A. Jones on ‘Lights. Camera. Crime’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/15/layla-a-jones-on-lights-camera-crime/feed/ 0 291101
Marjorie Cohn on Prosecuting Trump, Mike Liszewski on Marijuana Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/marjorie-cohn-on-prosecuting-trump-mike-liszewski-on-marijuana-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/marjorie-cohn-on-prosecuting-trump-mike-liszewski-on-marijuana-justice/#respond Fri, 08 Apr 2022 16:16:33 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028082   This week on CounterSpin: He wanted to go to the Capitol on January 6, Donald Trump tells the Washington Post, but the Secret Service wouldn’t let him. He hated the violence, and was furious Nancy Pelosi wasn’t putting a stop to it. He doesn’t remember getting many phone calls, and he didn’t destroy any […]

The post Marjorie Cohn on Prosecuting Trump, Mike Liszewski on Marijuana Justice appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

WaPo: Trump deflects blame for Jan. 6 silence, says he wanted to march to Capitol

Washington Post (4/7/22)

This week on CounterSpin: He wanted to go to the Capitol on January 6, Donald Trump tells the Washington Post, but the Secret Service wouldn’t let him. He hated the violence, and was furious Nancy Pelosi wasn’t putting a stop to it. He doesn’t remember getting many phone calls, and he didn’t destroy any call logs. Trump would lie on credit when he could tell the truth for cash, so why are so many pundits invested in suggesting that he can never be legally brought to account? We’ll hear from Marjorie Cohn, professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, about the “stunning” new ruling that shows a way to do just that.

      CounterSpin220408Cohn.mp3

 

Cannabis flower

(cc image: Don Goofy)

Also on the show: Polls show 68% of people in the country think marijuana should be legal, the highest number since polling started in 1969. The tide is turning; it’s just a matter of who we let be lifted by it and who we allow to  drown. Should some people get rich selling weed while others rot in jail for it? That’s what the MORE Act that just passed the House tries to address. We’ll catch up with an expert on marijuana legislation, Mike Liszewski from the Enact Group.

      CounterSpin220408Liszewski.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, and notes the passing of media critic Eric Boehlert.

      CounterSpin220408Banter.mp3

 

The post Marjorie Cohn on Prosecuting Trump, Mike Liszewski on Marijuana Justice appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/08/marjorie-cohn-on-prosecuting-trump-mike-liszewski-on-marijuana-justice/feed/ 0 289244
Sarah Lipton-Lubet on Ginni Thomas Conflict, Dave Maass on Trasparency and Journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/sarah-lipton-lubet-on-ginni-thomas-conflict-dave-maass-on-trasparency-and-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/sarah-lipton-lubet-on-ginni-thomas-conflict-dave-maass-on-trasparency-and-journalism/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 15:33:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027953 Will we keep having a Supreme Court justice declaring himself "one being" with a spouse who declares the 2020 election an "obvious fraud"?

The post Sarah Lipton-Lubet on Ginni Thomas Conflict, Dave Maass on Trasparency and Journalism appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Ginni Thomas sitting behind Clarence Thomas at his 1991 Supreme Court confirmation hearing

Ginni and Clarence Thomas, 1991 (image: C-SPAN)

This week on CounterSpin: Headlines right now are full of the conflict of interest represented by Ginni Thomas, spouse of Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, and her non-trivial role in the January 6 insurrection aimed at overturning, violently, the last presidential election. Our question is: A week or a month from now, where will we be? Will we still have one of nine Supreme Court justices declaring himself “one being” with his spouse, who declares the 2020 election an “obvious fraud”? And will the corporate press corps have reduced that to yet another partisan spat that shouldn’t interfere with our belief that all is proceeding as it should, no deep fixes necessary? We speak with Sarah Lipton-Lubet from the Take Back the Court Action Fund, about how to respond to the Thomas scandal if we really don’t want it to happen again.

      CounterSpin220401LiptonLubet.mp3

 

The Foilies 2022

(image: EFF)

Also on the show: For many Americans, the word “journalist” calls up an image of scruffy firebrands, rooting through official documents to ferret out critical truth—defined as what those in power don’t want you to hear—and then broadcasting that truth to a public thirsty for a democracy more answerable to human needs. Many things stand in the way of that vision of the press corps we imagine and deserve. One is the stubborn and at times brazen opacity and secretiveness of government and other powerful agents. Dave Maass, director of investigations at Electronic Frontier Foundation and the driving force behind the Foilies, an annual award of sorts given to those who make the job of shining necessary sunlight particularly difficult. We talk with him about that.

      CounterSpin220401Maass.mp3

 

The post Sarah Lipton-Lubet on Ginni Thomas Conflict, Dave Maass on Trasparency and Journalism appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/sarah-lipton-lubet-on-ginni-thomas-conflict-dave-maass-on-trasparency-and-journalism/feed/ 0 287139
Carol Anderson on History, Race and Democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/carol-anderson-on-history-race-and-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/carol-anderson-on-history-race-and-democracy/#respond Fri, 25 Mar 2022 16:02:41 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027778 It's a good time to recall that we had a war in this country in which many people declared that they cared more about white supremacy.

The post Carol Anderson on History, Race and Democracy appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Confederate, American and Trump flag in Kentucky.

(cc photo: Don Sniegowski)

This week on CounterSpin:  We heard a cable TV commentator say recently that with the invasion of Ukraine, Russia’s Vladimir Putin is trying to “put an end to democracy as we know it.” We know we wasn’t the only ones wondering, among other things, what “we” is being invoked here? And what’s the definition of the “democracy” we’re meant to be endorsing? Does it account for, say, the people who broke into the US Capitol last January trying to violently overturn a presidential election, and their supporters, explicit and implicit?

Thing is: Corporate news media don’t define the “democracy” they invoke as shorthand justification for pretty much anything, including war. It’s a murky stand-in for “a good place, where people have a voice and…stuff.” Even when and where it demonstrably means anything but.

With the ongoing horrific attack on Ukraine by Russia, you get the sense that war is a clarifier—proof that “Russia” as a country deserves pariah status, with all that entails (and media have a big box of what that entails).

And as Americans, media suggest, we’re meant to see and celebrate and fight for our difference from an imperialist, racist nation.

So it is, respectfully, a good time to recall that we had a war within this country, in which many people declared that they cared less about this country than about white supremacy. And that sentiment did not disappear. And those conversations have not finished. And ignoring them doesn’t erase them.

Carol Anderson is the Charles Howard Candler professor of African-American studies at Emory University, and the author of White Rage: The Unspoken Truth of Our Racial Divide, One Person, No Vote: How Voter Suppression Is Destroying Our Democracy and, most recently, The Second: Race and Guns in a Fatally Unequal America

We talked with her in November of last year about the historical and ongoing struggle between white supremacy and this country’s hopes for democracy. We  revisit that conversation this week.

      CounterSpin220325Anderson.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the “no-fly zone” proposal.

      CounterSpin220325Banter.mp3

 

The post Carol Anderson on History, Race and Democracy appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/25/carol-anderson-on-history-race-and-democracy/feed/ 0 285124
Shireen Al-Adeimi on Yemen, David Arkush on Fed Climate Veto https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/shireen-al-adeimi-on-yemen-david-arkush-on-fed-climate-veto/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/shireen-al-adeimi-on-yemen-david-arkush-on-fed-climate-veto/#respond Fri, 18 Mar 2022 15:52:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027642 Yemen is not a rhetorical device. It's a country of human beings in crisis.

The post Shireen Al-Adeimi on Yemen, David Arkush on Fed Climate Veto appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Child Observing Sanaa Ruins

Sanaa, Yemen (cc photo: Yahya Arhab/European Pressphoto Agency)

This week on CounterSpin: It’s worth our while to think about why everyone we know is talking about Ukraine and Russia’s unlawful incursion—and equally worthwhile to ask why the same principles of concern don’t seem to apply in other cases. Those feelings don’t have to fight. But to hear Yemen put forward as just an example of an underconsidered concern is galling from the same people who underprioritized it in the first place.

Yemen is not a rhetorical device. It’s a country of human beings in crisis. We talk about that with Yemeni activist and advocate Shireen Al-Adeimi, who is also assistant professor of education at Michigan State University.

      CounterSpin220318Al-Adeimi.mp3

 

Sarah Bloom Raskin

Sarah Bloom Raskin (cc photo: New America)

Also on the show: Sarah Bloom Raskin was up for a job at the Federal Reserve. Everyone was for her nomination, including the bankers she would oversee. So why did she withdraw her nomination, and what does it tell us about the possibility of making any advances at all in facing the reality of climate change? Helping us see why issues media divide are completely related is David Arkush, managing director of the climate program at Public Citizen.

      CounterSpin220318Arkush.mp3

 

The post Shireen Al-Adeimi on Yemen, David Arkush on Fed Climate Veto appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/shireen-al-adeimi-on-yemen-david-arkush-on-fed-climate-veto/feed/ 0 283086
Khury Petersen-Smith on Economic Sanctions, Greg LeRoy on Amazon Subsidies https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/khury-petersen-smith-on-economic-sanctions-greg-leroy-on-amazon-subsidies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/khury-petersen-smith-on-economic-sanctions-greg-leroy-on-amazon-subsidies/#respond Fri, 11 Mar 2022 17:04:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027496 Economic pressure is presented as a way of avoiding violence. But there's a problem with seeing sanctions as an alternative to war.

The post Khury Petersen-Smith on Economic Sanctions, Greg LeRoy on Amazon Subsidies appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

IPS: Sanctions May Sound “Nonviolent,” But They Quietly Hurt the Most Vulnerable

Institute for Policy Studies (3/6/22)

This week on CounterSpin: Russia’s horrendous invasion of Ukraine is providing yet another reminder that when elephants fight, it’s the grass that’s trampled. We see that not just in the front-page casualties; teenage soldiers dying fighting; civilian men, women and children killed by dropping bombs—but also in the measures we are told are meant to avert those harms: economic sanctions. Khury Petersen-Smith is Michael Ratner Middle East Fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies. He joins us to talk about the problem with seeing sanctions as an alternative to war.

      CounterSpin220311PetersenSmith.mp3

 

Depiction of Amazon subsidies

Good Jobs First (3/1/22)

Also on the show: In March 2012, Amazon opened an office dedicated to ferreting out tax breaks and subsidies. In other words, the megacorporation making hundreds of billions of dollars in profit puts in time finding ways to avoid supporting the communities it operates in—and to push local governments to divest money from education, housing and healthcare—to give to a company that doesn’t need it. This March, the group Good Jobs First marked that anniversary with a call to #EndAmazonSubsidies. We talk with the group’s executive director, Greg LeRoy.

      CounterSpin220311LeRoy.mp3

 

The post Khury Petersen-Smith on Economic Sanctions, Greg LeRoy on Amazon Subsidies appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/khury-petersen-smith-on-economic-sanctions-greg-leroy-on-amazon-subsidies/feed/ 0 281158
Braxton Brewington on Student Loan Debt, Andy Marra on Trans Youth Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/04/braxton-brewington-on-student-loan-debt-andy-marra-on-trans-youth-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/04/braxton-brewington-on-student-loan-debt-andy-marra-on-trans-youth-rights/#respond Fri, 04 Mar 2022 16:58:25 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027265 Is what we call "higher" education an individual investment or a public good? The way news media talk about it could be decisive.

The post Braxton Brewington on Student Loan Debt, Andy Marra on Trans Youth Rights appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Graduates with debt totals on their capsThis week on CounterSpin: Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer said recently: “Whenever I go to community meetings, it always comes up. Young and middle-aged and even some elderly. It tortures them.” What was he talking about? Student loan debt. So is what we call “higher” education an individual investment or a public good? The way news media talk about it could be decisive. We’ll hear from Braxton Brewington, press secretary and organizer at the group Debt Collective.

      CounterSpin220304Brewington.mp3

 

Protest in defense of trans youth

(cc photo: Ted Eytan)

Also on the show: When media say there’s a debate about transgender peoples’ “right to exist,” remind yourself that trans people are going to exist; what’s on the table is whether they get to live free from persecution, oppression, exclusion and erasure. Texas state leadership is staking a position on that, but humans everywhere are pushing back, and we talk about that with Andy Marra, executive director of the Transgender Legal Defense & Education Fund.

      CounterSpin220304Marra.mp3

 

The post Braxton Brewington on Student Loan Debt, Andy Marra on Trans Youth Rights appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/04/braxton-brewington-on-student-loan-debt-andy-marra-on-trans-youth-rights/feed/ 0 279093
Joseph Torres on Tulsa Massacre https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/25/joseph-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/25/joseph-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/#respond Fri, 25 Feb 2022 17:09:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9027008   This week on CounterSpin: Black History Month has always been something of a double-edged sword: It implies that Black history is somehow not “history,” that it has to be shoehorned in, “artificially,” to garner any value, with the corollary implication that if you choose to ignore it, you aren’t missing anything crucial. The idea […]

The post Joseph Torres on Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Aftermath of Tulsa Massacre

Aftermath of Tulsa Massacre (photo via bswise)

This week on CounterSpin: Black History Month has always been something of a double-edged sword: It implies that Black history is somehow not “history,” that it has to be shoehorned in, “artificially,” to garner any value, with the corollary implication that if you choose to ignore it, you aren’t missing anything crucial.

The idea that Black Americans are somehow something other than (meaning “less than”) “real” Americans is stupid, toxic…and fully in play, as reflected in Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell’s response to a reporter’s question about efforts to suppress Black people’s voting rights with the statement that “the concern is misplaced because, if you look at the statistics, African-American voters are voting in just as high a percentage as Americans.” So: There’s a reason Black people feel a need to lift up our particular history–our efforts and accomplishments, in and despite the context of violent, systemic harm we live in–that distinguishes that from the bland and euphemistic vision that usually passes as “US history.”

What matters is how the history of Black people is approached, discussed and integrated into what’s happening today. Journalists, of course, have an opportunity to do that work every month, not just the shortest.

Last year, we saw some open media acknowledgement of an event  previously shrouded in silence and ignorance: the Tulsa, Oklahoma massacre of 1921. The layers of that story, the roles played by various actors, make it especially relevant for news media, who, to fully tell it, need to reflect on their own role, then…and now.

We talked about the Tulsa massacre around its anniversary last June, with Joseph Torres, senior director of strategy and engagement at the group Free Press, and co-author with Juan González of the crucial book News for All the People: The Epic Story of Race and the American Media. He works, as does CounterSpin‘s Janine Jackson, with Media 2070, a consortium of media-makers and activists that are detailing the history of US media participation in anti-Black racism, as well as collectively dreaming reparative policies, interventions and futures.

We hear from Joseph Torres about Tulsa this week on the show.

      CounterSpin220225Torres.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a very quick look at media coverage of Ukraine.

      CounterSpin220225Banter.mp3

 

Transcript: Tulsa: ‘A Cover-Up Happens Because the Powers That Be Are Implicated’

The post Joseph Torres on Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/25/joseph-torres-on-tulsa-massacre/feed/ 0 276971
Lynley Tulloch: The irony of the Parliament protest: Peace and love – and executions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/lynley-tulloch-the-irony-of-the-parliament-protest-peace-and-love-and-executions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/lynley-tulloch-the-irony-of-the-parliament-protest-peace-and-love-and-executions/#respond Mon, 21 Feb 2022 22:14:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70571 COMMENTARY: By Lynley Tulloch

There is a dangerous anger on rapid boil at the protest in Wellington. It is a stew of dispossession and unrest alongside various delusional beliefs and violent threats.

Two weeks into the protest and the police have had to endure human waste and acid thrown at them; a car driven into them; threats of violence; chants of “shame on you”; accusations of police brutality; physical attacks and injuries.

Meanwhile, the illegal occupiers (who refused to move their cars to a free car park) claim peace and love as the Ministry of Health reported today a record 2846 new community cases of covid-19 with 143 people in hospital with the virus.

This “protest” was from the beginning organised in part and spread by QAnon (a conspiracy group that want to hang the government literally) alongside religious groups. Also in the mix are white supremacists (Nationalist Front).

It was joined by “everyday people” annoyed with mandates they don’t want to live with.

Well, if these “everyday people” can lower their standards to stand shoulder to shoulder with violent extremists all I can say is, “shame on you”.

Deputy Leader of the House, Labour’s Michael Wood recently spoke of these threats at Parliament: “There is a river of violence and menace. There is a river of anti-Semitism. There is a river of Islamophobia. There is a river of threats to people who work in this place and our staff.”

A recent Stuff article reported that a “Labour MP says protesters have been waiting at the doors of her office at night, and are telling politicians they will be ‘lynched, hung or kidnapped'”.


Deputy Speaker Michael Wood speaking in Parliament on February 17. Video: NZ Parliament

These underlying threads of violence give the protest its bite, if not its bark. The protest in Wellington was inspired by the truckers’ convoy in Canada and the occupation of Ottawa.

We know that this was not an organic uprising of truckles, but was rather inspired by QAnon conspiracy theorists.

Conspiracy far right media platform Counterspin in New Zealand was central in the formation and viral spread of the Aotearoa convoy,

It is also, astoundingly, a protest that is preaching aroha (love) and peace. This is at odds with the Trump-loving, QAnon inspired cesspit of violence. QAnon believes that the government is full of elite Satan-worshipping paedophiles in government, business and media.

They believe that politicians and journalists will be executed in a day of reckoning.

That is why “hang ‘em high” was chalked on the steps to Parliament in the first days of the protest. Many people at this protest want to see politicians and media people executed.

This protest also has the support of white supremacists with swastikas chalked on a statue in the early days.

This disgusting far-right, anti-establishment hatred has no place in Aotearoa. Yet here it is at a protest supported by thousands on the Parliament lawn.

I have protested at many events over the years in Aotearoa in the name of animal rights. Never would I stand alongside people who preach violence. And in all cases police behaviour toward myself and my fellow protestors has been exemplary and respectful.

The protest was ill-thought out in direction, leaderless, and doomed to failure. Their demands cannot possibly be met in a time of global pandemic that has brought the world quite literally to its knees.

And yet as the days tick by, yoga classes spring up alongside gardens. Food stalls and dancing, a concert, love and freedom grow like fairy tales.

It’s all a fairy tale. Make no mistake. This protest may preach peace, but its bones are evil.

— Lynley Tulloch

It’s all a fairy tale. Make no mistake. This protest may preach peace, but its bones are evil.

So where to go from here? There is no end in sight for this drama. The protesters are revelling.

The government can’t move them. Police can’t move them. The army can’t move them.

Ironically, as suggested by ex-Labour party president Mike Williams, it will be the covid virus itself that will bring them down. And that is one little virus that doesn’t care about threats of violence.

The only thing it will take notice of is a vaccine and a mask, and those are in short supply on Parliament grounds right now.

The virus doesn’t care if you are a child, or elderly, or immune-compromised or dangerously deluded. It doesn’t give a care in the world about your rights. It just goes and sticks its spikes right into you joyfully.

And so, Mike Williams is probably right. And therein lies the biggest irony of this whole protest.

Dr Lynley Tulloch is an educational academic and also writes on animal rights, veganism, early childhood, feminist issues, environmentalism, and sustainable development.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/lynley-tulloch-the-irony-of-the-parliament-protest-peace-and-love-and-executions/feed/ 0 275777
Mad, bad or mostly moderate? Media’s mixed message on protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/19/mad-bad-or-mostly-moderate-medias-mixed-message-on-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/19/mad-bad-or-mostly-moderate-medias-mixed-message-on-protest/#respond Sat, 19 Feb 2022 20:40:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70483 RNZ Mediawatch

There was plenty of condemnation of New Zealand’s occupation of Parliament in the media at first — but this week some media painted a much more palatable picture of the protesters and their motivation.

However, those who track the far-right and the media channels they use warn that ignores and obscures the protest’s dark undercurrents.

When the convoy converged on Parliament last week, Newshub vox-popped Wellingtonians who called the protest “ridiculous and disruptive”.

Offshore, Al Jazeera’s headline quoted residents who called the protesters “‘stupid’ and ‘selfish’”.

Many in the media were at pains to point out the protesters were not just a minority, but a mere fraction of the anti-vax element.

There was also sympathy for the police being confronted by angry and aggressive crowds — and public anger about children being there, even through a record-breaking wet southerly blast and the Speaker’s sprinkler stunt last weekend.

Media highlighted unpleasant conditions
And as the occupation dragged on, media highlighted increasingly unpleasant conditions underfoot.

Newshub at 6 last Monday reporting on health and safety worries at 'Camp Freedom'
Newshub at 6 reporting on February 14 about health and safety worries at “Camp Freedom”. Image: Newshub at 6 screenshot/RNZ

“The [police] superintendent described the situation as squalor,” TVNZ’s 1News viewers were told last Monday.

“He said there’s faeces on the ground and children are playing in the mud.”

That amplified calls for the convoy crowd to stop blocking the streets — and the drains.

But Newstalk ZB’s political editor Barry Soper told listeners the poo problem was a fiction.

“There’s no faeces anywhere. They’ve got portaloos down there,” he said.

Soper went on to tell ZB’s Drive host Heather du Plessis-Allan the protesters were not as bad as they had been painted.

“They’re Kiwis. A lot of them have been mandated out of their jobs,” Soper said.

‘Do they have a point?’
“Do they have a point?” du Plessis-Allan asked rhetorically.

“Yes they have a point. They insist this is an anti-mandate protest and reporters on the ground say this appears to be the case. Now don’t confuse anti-mandate with anti-vax,” she warned listeners.

In fact, many reporters on the ground stressed that vaccine misinformation seemed near-universal among the occupiers — and amplification of irrational rhetoric, nooses, calls to “hang em high” and Nuremberg imagery were plain to see.

On the same ZB show soon after, NZME head of business Fran O’Sullivan said it was time to engage with them — even though there were no publicly-acknowledged leaders or mainstream political backers at that point.

“Not all people on that lawn are crazy. There’s a lot of people who are pretty ordinary folk who for one or another reason find themselves out of jobs,” she said.

Several commentators declared they were impressed by the pop-up infrustructure and support for what had earlier been described in the media as a leaderless and random occupation.

The front page of the Dominion Post on Friday - 11 days after the Convoy 2022 arrived in town.
The front page of the Dominion Post on Friday – 11 days after the Convoy 2022 arrived in town. Image: RNZ Mediawatch

ZB’s Mike Hosking told listeners of his show the convoy deserved credit.

“I admire people who want to give up a lot of time and travel and hunker down and presumably get some sort of sense of personal accomplishment,” he said.

‘Too many nutters’
That’s quite a shift from the previous Friday, when Hosking dismissed the occupation as a waste of time with “too many nutters, and too many angry people”.

“Didn’t work. Protests make a point — but this one just pissed everyone off,” he said.

Back in 2019, he condemned those occupying Ihumātao as time-wasters too.

“Is it time in lieu you think they’re taking or annual leave they’re taking?” he said.

Politics lecturer and pundit Dr Bryce Edwards told ZB aggression at the protest had evaporated. He described protesters as merely “eccentric”.

The same day Edwards also told RNZ’s Morning Report the protesters had been unfairly smeared as “far right” — even though far right material and broadcasts were still clearly present at the protest.

“Bryce is quite wrong to gloss over the far right influence,” countered another commentator on Morning Report, academic Morgan Godfery.

Known far-right figures were among the first setting up and attending fresh occupation protests in Christchurch.

Watching their channels
Byron C Clark, who researches New Zealand’s far-right and conspiracy theory scene, told Mediawatch that reporters and commentators declaring the protest peaceful and reasonable were ignoring some of its dark undercurrents.

“If you want a full picture, you need to be engaging with people on the ground but also be in the social media channels and watch their own media,” he said.

Extreme and sometimes violent messages are still being posted on apps like Telegram, and media channels like Counterspin, he said.

“They are talking to people who are saying different things to what they say to mainstream media journalists.”

TVNZ’s Cushla Norman also confronted Counterspin frontman Kelvyn Alp orchestrating the coverage outside Parliament last week. In a story that aired on 1News on Thursday TVNZ’s Kristin Hall found messages in stark conflict with the peaceful vibe many of the protesters were projecting publicly.

“The Nuremburg 2.0 trials have started, why is no one reporting on that? You know, that’s the crimes against humanity and treason,” one protester told her.

Hall also pointed to Counterspin’s Kelvyn Alp telling ACT leader David Seymour he was “lucky they haven’t strung [him] up from the nearest bloody lamppost” after offering to mediate.

Common alt-right messages
Clark said those kinds of messages were common in parts of the movement.

“It’s not the case that everyone at the protest is a committed member of the alt-right movement, but it’s certainly the case that the alt-right has a presence in this movement and is trying to influence the direction it takes,” he said.

Telegram: screenshot
“On Telegram we’ve got people calling for trials and executions of politicians. On Counterspin Media, the hosts are telling people to read the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. To not report on that almost seems like part of that disinformation at this point in time.” Image: Telegram screenshot/RNZ Mediawatch

‘“On Telegram we’ve got people calling for trials and executions of politicians. On Counterspin Media, the hosts are telling people to read the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. To not report on that almost seems like part of that disinformation at this point in time.”

Many protesters identified as liberal or progressive, while being increasingly influenced by extreme content, Clark said.

“You might be skeptical of vaccines for left-wing reasons. You might be distrustful of the pharmaceutical industry. Then when you go into these anti-vax groups online, you’re going to be experiencing conversations about other conspiracy theories, and people will be saying, ‘yes, the media is lying to you, not just about this but also about these other things’.”

“You’re going to be influenced by a lot of these ideas and even if you continue to call yourself a liberal or left-wing, if you’re going to these protests that are shaped by the far-right, are you part of a far-right movement without realising it? I think that’s the case with a lot of the protesters,” he said.

‘Research these fringe elements’
Clark said the convoy was the culmination of years of activity on social media channels like Telegram, where thousands of people were still being radicalised.

He urged reporters to follow his lead and infiltrate those channels, so at the least they are not surprised when another movement emerges.

“I think some of our newsrooms should be putting more resources into researching these groups. Researching these fringe elements. Because we should know after Christchurch in 2019, it doesn’t mean it’s not going to burst out into the real world,” he said.

“These thousands of people have all been chatting to each other on Telegram for months if not years — so this wasn’t something that nobody saw coming. But it’s something the media is struggling to come to terms with,” Clark told Mediawatch.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/19/mad-bad-or-mostly-moderate-medias-mixed-message-on-protest/feed/ 0 275394
Bryce Greene on Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/18/bryce-greene-on-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/18/bryce-greene-on-ukraine/#respond Fri, 18 Feb 2022 16:39:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9026825 Understanding the Ukraine crisis involves letting go of the storyline in which the US equals benevolent democracy and Russia equals craven imperialism.

The post Bryce Greene on Ukraine appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

FAIR: What You Should Really Know About Ukraine

FAIR.org (1/28/22)

This week on CounterSpin: You might think you’re not smart enough to talk about Ukraine. And, especially on US foreign policy, corporate media seem to suggest that any questions you have that fall outside their framework are not just dumb but traitorous, not earnest but dangerously naive. Peace? Diplomacy? The idea that US might have broken promises, might have material and not moral interests? Oh, so you love Putin then!

There is an interesting, relevant history to the state of tension between the US and Russia over Ukraine; but understanding it involves letting go of the storyline in which the US equals benevolent democracy and Russia equals craven imperialism.

We got some of that history from Bryce Greene, who wrote about Ukraine recently for FAIR.org.  We’ll hear that conversation this week.

      CounterSpin220218Greene.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of Afghanistan.

      CounterSpin220218Banter.mp3

The post Bryce Greene on Ukraine appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/18/bryce-greene-on-ukraine/feed/ 0 275021
Rakeen Mabud on Supply Chain Breakdown https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/11/rakeen-mabud-on-supply-chain-breakdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/11/rakeen-mabud-on-supply-chain-breakdown/#respond Fri, 11 Feb 2022 17:05:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9026546 Why has the system broken down? You could say media's reluctance to critically break down systems is itself a system problem.

The post Rakeen Mabud on Supply Chain Breakdown appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

American Prospect: How We Broke the Supply Chain

American Prospect (1/31/22)

This week on CounterSpin: You will have heard many things recently about the supply chain—as the reason you can’t find what you’re looking for on store shelves, or the reason it costs so much. But what’s behind it all? Why has the system broken down in this way? Here’s where thoughtful journalism could fill us in, could educate on a set of issues that affects us all, including discussing alternatives. But corporate news media aren’t good at covering economic issues from the ground up, or asking big questions about who is served by current structures. You could say media’s reluctance to critically break down systems is itself a system problem.

Rakeen Mabud is chief economist and managing director of policy and research at Groundwork Collaborative. She’ll join us to talk about the ideas in the article she recently co-authored for American Prospect, “How We Broke the Supply Chain.”

      CounterSpin220211Mabud.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of polling and Israeli apartheid.

      CounterSpin220211Banter.mp3

The post Rakeen Mabud on Supply Chain Breakdown appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/11/rakeen-mabud-on-supply-chain-breakdown/feed/ 0 273300
Steven Rosenfeld on Arizona ‘Audit,’ Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/04/steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/04/steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/#respond Fri, 04 Feb 2022 16:58:54 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9026383 The  spate of new election-meddling laws proposed in Arizona suggests that looking away from Trumpists' "audit" is not the answer.

The post Steven Rosenfeld on Arizona ‘Audit,’ Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

CNN: An Arizona bill would empower state legislators to reject election results

CNN (1/28/22)

This week on CounterSpin: A New York Times opinion piece by editorial board member Jesse Wegman says that debunking Republicans’ baseless, self-serving claims of voter fraud “was always a fool’s game,” because “the professional vote-fraud crusaders are not in the fact business.” The suggestion seems to be that even addressing such claims is “giving them oxygen.” But there’s a difference between airing such claims and training a scrutinizing, disinfectant light on them—and it’s really journalists’ choice which of those they do. The  spate of new election-meddling laws proposed in Arizona suggests that looking away is not the answer. But Trumpers’ loss in Arizona could also map a way forward, if you’re interested. Our guest is interested. Steven Rosenfeld is editor and chief correspondent of Voting Booth, a project of the Independent Media Institute.

      CounterSpin220204Rosenfeld.mp3

 

Jacobin depiction of cryptocurrencey

(image: Jacobin, 1/21/22)

Also on the show: If you think the “little guy” is left out of Wall Street deals, you’re not wrong. But is Bitcoin the answer? Is “cryptocurrency” a leveling force—or just a different flavor of grift that plays on that not-unfounded little guy frustration? Our guest gets at what’s new and what’s old in his description of cryptocurrency as “the people’s Ponzi.” Sohale Mortazavi is a writer based in Chicago; his recent piece on cryptocurrency appears in Jacobin.

      CounterSpin220204Mortazavi.mp3

The post Steven Rosenfeld on Arizona ‘Audit,’ Sohale Mortazavi on Cryptocurrency appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/04/steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit-sohale-mortazavi-on-cryptocurrency/feed/ 0 271412
Jordan Chariton on Flint Water Crisis, Maurice Carney on Lumumba Assassination https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/21/jordan-chariton-on-flint-water-crisis-maurice-carney-on-lumumba-assassination/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/21/jordan-chariton-on-flint-water-crisis-maurice-carney-on-lumumba-assassination/#respond Fri, 21 Jan 2022 16:44:54 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025953 While corporate media have largely let the water crisis in Flint go, the story isn't over, nor has justice been served.

The post Jordan Chariton on Flint Water Crisis, Maurice Carney on Lumumba Assassination appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Tainted water from Flint, Michigan

Flint, Michigan

This week on CounterSpin: Search corporate news media for recent stories on the water crisis in Flint, Michigan—in which some of the city’s overwhelmingly Black residents were paying upwards of $300 a month for water they couldn’t drink, based on an infrastructure decision on the water’s source that their elected officials had no say in—and you’ll find a few stories on how yes, lead-leaching pipes endangered people’s health…but there’s been a multi-million dollar settlement, and a presidential commitment to address lead in water, so maybe it’s all over but the shouting.

CNN hosted a Republican Michigan congressmember who explained that Flint was under an unelected austerity-minded emergency manager because their “city had essentially collapsed. They had no strong functioning government and the state had to step in and there was an error in shifting water sources.” That sounds lamentable, but not really blameworthy. So how do you square that “sorry but let’s move forward” line with the information that investigators looking into the crisis found that the cell phones of key health officials and other players, like then-Gov. Rick Snyder’s press secretary, had been wiped of messages for the key period?

While corporate media have largely let Flint go, the story isn’t over, nor has justice been served. We’ll hear from a reporter still on the case: Jordan Chariton, from independent news network Status Coup News.

      CounterSpin220121Chariton.mp3

 

Patrice Lumumba

Patrice Lumumba

Also on the show: You don’t need to put your ear to the ground to hear US news media drumbeats for war of some sort with official enemies China and/or Russia. With China, part of what we’re being told to two-minute hate is their involvement on the African continent, where we’re to understand they are nefariously trapping countries in debt—unlike the US involvement in the region, which has been about bringing joy and love and hope.

Just because a playbook is old doesn’t mean it won’t be used again and again. The vision relies on amnesia and ignorance of what the US has done and is doing in Sub-Saharan Africa—a topic that, if news media wanted to explore it, they had a great chance this past week, with the 60th anniversary of the assassination of Patrice Lumumba, the first elected prime minister of the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Why was Lumumba killed? And what’s the living legacy of that undercovered murder? We’ll hear from Maurice Carney,  co-founder and executive director of the group Friends of the Congo.

      CounterSpin220121Carney.mp3

The post Jordan Chariton on Flint Water Crisis, Maurice Carney on Lumumba Assassination appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/21/jordan-chariton-on-flint-water-crisis-maurice-carney-on-lumumba-assassination/feed/ 0 267609
Pardiss Kebriaei on Guantánamo Prisoners https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/14/pardiss-kebriaei-on-guantanamo-prisoners/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/14/pardiss-kebriaei-on-guantanamo-prisoners/#respond Fri, 14 Jan 2022 16:55:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025619 We are a long way from understanding the full meaning of Guantánamo. But we can get the remaining detainees out.

The post Pardiss Kebriaei on Guantánamo Prisoners appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Guantanamo Prisoners

Prisoners of Guantánamo (photo: Shane T. McCoy/US Navy)

This week on CounterSpin: As we pass the grim milestone of 20 years of the military prison at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba, even Michael Lehnert, the Marine general who set the camp up, calls for it to close, says it shouldn’t have opened, that it’s an affront to US values. And yet here we are.

The number of Muslim men and boys in Guantánamo has shrunk from some 800 to 39—that’s meaningful. But when you read an offhand reference to those men as “awaiting justice,” one wonders: What do reporters imagine “justice” might mean to people charged with no crime, deprived of liberty unlawfully for decades, in a place designed to keep them from accessing justice, and to keep anyone else from hearing about them, much less questioning the processes that put them there?

We are a long way from understanding the full meaning of Guantánamo. But we can get the remaining detainees out. Our guest says that’s something that can happen and should happen, now. Pardiss Kebriaei is senior staff attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights and a fellow at the Radcliffe Institute for Advanced Study. She’ll join us to talk abut how closing Guantánamo is not everything we can do, but it is something we can do, and should.

 

      CounterSpin220114Kebriaei.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Lani Guinier, Desmond Tutu, and Covid and disability.

 

      CounterSpin220114Banter.mp3

 

The post Pardiss Kebriaei on Guantánamo Prisoners appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/14/pardiss-kebriaei-on-guantanamo-prisoners/feed/ 0 265774
Craig Aaron on Local Journalism, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/07/craig-aaron-on-local-journalism-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/07/craig-aaron-on-local-journalism-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/#respond Fri, 07 Jan 2022 17:14:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025478 The loss of an information source—a particular place for debate, for conversation, on issues relevant to you—is incalculable, but very real. 

The post Craig Aaron on Local Journalism, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Local journalist (image: Free Press)

(Image: Free Press)

This week on CounterSpin: At FAIR, we say you can change the channel all you want, but you can’t turn on what isn’t there. The loss of an information source—a particular place for debate, for conversation, on issues relevant to you—is incalculable, but very real. We talked about the loss of local journalism, and why we can still be hopeful, with Craig Aaron of the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin220107Aaron.mp3

 

Rana Plaza Collapse

Rana Plaza collapse

Also on the show: Fashion is always a huge media story, but what goes into it is not. The “fashion” industry is a prime driver of structured exploitation, whether we’re talking about blocked fire exits or a piece-rate system that steals workers’ wages systematically. The Garment Worker Protection Act, passed in California late last year, aims to address some of those harms. In light of that undercovered victory, we’re going to remind ourselves of one of the spurs for it. Barbara Briggs, then associate director of the Institute for Global Labour and Human Rights, spoke with CounterSpin in 2015 about the 2013 collapse at Rana Plaza, which brought murder charges against Bangladeshi factory owners and government officials—but, we can say now, somehow didn’t convince corporate media to keep a critical eye trained on the human costs of “fast fashion.”

      CounterSpin220107Briggs.mp3

The post Craig Aaron on Local Journalism, Barbara Briggs on Workplace Disasters appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/01/07/craig-aaron-on-local-journalism-barbara-briggs-on-workplace-disasters/feed/ 0 263863
Best of CounterSpin 2021 https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/best-of-counterspin-2021/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/best-of-counterspin-2021/#respond Fri, 31 Dec 2021 17:07:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025422 This annual round-up reflects all the conversations we hope have offered a voice that might help you interpret the news you read.

The post Best of CounterSpin 2021 appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

This week on CounterSpin: the best of CounterSpin for 2021.

We call it the “the best of,” but this annual round-up is just a reflection of the kinds of conversations we hope have offered a voice or context or information that might help you interpret the news you read. We’re thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show. They help us see the world more clearly and see the role we can play in changing it.

 

Mara Verheyden-Hilliard

Mara Verheyden-Hilliard 

While it came in the midst of a calamitous time, the year’s beginning was still historically marked by an event we’re still accounting for. There are more than 700 arrests now, for crimes from misdemeanor trespassing to felony assault, connected to the January 6 Capitol insurrection, but that doesn’t mean we’ve reckoned with what went down. We talked with Mara Verheyden-Hilliard, activist, attorney and executive director of the Partnership for Civil Justice Fund, on January 7.

 

Kimberly Inez McGuire

Kimberly Inez McGuire

There is rightful concern about whether the Supreme Court will overturn 1973’s Roe v. Wade, affirming abortion rights. But reproductive justice has always been about much more than Roe or abortion; that’s a “floor, not a ceiling,” as Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE: Unite for Reproductive and Gender Equity, explained.

Igor Volsky

Igor Volsky

Igor Volsky, executive director of Guns Down America, and author of the book Guns Down: How to Defeat the NRA and Build a Safer Future With Fewer Guns, talked about how, when it comes to gun violence, the US has tried nothing, and is all out of ideas.

Doroahty A. Brown:

Dorothy A. Brown

Oftentimes people think corporate media are liberal, or even left, because they acknowledge discrimination. The thing is, that blanket acknowledgment is meaningless if you don’t break it down—explain how, for instance, racial bias plays out. That’s just what Dorothy A. Brown, professor at Emory University School of Law, and author of the new book The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans—and How We Can Fix It, did for CounterSpin.

Bianca Nozaki-Nasser

Bianca Nozaki-Nasser

The Covid pandemic highlighted many, many fault lines in US society, many aided and abetted by deficient media coverage. Anti-Asian reporting had predictable results, but as Bianca Nozaki Nassar, media-maker and educator with the group 18 Million Rising, told CounterSpin, the actions and the response fed into existing, noxious narratives.

Luke Harris (photo: Vasser)

Luke Harris

It might seem like 2021 was a head-spinner, but don’t get distracted. You don’t have to have heard of, for example, critical race theory to see that the panic around it is brought to you by the same folks who want to keep people from voting, or deciding whether to give birth, or loving who they love. We asked for some context from Luke Harris, deputy director at the African American Policy Forum.

David Cooper

David Cooper

“No one wants to work!” Are we over that yet? Things are shifting, but there’s still a media mountain to move about the very idea that workers choosing their conditions is something more than a “month” or a “moment”—and might just be a fundamental question of human rights. We spoke with David Cooper, senior economic analyst at the Economic Policy Institute, and deputy director of EARN, the Economic Analysis and Research Network.

 

Alec Karakatsanis

Alec Karakatsanis

Fear-mongering crime coverage is a hardy perennial for for-profit media. But they don’t just scare you, they offer a response to that fear: police. The New York Times covered a murder spike with reporting from Jeff Asher, without tipping readers to his work with the CIA and Palantir, and a consulting business with the New Orleans police department. If only that were the only problem, as Alec Karakatsanis is founder and executive director of Civil Rights Corps, and author of the book Usual Cruelty: The Complicity of Lawyers in the Criminal Injustice System explained.

 

Paul Paz y Mino

Paul Paz y Mino

Climate change was clearly a top story for 2021. But we’re past the point where reporters should be detailing what’s going wrong. We need to know who is standing in the way of response. And that’s where the “corporate” in corporate media kicks in. Look no further than coverage, or lack thereof, of Steven Donziger, the attorney who made the mistake of trying to Chevron responsible for its anti-human, anti-climate crimes. Paul Paz y Miño, associate director at Amazon Watch, discussed.

 

Michael K. Dorsey

Michael K. Dorsey:

Yes, but isn’t the US a world leader on climate? No. Michael K. Dorsey works on issues of global energy, environment, finance and sustainability. While calling for continued people power, which he named as the thing that’s going to carry the day, he suggested much, much, much more needs to be demanded of political leadership.

The post Best of CounterSpin 2021 appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/best-of-counterspin-2021/feed/ 0 262154
Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Election https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/24/suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/24/suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-election/#respond Fri, 24 Dec 2021 13:47:21 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025391 This week on CounterSpin, we talk about the recent Honduran election and signs of hard-won hope in that country.

The post Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Election appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

This week on CounterSpin: When Xiomara Castro won a historic victory in Honduras last month—the country’s first woman president, winning with the most votes in history, in a decisive rebuke to the many-years dominant National Party—Associated Press suggested that while that might “present opportunities” for the US, “there will be some painful history to overcome, primarily the US government’s initial sluggishness in calling the ouster of Castro’s husband Manuel Zelaya in 2009 what it was”—a coup.

Well, huh. In September 2009, AP told its readers that Honduras’

legislature ousted Zelaya after he formed an alliance with leftist Venezuelan President Hugo Chávez and tried to alter the nation’s constitution. Zelaya was arrested on orders of the Supreme Court on charges of treason for ignoring court orders against holding a referendum to extend his term. The Honduran constitution forbids a president from trying to obtain another term in office.

Beyond the implication that “forming an alliance” with a leftist leader is somehow illegal, a later AP report underscored that “Zelaya was put on a plane by the military”—so OK, not the “legislature” anymore—”in June for trying to force a referendum to change the constitution’s limit of one term for presidents.” What’s not funny ha ha but funny peculiar is that before the coup, AP had told readers, accurately, that the referendum in question “has no legal effect: It merely asks people if they want to have a later vote on whether to convoke an assembly to rewrite the constitution.”

A dry-eyed observer would see AP‘s “editorial” position shifting along with, not facts on the ground, but US state rhetoric. Which brings us back to the present, and the idea that the US government, and their media megaphones, earnestly welcome a new leftist government in Honduras, and share their interest in lifting up the country’s people. Let’s just say: We’ll see.

Suyapa Portillo Villeda is an advocate, organizer and associate professor of Chicana/o–Latina/o transnational studies at Pitzer College, and author of Roots of Resistance: A Story of Gender, Race and Labor on the North Coast of Honduras.  She joins us this week to talk about the election, and signs of hard-won hope in Honduras.

      CounterSpin211224Portillo.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of famine in Afghanistan.

      CounterSpin211224Banter.mp3

The post Suyapa Portillo Villeda on Honduran Election appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/24/suyapa-portillo-villeda-on-honduran-election/feed/ 0 260758
Caleb Nichols on Defending Public Libraries https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/17/caleb-nichols-on-defending-public-libraries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/17/caleb-nichols-on-defending-public-libraries/#respond Fri, 17 Dec 2021 18:46:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025339 Libraries aren't just a meaningful reality, but a meaningful symbol of the fact that there is a thing called the public interest.

The post Caleb Nichols on Defending Public Libraries appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Truthout: Public-Private Partnerships Are Quietly Hollowing Out Our Public Libraries

Truthout (11/10/21)

This week on CounterSpin: Even if we don’t see a written-out master plan, the banning of books, the attacks on teaching real US history, the efforts to push out professors with views that transgress official US policy…. In their myriad forms. these tell us that it’s important to powerful people to restrict what ideas people can access. It’s the land of the free and home of the brave, except if you want to know what’s happened and happens here, or to tell people about it. It all shows us the power of ideas. As infuriating and sad and enervating as it all is, it also reminds us that knowledge is power.

So if you are someone who wants to know about the world—and if you aren’t in a position to buy books online to read—you might, as many of us did and do, go to the library. That’s the place where you don’t have to pay to sit down, you don’t have to buy a book or a coffee in order to read…. Libraries aren’t just a meaningful reality, but a meaningful symbol of the fact that there is a thing called the public interest, and it is a thing that the state, the thing we all are part of, that we support with taxes (yes, even those of us who aren’t documented citizens, but human beings who work and contribute to others and pay taxes) have a say in. So it matters a lot that this critical, loved public institution is under threat of usurpation by the same folks who think that there should be nothing, nothing, that private-sector, profit-oriented rich people don’t own and control. Do you care about libraries, that let anyone in and support anyone’s interest in learning? Well, then get ready to fight, because that space, that idea, is on the ropes.

Caleb Nichols is a librarian, writer, poet and musician, currently course reserves coordinator at Cal Poly/San Luis Obispo. His article, “Public/Private Partnerships Are Quietly Hollowing Out Our Public Libraries,” was published recently on Truthout.org.

      CounterSpin211217Nichols.mp3

The post Caleb Nichols on Defending Public Libraries appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/17/caleb-nichols-on-defending-public-libraries/feed/ 0 258838
Ralph Nader on Journalism and the Public Interest https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/10/ralph-nader-on-journalism-and-the-public-interest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/10/ralph-nader-on-journalism-and-the-public-interest/#respond Fri, 10 Dec 2021 15:28:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025261 A small group of people, willing to confront entrenched ideas and power, really can make change in the public interest.

The post Ralph Nader on Journalism and the Public Interest appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Harvard Institute of Politics: What do you see as the chances that we will have a second civil war in your lifetime?

Harvard Institute of Politics (12/1/21)

This week on CounterSpin: Research from Harvard’s Institute of Politics finds young people worried about the state of US democracy and even the possibility of civil war. Yet US corporate journalists seem to feel nothing truly new is needed beyond the same old counsel: The “system” basically works, the US leads the world in rights and liberties, and “centrism” between the two dominant political parties is the wisest course, regardless of the content of their policies.

The Harvard project leader says young people still “seem as determined as ever to fight for the change they seek.” And in that, they have examples of folks who didn’t necessarily have odds in their favor, but who showed that even a small group of people, willing to confront entrenched ideas and power, really can make change in the public interest. One example is today’s guest: Ralph Nader is a consumer advocate, lawyer, author and radio host. We catch up with him this week on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin211210Nader.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media coverage of Kyrsten Sinema and pharmacies’ opioid guilt.

      CounterSpin211210Banter.mp3

The post Ralph Nader on Journalism and the Public Interest appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/10/ralph-nader-on-journalism-and-the-public-interest/feed/ 0 256632
Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection, Vera Eidelman on Anti-Protest Laws https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/03/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-vera-eidelman-on-anti-protest-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/03/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-vera-eidelman-on-anti-protest-laws/#respond Fri, 03 Dec 2021 16:39:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9025150 As the year nears its end, it’s hard not to think back to how it started—with the violent assault on the Capitol.

The post Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection, Vera Eidelman on Anti-Protest Laws appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Washington Post depiction of the January 6 Insurrection

Washington Post (10/31/21)

This week on CounterSpin, two archival interviews: As the year nears its end, it’s hard not to think back to how it started—with the violent assault on the Capitol by a crowd intent on preventing the declaration of Joe Biden as president. We spoke with organizer and strategist Dorothee Benz the next day about the import of the events of January 6.

      CounterSpin211203Benz.mp3

 

Deadly Charlottesville car attack

ABC News (8/13/17)

Also on the show: While response to the insurrection came slowly, states have been cracking down on peaceful protests. We talked about that worrying trend with the ACLU’s Vera Eidelman around the Fourth of July.

      CounterSpin211203Eidelman.mp3

The post Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection, Vera Eidelman on Anti-Protest Laws appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/03/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-vera-eidelman-on-anti-protest-laws/feed/ 0 254437
Carol Anderson on White Supremacy vs. Democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/26/carol-anderson-on-white-supremacy-vs-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/26/carol-anderson-on-white-supremacy-vs-democracy/#respond Fri, 26 Nov 2021 16:24:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024978 This can be a turning point, if more of us understand that history isn't something that happens to us, but something we DO.

The post Carol Anderson on White Supremacy vs. Democracy appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
January 6 insurrection in the Capitol.

Guardian (11/10/21)

This week on CounterSpin: What do we want? Multiracial democracy. When do we want it? Now. What stands in the way? White supremacy that has disregarded, derailed and violently defied that democracy at multiple turns.

Those anguished over the Rittenhouse acquittal, depressed by racist police brutality, unnerved by the failure to take seriously the January 6 insurrection, and worried about systemic predations on voting rights are sometimes led to say: “This isn’t America!” If you attend to actual US history (importantly different from what you might’ve read in your history textbook, or what you might someday be allowed to read in your history textbook), you will understand that this is America. But that still doesn’t mean it has to be. This can be a turning point, if more of us understand that history isn’t something that happens to us, but something we DO.

Carol Anderson is the Charles Howard Candler professor of African-American studies at Emory University, and the author of White Rage: The Unspoken Truth of Our Racial Divide and One Person, No Vote: How Voter Suppression Is Destroying Our Democracy. We talk with her about her recent Guardian column on the historical and ongoing struggle between white supremacy and this country’s hopes for democracy.

      CounterSpin211126Anderson.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of protest in India.

      CounterSpin211126Banter.mp3

The post Carol Anderson on White Supremacy vs. Democracy appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/26/carol-anderson-on-white-supremacy-vs-democracy/feed/ 0 252692
Jon Schwarz on Inflation, Enrique Armijo on Alex Jones https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/19/jon-schwarz-on-inflation-enrique-armijo-on-alex-jones/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/19/jon-schwarz-on-inflation-enrique-armijo-on-alex-jones/#respond Fri, 19 Nov 2021 17:03:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024960 You don't need to understand inflation, elite media seem to say, but you do need to be mad about it.

The post Jon Schwarz on Inflation, Enrique Armijo on Alex Jones appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Wall Street Journal deficit cartoon

The Wall Street Journal (2/3/21) explains inflation.

This week on CounterSpin: If you read a paper, you know that inflation is a dire, important thing right now, a problem for the Biden administration, for economic policymakers, and for…regular folks who want to buy milk? You don’t need to understand it, elite media seem to say, but you do need to be mad about it, and direct blame for it toward…yourself? Jon Schwarz writes about elite media’s confusing and conflicting instructions around inflation, among other things, at the Intercept; we’ll talk with him about the current economic reality—and storyline.

      CounterSpin211119Schwarz.mp3
Alex Jones

Alex Jones

Also on the show: Ethically deficient radio host Alex Jones‘ defamation case is a political story about the impact of energetic, intentional disinformation. It’s a media story about how the profitability of hateful BS seems to change the terms around whether things that call themselves news outlets should be held accountable for demonstrably harmful lies. And it’s a speech rights story about whether you can yell fire in a crowded theater and then say, Ha! any dummy would know I was just kidding (but I’m not kidding about these vitamin supplements, please buy them). We’ll ask, “How does the legal system solve a problem like Alex Jones?” with Enrique Armijo, professor of law at Elon University.

      CounterSpin211119Armijo.mp3

The post Jon Schwarz on Inflation, Enrique Armijo on Alex Jones appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/19/jon-schwarz-on-inflation-enrique-armijo-on-alex-jones/feed/ 0 250855
Peter Maybarduk on Moderna Patent, Tracy Rosenberg on Aaron Swartz Day https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/12/peter-maybarduk-on-moderna-patent-tracy-rosenberg-on-aaron-swartz-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/12/peter-maybarduk-on-moderna-patent-tracy-rosenberg-on-aaron-swartz-day/#respond Fri, 12 Nov 2021 16:41:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024862 Drugs are developed by the government, and then pharmaceutical companies get patents on them and sell them back to the public.

The post Peter Maybarduk on Moderna Patent, Tracy Rosenberg on Aaron Swartz Day appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

New York Times depiction of Moderna vaccination

New York Times (11/9/21)

This week on CounterSpin: We’ve talked on this show about how drugs and medicines are researched and developed by the government (on the public dime, if you will), and then pharmaceutical companies get patents on them and sell them back to the public at literally life-altering, or life-ending, prices. If you think, “But surely everything is different in a pandemic that’s killed 800,000 people in this country, one of every 400 people, and more than 5 million worldwide”—sadly, that means you don’t understand the nature of the game.  Willie Sutton reportedly robbed banks because “that’s where the money is.” Moderna is seeking a sole patent for the Covid-19 vaccine they created in partnership with the National Institutes of Health because, as a source told the New York Times, “that could help the company justify its prices and rebuff pressure to make its vaccine available to poorer countries.” We’ll hear about that, and better ways forward, from Peter Maybarduk, director of Public Citizen’s Global Access to Medicines Program.

      CounterSpin211112Maybarduk.mp3

 

Aaron Swartz

Aaron Swartz (cc photo: Nick Gray)

Also on the show: Aaron Swartz helped create the RSS protocol when he was 14; he was a founding figure behind SecureDrop, the Creative Commons licensing system, Open Library, Reddit and the civil liberties group Demand Progress, and he helped lead the fight against the censorious Stop Online Piracy Act. In the wake of his death in 2013, many groups vowed to push forward on his vision of citizens, regular people, unleashing data—with entailed access and communicability—in service of the public interest and the right to know.

Tracy Rosenberg uses data to build bridges between those affected by policy and those that make it, particularly on questions of privacy, surveillance and private or state encroachment on civil liberties—in other words, things you might not even know you need to know about. She’s executive director at Media Alliance and co-coordinator at Oakland Privacy. We’ll catch up with her today on CounterSpin.

      CounterSpin211112Rosenberg.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the latest elections.

      CounterSpin211112Banter.mp3

 

The post Peter Maybarduk on Moderna Patent, Tracy Rosenberg on Aaron Swartz Day appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/12/peter-maybarduk-on-moderna-patent-tracy-rosenberg-on-aaron-swartz-day/feed/ 0 249128
Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/#respond Fri, 05 Nov 2021 15:54:53 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024780   This week on CounterSpin: The impacts of climate disruption are not theoretical; they are happening. Those already worst off are facing the worst of it, and those who profit from it continue to profit. There are finer points, but that’s reality. And it’s fair to measure journalism not by its cleverness, or by demonstrated […]

The post Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Delegates arriving at COP 26

(cc photo: Doug Peters/British government)

This week on CounterSpin: The impacts of climate disruption are not theoretical; they are happening. Those already worst off are facing the worst of it, and those who profit from it continue to profit. There are finer points, but that’s reality. And it’s fair to measure journalism not by its cleverness, or by demonstrated balance between the voices of various power players—because when it comes to climate change, power players are the problem—but by the justice it does to that reality.

As national leaders meet at COP26 in Glasgow to discuss ways to confront this already unfolding disaster, the Washington Post is suggesting US readers celebrate —what’s this?—the Transportation Department’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s decision to finalize a “rule extending federal pipeline safety standards to more than 400,000 miles of currently unregulated onshore gathering lines.” You can acknowledge that certain steps are good, without thereby suggesting that they are within shouting distance of “enough” when it comes to climate change. We talk about comparing what’s happening to what needs to happen with environmental scientist and advocate, and longtime climate conference participant and observer, Michael K. Dorsey.

      CounterSpin211105Dorsey.mp3

 

NYT depiction of Border Patrol assaulting Haitian refugees

New York Times (9/21/21)

Also on the show: In the wake of the horrifying front-page photos from September, the Biden administration says that the US Border Patrol will no longer use horses to round up Haitian asylum seekers they are flushing out of a makeshift shelters to send back over the border into Mexico, without the opportunity to present their case about the dangers they have spent, in many cases, years trying to escape. That may cut down on horrifying front-page photos, which is why it’s all the more important to ask what’s actually changing with regard to US policy toward Haitian refugees. We talk about that with Nekessa Opoti, communications director at the Black Alliance for Just Immigration.

      CounterSpin211105Opoti.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media coverage of the new climate denialism.

      CounterSpin211105Banter.mp3

 

The post Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/feed/ 0 247321
Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/#respond Fri, 05 Nov 2021 15:54:53 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024780   This week on CounterSpin: The impacts of climate disruption are not theoretical; they are happening. Those already worst off are facing the worst of it, and those who profit from it continue to profit. There are finer points, but that’s reality. And it’s fair to measure journalism not by its cleverness, or by demonstrated […]

The post Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Delegates arriving at COP 26

(cc photo: Doug Peters/British government)

This week on CounterSpin: The impacts of climate disruption are not theoretical; they are happening. Those already worst off are facing the worst of it, and those who profit from it continue to profit. There are finer points, but that’s reality. And it’s fair to measure journalism not by its cleverness, or by demonstrated balance between the voices of various power players—because when it comes to climate change, power players are the problem—but by the justice it does to that reality.

As national leaders meet at COP26 in Glasgow to discuss ways to confront this already unfolding disaster, the Washington Post is suggesting US readers celebrate —what’s this?—the Transportation Department’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s decision to finalize a “rule extending federal pipeline safety standards to more than 400,000 miles of currently unregulated onshore gathering lines.” You can acknowledge that certain steps are good, without thereby suggesting that they are within shouting distance of “enough” when it comes to climate change. We talk about comparing what’s happening to what needs to happen with environmental scientist and advocate, and longtime climate conference participant and observer, Michael K. Dorsey.

      CounterSpin211105Dorsey.mp3

 

NYT depiction of Border Patrol assaulting Haitian refugees

New York Times (9/21/21)

Also on the show: In the wake of the horrifying front-page photos from September, the Biden administration says that the US Border Patrol will no longer use horses to round up Haitian asylum seekers they are flushing out of a makeshift shelters to send back over the border into Mexico, without the opportunity to present their case about the dangers they have spent, in many cases, years trying to escape. That may cut down on horrifying front-page photos, which is why it’s all the more important to ask what’s actually changing with regard to US policy toward Haitian refugees. We talk about that with Nekessa Opoti, communications director at the Black Alliance for Just Immigration.

      CounterSpin211105Opoti.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media coverage of the new climate denialism.

      CounterSpin211105Banter.mp3

 

The post Michael K. Dorsey on Climate Summit, Nekessa Opoti on Haitian Refugees appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/11/05/michael-k-dorsey-on-climate-summit-nekessa-opoti-on-haitian-refugees/feed/ 0 247322
Karen Dolan on Build Back Better, Tim Karr on Changing Facebook https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/karen-dolan-on-build-back-better-tim-karr-on-changing-facebook/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/karen-dolan-on-build-back-better-tim-karr-on-changing-facebook/#respond Fri, 29 Oct 2021 16:26:27 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024601   This week on CounterSpin: An early October survey showed that while 60% of those polled knew that the Build Back Better legislative package was “$3.5 trillion,” only 10% had any sense of what was in it. That is many things, but preeminently a failure of news media—the demonstrably harmful effect of months of reporting […]

The post Karen Dolan on Build Back Better, Tim Karr on Changing Facebook appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Joe Biden promoting the Build Back Better plan

(cc photo: Adam Schultz / Biden for President)

This week on CounterSpin: An early October survey showed that while 60% of those polled knew that the Build Back Better legislative package was “$3.5 trillion,” only 10% had any sense of what was in it. That is many things, but preeminently a failure of news media—the demonstrably harmful effect of months of reporting that never failed to note the presumed “costs” of a plan to address devastating national crises of healthcare, climate and infrastructure, but that only rarely troubled itself to explain in any detail what those plans would mean. Despite that, polls still show majorities of Americans supporting the plan. We talk about seeing and pushing through anti-democratic disinformation with Karen Dolan, director of the Criminalization of Race and Poverty project at the Institute for Policy Studies.

      CounterSpin211029Dolan.mp3

 

NYT: Face It, Facebook Won’t Change Unless Advertisers Demand It

New York Times (10/26/21)

Also on the show: A New York Times column (by an editorial board member) begins: “Facebook has endured one of the most punishing stretches of corporate coverage in recent memory, exposing its immense power and blithe disregard for its deleterious impacts. But none of it really matters.” Headlined, “Face It, Facebook Won’t Change Unless Advertisers Demand It,” the piece is ostensibly meant as a sober assessment of the difficulty of exacting change from a company while it’s making money. But given the role of journalism in telling folks what is possible, the Times espousing the notion that Congress, Facebook whistleblower Frances Haugen and the press are all “but bumps in the road” reads less as a dry-eyed evaluation than a call to throw up our hands in the face of an unwinnable contest. Our guest understands media structure, yet still advocates for policy change. We hear from Tim Karr, senior director of strategy and communications at the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin211029Karr.mp3

 

The post Karen Dolan on Build Back Better, Tim Karr on Changing Facebook appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/karen-dolan-on-build-back-better-tim-karr-on-changing-facebook/feed/ 0 245502
Paul Paz y Miño on Chevron v. Steven Donziger https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/22/paul-paz-y-mino-on-chevron-v-steven-donziger/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/22/paul-paz-y-mino-on-chevron-v-steven-donziger/#respond Fri, 22 Oct 2021 12:58:21 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024487 Chevron v. Donziger is a case a major fossil fuel company wanted to see silenced that has in fact had that effect.

The post Paul Paz y Miño on Chevron v. Steven Donziger appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Steven Donziger in Ecuador

Steven Donziger (right) in Ecuador.

This week on CounterSpin: When Steven Donziger and other attorneys sued Chevron for polluting the soil and water in Lago Agrio in Ecuador, Chevron moved to have the case held in Ecuador, where they don’t have jury trials. When that court ruled against them, they sued against the lawyers that won the verdict, and accused one, Steven Donziger, of corruption, including bribing the judge. When the judge later recanted his testimony, that was somehow not important, and Chevron moved the case back to the US, where they have not only managed to keep themselves from ever facing scrutiny for the original crime, which they don’t deny, but have ruined the personal and professional life of the lawyer who internal documents show they had an explicit plan to “demonize.”

It sure sounds like a story reporters interested in David vs. Goliath or climate change or corporate power or the future of humanity would care about. But no, it looks more like a story of a case a major fossil fuel company wanted to see silenced that has in fact had that effect.

We’ll talk about what media would really rather you not now about Steven Donziger and Chevron in Ecuador with Paul Paz y Miño, associate director of Amazon Watch.

      CounterSpin211022PazyMino.mp3

The post Paul Paz y Miño on Chevron v. Steven Donziger appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/22/paul-paz-y-mino-on-chevron-v-steven-donziger/feed/ 0 243699
Bobby Lewis on One America News, Jean Su on People vs. Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/15/bobby-lewis-on-one-america-news-jean-su-on-people-vs-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/15/bobby-lewis-on-one-america-news-jean-su-on-people-vs-fossil-fuels/#respond Fri, 15 Oct 2021 15:32:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024328 OAN's audience has been told that Trump really won the 2020 election and that chemical cocktails are better for Covid than vaccines.

The post Bobby Lewis on One America News, Jean Su on People vs. Fossil Fuels appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
      CounterSpin211015Guestname.mp3
One America News logo

OAN logo

This week on CounterSpin: “If you have 12 Americans being fed a diet of untruth, that’s 12 too many.” So says John Watson, an American University journalism professor specializing in ethics and media law. He’s talking about OAN, or One America News Network, and its audience, which has been told, among other things, that Donald Trump really won the 2020 election and that chemical cocktails are a better response to Covid-19 than government-authorized vaccines. We’ll talk about how we got here with Bobby Lewis, researcher and editorial writer from Media Matters.

      CounterSpin211015Lewis.mp3

 

Andrew Jackson statue in Lafayette Square--spraypainted with words Expect Us

(photo: Greenpeace USA)

Also on the show: Thousands of people are out in the street this week, calling on lawmakers to not just acknowledge that climate change is happening, but to do something about it. Media have a role to play here. It has to go beyond noting that protesters spraypainted a statue of Andrew Jackson. What about the work of saving the planet, and facing up to the forces that call themselves harmed? We’ll talk about people vs. fossil fuels with Jean Su from the Center for Biological Diversity.

      CounterSpin211015Su.mp3

 

The post Bobby Lewis on One America News, Jean Su on People vs. Fossil Fuels appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/15/bobby-lewis-on-one-america-news-jean-su-on-people-vs-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 241917
Lisa Graves on the Fight for the Post Office, Stevana Sims on Saving Anti-Racist Education https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/lisa-graves-on-the-fight-for-the-post-office-stevana-sims-on-saving-anti-racist-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/lisa-graves-on-the-fight-for-the-post-office-stevana-sims-on-saving-anti-racist-education/#respond Fri, 08 Oct 2021 16:06:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024252 Though the Postal Service has always been a public good, its current leaders seem intent on driving it into the ground.

The post Lisa Graves on the Fight for the Post Office, Stevana Sims on Saving Anti-Racist Education appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

US flag stamps

(image via BillMoyers.com)

This week on CounterSpin: The thing about the US Postal Service: Low-income people get the same service as the rich; rural people get their prescriptions and paychecks and ballots in the same timeframe as those in big cities. The idea has always been that postal service is a public good, not to be mined for profit, and not tiered to give the wealthy yet another leg up. USPS is the second-largest employer in the country, traditionally offering opportunities for people of color—and unlike the number one employer, Walmart, it doesn’t subsidize itself by paying wages so low that employees have to also rely on public assistance. That’s why it’s so worrying that the current leaders of the Postal Service seem intent on driving it into the ground. We’ll talk about the fight for the post office with Lisa Graves, executive director and editor-in-chief at True North Research</a

      CounterSpin211008Graves.mp3

 

National Day of Action #TeachTruth October 14

(image: AAPF)

Also on the show: Attorney General Merrick Garland has ordered the FBI to work with local leaders to help address the “disturbing spike in harassment, intimidation and threats of violence” against educators and school board members over mask mandates, and also interpretations of critical race theory, which has been distorted by conservatives to mean any teaching about racism or systemic inequity in US society. If you didn’t know that K–12 teachers and college professors are under visceral attack simply for teaching the unvarnished truth of US history, it might be because somehow many free speech advocates, including in the press corps, haven’t taken on this disturbing encroachment on the rights of educators and students. Teachers, however, are fighting back, and a number of groups are planning a Day of Action on October 14 to shed light on that fight and what’s at stake. We’ll hear about that from Stevana Sims, public school counselor in Montclair, New Jersey, and a member of the steering committee of the group Black Lives Matter at School.

      CounterSpin211008Sims.mp3

 

The post Lisa Graves on the Fight for the Post Office, Stevana Sims on Saving Anti-Racist Education appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/lisa-graves-on-the-fight-for-the-post-office-stevana-sims-on-saving-anti-racist-education/feed/ 0 240320
Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime/#respond Fri, 01 Oct 2021 16:06:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024154 Media announce a rise in the murder rate with coverage steeped in false presumptions about what that means and how to respond.

The post Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

New York Times depiction of NYPD officers

New York Times (9/22/21)

This week on CounterSpin: “Crime wave” politics are a time-honored response to political movements that take on racist policing in this country, dating back at least to Barry Goldwater, as organizer Josmar Trujillo was reminding us back in 2015. But here we are again, as outlets like the New York Times announce a reported rise in the murder rate with coverage steeped in false presumptions about what that means and how to respond. Our guest says prepare to hear a lot about how cops need more resources because “crime is surging,” and offers antidote to that copaganda. We hear from Alec Karakatsanis, executive director of Civil Rights Corps, and author of the book Usual Cruelty: The Complicity of Lawyers in the Criminal Injustice System.

      CounterSpin210101Karakatsanis.mp3

 

Larry Nassar booking photo

Larry Nassar

Also on the show: While we’re to understand that police could prevent crime, if only they’re permitted, we’re also asked to accept that the most powerful law enforcement in the country just somehow couldn’t manage to prevent Olympic gymnast team doctor Larry Nassar from sexually assaulting dozens of young women, even after they’d been alerted. FBI actions around Nassar went well beyond mere negligence—falsifying testimony, pressuring witnesses—but to actually address that, we’ll need to acknowledge a systemic indifference to gender-based crime. Jane Manning, director of the Women’s Equal Justice Project, joins us to talk about that.

      CounterSpin210101Manning.mp3

The post Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime/feed/ 0 238599
Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime-2/#respond Fri, 01 Oct 2021 16:06:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024154 Media announce a rise in the murder rate with coverage steeped in false presumptions about what that means and how to respond.

The post Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

New York Times depiction of NYPD officers

New York Times (9/22/21)

This week on CounterSpin: “Crime wave” politics are a time-honored response to political movements that take on racist policing in this country, dating back at least to Barry Goldwater, as organizer Josmar Trujillo was reminding us back in 2015. But here we are again, as outlets like the New York Times announce a reported rise in the murder rate with coverage steeped in false presumptions about what that means and how to respond. Our guest says prepare to hear a lot about how cops need more resources because “crime is surging,” and offers antidote to that copaganda. We hear from Alec Karakatsanis, executive director of Civil Rights Corps, and author of the book Usual Cruelty: The Complicity of Lawyers in the Criminal Injustice System.

      CounterSpin210101Karakatsanis.mp3

 

Larry Nassar booking photo

Larry Nassar

Also on the show: While we’re to understand that police could prevent crime, if only they’re permitted, we’re also asked to accept that the most powerful law enforcement in the country just somehow couldn’t manage to prevent Olympic gymnast team doctor Larry Nassar from sexually assaulting dozens of young women, even after they’d been alerted. FBI actions around Nassar went well beyond mere negligence—falsifying testimony, pressuring witnesses—but to actually address that, we’ll need to acknowledge a systemic indifference to gender-based crime. Jane Manning, director of the Women’s Equal Justice Project, joins us to talk about that.

      CounterSpin210101Manning.mp3

The post Alec Karakatsanis on ‘Crime Surge’ Copaganda, Jane Manning on Gender-Based Crime appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/01/alec-karakatsanis-on-crime-surge-copaganda-jane-manning-on-gender-based-crime-2/feed/ 0 238600
David Moore on Manchin’s Conflict, Jim Naureckas on Covid and Media https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/24/david-moore-on-manchins-conflict-jim-naureckas-on-covid-and-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/24/david-moore-on-manchins-conflict-jim-naureckas-on-covid-and-media/#respond Fri, 24 Sep 2021 15:09:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9024018 "We’re going to have a representative of fossil fuel interests crafting the policy that reduces our emissions from fossil fuels."

The post David Moore on Manchin’s Conflict, Jim Naureckas on Covid and Media appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin210924Guestname.mp3

 

Sludge: Manchin Bailed Out Plant That Pays Millions to His Family’s Coal Company

Sludge (8/6/21)

This week on CounterSpin: A recent New York Times story about Senate Energy Committee chair Joe Manchin’s conflicts of interest quoted a source saying, “It says something fascinating about our politics that we’re going to have a representative of fossil fuel interests crafting the policy that reduces our emissions from fossil fuels.” A lot of people would say that’s less fascinating than horrific, particularly in the context of a new global survey of people between 16 and 25 that found that more than half of them believe “humanity is doomed”—and that 58% of young people said their governments are betraying them. You can’t talk about why we can’t get to realistic climate policy without talking about that betrayal, and its roots. Which is why we talk about Joe Manchin with David Moore, co-founder of investigative news outlet Sludge.

      CounterSpin210924Moore.mp3

 

Also on the show: We get an update on media coverage of Covid with FAIR’s editor, Jim Naureckas.

      CounterSpin210924Naureckas.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of Rahm Emanuel’s ambassadorial nomination.

      CounterSpin210924Banter.mp3

 

The post David Moore on Manchin’s Conflict, Jim Naureckas on Covid and Media appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/24/david-moore-on-manchins-conflict-jim-naureckas-on-covid-and-media/feed/ 0 236792
Milton Allimadi on US Media’s Africa Reporting https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/17/milton-allimadi-on-us-medias-africa-reporting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/17/milton-allimadi-on-us-medias-africa-reporting/#respond Fri, 17 Sep 2021 15:35:51 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023873 Racist fables, omissions and hypocrisy have plagued US media's Africa reporting through history and up to today.

The post Milton Allimadi on US Media’s Africa Reporting appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Cover of Manufacturing Hate by Milton Allimadi

(Kendall Hunt, 2021)

This week on CounterSpin: The primary “sense” of Sub-Saharan Africa in corporate media is absence. When Africa is discussed, it’s often been, to put it simply, as a material resource and as a staging ground for Great Nation politics and proxy war. Not as far removed as it ought to be from the Berlin conference in the late 19th century, when the European powers sat down to decide who got which slice of what the genocidal King Leopold II of Belgium called “this magnificent African cake.” Challenging and changing the frame requires seeing through the racist fables, the omissions and hypocrisy that have plagued US media’s Africa reporting through history and up to today.

A new book takes that on, and we hear this week from its author. Milton Allimadi teaches African history at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, and publishes the Black Star News, a weekly newspaper in New York City. He’s the author of the new book Manufacturing Hate: How Africa Was Demonized in Western Media.

      CounterSpin210917Allimadi.mp3

 

The post Milton Allimadi on US Media’s Africa Reporting appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/17/milton-allimadi-on-us-medias-africa-reporting/feed/ 0 235109
Marjorie Cohn on Texas Abortion Law, Kimberly Inez McGuire on Abortion Realities https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/10/marjorie-cohn-on-texas-abortion-law-kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/10/marjorie-cohn-on-texas-abortion-law-kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities/#respond Fri, 10 Sep 2021 15:27:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023742 The Supreme Court refused to address, which amounts to an endorsement, what is overwhelmingly understood as an unconstitutional Texas law.

The post Marjorie Cohn on Texas Abortion Law, Kimberly Inez McGuire on Abortion Realities appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Protester against Texas abortion law

(cc photo: Beth Wilson)

This week on CounterSpin: Many people will know that the Supreme Court ruled on Roe v. Wade in 1973, enshrining women’s right to access abortion—to choose when and whether to have a child. It seemed to signal recognition that abortion is healthcare, that most women who have abortions are mothers (in other words, they don’t need to have an ultrasound to recognize what’s happening), that medical reality and theology are not the same, and that outlawing abortion doesn’t stop it, but just pushes women to have unsafe abortions.

Less often considered is how immediately after Roe, Congress passed the Hyde amendment, taking this fundamental human right out of the hands of women who rely on government assistance—so low-income, overwhelmingly women of color. Hyde acknowledged that they wanted to outlaw abortion for all women, but poor women were the only ones they had legal standing to control. That cynical approach proved effective, as Americans watched the ability to access abortion chipped away, with wait times, parental notification rules, hospital credential requirements, clinic closings, funding cutoffs for international groups—all the while comforted by the notion that the “right” to abortion was somehow still legally protected.

That narrative is exploding right now in the wake of the Supreme Court’s refusal to address, which amounts to an endorsement, what is overwhelmingly understood as an unconstitutional Texas law offering a bounty on anyone who “aids and abets” a woman seeking an abortion after six weeks of pregnancy.

We’ll talk with Marjorie Cohn, professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild and author of, among other titles, Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral and Geopolitical Issues.

      CounterSpin210910Cohn.mp3

And we’ll revisit a conversation from January of this year about what law  can and can’t do, with Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE: Unite for Reproductive and Gender Equity.

      CounterSpin210910InezMcGuire.mp3

The post Marjorie Cohn on Texas Abortion Law, Kimberly Inez McGuire on Abortion Realities appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/10/marjorie-cohn-on-texas-abortion-law-kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities/feed/ 0 233210
Rick Claypool on OxyContin Bankruptcy, Dean Baker on Economic Disconnects https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/03/rick-claypool-on-oxycontin-bankruptcy-dean-baker-on-economic-disconnects/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/03/rick-claypool-on-oxycontin-bankruptcy-dean-baker-on-economic-disconnects/#respond Fri, 03 Sep 2021 16:21:24 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023656 A bankruptcy ruling shields the Sackler family, profiteers on Oxycontin, responsible for, conservatively, half a million deaths by overdose.

The post Rick Claypool on OxyContin Bankruptcy, Dean Baker on Economic Disconnects appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

David and Joss Sackler

Purdue heir David Sackler and wife Joss depicted in Vanity Fair (8/19)

This week on CounterSpin: The engineers of the crack epidemic were never offered a deal to get out of the biz with impunity as long as they gave some money towards helping the families, communities and healthcare systems broken in the wake of the addiction epidemic they unleashed. Nor were any other neighborhood drug dealers you can think of, caught making money off drugs that, hey, they’re also very sorry if anyone used irresponsibly? Somehow that’s not the most relevant  context for corporate media talking about the bankruptcy ruling shielding the Sackler family, profiteers via Purdue Pharma on the drug Oxycontin, responsible for, conservatively, half a million deaths by overdose. We’ll talk about that with Public Citizen research director Rick Claypool.

      CounterSpin210903Claypool.mp3

 

Minimum Wage vs. Productivity

CEPR (1/21/20)

Also on the show: You’ve seen the graphic showing how the US minimum wage has become unhinged from other indicators it should connect to, like productivity—the value of the goods and services that, after all, workers produce.  But how did that disconnect happen, and how would a true understanding of that help us push through foggy reportage toward a better world? We’ll get a breakdown of ideas elite media generally talk over from economist Dean Baker of the Center for Economic and Policy Research.

      CounterSpin210903Baker.mp3

 

The post Rick Claypool on OxyContin Bankruptcy, Dean Baker on Economic Disconnects appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/03/rick-claypool-on-oxycontin-bankruptcy-dean-baker-on-economic-disconnects/feed/ 0 231474
Phyllis Bennis and Matthew Hoh on Afghanistan Withdrawal https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/20/phyllis-bennis-and-matthew-hoh-on-afghanistan-withdrawal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/20/phyllis-bennis-and-matthew-hoh-on-afghanistan-withdrawal/#respond Fri, 20 Aug 2021 16:00:12 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023485 US media consumers may need not a broom but a shovel to deal with the self-aggrandizing, history-erasing misinformation headed our way.

The post Phyllis Bennis and Matthew Hoh on Afghanistan Withdrawal appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
AP photo of Taliban fighters in the presidential palace in Kabul

(LA Times, 8/16/21)

This week on CounterSpin: US news media are full of armchair generals who talk about weapons of war like they’re Hot Wheels, and have lots of thoughts about how “we coulda got ’em” here and “we shoulda got ’em” there. The price of admission to elite media debate is acceptance that the US, alone among nations, has the right to force change in other countries’ governments; and when this results, as it always does, in death and destruction, elite media’s job entails telling the public that that’s not just necessary but somehow good. Not to put too fine a point on it.

All of this and more is on display in coverage of the US troop withdrawal from Afghanistan—along with, as usual, some exceptional countervailing reporting. Ending the US occupation could mean a new day for the Afghan people, but with the anniversary of September 11 coming up, it looks like US media consumers may need not a broom but a shovel to deal with the self-aggrandizing, history-erasing misinformation headed our way. We’ll prepare ourselves with insights on Afghanistan from Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism Project at the Institute for Policy Studies, and from Matthew Hoh, senior fellow with the Center for International Policy.

      CounterSpin210820Bennis.mp3
      CounterSpin210820Hoh.mp3

The post Phyllis Bennis and Matthew Hoh on Afghanistan Withdrawal appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/20/phyllis-bennis-and-matthew-hoh-on-afghanistan-withdrawal/feed/ 0 227851
Jeff Cohen on FAIR’s Beginnings https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/13/jeff-cohen-on-fairs-beginnings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/13/jeff-cohen-on-fairs-beginnings/#respond Fri, 13 Aug 2021 16:04:57 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023276 Listeners to this show may take it as a given that, if you care about social, racial, economic justice, you have to also care about media—because corporate news media promote narratives that shape public opinion, public policy and all of our lives.

The post Jeff Cohen on FAIR’s Beginnings appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Jeff Cohen co-founded FAIR in 1986 and is the author of Cable News Confidential: My Misadventures in Corporate Media.

This week on CounterSpin: Listeners to this show may take it as a given that, if you care about social, racial, economic justice, you have to also care about media—because corporate news media promote narratives that shape public opinion, public policy and all of our lives. Now we understand that tales that mainstream news media tell every day—”Healthcare for everyone is too expensive,” “rich people contribute to the economy, while workers just take from it,” “the rest of the world sees the US as the exemplar of democracy”—are not demonstrable truths, but reflect the interests and priorities of media owners and sponsors.

But it wasn’t always this way; there was a time—not long ago—when folks would tell you if it’s in the paper it must be true, and media’s idea of the limits of political debate and political possibility ought to be your limits too, if you’re sensible. Undoing that myth—with criticism and activism and promoting alternative sources of information—has been the project of FAIR, the worker collective media watch group that produces this show, for 35 years now.

We’re celebrating that anniversary by working more, basically, but this week we take a look back at FAIR’s beginnings with founder Jeff Cohen. After starting FAIR with Martin Lee and Pia Gallegos in 1986, Jeff went on to be founding director of the Park Center for Independent Media at Ithaca College, and now co-founder and policy adviser at the online initiative RootsAction. In between, he was a pundit on CNN, Fox News and MSNBC, and wrote the book Cable News Confidential: My Misadventures in Corporate Media.

      CounterSpin210813Cohen.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a very quick look at media coverage of the Olympics.

      CounterSpin210813Banter.mp3

The post Jeff Cohen on FAIR’s Beginnings appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/13/jeff-cohen-on-fairs-beginnings/feed/ 0 226004
James Early on Cuban Embargo, David Cooper on ‘We All Quit’ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/06/james-early-on-cuban-embargo-david-cooper-on-we-all-quit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/06/james-early-on-cuban-embargo-david-cooper-on-we-all-quit/#respond Fri, 06 Aug 2021 15:34:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023223 The hardships facing Cubans—and the actions the United States could take to stop contributing to those hardships.

The post James Early on Cuban Embargo, David Cooper on ‘We All Quit’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

Pro-government rally at Havana's Maximo Gomez Monument

Pro-government rally, Cuba (photo: AP/Eliana Aponte)

This week on CounterSpin: Imagine if China used its power to cut off international trade to the US, including for things like medical equipment, because they didn’t like Joe Biden, and hoped that if enough Americans were made miserable, they would rise up against him, and install a leader China thought would better serve their interests.  How would you think about Chinese media that said, “Well, we heard a lot of Americans say they were unhappy; they even marched in the street! Obviously, that was a call for foreign intervention from a country that understands democracy better than they do.”

And then what if some Chinese people said, “Wait, you can’t immiserate ordinary Americans to push them to overthrow their government; that’s illegal and immoral,” and other Chinese people explained, “You don’t get it; US politics are very complicated”?

We talk about the admitted complexities of the hardships facing Cubans—and the relatively uncomplicated actions the US could take to stop contributing to those hardships—with James Early, board member at the Institute for Policy Studies, and former assistant secretary for education and public service at the Smithsonian Institution.

      CounterSpin210806Early.mp3

 

Today show image of Burger King sign: We All Quit

Lincoln, Nebraska (image: Today, 7/13/21)

Also on the show: David Cooper, senior research analyst at the Economic Policy Institute, joins us to parse the “we all quit” phenomenon currently coursing through the US wage labor workforce, and through US economic news media. Does media’s narrative really match what’s going on?

      CounterSpin210806Cooper.mp3

The post James Early on Cuban Embargo, David Cooper on ‘We All Quit’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/06/james-early-on-cuban-embargo-david-cooper-on-we-all-quit/feed/ 0 224049
Luke Harris on Critical Race Theory, Cindy Cohn on Pegasus Spyware https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/30/luke-harris-on-critical-race-theory-cindy-cohn-on-pegasus-spyware/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/30/luke-harris-on-critical-race-theory-cindy-cohn-on-pegasus-spyware/#respond Fri, 30 Jul 2021 15:35:52 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9023071 Media have misinformed the public about a campaign whose own architects say is about disinforming, confusing and inflaming people.

The post Luke Harris on Critical Race Theory, Cindy Cohn on Pegasus Spyware appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Elizabeth Eckford tries to attend Little Rock Central High, September 4, 1957

Little Rock, 1957

This week on CounterSpin: You’ve almost certainly seen the documentary photographs; they’re emblematic: African Americans trying to walk to school or sit at a drugstore soda fountain, while white people yell and spit and scream at them. Should no one see those pictures or learn those stories—because some of them have skin the same color as those doing the screaming and the spitting? The most recent attack on anti-racist education is labeled as protective, as avoiding “division,” and as a specific assessment of critical race theory. To the extent that corporate media have bought into that labeling, they’ve misinformed the public—not just about critical race theory, but about a campaign whose own architects say is about disinforming, confusing and inflaming people into resisting any actual effort to understand or respond to persistent racial inequity. Luke Charles Harris is co-founder and deputy director of the African American Policy Forum. He joins us to talk about what’s at issue.

      CounterSpin210730Harris.mp3

 

Mobile Surveillance

(image: EFF)

Also on the show: Democracy & technology and digital rights groups around the world signed on to a letter in support of encryption: the ability of journalists, human rights defenders and everyone else to have private communication—to talk to one another without being spied on by governments, including their own. You’d think it’d be a big deal, but judging by US corporate media, it’s evidently a yawn. We talk about what’s going on and why it matters with Cindy Cohn, executive director at Electronic Frontier Foundation.

      CounterSpin210730Cohn.mp3

The post Luke Harris on Critical Race Theory, Cindy Cohn on Pegasus Spyware appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/30/luke-harris-on-critical-race-theory-cindy-cohn-on-pegasus-spyware/feed/ 0 222335
Bianca Nozaki-Nasser on Anti-Asian Bias https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/23/bianca-nozaki-nasser-on-anti-asian-bias/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/23/bianca-nozaki-nasser-on-anti-asian-bias/#respond Fri, 23 Jul 2021 15:26:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022913 Media's prescription of law enforcement as the primary response is called by many Asian Americans a problem presenting itself as a solution,

The post Bianca Nozaki-Nasser on Anti-Asian Bias appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

NYT: Players of Asian Descent on the L.P.G.A. Tour Lift Silence on Racism and Sexism

New York Times (6/22/21)

This week on CounterSpin: A June New York Times article about female Asian-American and Pacific Islander golfers reacting to the recent spike in anti-Asian bias began inauspiciously: “Players of Asian descent have won eight of the past 10 Women’s PGA championships, but there is nothing cookie cutter about the winners.” It reads like a TikTok challenge: “Tell me you assume your readership is white without telling me you assume your readership is white.” In other words, it’s unclear who, exactly, the New York Times believes would, without their guidance, confuse a Chinese-American player with a South Korean player with a player from Taiwan.

The piece goes on to talk about the concerns and fears of Asian-American golfers “at a time when Asians have been scapegoated in American communities for the spread of the coronavirus.” Locating the source of racist bias and violence in “American communities,” with no mention of powerful politicians or powerful media, is a neat way to sidestep the role of systemic, structural racism, and imply that bias or “hate” is an individual, emotional issue, rather than one we can and should address together, across community, as a society.

Add in media’s frequent prescription of law enforcement as the primary response, and you have what a large number of Asian Americans are calling a problem presenting itself as a solution, and not a way forward that actually makes them safer.

We’ll talk about anti-Asian bias and underexplored responses to it with Bianca Nozaki-Nasser, from the group 18 Million Rising.

      CounterSpin210723Nozaki-Nasser.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of theft—retail and wholesale.

      CounterSpin210723Banter.mp3

 

 

The post Bianca Nozaki-Nasser on Anti-Asian Bias appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/23/bianca-nozaki-nasser-on-anti-asian-bias/feed/ 0 220750
Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation/#respond Fri, 16 Jul 2021 15:31:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022760 The long history of the US using state force to kill Haitians and their aspirations is sufficient and appropriate context for current events.

The post Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

US military in Haiti, 2010

Joint Chiefs of Staff chair Adm. Mike Mullen (center) with US troops in Haiti, 2010 (photo: Chad J. McNeeley/DoD)

This week on CounterSpin: There are enough storylines in the July 7 assassination of Haitian president Jovenel Moïse to make you lose sight of the big picture. The thing is: US media consumers don’t have to puzzle out if the assassins were Colombian, or if a Florida doctor bankrolled the plan, or if Moïse’s own bodyguards had it in for him and his wife. The long history of the US using state force to kill Haitians and their aspirations is sufficient and appropriate context for current events. From George Washington to Woodrow Wilson to the Clintons, there’s enough for US citizens to know about not doing harm before we chinstroke over whether “the world’s policeman” should wade in again. We talk about Haiti with Chris Bernadel from the Black Alliance for Peace.

      CounterSpin210716Bernadel.mp3

Aduhelm (aducanumab)Also on the show: Cronyism between pharmaceutical companies and their ostensible government regulators is an infuriating fact of US life, along with the unsurprisingly obscene cost of drugs. Yet somehow the story of aducanumab takes it to a new level. We talk about what pharma and the FDA call a breakthrough Alzheimer’s drug, and what public advocates call an example of all that’s wrong with the FDA, with Michael Carome, M.D., director of the Health Research Group at Public Citizen.

      CounterSpin210716Carome.mp3

 


 

The post Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation/feed/ 0 218954
Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation-2/#respond Fri, 16 Jul 2021 15:31:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022760 The long history of the US using state force to kill Haitians and their aspirations is sufficient and appropriate context for current events.

The post Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

US military in Haiti, 2010

Joint Chiefs of Staff chair Adm. Mike Mullen (center) with US troops in Haiti, 2010 (photo: Chad J. McNeeley/DoD)

This week on CounterSpin: There are enough storylines in the July 7 assassination of Haitian president Jovenel Moïse to make you lose sight of the big picture. The thing is: US media consumers don’t have to puzzle out if the assassins were Colombian, or if a Florida doctor bankrolled the plan, or if Moïse’s own bodyguards had it in for him and his wife. The long history of the US using state force to kill Haitians and their aspirations is sufficient and appropriate context for current events. From George Washington to Woodrow Wilson to the Clintons, there’s enough for US citizens to know about not doing harm before we chinstroke over whether “the world’s policeman” should wade in again. We talk about Haiti with Chris Bernadel from the Black Alliance for Peace.

      CounterSpin210716Bernadel.mp3

Aduhelm (aducanumab)Also on the show: Cronyism between pharmaceutical companies and their ostensible government regulators is an infuriating fact of US life, along with the unsurprisingly obscene cost of drugs. Yet somehow the story of aducanumab takes it to a new level. We talk about what pharma and the FDA call a breakthrough Alzheimer’s drug, and what public advocates call an example of all that’s wrong with the FDA, with Michael Carome, M.D., director of the Health Research Group at Public Citizen.

      CounterSpin210716Carome.mp3

 


 

The post Chris Bernadel on Haitian Assassination, Michael Carome on FDA Alzheimer’s Investigation appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/16/chris-bernadel-on-haitian-assassination-michael-carome-on-fda-alzheimers-investigation-2/feed/ 0 218955
William Dodge on Nestle Slave Labor, Michael Ratner on Donald Rumsfeld https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/09/william-dodge-on-nestle-slave-labor-michael-ratner-on-donald-rumsfeld/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/09/william-dodge-on-nestle-slave-labor-michael-ratner-on-donald-rumsfeld/#respond Fri, 09 Jul 2021 15:36:30 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022577 Nestle's profitability relies on a chocolate supply chain that includes literal slave labor in the Ivory Coast.

The post William Dodge on Nestle Slave Labor, Michael Ratner on Donald Rumsfeld appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
Child chocolate worker in the Ivory Coast (Fortune, 3/1/16) (photo: Benjamin Lowy)

Child chocolate worker in the Ivory Coast (Fortune, 3/1/16) (photo: Benjamin Lowy)

This week on CounterSpin: Nestle CEO Mark Schneider told investors in February that “2020 was a year of hardship for so many,” yet he was “inspired by the way it has brought all of us closer together.” And also by an “improvement” in Nestle’s “profitability and return on invested capital.” “The global pandemic,” Schneider said, “did not slow us down.”

You know what else didn’t slow them down? Ample evidence that their profitability relies on a supply chain that includes literal slave labor in the Ivory Coast.  The US Supreme Court recently heard Nestle USA v. Doe, a long-running case that seemed to get at how much responsibility corporations have for international human rights violations, but in the end may have taught us more about what legal tools are useful in getting to that accountability. We got some clarity on the case from William Dodge, professor at University of California/Davis School of Law.

      CounterSpin210709Dodge.mp3

 

Donald Rumsfeld, a Cunning Leader Undermined by Iraq War

AP (6/30/21)

Also on the show: Donald Rumsfeld launched wars of aggression in Afghanistan and Iraq that killed hundreds of thousands of people, and approved torture at Guantánamo Bay and Abu Ghraib. But to hear elite media tell it, the former Defense secretary should be remembered as “complex and paradoxical.” The New York Times described his arrival in Washington as “like an All-American who had stepped off the Wheaties box,” and AP suggested that all those dead Iraqis were mainly a thorn in Rumsfeld’s side, with the headline, “Donald Rumsfeld, a Cunning Leader Undermined by the Iraq War.” Obituaries noted that Rumsfeld expressed no regrets about his decisions; media appear to have none of their own.

CounterSpin talked about Rumsfeld’s media treatment back in 2008 with the Center for Constitutional Rights’ Michael Ratner, whose book The Trial of Donald Rumsfeld had just come out from the New Press. We’ll hear that conversation on today’s show.

      CounterSpin210709Ratner.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of the New Cold War.

      CounterSpin210709Banter.mp3

 

The post William Dodge on Nestle Slave Labor, Michael Ratner on Donald Rumsfeld appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/09/william-dodge-on-nestle-slave-labor-michael-ratner-on-donald-rumsfeld/feed/ 0 217055
Vera Eidelman on Fourth of July Freedoms, Vivek Shandas on Addressing Climate Change https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/02/vera-eidelman-on-fourth-of-july-freedoms-vivek-shandas-on-addressing-climate-change/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/02/vera-eidelman-on-fourth-of-july-freedoms-vivek-shandas-on-addressing-climate-change/#respond Fri, 02 Jul 2021 15:31:55 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022485 How do we protect our society from campaigns to stop people from voting or speaking or going into the street to protest things that are wrong?

The post Vera Eidelman on Fourth of July Freedoms, Vivek Shandas on Addressing Climate Change appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

USA Today depiction of protester carrying flag in Black Lives Matter protest

USA Today (7/1/20)

This week on CounterSpin: For many US citizens the Fourth of July is really just a chance to barbecue with friends and family. But for US media, it’s also a chance to say or imply that there really is something to celebrate about the unique place of the United States in the world, the special democratic project that this country is supposedly engaged in.

And that’s where the message gets complicated. Because while media give air time and column inches to where you can find the best holiday sales and celebrations, fewer will use the occasion to direct attention to the danger that the democratic project is facing, the energetic efforts to silence the voices of anyone who has something critical to say about this country, its practices and policies, or its history.

Celebrate, don’t interrogate—is the takeaway from a press corps that wants to tell you how to protect your dog from fireworks, but not how to protect yourself and your society from well-funded, well-entrenched campaigns to stop people from voting or speaking or going into the street to protest things that are wrong. We’ll talk about that with Vera Eidelman, staff attorney with the ACLU’s Speech, Privacy and Technology Project.

      CounterSpin210702Eidelman.mp3

 

Visualization of Pacific heat dome

Washington Post depiction (6/28/21) of Pacific heat dome (from earth.nullschool.net)

Also on the show: As the West Coast deals with a historic heatwave and drought, some city officials are banning fireworks to help prevent wildfires. If that’s some folks’ first indication that climate disruption will actually disrupt their lives, well, media need to take some of the blame.

A recent Washington Post piece on the unprecedented, punishing heat in the Pacific Northwest stressed how readers would be wrong to be shocked: Everybody saw this coming; there have been “40 years of warnings.” It had a breaker reading “Chickens Coming Home to Roost,” it used the phrase “human-caused.”… It’s just that the words “fossil fuels” appear nowhere.

So climate disruption is a horrible thing that’s happening, and we’re all to blame for not acknowledging it…but who is to blame for doing it? Well, that’s unclear. Just know that you should be worried and upset.

A CBS News piece did say: “This is only the beginning of the heating expected if humanity continues burning fossil fuels.” And it ended with Michael Mann calling for “rapidly decarboniz[ing] our civilization.” And that stripe of coverage is fine as far as it goes. But how far does it go? Where is the reporting that frankly identifies fossil fuels as the problem (rather than how long a shower I take), and incorporates that knowledge into all of the coverage—of Enbridge 3 and other pipelines, of extreme weather events, of how, as CNBC had it recently, “It’s not too late to buy oil and gas stocks.” Why won’t media move past narrating the nightmare of climate disruption, to using their powerful platforms to actually address it?

We’ll talk about that with Vivek Shandas; he focuses on the particular implications of climate change on cities, and on different people within cities, as a professor at Portland State University.

      CounterSpin210702Shandas.mp3

The post Vera Eidelman on Fourth of July Freedoms, Vivek Shandas on Addressing Climate Change appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/07/02/vera-eidelman-on-fourth-of-july-freedoms-vivek-shandas-on-addressing-climate-change/feed/ 0 215285
Laura Carlsen on Biden’s Central America Policy, Greg LeRoy on Texas Corporate Subsidies https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/25/laura-carlsen-on-bidens-central-america-policy-greg-leroy-on-texas-corporate-subsidies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/25/laura-carlsen-on-bidens-central-america-policy-greg-leroy-on-texas-corporate-subsidies/#respond Fri, 25 Jun 2021 15:56:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022345 The notion of real change from Donald Trump is undermined by a close look at Biden's actual immigration policy,

The post Laura Carlsen on Biden’s Central America Policy, Greg LeRoy on Texas Corporate Subsidies appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

USA Hands Off Honduras: NYC Protest, 2018

Protest in Union Square, New York (cc photo: Jim Naureckas)

This week on CounterSpin: “Biden Administration Ousts Trump’s Border Patrol Chief,” announced the June 24 New York Times, explaining in the subhed that Rodney Scott “had become known for his support of President Donald J. Trump’s signature border wall, and had resisted a Biden initiative to stop using the phrase ‘illegal alien.”’ Ergo, we are to understand, his “forcing out” by the White House—suggesting a meaningful departure from the immigration policies of the previous administration. The message is undermined by the subsequent acknowledgement from the paper’s anonymous Homeland Security source that Scott “could remain in the department, reassigned to a new post.”

The notion of real change is undermined more severely by a close look at Biden’s actual immigration policy, particularly with regard to Central America, which includes familiar promises to promote “the rule of law, security and economic development” in the region, and to fight corruption. Familiar because they’ve been used for decades as cover for policies that pour money into regional governments that agree to use it to protect the profits of foreign investors, by violence if necessary (and it’s always necessary), and even when it means communal and environmental devastation, which are also par for the course.

So what’s new? We’ll talk about Central America policy and Honduras in particular with Laura Carlsen, director of the Americas Program at the Center for International Policy.

      CounterSpin210625Carlsen.mp3
West Texas oil rig

(cc photo: Paul Lowry)

Also on the show: Texas state Rep. Jim Murphy may wish he’d never called attention to Chapter 313—the state program that offers companies major tax breaks to locate in the state. The alarming price tag attached to Murphy’s proposal to expand the program led some to examine Chapter 313 carefully for the first time. The Houston Chronicle produced a groundbreaking investigative series on the program and its costs. A somewhat motley coalition of opposition was formed. And now—after being easily renewed three times since 2001—the program is set to expire. We’ll hear why that’s good news for Texas schools, taxpayers and the planet from Greg LeRoy, executive director of the group Good Jobs First.

      CounterSpin210625LeRoy.mp3

The post Laura Carlsen on Biden’s Central America Policy, Greg LeRoy on Texas Corporate Subsidies appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/25/laura-carlsen-on-bidens-central-america-policy-greg-leroy-on-texas-corporate-subsidies/feed/ 0 214010
Andrew Perez on the Filibuster https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/18/andrew-perez-on-the-filibuster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/18/andrew-perez-on-the-filibuster/#respond Fri, 18 Jun 2021 15:21:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9022129 The filibuster is the crucial backdrop to any conversation about the Biden agenda, though media don't always bring that point home.

The post Andrew Perez on the Filibuster appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
James Stewart, Mr Smith Goes to Washington

James Stewart filibustering in Mr. Smith Goes to Washington.

This week on CounterSpin: NBC News recently reported that “Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell said…he is ‘100%’ focused ‘on stopping’ President Joe Biden’s administration.”

The statement is remarkable for the painful mockery it makes of Democrats’ and corporate media’s stubborn insistence that the most important value is “bipartisanship,” Democrats and Republicans getting along—over and against majorities of the US public getting the laws and policies they want and need, and have elected officials to enact.

But then, wait a minute, the Senate minority leader is vowing to “stop” the dominant party’s legislative agenda? How’s that work? Listeners know the problem stems from a Senate where, to start with, Wyoming, with 578,000 people, has the same representation as California, population 39.5 million—and then there is the filibuster, the rule that allows Senate minorities to block legislation indefinitely unless the majority can get 60 votes. It’s the crucial backdrop to any conversation about the Biden agenda, though media don’t always bring that point home. We’ll talk about the filibuster with Andrew Perez, senior editor and reporter at the Daily Poster.

      CounterSpin210618Perez.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of racist facial recognition, Naomi Osaka and billionaire taxes.

 

      CounterSpin210618Banter.mp3

The post Andrew Perez on the Filibuster appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/18/andrew-perez-on-the-filibuster/feed/ 0 210680
Jaisal Noor on Worker Co-Ops, Duncan Meisel on Fossil Fuel Greenwashing https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/11/jaisal-noor-on-worker-co-ops-duncan-meisel-on-fossil-fuel-greenwashing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/11/jaisal-noor-on-worker-co-ops-duncan-meisel-on-fossil-fuel-greenwashing/#respond Fri, 11 Jun 2021 16:09:50 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021943 In the way they balance worker health and company success, worker co-ops complicate corporate media's economic storyline.

The post Jaisal Noor on Worker Co-Ops, Duncan Meisel on Fossil Fuel Greenwashing appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

ChiFresh Kitchen

ChiFresh Kitchen, a worker co-op

This week on CounterSpin: In the midst of the coronavirus pandemic, employees of Whole Foods—owned by the world’s richest man, Jeff Bezos—were asked to give their own accrued paid sick days to co-workers who had either contracted the virus or been forced to take time out of work.  Bezos could have given every single worker unlimited paid sick leave without his bank account even noticing. But the move shows, for those who miss the message, that corporate capitalists really mean it: This is the system they support all the time, even when it means wealthy companies saying that life-saving equipment just isn’t sufficiently profitable for them to distribute, or that, yes, they’ll take “paycheck protection” money from the state and then fire workers anyway, or that actually protecting workers’ health in a pandemic just doesn’t serve their “bottom line,” so, no, they won’t do it.

Then if you’re confused or upset, here come corporate media saying, nope, that’s a completely valid point of view—and underscoring the idea that our “economy” means everyone is always on the edge of disaster, so you better show up for work, or else you’ll lose your healthcare, you won’t make your mortgage or your rent payments, you’ll be sick and on the street, and you know what? That’s just how it is.

Such a deep, encompassing, anti-human narrative calls for not just debunking points nibbling at the ankles, but a full-frontal assault on a story about how workers are powerless and deserve to be. An important part of a counter-narrative is provided by worker co-operatives: the way they treat workers, and productivity, and the balance of worker health and company success, in a pandemic and every day.  We’ll talk about the complications co-ops pose to corporate media’s economic storyline with Jaisal Noor, senior reporter at the Real News Network.

      CounterSpin210611Noor.mp3

 

Also on the show: The Keystone XL pipeline has evidently just been killed; Enbridge’s Line 3 is, as we speak, the center of a huge gathering in Minnesota—the Treaty People Gathering—to call attention to the myriad harms it likewise poses to people and to the environment. Fossil fuel companies’ onward march is under threat—maybe not as much as many of us would like, but obviously much more than they would like. As companies get increasingly desperate—and let’s not fool ourselves; no one’s headed to the poorhouse; it’s an industry that wants to make every last penny before they close shop—we can only expect their greenwashing to get smarter and more subtle. They’ve been working on that greenwashing for a long time, with a lot of smart people.

Part of their work right now is convincing you and me that fossil fuel companies are working hard to get to the net zero emissions standard that the Paris Accord calls for and, more broadly, to give us to understand that if we’re looking for a solution to climate disruption, we ought to honor and even privilege the participation of fossil fuel companies in that conversation. We’ll start to unpack that message, and shine a light on the messengers, with Duncan Meisel, campaign director at the climate-focused, behind-the-scenes ad group Clean Creatives.

      CounterSpin210611Meisel.mp3

The post Jaisal Noor on Worker Co-Ops, Duncan Meisel on Fossil Fuel Greenwashing appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/11/jaisal-noor-on-worker-co-ops-duncan-meisel-on-fossil-fuel-greenwashing/feed/ 0 207953
Joseph Torres on Media & Tulsa Massacre https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/04/joseph-torres-on-media-tulsa-massacre/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/04/joseph-torres-on-media-tulsa-massacre/#respond Fri, 04 Jun 2021 15:47:10 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021807 Journalism has been central to public reckoning with the Tulsa massacre ever since that late May night 100 years ago.

The post Joseph Torres on Media & Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Photograph of 1921 Tulsa Massacre

June 1, 2021, Tulsa, Oklahoma.

This week on CounterSpin: The word is a number of proposed documentaries about the 1921 murderous assault on Tulsa, Oklahoma’s, prosperous Black community, and how the story was not just little-known but actively erased, were meeting general disinterest. Then the TV show Watchmen, adapted from Alan Moore’s graphic novel, proved that—not to put too fine a point on it—white people could handle hearing the history. A false accusation against a young Black man led to a lynch mob and the descent of hundreds of “deputized” white people on the part of town known as Black Wall Street. The assault left this area, which represented the success and the hopes of Tulsa’s Black community, a blasted ruin, with hundreds dead and hundreds more wounded and scattered.

It’s no criticism of the show, generally credited with handling the harrowing events respectfully, to acknowledge that “what white people are comfortable with” can’t be the criterion for what history is allowed to enter public discourse and to shape it. So while the present reflection on the Tulsa nightmare is welcome and overdue, we might still think about who decides what lessons we take away, given that journalism has been central to public reckoning with Tulsa ever since that late May night 100 years ago.

We’ll talk about journalism and the Tulsa massacre with Joseph Torres, co-author of News for All the People: The Epic Story of Race and the American Media, and senior director of strategy and engagement at the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin210604Torres.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at Amazon‘s “native” advertising and the US’s non-support for public media.

      CounterSpin210604Banter.mp3

The post Joseph Torres on Media & Tulsa Massacre appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/06/04/joseph-torres-on-media-tulsa-massacre/feed/ 0 205965
Vijay Prashad on India, Covid and Modi https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/28/vijay-prashad-on-india-covid-and-modi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/28/vijay-prashad-on-india-covid-and-modi/#respond Fri, 28 May 2021 15:19:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021681  

 

NYT: Indian Police Visit Twitter Offices as Modi Goes on Pandemic Offense

New York Times (5/25/21)

This week on CounterSpin: A May 25 New York Times story reports that India’s leading Bharatiya Janata Party is pressuring Twitter to censor and sanction anyone posting critically about prime minister Narendra Modi. An after-dusk visit by “officers from India’s elite antiterrorism police unit” to Twitter‘s New Delhi offices wasn’t so much legally binding as symbolic, the Times explained, sending a “a clear message that India’s powerful ruling party is becoming increasingly upset with Twitter because of the perception that the company has sided with critics of the government.”

In that effort to cow those calling attention to its failings, the Times said, Modi’s government is “following the path of some other countries trying to control how and where messages can spread on social media.” For first example, “the Russian government said it would slow access to Twitter, one of the few places where Russians openly criticize the government.” Lest you miss it, the subtext of this kind of storytelling is that it is a mark of an undemocratic society that you can’t access all kinds of perspectives—not just on your own country, but on any country—and freely, make up your own mind.

It’s a misleading premise, and though India is just one example, it’s a powerful one: The country is the new epicenter of the Covid pandemic, a major vaccine exporter than can’t vaccinate its own people, a potential example of how and why austerity and disaster capitalist programs fail—yet US corporate media don’t seem to see a story worth telling, beyond how Modi might hold on to power despite some unfortunate “missteps.”

We’ll talk around corporate media about current events in India with historian, author and journalist Vijay Prashad, executive director at the Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research and author of, among other titles, The Poorer Nations: A Possible History of the Global South.

      CounterSpin210528Prashad.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of Pride and police.

      CounterSpin210528Banter.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/28/vijay-prashad-on-india-covid-and-modi/feed/ 0 204264
Preston Mitchum on Roe and Reproductive Justice, Steven Rosenfeld on Arizona Audit https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/21/preston-mitchum-on-roe-and-reproductive-justice-steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/21/preston-mitchum-on-roe-and-reproductive-justice-steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit/#respond Fri, 21 May 2021 16:10:11 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021455  

Reproductive rights rally, Chicago, 2019

(cc photo: Charles Edward Miller)

This week on CounterSpin: When Clyde Chambliss, Alabama senate sponsor of a 2019 law banning virtually all abortion—no exceptions for rape or incest—was asked whether the law would likewise criminalize in vitro fertilization clinics that discard embryos, his answer was: “The egg in the lab doesn’t apply. It’s not in a woman.” Let that sit a minute.

The Guttmacher Institute’s Elizabeth Nash and Lauren Cross described right-wing ideologues who have pushed, since January, 536 abortion restrictions, including 146 abortion bans, introduced across 46 states, as “engaging in a shock and awe campaign against abortion rights as part of a large and deliberate attack on basic rights that also includes a wave of voter suppression laws and attacks on LGBTQ people.” Anti-reproductive rights folks have been shooting their shot for a while, and they now have a Supreme Court majority to help. So who’s speaking for the actual majority of US citizens who support a person’s right to determine whether and when to have a child? (You know most women who have abortions already have children, right?) Where are the news media that will not just acknowledge, but build reporting around the fact that abortion opponents are demonstrably unconcerned about actual women or their actual children? Who will connect the dots from anti-choice to anti-immigrant, anti–poor people, anti-healthcare, etc., lest “pro-life” be mistaken for pro-life?

We’ll talk about the Supreme Court’s potential overturning of Roe v. Wade with Preston Mitchum, director of policy at URGE: Unite for Reproductive & Gender Equity, and adjunct professor of law at Georgetown University Law Center.

      CounterSpin210521Mitchum.mp3

 

Counter at the Arizona Republican ballot review

(photo: NBC News/Getty)

Also on the show: Arizona Republicans are insisting on an audit of one county’s votes in the 2020 election—just the presidential line on the ballot, not any others, but we’re not supposed to ask about that. Given that, if you’re playing along, the notion is that the recount is about transparency and accountability, it should be noteworthy that, as the Arizona Republic‘s Jen Fifield and Andrew Oxford reported, Arizona senate Republicans got the ballots, voting machines and voter information from the county through a court order, and then handed it all over to private contractors to do the audit, who have since studiously declined to name or specify the people who have access to that information, or who is paying for the work.

As much as one might want to dismiss it as sour grapes, observers are calling the Arizona maneuver “a new, more dangerous front” in the voting wars that merits our attention. We’ll talk about the Arizona audit with Steven Rosenfeld, editor at Voting Booth, a project of the Independent Media Institute.

      CounterSpin210521Rosenfeld.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/21/preston-mitchum-on-roe-and-reproductive-justice-steven-rosenfeld-on-arizona-audit/feed/ 0 202845
Michael Hiltzik on ‘No One Wants to Work!’ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/14/michael-hiltzik-on-no-one-wants-to-work/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/14/michael-hiltzik-on-no-one-wants-to-work/#respond Fri, 14 May 2021 18:46:54 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021209  

      CounterSpin210514.mp3
Sign at Denny's claiming no one wants to work anymore

(via Twitter)

This week on CounterSpin: A report showing that fewer jobs were added in April than expected has some business owners and media minions shaking heads and pointing fingers about how people “don’t want to work!”  Listeners will have heard the trope, providing a scarcely needed opening for shopworn right-wing assertions about how government assistance to keep folks’ head above water robs people (some people, mind you, it’s always only some people) of their work ethic.

At this point, the fact that data don’t support a connection between unemployment benefits and difficulty in hiring is beside the point. That work “ethic” equals the willingness to work in whatever conditions at whatever wage is an unchallenged, mostly unspoken pillar of corporate reporting. Trouble for them is, millions of people are hearkening to the idea—expressed in a popular meme—that if as an employer you “offer” wages less than unemployment, you are less a job creator than a poverty exploiter. And they’re less and less willing to accept the line that an insistence on a livable life will wreck what we’re told is “the” economy.

Do elite media have space for people who don’t want to risk their lives for less money than they need to live? It’s a big conversation, but we’ll start by talking about breaking through false but hardy narratives with Michael Hiltzik, business columnist and blogger for the Los Angeles Times and author of, most recently, Iron Empires: Robber Barons, Railroads and the Making of Modern America.

      CounterSpin210514Hiltzik.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Israel/Palestine, Venezuela and voter suppression.

      CounterSpin210514Banter.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/14/michael-hiltzik-on-no-one-wants-to-work/feed/ 0 201328
Ahmad Abuznaid on Israel/Palestine Apartheid, James Love on Bill Gates & Vaccine Politics https://www.radiofree.org/2021/05/07/ahmad-abuznaid-on-israel-palestine-apartheid-james-love-on-bill-gates-vaccine-politics/ Fri, 07 May 2021 15:51:22 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021152  

NYT: Rights Group Hits Israel With Explosive Charge: Apartheid

New York Times (4/27/21)

 

This week on CounterSpin: “Rights Group Hits Israel With Explosive Charge: Apartheid.” You don’t need to be a linguist to think there’s something leading about the New York Times choice of headline for a report from a human rights organization detailing how Israel’s daily, grinding suppression of Palestinian people’s rights actually constitutes a crime. But where elite media present a frozen he said/she said, never-the-twain-shall-meet debate, more and more people see a different way forward. We get an update from Ahmad Abuznaid, executive director of the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights.

      CounterSpin210507Abuznaid.mp3
Bill Gates (cc photo: International Livestock Research Institute)

Bill Gates (cc photo: ILRI)

 

Also on the show: Corporate media will have you believing there’s just no reasonable answer to your simple questions about how we can have a world where people are dying from a pandemic, at the same time as vaccines exist. How we navigate that has to do with media’s elevation of “experts” like Bill Gates, who—divorce distractions aside—raise serious questions about why we allow billionaires to set policy on something as important as public health. We talk about that with James Love, who thinks a lot about this as director of Knowledge Ecology International.

      CounterSpin210507Love.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197963
Tim Karr on Paying for Fox News Racism, Lynn Parramore on Hedge Funds vs. Green New Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/30/tim-karr-on-paying-for-fox-news-racism-lynn-parramore-on-hedge-funds-vs-green-new-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/30/tim-karr-on-paying-for-fox-news-racism-lynn-parramore-on-hedge-funds-vs-green-new-deal/#respond Fri, 30 Apr 2021 15:25:25 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=193094 Subscribe: RSS

Fox News‘ Tucker Carlson

This week on CounterSpin: Fox News is a flagship of right-wing disinformation, racism and hatred, and Tucker Carlson is its figurehead. Carlson spews harmful nonsense like it’s his job, which it is, and he gets some $10 million a year from it—but did you know that, if you have cable, you’re paying into that income? We’ll talk about how that works with Tim Karr, senior director of strategy and communications at the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin210430Karr.mp3
Green New Deal and Wall Street

(image: Institute for New Economic Thinking)

And speaking of pollution: Polluting companies tell us every day how they’re invested in the future; we’ve heard corporations en masse say, “Profits, what? We’re all about the people now!” There’s a certain amount of people-who-make-the-problem-pretending-they’re-the-solution that we can  see through, but there’s still plenty going on behind the scenes. We’ll talk with Lynn Parramore, senior research analyst at the Institute for New Economic Thinking, about how hedge funds get in the way of the big changes all kinds of companies need to make to fight climate disruption.

      CounterSpin210430Parramore.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of Mumia Abu-Jamal.

      CounterSpin210430Karr.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/30/tim-karr-on-paying-for-fox-news-racism-lynn-parramore-on-hedge-funds-vs-green-new-deal/feed/ 0 193094
Tim Karr on Paying for Fox News Racism, Lynn Parramore on Hedge Funds vs. Green New Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/30/tim-karr-on-paying-for-fox-news-racism-lynn-parramore-on-hedge-funds-vs-green-new-deal-2/ Fri, 30 Apr 2021 15:25:25 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9021030  

 

Tucker Carlson

Fox News‘ Tucker Carlson

This week on CounterSpin: Fox News is a flagship of right-wing disinformation, racism and hatred, and Tucker Carlson is its figurehead. Carlson spews harmful nonsense like it’s his job, which it is, and he gets some $10 million a year from it—but did you know that, if you have cable, you’re paying into that income? We’ll talk about how that works with Tim Karr, senior director of strategy and communications at the group Free Press.

      CounterSpin210430Karr.mp3

 

Green New Deal and Wall Street

(image: Institute for New Economic Thinking)

And speaking of pollution: Polluting companies tell us every day how they’re invested in the future; we’ve heard corporations en masse say, “Profits, what? We’re all about the people now!” There’s a certain amount of people-who-make-the-problem-pretending-they’re-the-solution that we can  see through, but there’s still plenty going on behind the scenes. We’ll talk with Lynn Parramore, senior research analyst at the Institute for New Economic Thinking, about how hedge funds get in the way of the big changes all kinds of companies need to make to fight climate disruption.

      CounterSpin210430Parramore.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of Mumia Abu-Jamal.

      CounterSpin210430Banter.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197974
Elly Page on Anti-Protest Bills, Christy Mallory on Targeting Trans Youth https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/23/elly-page-on-anti-protest-bills-christy-mallory-on-targeting-trans-youth/ Fri, 23 Apr 2021 16:04:03 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9020841  

Black Lives Matter protestThis week on CounterSpin: It’s not hard to see—indeed, it’s hard not to see—how the initial Minneapolis police department account of George Floyd’s death,  “Man Dies After Medical Incident During Police Interaction,” would have been the last word were it not for intervening factors: One was the witnessing of teenager Darnella Frazier—whose historical act deserves a serious responsive effort to protect and respect citizen reporters, and to fight racist policing—more so than pats on the head like that from the Washington Post‘s Margaret Sullivan about her “pure…motivations” and “moral core.”

And another being the unprecedented multi-racial protests Floyd’s murder kicked off. If the verdict is testament to the power of protest, so too are the vigorous efforts to squelch that power. We’ll talk about that with Elly Page, legal advisor at the International Center for Not-for-Profit Law and founder of their US Protest Law Tracker.

      CounterSpin210423Page.mp3

 

Trans & GNC Youth: We Stand With YouAlso on the show: After the Supreme Court ruled last summer that Title VII of the Civil Rights Act protects workers from discrimination based on sexual orientation or transgender status, the Washington Post‘s Jennifer Rubin wrote, “While we might be slow in getting there and are diverted time and again, Americans can eventually be prevailed upon to come down on the side of fairness, equality, inclusion and simple human decency.” The notion that civil rights just expand naturally without struggle—and that justice delayed is, you know, fine—isn’t serving trans kids as right-wing legislators target them at the state level. We’ll hear from Christy Mallory, legal director at the Williams Institute, based at UCLA School of Law.

      CounterSpin210423Mallory.mp3

 

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197978
Dorothy A. Brown and Amy Hanauer on Tax Unfairness https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/16/dorothy-a-brown-and-amy-hanauer-on-tax-unfairness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/16/dorothy-a-brown-and-amy-hanauer-on-tax-unfairness/#respond Fri, 16 Apr 2021 15:49:38 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=187257 Subscribe: RSS

(cc photo: John Morgan)

This week on CounterSpin: Taxes, the concept of taxation, does a lot of work in US public discourse, though the role is not consistent: When reporting on a wished-for social good, like universal healthcare or improved infrastructure, the “cost to taxpayers” is presented as central; “raising taxes” is a synonym for increasing hardship on working people, and unironically offered as the reason those same people can’t have nice things, like healthcare and infrastructure. At the same time, but on a different page, we read that corporations like Zoom, Amazon and Netflix are super-successful, exemplary—what magic do they have to earn themselves such fortune?—and, oh yeah, they pay zero or near zero federal tax on their profits, but that’s complicated, and sort of clever? And anyway legal, so whaddya gonna do? Except, remember that you can’t have nice things because: taxes.

We’ll talk today with two people who, while recognizing that it’s not the sole source of inequality, have thoughts about what we can do about blatant, enduring and powerful unfairness in US tax policy.

Dorothy A. Brown teaches tax policy as Asa Griggs Candler professor of law at Emory University School of Law. She’s author of the new book, The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans—and How We Can Fix It.

      CounterSpin210416Brown.mp3

Amy Hanauer is executive director at the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy and Citizens for Tax Justice. They’ve been tracking corporate tax avoidance and its societal impact for decades.

      CounterSpin210416Hanauer.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at rewriting the history of the January 6 coup attempt.

      CounterSpin210416Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/16/dorothy-a-brown-and-amy-hanauer-on-tax-unfairness/feed/ 0 187257
Dorothy A. Brown and Amy Hanauer on Tax Unfairness https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/16/dorothy-a-brown-and-amy-hanauer-on-tax-unfairness-2/ Fri, 16 Apr 2021 15:49:38 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9020757  

 

1040 tax form

(cc photo: John Morgan)

This week on CounterSpin: Taxes, the concept of taxation, does a lot of work in US public discourse, though the role is not consistent: When reporting on a wished-for social good, like universal healthcare or improved infrastructure, the “cost to taxpayers” is presented as central; “raising taxes” is a synonym for increasing hardship on working people, and unironically offered as the reason those same people can’t have nice things, like healthcare and infrastructure. At the same time, but on a different page, we read that corporations like Zoom, Amazon and Netflix are super-successful, exemplary—what magic do they have to earn themselves such fortune?—and, oh yeah, they pay zero or near zero federal tax on their profits, but that’s complicated, and sort of clever? And anyway legal, so whaddya gonna do? Except, remember that you can’t have nice things because: taxes.

We’ll talk today with two people who, while recognizing that it’s not the sole source of inequality, have thoughts about what we can do about blatant, enduring and powerful unfairness in US tax policy.

Dorothy A. Brown teaches tax policy as Asa Griggs Candler professor of law at Emory University School of Law. She’s author of the new book, The Whiteness of Wealth: How the Tax System Impoverishes Black Americans—and How We Can Fix It.

      CounterSpin210416Brown.mp3

 

Amy Hanauer is executive director at the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy and Citizens for Tax Justice. They’ve been tracking corporate tax avoidance and its societal impact for decades.

      CounterSpin210416Hanauer.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at rewriting the history of the January 6 coup attempt.

      CounterSpin210416Banter.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197982
Chip Gibbons on Drone Whistleblower Daniel Hale https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/09/chip-gibbons-on-drone-whistleblower-daniel-hale/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/09/chip-gibbons-on-drone-whistleblower-daniel-hale/#respond Fri, 09 Apr 2021 15:43:09 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=184432 Subscribe: RSS

Daniel Hale

This week on CounterSpin: The idea that you don’t “shoot the messenger” dates back, evidently, to Sophocles. It echoes today as a man named Daniel Hale stands convicted nominally of breaking a law aimed at spies sneaking intel to foreign enemies, but actually with revealing things the US government didn’t want known about its drone warfare programs—the ones elite media have often presented as precise in separating “bad guys” from “innocents,” and so superior to other methods of (what we are to understand is) “counterterrorism.”

Big media have shown little interest in the case. We’ll get a backgrounder from researcher and journalist Chip Gibbons, policy director of the group Defending Rights & Dissent.

      CounterSpin210409Gibbons.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at press coverage of Georgia’s voter suppression law.

      CounterSpin210409Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/09/chip-gibbons-on-drone-whistleblower-daniel-hale/feed/ 0 184432
Chip Gibbons on Drone Whistleblower Daniel Hale https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/09/chip-gibbons-on-drone-whistleblower-daniel-hale-2/ Fri, 09 Apr 2021 15:43:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9020706  

Daniel Hale

Daniel Hale

This week on CounterSpin: The idea that you don’t “shoot the messenger” dates back, evidently, to Sophocles. It echoes today as a man named Daniel Hale stands convicted nominally of breaking a law aimed at spies sneaking intel to foreign enemies, but actually with revealing things the US government didn’t want known about its drone warfare programs—the ones elite media have often presented as precise in separating “bad guys” from “innocents,” and so superior to other methods of (what we are to understand is) “counterterrorism.”

Big media have shown little interest in the case. We’ll get a backgrounder from researcher and journalist Chip Gibbons, policy director of the group Defending Rights & Dissent.

      CounterSpin210409Gibbons.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at press coverage of Georgia’s voter suppression law.

      CounterSpin210409Banter.mp3


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197986
Peter Maybarduk on Global Vaccination, Jane Chung on Big Tech Lobbying https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/02/peter-maybarduk-on-global-vaccination-jane-chung-on-big-tech-lobbying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/02/peter-maybarduk-on-global-vaccination-jane-chung-on-big-tech-lobbying/#respond Fri, 02 Apr 2021 15:55:05 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=181983 Subscribe: RSS

(image: NIAID)

This week on CounterSpin: Between two and a half and three million people have died from Covid-19. That’s just what is reported. And we know the toll is so much greater, beyond even the more than 128 million people who have been infected by the virus, many with long-lasting and poorly understood repercussions.

That’s why a year after the WHO declared coronavirus a pandemic, protests demanding global access to vaccines were held around the world. At this point, media could ask how the global economy can recover if only parts of the globe are vaccinated…. But what if they went deeper and wondered: If we don’t learn from this pandemic that none of us can be healthy unless all of us are healthy, how many chances will we get? We’ll talk about global vaccination and what’s in the way of it with Peter Maybarduk, director of Public Citizen’s Global Access to Medicines Program.

      CounterSpin210402Maybarduk.mp3

Blocks representing tech companiesAlso on the show: There are more congressional hearings for Big Tech companies coming up—about their role in spreading misinformation about Covid along with, you know, racism and violent insurrection and stuff. We’ll see the congressional debate, assuming there is one, play out in the press. What we won’t necessarily see is how Big Tech companies are furiously working—by which I mean spending—behind the scenes to tilt things in their favor. We’ll talk about that part with Jane Chung, Big Tech accountability advocate at Public Citizen and author of a new report on the subject.

      CounterSpin210402Chung.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at past coverage of police murder trials.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/02/peter-maybarduk-on-global-vaccination-jane-chung-on-big-tech-lobbying/feed/ 0 181983
Peter Maybarduk on Global Vaccination, Jane Chung on Big Tech Lobbying https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/02/peter-maybarduk-on-global-vaccination-jane-chung-on-big-tech-lobbying-2/ Fri, 02 Apr 2021 15:55:05 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9020637  

Vaccination (image: NIAID)

(image: NIAID)

This week on CounterSpin: Between two and a half and three million people have died from Covid-19. That’s just what is reported. And we know the toll is so much greater, beyond even the more than 128 million people who have been infected by the virus, many with long-lasting and poorly understood repercussions.

That’s why a year after the WHO declared coronavirus a pandemic, protests demanding global access to vaccines were held around the world. At this point, media could ask how the global economy can recover if only parts of the globe are vaccinated…. But what if they went deeper and wondered: If we don’t learn from this pandemic that none of us can be healthy unless all of us are healthy, how many chances will we get? We’ll talk about global vaccination and what’s in the way of it with Peter Maybarduk, director of Public Citizen’s Global Access to Medicines Program.

      CounterSpin210402Maybarduk.mp3

 

Blocks representing tech companiesAlso on the show: There are more congressional hearings for Big Tech companies coming up—about their role in spreading misinformation about Covid along with, you know, racism and violent insurrection and stuff. We’ll see the congressional debate, assuming there is one, play out in the press. What we won’t necessarily see is how Big Tech companies are furiously working—by which I mean spending—behind the scenes to tilt things in their favor. We’ll talk about that part with Jane Chung, Big Tech accountability advocate at Public Citizen and author of a new report on the subject.

      CounterSpin210402Chung.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at past coverage of police murder trials.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
197993
Ernesto Falcon on Internet for All, Alexander Kaufman on Future-Proofed Housing Codes https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/19/ernesto-falcon-on-internet-for-all-alexander-kaufman-on-future-proofed-housing-codes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/19/ernesto-falcon-on-internet-for-all-alexander-kaufman-on-future-proofed-housing-codes/#respond Fri, 19 Mar 2021 16:12:36 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=176349 Subscribe: RSS

Girl using laptopThis week on CounterSpin: Reporters covering the pandemic can’t help but note the impact of the digital divide: How do you work from home, or do remote learning, or even register for a vaccine, without not just available, but affordable high-speed internet? Yet a major congressional effort to end that divide is, so far, generating little interest from big media. It’s almost as if the corporate press accepted the existence of information haves and have-nots, because that’s how goods get divided in this country—even if it doesn’t make technological, economic or humanitarian sense. We’ll hear about the Accessible, Affordable Internet for All Act (AAIA) from Ernesto Falcon, senior legislative counsel at Electronic Frontier Foundation.

      CounterSpin210319Falcon.mp3

House threatened by extreme weatherAlso on the show: As with the country’s communication networks, there’s an obvious social win, and cost efficiency, in adapting buildings to climate realities—making them not just energy efficient (right now, they generate about 40% of greenhouse gases), but “future-proofed” against predictable and predicted weather events. Many cities think so, and they were working on building codes to reflect that—until industry groups, including home builders and the American Gas Association, said not so fast. We’ll get this very important but still under the radar story from Alexander Kaufman, who’s been on it. He covers climate change, energy and environmental policy as a senior reporter at HuffPost.

      CounterSpin210319Kaufman.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at press coverage of the Atlanta hate-crime shootings.

      CounterSpin210319Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/19/ernesto-falcon-on-internet-for-all-alexander-kaufman-on-future-proofed-housing-codes/feed/ 0 176349
Ari Berman on the Attack on Voting Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/12/ari-berman-on-the-attack-on-voting-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/12/ari-berman-on-the-attack-on-voting-rights/#respond Fri, 12 Mar 2021 16:43:11 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=173278 Subscribe: RSS

USA Today (3/9/21)

This week on CounterSpin: A March 3 New York Times story, while informative, suggests a problem: “How Georgia’s GOP Voting Laws Could Impact Black Voters” carried a subheadline that explained, “Two bills moving through the Republican-controlled Legislature would place new restrictions on voting access, in ways Democrats say would have an outsize impact on Black voters.” Except that that impact is not a partisan claim, but a demonstrable fact.

The Washington Post had a piece by Greg Sargent using the word “alarming” to describe the GOP’s voter suppression campaign, and USA Today had one saying the country risks regression to the Jim Crow era—both were labeled “opinion.”

Do elite media think that whether or not the US, in 2021, under pressure from racists, goes back on the whole “one person one vote” thing is a legitimate topic for debate? We need more and better—and fast—in order to push back on Republicans’ current anti-democratic campaign.

Ari Berman has covered voting rights for many years, now as a senior reporter at Mother Jones. He’s the author of Give Us the Ballot: The Modern Struggle for Voting Rights in America. We’ll talk with him about the overt, multi-level, deeply dangerous attack on the right and the ability to vote.

      CounterSpin210312Berman.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of climate justice, Venezuelan sanctions and healthcare debt.

      CounterSpin210312Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/12/ari-berman-on-the-attack-on-voting-rights/feed/ 0 173278
Michelle Holder on Black Women & Minimum Wage, Alice O’Connor on the War on Poverty https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/05/michelle-holder-on-black-women-minimum-wage-alice-oconnor-on-the-war-on-poverty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/05/michelle-holder-on-black-women-minimum-wage-alice-oconnor-on-the-war-on-poverty/#respond Fri, 05 Mar 2021 17:31:02 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=170299 Subscribe: RSS

(photo: Joe Raedle/Getty Images)

This week on CounterSpin: It’s not clear where the fight to raise the federal minimum wage to $15 an hour stands in Congress right now, but while politicians do what they need to do, no one’s forcing news media to drown out discussion of the economic and historical sense, the simple rightness of lifting the wage, in smaller-bore talk about current political “feasibility.” Polls show wide public support, across party lines, so it’s only elite media forcing the idea that those opposing this overdue move are “moderate.” While a federal minimum wage increase would affect millions of workers and the social fabric, it would have particular impact on one “essential” yet somehow expendable group: Black women. We’ll talk about that with economist Michelle Holder, associate professor of economics at John Jay College/City University of New York, and author of the report The Double Gap and the Bottom Line: African-American Women’s Wage Gap and Corporate Profits.

      CounterSpin210305Holder.mp3
The Watts Labor Community Action Committee

Watts Labor Community Action Committee, 1965

Also on the show: The fact that news media can even host a debate around just how poor it’s OK to let a person be who works a full-time job in a wealthy country is a sign of the perverse nature of media’s storytelling on poverty. But media also distort the history of responses to poverty in this country, which has always included recognition that it’s about power, and not just money. We talked about some of this crucial but scarcely discussed history a few years back with Alice O’Connor, professor of History at University of California/Santa Barbara, director of UCSB’s Blum Center on Poverty, Inequality and Democracy, and author of, among other titles, Poverty Knowledge: Social Science, Social Policy and the Poor in 20th Century US History.  We’ll hear some of that conversation today.

      CounterSpin210305OConnor.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/03/05/michelle-holder-on-black-women-minimum-wage-alice-oconnor-on-the-war-on-poverty/feed/ 0 170299
Ending the Forever Wars: Phyllis Bennis on Afghanistan, Hyun Lee on Korea https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/12/ending-the-forever-wars-phyllis-bennis-on-afghanistan-hyun-lee-on-korea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/12/ending-the-forever-wars-phyllis-bennis-on-afghanistan-hyun-lee-on-korea/#respond Fri, 12 Feb 2021 16:33:23 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=161890 Subscribe: RSS

Wall Street Journal (2/10/21)

This week on CounterSpin: Media are soberly reporting a congressional panel’s warning against an “abrupt” or “precipitous” withdrawal of US troops from Afghanistan, because that might lead to “civil war” in the country. If “spinning in the grave” imagery were real, George Orwell will have screwed himself to the Earth’s core by now. The rest of us can try and puzzle out what’s behind the “more war will lead to peace” argument with Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies, and co-author of Ending the US War in Afghanistan: A Primer.

      CounterSpin210212Bennis.mp3
AP: UN experts: North Korea using cyber attacks to update nukes

AP (2/9/21)

Also on the show: “North Korea Using Cyber Attacks to Update Nukes” is the latest scary buzzword-packed headline from the region, representative of US media coverage that centers the entire story of Korea on Kim Jong Un’s potential threat to Americans—pushing aside all of the people in North and South Korea who seek an end to the militarized tension they’ve lived under for more than 70 years. We hear from Hyun Lee, US national organizer for Women Cross DMZ; they’re part of the coalition Korea Peace Now! that’s behind a new report called Path to Peace.

      CounterSpin210212Lee.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at coverage of George Shultz’s death.

      CounterSpin210212Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/12/ending-the-forever-wars-phyllis-bennis-on-afghanistan-hyun-lee-on-korea/feed/ 0 161890
Basav Sen on Biden Climate Policy, Hannah Sassaman on Prometheus v. FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/05/basav-sen-on-biden-climate-policy-hannah-sassaman-on-prometheus-v-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/05/basav-sen-on-biden-climate-policy-hannah-sassaman-on-prometheus-v-fcc/#respond Fri, 05 Feb 2021 17:27:01 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=159238 Subscribe: RSS

(image: Institute for Policy Studies)

This week on CounterSpin: We know Biden will be better than Trump on climate policy, because a poke in the eye with a stick would be better. That media are celebrating the “inclusion of scientists throughout the government” shows how very low the bar has been set. The disasters of climate disruption have next to no relationship to what corporate media say is “feasible” to address them. That’s the starting point of a conversation we had on how to move forward with Basav Sen, director of the Climate Justice project at the Institute for Policy Studies.

      CounterSpin210205Sen.mp3
Prometheus Radio Project

(image: Prometheus Radio Project)

Also on the show: You could find the news in business papers like the Wall Street Journal, industry organs like Broadband Breakfast and courtwatchers like SCOTUSblog, but a quick survey suggests that the Supreme Court case on whether media concentration means women and people of color will be forever shut out of media ownership is of no interest to major news media.  Some of the same media who find a “racial reckoning” around every corner can’t seem to connect the dots to Prometheus Radio Project vs. FCC, in which the “public interest” agency defends its efforts to undermine diversity goals. We get an update from Hannah Sassaman, former organizer with Prometheus, now policy director at Movement Alliance Project.

      CounterSpin210205Sassaman.mp3

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of Jeff Bezos and Amazon.

      CounterSpin210205Banter.mp3
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/05/basav-sen-on-biden-climate-policy-hannah-sassaman-on-prometheus-v-fcc/feed/ 0 159238
Kimberly Inez McGuire on Abortion Realities, Bama Athreya on Defending Gig Workers https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/29/kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities-bama-athreya-on-defending-gig-workers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/29/kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities-bama-athreya-on-defending-gig-workers/#respond Fri, 29 Jan 2021 17:13:43 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=156243 Subscribe: RSS

#4EachOfUs: Pro-choice activists, 2015This week on CounterSpin: The same day’s news can include a story noting anti-abortion anger as an element in the “domestic extremism” the FBI is tracking. And one in which Joe Biden’s press secretary answers a question about the policy that denies US funding for foreign groups that perform abortions (or “counsel, refer or advocate” for abortion) by reminding reporters that Biden “attends church regularly.” And an obituary of anti-choice agitator Joseph Shiedler—a “funny,” “self-deprecating” guy, whose harassment of women at clinics the New York Times describes as “finding women who were considering abortions and persuading them not to follow through.”  Amid all that, a book review tosses off a reference to the post–World War II period as a time when ”surprise pregnancies were an obstacle to a better life,” and abortion was “taboo.” We’ll talk about actual realities of present-day abortion with Kimberly Inez McGuire, executive director of the group URGE: Unite for Reproductive & Gender Equity.

      CounterSpin210129McGuire.mp3

Albertsons classifying grocery workers as first respondersAlso on the show: After California’s Proposition 22 allowed app-based companies like his to skirt basic labor laws, the head of DoorDash declared the company was “looking ahead and across the country, ready to champion new benefits structures,” and they “look forward to partnering with workers, policymakers, community groups…to make this a reality.”

A glimpse of what that partnering looks like: Albertsons grocery, after months of calling its workers “first responders,” made what execs called a “strategic decision” to fire their unionized deliverers and contract their work out to apps including, well huh, DoorDash. We’ll talk about defending workers in the digital economy with Open Society economic inequality fellow Bama Athreya, who also hosts the podcast The Gig.

      CounterSpin210129Athreya.mp3

.mp3″]

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/29/kimberly-inez-mcguire-on-abortion-realities-bama-athreya-on-defending-gig-workers/feed/ 0 156243
Chris Savage, Talia Buford & Peggy Case on Flint Water Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/22/chris-savage-talia-buford-peggy-case-on-flint-water-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/22/chris-savage-talia-buford-peggy-case-on-flint-water-crisis/#respond Fri, 22 Jan 2021 16:20:55 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=153567 Subscribe: RSS

Water in a Flint, Michigan, hospital, 2015.

This week on CounterSpin: Michigan’s attorney general has indicted nine state officials, including former Gov. Rick Snyder, the state’s former health director and two of the emergency managers of the city of Flint, for exposing at least 100,000 people to dangerous levels of lead in their drinking water, and for an outbreak of Legionnaires’ disease killed at least 12 people and sickened many more.

In an op-ed for The Hill (1/19/21), Michigan Rep. Dan Kildee called the 2014 decision to switch the source of Flint’s drinking water “one of the greatest environmental injustices in our lifetimes.” Which is true, but “the environment” didn’t do it: It’s often forgotten that Flint was a crisis of democracy—as decision-making had been taken out of the hands of Flint’s elected officials, and given to an “emergency manager” tasked with reining in costs—a  system that seems to be used disproportionately in communities of color, taking decisions out of community hands but leaving them to deal with their fallout.

There’s been a $640 million settlement of class action lawsuits, but Michigan Radio (1/11/21) reports that some civic leaders say the deal presents inappropriate hurdles—young children might not get their settlement if they don’t undergo a specific bone lead test—and some question how money could ever compensate Flint residents for months and months of washing and bathing and cooking with bottled water, to avoid exposing themselves and their families to a neurotoxin, all while officials deflected and denied and belittled concerns.

We talked about Flint on CounterSpin, in its particulars and in terms of how it fits into bigger questions around environmental racism, resource control and local governance. In light of the renewed attention around the story—which has not ended, even as media looked away—we revisit some of those conversations this week.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/22/chris-savage-talia-buford-peggy-case-on-flint-water-crisis/feed/ 0 153567
Keri Leigh Merritt on the New Lost Cause, Elisabeth Rosenthal on Troubled Vaccine Rollout https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/15/keri-leigh-merritt-on-the-new-lost-cause-elisabeth-rosenthal-on-troubled-vaccine-rollout/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/15/keri-leigh-merritt-on-the-new-lost-cause-elisabeth-rosenthal-on-troubled-vaccine-rollout/#respond Fri, 15 Jan 2021 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=150676 https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/15/keri-leigh-merritt-on-the-new-lost-cause-elisabeth-rosenthal-on-troubled-vaccine-rollout/feed/ 0 150676 Dorothee Benz on January 6 Insurrection, Mara Verheyden-Hilliard on Police Responsibility https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/08/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-mara-verheyden-hilliard-on-police-responsibility/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/08/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-mara-verheyden-hilliard-on-police-responsibility/#respond Fri, 08 Jan 2021 18:44:28 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=147881 Subscribe: RSS

Military Timesphoto of a gallows erected on Capitol Hill by pro-Trump militants. (photo: Sarah Sicard)

This week on CounterSpin: As we recorded on January 7, the Washington Post was calling for Donald Trump’s removal from office. To which one might respond: Ya think? Media who egged on Trump’s candidacy, trivialized his venality and normalized as extreme-but-within-range his and his party’s every anti-democratic outrage, are poorly placed to take principled umbrage when that juggernaut takes the course that everyone and their mother said it would. Headlines suggesting the insurrection at the Capitol was the Trump era’s “last gasp” suggest a continued refusal to acknowledge the multiple factors that drove and abetted it, that go well beyond Trump and are going nowhere with Trump’s deposal, today or in two weeks’ time.

Some say the deferential police treatment of rampaging white nationalists who brought their own gallows, as opposed to the abuse that routinely meets nonviolent Black and brown protestors, betrays a double standard; our guest says no, it reflects the single standard of white supremacy. We talk about coverage of the January 6 attack on the Capitol with political scientist Dorothee Benz.

      CounterSpin210108Benz.mp3”
Washington Post image of far-right militants assaulting the Capitol

Washington Post image of police barricades at the Capitol. assaulting the Capitol.

And speaking of law enforcement: We’ll also hear briefly from activist/attorney Mara Verheyden-Hilliard of the Partnership for Civil Justice Fund. They’re demanding an investigation of federal and local police planning and response to yesterday’s events.

      CounterSpin210108Verheyden-Hilliard.mp3”

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media coverage of Julian Assange’s extradition denial and Trump’s Blackwater pardons.

      CounterSpin210108Banter.mp3”
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/08/dorothee-benz-on-january-6-insurrection-mara-verheyden-hilliard-on-police-responsibility/feed/ 0 147881
Best of CounterSpin 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/01/best-of-counterspin-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/01/best-of-counterspin-2020/#respond Fri, 01 Jan 2021 16:20:10 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=145373 PlayPlay

(photo: Daniel Arauz/Wikimedia)

As we start a new year, longtime CounterSpin listeners will know, we revisit a few of our weekly looks behind the headlines. We call it “the best of,” but it’s just a reflection of the sorts of conversations we hope have offered some voice or context or information that you might not have heard elsewhere, or that might help you assess the news you are hearing. We’re thankful to all of the activists, researchers, reporters and advocates who appear on the show to help us understand the world and how we can change it.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/01/best-of-counterspin-2020/feed/ 0 145373
Lisa Gilbert on Lame Duck Trump, Dean Baker on Trickle-Down Economics https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/25/lisa-gilbert-on-lame-duck-trump-dean-baker-on-trickle-down-economics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/25/lisa-gilbert-on-lame-duck-trump-dean-baker-on-trickle-down-economics/#respond Fri, 25 Dec 2020 18:10:19 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=143584  

 

(image: Public Citizen)

This week on CounterSpin: Media critic Margaret Sullivan made a plea to journalists to turn off their fascination with Donald Trump when he leaves office. Acknowledging (as few do) that elite media profited off a monster they helped create, Sullivan asked outlets to just say no to setting up a Mar-a-Lago bureau, or entire beats dedicated to what Trump and his family members are up to. “And for God’s sake, stop writing about his unhinged tweets.” While we await the day that particular face and voice are no longer at the top of every newscast, it ain’t over til it’s over. And harms Trump does as a lame duck are harms nonetheless. Public Citizen is keeping an eye on these last minute maneuvers. We’ll hear from the group’s executive vice president, Lisa Gilbert.

David Stockman

David Stockman (photo: Atlantic)

Also on the show: Hang on to your hats: Research says cutting super rich people’s taxes doesn’t really help middle or lower-income people, but does make rich people richer! If your hat’s unmoved, it might be because you remember the architect of so-called “trickle-down” theory, Reagan budget director David Stockman, admitting as much to journalist Bill Grieder, rather famously one would’ve thought, 40 years ago. Dean Baker from the Center for Economic and Policy Research joins us to explain why some ghosts of economic theories past don’t seem to go away.

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at false balance, stimulus advice and Time‘s person of the year.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/25/lisa-gilbert-on-lame-duck-trump-dean-baker-on-trickle-down-economics/feed/ 0 143584
Jessica Martinez on Gutting Worker Protections, Mitch Stoltz on Breaking Up Big Tech https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/18/jessica-martinez-on-gutting-worker-protections-mitch-stoltz-on-breaking-up-big-tech/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/18/jessica-martinez-on-gutting-worker-protections-mitch-stoltz-on-breaking-up-big-tech/#respond Fri, 18 Dec 2020 17:43:39 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=141069

(photo: Valerie Macon/AFP via Getty Images)

This week on CounterSpin: More than 308,000 US women, men and children have died of Covid-19. That devastating toll has been borne disproportionately by Black and brown people in dangerous occupations and at the short end of an unequal healthcare system. Workers in fields, factories and hospitals, endangered by the pandemic, are now held up as pawns, as some lawmakers look to make workers’ health and safety a “tradeoff” for Covid relief. We talk about efforts to gut worker protections under the guise of economic support with Jessica Martinez, co-executive director of the National Council for Occupational Safety and Health.

Blocks representing tech companiesAlso on the show: Congressional hearings supposedly aimed at addressing concerns around the power of Big Tech have not been the best venue for those concerns (the fact that many congresspeople couldn’t be bothered to learn how to say Google CEO’s Sundar Pichai’s name being the merest indication). The wheels of accountability are slowly turning in tech companies’ direction: An antitrust lawsuit against Google, our guest says, won’t address every important concern, but could usher in some scrutiny on companies that have been given a pass for too long. We’ll talk with Mitch Stoltz, senior staff attorney at the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/18/jessica-martinez-on-gutting-worker-protections-mitch-stoltz-on-breaking-up-big-tech/feed/ 0 141069
Kimberle Crenshaw on the Equity Gag Order https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/11/kimberle-crenshaw-on-the-equity-gag-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/11/kimberle-crenshaw-on-the-equity-gag-order/#respond Fri, 11 Dec 2020 18:05:14 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=138131 Subscribe: RSS

(image: Breitbart, 9/4/20)

This week on CounterSpin: “This is a sickness that cannot be allowed to continue. Please report any sightings so we can quickly extinguish!” Donald Trump’s disturbing September 5 tweet paired with his claim that “teaching this horrible doctrine to our children is a form of child abuse in the truest sense of those words.”

What is the sickness, the doctrine that Trump says is “being deployed to rip apart friends, neighbors and families”? It’s Critical Race Theory, or really any of a whole group of interrelated social justice ideas, like structural racism, implicit bias or privilege—tools for talking about and addressing persistent inequities in US society.

Trump’s September executive order on “combating race and sex stereotyping” banned any training addressing racial or gender diversity for federal employees, government contractors and the US military. The effects were immediate and chilling—not just the end of workplace diversity trainings, but academics forced to cancel lectures, research projects suspended, curricula scrubbed for fear of running afoul of what’s being called the Equity Gag Order. And yet this obviously suppressive effort has been largely shrugged off by media that ought to be sounding the alarm. Oh, McCarthyism—how can we miss you if you won’t go away?

Resisting the effort to silence necessary conversations about racism is Kimberle Crenshaw. A pioneer in critical race theory, she’s a professor of law at UCLA and Columbia Law Schools, and executive director of the African American Policy Forum and the Center for Intersectionality and Social Policy Studies. We talk with her about Trump’s order and the Truth Be Told campaign that’s pushing back on it, and the ideas behind it.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of President-elect Joe Biden’s cabinet picks.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/11/kimberle-crenshaw-on-the-equity-gag-order/feed/ 0 138131
Liliana Segura on Trump’s Execution Spree, Gaurav Laroia on Ajit Pai’s FCC https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/04/liliana-segura-on-trumps-execution-spree-gaurav-laroia-on-ajit-pais-fcc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/04/liliana-segura-on-trumps-execution-spree-gaurav-laroia-on-ajit-pais-fcc/#respond Fri, 04 Dec 2020 17:49:37 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=132594 MP3 Link

Straps for restraining death penalty target.

(BBC/Getty Images)

This week on CounterSpin: The lame duck White House is engaged in a virtually unprecedented spree of federal executions, eight so far this year with more scheduled. As with many aspects of his presidency, it’s both Trump being especially gruesome, and his simply making use of a gruesome machinery he certainly didn’t create. And federal executions are, of course, just a part of the picture. We’ll talk about the death penalty with  Liliana Segura, investigative journalist at the Intercept.

MP3 Link

Ajit Pai and friends.

Also on the show: Between the time he made a video in which he danced with a Pizzagate propagator to celebrate the repeal of net neutrality, and the time he misled Congress about how the agency’s public comment system was cyber-attacked just at the moment that John Oliver urged viewers to leave comments supporting net neutrality, there are things about exiting FCC chair Ajit Pai, the human, to make one glad to see the back of him. We’ll talk less personally about the Pai FCC—and how they’re holding water for Trump til the end—with Gaurav Laroia, senior policy counsel at the group Free Press.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/12/04/liliana-segura-on-trumps-execution-spree-gaurav-laroia-on-ajit-pais-fcc/feed/ 0 132594
Julie Hollar on Moving Democrats to the Right, Josh Bivens on Pandemic Unemployment https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/13/julie-hollar-on-moving-democrats-to-the-right-josh-bivens-on-pandemic-unemployment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/13/julie-hollar-on-moving-democrats-to-the-right-josh-bivens-on-pandemic-unemployment/#respond Fri, 13 Nov 2020 17:12:33 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=115982 [mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Julie Hollar Josh Bivens Full Show @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201113.mp3″]

MP3 Link

Election Focus 2020This week on CounterSpin: After a historic election turnout, driven by mobilizations like Black Lives Matter, that signaled the longed-for end of the Trump presidency, it’s sad to see corporate Democrats leap to blame the left, including activists, for denying the party a landslide—and call for immediate, compensatory overtures to the right. Sad, but not surprising, as that’s been the practice of elite Democrats and their media abettors for decades.

Michael Dukakis/Lloyd Bentsen: Winners for 1988

Michael Dukakis and Lloyd Bentsen, Democrats’ 1988 ticket

When Michael Dukakis chose Sen. Lloyd Bentsen as his running mate, he turned his back not just on Jesse Jackson, but on two decades of Democratic Party thinking. He sent an unmistakable message to the activist constituencies of the Democratic Party that the days of litmus-test liberalism are over.

That’s the Washington Post‘s David Broder in 1988.

You could say everything old is new again, but corporate media’s allegiance to an ever-drifting “center” gets more dangerous by the day. FAIR’s senior analyst for Election 2020, Julie Hollar, joins us on the show.

[mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Julie Hollar Interview @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201113Hollar.mp3″]

MP3 Link

Food line, Van Nuys, California (Mario Tama/Getty Images)

Also on CounterSpin: The way politicians and pundits talk about “electoral issues” suggests they forget that behind “issues” are real people with real problems. For millions of Americans, those problems include being out of work and out of healthcare in the midst of a pandemic and now, thanks to Senate Republicans, on track to lose what unemployment benefits they have been receiving. Josh Bivens of the Economic Policy Institute brings us an update.

[mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Josh Bivens Interview @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201113Bivens.mp3″]

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a look at some recent press coverage of absolving Donald Trump.

[mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Banter @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201113Banter.mp3″]

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/13/julie-hollar-on-moving-democrats-to-the-right-josh-bivens-on-pandemic-unemployment/feed/ 0 115982
Steven Rosenfeld on Vote Counting, Rey Fuentes on Rigging the Gig Economy https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy/#respond Fri, 06 Nov 2020 17:44:34 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=110643 MP3 Link

Election Focus 2020This week on CounterSpin: As we record on Thursday, November 5, corporate media headlines would have you think it’s still a legitimately tight race for president, because they’re holding up Biden’s larger number of votes and delegates alongside Trump’s efforts to huff and puff and blow the house down. Part of the problem are media so invested in a both-sides, major-party frame that, even after election 2020, they fail to highlight the bigger break: between those who believe in the democratic project and those who do not. We’ll talk about the ongoing election with Steven Rosenfeld, editor and chief correspondent of Voting Booth, a project of the Independent Media Institute.

MP3 Link

(image: Partnership for Working Families)

Also on the show: Uber, Lift and DoorDash bankrolled the most expensive campaign in US history to push through Proposition 22 in California, so they can keep denying workers benefits. The potential impact is huge for all gig workers, but if you were hoping to hear what they thought, skip reports like the New York Times‘ on November 4: It found zero workers to quote, but did manage to get hold of Uber’s chief executive, a venture capitalist advisor to Uber and the campaign’s press release. We’ll get a different view from Rey Fuentes, Skadden Fellow at the Partnership for Working Families and co-author of the report Rigging the Gig.

MP3 Link

Featured image: Gritty the mascot dancing in Philadelphia in favor of counting every vote (from a video by Hugh E. Dillon).

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy/feed/ 0 110643
Steven Rosenfeld on Vote Counting, Rey Fuentes on Rigging the Gig Economy https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy-2/#respond Fri, 06 Nov 2020 17:44:34 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=115997 [mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Steven Rosenfeld Rey Fuentes Full Show @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201106.mp3″]

MP3 Link

Election Focus 2020This week on CounterSpin: As we record on Thursday, November 5, corporate media headlines would have you think it’s still a legitimately tight race for president, because they’re holding up Biden’s larger number of votes and delegates alongside Trump’s efforts to huff and puff and blow the house down. Part of the problem are media so invested in a both-sides, major-party frame that, even after election 2020, they fail to highlight the bigger break: between those who believe in the democratic project and those who do not. We’ll talk about the ongoing election with Steven Rosenfeld, editor and chief correspondent of Voting Booth, a project of the Independent Media Institute.

[mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Steven Rosenfeld Interview @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201106Rosenfeld.mp3″]

MP3 Link

(image: Partnership for Working Families)

Also on the show: Uber, Lift and DoorDash bankrolled the most expensive campaign in US history to push through Proposition 22 in California, so they can keep denying workers benefits. The potential impact is huge for all gig workers, but if you were hoping to hear what they thought, skip reports like the New York Times‘ on November 4: It found zero workers to quote, but did manage to get hold of Uber’s chief executive, a venture capitalist advisor to Uber and the campaign’s press release. We’ll get a different view from Rey Fuentes, Skadden Fellow at the Partnership for Working Families and co-author of the report Rigging the Gig.

[mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Rey Fuentes Interview @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201106Fuentes.mp3″]

MP3 Link

Featured image: Gritty the mascot dancing in Philadelphia in favor of counting every vote (from a video by Hugh E. Dillon).

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/06/steven-rosenfeld-on-vote-counting-rey-fuentes-on-rigging-the-gig-economy-2/feed/ 0 115997
Special Program on Trump & Immigration https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration/#respond Fri, 30 Oct 2020 15:47:16 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=107615 MP3 Link

(photo: USCBP)

This week on CounterSpin: As we record on October 29, we don’t know what will happen on (or after) Election Day, but stories will be written about these last four years, and to the extent that those stories are written by corporate journalists, they will be distorted, and the role of the media unrecognizable. We’ll hear that Donald Trump was a “showman” whom “no one suspected” would have such grave impacts, that “everyone” was surprised as his chicanery “became” cruelty before our eyes. And that journalists rejected and resisted the evisceration of civil norms ,and the assaults on vulnerable communities. But we know better.

In our final pre-election show,  we use the lens of one issue, immigration, to look back at four years of Trump policy and of coverage. We’ll hear parts of conversations we had in real time with Cristina Jiménez of United We Dream, Kica Matos of the Center for Community Change, Immigrant Defense Project‘s Mizue Aizeki, Suman Raghunathan from SAALT, Jacinta González of Mijente and journalist Tina Vasquez of Prism.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration/feed/ 0 107615
Special Program on Trump & Immigration https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration-2/#respond Fri, 30 Oct 2020 15:47:16 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=116030 [mp3-jplayer tracks=”CounterSpin Trump & Immigration Full Show @http://www.fair.org/audio/counterspin/CounterSpin201030.mp3″]

MP3 Link

(photo: USCBP)

This week on CounterSpin: As we record on October 29, we don’t know what will happen on (or after) Election Day, but stories will be written about these last four years, and to the extent that those stories are written by corporate journalists, they will be distorted, and the role of the media unrecognizable. We’ll hear that Donald Trump was a “showman” whom “no one suspected” would have such grave impacts, that “everyone” was surprised as his chicanery “became” cruelty before our eyes. And that journalists rejected and resisted the evisceration of civil norms, and the assaults on vulnerable communities. But we know better.

In our final pre-election show,  we use the lens of one issue, immigration, to look back at four years of Trump policy and of coverage. We’ll hear parts of conversations we had in real time with Cristina Jiménez of United We Dream, Kica Matos of the Center for Community Change, Immigrant Defense Project‘s Mizue Aizeki, Suman Raghunathan from SAALT, Jacinta González of Mijente and journalist Tina Vasquez of Prism.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/30/special-program-on-trump-immigration-2/feed/ 0 116030
Mitch Jones on Fracking’s Hazards, Matt Sutton on Drug War’s Victims https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/23/mitch-jones-on-frackings-hazards-matt-sutton-on-drug-wars-victims/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/23/mitch-jones-on-frackings-hazards-matt-sutton-on-drug-wars-victims/#respond Fri, 23 Oct 2020 17:24:26 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=104151 MP3 Link

(cc photo: WildEarth Guardians)

This week on CounterSpin: Earlier this year, the New York Times ran a column helpfully headlined “The Simple Reason the Left Won’t Stop Losing,” in which David Leonhardt claimed that “left-wing movements…have often prioritized purity over victory,” and encouraged progressives to “break with orthodoxy.” One way to do that? By “announcing that fracking and nuclear energy are crucial to fighting climate change.” That fits with corporate media’s approach to fracking—which, as Joshua Cho noted for FAIR.org, prioritizes the supposed “risks” to the electoral prospects of Democrats who call for banning it over the prospects for human civilization’s survival. We’ll talk about why fracking is still bad with Mitch Jones, policy director at Food & Water Action and Food & Water Watch.

MP3 Link

Justice for Breonna Taylor: Black Lives Matter

(image: @art1ofakind)

Also on the show: The fact that no Louisville police officer was even charged with the March 13 murder of Breonna Taylor is only one outrageous aspect of that terrible story that is layered with injustice. Our guest says that our outrage and anger and sorrow for Taylor can be coupled with an understanding of the broader picture of this country’s decades-long “war on drugs” that set the conditions for that night. Matt Sutton is director of media relations at Drug Policy Alliance.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at coverage of the weaponization of the powers of government.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/23/mitch-jones-on-frackings-hazards-matt-sutton-on-drug-wars-victims/feed/ 0 104151
Lisa Graves on the Story Behind Amy Coney Barrett https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/16/lisa-graves-on-the-story-behind-amy-coney-barrett/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/16/lisa-graves-on-the-story-behind-amy-coney-barrett/#respond Fri, 16 Oct 2020 15:38:01 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=100344 MP3 Link

Amy Coney Barrett (photo: Tom Williams/Roll Call)

This week on CounterSpin: Despite the symbolism of her White House launch party being a superspreader event, the story of Amy Coney Barrett, the conservative judge currently looking like being foisted on the Supreme Court, actually begins a while back. Understanding how we got to this place—where a person who uses the term “sexual preference” may have a hand in interpreting laws governing all of our lives—requires looking behind the curtain of the “partisan tug of war” narrative corporate media present every day, to see how a powerful minority in this country manages to use public institutions to do unpopular things. We’ll get the story behind Amy Coney Barrett from Lisa Graves, editor-in-chief and executive director at True North Research.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at Susan Page’s moderation excuses, NBC‘s reward to Trump for pulling out of the debates, and media yawning at revelations that the child separation policy was deliberate.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/16/lisa-graves-on-the-story-behind-amy-coney-barrett/feed/ 0 100344
Mary McCord on Unlawful Militias, Chip Gibbons on Assange Extradition https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/09/mary-mccord-on-unlawful-militias-chip-gibbons-on-assange-extradition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/09/mary-mccord-on-unlawful-militias-chip-gibbons-on-assange-extradition/#respond Fri, 09 Oct 2020 16:28:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?p=98000 MP3 Link

(photo: SPLC)

This week on CounterSpin: In a conversation recorded just before we got word of the arrest of six members of the Michigan militia group calling itself the “Wolverine Watchmen” for conspiring to kidnap Michigan’s Democratic governor, Gretchen Whitmer, as part of a broader agenda of violent government overthrow, we talked with Mary McCord, a law professor at Georgetown University and legal director at the school’s Institute for Constitutional Advocacy and Protection—and an expert on unlawful militias that manage to be part of the political landscape while somehow escaping rigorous media scrutiny.

MP3 Link

Bloomberg depiction of Julian Assange (photo: Jack Taylor/Getty Images Europe)

Julian Assange

Also on the show, and also escaping scrutiny: In a London courtroom, WikiLeaks‘ Julian Assange, an Australian citizen, has been facing extradition to the US by request of US prosecutors, who want to try him under the Espionage Act and put him in prison, and likely solitary confinement, for life. Elite US news media have awards on their shelves for reporting based on WikiLeaks‘ revelations of war crimes and other malfeasance by the US government. But that has not translated to defense of Assange, or even interest in his case—despite its unprecedented nature, and the implications it holds for all journalists who seek to reveal things the state would prefer hidden. We’ll talk about that with Chip Gibbons, policy director at Defending Rights and Dissent.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/09/mary-mccord-on-unlawful-militias-chip-gibbons-on-assange-extradition/feed/ 0 98000
Steve Wamhoff on Trump and Taxes https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/02/steve-wamhoff-on-trump-and-taxes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/02/steve-wamhoff-on-trump-and-taxes/#respond Fri, 02 Oct 2020 17:09:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?p=98038

MP3 Link

This week on CounterSpin:  Taxes, particularly income taxes, have a special role in US media parlance: Vitally important but endlessly, and instrumentally, fungible. “Taxpayer dollars” are sacrosanct; we need to think very hard, every time it comes up, about how best to dedicate them: Do food stamps or public education make the cut?  But then, who contributes to this oh-so-important resource? Because at the same time, corporate media suggest the “Tax Man” is a villain, who pretty much steals your “hard-earned dollars”—so, wink wink, smart people avoid paying taxes as much as possible.

The between-the-lines upshot seems to be: The country runs on taxation, but if you have a lot to give, well then, you’ve earned the right to opt out. This weird, incoherent presentation is reaching some sort of flameout with the New York Times‘ much-anticipated and fought-for reporting on Donald Trump’s tax returns—and the political and pundit scramble to define or interpret them—in ways that (it’s seeming like) might indict Trump, without calling into deep question the enabling system around him that media’s corporate owners and sponsors, protestations aside, endorse. It makes things a bit harder to parse for regular folks. But not impossible. We’ll talk about takeaways from Trump’s taxes with Steve Wamhoff, director of federal tax policy at the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at the first presidential debate.

MP3 Link


Featured image: President Donald Trump in 2017 as photographed by political photographer Michael Vadon.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/02/steve-wamhoff-on-trump-and-taxes/feed/ 0 98038
Antonia Juhasz on the End of Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/18/antonia-juhasz-on-the-end-of-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/18/antonia-juhasz-on-the-end-of-oil/#respond Fri, 18 Sep 2020 13:05:17 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=97385 MP3 Link

(cc photo: Bex Walton)

This week on CounterSpin: As the coronavirus pandemic shut down business as usual around the world, some saw a kind of silver lining in emerging images of formerly gray skies returned to blue, skylines re-emerging from years of polluted muck. More than an “ironic upside,” those images were a message: that situations presented as inevitable have always been choices, that it is action—and inaction—that have kept those skies gray.

Covid-19 may be hastening things, but the oil industry was already on the ropes. And while we welcome the demise of an industry that does such harm, we have to remember that a creature can do tremendous damage in its death throes, and that a better way forward isn’t guaranteed, unless we fight for it. We learn about the “end of oil,” and what could come next, with Antonia Juhasz. She’s an energy analyst, journalist and author, whose books include The Bu$h Agenda: Invading the World, One Economy at a Time; The Tyranny of Oil: The World’s Most Powerful Industry–and What We Must Do to Stop It; and, most recently, Black Tide: The Devastating Impact of the Gulf Oil Spill.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of election theft, campaign false balance and political violence both-sidesism.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/18/antonia-juhasz-on-the-end-of-oil/feed/ 0 97385
Peter Maybarduk on Covid Treatments, Kia Rahnama on the Right to Protest https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/11/peter-maybarduk-on-covid-treatments-kia-rahnama-on-the-right-to-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/11/peter-maybarduk-on-covid-treatments-kia-rahnama-on-the-right-to-protest/#respond Fri, 11 Sep 2020 16:22:09 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=94694 MP3 Link

Coronavirus

(cc image: Scientific Animations)

This week on CounterSpin: There is the fact that, back in February, Donald Trump was saying one thing to the public about the coronavirus while saying something else entirely in late night calls to a once-hotshot reporter. And there is the fact that the reporter chose not to share that information with the public until his book was ready to sell. Combined, those facts go a ways toward explaining the particular coronavirus nightmare the US faces, with a president who says and does whatever, public health and humanity be damned, and—where there should be a vigorous, principled check on that—a press corps that can’t seem to remember whose interest they’re meant to represent.

We talk about seeing around the limitations of corporate media’s storyline when it comes to vaccines and treatments for Covid-19 with Peter Maybarduk; he’s director of the Global Access to Medicines Program at Public Citizen. They have a new report about the impact (so far) of Gilead’s monopoly control of the possible treatment drug Remdesivir.

MP3 Link

(cc photo: David Geitgey Sierralupe)

Also on the show: Corporate predations on public health, police killing of Black people and abuse of those protesting those killings, overt GOP efforts to interfere with the vote, environmental protections gutted, millions of people out of work and facing eviction, while billionaires get richer?  Everywhere you turn is a reason to protest. And calling your congressmember is crucial, but if it were enough, well, we’d be done. But as more and more people decide they have to speak up, show up, with others, in the streets—that it’s not just meaningful but necessary—they are met with tear gas, rubber bullets, truncheons and the specter of being carted off in unmarked vans, or facing felony charges that will upend their lives. It looks like law enforcement being themselves lawless, but in fact, there is a connection—underexplored —between brutish police responses to peaceful protests and a history of Supreme Court rulings around the First Amendment you thought you knew. We’ll fill in some missing history with constitutional law attorney Kia Rahnama, author of a recent article titled “How the Supreme Court Dropped the Ball on the Right to Protest.”

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/11/peter-maybarduk-on-covid-treatments-kia-rahnama-on-the-right-to-protest/feed/ 0 94694
Heidi Beirich on White Supremacist Violence, Howard Bryant on Black Athlete Activism, Sharon Lerner on Plastic Recycling and PR https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/04/heidi-beirich-on-white-supremacist-violence-howard-bryant-on-black-athlete-activism-sharon-lerner-on-plastic-recycling-and-pr/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/04/heidi-beirich-on-white-supremacist-violence-howard-bryant-on-black-athlete-activism-sharon-lerner-on-plastic-recycling-and-pr/#respond Fri, 04 Sep 2020 14:57:44 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=92051 MP3 Link

White supremacist march in Charlottesville (cc photo: Tony Crider)

This week on CounterSpin, we feature three archived but relevant conversations. In June 2017, we spoke with Heidi Beirich, leader of the Intelligence Project at the Southern Poverty Law Center, about the resurgence of white supremacist violence in the Trump era. We revisit some of what she had to say.

MP3 Link

Jackie Robinson

Jackie Robinson

Also on the show: In June 2018, we heard from sports reporter and author Howard Bryant; he’d just written a book about African-American athletes and social justice activism, called The Heritage. We hear some of that conversation as well.

MP3 Link

Plastic bottle recycling (cc photo: Matthewdikmans)

(cc photo: Matthewdikmans)

And finally, in December 2019 we talked with reporter Sharon Lerner, who covers health and the environment at the Intercept, about plastics recycling and the sketchy behavior of the industry behind it.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/04/heidi-beirich-on-white-supremacist-violence-howard-bryant-on-black-athlete-activism-sharon-lerner-on-plastic-recycling-and-pr/feed/ 0 92051
Liz OuYang on Census Sabotage https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/14/liz-ouyang-on-census-sabotage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/14/liz-ouyang-on-census-sabotage/#respond Fri, 14 Aug 2020 16:56:49 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=84565 MP3 Link

This week on CounterSpin: Sure, the United States has been conducting the census for some two centuries, but Donald Trump and his cronies have a new idea of how to do it, that involves—no points for guessing—screwing it up entirely in service to a racist, nativist project; using methods that are, yes, unconstitutional, but can still have impact anyway; leaving everyone who knows anything about the census or statistics or democracy shaking their damn heads. We’ll talk about the White House’s transparent campaign to sabotage the census with civil rights attorney Liz OuYang.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at a study of commentary on the Black Lives Matter protests.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/14/liz-ouyang-on-census-sabotage/feed/ 0 84565
Neil deMause on Reopening Coverage, Nicole Porter on Covid and Prisons https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/07/neil-demause-on-reopening-coverage-nicole-porter-on-covid-and-prisons/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/07/neil-demause-on-reopening-coverage-nicole-porter-on-covid-and-prisons/#respond Fri, 07 Aug 2020 16:14:14 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=83487 MP3 Link

North Paulding High School , Georgia

North Paulding High School, Georgia

This week on CounterSpin: Two Georgia teens were reportedly suspended for posting a photo of their recently reopened high school—students pressed together in a hallway, few wearing masks—and apparently the principal gave kids a threatening talking-to about saying anything “negative” about the school…like that maybe it was endangering their lives and those of their families. Expect more of these kinds of conflicts, and silencing attempts, as places make choices about what to reopen, when. Our guest says more thoughtful attention to the “how” of re-opening is necessary, but for that, you’d need to listen to people who actually know—and care—rather than constantly handing the mic to Mr. “It Is What It Is.” We’ll get an update on coronavirus coverage from freelance journalist and author Neil deMause.

MP3 Link

Also on the show: There are people who think that once you’re in prison, you can be forgotten; you’ve been deemed a bad person, and whatever happens to you, you somehow deserve. For those people, the unsurprising sweep of Covid-19 through the incarcerated population is at most a footnote to the bigger story. But growing numbers of Americans are questioning the whole criminal justice system — who goes to prison and why, and what are the supposed reasons it’s better for society to have them there than back in the community. For those people, the pandemic is a chance to shine a light on decarceration—not just in a time of disease, but all the time. We’ll talk about that with Nicole Porter, director of advocacy at the Sentencing Project.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of Trump’s TikTok threats.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/08/07/neil-demause-on-reopening-coverage-nicole-porter-on-covid-and-prisons/feed/ 0 83487
Alex Main on Bolivia Coup, Carol Anderson on Voter Suppression https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/31/alex-main-on-bolivia-coup-carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/31/alex-main-on-bolivia-coup-carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/#respond Fri, 31 Jul 2020 16:23:57 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/31/alex-main-on-bolivia-coup-carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/ MP3 Link

Jeanine Anez receiving the presidential sash from a military representative

Jeanine Anez receiving Bolivian presidential sash from the military (photo: EFE).

This week on CounterSpin:  US corporate media were in vocal support of last year’s coup against Bolivia’s Evo Morales. But they’re rather quiet now that Jeanine Añez—who, in a legislative session without a quorum, due to the fact that many lawmakers were in hiding, jumped the line of succession and declared herself president—is putting off holding elections, again; and has said she is running, despite previous promises to the contrary.  US media were frictionless transmitters for assertions of fraud in Morales’ re-election coming from the Organization of American States, assertions that, some now quietly acknowledge, were groundless. But as Camila Escalante wrote recently for FAIR.org (7/8/20), the fact that the supposed basis for the bloody authoritarian coup against Bolivia’s first indigenous leader was itself meritless hasn’t led US media to reexamine their own role in promoting the charges or the coup itself. To the extent the story’s being told, it’s being told too late. But CounterSpin listeners learned in real time; in November 2019, we heard from Alex Main of the Center for Economic and Policy Research. We’ll hear some of that conversation this week.

MP3 Link

Voting line, Charlotte, NC

(cc photo: James Willamor)

Also: The 2020 election had enough problems before the coronavirus and the White House disinformation campaign around voting by mail, and Trump’s latest brazen attempt at derailment and distraction—as we record, that would be his suggestion to postpone the election, but by the time you hear the show, who knows?  We talked about those pre-existing challenges and their historic roots back in February with Carol Anderson, professor of African-American Studies at Emory University, and author of, among other books, One Person, No Vote: How Voter Suppression Is Destroying Our Democracy.  We’ll hear part of that conversation as well.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/31/alex-main-on-bolivia-coup-carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/feed/ 0 80551
‘Trump’s Troops Are Breaking the Law and Creating Chaos’ – CounterSpin interview with Marjorie Cohn on Portland secret police https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/30/trumps-troops-are-breaking-the-law-and-creating-chaos-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/30/trumps-troops-are-breaking-the-law-and-creating-chaos-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/#respond Thu, 30 Jul 2020 17:01:24 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/30/trumps-troops-are-breaking-the-law-and-creating-chaos-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/ Janine Jackson interviewed legal scholar Marjorie Cohn about secret police in Portland for the July 24, 2020, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

MP3 Link

(Image: Matcha Chai via Sparrow Project, 7/15/20)

Janine Jackson: As we record this show on July 23, demonstrations in Portland, Oregon show no signs of slowing. Protesters demanding an end to racist policing, in the wake of—and even before—George Floyd’s murder had been met with what local activists describe as typical aggression from Portland’s police department: The indiscriminate firing of tear gas and other munitions into peaceful crowds. Flash-bang grenades. Beatings with batons.

But then came the footage: A man, dressed in black, stands apparently alone on a darkened sidewalk, when two heavily armed men in camouflage walk up on him, hustle him off into an unmarked van and drive off, refusing to identify themselves to observers.

We’ve since learned this is part of an orchestrated effort by the Trump administration to deploy federal law enforcement agents to deal, SWAT-style, with what they call “violent anarchists.” What’s more, they plan to replay those nightmarish scenes from Portland wherever they see fit. As Acting Homeland Security Chief Chad Wolf says, “I don’t need invitations.” Wolf also subsequently described federal agents as arresting demonstrators “proactively.”

Alarm seems appropriate. Here to help us think about what we’re seeing is author and legal scholar Marjorie Cohn. She’s professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law and a former president of the National Lawyers Guild. She joins us now by phone from San Diego. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Marjorie Cohn.

Marjorie Cohn: Thanks for having me, Janine.

JJ: These street pick-ups, when you first see it, you think it’s a movie. As I understand it, the line is that these federal agents see someone—not necessarily anyone they’ve seen commit a crime—they say they want to talk to that person, have a consensual conversation with them. And then they, the agents, fear for their own safety, so they decide they want to have that conversation elsewhere, like the courthouse, and then, “Oh, you’re free to go. This wasn’t even an arrest at all.” Is that legal, or constitutional?

PreCrime department, Minority Report

Minority Report, 2002

MC: No, it’s not. In order to have a legal arrest, you need probable cause to believe that the person committed a crime. And these snatches, by unidentified federal officials in unmarked vehicles, snatching peaceful protesters off the streets, transporting them to unknown locations without informing them of why they’re being arrested, and later releasing them with no record of their arrest, violates the law.

And this “proactive” arrest that the Department of Homeland Security is intending to carry out, violates the Fourth Amendment, which requires that, as I said, an arrest be supported by probable cause. This reminds me of the movie Minority Report, where they’re trying to predict who’s going to commit a crime. There is nothing in the law that allows “proactive arrest.”

There have been lawsuits filed, and they basically allege violations of the First Amendment, freedom of speech and press; the Fourth Amendment, prohibition on unreasonable searches and seizures; the Fifth Amendment, right to due process; and the Tenth Amendment, which says that powers not delegated to the feds are reserved to the states. And this is what is being litigated now.

JJ: One attorney, Juan Chavez with the Oregon Justice Resource Center, said, “It’s like ‘stop and frisk’ meets Guantánamo Bay.”

Well, federal law enforcement are permitted to go into states to protect federal property like courthouses and to prosecute federal crimes. But policing protests, just at the letter of the law, goes beyond that function.

MC: Yes, it certainly does. And, in fact, a lawsuit that was filed two days ago, on behalf of the First Unitarian Church of Portland, a public benefit corporation and two Oregon state representatives, alleges violation of the Tenth Amendment, and says that these abductions occurred outside the jurisdiction of federal law enforcement; those abducted were not attacking federal property or personnel, and they weren’t on federal property at the time that they were abducted. The ostensible, or the stated, reason for these federal goons to go into Portland, and other cities as well, which is happening as we speak, is to protect federal monuments and statues. Trump issued an executive order on June the 26th, saying that his federal forces were going to protect these monuments.

And there’s no monuments around where they were. Mark Pettibone—who’s one of the plaintiffs in the lawsuit filed by the Oregon Department of Justice against Homeland Security and the US Marshals—he was accosted, he was one of these people who was snatched off the street and then released without any citation. He was taken in this unmarked van to a federal courthouse, the Mark O. Hatfield US Courthouse.

And actually, neither the mayor of Portland nor the governor of Oregon invited or welcomed these federal troops, and last night, it’s my understanding, that the Portland mayor was tear-gassed when he was standing near this courthouse, doing nothing; he was standing there, and it was his first time he’d ever been tear-gassed.

So they’re just going way beyond any legal authority that they might have. And mayors in other cities as well—who are on Trump’s hit list, I guess you would say—are also saying, “We don’t want federal troops in our cities.” Now, these mayors often welcome federal assistance when they’re working cooperatively in drug enforcement or other kinds of criminal enforcement, but this goes way beyond that.

And it’s calculated by Trump to boost his sagging poll numbers. He’s taking a page out of Richard Nixon’s “law and order” playbook, because he’s so botched the response to the coronavirus, in fact responsible for thousands of deaths, when he’s been in denial about it, and actually stood in the way of really responding in an effective way. So now he is trying to shift the conversation, shift the discourse to anarchists, violent anarchists, left-wingers, Joe Biden would be behind this. And he’s going to come in on his white horse with his federal troops and take care of it and restore “law and order,” but, in effect, he’s breaking the law.  His troops are breaking the law and creating chaos.

It’s interesting, Janine, because why didn’t he send in the military? I think there’s a reason why he sent in the Department of Homeland Security, Customs and Border Protection troops: They’re loyal. They’re also not trained for this kind of thing, either, even if they were legally allowed to be in these cities.

But the Uniform Code of Military Justice provides that service members must obey lawful orders, but they have a duty to disobey unlawful orders. And these people, these troops, the secret military force that Trump has been sending into these cities, or sent into Portland–and Chicago’s next on the list, and Albuquerque–these could be reasonably construed as unlawful orders, orders to carry out unlawful actions. And I think it’s not altogether unlikely that he’s worried that military people would resist those orders and refuse to carry them out.

And maybe that’s why he has cobbled together this secret paramilitary militia: It has been the Customs and Border Protection, US Marshals, Federal Protective Service, and now they’re going to add the FBI, the ATF—Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms–the Drug Enforcement Agency, to this list of federal agencies.

Buzzfeed: The Top Military Official In The US Apologized For Being Part Of Trump's Tear Gas Church Photo Op

Buzzfeed (6/11/20)

JJ: I can see the worry about maybe not using the military because, as you have written about, there was military official pushback after his photo op thing, where he used military officials to clear out the space in front of the church, and there was some indication that, “You know, we’re not going to necessarily have your back.”

Now I did though want to say: So we’re bringing in this cobbled together force that includes Customs and Border Patrol, maybe some of them now deputized into this kind of vague Federal Protective Service. And these people, as you mentioned, aren’t trained to do crowd control, much less trained to do the kind of de-escalation that would be necessary to protect a protest that is against police.

But what those folks do have a history of, what they do have training in, is rolling up on people and taking them away in vans, when those people’s crime is being undocumented. And that’s something that people are reminding, that not only should we be careful about saying these tactics aren’t “American,” since the US has done and is doing them in other places. But we also shouldn’t say that this has never happened here before, because that’s not really true either.

MC: Well, it hasn’t happened in this kind of a setting, in this way.

JJ: Right.

MC: But you’re right, the Customs and Border Protection agencies are notoriously— I’m not saying every single one of them—but notoriously racist, anti-immigrant, nativist and very brutal and violent. When they are supposedly enforcing the immigration laws, they kill people and deny them of their rights.

And you’re right. They are absolutely not trained in crowd control, which is not in their purview anyway. They have no right to be in the middle of Portland, doing crowd control, where their stated authority is to protect federal monuments. They’ve gone way beyond the purview. And they are actually saying that they’re enforcing the law, where it’s really the purview of the state authorities to be enforcing state law, and, unfortunately, I think we’re going to see this expand and escalate throughout the country, as Trump gets more and more desperate to elevate his falling poll numbers.

Truthout: Protesters Attacked by Police Are Suing to Vindicate Their Constitutional Rights

Truthout (7/3/20)

JJ: Right. And speaking of context, there is something, I agree, especially eerie and frightening about this bundling people into vans footage, and it’s true that we had seen it in the past sometimes with undocumented immigrants, including people forming bands around them to protect them from being hustled off. But the thing is, we don’t want that to be… while it’s especially horrible, we don’t want that to be because we’ve become numb to images of demonstrators being shot with munitions, being beaten with batons, being tear-gassed. And you wrote earlier this month—I saw it on Truthout—about [how] we’re not just seeing videos of extremely rare, nearly unique instances; there really is a widespread problem of police abuse of protesters going on.

MC: Yes, there is. And I think it’s going to get worse. You know, when you think of the image of people being snatched off the streets, peaceful protesters doing nothing illegal being snatched off the streets by people that aren’t wearing uniforms, and placed into vans: This reminds me of the dictatorships in Latin America, that were supported by the United States, who disappeared people, it was called disappearing people. And they would do it in broad daylight: snatch them, just like this, and put them in a van, and many of them were never heard of since; many of them were killed. This is kidnapping. And they did it in broad daylight, to send a message to other people that, “If you don’t do what we want you to do, this will happen to you as well.”

In the Oregon Department of Justice’s lawsuit against Homeland Security and the US Marshals, they wrote:

Ordinarily, a person exercising his right to walk through the streets of Portland who is confronted by anonymous men in military-type fatigues and ordered into an unmarked van can reasonably assume that he is being kidnapped and is a victim of a crime.

And kidnapping by militia and other malfeasants dressed in paramilitary gear would trigger the lawful right of self-defense.

So what they’re doing is setting up a situation where people think they’re going to be kidnapped and would fight back. And if they’re armed, they could use weapons, and this could lead to killing, it could lead to a horrible situation. This is kidnapping, pure and simple; no probable cause for these arrests.

JJ: It seems like almost a side note, but let’s talk for a minute about the concealed identities. You know, it’s not like these folks were undercover; they didn’t blend. So why conceal your identity, except to evade accountability?

Time: 'I Have to See.' President Trump Refuses to Say If He Will Accept the 2020 Election Results

Time (7/19/20)

MC: Absolutely. And, you know, this opens the door to right-wing vigilantes putting on military fatigues, camouflage outfits, and doing the same thing that these federal agents are doing. And I don’t know what Trump would say about that; he has a double standard, of course, when right-wingers do it, then, you know, that’s fine, but he’s painting Black people as terrorists, he’s painting white people as antifa, the white allies in the Movement for Black Lives, painting them with a broad brush, pulling out accusations that these are left-wing Democratic anarchists, violent anarchists, and if Joe Biden is elected, this is what we’re going to get.

There is a certain critical mass—and I don’t know if it’s 30% or 40% or what—of people who support Trump no matter what, and it’s music to their ears, and that’s who he’s playing to, that’s his base, that’s who he is relying on to put him in the White House again.

And quite frankly, Janine, what I’m concerned about is that this is all a dry run for an election that goes against Trump. He declares martial law, and he uses his federal goons to maintain power. Now, if he tries to use the military, I really suspect that a large number of service members would disobey those orders.

But when he was asked on Fox News by Chris Wallace, whether he would accept the results of the election, he said, “I have to see.” I have to see? Can you imagine? It depends; if I don’t like the result, I may not accept the results of the election. And that, combined with a massive program of voter suppression, is very, very frightening.

JJ: Just finally, Philadelphia’s District Attorney Larry Krasner says: Try it. Anybody, federal agent or not, committing crimes in my district will be arrested. Rashida Tlaib says, “They’ll have to arrest me first” if they try to bring this to Minneapolis. So we have some legislation; there’s legislation about agents have to identify themselves and their agency. We’ve got lawsuits from the ACLU and other folks.

But it seems really clear that people are the power that is driving things right now. So I just want to ask you to talk about what we need to do to actually vouchsafe the right to protest in this country, and where does that power lie? Clearly, we can’t only rely on the legal system to protect these rights.

Marjorie Cohn

Marjorie Cohn: “There are lawsuits being filed in support of the real power, and that is the power of the people.”

MC: It’s the power of the people, and people are in the streets—hundreds of thousands of people in the streets in US cities, and in cities around the world—in support of the Movement for Black Lives, and against police brutality.

And, yes, we can’t rely on the legal system, but it’s a tool that we have to use. And I’m very proud to say that my organization, the National Lawyers Guild, is front and center in the middle of legal defense for the protesters, the legal observers who wear those green caps, marked “National Lawyers Guild.” They’re not protesters; they’re there to witness what the police are doing. And they have been the target of police brutality and violence.

And, in fact, there is an ACLU lawsuit to enjoin, it’s asking for an injunction against these federal agents targeting legal observers, and targeting journalists as well, because the last thing in the world that the Trump administration and his goons want are witnesses, are media that are witnessing what’s happening, and so they’re going after journalists; they’re going after legal observers.

But there are lawsuits being filed in support of the real power, and that is the power of the people. And we’ve seen that in the streets for the last 50-some days, since the public lynching of George Floyd, and I think that what Trump is doing is going to exacerbate, or elevate, those protests. We’re going to see much more protesting, now that he is committing these illegal atrocities with his private paramilitary force.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Marjorie Cohn, you can find her recent work on Truthout.org along with other outlets, as well as her own site, Marjorie Cohn com. Thank you very much, Marjorie Cohn, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

MC: Thanks so much, Janine.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/30/trumps-troops-are-breaking-the-law-and-creating-chaos-counterspin-interview-with-marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/feed/ 0 79958
Marjorie Cohn on Portland Secret Police https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/24/marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/24/marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/#respond Fri, 24 Jul 2020 14:45:30 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/24/marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/ MP3 Link

(image: Sparrow Project, 7/15/20)

This week on CounterSpin: Some corporate media appear agog that militarized federal agents—deployed with a mission reflected in Defense Secretary Mark Esper’s comment that city streets are a “battlespace,” filled with what acting Homeland Security chief Chad Wolf called “violent mobs”—would go ahead and tear gas protesters in Portland, Oregon, even though Portland’s Democratic mayor, Tom Wheeler, was among them.  Outrageous, sure, but we’re a bit beyond outrage now, aren’t we? While we wait to see if corporate media can decide which optic is an optic too far, we talk about the legal, constitutional elements of the fight for our right to protest, including against the very forces that are sent to police the protesting. Our guest is Marjorie Cohn, past president of the National Lawyers Guild, professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, and contributor/editor on a number of books, including The United States and Torture: Interrogation, Incarceration and Abuse, and Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral and Geopolitical Issues.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent press coverage of Trump’s executive orders.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/24/marjorie-cohn-on-portland-secret-police/feed/ 0 77845
Diane Yentel on Eviction Crisis, Lisa Graves on USPS Under Attack https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/17/diane-yentel-on-eviction-crisis-lisa-graves-on-usps-under-attack/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/17/diane-yentel-on-eviction-crisis-lisa-graves-on-usps-under-attack/#respond Fri, 17 Jul 2020 16:44:53 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/17/diane-yentel-on-eviction-crisis-lisa-graves-on-usps-under-attack/ MP3 Link

This week on CounterSpin: One expert, Emily Benfer, put it this way:  About 10 million people, over a period of years, were displaced from their homes following the foreclosure crisis in 2008. We’re looking at 20 to 28 million people facing eviction between now and September. People have to fight their evictions “virtually,” since housing courts are closed—and if you don’t have that fast internet, or don’t get on that Zoom call properly—that’s “failure to appear,” and you lose. The impact of eviction, meanwhile, can be devastating. Making folks homeless in a pandemic is just a flashpoint of this country’s affordable housing crisis—and a reminder that, as a new report begins: “Housing is healthcare.” The report, called Out of Reach 2020: The High Cost of Housing, comes from the National Low Income Housing Coalition. We talk with Coalition president Diane Yentel.

MP3 Link

Mail Carrier (Wikimedia)

(photo: John H. White/EPA)

Also on the show: An election + a public health crisis = voting by mail, which requires not just a functioning postal service, but a well-functioning one. A pandemic in which more people need critical medicines and supplies mailed to them calls for the same. But just as more is being asked of the US Postal Service, decades-old efforts to cut the legs out from under it are gathering force once again—and they’re being amplified and abetted by Trump’s new postmaster general, Louis DeJoy. Listeners may know about Trump’s obsession with making the USPS raise prices; seems he mainly he wants costs to go up for his official enemy, Amazon‘s Jeff Bezos, but he’s OK with the public, for whom the Postal Service is the most popular federal agency—the only one named in the Constitution—suffering the consequences. What—and who—is driving the push to privatize the post office—and how have they had managed to shift the conversation? That’s the topic of a new brief from Lisa Graves. She’s executive director at True North Research, director also of the Koch Docs project—which might be a bit of a tip-off.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/17/diane-yentel-on-eviction-crisis-lisa-graves-on-usps-under-attack/feed/ 0 74957
‘Hate Speech and Disinformation Flow on Facebook’ – CounterSpin interview with Jessica González on Facebook's promotion of hate https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/hate-speech-and-disinformation-flow-on-facebook-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-gonzalez-on-facebooks-promotion-of-hate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/hate-speech-and-disinformation-flow-on-facebook-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-gonzalez-on-facebooks-promotion-of-hate/#respond Fri, 10 Jul 2020 23:47:25 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/hate-speech-and-disinformation-flow-on-facebook-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-gonzalez-on-facebooks-promotion-of-hate/ Janine Jackson interviewed Free Press’s Jessica González about Facebook promoting hate for the July 3, 2020, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

MP3 Link

WaPo: Zuckerberg once wanted to sanction Trump. Then Facebook wrote rules that accommodated him.

Washington Post (6/28/20)

Janine Jackson: Civil rights and social justice groups have been grappling for years with ways to address hateful speech, harassment and disinformation on Facebook. The issue is on the front burner again, as major companies like Unilever and Starbucks are pausing their ads—the platform’s source of revenue—as part of a coordinated effort to get Facebook to change policies that allow politicians and others to make false and incendiary claims.

A Facebook security engineer quit in disgust when the platform refused to take down a post from Brazil’s Jair Bolsonaro that said, “Indians are undoubtedly changing. They are increasingly becoming human beings just like us.” That would seem to be a clear violation of internal guidelines against “dehumanizing speech,” but as revealed in a recent Washington Post exposé, the engineer was told that it didn’t qualify as racism, and “may have even been a positive reference to integration.”

That sort of casuistry has marked Facebook’s actions, and activists have heard enough. The group Free Press has been one of those working for change; we’re joined now by Free Press co-CEO Jessica González. She joins us by phone from Los Angeles. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Jessica González.

Jessica González: Hi, Janine. Thanks for having me.

JJ: It’s worth stating at the outset that Free Press, like FAIR, opposes censorship, believes in the free flow of ideas and in debate. That doesn’t require acceptance of the promotion of dangerous medical misinformation, Holocaust denial or instigations to violence against people protesting police brutality. We have to grapple with the tremendous influence of social media somehow. So that said, tell us about the Stop Hate for Profit campaign, which companies from Adidas to Williams-Sonoma are taking part in. What are the problems that the campaign is looking to address?

JG: You’re right, Janine; Free Press stands for a free press. And we imagine a free press that frees people from oppression. We imagine a free press that holds the powerful accountable. So unlike calls for government to censor speech, the Stop Hate for Profit campaign is seeking for advertisers to vote with their feet. It’s seeking to hold up the really vast amount of hate, bigotry and disinformation that is happening on Facebook’s platform.

Facebook has known about this problem. Our organizations have been in dialogue with Facebook for some time. We’ve been calling on them to institute a comprehensive change, to keep people safe on the platform, because we understand that when hate speech and disinformation flow on Facebook, that it puts people’s lives at risk in real life, and that it also makes it harder for people from historically oppressed groups to speak out, when we speak out and face an onslaught of hate and harassment.

So what the campaign is calling for is for all major advertisers on a global scale to drop their advertising on Facebook for the month of July. And we’re now up to over 700 advertisers that have agreed to drop from Facebook, including Honda, Ford, Unilever, Coke and other major brands that have essentially called on Facebook to meet our requests. And the interesting thing here is that the companies came along really easily, because it’s not good for their brands to be associated with the types of hate and disinformation that are running rampant on the platform.

JJ: It isn’t that Facebook just allows extremist or toxic content. There’s something, isn’t there, in the business model that encourages polarization?

JG: You’re absolutely right. Ninety-nine percent of Facebook‘s business model is advertising. And we are the product on Facebook: Facebook is selling access to us, consumers, individuals that use the platform. That’s what they’re selling to their advertisers.

So how do they make the most money? By keeping us, their product, on the platform as much as possible. And we know that hate, harassment and wild disinformation are the types of content that garner high attention and high engagement, and keep us on the platform, even when we don’t agree with those things and we’re, in fact, fighting back against hate and disinformation, it’s still generating time on the platform, engagement on the platform, and that is how they make their money.

So, yes, this is built right into their business model. And until now, nobody’s really been talking about that. Or we’ve been talking about it, but it hasn’t received the widespread attention that it’s receiving in this moment.

WSJ: Facebook Executives Shut Down Efforts to Make the Site Less Divisive

Wall Street Journal (5/26/00)

JJ: The Wall Street Journal, some may listeners may know, reported an internal Facebook report that executives got in 2018, that found that the company was well aware that its recommendation engine stoked divisiveness and polarization. But they ignored those findings, because they thought any changes would disproportionately affect conservatives, which is just, I think, mind blowing. So this is not a problem that they don’t know about. And the Journal also cites a separate report in 2016, that said that 64% of people who joined an extremist group on Facebook only did so because the company’s algorithm recommended it to them. So this is, as you’re saying, it’s not passive.

JG: Right. It’s absolutely not. This is intentional. They’ve known these things. This reminds me of how the tobacco industry hid information about the damaging health effects of cigarettes, back in the day. This is Facebook hiding information about the toxic effects of their own platform. And it’s really shameful, frankly, that it’s taken this much to get the attention on to what Facebook has been up to.

JJ: It’s not passive, but it’s also not equal opportunity. It tends to go in one direction, right?

JG: No, and this whole conservative bias red herring that gets thrown out there as a reason for not to do anything ought to be really offensive to conservatives. Last time I checked, they haven’t said that conservatism and antiracism are opposites. I think this is a nonpartisan issue, or at least it should be. We all have an interest, regardless of political party, race, religion and whatnot, to end racism in our society, and to use this red herring as a reason not to is really immoral.

Forbes: Black Employees Allege Racial Discrimination At Facebook In New Legal Complaint

Forbes (7/2/20)

JJ: It seems relevant that a group of Black workers at Facebook just filed a class action with the EEOC, alleging that Facebook discriminates against Black workers and applicants in hiring, evaluations, promotions and pay. Black people are just 3.8% of Facebook‘s workforce; 1.5% of tech workers, and that hasn’t increased, even as the company’s gone from 9,000 workers to nearly 45,000. One wonders how that company culture has bearing on their decision-making about when is something racist.

JG: Oh, absolutely. And I’m not surprised at all that workers are facing discrimination inside of Facebook, because the product itself is discriminatory. There’s discriminatory algorithms at play, and there’s a business model that is essentially hate profiteering. So this isn’t much different than things I’ve thought about in the past with hate radio, for instance, some of these really hateful pundits that are often on iHeartRadio, that you hear a lot of complaints about hate and harassment within. This is a pervasive cultural issue at companies that trade in hate.

JJ: This June 28 Washington Post piece charts how Facebook shifted its policies to accommodate Trump. The engineer who quit in disgust, David Thiel, is quoted saying, “The value of being in favor with people in power outweighs almost every other concern for Facebook.” For Trump, that’s meant that everything he says is newsworthy just because he said it, no matter how false or racist or inflammatory, and that carveout for politicians is galling to people, but it’s not, of course, the only problem. But that does seem to be a serious thing, to simply say that because someone’s a politician, they can say whatever they want.

JG: Right. This really speaks to the question of, “What are we talking about when we talk about a free press?” When I think of a free press, I think of the Fourth Estate, one that holds the powerful accountable. And he’s done just the opposite. There’s a set of content moderation rules that users have to follow, that the president doesn’t, [or] other powerful leaders. That’s an incredibly big problem. The free press is supposed to hold power accountable; it’s not supposed to give them a free ride.

And, frankly, it shows an appalling lack of awareness about the moment we’re in, the cultural moment we’re in, where we are reckoning with racism across the government, in our society, in our businesses, and in our own organizations and minds. All of us need to be thinking about anti-blackness in particular. And it shows that he’s really not thinking about that, or if he is, he’s made a calculated decision to put profit over morals.

JJ: Let’s talk about some of the recommendations or next steps that the campaign has put forward. What would you like to see happen? What are some of the elements?

JG: We have a number of recommendations that are on our website, StopHateForProfit.org, but I’ll highlight a few of them. Facebook needs a permanent civil rights infrastructure and accountability system inside the company. They need to comply with regular third-party audits that track how they are doing in complying with the civil rights infrastructure that needs to be built, and they need to overhaul their content moderation system.

The Change the Terms Coalition, which is a coalition of over 55 civil rights and racial justice organizations, has put forth a comprehensive set of model policies aimed at Facebook and other social media companies. And we’re asking them to ban hateful activities, to ban white supremacists, and to significantly invest in enforcement, in transparency about their content moderation process, in rights of appeal, so that people of color and religious minorities and others who are protesting racism and hate are not the ones that get taken down, but, in fact, it’s actually the hate and proliferation of racism and recruitment into white supremacist groups that gets taken down. We’re calling for Facebook to ban all state actor bot and troll campaigns that trade in hateful activities.

And so we have a larger set of policy recommendations on StopHateForProfit.org, including a call for Facebook to develop a hotline, so that its users who are experiencing hate and harassment have somewhere to call, to take care of when they’re experiencing hate, much like you might call your internet service provider or your water company if you are having a problem there.

So those are some of the policy changes that we’re calling for from Facebook.

JJ: At the end of this Washington Post piece, we see Mark Zuckerberg saying Facebook is going to start labeling problematic newsworthy content. I read somewhere they’re talking about commissioning research on polarization. Does this look like genuine engagement with the problems that you’re talking about to you? And I wonder,  you’ve been working with them for so long, do you think that they have evolved? Or has your way of engaging with them changed over time? And how real, how seriously do you think they’re taking this right now?

JG: I think this is more chipping away at the edges and failing to do comprehensive reform. So if they think they’re done, they’re sorely mistaken. And while I think it’s a step in the right direction, we’re super tired of steps in the right direction. I don’t know whether or not this is sincere; I think not. I think it’s a response to all the bad PR that they’re experiencing and all the dissent they’re feeling, even inside the company. And while there are some things that I’m interested in tracking–for instance, they’ve claimed that they are going to ban hateful activities aimed at people based on immigration status. They’ve claimed they’re not going to allow hate in ads, they claim they’re going to apply the rules towards politicians. I frankly don’t believe them, because they’ve made a lot of promises over the years and failed to enforce them.

JJ: What, finally, comes next? What if they do the same kind of hand-waving that they’ve done in the past and nothing really changes? Where do we go from there?

Jessica Gonzalez

Jessica Gonzalez: “There’s a real question over whether Facebook is just too damn powerful, and whether we need further regulatory and legislative interventions to hold this company accountable to the people.”

JG: That’s a really good question. Right now, we are continuing to organize to move this campaign to the global level. So we will continue to levy advertiser pressure. And, listen, there’s a real question over whether Facebook is just too damn powerful, and whether we need further regulatory and legislative interventions to hold this company accountable to the people. And those are not off the table as far as Free Press is concerned. We’ve already called, at Free Press, for an ad tax on Facebook, taxing 2% of their profit, and reinvesting that money back into quality local and Independent news production, to support reporters who are going to have to do the hard work of putting Facebook‘s hate in context, and correcting the record on the disinformation that runs rampant on their sites.

We’ve also called for robust reform in the privacy realm, and we have a piece of model legislation that we are recommending the US Congress adopt, to make sure that Facebook is not violating our privacy rights, our civil rights, and that the power about the kind and the ways that Facebook collects data about us, and then monetizes our data, is in the control of us, the people, and that we have more transparency about what they’re collecting, and that we have a private right of action when Facebook is violating our rights.

So I think, at a minimum, those need to be seriously considered now, and I think there’s probably further interventions that need to happen in Congress. If Facebook refuses to comply with these demands, and perhaps even if they do comply, this really shines a light on just how powerful they are.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Jessica González, co-CEO of the group Free Press. They’re online at FreePress.net, and you can learn more about this campaign at StopHateForProfit.org. Jessica González, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

JG: Thank you for having me, Janine.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/hate-speech-and-disinformation-flow-on-facebook-counterspin-interview-with-jessica-gonzalez-on-facebooks-promotion-of-hate/feed/ 0 72230
Brenda Choresi Carter on the Power of Sheriffs, Gordon Mosser on Medicare for All & Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/brenda-choresi-carter-on-the-power-of-sheriffs-gordon-mosser-on-medicare-for-all-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/brenda-choresi-carter-on-the-power-of-sheriffs-gordon-mosser-on-medicare-for-all-covid-19/#respond Fri, 10 Jul 2020 16:41:13 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/brenda-choresi-carter-on-the-power-of-sheriffs-gordon-mosser-on-medicare-for-all-covid-19/ MP3 Link

Sheriff Robert Snaza, Lewis County, Washington (photo: @ThePhotoJay/Daily Chronicle, via Washington Post)

This week on CounterSpin: Just hours after Washington state’s Democratic governor, Jay Inslee, issued a statewide mandate for people to wear masks in public to discourage the spread of the coronavirus pandemic, a Republican county sheriff told a crowd gathered in a church parking lot, “Don’t be a sheep.” Sheriffs are particularly powerful, but  generally overlooked in coverage about substantive changes to law enforcement, and even romanticized in a public conversation that imagines them on horseback, somewhat renegade, maybe taking law “into their own hands,” for, you know, the good of the people. There’s not a lot of data on who sheriffs are or what they do. A new study suggests that a conversation that excludes them from talk of police abolition and/or reform would be missing a critical element. We’ll talk about that void-filling data with Brenda Choresi Carter, director of the Reflective Democracy Campaign, the group behind a new study called Confronting the Demographics of Power: America’s Sheriffs.

MP3 Link

National Nurses United: Love It! Improve It! Medicare for All

(cc photo: National Nurses United)

Also on the show: When you picture a country responding to a pandemic, do you think about states fighting one another for life-saving equipment, or a drug researched on the public dime being put on the market for more than $3,000 per treatment? No. But when the topic is recipes for change, media show their lack of interest in actual people’s actual lives and deaths, in favor of political shadows on the cave wall—as when the New York Times runs an op-ed by a political analyst opining that Joe Biden “projects moderation and decency, an image burnished by his rejection of proposals regularly debated in the Democratic primary like Medicare for All and decriminalizing the border.” So it’s not just decent, but a hallmark of decency, to deny life-altering care to people who can’t afford it, to cut off people’s healthcare if they lose their jobs (through no fault of their own) and to price drugs out of the reach of regular people. That sort of drive-by dismissal is one of our problems with media. We got a second opinion from MD Gordon Mosser, senior fellow in the Division of Health Policy and Management at the University of Minnesota School of Public Health, who’s written recently on Medicare for All in the time of Covid.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/brenda-choresi-carter-on-the-power-of-sheriffs-gordon-mosser-on-medicare-for-all-covid-19/feed/ 0 72089
Jessica Gonzalez on Facebook Promoting Hate https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/03/jessica-gonzalez-on-facebook-promoting-hate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/03/jessica-gonzalez-on-facebook-promoting-hate/#respond Fri, 03 Jul 2020 16:05:06 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/03/jessica-gonzalez-on-facebook-promoting-hate/ MP3 Link

Mark Zuckerberg shakes hands with Donald Trump at the White House

Donald Trump and Mark Zuckerberg (photo: White House)

This week on CounterSpin: A recent Washington Post report tracks how Facebook has accommodated Donald Trump, allowing him to post false, incendiary and racist comments that would get another person sanctioned. Facebook, the paper reports, “has constrained its efforts against false and misleading news, adopted a policy explicitly allowing politicians to lie, and even altered its news feed algorithm to neutralize claims that it was biased against conservative publishers,” according to former and current employees and company documents.

It’s an incredibly important issue at a platform one-and-a-half billion people use, and that is, for many, replacing actual news outlets as a source of information. Activists have complained for years, but a current campaign is getting some traction. It’s called Stop Hate for Profit, and it’s the work of a coalition of groups, one of which is Free Press. We’ll hear about what organizers want to change with Free Press co-CEO Jessica Gonzalez.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at media looking abroad rather than at home for the roots of Trump’s authoritarianism, and also at journalists beginning to realize that you can’t always trust the police.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/03/jessica-gonzalez-on-facebook-promoting-hate/feed/ 0 69606
Jim Naureckas on Covid’s Preventable Nightmare, Clare Garvie on Police Facial Recognition https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/26/jim-naureckas-on-covids-preventable-nightmare-clare-garvie-on-police-facial-recognition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/26/jim-naureckas-on-covids-preventable-nightmare-clare-garvie-on-police-facial-recognition/#respond Fri, 26 Jun 2020 16:07:09 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/26/jim-naureckas-on-covids-preventable-nightmare-clare-garvie-on-police-facial-recognition/ MP3 Link

(Chart: 91-DIVOC)

This week on CounterSpin: It’s hard to understand how journalists can report Donald Trump’s repeated claim that the US should do less coronavirus testing because “with smaller testing, we would show fewer cases!” without following up with “and that’s why we’re calling for his resignation.” Trump’s bizarre delusions on Covid-19 aren’t just bats in his attic; they’ve driven a response that is nothing short of disastrous. He’s backing up the no test/no disease fallacy, for instance, by cutting funding for testing sites around the country, a move that, Talking Points Memo reports, local officials met with a “mixture of frustration, resignation and horror.” We’ll get an update on the preventable Covid nightmare, and US media’s approach to it, from FAIR editor Jim Naureckas.

MP3 Link

Facial Recognition at The Bean

(image: Center on Privacy & Technology)

Also on the show: As public protests against racist police violence grow, so too does law enforcement’s capacity to criminalize that protest—including with the use of tools like facial recognition technology, which is almost certainly more prevalent and more meaningful to you than you realize. Police have access to millions of images, from social media, from cameras on the street, from drivers licenses—but little transparency about how they’re using them, and few rules for how they should. We’ll talk about that with Clare Garvie, senior associate with the Center for Privacy and Technology at Georgetown Law.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/26/jim-naureckas-on-covids-preventable-nightmare-clare-garvie-on-police-facial-recognition/feed/ 0 65748
Ezra Young on Supreme Court LGBT Ruling https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/19/ezra-young-on-supreme-court-lgbt-ruling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/19/ezra-young-on-supreme-court-lgbt-ruling/#respond Fri, 19 Jun 2020 16:25:39 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/19/ezra-young-on-supreme-court-lgbt-ruling/ MP3 Link

Pride flag at Supreme Court

(cc photo: Ted Eytan)

This week on CounterSpin: A typically temperate Donald Trump decried what he called “horrible & politically charged decisions coming out of the Supreme Court” as “shotgun blasts into the face of people that are proud to call themselves Republicans or Conservatives.”

He meant, of course, the ruling stopping his administration (for now) from ending DACA, the program protecting hundreds of thousands of young immigrants from deportation—and, maybe even more so, the historic ruling from earlier in the week declaring that Title VII of the landmark Civil Rights Act of 1964 does in fact make it illegal for employers to discriminate against a worker because of their sexual orientation or their transgender status. That 6-to-3 decision surprised and elated many. We’ll talk about how we got here and what it means going forward with civil rights attorney Ezra Young, whose litigation and scholarship center on trans rights.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a look at recent self-examination on the part of corporate media in the wake of the uprising against police violence

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/19/ezra-young-on-supreme-court-lgbt-ruling/feed/ 0 62464
Maritza Perez on Overpolicing & Drugs, Remington Gregg on Corporate Immunity https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/12/maritza-perez-on-overpolicing-drugs-remington-gregg-on-corporate-immunity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/12/maritza-perez-on-overpolicing-drugs-remington-gregg-on-corporate-immunity/#respond Fri, 12 Jun 2020 16:05:16 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/12/maritza-perez-on-overpolicing-drugs-remington-gregg-on-corporate-immunity/
X

MP3 Link

Drug arrest in Atlanta (photo: US Marshals)

(photo: US Marshals)

This week on CounterSpin: the big story continues to be the historic public demonstrations against police racism and violence. There is a lot of learning going on. Hopefully some of what’s being learned is how much overpolicing and violent policing have to do with the so-called war on drugs, which serves as a pretext for much of the harassment of individuals and entire communities of black and brown people. We talked about that piece of it with Maritza Perez, Director of the Office of National Affairs at Drug Policy Alliance.

X

MP3 Link

(photo: Earl Dotter/Oxfam America)

Also on the show: As the federal and many state governments push to force a reopening of the economy—despite the fact that the coronavirus pandemic is far from under control—corporations and Senate Republicans are pushing to ensure that if anyone forced to work or live in conditions made unsafe gets sick, they have no recourse for accountability. It’s just as outrageous as it sounds, and we talk about it with Remington Gregg, counsel for civil justice and consumer rights at Public Citizen.

X

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/12/maritza-perez-on-overpolicing-drugs-remington-gregg-on-corporate-immunity/feed/ 0 59623
Alicia Bell on Police Attacks on Journalists, Elliot Mincberg on Trump’s Judges https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/05/alicia-bell-on-police-attacks-on-journalists-elliot-mincberg-on-trumps-judges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/05/alicia-bell-on-police-attacks-on-journalists-elliot-mincberg-on-trumps-judges/#respond Fri, 05 Jun 2020 16:29:56 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/05/alicia-bell-on-police-attacks-on-journalists-elliot-mincberg-on-trumps-judges/
X

MP3 Link

Katie Nielsen handcuffed by Oakland police

KPIX 5 News reporter Katie Nielsen handcuffed by Oakland police. (photo: Erin Baldassari via US Press Freedom Tracker)

This week on CounterSpin: Police attacks on journalists covering historic, nationwide anti-police brutality protests are shocking and appalling. Will they lead reporters to back off, covering racial injustice from a safe distance? Or will they encourage them to work more deeply and consistently to amplify precisely those voices that the “forces of order,” as CNN called them, so vehemently want to silence? A lot depends on which course they take, both for racial justice and for journalism. We talk with Alicia Bell, organizing manager with the group Free Press.

X

MP3 Link

Brett Kavanaugh

Brett Kavanaugh

Also on the show: It’s hard not to fixate on the end of the nightmare that is the Donald Trump presidency. But we do need to remember that just as there was a lead-up to Trump, there will be a legacy—one powerful part of which will be the judicial appointments, nearly 200 so far, he has made to federal courts around the country. People For the American Way has been tracking Trump appointees and the impact they’re having on issues from abortion rights to, well, police accountability. We talk about the project, Confirmed Judges, Confirmed Fears, with Elliot Mincberg, senior fellow at People For the American Way.

X

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press coverage of Covid-19 economic relief proposals.

X

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/05/alicia-bell-on-police-attacks-on-journalists-elliot-mincberg-on-trumps-judges/feed/ 0 57301
Alex Vitale, Chase Madar and Shahid Buttar on Racist Policing https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/29/alex-vitale-chase-madar-and-shahid-buttar-on-racist-policing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/29/alex-vitale-chase-madar-and-shahid-buttar-on-racist-policing/#respond Fri, 29 May 2020 16:30:59 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/29/alex-vitale-chase-madar-and-shahid-buttar-on-racist-policing/
X

MP3 Link

New York Times (5/26/20)

This week on CounterSpin: The May 26 New York Times reports that authorities are looking into “the arrest of a black man who died after being handcuffed and pinned to the ground by an officer’s knee.” Police murder yet another black person in broad daylight, and the Times can’t bring itself to use active verbs. George Floyd was killed by a police officer who remained on the force despite a record of violence and complaints, his murder was covered up as a “medical incident” by the police department, and when people protested the killing, police tear-gassed and shot at them with rubber bullets. Now law enforcement will investigate law enforcement.

Seeing all this, again, more people are coming to consider that racist policing cannot be “reformed” with an occasional lawsuit and some implicit-bias classes. CounterSpin has had unfortunate occasion to discuss the issue many times. We talked about the history of policing with professor and author Alex Vitale. We hear some of that conversation this week.

X

MP3 Link

Many hold out hope for justice from the courts for police crimes. We talked about the problems with that path with civil rights attorney and author Chase Madar. We revisit that as well.

X

MP3 Link

And: Without the bystander video, we’d only have the police version of George Floyd’s death. We wouldn’t know he said he couldn’t breathe, that multiple people pleaded with the cops to stop what they were doing. The New York Times calls that “video raising questions about the police narrative”; actually, it’s communities desperate to be believed when they say law enforcement doesn’t value their lives, using one of the few tools left to them. We talked about supporting these critical witnesses with Shahid Buttar, then-director of grassroots advocacy at the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

X

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/29/alex-vitale-chase-madar-and-shahid-buttar-on-racist-policing/feed/ 0 55851
Diane Ravitch on Pandemic School Privatization https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/22/diane-ravitch-on-pandemic-school-privatization/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/22/diane-ravitch-on-pandemic-school-privatization/#respond Fri, 22 May 2020 15:24:51 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/22/diane-ravitch-on-pandemic-school-privatization/
X

MP3 Link

(Screenshot: Fox 5, 5/5/20)

This week on CounterSpin: One teacher described it as a “gut punch” hearing New York Governor (and current media crush) Andrew Cuomo talk about “re-imagining” education in the wake of the pandemic,  without what he called the “old model” emphasis on teachers and classrooms. Cuomo announced an initiative with the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation—who’ve been behind decades of education interventions in this country—all of which have failed to deliver on their promises, but have drained funds from public schools and undermined public school teachers.

One Gates project that activists fought off was a cloud-based system called  “inBloom” that collected millions of students’ detailed personal information—a massive intrusion Cuomo called “necessary.” Maybe that could spur some questions, particularly now that Cuomo’s added Google head Eric Schmidt to the Re-Imagining team? 

Diane Ravitch is a historian of education at New York University and author of, most recently, Slaying Goliath: The Passionate Resistance to Privatization and the Fight to Save America’s Public Schools. We talk with her about the latest scheme for rich folks to decide what’s best for schools their children don’t attend.

X

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at press coverage of China and the oil industry in the time of Covid-19.

X

MP3 Link

 

 

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/22/diane-ravitch-on-pandemic-school-privatization/feed/ 0 55465
Ari Berman on Voter Suppression and Coronavirus https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/15/ari-berman-on-voter-suppression-and-coronavirus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/15/ari-berman-on-voter-suppression-and-coronavirus/#respond Fri, 15 May 2020 15:59:59 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/15/ari-berman-on-voter-suppression-and-coronavirus/
X

MP3 Link

Election Focus 2020This week on CounterSpin: From targeted “voter ID” laws to purging people from the rolls to fighting vote by mail, Republicans are making ever-bolder attempts to suppress voting—expanding the franchise doesn’t work in their favor, Donald Trump unabashedly stated recently. It’s a patently anti-democratic project by definition, but corporate media’s business-as-usual, partisan framing reduces a struggle over a fundament of societal participation to jockeying between elephants and donkeys. It’s a failure of the greatest magnitude, and no amount of ponderous, prize-winning books written in the aftermath will substitute for tough reporting done now to protect the integrity of the vote going into one of the most monumental presidential elections in the country’s history. We’ll talk about that with Ari Berman, author of Give Us the Ballot: The Modern Struggle for Voting Rights in America, and a senior reporter on the voting rights beat at Mother Jones.

X

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of unemployment numbers, and coronavirus in Vietnam.

X

MP3 Link


Featured image: Poll worker wearing protective gear during the Wisconsin primary (cc photo: Wisconsin Center for Investigative Reporting).

 

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/15/ari-berman-on-voter-suppression-and-coronavirus/feed/ 0 55488
Ricardo Salvador on the Food System & Covid-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/08/ricardo-salvador-on-the-food-system-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/08/ricardo-salvador-on-the-food-system-covid-19/#respond Fri, 08 May 2020 15:43:12 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/08/ricardo-salvador-on-the-food-system-covid-19/
X

MP3 Link

Video of milk being dumped. (Image: Devries Dairy via Idaho Statesman)

(Image: Devries Dairy via Idaho Statesman)

This week on CounterSpin: While you may be forgiven for seeing dysfunction in the image of farmers dumping produce while people are lining up at food banks, that actually is the dominant US food system functioning: It just isn’t set up to adapt quickly and responsively in a crisis. But what does that say about the resiliency of the system by which food is produced and distributed, and its relationship to human (and planetary) needs and health?

As for food workers—farm laborers, meatpackers, grocery and restaurant workers—how can they be deemed “essential” and yet treated as expendable? As with other things, there is hope that the spotlight the pandemic is putting on problems in our food system could be the light by which we make changes.

We’ll talk about that with Ricardo Salvador, senior scientist and director of the Food and Environment Program at the Union of Concerned Scientists.

X

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of the coronavirus crisis.

X

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/08/ricardo-salvador-on-the-food-system-covid-19/feed/ 0 55504
Mike Elk on Frontline Worker Rights, Joe Emersberger on Pandemic Sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/10/mike-elk-on-frontline-worker-rights-joe-emersberger-on-pandemic-sanctions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/10/mike-elk-on-frontline-worker-rights-joe-emersberger-on-pandemic-sanctions/#respond Fri, 10 Apr 2020 16:08:42 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/10/mike-elk-on-frontline-worker-rights-joe-emersberger-on-pandemic-sanctions/ MP3 Link

(photo: Earl Dotter/Oxfam America)

This week on CounterSpin: Elite US media would have you know they celebrate and appreciate frontline workers. But what happens when those workers try and speak for themselves, try to get past the “hero” label and demand conditions that don’t require them to choose, heroically, between going to work and staying safe and healthy? What would it look like to call corporate media’s bluff on their sudden, serious respect for working people who didn’t start being important because there’s a contagious disease going around? We’ll talk about action for workers rights with Mike Elk, senior labor reporter and founder of Payday Report.

MP3 Link

Iranian neonatal nurse

(photo: Ebrahim Noroozi)

Also on the show: There’s a lot going on, and it’s hard to stay focused on all of it. But the US has an inward and an outward face; and even as we are now justifiably focused on what’s going on within our borders, we still are accountable for what’s being done in our name outside of them. And that includes, among other things, devastating economic sanctions on Venezuela and Iran, ensuring that they will have a harder time protecting their citizens from the pandemic. We’ll talk about that with writer Joe Emersberger.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at thinking of the unthought of.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/10/mike-elk-on-frontline-worker-rights-joe-emersberger-on-pandemic-sanctions/feed/ 0 48301
Mary Grant on Water & Covid-19, David Cay Johnston on the Last Bailout https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/27/mary-grant-on-water-covid-19-david-cay-johnston-on-the-last-bailout/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/27/mary-grant-on-water-covid-19-david-cay-johnston-on-the-last-bailout/#respond Fri, 27 Mar 2020 15:15:17 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/27/mary-grant-on-water-covid-19-david-cay-johnston-on-the-last-bailout/ MP3 Link

(iStock Image)

This week on CounterSpin: No directive has been more repeated during the Covid-19 pandemic than “wash your hands”—a simple act, but a powerful intervention to stop the spread of disease. But: What if you can’t? That’s the reality faced by millions of Americans who have their water shut off because they’re not able to pay for it. Along with many other things, Covid-19 has underscored the individual and communal harms of a water affordability crisis in this country that usually remains hidden. We’ll hear about the problem and responses to it from Mary Grant, Public Water for All campaign director at Food & Water Watch.

MP3 Link

Business Insider: GOLDMAN SACHS: Buy these 13 stocks poised to dominate in a market where everyone is paralyzed by fear

Business Insider (3/17/20)

Also on the show:  “GOLDMAN SACHS: Buy These 13 Stocks Poised to Dominate in a Market Where Everyone Is Paralyzed by Fear” …was a real headline I read recently. The cravenness of capitalism is center stage right now. But that doesn’t necessarily translate to critical press coverage of how that worldview shapes legislative response to economic shocks. As media consider the $4.5 trillion corporate bailout that’s part of the coronavirus stimulus package, we’ll consider media’s own track record on asking the right questions. During the bailouts of 2008, we talked with reporter and author David Cay Johnston. We’ll revisit that relevant conversation today.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at scapegoating China and voting under the coronavirus.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/27/mary-grant-on-water-covid-19-david-cay-johnston-on-the-last-bailout/feed/ 0 42902
Jim Naureckas on Covid-19, Dana Brown on Public Ownership of Pharmaceuticals https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/20/jim-naureckas-on-covid-19-dana-brown-on-public-ownership-of-pharmaceuticals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/20/jim-naureckas-on-covid-19-dana-brown-on-public-ownership-of-pharmaceuticals/#respond Fri, 20 Mar 2020 15:38:31 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/20/jim-naureckas-on-covid-19-dana-brown-on-public-ownership-of-pharmaceuticals/ MP3 Link

Covid-19 Info in NYC

(cc photo: Jim Naureckas)

This week on CounterSpin: The coronavirus is highlighting existing faults and fissures in US society. Stark evidence of government priorities and their impact is coming fast and furious: $1.5 trillion is available instantly for loans to banks, but there’s no plan to protect incarcerated people, in jails, prisons or migrant detention centers. Congress can’t seem to act on assistance that reaches all the people who need it, and Jeff Bezos—the one with $111 billion—wants Whole Food workers to share their sick leave. Immediate tests for celebrities without symptoms—yes; reconsideration of devastating sanctions on Iran and Venezuela—absolutely not. It’s a crime scene that’s setting up social economic justice work for the next many years, and calling for dogged, humanistic reporting that doesn’t “ask what questions this all raises,” but instead demands better answers.

But first we have to get through it. And as we now sit, eyes glued to every media, journalists carry a great responsibility: to translate evolving information, projections and recommendations into accessible news that reflects appropriate gravity without being unhelpfully alarmist. No one asks reporters themselves to have all the answers, but what about the clarity and intelligence with which they conduct the conversation?

We’ll talk about coronavirus coverage with FAIR editor Jim Naureckas.

MP3 Link

Image: Next System Project

Also on the show: Among myriad issues Covid-19 has put a fine point on:  Why does the United States value a private company’s ability to make millions off a drug so much more than the ability of sick people to get life saving medicine? Like many things, it doesn’t have to be that way. We talked about other ways to think about medicine last September with Dana Brown, who works on the intersection of health and economics as director of the Next System Project. We’ll hear that conversation today on the show.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of the coronavirus and retail workers.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/20/jim-naureckas-on-covid-19-dana-brown-on-public-ownership-of-pharmaceuticals/feed/ 0 40206
Josh Bivens on Coronavirus Economics, Mandy Smithberger on Military Economics https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/06/josh-bivens-on-coronavirus-economics-mandy-smithberger-on-military-economics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/06/josh-bivens-on-coronavirus-economics-mandy-smithberger-on-military-economics/#respond Fri, 06 Mar 2020 16:01:03 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/06/josh-bivens-on-coronavirus-economics-mandy-smithberger-on-military-economics/ MP3 Link

CoronavirusThis week on CounterSpin: Coronavirus is above all a health story, of course. But healthcare plays out within societies, with economic structures and policies that have a lot to do with whether people get sick, and whether they get care, and where overall impacts are felt. We talk with Josh Bivens, research director at Economic Policy Institute, about what policy changes might mitigate the disruptive impact of coronavirus and better prepare us for the future.

MP3 Link

US Military PlanesAlso on the show: Economics may not be the most meaningful lens through which to look at US war-mongering. But Pentagon spending is a keyhole to the bigger crisis: a Defense Department that, in cahoots with military contractors, takes trillions of public dollars for endless war-making, with no meaningful check or even oversight. We talk about that with Mandy Smithberger, director of the Center for Defense Information at the Project on Government Oversight.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of Bolivia and Michael Bloomberg.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/06/josh-bivens-on-coronavirus-economics-mandy-smithberger-on-military-economics/feed/ 0 34541
Carol Anderson on Voter Suppression https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/28/carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/28/carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2020 16:18:09 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/28/carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/ MP3 Link

Election Focus 2020This week on CounterSpin: When Florida passed an amendment to return the right to vote to people who had served time for felony convictions, that was part of a history in this country of expanding the franchise, to ensure that those who are affected by government have a say in shaping it. When some Republicans then insisted that, before any of those ex-felons could exercise their right to vote, they had to pay off any and all “court fines, fees and restitution,” that too partook of a tradition — of switching up brutal for bureaucratic means to bar the inclusion of marginalized populations in the polity.

(cc photo: Democracy Chronicles)

A circuit court just denied that GOP effort in Florida, just as folks aren’t buying that Georgia Republicans want to cut Sunday voting over concerns about separating church and state; or that Republicans in Texas are really torn up over the integrity of identification, given they accept gun licenses but not college student IDs.

Corporate media may report shenanigans when they occur; but when it comes to voter suppression, the pattern is the point—and maybe some recognition that the fight is less between parties than between democracy and its demonstrated opponents? We’ll speak with Carol Anderson, professor of African-American Studies at Emory University, and author of, among other titles, White Rage: The Unspoken Truth of Our Racial Divide and One Person, No Vote: How Voter Suppression Is Destroying Our Democracy.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent coverage of Bernie Sanders and Julian Assange.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/28/carol-anderson-on-voter-suppression/feed/ 0 31822
Paul Paz y Miño, Saqib Bhatti & Beverly Bell on Environmental Justice & Cross-National Solidarity https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/21/paul-paz-y-mino-saqib-bhatti-beverly-bell-on-environmental-justice-cross-national-solidarity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/21/paul-paz-y-mino-saqib-bhatti-beverly-bell-on-environmental-justice-cross-national-solidarity/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2020 16:19:55 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/21/paul-paz-y-mino-saqib-bhatti-beverly-bell-on-environmental-justice-cross-national-solidarity/ MP3 Link

New York Times (2/10/20)

This week on CounterSpin: The protests of the Wet’suwet’en in British Columbia, resisting the construction of a natural gas pipeline on their land, have been met with violent raids by Canadian police, which in turn have sparked solidarity actions around the country. A New York Times account detailed how many rail and road passengers were inconvenienced by blockades, noted the “strong support” for the gas line from the Canadian government, and the pipeline company’s “promise” of millions of dollars of contracts with indigenous businesses, before granting one line of explanation that “a number of chiefs…fear the project will irrevocably alter their land.” The fact that the Wet’suwet’en never signed a treaty, and the country’s Supreme Court confirmed (just three years ago) that they hold “aboriginal title” to the land involved, can be found in paragraph 16 of this 17-paragraph piece.

There will only be an increasing number of frontline struggles between extractive, climate-disrupting industry and those willing to stand up to it.  Corporate media’s inadequate attention, and unwillingness to truly call out the moneyed interests causing present and future harms, make them more often part of the problem than the solution.

CounterSpin has had these issues brought to life by a number of guests in recent years. We hear a few of those conversations again on this special archived show. We’ll hear from Paul Paz y Miño about Chevron in Ecuador, from Saqib Bhatti about Wells Fargo activism, and from Beverly Bell about Honduran activist Berta Caceres. Environmental justice and cross-national organizing and solidarity, this week on CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/21/paul-paz-y-mino-saqib-bhatti-beverly-bell-on-environmental-justice-cross-national-solidarity/feed/ 0 29091
Jim Naureckas on Democratic Primaries, Nina Luo on Decriminalizing Sex Work https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/14/jim-naureckas-on-democratic-primaries-nina-luo-on-decriminalizing-sex-work/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/14/jim-naureckas-on-democratic-primaries-nina-luo-on-decriminalizing-sex-work/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2020 16:38:03 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/14/jim-naureckas-on-democratic-primaries-nina-luo-on-decriminalizing-sex-work/ MP3 Link

Amy Klobuchar, Pete Buttigieg supporters

Reuters (Twitter, 2/11/20)

This week on CounterSpin: Remember when Les Moonves declared that Donald Trump’s candidacy “may not be good for America, but it’s damn good for CBS? That wasn’t a faux pas; it was an operating principle. And we can’t be shocked that it’s carrying through to coverage of the Democratic primary process, which has foregrounded far more “radical” ideas—and public receptivity to them—than corporate elites are comfortable with. We’ll take a look at election coverage with Jim Naureckas, editor of FAIR.org and FAIR’s newsletter Extra!.

MP3 Link

Decriminalizing Survival

Also on the show: It’s not wrong to say that the movement to decriminalize sex work “divides allies,” as the New York Times had it. But recent polls show the idea garnering widespread public support, for perhaps the first time, and the range of groups signed on to a new policy memo—the ACLU and the Women’s March, Immigrant Defense Project and Mijente, the Transgender Law Center and Black Youth Project 100—suggest a number of communities looking for a new way forward. The memo, called Decriminalizing Survival, was written by organizer Nina Luo, a fellow at Data for Progress. We’ll talk with her about that.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/14/jim-naureckas-on-democratic-primaries-nina-luo-on-decriminalizing-sex-work/feed/ 0 25881
Karl Grossman on the Weaponization of Space https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2020 16:14:19 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space/ MP3 Link

Washington Post illustration (12/3/19) promoting Trump’s Space Force

This week on CounterSpin: Announcing plans for a new branch of the US military in 2018, Vice President Mike Pence said: “It’s not enough to merely have an American presence in space, we must have American dominance in space. And so we will.” If that’s not worrisome enough, the first commander of the now-a-real-thing Space Force is Gen. John Raymond, who explains that

the Space Force’s measures of success will be that our adversaries are deterred, and that our joint and coalition partners always have the space capabilities that our modern way of war and our modern way of life depend on.

OK, but are media serving to check what sounds like a resource-burning, nightmare scenario of extraterrestrial warmaking, brought to you by the folks who want to bring back landmines? The Washington Post, for one, told readers that while some mock, Donald Trump “instinctively understands the magic of space, as both a political tool and a national motivator.” So, maybe not.

We’ll talk about the dangers of the weaponization of space, combined with a press corps that can’t get past giggling about it, with Karl Grossman. A longtime FAIR associate, Karl Grossman is a journalism professor at the State University of New York/College at Old Westbury, and author of, among other titles, Weapons in Space and The Wrong Stuff: The Space Program’s Nuclear Threat to Our Planet.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of impeachment and billionaires.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space/feed/ 0 22407
Karl Grossman on the Weaponization of Space https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space-2/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2020 16:14:19 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space-2/ MP3 Link

Washington Post illustration (12/3/19) promoting Trump’s Space Force

This week on CounterSpin: Announcing plans for a new branch of the US military in 2018, Vice President Mike Pence said: “It’s not enough to merely have an American presence in space, we must have American dominance in space. And so we will.” If that’s not worrisome enough, the first commander of the now-a-real-thing Space Force is Gen. John Raymond, who explains that

the Space Force’s measures of success will be that our adversaries are deterred, and that our joint and coalition partners always have the space capabilities that our modern way of war and our modern way of life depend on.

OK, but are media serving to check what sounds like a resource-burning, nightmare scenario of extraterrestrial warmaking, brought to you by the folks who want to bring back landmines? The Washington Post, for one, told readers that while some mock, Donald Trump “instinctively understands the magic of space, as both a political tool and a national motivator.” So, maybe not.

We’ll talk about the dangers of the weaponization of space, combined with a press corps that can’t get past giggling about it, with Karl Grossman. A longtime FAIR associate, Karl Grossman is a journalism professor at the State University of New York/College at Old Westbury, and author of, among other titles, Weapons in Space and The Wrong Stuff: The Space Program’s Nuclear Threat to Our Planet.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of impeachment and billionaires.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/07/karl-grossman-on-the-weaponization-of-space-2/feed/ 0 24665
Omar Baddar on Israel/Palestine ‘Peace’ Plan, Rainey Reitman on Greenwald Persecution https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2020 16:06:14 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution/ MP3 Link

Detail from Kushner “conceptual map.”

This week on CounterSpin: It is strange to think that you could create a plan to shape the relationship between two entities, in consultation with one but not the other, and then not just declare it, yourself, a “win-win,” but also say to the unconsulted party, “You better take it, or else.”  Yet that is what’s unfolding with Donald Trump’s plan for Israel/Palestine, which some corporate media are describing as a “peace” plan, even as a chorus of voices, including Israeli human rights group B’Tselem, say the plan would put Palestinians in a “permanent state of apartheid.” We’ll talk about Trump’s—or Jared Kushner’s—proposal for Israel/Palestine with Omar Baddar, deputy director of the Arab American Institute.

MP3 Link

Glenn Greenwald

Glenn Greenwald (cc photo: Gage Skidmore)

Also on the show: Edward Snowden wrote recently, “The most essential journalism of every era is precisely that which a government attempts to silence.” He ought to know. Snowden was talking about Brazilian prosecutors charging journalist Glenn Greenwald with “cybercrime,” stemming from explosive revelations he reported about corruption in the process that sent former president and presidential candidate Lula da Silva to prison, clearing the path for neofascist Jair Bolsonaro to take the presidency. What is cybercrime, and what should we know about its use against this journalist—and potentially, against any journalist? We’ll talk about that with Rainey Reitman, chief program officer for the Electronic Frontier Foundation and co-founder of the Freedom of the Press Foundation.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution/feed/ 0 19363
Omar Baddar on Israel/Palestine ‘Peace’ Plan, Rainey Reitman on Greenwald Persecution https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution-2/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2020 16:06:14 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution-2/ MP3 Link

Detail from Kushner “conceptual map.”

This week on CounterSpin: It is strange to think that you could create a plan to shape the relationship between two entities, in consultation with one but not the other, and then not just declare it, yourself, a “win-win,” but also say to the unconsulted party, “You better take it, or else.”  Yet that is what’s unfolding with Donald Trump’s plan for Israel/Palestine, which some corporate media are describing as a “peace” plan, even as a chorus of voices, including Israeli human rights group B’Tselem, say the plan would put Palestinians in a “permanent state of apartheid.” We’ll talk about Trump’s—or Jared Kushner’s—proposal for Israel/Palestine with Omar Baddar, deputy director of the Arab American Institute.

MP3 Link

Glenn Greenwald

Glenn Greenwald (cc photo: Gage Skidmore)

Also on the show: Edward Snowden wrote recently, “The most essential journalism of every era is precisely that which a government attempts to silence.” He ought to know. Snowden was talking about Brazilian prosecutors charging journalist Glenn Greenwald with “cybercrime,” stemming from explosive revelations he reported about corruption in the process that sent former president and presidential candidate Lula da Silva to prison, clearing the path for neofascist Jair Bolsonaro to take the presidency. What is cybercrime, and what should we know about its use against this journalist—and potentially, against any journalist? We’ll talk about that with Rainey Reitman, chief program officer for the Electronic Frontier Foundation and co-founder of the Freedom of the Press Foundation.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/31/omar-baddar-on-israel-palestine-peace-plan-rainey-reitman-on-greenwald-persecution-2/feed/ 0 24676
Vijay Prashad on India Demonstrations, Manuel Perez-Rocha on NAFTA 2.0 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/24/vijay-prashad-on-india-demonstrations-manuel-perez-rocha-on-nafta-2-0/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/24/vijay-prashad-on-india-demonstrations-manuel-perez-rocha-on-nafta-2-0/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2020 16:15:33 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/24/vijay-prashad-on-india-demonstrations-manuel-perez-rocha-on-nafta-2-0/ MP3 Link

(image: VOA)

This week on CounterSpin: Millions of Indians—maybe a quarter of a billion—have taken to the streets in recent weeks. The far-right Modi government’s discriminatory ideas around citizenship have been a trigger for the massive demonstrations, but our guest explains that is not the whole story. Historian and journalist Vijay Prashad is chief correspondent at Globetrotter, a project of the Independent Media Institute, chief editor of LeftWord Books and the director of Tricontinental: Institute for Social Research.

MP3 Link

NAFTA 2.0 signing

(photo: White House)

Also on the show: A lowlight of the recent Democratic debate was when Bernie Sanders was explaining his opposition on environmental grounds to the new US/Mexico/Canada trade deal and the moderator interrupted with, “We’re going to get to climate change, but I’d like to stay on trade”—as if the two weren’t inextricably linked. The deal some call NAFTA 2.0 doesn’t just ignore climate disruption; it will boost fossil fuel polluters in Mexico, and worsen inequities in the hemisphere. So says Manuel Perez-Rocha, associate fellow of the Institute for Policy Studies. We’ll talk with him about that.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent press about Joe Biden and Social Security.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/24/vijay-prashad-on-india-demonstrations-manuel-perez-rocha-on-nafta-2-0/feed/ 0 15917
Chip Gibbons on FBI vs. 1st Amendment https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/17/chip-gibbons-on-fbi-vs-1st-amendment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/17/chip-gibbons-on-fbi-vs-1st-amendment/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2020 12:08:37 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/17/chip-gibbons-on-fbi-vs-1st-amendment/ MP3 Link

Still Spying on Dissent

Image: Defending Rights & Dissent

This week on CounterSpin: At a Sacramento rally in 2016, members of a white supremacist group called the Traditionalist Worker Party stabbed counter-protesters from the civil rights group By Any Means Necessary. The FBI responded by opening up a domestic terrorism investigation—into By Any Means Necessary. At first, the FBI misidentified the Traditionalist Worker Party as the Ku Klux Klan, and was going to investigate BAMN for conspiring to violate the rights of Klan members, in documents that described the Klan as consisting of people “that some perceived to be supportive of a white supremacist agenda.”

That’s not just an interesting historical fact; it should be a reality check for those who currently imagine that the FBI can serve as some sort of check on Trump era white supremacy, or protect those who organize in opposition.

The ability of citizens to speak out against injustice is a living, vital tool; interference in political expression by the state cuts democracy off at the root. But that interference isn’t just in the form of pepper spray and cordoned off “speech zones” at big events. And not only is it not new, understanding its history is key to seeing how it works and how to curtail it.

We talk with journalist and researcher Chip Gibbons, policy director at Defending Rights & Dissent and author of the new report Still Spying on Dissent: The Enduring Problem of FBI First Amendment Abuse.

MP3 Link

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent news, including the Iowa debate, CNN‘s union-busting and homelessness.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/17/chip-gibbons-on-fbi-vs-1st-amendment/feed/ 0 13206
Gregory Shupak on Iran Assassination, Brett Hartl on Biodiversity Loss https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/10/gregory-shupak-on-iran-assassination-brett-hartl-on-biodiversity-loss/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/10/gregory-shupak-on-iran-assassination-brett-hartl-on-biodiversity-loss/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2020 15:59:27 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/10/gregory-shupak-on-iran-assassination-brett-hartl-on-biodiversity-loss/ MP3 Link

NBC image of Iranians mourning Qassem Soleimani (photo: Atta Kenare/AFP)

Having assassinated a top Iranian official, the Trump White House blocked Iran’s Foreign minister from coming to the UN to talk about it; and sent Defense Secretary Mark Esper out with the playground-ready position that the US isn’t looking “to start a war with Iran, but we are prepared to finish one,” while Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, fresh off lying that Trump hadn’t threatened Iranian cultural sites, huffed that “there’s been much made about this question of intelligence and imminence” when reporters dared to broach the matter of legal justification. The overt saber-rattling may be slowing now, but is that any thanks to media? Does it even mean an end to violence? We’ll talk about coverage of the Iran crisis with Gregory Shupak; he teaches media studies at the University of Guelph-Humber in Toronto, and is author of The Wrong Story: Palestine, Israel and the Media, from OR Books.

MP3 Link

Kangaroo fleeing brush fire in New South Wales

Kangaroo fleeing wildfire

Also on the show:  Along with 25 people, more than a billion mammals, birds and reptiles are now thought to have been killed by the wildfires in Australia, directly and from starvation, dehydration or habitat loss. And anyone not invested, financially or otherwise, in fossil fuels accepts that the scale of the nightmare is an effect of climate disruption. But even as it sinks in that severe disincentives are needed to take the glow off the dollar signs in some people’s eyes, the Trump White House is pulling out the stops, seeking to absolve federal agencies from even considering effects of climate disruption on projects like logging or pipelines. We’ll talk with Brett Hartl from the Council on Biological Diversity about the frontal assault on what’s called the Magna Carta of environmental protections.

MP3 Link

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/01/10/gregory-shupak-on-iran-assassination-brett-hartl-on-biodiversity-loss/feed/ 0 8536